UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EX CHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 20-F

 


INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS (Mark One)

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

 

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

or

 

 

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

 

 

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 1-14978

 


Smith & Nephew plc

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 


England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Building 5, Croxley Park, Hatters Lane, Watford, Hertfordshire WD18 8YE

(Address of principal executive offices)

 


Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title of each class

    

Trading Symbol

    

Name on each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares

Ordinary Shares of 20¢ each

 

SNN

 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange*

 

*Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None.

 


Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s class of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 885,207,373 Ordinary Shares of 20¢ each

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act    Yes  ☒    No  ◻ 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934    Yes   ◻    No   ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:    Yes   ☒    No  ◻ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes  ☒    No  ◻ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company.  

 

 

 

Large Accelerated Filer  ☒

Accelerated Filer  ◻

Non-accelerated filer   ◻

Emerging growth company   ◻

 

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Yes   ◻    No  ◻

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing.

 

 

 

 

◻ U.S. GAAP

  

☒ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

 

  

◻ Other

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:     Item 17  ◻     Item 18  ◻ 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ◻     No  ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.     Yes  ◻     No  ◻

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 74

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purpose

Life Unlimited captures the essence of our purpose to improve the health issues that hinder people from living their lives to the fullest. We design and make technology that takes the limits off living, and we help healthcare professionals achieve the same goal. Together we improve life, while also improving performance.

 

 

Strategic report

 

 

 

 

 

At a glance

2

 

 

 

 

Chair’s statement

4

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer’s review

6

 

 

 

 

Review of strategy

8

 

 

 

 

Our growing markets

14

 

 

 

 

Our business model

16

 

 

 

 

Our franchises

18

 

 

 

 

Our resources

24

 

 

 

 

Sustainability

32

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer’s review

36

 

 

 

 

Financial review

38

 

 

 

 

Risk report

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance in action

 

 

 

 

 

Letter from the Chair

52

 

 

 

 

Board leadership and purpose

54

 

 

 

 

Nomination & Governance

Committee report

69

 

 

 

 

Audit Committee report

72

 

 

 

 

Compliance & Culture

Committee report

80

 

 

 

 

Directors’ Remuneration report

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Directors’
responsibilities

122

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

123

 

 

 

 

Critical judgements and estimates

130

 

 

 

 

Group income statement

131

 

 

 

 

Group statement of
comprehensive income

131

 

 

 

 

Group balance sheet

132

 

 

 

 

Group cash flow statement

133

 

 

 

 

Group statement of changes
in equity

134

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts

135

 

 

 

 

Company financial statements

185

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Company accounts

187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

Group information

193

 

 

 

 

Other information

198

 

 

» People + Culture page 24

 

 

Shareholder information

205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+Performance

Group revenue  KPI 

 

$5,138m

 

Earnings per share (EPS)

 

68.6¢

-10%

 

Adjusted Earnings per share1

(EPSA)

102.2¢

+1%

Reported

+4.8%

Underlying1

+4.4%

Dividend per share  KPI 

37.5¢

+4%

 

Operating profit

$815m

-6%

 

Trading profit1

$1,169m

+4%

Return on invested  KPI 

capital1 (ROIC)

10.5%

-200bps

 

Operating profit margin

 

15.9%

-170bps

 

Trading profit margin1  KPI 

 

22.8%

-10bps

R&D expenditure

 

$292m

+19%

 

Cash generated from operations

$1,370m

+24%

 

Trading cash flow1

 

$970m

+2%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

» Full financial highlights
+ trend page 36

 

1These non-IFRS financial measures are explained and reconciled to the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with IFRS on pages 200–204.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

1

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At a glance

We are a leading portfolio medical technology company

Who we are

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our purpose

Life Unlimited. Smith+Nephew exists to restore people’s bodies, and their self-belief.

» Page 16

 

Our culture

Our cultural pillars guide our behaviours and build winning spirit:

» Care

» Collaboration

» Courage

» page 24

 

Our strategy

Five strategic imperitives form our value creation plan for the medium term.

» page 8

 

1 Achieve the full potential of our portfolio

2 Transform the business through enabling technologies

3 Expand in high- growth segments

4 Strengthen talent and capabilities

5 Become the best owner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,500+

employees supporting customers in over

100

countries, supporting  healthcare professionals
for more than

160

years

Group revenue

$5,138m

 

 

Revenue by franchise

We operate through three global franchises (see pages 18–23).

PICTURE 41

Revenue by geography

We serve customers in established and emerging markets.

PICTURE 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We serve our customers
through the global franchises

 

 

 

 

 

Orthopaedics

Orthopaedics includes an innovative range of Hip and Knee Implants used to replace diseased, damaged or worn joints, robotics-assisted enabling technologies that empower surgeons, and Trauma products used to stabilise severe fractures and correct bone deformities.

 

 

Sports Medicine & ENT

Our Sports Medicine & ENT (Ear, Nose and Throat) businesses offer advanced products and instruments used to repair or remove soft tissue. They operate in growing markets where unmet clinical needs provide opportunities for procedural and technological innovation.

 

 

Advanced Wound
Management

Our Advanced Wound Management portfolio provides a comprehensive set of products to meet broad and complex clinical needs, to help healthcare professionals get CLOSER TO ZERO human and economic consequences of wounds.

 

 

PICTURE 50

 

 

PICTURE 49

 

 

PICTURE 45

 

 

» pages 18-19

 

 

» pages 20-21

 

 

» pages 22-23

 

 

Innovation

Smith+Nephew delivers innovation that aims to improve quality of life. New products and business models empower healthcare professionals with options to improve patient outcomes. We develop technology through our global R&D programme, and additionally acquire exciting products where we can add value through technical or commercial acumen.

 

 

Manufacturing & quality

Smith+Nephew takes great pride in its manufacturing expertise and maintains focus on delivering products that are safe and effective for patients.

 

 

19%

more invested

in R&D in 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

3

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair’s statement

Dear Shareholder

In 2019 Smith+Nephew delivered an improved revenue performance whilst embedding an authentic culture and undergoing a leadership change. The Board is pleased with the progress made, and encouraged by the opportunities ahead.

Chief Executive Officer

In October 2019 we announced the appointment of Roland Diggelmann as the Company’s new CEO, effective 1 November 2019. Roland replaced Namal Nawana who left by mutual agreement.

Roland joined Smith+Nephew’s Board as a Non-Executive Director in March 2018. The immediate availability of such a high quality individual, who had recently stood down from his previous executive role as CEO of Roche Diagnostics, enabled a rapid and seamless transition.

Roland is committed to Smith+Nephew’s strategy, purpose and culture pillars, which he fully endorsed as a Non-Executive Director. In his first few months as CEO he has brought both continuity and further improved performance, whilst also delivering on the Company’s strategic imperatives. The Board has welcomed his open and collaborative style and the strong leadership tone he sets, listening to employees and encouraging them to take responsibility and deliver our commitments.

I would also like to say thank you to Namal, who initiated much needed change to the Company during his time as CEO and put Smith+Nephew on an improved growth trajectory.

PICTURE 61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Culture

In-line with corporate governance best practice, the Board has heightened its focus on Smith+Nephew’s new ‘Life Unlimited’ purpose, culture pillars and wider stakeholders. We closely monitor the executive team’s work to embed the new culture, visiting sites and meeting and talking directly to employees as well as reviewing the results of employee engagement surveys. This work is led by our Compliance & Culture Committee.

Performance

The Board is acutely aware that financial performance is still the principal metric that determines if a company is delivering shareholder value.

In 2019 Smith+Nephew delivered significantly improved revenue growth over the prior year. At the same time, we continued to invest in the business, and completed and integrated a number of acquisitions. The Board endorses the management team’s stated ambition to sustain positive momentum in 2020 whilst continuing to invest for the medium-term.

The Board is pleased to recommend a Final Dividend of 23.1¢ per share. This, together with an Interim Dividend of 14.4¢ per share, will give a total distribution of 37.5¢ per share for 2019, representing year-on-year growth of 4% in the declared full year dividend. This equates to 28.94p per share. In addition to these distributions, shareholders benefitted from a 28.3% increase in the share price over the course of 2019.

Remuneration

We set out our new Remuneration Policy on page 86 of this Annual Report, and will present this for shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting in April 2020.

The policy is designed to increase strategic alignment to drive top-line profitable and sustained growth, to simplify our remuneration framework and to make it more aspirational to incentivise and drive outstanding performance.

Angie Risley, the Chair of our Remuneration Committee, conducted an extensive shareholder engagement programme, meeting nearly half of our shareholders by value. We are very grateful to all of you who took the time to meet with her and comment on our proposals. We have made some changes reflecting the comments she received and look forward to your support.

Board changes

During 2019 Ian Barlow and Michael Friedman retired from the Board. Ian served as our Senior Independent Director and previously as Chair of the Audit Committee. Michael chaired our Compliance & Culture Committee. I thank them both for their leadership and service. Robin Freestone has succeeded Ian and Marc Owen has succeeded Michael.

2019 was a year of good progress and we enter the new decade as a strong and ambitious Company with a clear and unifying purpose. None of this would be possible without the dedication of our employees and the engagement of our shareholders. On behalf of the Board, I thank both groups for their continued support during what we believe is going to be an exciting new phase for Smith+Nephew.

Yours sincerely,

PICTURE 54

Roberto Quarta

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our culture pillars:

» Care

» Collaboration

» Courage

» Our people page 24

» Financial review page 36

 

 

 

“In-line with corporate governance best practice, the Board has heightened its focus on Smith+Nephew’s new ‘Life Unlimited’ purpose, culture pillars and wider stakeholders.”

Roberto Quarta

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

5

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer’s review

Dear Shareholder

I was delighted to be appointed Chief Executive Officer of Smith+Nephew in November, succeeding Namal Nawana. The Company was already well known to me as I was a Non-Executive Director, but since taking on my new role it has become even clearer that this is a great Company with exciting prospects.

People are the backbone of our businesses. I have visited many of our sites around the world and been impressed with the calibre of our employees and their commitment to our business and customers. Their pride in the work we do, the difference we make, and our purpose of Life Unlimited is clear to see. Our culture pillars of Care, Collaboration and Courage are things I believe in strongly, particularly as they relate to valuing diversity and being inclusive. Our new brand identity, evident in this Annual Report, is an outward expression of our renewed purpose and vitality.

As a Non-Executive Director I fully endorsed our strategy and the move to a franchise operating model, changes put in place by Namal. Their impact was important in delivering the improved performance in 2019, they stand us in good stead for 2020 and beyond, and we intend to build on them.

PICTURE 63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Positive 2019 performance

The Group delivered good growth in 2019, with revenue up 4.8% on a reported basis and 4.4% on an underlying basis. Highlights included the double-digit growth from Sports Medicine Joint Repair and China. I was equally pleased with our progress turning around franchises that have underperformed in the past, such as Arthroscopic Enabling Technologies.

We built momentum across the year, and at the same time were able to continue to invest behind our commercial teams and acquisitions to support sustained success over the medium-term. We launched a number of important new products, and brought new technologies and expertise into the business through acquisitions. You will find more detail on all these areas in this report.

The operating profit margin of 15.9% reflects restructuring and acquisition costs. The trading profit margin of 22.8% reflects savings realised under the Accelerating Performance and Execution (APEX) programme offset by re-investment in the business, including more in R&D, and dilution from acquisitions.

2020 priorities

2019 showed that we are on the right path. In 2020 our emphasis is on sustaining the positive momentum.

Our first priority remains commercial execution. All of our franchises are expected to build on 2019, with additional benefits coming from cross franchise opportunities such as the growing ambulatory surgery segment in the US, our strength in the Emerging Markets, and bringing greater rigour to product launches and portfolio management.

Second, we are renewing our commitment to innovation and to bringing the best technology to customers. This means taking our R&D programmes up a level. There are a number of important launches planned for the year, including a new robotics platform. We will also continue to bring new technologies in through acquisitions, such as Tusker Medical, which completed in January 2020 and which gives us a unique technology in the ENT segment, an important area of opportunity for us. We plan to invest more in R&D, both to accelerate the cadence of launches, and to position us at the forefront of converging surgical technologies in areas such as digital health and regenerative medicine.

Third, we see opportunities to drive excellence across our operational backbone. These include operating an optimal facility footprint, driving lean manufacturing methods across our network, identifying opportunities within our supply chain to deliver world-class service levels, and building an ever-more efficient support infrastructure.

We also believe that we can be more responsive to the challenges facing society in areas where we can make a meaningful difference, and have updated our Sustainability Strategy for 2020 and beyond.

Enhancing stakeholder value

2019 has been one of the most successful years in Smith+Nephew’s history and I congratulate and thank our employees for this. However, I have been clear that it is only the start of our transformation. I want us to consistently deliver to high standards, becoming one of the most innovative and fastest growing companies in our medical technology space.

Achieving this requires us to be more agile so that we can move faster and become easier to do business with from our customers’ perspective. In this way we will enhance our value to all our stakeholders over the medium-term and help transform the quality of life for more patients.

Yours sincerely,

PICTURE 55

Roland Diggelmann

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“2019 has been one of the most successful years in Smith+Nephew’s history and I congratulate and thank our employees for this.”

Roland Diggelmann

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

7

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Review of strategy

Our strategic imperatives

Five strategic imperatives form the basis of our value creation plan for the medium-term. They are designed to help us grow together; not just as a Company, but as a global team, and to do so in an efficient and effective way.

 

    

Grow

+

     

Together

+

     

Effectively

 

    

 

1

Achieve the full potential
of our portfolio

 

4

Strengthen talent
and capabilities

 

5

Become the
best owner

 

 

2

Transform the business
through enabling technologies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

Expand in high-growth
segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

Achieve the full potential
of our portfolio

This strategic imperative is focused on improving execution to accelerate organic performance. In 2019 we delivered reported revenue growth of 4.8%, a significant improvement over the previous year (2018: 3%).

PICTURE 62

 

“Our strong Emerging Markets performance is built upon a deep understanding of our customers and markets developed over many years of service.”

Myra Eskes

President of Asia Pacific

 

 

At the start of 2019 we introduced a new commercial model organised around three global franchises. This new model provides greater insight into customers’ needs, and allows us to bring the full resources of our franchises to meet these.

We performed strongly in a number of our higher growth segments in 2019. Sports Medicine & ENT was up 7.0% in 2019, led by a stand out performance from Sports Medicine Joint Repair which delivered double-digit growth in every quarter.

Our Emerging Markets business delivered 16.1% revenue growth, and now accounts for 19% of Group revenue.

Our R&D team benefitted from greater investment, and launched multiple new platforms and products (see page 28), supporting improved performance at a franchise level, such as in Arthroscopic Enabling Technologies (see page 20). This, coupled with a renewed focus on driving excellence across Quality and Regulatory Affairs, is allowing us to bring new products to market faster across the globe.

Our second largest market

China grew strongly in 2019, up 24% on a reported basis and 30% on an underlying basis, and is now our second largest market behind the US.

 

 

 

Reported revenue growth

4.8%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

   

 2019

 

$5,138m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2018

 

$4,904m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2017

 

$4,765m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 57

 

 

PICTURE 66

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

9

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Review of strategy continued

 

 

2

 

 

 

Transform the business

through enabling technologies

This strategic imperative focuses on acquiring and developing leading enabling technologies to transform procedures.

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew is developing a unique approach to create enabling platforms that are both multi-procedural and multi-franchise.

In 2019 we announced our strategy to bring together advanced technologies in robotics, digital surgery, and machine learning as well as augmented reality to empower surgeons to improve clinical outcomes.

Important steps during the year included the purchase of the Brainlab Orthopaedic Joint Reconstruction business, which will enable us to bring hip navigation to our robotics customers. The two companies are also undertaking an R&D partnership. We launched a new version of our robotics-assisted NAVIO system, NAVIO 7.0, to improve efficiency. And we announced a new robotics R&D centre in Pittsburgh, US, which will open in the first half of 2020.

Other areas of focus include orthobiologics, where we recognise the synergy with devices and surgical procedures, forming a Biologics and Regenerative Medicine R&D team in 2019 dedicated to development of innovative orthobiologic products.

 

   

 

  

  

PICTURE 73

PICTURE 67

   

 

 

 

 

Reduced the number of steps by

40%

NAVIO 7.0 incorporates improvements that reduce the number of surgical workflow steps by over 40%.

“The potential of computer assisted surgery with robotics is to provide faster, more accurate, reproducible results that enable surgeons to restore quality of life to more patients.”

Skip Kiil

President of Orthopaedics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

Expand in high-
growth segments

This strategic imperative focuses on accelerating portfolio growth, strengthening our established leadership positions, and driving meaningful synergies.

 

   

 

  

  

In 2019 we acquired a number of valuable technologies that strengthen our portfolio today, and boost our R&D expertise and programmes.

Our largest acquisition was Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. (Osiris) for $660 million, which completed in April.

Osiris is a fast-growing company delivering regenerative medicine products, including skin, bone-graft and articular cartilage substitutes. The Osiris portfolio has improved the overall growth outlook for Advanced Wound Bioactives.

Other acquisitions included Ceterix Orthopaedics, Inc., enhancing our leading position in meniscal repair (see page 20), and the LEAF Patient Monitoring System, supporting our pressure injury prevention strategy (page 23). The Brainlab Orthopaedic Joint Reconstruction business (OJR) and Atracsys fusionTrack 500 optical tracking camera acquisitions brought core enabling technologies that we are integrating into our next generation robotics-assisted surgical platform.

We are also investing in developing a turnkey service to support healthcare providers seeking to move orthopaedic cases into ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs) and other outpatient settings. Smith+Nephew is well positioned to assist healthcare providers make the transition as our Sports Medicine franchise has been supporting ASC-based procedures since these centers first appeared and we are a leader in orthopaedic implants and enabling technologies, including robotics. The LENS 4K Surgical Imaging System, a new surgical video platform launched in 2019, is designed for use in ASC and multi-surgery settings.

   

 

 

 

 

“Our M&A strategy is to pursue growth enhancing acquisitions, both in the segments we already operate in, and in adjacent segments where there is attractive growth and a good strategic fit.”

Phil Cowdy

Chief Business Development and Corporate Affairs Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 9

PICTURE 12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

11

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Review of strategy continued

 

 

4

 

 

Strengthen talent and capabilities

This strategic imperative focuses on developing a winning culture to improve retention and attract talent.

 

   

 

  

  

In late 2018 we introduced a new corporate purpose ‘Life Unlimited’ and new culture pillars of Care, Collaboration and Courage. These define who we are as a Company and as employees, and create an environment that sets us up for collective success. A new visual brand identity, launched in 2019, both emphasised and underpinned these changes.

In 2019 we introduced ‘Winning Behaviours’, a new behavioural competency framework directly linked to the culture pillars to help employees understand how they can demonstrate our culture on a daily basis.

We strive to create a working environment that is inclusive and welcomes diversity. New initiatives in 2019 included delivering inclusion training to our top 100 leaders and embedding inclusion in all our leadership development programmes.

A strong and consistent culture engages and motivates employees. 2019 was the first year that we used the Gallup Global Engagement Survey to measure progress, and we were pleased that 84% of employees participated. More details of our people and culture programmes can be found on page 24.

   

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 21

45%

of attendees to our Elevate women leadership programme achieved a promotion or changed role in 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Our culture pillars are grounded in the service of patients and practitioners and guide employees to work together and encourage continuous learning and improvement.”

Elga Lohler

Chief Human Resources Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Unlimited

Underpinned by our culture pillars:

 

 

 

   

 

  

  

Care

A culture of empathy and understanding for each other, our customers and patients.

  

Collaboration

A culture of teamwork, based on mutual trust and respect.

  

Courage

A culture of continuous learning, innovation and accountability.

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

Become the
best owner

This strategic imperative focuses on driving operational transformation through improved agility, and organisation simplification to deliver profitable growth.

Operating profit margin

15.9%

-170 bps

Trading profit margin

22.8%

-10 bps

“We are striving to transform and simplify the organisation, while maintaining our commitments to act ethically and deliver products that are safe and effective for patients.”

Melissa Guerdan

Chief Quality and
Regulatory Affairs Officer

   

   

Smith+Nephew strives to deliver products of the highest quality at the right cost whilst maintaining high standards in ethics and compliance. We consistently seek to improve our performance in these areas.

Our Accelerating Performance and Execution (APEX) programme, initiated at the end of 2017, is nearing its conclusion and is now expected to deliver annualised benefits of $190 million, $30 million more than originally expected, for a one-off cost of $290 million, $50 million more than originally planned.

In 2019 APEX both helped offset the price erosion that is a natural part of our business, and contributed to our trading profit margin of 22.8%. The 2019 operating profit margin includes APEX and acquisition costs.

Cash generated from operations was $1,370 million and trading cash flow was $970 million with a good 83% trading profit to cash conversion ratio.

In 2020 we expect to sustain the improved performance achieved in 2019, an important step in realising our medium-term ambition to consistently outgrow our markets.

In 2019 we updated our Code of Conduct and Business Principles, which governs the way we operate, and all employees received training on this (see page 26).

Our Quality and Regulatory Affairs function continued to focus on improving overall Company compliance while supporting our growth objectives by delivering multiple new product approvals as well as registering hundreds of existing products in new markets (see page 31).

 

 

 

PICTURE 17

We are proud of our
manufacturing expertise.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

13

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our growing markets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew competes in large and attractive markets

The medical device and supplies segment of the global healthcare industry is worth more than $400 billion per annum. Within this, Smith+Nephew’s product segments are worth around $38 billion, growing at approximately 4% annually.

 

 

 

 

 

This growing demand is driven by lifestyle related health conditions, such as diabetes and obesity, becoming ever more prevalent, as well as improvements to life expectancy meaning that there are increasingly more patients in the world. In the emerging markets, these factors are compounded by economic development driving demand, particularly in China and India.

At the same time, governments around the world are trying to reduce the cost of healthcare, especially in hospitals, resulting in a constant downward pressure on pricing. Medical device companies are under pressure to continue to innovate, and also to provide evidence supporting both the clinical and economic benefits of products.

Clinical innovations, financial incentives and patient preferences are also prompting hospitals and health systems to move certain inpatient procedures to outpatient settings. In 2020, nearly 60 percent of US outpatient surgeries will take place in an ambulatory care setting, an increase of 46 percent since 2005.1

The US is expected to continue to lead the medical device industry reaching US$300 billion in annual sales by 2030.2 By this stage, China and India, who are both growing at twice the overall market rate, are expected to be in the top five markets, with over US$200 billion and US$40 billion of sales respectively.2 By 2040, there could be as many as 110 million diabetics in China, and nearly 70 million in India.3 The emerging middle class will also demand more choice over healthcare and have greater expectations of quality of life.

A highly regulated industry

The medical device sector is one of the world’s most heavily regulated industries.

Strict business principles govern the way industry interacts with healthcare professionals and government officials globally, including the AdvaMed Code of Ethics and the MedTech Europe Code of Ethical Business Practice.

Anti-bribery and corruption legislation, including the UK Bribery Act and the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, also apply to Smith+Nephew’s global business. There is also a strong focus on compliance and cost control in emerging markets, especially in China. For more information on our approach to compliance see page 26.

National regulatory authorities govern the design, development, approval, manufacture, labelling, marketing and sale of healthcare products. They also review data supporting the products to ensure they are safe and perform as intended.

The majority of countries require products to be authorised or registered prior to entering the market, and such authorisation or registration needs to be subsequently maintained. For example, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) continues to conduct increasingly rigorous reviews of technical documentation on the safety and the performance of medical devices for approval. Moreover, the European Union Medical Device Regulations (MDR) came into force in May 2017 with full implementation across Europe from May 2020, imposing tougher requirements of market entry and post-market surveillance of medical devices.

Smith+Nephew’s major regulatory authorities include the US FDA, the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) in the UK, the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare in Japan, the National Medical Products Administration (NMPA) in China, and the Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA).

Inspections and audits by these authorities continue to increase year-on-year and involve significant and continued financial and resource investment by Smith+Nephew to respond appropriately.

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geo-political factors

On 31 January 2020, the UK left the European Union (EU), a process known as ‘Brexit’. The UK and EU have entered a transition period which is due to run until 31 December 2020, during which the trading arrangements relating to areas such as tariffs and regulation remain largely the same for the medical technology industry as before the UK’s exit.

During 2020, the UK government and the EU intend to negotiate the future relationship between them. If a new arrangement is agreed, it is expected to take affect at the end of the transition period. Smith+Nephew’s preparations for the UK exiting the EU include transferring certain product registrations from BSI UK to BSI Netherlands and building safety stock. We continue to closely follow the negotiations and have the ability, if required, to make adjustments in our supply chain to protect the Group from the impact of new arrangements after 31 December 2020.

In early 2020, the US and China reached a phase one trade agreement, which alleviates some risk of additional tariffs on exports between the two countries. However, the additional tariffs on some medical devices being exported between the two countries remain in place while both governments begin a second round of negotiations.

In the US, the Medical Device Excise Tax, which had been deferred from 2016 to 2019, was permanently repealed effective 1 January 2020.

The importance of seasonality

There tends to be a higher volume of orthopaedic and sports medicine procedures during the winter months when accidents and sports-related injuries are more frequent. Elective procedures tend to slow down in the summer months due to holidays. Advanced Wound Management is less impacted by seasonality due to the nature of the products.

At Smith+Nephew, the majority of our business is in the northern hemisphere, including approximately 50% in the US and 20% in Europe. In the US, out-of-pocket costs for health insurance plans are tied to medical expenses in a calendar year. As a result, households that have reached their annual deductible amount and/or annual out-of-pocket cap before year’s end will find it to be cost-effective to schedule necessary procedures later in that year rather than delaying into the next year.

References

1

Becker’s ASC Review: 4 trends driving change in healthcare.

2

KPMG: Medical devices 2030: Making a power play to avoid the commodity trap.

3

TranslateMedia: How China and India are disrupting the global healthcare sector.

 

Competition

Smith+Nephew’s three global franchises have several major competitors which differ with respect to product focus, geographic reach and scale. For example, our main surgical competitors are larger in scale and tend to be more exposed to the US, whereas the majority of our key wound competitors are not US-centric.

In our Orthopaedic franchise we are one of four leading players, competing against US-based companies Stryker, Zimmer Biomet and DePuy Synthes (a Johnson & Johnson company). In Sports Medicine, Smith+Nephew holds a leading position behind Arthrex (US), and also competes against Stryker and DePuy Synthes.

We are the second largest global Advanced Wound Management business. In the Advanced Wound Care sub-segment we compete with Mölnlycke (Sweden) and ConvaTec (UK). In Advanced Wound Devices, we are the primary challenger to Negative Pressure Wound Therapy incumbent Acelity (US), which was acquired by 3M in 2019. In our Advanced Wound Bioactives franchise, we have leadership positions in our respective categories.

Market size1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orthopaedics

 

 

 

 

 

Sports Medicine2

 

 

Advanced Wound
Management

Hip and
Knee Implants

  

  

Trauma and
Extremities

  

  

 

  

  

 

$14.8bn

 

 

 

$6.2bn

 

 

 

$5.3bn

 

 

 

$9.4bn

 

+3%

 

 

 

+4%

 

 

 

+5%

 

 

 

+4%

 

PICTURE 23

 

 

PICTURE 24

 

 

PICTURE 28

 

 

PICTURE 31

A

Smith+Nephew

12%

 

 

A

Smith+Nephew

8%

 

 

A

Smith+Nephew

26%

 

 

A

Smith+Nephew

14%

B

Zimmer Biomet

32%

 

 

B

DePuy Synthes3

42%

 

 

B

Arthrex

33%

 

 

B

3M4

19%

C

Stryker

22%

 

 

C

Stryker

27%

 

 

C

Stryker

11%

 

 

C

Mölnlycke

9%

D

DePuy Synthes3

19%

 

 

D

Zimmer Biomet

11%

 

 

D

DePuy Synthes3

13%

 

 

D

ConvaTec

7%

E

Others

15%

 

 

E

Others

12%

 

 

E

Others

17%

 

 

E

Others

51%

1

Data used in 2019 estimates generated by Smith+Nephew is based on publicly available sources and internal analysis and represents an indication of market shares and sizes.

2

Representing repair products and arthroscopic enabling technologies, and excluding ENT.

3

A division of Johnson & Johnson.

4

3M acquired Acelity in 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

15

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our business model

Value creation is driven by our purpose,
culture pillars and strategic imperatives

Our resources

 

» Creating value through

 

 

 

 

 

Our people & culture

Attracting, developing and retaining the best employees is important. We strive to build a purpose-driven culture based on strong and authentic values.

Ethics & compliance

Committed to doing business the right way, compliance is embedded in the way we work.

Sales & marketing

Supporting customers through highly specialised sales teams with in-depth technical product knowledge that surgeons and nurses value greatly.

Manufacturing & quality

Operating global manufacturing efficiently and to high standards to ensure quality and competitiveness.

Medical education

Supporting the safe and effective use of our products through medical education.

Research & development

Innovation is part of our culture and we are increasing the amount we invest in new products.

Sustainability

We focus on three aspects of sustainability; economic prosperity, social responsibility and environmental stewardship.

» See page 24 for our resources

 

Purpose-driven culture

Having a clear purpose gives employees a sense of belief and determination. This supports a strong culture which improves performance across the business both in terms of financial and non-financial value.

» See page 24 to read about our purpose at work in the business

 

Strong product portfolio

We have market-leading technology across our broad range of products. We deploy our capital to drive continued innovation from our R&D programmes and invest in product and technology acquisitions which improve outcomes and widen access to life-changing care.

» See pages 18-23 to read more about our products at work.

 

Life

Unlimited

 

Strategic imperatives

Our five strategic imperatives are fundamental to how we focus the resources of the business to maximise commercial impact in our markets. They form the basis of our value creation plan for the medium term.

» See page 8 to read about our strategy in action and how it creates value

 

Customer centricity

Serving our customers is at the heart of our business model. We have a global franchise model led by management who are specialists in their areas. This keeps us close to our customers, ensuring we can anticipate and meet their needs.

» See pages 18-23 to read more about the performance across our franchise areas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

» Value delivered in 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Operating
profit

 

Trading
profit
1

 

Efficiency
savings

$5,138m

 

$815m

 

$1,169m

 

$80m

Dividend

 

Jobs

 

Practitioner
training
instances

 

Philanthropic
donations

$318m

 

17,637

 

110,000+

 

$13m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

» See page 36 for our financial review

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders

In 2019 we were pleased to deliver a 4% increase in dividend, in-line with our progressive policy. Shareholders also benefitted from a 28.3% increase in share price over the year.

Patients

Our products are used in more than 100 countries to improve the quality of life of patients. We strive to widen access to such technology, with 19% of revenue now coming from the Emerging Markets.

Customers

We continue to bring new, innovative products to customers, and support these with clinical evidence, as well as delivering professional development training to healthcare professionals around the world.

Employees

In 2019 we improved our employee engagement and promoted diversity and inclusion.

Communities

We aim to work in a sustainable, ethical and responsible manner, supporting local charities, and reducing our environmental footprint.

» See page 24 for our resources

 

 

1

These non-IFRS financial measures are explained and reconciled to the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with IFRS on pages 200–204.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

17

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our franchises

Orthopaedics

 

Enhancing quality of life

Smith+Nephew’s Orthopaedics franchise includes an innovative range of Hip and Knee Implants used to replace diseased, damaged or worn joints, robotics-assisted enabling technologies that empower surgeons, and Trauma products used to stabilise fractures and correct bone deformities.

 

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

 

Franchise revenue

 

$2,222m

 

$2,168m

 

 

Franchise profit

 

$666m

 

N/A 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019
Revenue

    

2019
Reported
growth

    

2019
Underlying
growth*

    

 

Knee Implants

 

$1,042m

 

2.5%

 

4.4%

 

 

Hip Implants

 

$613m

 

0.0%

 

2.1%

 

 

Other Recon

 

$79m

 

27.9%

 

12.6%

 

 

Trauma

 

$488m

 

2.4%

 

4.3% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Knee Implants

Smith+Nephew’s specialised knee replacement systems include leading products for total, partial and patellofemoral joint resurfacing procedures.

The JOURNEY II Total Knee Arthroplasty system is demonstrated to replicate normal knee positions, shapes, and motions.1–3 The LEGION/GENESIS II Total Knee System is a comprehensive system which includes the LEGION Revision Knee System, designed to offer surgeons improved options to deal with the complexities associated with revision knee arthroplasty. Both of these systems feature VERILAST Technology, our advanced hard-wearing bearing surface of OXINIUM Oxidized Zirconium with highly cross-linked polyethylene.

Hip Implants

Smith+Nephew’s range of specialised products for reconstruction of the hip joint include the ANTHOLOGY Hip System, SYNERGY Hip System and the POLAR3 Total Hip Solution. In Q4 2019 we announced OR3O, our new Advanced Dual Mobility system. All these systems feature VERILAST.

The diversity of our portfolio exemplifies our commitment to providing surgeons with implant and instrumentation options that meet the specific demands of their patients and preferred surgical approach. We also market the BIRMINGHAM HIP Resurfacing (BHR) System, an important option for surgeons treating suitable patients.

Smith+Nephew’s portfolio includes the REDAPT Revision Hip System. The REDAPT Fully Porous and Modular Acetabular Cups with CONCELOC Technology is designed to allow ingrowth through an additive, or 3D printing, manufacturing process which produces a porous implant designed to mimic the structure of cancellous bone.

Other Reconstruction

The NAVIO Surgical System utilises real-time imaging (without the need for a pre-operative CT scan), hand-held robotics and a portable cart. NAVIO offers both partial and total knee options that include the first and only robotics-assisted bi-cruciate retaining knee procedure commercially available.

We enhanced our offering in 2019 with the acquisition of Brainlab’s Orthopaedic Joint Reconstruction business. The transaction included the Brainlab hip software, and we expect to introduce a new hip application in early 2020. For more details on our digital surgical robotics ecosystem see page 10.

This franchise also includes Smith+Nephew’s diverse portfolio of bone cement and accessory options.

PICTURE 25

“With high quality products utilising differentiated materials and backed by strong data, our Orthopaedics franchise is well-positioned for further growth.”

Skip Kiil

President of Orthopaedics

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trauma

In Trauma, the TRIGEN INTERTAN hip fracture system allows patients to experience lower risk of implant failure and non-union, reduced post-operative pain, faster time to fracture union, and a proven high return to pre-fracture status.4 The EVOS SMALL Plating System is an expansive, user friendly system with multiple fixation options including non-locking, locking, variable-angle locking, optimised plate contours and screw trajectories as well as a low profile construct designed to give patients stability and flexibility. For extremities and limb restoration, our range includes the TAYLOR SPATIAL FRAME External Fixator as well as plating systems and soft tissue repair products.

Our performance in 2019

Our Orthopaedics franchise delivered 4.0% underlying revenue growth* in 2019, an improvement over the 3% growth in 2018.

Knee Implants revenue growth was led by demand for our JOURNEY II and LEGION Revision knee systems and was strongest outside of the US.

Hip Implants revenue growth was led by demand for the POLAR3 total hip solution, with its class-leading survivorship data. The REDAPT Revision Hip System also drove performance in this franchise in 2019.

Other Reconstruction delivered double-digit revenue growth, and benefitted from strong capital sales in the fourth quarter.

Trauma revenue improved on 2018 led by sustained double-digit growth from the INTERTAN Intertrochanteric Antegrade Nail and the roll-out of the EVOS System across the year.

References

1

Murakami K, Hamai S, Okazaki K, et al. Knee kinematics in bi-cruciate stabilized total knee arthroplasty during squatting and stair-climbing activities. J Orthop. 2018;15:650-654.

2

Grieco TF, Sharma A, Dessinger GM, Cates HE, Komistek RD. In Vivo Kinematic Comparison of a Bicruciate Stabilized Total Knee Arthroplasty and the Normal Knee Using Fluoroscopy. J Arthroplasty. 2018;33(2):565-571.

3

Iriuchishima T, Ryu K. A comparison of Rollback Ratio between Bicruciate Substituting Total Knee Arthroplasty and Oxford Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty. J Knee Surg. 2018;31(6):568-572.

4

Data on file with Smith+Nephew. 05036 V2 TRIGEN INTERTAN Claims Brochure 0817.

*

These non-IFRS financial measures are explained and reconciled to the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with IFRS on pages 200–204.

 

 

OR3O

PICTURE 35

We are excited to be launching OR3O, our new Advanced Dual Mobility system incorporating our proprietary VERILAST technology, giving us access to an important product segment that we have not been active in.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

19

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our franchises continued

Sports Medicine & ENT

 

operates in growing markets where unmet clinical needs provide opportunities for procedural and technological innovation.

 

 

 

Innovative technology for minimally invasive surgery

Smith+Nephew’s Sports Medicine & ENT franchise operates in growing markets where unmet clinical needs provide opportunities for procedural and technological innovation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

 

Franchise revenue

 

$1,536m

 

$1,461m

 

 

Franchise profit

 

$489m

 

N/A 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019
Revenue

    

2019
Reported
growth

    

2019
Underlying
growth*

    

 

SMJR

 

$794m

 

10.8%

 

12.3%

 

 

AET

 

$591m

 

-1.5%

 

0.8%

 

 

ENT

 

$151m

 

4.9%

 

6.7% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sports Medicine Joint Repair (SMJR)

In Sports Medicine Joint Repair, our technologies, instruments and implants enable surgeons to perform minimally invasive surgery of the joints, including the repair of soft tissue injuries and degenerative conditions of the shoulder, knee, hip and small joints.

For shoulder repair, we market products primarily for Rotator Cuff Repair (RCR) and instability repair, two of the most common sports medicine procedures. Key shoulder repair products include suture anchors such as the open-architecture HEALICOIL Suture Anchor, SUTUREFIX and Q-FIX All-Suture Anchors. The portfolio also includes suture passers such as FIRSTPASS. The REGENETEN Bioinductive Implant enhances the body’s natural healing response to support growth of new tendon-like tissue,1–2 further enhancing our RCR portfolio.

In knee repair, the NOVOSTICH PRO Meniscal Repair System, acquired in 2019, addresses complex meniscal tear patterns not adequately served by other repair systems, including horizontal cleavage tears affecting approximately one-third of meniscal repair patients.3 It is highly complementary to our FAST-FIX 360 Meniscal Repair System, which addresses vertical tears, the most commonly repairable meniscal injury. For ligament reconstructions, our portfolio gives surgeons multiple tools to perform single and complex repairs. This includes fixed and adjustable loop devices (ENDOBUTTON and ULTRABUTTON), interference screws (BIOSURE), as well as a reconstruction guide system (ACUFEX EXTRA-ARTICULAR).

Smith+Nephew offers implants made from a variety of biocompatible materials, including next-generation anchors made of soft, all-suture material and REGENESORB, an advanced biocomposite.

Arthroscopic Enabling Technologies (AET)

AET products facilitate the practice of arthroscopic surgery. These include high definition imaging solutions, industry leading energy-based and mechanical resection platforms, and fluid management and access technologies. Our platforms work in concert to facilitate access to various joint spaces, visualise the patient’s anatomy, resect degenerated or damaged tissue and prepare the joint for a soft tissue repair.

The WEREWOLF and QUANTUM 2 COBLATION Controllers enable surgeons to remove soft tissue precisely4 and control bleeding in a variety of arthroscopic procedures. COBLATION Technology, and the FLOW 50 Wand, have demonstrated faster patient recovery5 and better long-term patient outcomes5–7 in knee procedures compared to mechanical debridement. Launched in 2019, the WEREWOLF FLOW 90 Wand with FLOW~IQ Technology brings this technology to shoulder repair.

Adding to our DYONICS PLATINUM Blades portfolio in 2019, the BONECUTTER, 3.5mm PLATINUM INCISOR PLUS and 3.5mm PLATINUM SYNOVATOR Blades show significantly faster resection rates and lower to no incidents of clogging compared with competitive blades.8

 

 

 

PICTURE 22

“We are proud that through our leadership and innovation we are helping to bring the benefits of soft tissue repair to many more patients every year.”

Brad Cannon

President of Sports Medicine & ENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our LENS 4K Surgical Imaging System offers exceptional image quality, connectivity and workflow integration to benefit ambulatory and multi-specialty surgical centres.

Ear, Nose & Throat (ENT)

In ENT, our COBLATION Plasma Technology, which has been used to remove tonsils and adenoids for over 15 years, has an ability to remove tissue at low temperatures with minimal damage to surrounding tissue.9 The technology is also marketed for use in turbinate and laryngeal procedures.

Our ENT portfolio also includes the RAPID RHINO product line which features a wide range of dissolvable and removable postoperative nasal dressings, as well as a comprehensive portfolio of epistaxis solutions.

Our performance in 2019

Our Sports Medicine & ENT franchise achieved 7.0% underlying revenue growth* in 2019, an improved performance over the 2% growth in 2018.

Sports Medicine Joint Repair delivered four straight quarters of double-digit growth. Performance was consistent across both our knee and shoulder repair ranges, including growing contributions from the recently acquired REGENETEN Bioinductive Implant for rotator cuff repair and NOVOSTITCH Meniscal Repair System.

Arthroscopic Enabling Technologies finished the year strongly with recent product launches, including the WEREWOLF FLOW 90 Wand with FLOW~IQ Technology, new mechanical resection blades, and the LENS 4K Surgical Imaging System, all contributing to an improved growth profile.

In ENT we continued to successfully convert surgeons conducting tonsil and adenoid procedures with traditional surgery approaches to using our COBLATION technology. In Q1 2020 we acquired Tusker Medical, Inc., developer of Tula, a new system for in-office delivery of ear tubes to treat recurrent or persistent ear infections which is highly complementary to our existing ENT portfolio, with the same customer and patient populations.

References

1

Schlegel TF, et al. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2918; 27; 242-251.

2

Bokor DJ, et al. MLTJ. 2016;6(1):16-25.

3

Metcalf MH, Barrett GR. AJSM. 2004;32(3):675-680.

4

Amiel D, et al. Arthroscopy. 2004;20(5):503-510.

5

Spahn G, et al. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2008;16(6):565–573.

6

Spahn, G, et al. Arthroscopy. 2010;26(Suppl 9):S73-80.

7

Spahn G, et al. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2016;24(5):1560-1568.

8

Competitive testing report 15007992.

9

Woloszko J, et al. Proc of SPIE. 2003;4949:341-352.

10

2018 SmartTRAK US Meniscal Repair Fixation market report.

*

These non-IFRS financial measures are explained and reconciled to the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with IFRS on pages 200–204.

 

 

NOVOSTITCH PRO

PICTURE 27

There are currently more than 1.2 million meniscal tears treated surgically in the US each year with only 15–20% of the cases receiving a meniscal repair, rather than removal.10 With products like NOVOSTITCH PRO and FAST-FIX 360, we see the opportunity to double this proportion in the medium term.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

21

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our franchises continued

Advanced Wound Management

 

operates in growing markets where unmet clinical needs provide opportunities for procedural and technological innovation.

 

 

 

Reducing the human and economic burden of wounds

Smith+Nephew’s extensive Advanced Wound Management portfolio is designed to meet broad and complex clinical needs, helping healthcare professionals get ‘CLOSER TO ZERO’ human and economic consequences of wounds.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

 

Franchise revenue

 

$1,380m

 

$1,275m

 

 

Franchise profit

 

$370m

 

N/A 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019
Revenue

    

2019
Reported
growth

    

2019
Underlying
growth*

    

 

AWC

 

$714m

 

-3.5%

 

-0.2%

 

 

AWB

 

$424m

 

32.3%

 

-0.4%

 

 

AWD

 

$242m

 

12.8%

 

15.7% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advanced Wound Management

With the prevalence of chronic wounds in the UK alone growing at around 12% annually1 and increasing pressure on resources, there is a need for consistent, intuitive clinical practice that promotes both prevention and healing and provides structured and measureable outcomes.

Smith+Nephew promotes best practice guidelines, including the globally recognised T.I.M.E. principles, which were first published in 2003 and later revised as the T.I.M.E. clinical decision support tool (CDST) in 2019, offering a systematic approach to wound healing.2 T.I.M.E. is an acronym representing the critical barriers to wound healing: Tissue non-viable, Infection/ inflammation, Moisture imbalance, and Edge of wound non-advancing.

T.I.M.E. is the most recognised assessment tool in wound care,2 and having supported T.I.M.E. since its inception, Smith+Nephew is uniquely positioned to provide customers with a set of comprehensive products in Advanced Wound Care (AWC), Advanced Wound Bioactives (AWB) and Advanced Wound Devices (AWD) across each T.I.M.E. based clinical need.

Advanced Wound Care (AWC)

Our AWC range covers several segments aimed at helping improve outcomes in the Infection and Moisture balance clinical goals of T.I.M.E.

In infection management, our silver-based ACTICOAT Antimicrobial Barrier Dressings, DURAFIBER Ag Absorbent Gelling Silver Fibrous Dressing, and ALLEVYN Ag Antimicrobial Foam Dressing, provide clinicians with a range of solutions to address individual patient needs in managing wound infection.

In exudate or moisture management, our products are designed to respond to varying levels of wound exudate providing appropriate wound fluid absorption, lock in and evaporation properties to promote an optimal wound healing environment. Our key growth brand in this space is the ALLEVYN range with two focus variants; ALLEVYN Gentle Border Foam Dressing, a range of versatile foam dressings to suit multiple wound types, and ALLEVYN LIFE Foam Dressing, our most advanced dressing, uniquely differentiated by its distinct quadrilobe shape and with the EXUMASK Change Indicator, the dressing last up to 1.9 times longer than other foam dressings.3

The AWC range also includes film and post-operative dressings, skincare products and gels. Leading brands include OPSITE Film Dressings, IV3000 Moisture Responsive Intravenous Catheter Dressing, and the PROSHIELD Skin Care and SECURA Skin Care ranges.

Advanced Wound Bioactives (AWB)

Our AWB portfolio covers key product segments aimed at helping improve outcomes in the tissue viability and wound edge advancement clinical goals of T.I.M.E.

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 29

“Our broad portfolio helps healthcare providers prevent and treat wounds as well as conserve resources for healthcare systems.”

Simon Fraser

President of Advanced Wound Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AWB topical biologics and skin substitutes provide a unique approach to debridement, dermal repair, and tissue regeneration. Our portfolio includes Collagenase SANTYL Ointment 250 units/gram, our most significant product by sales in this segment, as well as REGRANEX (becaplermin) gel 0.01%, OASIS Wound Matrix and OASIS ULTRA Tri-Layer Matrix, a naturally-derived, extracellular matrix replacement product indicated for the management of both chronic and traumatic wounds.

Expanding our skin substitute product range, GRAFIX Cryopreserved Placental Membrane and STRAVIX Cryopreserved Umbilical Tissue, acquired in 2019 with Osiris, are intended for application directly to acute and chronic wounds and as surgical cover or wrap to support soft tissue repair. For more information on this acquisition see page 11.

Advanced Wound Devices (AWD)

In AWD, our portfolio helps improve outcomes in the tissue viability, moisture balance, and wound edge advancement clinical goals of T.I.M.E.2

The PICO 7 Single Use Negative Pressure Wound Therapy System (sNPWT) with AIRLOCK Technology brings the effectiveness of traditional NPWT in a modern, small portable system, and is applicable for both open wounds and closed incisions. We expanded the range in 2019 with the launch of PICO 7Y sNPWT, enabling the utilisation of two dressings concurrently from one pump, in practice allowing for two wounds to be addressed at the same time, as well as with the launch of PICO 14 sNPWT, a variant that can be used to treat a wound for up to 14 days. New 2019 guidance from the UK’s National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) states that PICO sNPWT should be considered as an option for closed surgical incisions in patients who are at high risk of surgical site infections (SSIs).4

Our AWD portfolio also includes the LEAF Patient Monitoring System, acquired in 2019, a wireless, patient wearable sensor that monitors patient position and orientation to automate and document the management of prescribed patient turn protocols. This is an important tool in a hospital’s pressure injury prevention strategy.

The AWD portfolio also includes our traditional RENASYS Negative Pressure Wound Therapy System and the VERSAJET Hydrosurgery System, a surgical debridement device.

Our performance in 2019

Our Advanced Wound Management franchise delivered 2.2% underlying revenue growth* in 2019, an improvement over the flat growth in 2018.

Advanced Wound Care declined in 2019. Whilst we improved performance in Europe across the year, this was offset by price pressure in the US.

Advanced Wound Bioactives performance improved over 2018. Reported growth reflects the acquisition of Osiris which has also improved the underlying growth profile from -6% in 2018.

Advanced Wound Devices delivered four quarters of double-digit growth. This reflected continued strong demand for PICO and an increasing contribution from RENASYS across the year.

References

1

Guest J F, Vowden K, Vowden P. The economic burden that acute and chronic wounds impose on an average clinical commissioning group/health board in the UK. J Wound Care 2017; 26(6):292-303.

2

Moore Z, Dowsett C, Smith G, et al. TIME CDST: an updated tool to address the current challenges in wound care. J Wound Care 2019; 28(3):154-161.

3

Joy H, et al. A collaborative project to enhance efficiency through dressing change practice. J Wound Care 2015;24(7):312,314-7.

4

NICE Medical Technology Guidance MTG43. PICO Negative Pressure Wound Dressings for closed surgical incisions. May 9th 2019 https://www.nice.org.uk/

 

*   These non-IFRS financial measures are explained and reconciled to the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with IFRS on pages 200–204.

 

 

C:\USERS\SSACHS\APPDATA\LOCAL\TEMP\SNAGHTML29FABF0D.PNG

A new model
of care

Throughout 2019 Smith+Nephew and a panel of clinicians in the UK started implementing a new digital clinical decision support tool (CDST), a patient-centric approach to offer a systematic, holistic and multidisciplinary daily practice that aims to improve outcomes.

Designed to help ensure clinical decision making follows best practice, the CDST also helps to ensure product selection is appropriate, reducing waste and optimising clinical outcomes, as well as potentially releasing nurse time.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

23

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our resources

Our people & culture

 

A culture of Care, Collaboration and Courage

Smith+Nephew has a proud history of more than 160 years of improving health around the world. Whilst we have grown significantly from our beginnings as a small family pharmacy in Hull, England, our caring spirit has remained the same.

 

Our culture of Care, Collaboration and Courage defines who we are as a Company and as employees, and creates an environment that sets us up for collective success. A strong and consistent culture engages and motivates employees, creates a community where they understand our strategy and purpose, makes them feel valued for their contributions to it, and drives behaviours that help us realise our business ambitions.

2019 was the first year that we used the Gallup Global Engagement Survey to measure how well our employees are engaged, and to determine where we need to focus and improve the employee experience. This decision to prioritise and measure engagement, rather than satisfaction, was driven by our new culture.

More than 14,300 – or 84% – of our employees gave feedback about the state of engagement at Smith+Nephew. Our scores were highest where we have focused our efforts: sense of purpose, pride, and commitment to quality work, with more to do in the areas of recognition and development. Every manager received a results report for his or her team, and worked with them to set action plans for improvement.

Care

Our culture pillar of Care means that we show empathy and understanding for each other, our customers and patients, and our communities. We anticipate their needs and deliver the highest levels of innovation and service.

Smith+Nephew is committed to caring for its employees, providing benefits such as employee assistance and wellness programmes. In 2019, we increased our focus on promoting mental health awareness, piloting mental health first aid training to volunteer employees in the UK.

We encourage employees to support external community or charity initiatives by providing a full day of paid time for volunteering. In 2019, employees donated more than 10,000 hours to support worthy initiatives outside of work. Some groups use this time for team building activities. For example, our team in South Korea volunteered for Habitat for Humanity during the year, helping low-income people access better housing. Increasing the number of employees using volunteering time is one of the objectives of our new social responsibility strategy, described in more detail in our 2019 Sustainability Report.

 

 

PICTURE 37

Committed to
our employees

Smith+Nephew is committed to caring for its employees, providing benefits such as employee assistance and wellness programmes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collaboration

Our culture pillar of Collaboration aims to foster successful teamwork based on mutual trust and respect. Through transparent and respectful communication, we are motivated by a shared purpose and understand the impact of our individual contributions on our collective goals.

This commitment to communication starts at the top. On a quarterly basis, the Chief Executive Officer and members of the executive team lead a live global webcast. This includes updates on the business and gives employees around the world the chance to ask questions in real-time.

We encourage networking through various groups and activities as it fosters a strong culture of Collaboration across the business. This includes our Young Professionals (SNYP) network set up by employees in Memphis (US), which has grown into a global initiative scheduling both professional development opportunities and social activities.

Our peer-to-peer recognition programme – called Going the Extra Mile (GEM) – gives employees the opportunity to say ‘thank you’ to colleagues.

We strive for a culture where everyone is working collaboratively, has a voice, is heard and is respectful of other’s needs. Building inclusion and embracing diversity is vital and strengthens our business as the variety of perspectives, experience and work styles enhance creativity and innovation. We are committed to employment practices based on equal opportunities, regardless of race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, socio-economic status, age, physical abilities, religious beliefs, political beliefs, or other ideologies.

In 2019 we recruited through more channels in order to improve diversity across new hires and we are exploring the use of technology to remove bias or subjectivity from our hiring processes. We also delivered inclusion training to our top 100 leaders and in all our leadership development programmes, as well as to our Talent Acquisition and HR teams involved in recruiting. We continued to develop our female leaders in 2019, with up to 200 female employees enrolling in our ‘Elevate’ female leaders programme each month, and 45% of participants achieved a promotion or new role during the year.

Courage

Our culture pillar of Courage encourages continuous learning, innovation and accountability. By staying curious, thinking big and having the humility to challenge our conventional ways of thinking, we push the boundaries of our industry, and we do so ethically and with integrity.

Every year, Smith+Nephew sets out clear and measurable Group objectives based upon our strategic imperatives, which are directly linked to personal objectives of all employees. This enables employees to clearly see how their efforts contribute to the overall success of the business, which drives execution, accountability and engagement.

In 2019 we launched ‘Winning Behaviours’, a behavioural competency framework directly linked to our culture pillars of Care, Courage and Collaboration. It supports employee development by helping employees understand how they can demonstrate our culture on a daily basis. Our recruitment and assessment approach, and our performance management and talent management processes, all directly align to these Winning Behaviours.

Smith+Nephew’s compensation strategy supports high-performance and accountability across both financial and cultural performance metrics. A robust compensation framework is vital in attracting, retaining, and motivating high calibre people, driving better business results across an equitable work environment. Our UK Gender Pay ratios improved in 2019 (see page 119) and we are Living Wage Accredited in the UK, voluntarily paying above the government required minimum. We also offer an all-employee share plan scheme to the majority of employees globally.

The Board’s Compliance & Culture Committee closely monitors our programmes to embed the new culture, visiting sites and meeting and talking directly to employees, as well as reviewing the Gallup results. More details of the Committee’s 2019 activities can be found on page 80, alongside its 2020 plans to assess the culture and track progress.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total employees1

17,637

 

Senior managers2,3 and above

947

 

 

Board of Directors

9

Male

58%

Female

42%

 

Male

70%

Female

30%

 

Male

67%

Female

33%

1Number of employees at 31 December 2019 including part time employees and employees on leave of absence.

2Senior managers and above include all employees classed as Directors, Senior Directors, Vice Presidents, Executive Officers and includes all statutory directors and Directors of our subsidiary companies.

3For 2019 we have updated our definition of senior managers to include employees classed as Director and above but who do not have direct reports.

PICTURE 34

»  For more information about how we are putting people first, download our Sustainability Report from our website

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

25

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our resources continued

Ethics & Compliance

Smith+Nephew has a strong reputation for integrity and ethical conduct

At Smith+Nephew we are committed to integrity, honesty and professionalism in all aspects of our business.

 

Code of Conduct and Business Principles

We believe that it is a privilege to provide products and services for patients and healthcare professionals. We believe that everyone who works for us – or on our behalf – shares the responsibility for upholding our reputation for integrity and ethical conduct, and that the sustainability of our business depends on doing things the right way.

Our Code of Conduct and Business Principles governs the way we operate, taking into account ethical, social, environmental, legal and financial considerations as part of Smith+Nephew’s operating methods. We have a robust whistle-blowing system in all jurisdictions where we operate, which is benchmarked against industry metrics.

Global Compliance Programme

Smith+Nephew has implemented what we believe to be a world-class Global Compliance Programme that helps our businesses comply with applicable laws and regulations.

As part of the programme, we provide resources and tools to guide employees to make decisions that comply with the law, local industry codes and our Code of Conduct. Significant interactions with healthcare professionals and government officials are reviewed and approved in advance, and we regularly assess existing and emerging risks in the countries in which we operate.

Compliance controls at Smith+Nephew are also reviewed regularly, and we conduct audits, supported by data analytics, with central and local monitoring.

We work with third parties who adhere to business principles and health, safety, social and environmental standards consistent with our own. New distributors and other higher-risk third parties are subject to screening, compliance training and certification.

Senior leaders, including all Vice Presidents and above, are required to complete an annual certification to the Chief Executive Officer to confirm the implementation of required policies. Managers and employees complete an annual compliance certification and conflict of interest disclosure.

The programme is reviewed and developed regularly.

An ethical employer

At Smith+Nephew, we recruit, employ and promote employees on the sole basis of the qualifications and abilities needed for the work to be performed. We do not tolerate discrimination on any grounds and provide equal opportunity based on merit.

We do not use any form of forced, compulsory or child labour. Smith+Nephew supports the Universal Declaration of Human Rights of the United Nations, respecting the human rights, dignity and privacy of individuals and their right to freedom of association, freedom of expression and the right to be heard.

As a global medical technology business, we recognise our responsibility to take a robust approach to preventing slavery and human trafficking. Smith+Nephew is committed to preventing such activities in all of its corporate operations and in its supply chains. Our full policy on modern slavery is available on our website.

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales & marketing

 

Customers are at the heart of our business model

Healthcare professionals are our customers, and they can range from orthopaedic surgeons to wound care nurses, general practitioners and other clinicians, but increasingly also economic stakeholders such as purchasing professionals in hospitals and healthcare insurers.

Smith+Nephew has a global franchise structure with dedicated global presidents of Orthopaedics, Sports Medicine & ENT and Advanced Wound Management leading customer facing activities. Each president has global upstream marketing responsibility as well as commercial responsibility for the US, our largest market. The franchises share global commercial support teams in the areas of medical education, sales training, marketing services and healthcare economics.

Aligned with and supporting the franchises are presidents and regional commercial organisations for Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), and Asia Pacific (APAC). Under these presidents are country clusters, based on geographic proximity, critical mass of revenue, and similar go-to-market strategies. They are led by managing directors with business unit leads for each franchise.

Our sales representatives are highly trained and skilled individuals. Depending on their area of specialism, representatives in our surgical businesses will not only know the devices that they sell, but also have a detailed knowledge of the surgical instruments used to implant them, and specific understanding of the various surgical techniques a customer might use.

Once a sales representative is trained and certified, they typically spend the majority of their time working directly with and supporting customers to aid in the safe and effective use of our advanced medical technologies, or identifying and contacting new customers.

In Advanced Wound Management, sales representatives have deep knowledge of how clinicians seek to prevent and treat wounds, as well as an understanding of the economic benefits of using our products within treatment protocols.

We pride ourselves on giving customers a high standard of service and invest in developing our sales and marketing organisation. In 2019 we renewed this commitment by introducing a new Global Commercial Training and Education structure, which delivers a more consistent content and curriculum-based approach, coupled with deep commercial training specialisation in key markets.

 

 

PICTURE 39

Award winning training

Our training team has won many awards for its training programmes, especially for its use of digital and mobile technology.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

27

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our resources continued

Research & Development

 

Investing in meaningful innovation

We invested $292 million in Research and Development (R&D) in 2019, equivalent to 5.7% of Group revenue.

Major product launches announced in 2019 included the launch of the OR3O Dual Mobility System for use in primary and revision hip arthroplasty, the EVOS WRIST Plating System, the WEREWOLF FLOW 90 Wand with FLOW~IQ Technology, the LENS 4K Surgical Imaging System and PICO 7Y sNPWT.

We also invested in evidence demonstrating the clinical and economic benefits of our products. Such evidence was fundamental to the UK’s National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) 2019 recommendation for PICO sNPWT as an option for closed surgical incisions in patients who are at high risk of surgical site infections.

Our enterprise R&D operating model

Smith+Nephew’s R&D model provides governance and simple processes for new product development, starting with front end innovation and research, moving through new product development and launch, and ending with support of released products.

We focus on projects that will make a meaningful difference to our customers and their patients. This includes investing in incremental innovation to improve existing products, but also to transform our business using disruptive technologies, services and business models. Driving greater efficiency through innovation supporting our sustainability strategy, is also a priority for the R&D teams.

Strict criteria are applied to ensure that new products are aimed at fulfilling unmet clinical needs, have a strong commercial rationale, and are technically feasible. Our R&D experts in the US, UK, Europe, Singapore and China have extensive customer and sector knowledge.

The R&D function works closely with the marketing, clinical, quality, regulatory affairs, manufacturing, procurement and supply chain management teams to ensure we produce new products to cost, scope and schedule. We work in partnership with our customers, and welcome new product concepts from healthcare professionals, working collaboratively to bring ideas to reality.

The global R&D function includes our Clinical and Medical Affairs (CMA) team that ensures that, from conception, plans are developed to support product launches with the evidence increasingly required by clinicians, payers and regulators. Our products undergo clinical and health economic assessments both during their development and post-launch.

A strong pipeline

For 2020, we have a strong pipeline with a number of important launches planned and also expect to maintain the high cadence of clinical and economic evidence.

One area of focus is surgical robotics, with our next generation platform anticipated to be launched in 2020 following necessary regulatory clearances and approvals. When launched, the new product will reduce the physical device footprint. This, together with its CT-free technology, makes it an ideal solution for all surgical settings, including ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs). In addition, our R&D programme is focused on a number of options to broaden this platform for customers, including innovations intended to incorporate augmented reality, and machine learning technologies.

 

 

PICTURE 40

“In 2019 our global R&D team delivered game-changing innovation, launching new products, systems and services backed by compelling clinical evidence.”

Vasant Padmanabhan

President of Research & Development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Game changing innovation in 2019

For 2020, we have a strong pipeline with a number of important launches planned and also expect to maintain the high cadence of clinical and economic evidence.

 

PICTURE 42

 

PICTURE 53

Ultra-versatile
EVOS WRIST

Plating System gives surgeons a choice of approach, material, and locking technology.

 

PICTURE 59

WEREWOLF
COBLATION

FLOW 90 Wand with FLOW~IQ Technology expands the unique WEREWOLF COBLATION system into shoulder repair.

 

PICTURE 56

PICO 7Y Single
Use Negative
Pressure Wound
Therapy System

with AIRLOCK Technology brings the effectiveness of traditional NPWT in a modern, small portable system, and is applicable for both open wounds and closed incisions.

 

PICTURE 60

LENS 4K Surgical
Imaging System

brings exceptional image quality, connectivity and workflow integration benefits to ambulatory and multi-specialty surgical centers.

 

PICTURE 58

OR3O Dual
Mobility System

utilising unique OXINIUM DH metal alloy – the first advanced bearing material available to support modular dual mobility throughout the entire offering.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

29

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our resources continued

Medical education

 

 

Smith+Nephew is proud to support the development of surgeons and nurses by providing skills training and education on our products and techniques

 

Medical education at Smith+Nephew provides healthcare professionals opportunities to learn about the latest evidence, new skills and techniques, and safe and effective use of our products. We are dedicated to assisting them in their focus to improve outcomes for their patients.

To support that aim, we provided more than 110,000 instances of training in 2019 to surgeons and nurses through Smith+Nephew training centres globally. We had a large training impact in each region with notable instances in the US, UK and APAC, as well as running many courses at third party centres around the world. Additionally, we transformed our Global Medical Education function to increase the strategic focus on content development, delivery and a healthcare professional centric learning approach through educational pathways.

In collaboration with expert healthcare professionals as faculty, Smith+Nephew provides programme attendees the opportunity for peer-to-peer interaction, demonstration and practice of new techniques and to refine skills. Courses are attended by residents, fellows and practicing surgeons who work together to review, discuss and train on current and innovative surgical techniques and our products in their areas of clinical expertise. Our courses support surgeons who gain the experience and confidence necessary to become experts in their field.

Thousands of nurses receive face-to-face training on our products from Smith+Nephew representatives every year, including attending courses at our centres, conference symposium and customised educational programmes at local venues and facilities.

Additionally, we support healthcare professionals with online resources at smith-nephew.com/education and WoundCME.org.

 

 

PICTURE 64

Supporting safe and effective use of products

Working under expert guidance, attendees at Smith+Nephew training courses learn new techniques and refine skills, to ensure the safe and effective use of our products.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing & quality

 

 

Delivering high quality products efficiently

Smith+Nephew takes great pride in its manufacturing expertise and commitment to distributing innovative, quality products globally.

 

We operate manufacturing facilities in eight countries across the globe, and have central distribution facilities in the US, Europe and Asia. Our Global Operations team supports the delivery of the Group’s strategic imperatives by ensuring that we respond efficiently to geographical growth, new product development and increasing regulatory requirements. Global Operations is focused on delivering ever-greater efficiency by focusing on operating an optimal facility footprint, driving lean manufacturing methods across our network and identifying opportunities within our supply chain to deliver world-class service levels.

Products for our Orthopaedics franchise are primarily manufactured at our facilities in Memphis (US), Aarau (Switzerland), Tuttlingen (Germany), Beijing (China), and Warwick (UK). In 2019 we announced our decision to build a new high technology manufacturing facility in Penang, Malaysia, primarily to support our Orthopaedics franchise, which has been growing strongly in the Asia Pacific region. First production batches from this facility are expected to ship before the end of 2022.

Sports Medicine Joint Repair products are primarily manufactured at the Mansfield (US) and Alajuela (Costa Rica) facilities. The majority of Advanced Wound Management products are made in Hull (UK), Fort Worth (US), Columbia, Maryland (US), and Suzhou (China). In 2019 we announced our decision to consolidate manufacture of SANTYL into Fort Worth and shut our site in Curaçao. We also have a facility in Oklahoma City (US), which produces and services electro/mechanical capital equipment and single use sterile devices and assembles some NPWT devices using components from third parties.

We procure raw materials, components, finished products and packaging materials from suppliers globally. These include metal forgings and castings, optical and electronic sub-components, active ingredients and semi-finished goods, as well as packaging materials. Suppliers are contracted to ensure value for money based on total spend across the Group. We work closely with our suppliers to ensure high quality, delivery performance and continuity of supply.

We outsource certain parts of our manufacturing processes where necessary to obtain specialised expertise or to lower cost without undue risk to our intellectual property or quality. We monitor suppliers through on-site assessments and performance audits to ensure the required levels of quality, service and delivery.

Our Global Supply Chain team is responsible for making sure that our products reach internal and external demands in a timely, compliant and efficient manner. We operate main logistics and warehousing facilities for surgical products in Memphis (US), Baar (Switzerland) and Singapore. For wound products, our main facilities are located in Neunkirchen (Germany), Derby (UK) and Lawrenceville (US).

Quality and Regulatory Affairs

A global Quality and Regulatory Affairs function supports full product life-cycle management of Smith+Nephew’s global product portfolio from design and development through manufacturing and post-market surveillance. These functions establish appropriate processes and procedures to facilitate compliance to complex global regulations and laws that govern the design, development, approval, manufacture, labelling, marketing and sale of healthcare products. The Quality and Regulatory Affairs functions directly support expansion of our global portfolio through the registration of new products and existing products in new markets, as well as ensuring compliance with regulatory reporting standards.

Requirements of global regulatory agencies are becoming increasingly stringent and we expect this to continue. The team is leading a major Group-wide programme to prepare for implementation of the European Union (EU) Medical Devices Regulation (MDR), which came into force in May 2017, with a three-year transition period until the date of application in May 2020. The regulation includes new requirements for the manufacture, supply and sale of all CE marked products sold in Europe and requires the re-registration of all medical devices with CE marking, regardless of where the devices are manufactured.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

31

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sustainability

Sustainability is better business

 

 

Our sustainability strategy is integrated with our Group business strategy, embedding the three main drivers of sustainability – economic prosperity, social responsibility and environmental stewardship – across all our activities

 

 

Sustainability is at the core of our business

In 2016, we launched our Group sustainability strategy, setting out aspirational goals and targets. This is a summary report of our activities and progress in 2019.

Our annual Sustainability Report, published at the same time as this Annual Report, describes the Group sustainability strategy and its associated goals in more detail. It specifies targets to move our performance towards these goals, and provides more detail of the progress made during 2019. It is available on our website.

At the end of 2019 we revisited and updated the sustainability strategy for 2025 and beyond. This is summarised below, and described in greater detail in the Sustainability Report.

Sustainability strategy 2016 through 2019

Smith+Nephew has been and remains committed to working in a sustainable, ethical and responsible manner everywhere we do business. We are proud of our achievements over many years, as witnessed by our recurring inclusion in leading indices such as FTSE4Good and the Dow Jones Sustainability Index.

At the heart of the sustainability strategy are 10 long-term aspirational goals. These encompassed all aspects of our business, and informed and supported our business strategy. The Board endorsed these and executive management championed them. In 2019, we established a new Sustainability Council to widen executive leadership across the programme.

Employee safety, wellness and volunteering

A healthy and safe working environment is fundamental to the way we work at Smith+Nephew. We must ensure that the safety of our employees and those who work with us is given the highest priority when we perform our daily activities in our offices around the world, when we visit customers and in our manufacturing environment.

Engagement with the communities in which we operate continues to broaden and deepen through the active attention of site leadership and the empowerment of local camaraderie councils, as well as encouraging the application of company-paid volunteering allowance and matching of employee donations to charity.

We continue to strengthen and deepen employee wellness programmes with a focus on enabling healthy lifestyle choices. For more information see our people & culture report on page 24.

The impact of climate change

One of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), is to ‘take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts’.

It is widely recognised that continued emission of greenhouse gases will cause further warming of the planet and this warming could lead to damaging social and economic consequences. During 2019, we have continued to consider, and mitigate against, the potential impact of climate change on our business operations.

PICTURE 11

» See more in our Sustainability Report www.smith-nephew.com/sustainability

 

Cycling from the UK to Paris to combat liver disease 

A team of 34 employees completed a Croxley, UK to Paris three day bike ride, raising over £15,000 for Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis (PSC) support, a cause close to one of our employees. The route took them through the UK South Downs and Northern France, ending 235 miles later with the team riding through the cobbled Parisian streets to finish at the Eiffel Tower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our physical assets and supply chains are vulnerable to weather and climate change (eg sea level rise, increased frequency and severity of extreme weather events, stress on water resources). In our Orthopaedics business, mineral-based raw materials are dependent upon energy-intensive processes (smelting). Patient populations are vulnerable to a potential rise in infectious disease propagation. Governments and corporations alike are under increasing pressure to mitigate the expected effects of climate change, potentially resulting in infrastructure projects which would require large capital outlays, further increasing the pressure on healthcare payments.

We have for several years rigorously measured our GHG emissions using internationally recognised standards, have set GHG reduction targets, have consistently achieved these targets and have taken a science-based goal going forward aligned with the recommendations of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change to reduce total life cycle greenhouse gas emissions by 80% by 2050. Climate change risk is a component of our business resilience and crisis management programme and we have taken several measures to reduce vulnerability to climate change-exacerbated incidents, such as the improvement of flood defences at Hull (UK). Our new sustainability strategy takes full account of the risks and opportunities presented by climate change, focusing investment on de-carbonising our operations and those of our suppliers and customers. The sustainability strategy is owned by the Sustainability Council, including members of the Executive Committee which ensures that the strategy adequately addresses climate impacts. We understand how important it is to balance environmental initiatives with business activities, and strive to reduce emissions through new technology development, renewable energy use and other measures.

 

Future Focus

We will enhance how we adhere to the principles set out by the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). The TCFD structured its recommendations around four areas that represent core elements of how organisations operate: governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and targets. These overarching themes will guide our assessment of climate-related risks and opportunities.

» Governance

Consideration of the short, medium and long term climate-related issues.

» Strategy

Ensuring that the new sustainability strategy addresses the risks and opportunities of climate change.

» Risk Management

Full consideration given to climate-based impacts on business continuity and recovery.

» Metrics & Targets

Commitment to implement 100% renewable electricity at our strategic manufacturing sites by 2025.

CO2e reporting methodology, materiality and scope

We report the carbon footprint of our Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in tonnes of CO2 equivalent from our business operations for the calendar year ended 31 December 2019.

Our focus is on the areas of largest environmental impact including manufacturing sites, warehouses, R&D sites and offices. Smaller locations representing less than 2% of our overall emissions are not included. Acquisitions completed before 2019 are included in the data.

Our GHG emissions reporting represents our core business operations and facilities which fall within the scope of our consolidated financial statements. Primary data from energy suppliers has been used wherever possible.

We report our emissions in two scopes:

-

Scope 1 figures include: Direct sources of emissions which mainly comprise the fuels we use on-site, such as gas and heating oil and fugitive emissions arising mainly from the losses of refrigerant gases.

-

Scope 2 figures include: Indirect sources of emissions such as purchased electricity and steam we use at our sites.

Location-based emissions are calculated in compliance with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard and have been calculated using carbon conversion factors published by BEIS/DEFRA for 2019. We have applied the emission factors most relevant to the source data, including DEFRA 2019 (for UK locations), IEA 2017 (for overseas locations) and for the US we have used the most recently available US EPA ‘Emissions & Generation Resource Integrated Database’ (eGRID) for the regions in which we operate. All other emission factors for gas, oil, steam and fugitive emissions are taken from DEFRA 2019.

 

2019
2018
2017
2016

CO2e emissions (tonnes) from:

 

 

 

 

Direct emissions

9,888
9,956
9,451
9,822

Indirect emissions

67,324
67,886
76,107
82,415

Total

77,212
77,842
85,558
92,237

Intensity ratio:

 

 

 

 

CO2e (t) per $m sales revenue

15.1
15.9
17.8
19.6

CO2e (t) per full-time employee

4.3
4.7
5.2
5.9

Revenue: 2019: $5.1bn; 2018: $4.9bn; 2017: $4.8bn. Full-time employee data: 2019: 18,030; 2018: 16,681; 2017: 16,333.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

33

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sustainability continued

Our performance

Our 10 long-term aspirational goals

 

 

 

2020 target

 

Performance to 31 December 2019

Zero work-related injuries and illnesses across the value chain

– 10% reduction in Total Injury Rate (TIR) from 2016 actual.

 

– A reduction of 6% since 2016 (in 2016 the TIR was 0.52, in 2019 the TIR is 0.49).

Water: Total water impacts of products and solutions balanced with local human and ecosystem needs

– Water footprint available for products accounting for 75% of revenue and considerations embedded in new product development process. Total potable water consumption no higher than 2016 actual.

 

– Products accounting for 75% of revenue identified. Water footprint tools identified.

– Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) not completed.

– Water reduction of 5% since 2016.

Waste: All materials are either shipped as part of product or returned for beneficial use

– Total material efficiency estimated for products accounting for 75% of revenue and 80% or more of waste generated reused, recycled or recovered.

 

– Products accounting for 75% of revenue identified. Material efficiency tools identified.

– LCA not completed.

– We currently reuse, recycle or recover energy from 76% of our total waste, up from 74% in 2016.

Carbon: 80% absolute reduction in total life cycle greenhouse gas emissions by 2050

– Estimate total life cycle greenhouse gas emissions of products accounting for 75% of revenue.

– Total Scope 1 & 2 greenhouse gas emissions reduced by 10% from 2016 actual.

 

–  Products accounting for 75% of revenue identified. Total life cycle greenhouse gas emissions tools identified.

–  LCA not completed.

–  Greenhouse gas emissions reduction of 16% since 2016.

Ethical Business Practices: All activities conducted in compliance with applicable International Labour Organization (ILO) conventions, involve no environmental degradation, and are free from corruption

– Labour practices throughout the supply chain associated with products accounting for 75% of revenue compliant with applicable ILO conventions.

 

–  Products accounting for 75% of revenue identified. Assessment to applicable ILO conventions completed for internal operations. Engagement with upstream suppliers and downstream distributors and agents under way.

Zero product-related and service-related patient injuries

– Robust system in place to detect, record, investigate and eliminate root cause of product and service-related patient injuries.

 

–  Systems are in place to detect, record and investigate patient injury incidents. Patterns in the data are being used to craft models which will allow identification of at-risk attributes. The root cause elimination protocols are in place and operational.

Robust social responsibility programmes that contribute to the attraction and retention of top talent

– Social responsibility strategy which aligns philanthropy, employee volunteering and wellness to the business strategy.

 

–  Social responsibility strategy in place but requires updating to align with the Group business strategy and the new sustainability strategy.

Products and services are aligned to market economic, social and environmental expectations and anticipate future market conditions

– Sustainability attributes described for products accounting for 75% of revenue. Robust emphasis on sustainability attributes of new products/services in place.

 

– Products accounting for 75% of revenue identified.Product/ service sustainability attributes agreed.

– New product development (NPD) sustainability focus planning under way.

Strategic risks and opportunities are understood and business activities are aligned to risk appetite

– Enterprise Risk Management arrangements are embedded in the routine business decision-making process.

 

– Enterprise Risk Management processes and supporting manual redeveloped.

– Senior business risk champions appointed and trained in risk management.

– Risk registers refreshed and mitigating actions regularly monitored and updated.

– Principle risks aligned to new organisation structure and strategic imperatives.

Environmental, social, and economic impacts of business activities fully understood and appropriately balanced

– Formal programmes in place to measure/assess the economic, social and environmental impacts of (1) potential acquisitions, (2) technologies to be extended to Emerging Markets, (3) innovative business models, (4) cost-of-quality reduction initiatives, and (5) manufacturing siting, functional optimisation and site utilisation alternatives.

 

– Conducted a number of ‘deep dives’ into several key risks. Tools and standards to address new technologies are being developed to support our NPD work above.

– LCA outputs not available.

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

\

Looking forward: our new sustainability strategy

Our new sustainability strategy is more responsive to the challenges facing society in areas in which we can make a meaningful difference. It is also more deeply embedded into our Group business strategy, ensuring that sustainability is fully connected to our business success.

To realise the goals in our strategy, we must work towards achieving our medium-term sustainability targets. Delivery against these will be key to the continued success of our Company.

In 2019, we established our Sustainability Council to set and ensure delivery of our sustainability strategy, so that sustainability becomes embedded throughout Smith+Nephew.

Delivering this is critical to achieving our strategic business imperatives, which deliver long-term shareholder value not only through profits, but also by engaging our employees and positively impacting society in the communities in which we operate. Our Council is intentionally set at the executive level to ensure a top down approach to sustainability and that sustainability is visible to the Board through regular updates to the Culture & Compliance Committee. The Sustainability Council is made up of executives from Human Resources, Global Operations, Quality and Regulatory Affairs, Research & Development, Commercial and Procurement.

Our sustainability strategy includes challenging targets in the three areas of People, Planet and Products. More details on these, including the actions we are undertaking to meet our commitments, are contained in our 2019 Sustainability Report. Our new targets are summarised below.

 

Enhanced targets

 

 

 

 

 

 

People     +

 

Planet     +

 

Products

 

   

Creating a lasting positive impact on our communities

   

Having the most positive impact in the MedTech sector

   

Innovating sustainably

   

 

– Between 2020 and 2030, contribute 1 million volunteer hours to the communities in which we live and work.

– Between 2020 and 2030, donate $125 million in cash and products to underserved communities.

 

– Achieve an 80% absolute reduction in total life cycle greenhouse gas emissions by 2050 beginning by implementing 100% renewable electricity (eg solar or wind) plans at our facilities in Memphis (US) and Malaysia by 2022 and at all of our strategic manufacturing facilities by 2025.

– Achieve zero waste to landfill at our facilities in Memphis (US) and Malaysia by 2025 and at all of our strategic manufacturing facilities by 2030.

 

– By 2022, include sustainability review in New Product Development phase reviews for all new products and product acquisitions.

– By 2025, incorporate at least 30% post-consumer recycled content into all packaging materials.

– By 2025, complete supply chain assessment of all suppliers and subsequent tier levels to assure compliance with our sustainability requirements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

35

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer’s review

Dear Shareholder

In 2019 the Group adopted a new global commercial model built around three specialised global franchises, unveiled a new purpose and culture pillars, and introduced five new strategic imperatives which formed our value creation plan. These important changes underpinned our improved performance in 2019.

2019 Performance

Group revenue in 2019 was $5,138 million, an increase of 4.8% on a reported basis and 4.4% on an underlying basis.1 Our performance accelerated across the year, with revenue growth of 7.7% on a reported basis and 4.9% on an underlying basis1 in the second half.

The reported operating profit for 2019 was $815 million, a 6% reduction from the previous year as the costs associated with recent acquisitions and amortisation of acquired intangibles both rose, reflecting our strategic commitment to sourcing innovation externally as well as from our internal R&D activities, in order to drive mid-term growth. The costs of the Accelerating Performance and Execution (APEX) restructuring programme and legal and other charges were also marginally higher than the prior year.

Trading profit1 for the year was $1,169 million and the trading profit margin1 was 22.8% reflecting savings realised under the APEX programme offset by re-investment in the business, including more in R&D, and dilution from acquisitions (2018: 22.9% including 50bps benefit from one-off legal settlement not repeated in 2019). We took a $121 million charge in the year to increase our provision for metal-on-metal hip claims globally and received $147 million in insurance recoveries relating to the same matter.

Each of the three global franchises made a good contribution to the Group’s 2019 trading profit.

The reported tax rate was 19.2% (2018: 15.1%). The tax rate on trading results1 for the year to 31 December 2019 was 19.1% (2018: 16.1%). This was at the lower end of the guided rate of between 19–21%. The reported tax rate was in-line with the tax rate on trading results as most non-trading items are expected to be tax deductible.

Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) was down 10% to 68.6¢ reflecting the impact of acquisitions completed during the year and restructuring charges related to the APEX programme. Adjusted earnings per share1 (‘EPSA’) was up 1% at 102.2¢, reflecting improved trading performance but suppressed by the one-off benefit from a tax provision release in the prior year.

 

“In 2020 we intend to build on the success of 2019, sustaining our improved performance whilst continuing to invest in the business and improve efficiency.”

 

Graham Baker

Chief Financial Officer

 

PICTURE 65

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I’m pleased to report that trading cash flow1 was $970 million, up from $951 million in 2018, and we had another year of strong cash conversion (as defined on page 201) at 83% (2018: 85%). Return On Invested Capital (ROIC1 – as defined on page 204) was 10.5% (2018: 12.5%), reflecting the reduction in operating profit compared to the prior year, principally as a result of additional costs of acquisitions.

Capital allocations and net debt

The appropriate use of capital on behalf of shareholders is important to Smith+Nephew. The Board believes in maintaining an efficient, but prudent, capital structure, while retaining the flexibility to make value enhancing acquisitions. This approach is set out in our Capital Allocation Framework which we used to prioritise the use of cash and ensure an appropriate capital structure.

Net debt2 including lease liabilities was $1,770 million at year end, an increase of $666 million from $1,104 million at 31 December 2018. The Group transitioned to IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019 resulting in lease liabilities of $170 million at 31 December 2019. As part of our strategy to expand in higher growth markets, we actively pursued value-enhancing M&A opportunities in 2019, investing $869 million in acquisitions.

Efficiency

The APEX programme, initiated at the end of 2017, incurred restructuring costs of $134 million in 2019, with additional benefits recognised in the 2019 income statement of around $80 million. This programme is nearing its conclusion and is now expected to deliver annualised benefits of $190 million, $30 million more than originally expected, for a one-off cost of $290 million, $50 million more than originally planned.

As part of the APEX programme significant changes have been made to the finance team within Smith+Nephew. We have an integrated team that combines resources across our major markets with significant support and leadership resource now located in our business services centres in India, Poland, Malaysia and Costa Rica. The finance team has undertaken the challenge of making these changes in a positive way. I am proud of what we have already achieved and excited about the next steps toward our target operating model.

Outlook

In 2020 we expect our underlying revenue growth to be in the range of 3.5% to 4.5%. On a reported basis this equates to a range of around 4.0% to 5.0%, with foreign exchange reducing reported growth by around -80bps based on exchange rates prevailing on 14 February 2020, and acquisitions adding 130bps.

We expect to deliver a 2020 trading profit margin1 at or slightly above 2019 levels. This is after absorbing a transactional foreign exchange headwind of around -50bps, dilution from the 2019 acquisitions and Tusker Medical acquired in January 2020, and the planned increase in investment in R&D, offset by the benefits of the APEX programme.

Smith+Nephew is monitoring the COVID‑19 outbreak closely, which introduces additional uncertainty. Our full year outlook assumes that the situation normalises in early Q2. China represented 7% of Group revenue in 2019.

The tax rate on trading results for 2020 is expected to be in the range 18.5% to 19.5%, subject to any material changes to tax law or other one-off items.

Yours sincerely,

IMAGE50.PNG

Graham Baker

Chief Financial Officer

 

Financial highlights3

Revenue growth
- reported

 KPI 

 

Operating profit
margin

 

 

Earnings per share
(EPS)

PICTURE 75

4.8%

 

PICTURE 95

15.9%

 

PICTURE 96

68.6¢

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue growth
– underlying
1

 KPI 

 

Trading profit
margin
1

 KPI 

 

Adjusted earnings
per share
1 (EPSA)

PICTURE 99

4.4%

 

PICTURE 98

22.8%

 

PICTURE 97

102.2¢

1These non-IFRS financial measures are explained and reconciled to the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with IFRS on pages 200–204.

2Net debt is reconciled in Note 15 to the Group accounts.

3Commentary on 2018 versus 2017 performance is included in pages 36-39 in the Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 filed on March 4, 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

37

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial review

Important changes in 2019 underpinned our improved performance

Dividends

The 2018 final dividend of 22.0 US cents per ordinary share totalling $192 million was paid on 8 May 2019. The 2019 interim dividend of 14.4 US cents per ordinary share totalling $126 million was paid on 30 October 2019.

 

Return on invested capital

Return On Invested Capital1 (ROIC) is a measure of the return generated on capital invested by the Group. It provides a metric for long-term value creation and encourages compounding reinvestment within the business and discipline around acquisitions with low returns and long payback. ROIC decreased from 12.5% in 2018 to 10.5% in 2019 as a result of the reduction in operating profit.

ROIC is defined as:

Operating Profit less Adjusted Taxes

(Opening Net Operating Assets + Closing Net Operating Assets)/2

Group performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

$ million

2018

$ million

Change

$ million

Revenue

5,138
4,904
234

Operating profit

815
863
(48)

Trading profit1

1,169
1,123
46

Profit before tax

743
781
(38)

Attributable profit

600
663
(63)

EPS

68.6¢

76.0¢

(7.4¢)

EPSA1

102.2¢

100.9¢

1.3¢

 

Non-IFRS measures

The underlying increase in revenues by market reconciles to reported growth, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as follows:

 

2019
$ million

2018
$ million

Reported
growth
%

Underlying
growth
%

Reconciling items

Acquisitions/
Disposals
%

Currency
impact
%

US

2,551
2,354
8.4%
3.3%
5.1%
0%

Other Established Markets

1,630
1,693
(3.7%)
0.2%
0.2%
(4.1%)

Emerging Markets

957
857
11.7%
16.1%
0.4%
(4.8%)

Total

5,138
4,904
4.8%
4.4%
2.6%
(2.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading profit reconciles to operating profit, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with IFRS, as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019
$ million

2019%

2018
$ million

2018%

Operating profit

815
15.9%
863
17.6%

Acquisition and disposal related items

32
0.6%
(7)
(0.1%)

Restructuring and rationalisation costs

134
2.6%
120
2.4%

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles

143
2.8%
113
2.3%

Legal and other

45
0.9%
34
0.7%

Trading profit

1,169
22.8%
1,123
22.9%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet data and net debt

 

 

 

 

 

2019

$ million

2018

$ million

Change

$ million

Goodwill and intangible assets

4,356
3,547
809

Other non-current assets

1,724
1,435
289

Current assets

3,219
3,077
142

Total assets

9,299
8,059
1,240

Total equity

5,141
4,874
267

Non-current liabilities

2,594
1,720
874

Current liabilities

1,564
1,465
99

Total liabilities

4,158
3,185
973

Total liabilities and equity

9,299
8,059
1,240

Net debt2 including lease liabilities

1,770
1,104
666

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill increased by $452 million as a result of acquisitions in the year giving rise to goodwill of $441 million and foreign currency movements of $11 million. Intangible assets increased by $357 million primarily because of acquisitions of $515 million and additions of $49 million being partially offset by amortisation of $204 million.

Other non-current assets increased by $289 million primarily due to an increase of $261 million in property, plant and equipment of which $156 million relates to IFRS 16 right-of-use assets. Current assets increased by $142 million primarily as a result of inventories increasing $219 million due to sales growth and new product build which was partially offset by a decrease in cash of $88 million.

Non-current liabilities increased by $874 million primarily due to a $674 million increase in borrowings of which $124 million relates to the non-current portion of IFRS 16 lease liabilities and $553 million relates to new Euro-denominated borrowings. Current liabilities increased by $99 million primarily relating to the $46 million current portion of IFRS 16 lease liabilities and increases in payables and provisions of $171 million which was partially offset by a repayment of borrowings of $125 million.

Cash flow data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

$ million

2018

$ million

Change

$ million

Cash generated from operations

1,370
1,108
262

Trading cash flow1

970
951
19

Free cash flow1

714
584
130

 

 

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations of $1,370 million is after paying out $36 million of acquisition and disposal related items, $123 million of restructuring and rationalisation expenses and a $105 million inflow relating to legal and other items.

Trading cash flow1 increased by $19 million driven by higher trading profit. Free cash flow1  increased by $130 million primarily related to insurance recoveries for ongoing metal-on-metal hip claims.

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group purchased a total of 3.1 million (2018: 2.7 million) ordinary shares at a cost of $63 million (2018: $48 million) as part of the ongoing programme to buy back an equivalent number of shares to those vesting as part of the employee share plans.

Liquidity and capital resources

The Group’s policy is to ensure that it has sufficient funding and facilities in place to meet foreseeable borrowing requirements.

The Group’s net debt2 increased from $1,104 million at the beginning of 2019 to $1,770 million at the end of 2019, representing an overall increase of $666 million of which $170 million relates to IFRS 16 lease liabilities.

At 31 December 2019, the Group held $257 million (2018: $333 million) in cash net of bank overdrafts. The Group had committed available facilities of $2,851 million at 31 December 2019 of which $1,851 million was drawn.

The principal variations in the Group’s borrowing requirements result from the timing of dividend payments, acquisitions and disposals of businesses, timing of capital expenditure and working capital fluctuations. Smith+Nephew believes that its capital expenditure needs and its working capital funding for 2020, as well as its other known or expected commitments or liabilities, can be met from its existing resources and facilities.

1These non-IFRS financial measures are explained and reconciled to the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with IFRS on pages 200–204.

2Net debt is reconciled in Note 15 to the Group accounts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

39

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk report

Our risk management process

 

Like all businesses, we face a number of risks and uncertainties

Successful management of existing and emerging risks is critical to the achievement of our strategic objectives and to the long-term success of our business. Risk management is therefore an integral component of the Group’s Corporate Governance.

As in previous years our Enterprise Risk Management process is based on a holistic approach to risk management. Our belief is that the strategic and operational benefits of managing risk are achieved when Enterprise Risk Management is aligned with the strategic and operational goals of the organisation, and our process and governance structure achieves this.

The current financial year has seen a further maturing of the risk management framework which is now fully aligned to our structure and integrated into our business processes.

 

Our risk governance framework

 

PICTURE 69

 

Our risk governance framework is set out above. At the very top of our structure is our Board, setting our risk appetite and monitoring the application of our risk framework including strategy, execution and outputs of risk reviews by the business and Group Risk Team. The Board cascades our risk appetite throughout our organisation through the Executive Committee, risk owner community and our management group. A formal ‘bottom-up’ exercise ensures that risks are escalated back through the process to our Board and form our Principal Risks as appropriate. Providing guidance and rigour across this process is our Executive Committee and the Group Risk Team.

At the third line of defence is our Internal Audit Function, providing an annual opinion on the effectiveness of our Risk Management process to the Executive Committee, chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, and then to the Board and its Committees.

Board of Directors and Board Committees

– Responsible for regular oversight of risk management, for our annual strategic risk review and for determining the risk appetite the organisation is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives.

– Monitors risks through Board processes (Strategy Review, Disclosures, M&A, Investments, Disposals) and Committees (Audit and Compliance & Culture).

– The Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring oversight of the process by which risks relating to the Company and its operations are managed and for reviewing the operating effectiveness of the Group’s Risk Management process.

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Committee sitting as Group Risk Committee

– Identifies and ensures the management of risks that would prevent us from achieving our objectives.

– Appoints Business Area Risk Champions who are accountable for applying the Enterprise Risk Management Policy and Framework to produce the risk deliverables.

– Reviews external/internal environment for emerging risks.

– Reviews risk register updates from Business Area Risk Champions.

– Identifies significant risks and assesses effectiveness of mitigating actions.

Business Area Risk Champions

– Carry out day-to-day risk management activities.

– Identify and assess risk.

– Implement strategy and mitigating actions to treat risk within Business Area.

– Business Area Risk Champions lead regular risk register updates.

Group Risk Team

– Manages all aspects of the Group’s approach to Enterprise Risk Management including design and implementation of processes, tools and systems to identify, assess, measure, manage, monitor and report risks.

– Facilitates implementation and co-ordination through Business Area Risk Champions.

– Provides resources and training to support process.

– Regular risk reporting to the Executive Committee.

– Prepares Board and Group Risk Committee reports.

Annual assessment of effectiveness – Internal audit

– Provides independent assurance to the Board and Audit Committee on the effectiveness of the Group’s Risk Management process.

 

 

Risk management life cycle

Our risk management life cycle was fully refreshed in 2017 and was updated in 2019 to align with strategic imperatives and franchise structure.

Our Risk Management Policy, sponsored by our Chief Executive Officer, is supported by an Enterprise Risk Management Manual and the risk team provide training to all risk champions. As in prior years risks continue to be managed through a ‘top-down’ and ‘bottom-up’ process, with regular oversight from the Executive Committee and quarterly reports to the Board Committees. An overview of our risk management life cycle is illustrated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Risk identification

Identifying risks associated with the achievement of our objectives by function at the Group level.

»

2. Gross (inherent) risk assessment

Assessing the level of inherent (gross) risk.

»

3. Current control identification

Identifying existing controls to mitigate risks.

»

4. Net (residual) risk

Assessing the level of residual (net) risk after mitigation so that risk levels are managed within tolerance thresholds without being over-controlled or foregoing desirable opportunities.

»

 

^

^

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. Risk response planning

Identifying additional actions required to meet our expected risk tolerance level and assigning risk owners, timeframes and actions for ongoing management and reporting.

»

6. Risk reporting

Reporting the status of our most significant risks through the ‘bottom- up’ business area processes and the ‘top-down’ Executive Committee and Board process.

»

7. Monitoring and review

Monitoring of risks and actions by management, the accountable Executive and Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

41

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk report continued

2019 principal risks

 

We assess our Principal Risks in terms of their potential impact on our ability to deliver our Strategic Imperatives. These links are highlighted across the following pages and further information on the Strategic Imperatives is found on page 8. Our Group risk profile has not changed significantly in 2019.

 

Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufactur-ing redundancy).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business continuity and business change

 

 

 

 

The need to ensure the continuous operations of key sites and facilities in order to develop, manufacture and sell our products is a key strategic imperative of the organisation. In addition, the pace and scope of our business ‘change’ initiatives increases the execution risk that benefits may not be fully realised, costs of these changes may increase, or that our business as usual activities may not perform in-line with our plans.

  

  

Oversight

Board

  

Examples of risks

– Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufacturing redundancy).

– Severe weather patterns caused by climate change or natural disaster causes damage to manufacturing or distribution facilities, impacting ability to meet customer demand.

– Significant ‘change’ prevents our projects and programmes achieving the intended benefits and disrupts existing business activities.

– Disruption to the business due to critical systems unavailability.

– Widespread outbreaks of infectious diseases (such as COVID-19).

  

Actions taken by management

– Emergency and incident management and business recovery plans are in place at major facilities and for key products and key suppliers.

– Sustainability Council and policy in place.

– Project management governance and toolkits and project steering committee oversight to support successful execution of programme and projects.

– Executive Committee and Audit Committee oversight of Risks to change programmes.

– IT disaster recovery policy in place.

  

Risk tolerance

In managing our facilities and executing our change programmes we have a low to moderate tolerance for this risk.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperative to ‘Become the best owner’ requires us to ensure we remain sustainable into the future and to drive meaningful margin expansion through operational transformation and organisation simplification.

 

Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufactur-ing redundancy).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supply (New risk*)

 

 

 

 

Operating with a global remit, increased outsourcing, more sophisticated materials and the speed of technological change in an already complex manufacturing process leads to greater potential for disruption in our supply chain.

  

  

Oversight

Board

  

Examples of risks

– Failure or significant performance issues experienced at critical/single source facilities.

– Disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufacturing redundancy).

– Supplier failure impacts ability to meet customer demand (single source suppliers).

– Inadequate sales and operational planning impacts ability to meet customer demand for product.

– Manufacturing and supply chain capacity not adequate to support growth.

  

Actions taken by management

– Comprehensive product quality processes and controls are in place from design to customer supply.

– Undertaking risk-based review programmes for critical suppliers.

– Global Operations transformation programme to optimise manufacturing and distribution centres.

– Executive oversight of sales and operational planning.

– Executive Committee and Audit Committee oversight of risks to change programmes.

  

Risk tolerance

In operating our business and managing our supply chain we have a low to moderate tolerance for this risk.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperative to ‘Achieve the full potential of our portfolio’ requires us to optimise the supply chain to support business growth.

 

 

* Previously incorporated into Business Continuity.

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cybersecurity

 

 

 

 

High profile incidents coupled with increasing government focus has resulted in raised awareness of the extent and potential impact of cybersecurity breaches. Our increasing business dependence on networked systems and the internet, the design of new products, digital medical devices and the rapidly evolving cybersecurity threat landscape provides a new level of risk exposure. In response to this we have progressed our activities to manage our threats and vulnerabilities to target cybersecurity investment in the right places.

  

  

Oversight

Audit Committee

  

Examples of risks

– Loss of intellectual property/major data privacy breach or significant impact on business operations.

– Inadequate consideration of cybersecurity in the design of new products.

  

Actions taken by management

– Security information and event management (SIEM) in place provides real-time analysis of security alerts generated by applications and network hardware.

– Regular penetration testing and frequent vulnerability scanning. Endpoint protection and Intrusion detection/prevention.

– The adoption of Multi-Factor authentication tools to reduce the likelihood of remote attacks.

– Annual mandatory training and continuous awareness training for end-users.

– Security governance structure in place including a Cybersecurity Steering Committee.

– Further strengthening governance including a programme to monitor cybersecurity capabilities and controls, technical and governance matters.

  

Risk tolerance

In managing our cyber risk and the possible disruption and reputational impact we have a low to moderate tolerance for cybersecurity risk.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperative to ‘Transform the business through enabling technologies’ requires us to deliver technology solutions in compliance with laws and regulations and in a way that protects any vulnerability to cyber risk.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

43

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk report continued

2019 principal risks continued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quality and regulatory

 

 

 

 

Global regulatory bodies continue to increase their expectations of manufacturers and distributors of medical devices. Our products are used in the human body and therefore patient safety is of paramount importance. The European Medical Device Regulations, launch of ISO 13485:2016, the Medical Device Single Audit Programme and the tightening of the Chinese YY standards have increased the focus on clinical and technical evidence, supplier controls and continual product risk reduction.

Uncertainty in terms of the UK’s future trade and regulatory relations between the EU and UK continued in 2019. Like many other companies we have planned for the impact of a range of eventualities, particularly in continuity assessment and how our products will continue to be appropriately registered for trade around the EU.

  

  

Oversight

Compliance & Culture Committee

  

Examples of risks

– Changes to Medical Device Regulations effective in May 2020, impact ability to meet customer demand.

– Increase in Notified Body Review product submission and site/system certification time impacting ability to meet customer demand.

– Defects in design or manufacturing of products supplied to, and sold by, the Group could lead to product recalls or product removal or result in loss of life or major injury.

– Significant non-compliance with policy, regulations or standards governing products and operations regarding registration, manufacturing, distribution, sales or marketing.

– Failure to obtain proper approvals for new or changed technologies, products or processes.

  

Actions taken by management

– Regular engagement with Notified Body and regulatory representatives to monitor regulatory changes and understand interpretation of legislation.

– Comprehensive and documented product quality processes and controls from design to customer distribution are in place.

– Standardised monitoring and compliance with quality management practices through our Global Quality Assurance and Regulatory Affairs organisation.

– Incident management teams in place to provide timely response in the event of an incident relating to patient safety.

– Governance framework in place for reporting, investigating and responding to instances of product safety and complaints.

– Medical Device Regulation Steering Group regularly monitors preparation activities to comply with new requirements.

– Transition of Medical Device Directive certificates to EU notified body.

– Brexit working group is following their planned mitigations.

  

Risk tolerance

Our response to this risk continues to be critical and our ability to align the standards required to ensure safe and compliant products is the key driver for our extremely low tolerance for risk in this area.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperative to ‘Become the best owner’ requires us to operate effectively and efficiently and to produce compliant products of high quality to provide safe and effective solutions to our customers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufactur-ing redundancy).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New product innovation, design & development including intellectual property

 

 

 

 

Our new product innovation pipeline is becoming larger and increasingly complex as we start to make our products digital and focused for growth in emerging markets like China. As a result, we need to continue to consider the impact of new standards and regulations such as cybersecurity, and country/region specific standards and requirements. We also need to continue to consider intellectual property matters.

  

  

Oversight

Board

  

Examples of risks

– Failure to develop an appropriate pipeline of commercially successful products to meet and anticipate the needs of our customers ahead of the competition.

– Insufficient long-term planning to respond to competitor disruptive entries into marketspace.

– Inadequate innovation due to low Research & Development (R&D) investment, R&D skills gap or poor product development execution.

– Loss of proprietary data due to natural disasters or failure of Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) systems.

– Competitors may assert patents or other intellectual property rights against the Company, or fail to respect the Company’s intellectual property rights.

  

Actions taken by management

– Global R&D organisation and governance framework providing strategic direction for allocation of R&D investments across all businesses. Clear stage-gate process to continually evaluate R&D investments decisions and development of new products.

– Enhanced relationship with Commercial team to focus on developing products that customers need.

– Strengthened Clinical Affairs programme.

– Cross functional New Product Design and R&D processes focused on identifying new products and potentially disruptive technologies and solutions.

– Project initiated for global PLM systems.

– Monitoring of external market trends and collation of customer insights to develop product strategies.

– Careful attention to intellectual property considerations.

  

Risk tolerance

In pursuit of our strategy to be innovative in our product offering we have a moderate to high tolerance for risk.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperative to ‘Transform the business through enabling technologies’ depends heavily on our ability to continue to develop new innovative products and bring them to market.

 

Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufactur-ing redundancy).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Talent management

 

 

 

 

We recognise that people management, effective succession planning and the ability to engage, retain and attract talent is of great importance to the success of our Company. In the current economic environment of strong competition and reduced spending, retention of top talent is a critical risk which requires a strong retention and engagement process. Failure to do so can result in risks in our ability to execute the Group strategy and be effective in the chosen market/discipline.

  

  

Oversight

Board

  

Examples of risks

– Loss of key talent, high attrition and lack of appropriate succession planning in context of required skillsets for future business needs.

– Loss of competitive advantage due to an inability to attract and retain top talent.

– Loss of intellectual capital due to poor retention of talent.

  

Actions taken by management

– Wage and benefit levels are benchmarked against industry averages every six months and adjusted as necessary.

– Talent planning and people development processes are well established across the Group. Talent and succession planning is discussed annually by the Board and regularly by the Executive Committee and Nomination & Governance Committee.

– Identification of high performing individuals and practices to plan for the succession of key roles.

– Consistent and robust performance management process.

– Development of strategic skills resourcing plan by functional areas.

  

Risk tolerance

We have a moderate tolerance for this risk.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperative ‘Strengthen talent and capabilities’ underpins all other strategic imperatives to ensure that we have the right talent within our organisation to deliver in everything we do and to build strong leaders for the future.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

45

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk report continued

2019 principal risks continued

Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufactur-ing redundancy).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing and reimbursement

 

 

 

 

Our success depends on our ability to sell our products profitably in spite of increasing pricing pressures from customers, and governments providing adequate funding to meet increasing demands arising from demographic trends. The prices we charge are therefore impacted by budgetary constraints and our ability to persuade customers and governments of the economic value of our products, based on clinical data, cost, patient outcomes and comparative effectiveness. We further face challenging market dynamics, such as consolidation of customers into buying groups, increasing professionalisation of procurement departments and the commoditisation of entire product groups, which continue to challenge prices.

  

  

Oversight

Board

  

Examples of risks

– Reduced reimbursement levels and increasing pricing pressures.

– Systemic challenge on number of elective procedures.

– Lack of compelling health economics data to support reimbursement requests.

– Risk of adverse trading margins due to fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates across our main manufacturing countries (US, UK, Costa Rica and China) and where our products are sold.

  

Actions taken by management

– Franchise structure and enhanced franchise reporting to improve visibility of profitability.

– Development of innovative economic product and service solutions for both Established and Emerging Markets.

– Appropriate breadth of portfolio and geographic spread to mitigate exposure to localised risks.

– Incorporating health economic components into the design and development of new products.

– Emphasising value propositions tailored to specific stakeholders and geographies through strategic investment and marketing programmes.

  

Risk tolerance

In implementing innovative pricing strategies, we have a moderate to high tolerance for risk and are willing to accept certain risks in pursuit of new business opportunities.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperative to ‘Achieve the full potential of our portfolio’ depends on our ability to sell our products profitably in spite of increased pricing pressures from payers.

 

Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufactur-ing redundancy).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mergers and acquisitions

 

 

 

 

As the Company grows to meet the needs of our customers and patients, we recognise that we are not able to develop all the products and services required using internal resources and therefore need to undertake mergers and acquisitions in order to expand our offering and to complement our existing business. In other areas, we may divest businesses which are no longer core to our activities. It is crucial for our long-term success that we make the right choices around acquisitions and divestments. We have a well-defined cross-functional process for managing risks associated with mergers and acquisitions that is subject to scrutiny from executive management and the Board of Directors.

  

  

Oversight

Board

  

Examples of risks

– Failure to identify appropriate acquisitions.

– Failure to conduct effective acquisition due diligence.

– Failure to integrate newly acquired businesses effectively, including integration with Company standards, policies and financial controls.

  

Actions taken by management

– Acquisition activity is aligned with corporate strategy and prioritised towards products, franchises and markets identified to have the greatest long-term potential.

– Clearly defined investment appraisal process based on range of valuation metrics including return on capital, in accordance with Capital Allocation Framework and comprehensive post- acquisition review programme.

– Undertaking detailed and comprehensive cross-functional due diligence prior to acquisitions.

– Compliance risks included as part of due diligence reviews, integration plans and reporting for acquisitions.

  

Risk tolerance

In acquiring new businesses and business models, we have a moderate to high tolerance for commercial risk and are willing to accept certain risks in pursuit of new business.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperatives to ‘Expand in high- growth segments’ and ‘Transform the business through enabling technologies’ depend on our ability to identify the right acquisitions, to conduct thorough due diligence and to integrate acquisitions effectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufactur-ing redundancy).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal and compliance risks

 

 

 

 

Our global remit results in heavy regulation across multiple jurisdictions. There is increasing public scrutiny of ethics in business and ‘doing the right thing’ is part of our licence to operate. National regulatory authorities enforce a complex pattern of laws and regulations that govern the design, development, approval, manufacture, labelling, marketing and sale of healthcare products.

Operating across this increasingly complex and dynamic legal and compliance environment, including regulations on bribery and corruption, with poor legal and compliance practices can lead to fines, penalties, reputational risk and competitive disadvantage. We have adopted a proactive, holistic approach, which guides the Company towards a culture of compliance and turns the resolution of legal and compliance issues into a source of competitive advantage.

  

  

Oversight

Compliance & Culture Committee

  

Examples of risks

– Failure to act in an ethical manner consistent with our Code of Conduct.

– Violation of anti-corruption or healthcare laws, breach by employee or third party representative.

– Misuse or loss of personal information of patients, employees, research subjects, consumers or customers results in violations of data privacy laws, including General Data Protection Regulations.

  

Actions taken by management

– Group Executive Compliance Committee oversees our ethical and compliance practices.

– Global compliance programme, policies and procedures.

– All employees are required to undertake annual training and to certify compliance on an annual basis with our Code of Conduct and Business Principles.

– Group monitoring and auditing programmes in place.

– Confidential independent reporting channels for employees and third parties to report concerns.

  

Risk tolerance

In fulfilling legal and compliance requirements, we have an extremely low tolerance for this risk.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperative to ‘Become the best owner’ requires us to comply with applicable laws and regulations and do the right thing as part of our licence to operate.

 

Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufactur-ing redundancy).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial execution

 

 

 

 

We continue to make good and strong progress delivering our priorities and are proud of the pace with which our strategic and operational decisions are quickly translated into actions. Effective communication and engagement with our customers are critical to the long-term success of our business. We are confident that we have the right priorities, structures and capabilities across the Group and we acknowledge that only strong and continued execution will keep us ahead of our competitors and best placed to serve our customers. Failure to execute our priorities will impact our ability to continue to grow our business and serve our customers.

  

  

Oversight

Board

  

Examples of risks

– Failure to execute our strategy adequately from high-level ambition to specific actions to make the ambition a reality.

– Inability to keep pace with significant product innovation and technical advances to develop commercially viable products.

– Failure to adapt our priorities and execution appropriately when conditions change meaning that transformational programmes do not deliver the expected outcomes.

– Failure to engage effectively with our key stakeholders to meet their evolving needs leading to loss of customers.

– Failure to manage distributors effectively leading to stocking and compliance issues.

  

Actions taken by management

– Franchise structure and enhanced franchise reporting to improve visibility of profitability.

– Global R&D organisation and supporting governance framework.

– Improved market development and launch execution – commitment to win profitably in our target markets.

– Strategic planning process clearly linked to business and Group risk.

– Policies and procedures to enhance channel management implemented.

  

Risk tolerance

We have a low to moderate tolerance level for commercial execution risk.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperatives to ’Achieve the full potential of our portfolio’, ‘Transform the business through enabling technologies’ and ‘Expand in high-growth segments’ requires excellent commercial execution.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

47

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk report continued

2019 principal risks continued

Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufactur-ing redundancy).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Political and economic

 

 

 

 

Across our business we are exposed to the effects of political and economic risks from the impact of Brexit to changes in the regulatory and competitive landscape to the impact of the US Trade Policy. Turning to Brexit, there remain heightened levels of political and regulatory uncertainty in the UK following the referendum vote to leave the EU in June 2016. This uncertainty is expected to continue for the foreseeable future until alternative trade deals have been put in place. This situation may adversely impact trading performance across the sector.

  

  

Oversight

Board

  

Examples of risks

– Regulatory and supply chain risk if alternative trade arrangements are not in place at the end of the post- Brexit transition period.

– Global political and economic uncertainty and conflict.

– Implementation of healthcare reforms and/or protectionist measures and regulation or legislation in local markets.

– The availability of markets and market access rights.

– Increases in import and labour costs.

– Increases in tariffs and restrictions on global trade.

  

Actions taken by management

– Continued engagement with governments, administrations and regulatory bodies.

– The Group has a Brexit committee which meets regularly and addresses all affected areas including Regulation, Supply Chain, HR and Finance.

– Ongoing engagement and monitoring/lobbying on localisation initiatives.

  

Risk tolerance

In managing risk arising from changes to our political economic environment, we have a low to moderate tolerance.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperative to ‘Become the best owner’ requires us to operate effectively within different global political situations, which change constantly.

Further, the Strategic Imperative to ‘Expand in high-growth segments’ includes an Emerging Market focus.

 

Natural disaster causes disruption to manufacturing at single or sole source facility (lack of manufactur-ing redundancy).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance (New risk*)

 

 

 

 

Our financial results depend on our ability to comply with financial reporting and disclosure requirements, comply with tax laws, appropriately manage treasury risks and avoid significant transactional errors and customer defaults. Failure to comply with our financial reporting requirements or relevant tax laws can lead to litigation and regulatory activity and ultimately to material loss to the Group.

  

  

Oversight

Audit Committee

  

Examples of risks

– Failure to report accurate financial information in compliance with accounting standards and applicable legislation.

– Failure to comply with current tax laws or to manage treasury risks effectively.

– Failure to operate adequate financial controls over business operations leading to material financial loss to the Group.

  

Actions taken by management

– Comprehensive financial controls framework ensuring compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley legislation including Minimum Acceptable Practices.

– Experienced Finance team.

– Internal Audit and Audit Committee oversight.

– Financial systems implementations and cybersecurity programme.

  

Risk tolerance

In financial reporting and disclosure, tax compliance and managing treasury and transaction processing we have a low to moderate tolerance for this risk.

 

 

Link to strategy

Our Strategic Imperative to ‘Become the best owner’ requires us to comply with financial reporting and tax obligations and manage our financial risks appropriately.

 

 

* Aspects of which were previously incorporated in Legal and Compliance, Commercial Execution and Political and Economic risks.

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020 Risk Management Plan

 

Our work will continue to evolve in 2020 and we will strengthen our approach to managing risks across the organisation.

We will continue to ensure a truly collaborative approach to risk management with risk accountability sitting squarely with management and a proactive Group Risk function influencing decision-making through effective challenge and timely consultation.

 

PICTURE 19  2020 Risk Management timeline

 

Q1 2020

 

Q2 2020

 

Q3 2020

 

Q4 2020

 

Q1 2021

Group Risk Team

– Refresh Enterprise Risk Management Policy.

   

– Risk training.

– Report to Audit Committee.

– Facilitate ‘top-down’ review process.

   

 

   

– Prepare 2021 Enterprise Risk Management Strategy.

– Prepare Review of Principal Risks.

– Report to Audit Committee.

   

– Refresh Enterprise Risk Management Policy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Risk Areas

– Quarterly Risk Review by leadership teams.

 

– Quarterly Risk Review by leadership teams.

– Review Principal Risks and map to Strategic Imperatives.

 

– Quarterly Risk Review by leadership teams.

– Risk Register refresh and submission to Group Risk Team.

 

– Quarterly Risk Review by leadership teams.

 

– Quarterly Risk Review by leadership teams.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Committee

– Review reports from Group Risk Team.

 

– Review reports from Group Risk Team.

 

– ‘Top-Down’ review of Principal Risks.

 

– Approve Principal Risks.

 

– Review reports from Group Risk Team.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal Audit

– Risk Management Effectiveness Review report to Audit Committee.

 

 

 

– 2021 Risk-Based Internal Audit Plan Preparation.

 

 

 

– Risk Management Effectiveness Review report to Audit Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance & Culture Committee

– Receive reports from Chief Legal and Compliance Officer and Chief Quality and Regulatory Officer including Risk Updates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit Committee

– Review and approval of the Group’s 2019 Risk Management Process and Viability Statement.

 

– Receive report from the Group Risk Team and review Enterprise Risk Management process.

 

– Receive report from the Group Risk Team and review Enterprise Risk Management process.

 

– Review and approve Principal Risks.

 

– Review and approval of the Group’s 2020 Risk Management Process and Viability Statement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board

– Approve Principal Risks.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Approve Principal Risks.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

49

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk report continued

Our Viability Statement

How we assess our prospects

During the year, the Board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks affecting the Company, particularly those which could threaten the business model. These risks and the actions being taken to manage or mitigate them are explained in detail on pages 41–49 of this Annual Report.

In reaching our Viability Statement conclusion, we have undertaken the following process:

– The Audit Committee reviewed the Risk Management process at their meetings in February, July and November, receiving presentations from the Group Risk function, explaining the processes followed by management in identifying and managing risk throughout the business.

– In June 2019, the Executive Committee (‘ExCo’) met as a Risk Committee to: (1) review the 2019 principal risks (the top down risk review process), (2) discuss the importance of assessing risk at the Enterprise level, and (3) to discuss emerging risks. The Executives were asked to consider the significant risks which they believed could seriously impact the profitability and future prospects of the Company and the principal risks that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

– All ExCo members nominated the Risk Champions and have worked with them to prepare risk registers. The Risk Champions nominated by the ExCo are senior, trained in risk management and the majority of the team have at least two years of experience in the Company.

– Using the outputs from the Business Area ‘bottom‑up’ risk identification completed in September 2019 and following ‘top‑down’ discussions with ExCo, the most significant risks affecting our organisation were presented to ExCo for approval in November as the draft 2019 Principal Risks facing the Company.

– Principal risks have been realigned to our Strategic Imperatives. 12 Principal Group Risks have been identified building on 10 identified in 2018. Supply and Finance are new in 2019.

– All Accountable Executives have attested alignment to the Group’s Enterprise Risk Management Process as part of the annual certification on governance, risks and compliance.

– Final principal risks were presented to the Audit Committee and the Board in February 2020 for their consideration and approval.

– As part of the strategy business updates in November, the Board considered and discussed the principal risks which could impact the business model over the next three years and discussed with the management team how these risks were being managed and mitigated.

– Throughout the year, a number of reviews into different risks were conducted by the Board, the Audit Committee and the Compliance & Culture Committee looking into the nature of the risks and how they were mitigated.

Assessment period

The Board have determined that the three-year period to December 2022 is an appropriate period over which to provide its Viability Statement. This period is aligned to the Group’s Strategic Planning process and reflects the Board’s best estimate of the future viability of the business.

Scenario testing

For the purpose of testing the viability of the Company, we have undertaken a robust scenario assessment of the principal risks, which could threaten the viability or existence of the Company. These have been modelled as follows:

– In carrying out scenario modelling of the principal and significant risks on the following page we have also evaluated the impact of a severe but plausible combination of these risks actually occurring over the three-year period. We have considered and discussed a report setting out the terms of our current financing arrangements and potential capacity for additional financing should this be required in the event of one of the scenarios modelled occurring.

– We are satisfied that we have robust mitigating actions in place as detailed on pages 42–48 of this Annual Report. We recognise, however, that the long-term viability of the Company could also be impacted by other, as yet unforeseen, risks or that the mitigating actions we have put in place could turn out to be less effective than intended.

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019 Scenarios modelled

 

 

 

Scenario 1 – Pricing and reimbursement pressures

Pricing and reimbursement pressures (Principal Risk) – leading to a major loss of revenues and profits.

 

Action taken: We have modelled additional annual price erosion of 1% from 2020.

Link to strategy

– Achieve the full potential of our portfolio

 

Link to principal risks

– Pricing and Reimbursement

Scenario 2 – Operational risk

Execution risk – our inability to launch new products losing significant market share to the competition.

 

Action taken: We have modelled revenue growth for China at 50% of the plan over the three-year period.

Key supplier disruption – resulting in our inability to manufacture or supply a few key products for a full year.

 

Action taken: We have modelled an interruption to receiving goods from a key supplier for a period of one year.

Temporary loss of key production capability – resulting in our inability to manufacture several key products for two years.

 

Action taken: We have modelled the loss of strategic production machinery, resulting in the loss of production and sales of several key products for two years from 2021.

Product liability claim – giving rise to significant claim or loss.

 

Action taken: One-off significant loss occurring due to a new product defect.

Link to strategy

– Become the best owner.

– Transform the business through enabling technologies.

– Achieve the full potential of our portfolio.

 

Link to principal risks

– Supply

– New Product Innovation, Design & Development Including Intellectual Property.

– Commercial Execution.

– Business Continuity and Business Change.

Scenario 3 – Finance, legal regulatory and compliance risks

Regulatory measures – impacting our ability to continue to sell key products.

 

Action taken: We have modelled the complete loss of revenue from a key product effective beginning of 2020 for two years and returning back in lower volumes in 2022.

Tax or treasury failure – giving rise to a significant fine or loss.

 

Action taken: We have assumed a one-off significant fine or loss resulting from a tax compliance or treasury operations issue in 2021.

Link to strategy

– Become the best owner.

 

Link to principal risks

– Legal and Compliance.

– Quality and Regulatory.

– Finance.

Scenario 4 – Cybersecurity

Inability to issue invoices or collect money for a period of time.

 

Action taken: We have modelled one of our key regions being unable to invoice for a month in 2021 due to an IT disruption.

Link to strategy

– Transform the business through enabling technologies.

 

Link to principal risks

– Cybersecurity.

Scenario 5 – Mergers and acquisitions

Failure to integrate newly acquired business effectively to achieve expected growth.

 

Action taken: We have modelled a scenario
of zero growth in a recently acquired business.

Link to strategy

– Achieve the full potential of our portfolio.

 

Link to principal risks

– Mergers and Acquisitions.

Scenario 6 – Political and economic

Political and economic risk – for example, political upheaval, which could cause us to withdraw from a major market for a period of time.

 

Action taken: We have modelled a loss of revenue in our Middle East markets due to global conflict for twelve months.

Link to strategy

– Become the best owner.

 

Link to principal risks

– Political and Economic.

 

 

 

Viability Statement

Having assessed the principal risks, the Board has determined that we have a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over a period of three years from 1 January 2020. In our long-term planning we consider horizons of both five and ten years. However, as most of our efforts are focused on the coming three years, we have chosen this period when considering our viability.

Our conclusion is based on our current Strategic Plan approved by the Board in February 2020, having regard to longer-term strategic intentions, yet to be formulated in detail. However, we operate in a changing marketplace, which might cause us to adapt our strategic plan. In responding to changing external conditions, we will continue to evaluate any additional risks involved which might impact the business model.

By order of the Board, on 20 February 2020.

PICTURE 70

Susan Swabey

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

51

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance in action

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board Leadership and Purpose

 

 

 

Letter from the Chair

52

 

 

Board of Directors

54

 

 

Executive team

58

 

 

Division of Responsibilities

 

 

 

Roles and composition

62

 

 

Corporate governance framework

63

 

 

Responsibilities

64

 

 

Composition, Succession and Evaluation

 

 

 

Board effectiveness review

67

 

 

Board development

68

 

 

Nomination & Governance Committee report

69

 

 

Audit, Risk and Control

 

 

 

Audit Committee report

72

 

 

Compliance & Culture Committee report

80

 

 

Stakeholder Statement

84

 

 

Remuneration

 

 

 

Directors’ Remuneration report

86

 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Compliance

The Board is committed to the highest standards of corporate governance. We comply with all the provisions and principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (2018 Code), except that we recognise we have not complied fully with Provision 41 to engage with the workforce on the alignment of executive pay with the wider company pay policy. The Board will address this in 2020 at their Board Listening Sessions, described on page 85. Nor did we comply with Provision 38 in 2019 in aligning Executive Director pension payments with the wider workforce. This will be addressed in 2020 as described on pages 87 and 91.

The Company’s American Depositary Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and we are therefore subject to the rules of the NYSE as well as to the US securities laws and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) applicable to foreign private issuers. We comply with the requirements of the NYSE and SEC and have no significant differences to report between the US and UK corporate governance standards.

We explain in this ‘Governance in Action’ section how we comply with and have applied the 2018 Code during the year. The 2018 Code can be found at www.frc.org.uk/getattachment/88bd8c45-50ea-4841-95b0-d2f4f48069a2/2018-UK-Corporate-Governance-Code-FINAL.pdf. We also explain how we have complied with the Financial Conduct Authority’s (FCA) Listing Rules, Disclosure & Transparency Rules (DTRs) throughout the year.

 

Letter from the Chair

The 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code continues to be implemented and this will proceed throughout 2020. As a Board we’re thinking about our purpose and culture pillars with every decision we make, including the appointment of our new Chief Executive Officer.

Dear Shareholder,

I am pleased to present the governance section of our Annual Report, which includes details about the Board and an explanation of our individual roles and responsibilities. We also summarise the activities of the Board and the Chair of each Board Committee discusses the activities of that Committee during the past year.

One of the Board’s key decisions in 2019 was the appointment of Roland Diggelmann as Chief Executive Officer. In October 2019, we announced that Namal Nawana was leaving by mutual agreement to pursue opportunities outside the UK and Roland was appointed the Company’s new Chief Executive Officer, effective 1 November 2019. I wish Namal well in his next role and thank him for the seamless handover he provided to Roland up to his departure as an employee on 31 December 2019.

Roland Diggelmann had been a potential candidate to replace Olivier Bohuon following his retirement in May 2018. He was at that time unavailable due to his executive duties, but we were so impressed with his medical devices knowledge and character that the Board invited him to be a Non-Executive Director. From our Board evaluation in 2017 we had identified a skills gap in medical devices and he fulfilled this requirement. Not only did he have 18 months insight into the Company as a Non-Executive Director but he has approved and genuinely believed in the work on culture, strategy,

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

people, markets and geographies undertaken by the Executive Team during his time as a Non-Executive Director. He has developed a strong link with the Executive team already from his medical devices market knowledge and understanding of their own pressures and requirements.

Roland spent 12 years at Zimmer Group, in the role of MD of Zimmer Japan and then later as Senior Vice President, EMEA. The next 10 years of his career were spent at Roche Diagnostics where he was both MD of Asia Pacific and CEO of Diagnostics. Here, he led 34,000 people to beat market growth over a 10 year period. He has the appetite to be a Chief Executive Officer in a UK and US listed company and understands the principles of governance and remuneration in a UK listed environment. Roland is motivated by his interest in medical devices and I was proud to announce him as our new Chief Executive Officer.

Governance

The publication by the Financial Reporting Council in 2018 of the new UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) and the Guidance on Board Effectiveness caused us to reconsider some aspects of how we operate as a Board. We now focus even more on our purpose, culture pillars and stakeholders. As explained on page 2, our strategy is derived directly from our purpose and culture. We have thought carefully about how to formalise our consideration of the impact our decisions have on our key stakeholders and section 172 duties under the Companies Act 2006. See pages 84 and 85.

All Board papers requiring a Board decision are required to include a specific section discussing the impact of that decision on our employees, customers, suppliers, investors, governments and regulators, where relevant. This is discussed further on pages 84 and 85 and elsewhere throughout the report. We feel as a Board our decision to not appoint an employee representative or a designated single director was the right decision for Smith+Nephew. The Compliance & Culture Committee comprises Non-Executive Directors based in Europe, US and Asia, which enables a greater global reach to all our international employees.

The Compliance & Culture Committee conducted its first meeting on 10 April 2019, with Marc Owen as Chair Elect. It has reviewed the results from our culture survey and reported these results to the Board, who also had access to the findings. With this information the Board has been able to ensure that policy and practices are aligned throughout the business to the Company purpose: Life Unlimited. For us, this model is working well. The Board has built on the work Namal and his team did in 2018 to listen effectively through town halls and other means of engagement and respond to the employee voice. Roland has continued this with the induction that he has undertaken during Q4 2019 as your new Chief Executive Officer. This programme will be developed further by the expanded Compliance & Culture Committee and will be in addition to the engagement we currently have with employees when we undertake site visits as part of our Board programme. We visited our Memphis site in June and were pleased to report on the changes the Executive team made to such an important manufacturing plant, to our business and the positive impact this is already having on our staff. Further information about some of our stakeholders we met as a Board when visiting a hospital in Switzerland, last September is also reported by Marc Owen, the Chair of the Compliance & Culture Committee.

As you will read later, the Remuneration Committee, like many other FTSE companies, has been busy this year, meeting shareholders to discuss our new proposed Remuneration Policy and ensuring shareholders were able to engage. We hope the feedback they provided can be shown in our reporting and they continue to fully support our proposals outlined in our 2020 Remuneration Policy.

Changes to the Board in 2019

During the year to 31 December 2019, there were the following changes to the Board:

1. Ian Barlow, after nine years’ service retired from the Board as Senior Independent Director at the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2019 and Robin Freestone, Chair of the Audit Committee and member of the Remuneration Committee was appointed as Senior Independent Director in his place.

2. Michael Friedman retired from the Board as Chair of the Ethics & Compliance Committee on 11 April 2019. Marc Owen, member of the Audit Committee became Chair of the now Compliance & Culture Committee on that date and the first meeting took place on 10 April 2019.

3. Namal Nawana resigned as Chief Executive Officer on 31 October 2019 and was succeeded by Roland Diggelmann.

We would like to thank both Ian and Michael for their outstanding contribution to the Company through periods of change.

These few changes have provided relative stability to the Board during a time of change of Chief Executive Officer and development of a new Remuneration Policy.

PICTURE 71

Roberto Quarta

Chair

 

PICTURE 72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

53

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board Leadership and Purpose

Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Committee key

 

 

 

 

 

   Member of the Audit Committee

 

 

 

 

 

   Member of the Compliance & Culture Committee

 

 

 

 

 

   Member of the Nomination & Governance Committee

 

 

 

 

 

   Member of the Remuneration Committee

 

 

 

 

 

   Committee Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Roberto Quarta (70)

 

Chair

Joined the Board in December 2013 and appointed Chair following election by shareholders at the 2014 Annual General Meeting.

Career and experience

Roberto is a graduate and a former Trustee of the College of the Holy Cross, Worcester (MA), US. He started his career as a manager trainee at David Gessner Ltd, before moving on to Worcester Controls Corporation and then BTR plc, where he was a divisional Chief Executive. Between 1985 and 1989 he was Executive VP of Hitchiner Manufacturing Co., Inc. He returned to BTR plc in 1989 as Divisional Chief Executive, where he was appointed to the main board. From here he moved to BBA Aviation plc, as CEO and then as Chair, until 2007. In 2001, he joined Clayton Dubilier & Rice (CD&R) as Partner and is currently Chair of CD&R Europe.

He has held several board positions, including Non-Executive Director of Powergen plc, Equant N.V., BAE Sys-tems plc and Foster Wheeler AG. His previous Chairmanships include Italtel SpA, Rexel S.A., IMI plc and SPIE SA. Roberto was also a former member of the Investment Committee of Fondo Strategico Italiano S.p.A.

Other current appointments

– Chair of WPP plc.

– Partner at CD&R.

– Chair of CD&R Europe.

Skills and competencies

Roberto’s career in private equity brings valuable experience to Smith+Nephew, particularly when evaluating acquisitions and new business opportunities. He has an in-depth understanding of differing global governance requirements having served as a director and chair of a number of UK and international companies.

Since his appointment as Chair in April 2014, he has conducted a comprehensive review into the composition of the Board and its Committees, and conducted the search for new Non-Executive Directors, resulting in the appointment of Vinita Bali in 2014, Erik Engstrom and Robin Freestone in 2015, Angie Risley and Marc Owen during 2017, and Roland Diggelmann in 2018. Roberto also conducted the search resulting in the appointment of Namal Nawana as our CEO in 2018.

Nationality

PICTURE 16  American/Italian

 

Roland Diggelmann (52)

 

Chief Executive Officer

Appointed Independent Non-Executive Director and Member of the Audit Committee on 1 March 2018 until 21 October 2019, when the Company announced Roland would be appointed Chief Executive Officer with effect from 1 November 2019. He was re-elected by shareholders at the 2019 Annual General Meeting (AGM) and will stand for re-election as Chief Executive Officer at the AGM on 9 April 2020. Roland is based in Zug, Switzerland.

Career and experience

Roland studied Business Administration at the University of Berne. In 1995, he joined Sulzer Medica AG as Manager Strategic Planning and progressed into further senior roles over the years until his appointment as Executive Vice President, Sales Europe and Asia Pacific from 2002 to 2004 for Sulzer Medica AG (later known as Centerpulse).

Roland joined Zimmer Group in 2004, in the role of Managing Director of Zimmer Japan and then later in 2006 as Senior Vice President, EMEA until 2008. Roland joined Roche Diagnostics in 2008 starting as president of Asia Pacific before assuming the role of Chief Executive Officer of the Diagnostics Division of F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd from 2012 until September 2018.

Other current appointments

– Director of Igenomix.

– Director of HeartForce AG.

– Director of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc., which is listed on NASDAQ (Nasdaq: AXDX).

Skills and competencies

Having spent his whole career in medical devices, with 12 years at Sulzer and Zimmer, Roland brings an in-depth knowledge of the medical device industry and healthcare environment, which is of great value to Smith+Nephew.

Nationality

PICTURE 76  Swiss

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Graham Baker (51)

 

Chief Financial Officer

Appointed in March 2017. Graham is based in Watford, UK.

Career and experience

Graham holds an MA degree in Economics from Cambridge University and qualified as a Chartered Accountant and Chartered Tax Adviser with Arthur Andersen. In 1995, he joined AstraZeneca PLC where he worked for 20 years, holding multiple senior roles, including Vice President Finance & Chief Financial Officer, North America (2008–2010), Vice President, Global Financial Services (2010–2013) and Vice President, Finance, International (2013–2015) with responsibility for all emerging markets. Most recently, Graham was Chief Financial Officer of generic pharmaceuticals company Alvogen.

Other current appointments

– N/A.

Skills and competencies

Graham has deep sector knowledge and has had extensive exposure to established and emerging markets which is extremely relevant to his role at Smith+Nephew. He has a strong track record of delivering operational excellence and has relevant experience across major finance roles and geographic markets, leading large teams responsible for significant budgets.

Nationality

PICTURE 77  British

 

Vinita Bali (64)

Ⓒ Ⓡ

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed in December 2014.

Career and experience

Vinita holds an MBA from the Jamnalal Bajaj Institute of Management Studies, University of Bombay and a BA in Economics from the University of Delhi. She commenced her career in India with a Tata Group company, and then joined Cadbury India, subsequently working with Cadbury Schweppes plc in the UK, Nigeria and South Africa. She has also held a number of senior global positions in marketing and general management at The Coca-Cola company based in the US and South America, becoming President of the Andean Division in 1999 and VP, Corporate Strategy in 2001. In 2003, she joined Zyman Group, LLC, a US-based consultancy, as Managing Principal. Vinita was MD and CEO of Britannia Industries Limited, a leading Indian publicly listed food company from 2005 to 2014.

Other current appointments

– NED of Syngene International Limited.

– NED of Bunge Limited.

– NED of CRISIL India (a Standard & Poor company).

– Member of the Advisory Board of PwC India.

– NED of Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation.

Skills and competencies

Vinita has an impressive track record of achievement with blue-chip global corporations in multiple roles and multiple geographies including India, Africa, South America, US and UK, all key markets for Smith+Nephew. Her CEO experience together with strong appreciation of customer service and marketing adds deep insight as Smith+Nephew continues to develop innovative ways to serve our markets and grow our business.

Nationality

PICTURE 78  Indian

 

 

 

The Rt. Hon Baroness Virginia Bottomley of Nettlestone DL (71)

Ⓒ Ⓝ Ⓡ

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed in April 2012.

Virginia has been a Member of the Compliance & Culture Committee since April 2019.

Career and experience

Virginia gained her MSc in Social Administration from the London School of Economics following her first degree. She was appointed a Life Peer in 2005 following her career as a Member of Parliament between 1984 and 2005. She served successively as Secretary of State for Health and then Culture, Media and Sport. Virginia was formerly a Director of Bupa and AkzoNobel NV.

Other current appointments

– Director of International Resources Group Limited, where she is Chair of Board & CEO Practice at Odgers Berndtson.

– Member of the International Advisory Council of Chugai Pharmaceutical Co.

– Chancellor of University of Hull.

– Sheriff of Kingston upon Hull.

– Trustee of The Economist Newspaper.

Skills and competencies

Virginia’s extensive experience within Government, particularly as Secretary of State for Health, brings a unique insight into the healthcare system both in the UK and globally, whilst her experience on the board of Bupa brings an understanding of the private healthcare sector and an insight into the needs of our customers. Her experience running the board practice at a search firm gives her a valuable skillset as a member of the Nomination & Governance Committee and Remuneration Committee. Her long association with Hull, the home of many of our UK employees, also brings an added perspective.

Nationality

PICTURE 79  British

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

55

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Erik Engstrom (56)

Ⓐ Ⓝ

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed in January 2015.

Career and experience

Erik is a graduate of the Stockholm School of Economics (BSc) and of the Royal Institute of Technology in Stockholm (MSc). In 1988, he graduated with an MBA from Harvard Business School as a Fulbright Scholar. Erik commenced his career at McKinsey & Company and then worked in publishing, latterly as President and COO of Random House Inc. and as President and CEO of Bantam Doubleday Dell, North America. In 2001, he moved on to be a partner at General Atlantic Partners, a private equity investment firm. Between 2004 and 2009, he was CEO of Elsevier, the division specialising in scientific and medical information and then from 2009 CEO of RELX Group.

Other current appointments

– Member of Bonnier Group’s Board.

– CEO of RELX Group.

Skills and competencies

Erik has successfully reshaped RELX Group’s business in terms of portfolio and geographies. He brings a deep understanding of how technology can be used to transform a business and insight into the development of new commercial models that deliver attractive economics. His experience as a CEO of a global company gives him valuable insights as a member of our Audit and Nomination & Governance Committees.

Nationality

PICTURE 81  Swedish

 

 

 

Robin Freestone (61)

  

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed in September 2015.

Robin was appointed Senior Independent Director following the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2019.

Career and experience

Robin graduated with a BA in Economics from The University of Manchester and later qualified and commenced his career as a Chartered Accountant at Deloitte. He has held a number of senior financial positions throughout his career, including at ICI plc, Henkel Ltd and at Amersham plc. Robin was the Deputy CFO and then later the CFO of Pearson plc between 2006 and August 2015, where he was heavily involved with the transformation and diversification of Pearson. He was previously NED at eChem Ltd, Chair of the 100 Group and Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of Cable & Wireless Communications plc. Robin was also previously Chair of the Audit Committee of MoneySupermarket.com plc.

Other current appointments

– NED and Chair of the Audit Committee at Capri Holdings Ltd, (formerly Michael Kors Holdings Ltd).

– Chair of the ICAEW Corporate Governance Committee.

– Chair of the Board at MoneySupermarket.com plc as well as Chair of their Nomination Committee.

Skills and competencies

Robin has been a well-regarded FTSE 100 CFO who has not only been heavily involved with transformation and diversification, but also the healthcare industry at Amersham, where his acquisition experience is of value to Smith+Nephew as it continues to grow globally and in different markets. He brings financial expertise and insight as Chair of the Audit Committee and an understanding of how to attract and retain talent in a global business as a member of the Remuneration Committee.

Nationality

PICTURE 80  British

 

 

 

Marc Owen (60)

Ⓐ 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed in October 2017.

Appointed Chair of the Compliance & Culture Committee in April 2019.

Career and experience

Marc graduated from Oxford University with a BA and BCL in Law. In 1984 he was called to the Bar, following four years at Corpus Christi College Cambridge as a fellow and director of studies in law. He decided upon a corporate career and undertook an MBA at Stanford University. Marc commenced his healthcare and technology career at McKinsey & Company where he progressed to senior partner and eventually a founding partner of McKinsey’s Business Technology Office. In September 2001, Marc joined McKesson Corporation and served as Executive Vice President and member of the Executive Committee. He delivered strategic objectives and led over 40 acquisitions and divestments over a 10-year period. In late 2011 he headed Mckesson Speciality Health, which operates over 130 cancer centres across the US and provides services including market intelligence, supply chain services, patient access to therapy, provider and patient engagement and clinical trial support. His final executive role came in 2014 where he was appointed Chair of the European Management Board at Celesio AG. He retired in March 2017 once he had improved operations, set the strategy and recruited his successor.

Other current appointments

– N/A.

Skills and competencies

Marc is a proven leader with an astute, strategic vision, capable of building significant international healthcare businesses. He has strong commercial healthcare expertise, which the Board values deeply and makes him ideally placed to Chair the Compliance & Culture Committee.

Nationality

PICTURE 82  British

 

 

 

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Angie Risley (61)

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed in September 2017.

Career and experience

After graduating from Exeter University, Angie joined United Biscuits followed by Pizza Hut (UK) Ltd as Human Resources Director, a joint venture between PepsiCo and Whitbread plc. After five years she joined Whitbread, becoming Executive Director on the plc board responsible for HR and Corporate Social Responsibility in 2004. Between 2007–2013 she was the Group HR Director for Lloyds Banking Group, joining J Sainsbury plc as Group HRD and a member of their Operating Board in January 2013. Over the years, Angie has been a member of the Low Pay Commission and has held a number of Non-Executive Directorships with Biffa plc, Arriva and Serco Group plc, and now Smith+Nephew. At Serco she was the Chair of the Remuneration Committee. Previously she has attended Remuneration Committees of Whitbread, Lloyds Banking Group, Arriva and now J Sainsbury plc.

Other current appointments

– J Sainsbury plc Group HRD and member of their Operating Board.

Skills and competencies

Angie is a well-regarded FTSE 100 Human Resources Director, proven Non-Executive Director and Remuneration Committee Chair. She has gained experience in a wide range of sectors, including a regulated environment. This diversity of experience is welcomed by the Board and the Remuneration Committee. Angie is also an additional resource and sounding board for Smith+Nephew’s own internal Human Resources function.

Nationality

PICTURE 83  British

 

 

 

Susan Swabey (58)

 

Company Secretary

Joined Smith+Nephew in May 2009 as Company Secretary with responsibility for board support and corporate governance, employee and executive share plans and subsidiary governance. She is based in Watford, UK.

Other current appointments

– Chair of the CBI Companies Committee.

– Chair of ShareGift, the share donation charity.

– Member of the Financial Reporting Council Lab Steering Group.

Skills and experience

Susan holds an MA from Corpus Christi College Oxford in Literae Humaniores and is a Fellow of The Chartered Governance Institute.

Susan has over 30 years’ experience as a Company Secretary in a wide range of companies including Prudential plc, Amersham plc and RMC Group plc. Her work has covered board support, corporate governance, remuneration, corporate transactions, group risk management, share registration, listing obligations, corporate social responsibility, pensions, insurance and employee and executive share plans. Susan is a frequent speaker on corporate governance and related matters.

Nationality

PICTURE 84  British

 

PICTURE 15

 

PICTURE 20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

57

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board Leadership and Purpose continued

Executive team

Roland Diggelmann is supported in the day-to-day management of the Group by Graham Baker, Chief Financial Officer, and a strong team of Executives.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our commercial model

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

President, Orthopaedics

 

President, Sports
Medicine & ENT

 

President, Advanced
Wound Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President, Global
Operations & GBS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Quality and

 

 

President, Europe, Middle
East and Africa – position
currently vacant

 

President, Asia Pacific

 

 

 

 

Regulatory Affairs Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President,
Research & Development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Business development
and Corporate Affairs Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Human
Resources Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Legal &
Compliance Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cannon (51)

 

President, Sports Medicine & ENT

Joined Smith+Nephew in 2012 and has since been the President of Smith+Nephew’s Europe and Canada business, the Company’s Chief Marketing Officer, and now serves as the President of the Global Sports Medicine and Ear, Nose and Throat business. He is based in Andover, US.

Skills and experience

Brad was most recently the Chief Marketing Officer and prior to that the President of Europe and Canada, where he successfully led the commercial business in those regions. He has also served as the President of Global Orthopaedic Franchises, leading Smith+Nephew’s Reconstruction, Endoscopy, Trauma and Extremities businesses. Prior to Smith+Nephew, Brad worked in Medtronic’s Spine and Biologics division. From 2009, he was responsible for Medtronic’s Spine International division and held positions heading US sales and global commercial operations. Brad is a graduate of Washington and Lee University, and the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.

Nationality

PICTURE 8  American

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Phil Cowdy (52)

 

Chief Business Development and Corporate Affairs Officer

Joined Smith+Nephew in 2008 as Director of Investor Relations. From 2010 his responsibility expanded as Head of Corporate Affairs, including media, investor relations, global brand and government affairs, together with Strategic Planning. Between 2015 and 2018 he was also responsible for IT. In 2018 he took on additional responsibility for Business Development. He is based in Watford, UK.

Skills and experience

Prior to joining Smith+Nephew, Phil served as a Senior Director at Deutsche Bank and predecessor firms for 13 years, providing corporate finance and equity capital markets advice to a variety of UK-based companies. He qualified as a chartered accountant with EY.

Nationality

PICTURE 85  British

 

 

 

Myra Eskes (48)

 

President, Asia Pacific

Joined Smith+Nephew in May 2019 with responsibility for Asia Pacific. Myra is based in Singapore.

Skills and experience

Myra is a strong and highly respected leader with deep cross-cultural experience bringing more than two decades of enterprise-wide experience in finance, manufacturing, operations, sales and marketing. Most recently, Myra was President and CEO of GE Healthcare Southeast Asia, Korea, Australia and New Zealand, reporting directly to the CEO as part of the global management team. In this role, she was responsible for the diagnostic and interventional imaging, patient monitoring, healthcare digital and life sciences businesses.

Prior to this, Myra led the GE Life Sciences business for the Eastern & African growth markets, covering Turkey, the Middle East, Africa and Russia/Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) countries. There, she drove growth in the region by working with customers who were investing in life sciences technologies and research, including pharmaceutical diagnostics, bioprocessing, services and in-vitro diagnostics. In addition to her diverse operational experience in complex and broad-based businesses around the world, Myra has a proven track record of driving strong revenue growth and increasing profitability. She has created high performing teams to deliver innovative medical devices and life sciences solutions on three continents and has a true passion for customers and improving access to quality healthcare.

Nationality

PICTURE 86 Dutch

 

 

 

Simon Fraser (52)

 

President, Advanced Wound Management

Joined Smith+Nephew in January 2019 with commercial leadership responsibility for Advanced Wound Management in the US and global marketing for the Advanced Wound Management Franchise. Simon is based in Fort Worth, US.

Skills and experience

Simon brings to this role more than 25 years’ of experience across medical devices, pharmaceuticals and diagnostics, including wound management. Importantly, he is a purpose-driven and accomplished business leader who has successfully managed large, global commercial organisations with full P&L responsibility while growing business and earning market share.

Prior to joining Smith+Nephew Simon was Group Vice President of Dentsply-Sirona’s Dental Implant Global Business Unit. Prior to this Simon was Vice President, US Commercial Infectious Diseases including corporate accounts at Abbott Laboratories. Simon joined Abbott following the acquisition of Alere where he had three successful years as the President of Latin America. Prior to these roles, Simon had a 15-year career with Johnson & Johnson, where he held increasingly senior commercial roles spanning surgical devices, wound management, implants and pharmaceuticals including both global strategic marketing and P&L responsibilities.

Nationality

PICTURE 87  American/Canadian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

59

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark Gladwell (44)

 

President, Global Operations and Global Business Services

Joined Smith+Nephew in August 2018 with responsibility for Global Manufacturing, Global Supply Chain, Global Procurement, Global Engineering and Global Operational Excellence, and all Operational Strategy and programmes including APEX projects related to Global Operations. From 2019 Mark also took responsibility for Global Business Services. Mark is based in Watford, UK.

Skills and experience

Mark joined Smith+Nephew from QIAGEN, a provider of sample and assay technologies for molecular diagnostics, applied testing, academic and pharmaceutical research. There he was Senior Vice President of Global Operations responsible for global manufacturing, supply chain, quality assurance and control, regulatory affairs, and global customer service.

Mark is a seasoned operational leader bringing more than 20 years’ of experience in progressively senior operations roles across global organisations including DuPont, AGFA Medical Imaging, Johnson & Johnson, and Alere Inc. Mark has experience of working and living in Europe and the US and operating global manufacturing and supply chain organisations with a significant focus and track record in delivering operational excellence transformation programmes.

Nationality

PICTURE 88  British

 

 

 

Melissa Guerdan (45)

 

Chief Quality and Regulatory Affairs Officer

Joined Smith+Nephew in July 2018 with responsibility for Quality and Regulatory Affairs and assumed additional responsibility in 2019 for the Portfolio Compliance organization, inclusive of the Group EU MDR. Melissa is based in Andover, US.

Skills and experience

Melissa brings more than 20 years’ of leadership experience in Quality and Regulatory Affairs spanning the pharmaceutical, medical device and biologics industries. Melissa has deep compliance and operations knowledge and has progressed through senior leadership roles in global organisations including Pfizer, Baxter, Covidien and Alere. Most recently, Melissa was Senior Vice President, Quality and Regulatory for Alere where she had executive responsibility for establishing enterprise vision, strategy and direction for all aspects of quality, compliance and regulatory affairs. Melissa is adept at inspiring diverse global organisations to achieve common goals and has consistently delivered material value at the enterprise level through transformational quality and regulatory improvement programmes.

Melissa holds a BA degree in Biology and Psychology, and holds an MBA from DePaul University.

Nationality

PICTURE 89  American

 

 

 

Skip Kiil (45)

 

President, Orthopaedics

Joined Smith+Nephew in November 2018 with global responsibility for the Orthopaedics franchise which includes Reconstruction, Trauma, Extremities and Robotics. Skip is based in Memphis, US.

Skills and experience

Skip is a seasoned leader who brings a wealth of global experience from diverse medical technology companies, and importantly, significant global experience in Orthopaedics markets over an extended period. Prior to joining Smith+Nephew, Skip was most recently responsible for all Global Commercial Operations at NuVasive and member of the senior executive leadership team. Prior to this, Skip spent three years with Alcon, a division of Novartis Corporation, based in Geneva, Switzerland, where he served as Surgical Head, Europe, Middle East, Africa and Russia. While at Alcon, Skip led the successful commercial transformation of its $1.1bn surgical business across both developed and emerging growth markets.

Before joining Alcon, Skip had a successful 12-year career with Stryker Corporation, beginning in sales and holding progressively senior positions in commercial leadership in the US as well as in global marketing. Skip also had general management experience in Japan, as well as group leadership responsibilities in Europe where he held the role of Vice President and General Manager of its Medical Surgical Group.

Nationality

PICTURE 90  American

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elga Lohler (52)

 

Chief Human Resources Officer

Joined Smith+Nephew in January 2002 as Director of HR and has since held progressively senior positions in Wound Management, Operations, Corporate Functions and Group. Elga became Chief Human Resources Officer in December 2015 and leads the Global Human Resources, Internal Communication and Sustainability Functions. Elga is based in Fort Worth, US.

Skills and experience

Elga has more than 25 years’ Human Resources experience. Prior to joining Smith+Nephew, Elga held Human Resources roles at Transnet, Sensormatic (now Tyco) and Advanced Tissue Sciences, which was acquired by Smith+Nephew in 2002. Through these roles, Elga has developed deep expertise in strategy planning and development, organisational design and effectiveness, restructuring and integration and transformational change in support of business objectives. In her current role, Elga is responsible for driving Smith+Nephew’s human capital strategy across the enterprise in support of the Company’s overall business plan and strategic direction.

Elga holds an undergraduate degree in Psychology and a Master’s degree in Organizational Psychology, both from the University of Witwatersrand in South Africa.

Nationality

PICTURE 93 American/South African

 

 

 

Catheryn O’Rourke (47)

 

Chief Legal and Compliance Officer

Joined Smith+Nephew in February 2013 and became Chief Legal Officer in May 2017 and Chief Legal and Compliance Officer in July 2018. Catheryn heads up the Global Legal and Compliance functions and is based in Andover, US.

Skills and experience

Prior to being appointed Chief Legal and Compliance Officer, Catheryn had various responsibilities within Legal as Assistant General Counsel – Litigation and Investigations. Prior to joining Smith+Nephew, Catheryn spent 11 years of her career with Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP.

Catheryn is a graduate of Princeton University and Harvard Law School.

Nationality

PICTURE 92  American

 

 

 

Vasant Padmanbhan (53)

 

President, Research & Development

Joined Smith+Nephew in August 2016 and is responsible for Research and Innovation, New Product Development, Safety Affairs, Clinical Affairs, Medical Device/ Pharmacovigilance and Clinical Operations. Vasant is based in Andover, US.

Skills and experience

Vasant brings extensive experience in R&D and technology. Prior to Smith+Nephew, Vasant was Senior Vice President of Technical Operations at Thoratec Corporation, a leader in mechanical circulatory support solutions for the treatment of heart failure. In this role, he provided leadership to a 600 member team, with responsibility for global R&D, Programme Management, Operations and Quality. Prior to Thoratec, Vasant had an 18-year career at Medtronic, starting as a Staff Scientist and, progressing through more senior roles, ultimately becoming Vice President of Product Development for the Implantable Defibrillator Business. Vasant holds a Ph.D degree in Biomedical Engineering from Rutgers University, US and an MBA degree from the Carlson School of Management, Minnesota.

Nationality

PICTURE 91  American

 

PICTURE 46

 

PICTURE 94

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

61

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division of Responsibilities

Roles and composition

Whilst we all share collective responsibility for the activities of the Board, some of our roles have been defined in greater detail below.

 

 

 

Chair

 

Senior Independent Director

 

 

 

– Building a well-balanced Board.

– Chairing Board meetings and setting Board agendas.

– Ensuring effectiveness of the Board and enabling the annual review of effectiveness.

– Encouraging constructive challenge and facilitating effective communication between Board members.

– Promoting effective Board relationships.

– Holding meetings with Non-Executive Directors in the absence of Executive Directors.

– Ensuring one-to-one discussions with each Board Member.

– Ensuring appropriate induction and development programmes.

– Ensuring effective two-way communication and debate with shareholders and stakeholders.

– Promoting high standards of corporate governance.

– Maintaining appropriate balance between stakeholders.

 

– Chairing meetings in the absence of the Chair.

– Acting as a sounding board for the Chair on Board-related matters.

– Acting as an intermediary for the other Directors where necessary.

– Available to shareholders and stakeholders on matters which cannot otherwise be resolved.

– Leading the annual evaluation into the Board’s effectiveness.

– Leading the search for a new Chair, if necessary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

– Developing and implementing Group strategy.

– Recommending the annual budget and long-term strategic and financial plan.

– Ensuring coherent leadership of the Group.

– Managing the Group’s risk profile and establishing effective internal controls.

– Regularly reviewing organisational structure, developing executive team and planning for succession.

– Ensuring the Chair and Board are kept advised and updated regarding key matters.

– Maintaining relationships with shareholders and advising the Board accordingly.

– Setting the tone at the top with regard to culture, compliance and sustainability matters.

– Day-to-day running of the business.

 

– Supporting the Chief Executive Officer in developing and implementing the Group strategy.

– Leading the global finance function, developing key finance talent and planning for succession.

– Ensuring effective financial reporting, processes and controls are in place.

– Recommending the annual budget and long-term strategic and financial plan.

– Maintaining relationships with shareholders.

 

– Advising the Board on matters of corporate governance.

– Supporting the Chair and Non-Executive Directors.

– Point of contact for investors on matters of corporate governance.

– Ensuring good governance practices at Board level and throughout the Group.

Non-Financial Reporting Regulations

In accordance with The Companies, Partnerships and Groups (Accounts and Non-Financial Reporting) Regulations 2016 information can be found on the following pages of this 2019 Annual Report relating to the environment (pages 32–35 of this report and the 2019 Sustainability Report), social (pages 24–27 of this report and the 2019 Sustainability Report), anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters (pages 34–35), employees (pages 24–25 and 84–85) and human rights (page 26).

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate governance framework

The Board is responsible to shareholders and stakeholders for approving the strategy of the Group, for overseeing the performance of the Group and evaluating and monitoring the management of risk. Each member of the Board has access, collectively and individually, to the Company Secretary and is also entitled to obtain independent professional advice at the Company’s expense, should they decide it is necessary in order to fulfil their responsibilities as Directors.

The Board delegates certain matters, as follows, to Board Committees, consisting of members of the Board:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit Committee

Provides independent assessment of the financial affairs of the Company, reviews financial statements and controls oversight of the risk management process and key risks, such as cybersecurity.

Manages use of internal and external auditors.

 

Remuneration Committee

Determines Remuneration Poli-cy and packages for Executive Directors and Executive Officers, having regard to pay across our workforce. 

Ensures alignment with our purpose, values and longterm strategy.

 

Nomination & Governance Committee

Reviews size, skills, experience, knowledge and composition of the Board, succession planning, diversity and governance matters.

 

Compliance & Culture Committee

Reviews and monitors ethics and compliance, quality and regulatory and related legal matters across the Group.

Role was expanded in 2019 to include oversight of culture, sustainability and stakeholder relationships.

 

Ad hoc committees

Ad hoc committees may be established to review and approve specific matters or projects.

»  See page 72

 

»  See page 86

 

»  See page 69

 

»  See page 80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Board delegates certain matters, as follows, to Board Committees, consisting of Executive Board Members:

 

 

 

 

 

Finance & Banking Committee

Approves banking and treasury matters, guarantees, Group structure changes relating to mergers, acquisitions and disposals.

 

Disclosures Committee

Approves release of communications to investors and Stock Exchanges. Reviews whether communications are inside information.

The Board delegates the day-to-day running of the business to Roland Diggelmann, Chief Executive Officer, who is assisted in his role by the Executive Committee comprising the Executive team shown on pages 58–61. The governance framework below outlines the Executive Committee arrangements as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Committee

 

 

 

 

 

Recommends and implements strategy, recommends budget and three-year plan to the Board for approval, ensures liaison between commercial and corporate functions, receives regular reports from sub-committees, monitors succession planning and talent pipeline below Board level, reviews major investments, divestment and capital expenditure proposals and approves business development projects.

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly Operating Review

Wider group of senior commercial and financial leaders reviews monthly commercial and marketing and operating results against budget, identifying gaps and agreeing remedial actions.

 

Franchise, Functional and Regional Leadership Meetings

Senior management meetings to drive performance across each franchise, function and region.

 

Portfolio Innovation Board

Defines portfolio allocation principles, reviewing and challenging current shape of portfolio, identifying gaps and opportunities and re-prioritising segments and geographies.

 

 

 

 

 

Health, Safety & Environment Committee

Oversees health, safety and environmental matters.

 

Diversity & Inclusion Council

Implements strategies to promote diversity and inclusion.

 

Global Benefits Committee

Oversees all policies and processes relating to pensions and employee benefit plans.

 

 

 

 

 

Group Ethics & Compliance Committee

Reviews compliance matters and country business unit or function compliance reports.

 

Mergers & Acquisitions Investment Committee

Oversees Corporate Development Strategy, monitors status of transactions and approves various stages in the merger, acquisition and disposal process.

 

Sustainability Council

Monitor Sustainability strategy and deliver agreed plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

63

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division of Responsibilities continued

Responsibilities of the Board

 

PICTURE 36  Board timetable 2019

The Schedule of Matters Reserved to the Board describes the role and responsibilities of the Board more fully and can be found on our website at www.smith-nephew.com.

 

 

  

Early February

  

Late February

  

April

  

May

  

July

  

September

  

October

  

November

 

2018 Preliminary Results

 

2018 Financial Statements and Notice of Annual General Meeting

 

Annual General Meeting

 

Q1 2019

 

H1 2019

 

 

 

Q3 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Approving the Group strategy including major changes to corporate and management structure.

– Approving acquisitions, mergers, disposals, capital transactions in excess of $50 million.

– Setting priorities for capital investment across the Group.

– Approving annual budget, financial plan, three-year business plan.

– Approving major borrowings and finance and banking arrangements.

– Approving changes to the size and structure of the Board and the appointment and removal of Directors and the Company Secretary.

– Approving Group policies relating to sustainability, health and safety, Code of Conduct and Code of Share Dealing and other matters.

– Approving the appointment and removal of key professional advisers.

 

Reviewed capital allocation policies.

Reviewed report on post acquisitions reviews.

Approval to pursue acquisition of Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. considering the impact on employees, customers and patients.

Approval to pursue the acquisition of Brainlab’s OJR business considering the impact on employees, customers and patients.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approved and declared payment of interim dividend.

 

 

 

Considered and approved Chief Executive Officer changes.

 

Reviewed the strategic plan for 2020–2022.

Approved the budget for 2020.

Considered succession and development plans.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Reviewing performance against strategy, budgets and financial and business plans.

– Overseeing Group operations and maintaining a sound system of internal control.

– Determining the dividend policy and dividend recommendations.

– Approving the appointment and removal of the external auditor on the recommendation of the Audit Committee.

– Approving significant changes to accounting policies or practices.

– Overseeing succession planning at Board and Executive Officer level.

– Approving the use of the Company’s shares in relation to employee and executive share incentive plans on the recommendation of the Remuneration Committee.

 

Reviewed financial performance.

Received update on Orthopaedics Franchise.

Considered payment of final dividend.

Reviewed New Product Development Plan.

Approved and noted Board and Committee membership changes.

 

 

 

Reviewed financial performance.

Received updates on the progress of the Global Operations Plan, including the new manufacturing plant in Malaysia.

Received updates on Advanced Wound Management and the ENT franchise.

 

 

 

 

 

Reviewed financial performance.

Received business updates for the APAC, EMEA and DACH regions.

Received updates on Sports Medicine and the ENT franchise.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Early February

  

Late February

  

April

  

May

  

July

  

September

  

October

  

November

 

2018 Preliminary Results

 

2018 Financial Statements and Notice of Annual General Meeting

 

Annual General Meeting

 

Q1 2019

 

H1 2019

 

 

 

Q3 2019

 

Strategic Planning

Shareholder communications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Approving preliminary announcement of annual results, the publication of the Annual Report, the half-yearly report, the quarterly Trading Reports, the release of price sensitive announcements and any listing particulars, circulars or prospectuses.

– Approving the Sustainability Report.

– Maintaining relationships and continued engagement with shareholders.

 

Approved Preliminary Announcement 2018.

 

Approved the Annual Report for 2018.

Notice of the 2019 Annual General Meeting.

 

Prepared for the Annual General Meeting to be held later that day.

 

Approved Q1 2019 Trading Report.

 

Approved H1 2019 Results Announcement.

 

 

 

Approved Q3 2019 Trading Report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Overseeing the Group’s risk management programme.

– Regularly reviewing the risk register.

– Overseeing risk management processes (see pages 40–41 for further details).

 

Received Annual Risk Management Update.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stakeholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Overseeing and maintaining relationships with stakeholders including shareholders, employees, customers, suppliers, regulators and governments.

 

Considered update on planning for Brexit and the impact on employees and our ability to continue to supply our worldwide customer base.

 

Sustainability Report 2018.

Modern Slavery Statement 2018.

 

Reviewed the impact the new manufacturing plant in Malaysia would have on employees, suppliers and customers.

 

 

 

 

 

Reviewed the leadership teams in the APAC, EMEA and DACH cluster for succession planning.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Providing advice

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Using experience gained within other companies and organisations to advise management both within and between Board meetings on an ad hoc basis.

 

 

 

 

 

Received an operational update on the progress made in embedding the new cultural pillars and in particular the positive reaction from our employees.

Considered the proposed new brand identity and purpose.

 

 

 

Received updates on Global Operations and Research & Development considering the development of innovative products for the benefit of patients in the future.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other matters

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Considered changes to the structure of Product Liability Insurance.

In addition there were three meetings held in September and October to discuss the position of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

Reviewed results of internal board effectiveness review and agreed follow up actions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

65

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division of Responsibilities continued

Responsibilities of the Board

Board and committee attendance

 

 

 

Board

 

 

 

 

Committee

 

 

 

 

 

Audit

Remuneration

Nomination
& Governance

Compliance
& Culture

Total meetings

 

 

11

 

8
8
5
4

 

Appointed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Roberto Quarta

December 2013

 

11/11

 

8/8

5/5

Namal Nawana1

May 2018

 

7/10

 

Graham Baker2

March 2017

 

10/11

 

Vinita Bali3

December 2014

 

11/11

 

7/8

4/4

Ian Barlow4

March 2010

 

2/3

 

2/3

1/1

2/2

Virginia Bottomley

April 2012

 

11/11

 

8/8

5/5

3/3

Roland Diggelmann5

March 2018

 

11/11

 

6/6

2/2

Erik Engstrom6

January 2015

 

11/11

 

8/8

4/4

Robin Freestone6

September 2015

 

11/11

 

8/8

8/8

4/4

Michael Friedman7

April 2013

 

3/3

 

2/2

Marc Owen

October 2017

 

11/11

 

8/8

4/4

Angie Risley

September 2017

 

11/11

 

8/8

1

Namal Nawana missed three Board meetings held after his departure as Chief Executive Officer had been announced.

2

Graham Baker missed one meeting at which the departure of the Chief Executive Officer was considered.

3

Vinita Bali attended all meetings except for one Remuneration Committee convened on short notice, when she had an unavoidable prior commitment.

4

Ian Barlow retired from the Board at the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2019, having completed nine years’ service. He missed one Board and one Audit Committee meeting on 20 February 2019 due to a funeral.

5

Roland Diggelmann attended all meetings prior to the announcement of his appointment as Chief Executive Officer, when he ceased to be a member of the Audit Committee and the Compliance & Culture Committee.

6

Erik Engstrom and Robin Freestone joined the Nomination & Governance Committee on 11 April 2019.

7

Michael Friedman retired from the Board at the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2019.

In advance of the Board and Committee meetings, the Chair met with the Non-Executive Directors in the absence of Executive Directors. In addition, the Chair held one-to-one discussions with each Board Member throughout the year.

Independence of Directors

We require our Non-Executive Directors to remain independent from management so that they are able to exercise independent oversight and effectively challenge management. We therefore continually assess the independence of each of our Non-Executive Directors. The Executive Directors have determined that all our Non-Executive Directors are independent in accordance with both UK and US requirements. None of our Non-Executive Directors or their immediate families has ever had a material relationship with the Group. None of them receives additional remuneration apart from Directors’ fees, nor do they participate in the Group’s share plans or pension schemes. None of them serve as directors of any companies or affiliates in which any other Director is a director.

Management of conflicts of interest

None of our Directors or their connected persons, has any family relationship with any other Director or Officer, nor has a material interest in any contract to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries are, or were, a party during the year or up to 14 February 2020.

Each Director has a duty under the Companies Act 2006 to avoid a situation in which they have or may have a direct or indirect interest that conflicts or might conflict with the interests of the Company. This duty is in addition to the existing duty owed to the Company to disclose to the Board any interest in a transaction or arrangement under consideration by the Company.

If any Director becomes aware of any situation which might give rise to a conflict of interest, they must, and do, inform the rest of the Board immediately and the Board is then permitted under the Company’s Articles of Association to authorise such conflict. This information is then recorded in the Company’s Register of Conflicts, together with the date on which authorisation was given. In addition, each Director certifies on an annual basis that the information contained in the Register of Conflicts is correct.

When the Board decides whether or not to authorise a conflict, only the Directors who have no interest in the matter are permitted to participate in the discussion and a conflict is only authorised if the Board believes that it would not have an impact on the Board’s ability to promote the success of the Company in the long term. Additionally, the Board may determine that certain limits or conditions must be imposed when giving authorisation. No actual conflicts have been identified, which have required approval by the Board. However, 6 situations have been identified which could potentially give rise to a conflict of interest and these have been duly authorised by the Board and are reviewed on an annual basis.

Outside directorships

We encourage our Executive Directors to serve as Non-Executive Directors of external companies. We believe that the work they do as Non-Executive Directors of other companies has benefits for their executive roles with the Company, giving them a fresh insight into the role of a Non‑Executive Director. Roland Diggelmann is also a Non-Executive Director of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. listed on the NASDAQ. Roland discussed his external role with the Chair prior to his appointment and the Chair and the Board was satisfied that he had the capacity for the time commitment required.

Re-appointment of directors

In accordance with the Code, all Directors offer themselves to shareholders for re-election annually, except those who are retiring immediately after the Annual General Meeting. Each Director may be removed at any time by the Board or the shareholders.

Director indemnity arrangements

Each Director is covered by appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and there are also Deeds of Indemnity in place between the Company and each Director. These Deeds of Indemnity mean that the Company indemnifies Directors in respect of any proceedings brought by third parties against them personally in their capacity as Directors of the Company. The Company would also fund ongoing costs in defending a legal action as they are incurred rather than after judgement has been given. In the event of an unsuccessful defence in an action against them, individual Directors would be liable to repay the Company for any damages and to repay defence costs to the extent funded by the Company.

Purchase of ordinary shares

In order to avoid shareholder dilution, shares allotted to employees through employee share schemes are bought back on a quarterly basis and subsequently cancelled as stated in Note 19.2 of the Group accounts on page 178.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Composition, Succession and Evaluation

Board effectiveness review

The Board effectiveness review in 2019 was internally facilitated by Robin Freestone, Senior Independent Director, assisted by the Company Secretary. The 2019 review comprised a questionnaire completed by each member of the Board. This questionnaire focused on the progress made addressing the issues raised in previous Board Evaluations, being mindful of the promotion of true diversity within the Code, as well as looking into how the Board had handled particular topics throughout the year. Robin Freestone then conducted individual interviews with each Board member, where he also specifically discussed the performance of the Chair. In November 2019, he prepared a report, detailing his findings, which he shared with the Chair. The report was then discussed by the full Board in November 2019. In discussion, we concluded the Board operated effectively, with a good breadth of skills, backgrounds and experience. The culture was open and collaborative and visits to different markets were welcomed. We did identify four key areas of improvement and the following recommendations were made:

 

 

Recommendation 1

 

  

  

The recent change in Chief Executive Officer, after a relatively short period of tenure had highlighted the need for increased oversight at Board level of Executive Succession Planning.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recommendation 2

 

 

 

The full Board would welcome more involvement in the appointment of additional Non-Executive Directors. It was noted that the Nomination & Governance Committee would arrange this for the upcoming recruitment of an Audit Chair Elect and an additional Non-Executive Director with Medtech and International experience.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recommendation 3

 

 

 

Positive feedback had been received on the Board site visits in 2019 to Memphis and to the Schulthess Klinik in Switzerland and more visits such as these would be welcomed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recommendation 4

 

 

 

Whilst good progress had been made during the year in enhancing Board oversight of Stakeholder relationships, particularly with employees in Memphis and customers in Switzerland, it was recognised that this could be further enhanced through greater workforce engagement on-site visits and by members of the Compliance & Culture Committee between meetings. The Compliance & Culture Committee Chair would work with the Committee and the Chief Executive Officer to further develop an employee engagement programme for 2020.

 

The areas for attention identified in the 2018 review have been addressed as follows:

 

 

 

Actions identified

 

Action taken

The Board will need to ensure that it continually reviews and ensures alignment of its appetite for risk against the changing landscape and revised Strategic Imperatives, particularly as the Company continued to evolve. This will require continued monitoring of Board composition and succession planning.

 

The Board is mindful of the continually evolving environment and has taken this into account both when considering Board composition and when reviewing changes to the management team and discussing succession planning.

Performance management will need to evolve to monitor alignment with the new strategy, with an increased emphasis on a globally consistent culture and purpose.

 

During the year, the performance management system was re-aligned with the new corporate strategy and culture pillars.

The workload, composition and support of the Board Committees will be reviewed to ensure a more even balance of workload and greater diversity on each Committee.

 

The composition of the Board Committees was reviewed in February, which led to additional members of the Compliance & Culture Committee and the Nomination & Governance Committee.

The Chair and Chief Executive Officer will agree shared priorities for Board site visits at the beginning of each year, so that individual and group site visits could be arranged within those agreed parameters rather than on an ad hoc basis.

 

The Board undertook a successful visit to two of our sites in Memphis, US. The visit focused on two key areas agreed between the Chair and the Chief Executive Officer; the implementation of our new culture pillars in the workplace; and the new technologies being developed and acquired.

 

The last externally facilitated Board Effectiveness Review was carried out in 2018 by Dr Tracy Long. The review in 2020 will again be facilitated internally and led by the Senior Independent Director and the Company Secretary. The 2021 review will be facilitated externally.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

67

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Composition, Succession and Evaluation continued

Board development

Board development programme

Our Board development programme is directed to the specific needs and interests of our Directors. We focus the development sessions on facilitating a greater awareness and understanding of our business and stakeholders rather than formal training in what it is to be a Director. We value our visits to the different Smith+Nephew sites around the world, where we meet with the local managers of our businesses and see the daily operations in action. Meeting our local managers helps us to understand the challenges they face and their plans to meet those challenges. We also take these opportunities to look at our products and in particular the new products being developed by our R&D teams. This direct contact with the business in the locations in which we operate around the world helps us to make effective investment and strategic decisions. Meeting our local managers also helps us when making succession planning decisions below Board level.

All Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to visit our overseas businesses, if they happen to be travelling for other purposes. Our local management teams enjoy welcoming Non-Executive Directors to their business and it emphasises the interest the Board takes in all our operations. The Chair regularly reviews the development needs of individual Directors and the Board as a whole.

The Board visited two of our key sites in Memphis, Tennessee in June 2019 with a two-fold purpose. Firstly to listen to the employee voice at one of our largest manufacturing sites, meeting employees and hearing about recent improvements to their working environment and secondly to review the next generation of products currently being developed by engineers who were on hand to talk us through our programme of innovation.

PICTURE 1  Timetable 2019

June

 

September

 

October

 

November

Board Development

The Board visited our Memphis facility, including a manufacturing site and a product development building. The Board met employees and saw first-hand the improvements made to employees’ facilities and welfare following the Chief Executive Officer’s first impressions in 2018.

   

Visit to Switzerland to meet a local hospital and understand our customers perspective better.

   

 

   

Presentations from the entire Executive team as part of the Board’s annual Strategy Review, covering the whole business.

Induction for new Directors

During 2019, the Directors continued to receive tailored induction programmes relevant to their skills and experiences and their roles on the Board. These induction programmes included:

– One-to-one meetings with senior executives to understand the roles played by our senior employees and specifically how we do things at Smith+Nephew;

– Visits to our sites local to the Director in UK, US and Switzerland to get a feel of how our research and manufacturing operations are run;

– Opportunities to accompany our sales representatives in the US on the road to better understand the daily challenges they face; and

– Meetings with our external advisers for example Slaughter and May, our Corporate lawyers, KPMG LLP, our Auditor and Deloitte LLP, our Remuneration Committee adviser to explain the legal and regulatory background to their role on our Board and how these issues are approached at Smith+Nephew.

Induction programme for new Chief Executive Officer

– On 1 November 2019, Roland Diggelmann became the Chief Executive Officer of Smith & Nephew plc. He had previously received a tailored induction when he became a Non-Executive Director on 1 March 2018.

– In the first few months of his tenure he has travelled extensively to many of our sites: Croxley and Hull in the UK, Baar in Switzerland, Pittsburgh, Fort Worth, Memphis and Andover in the US. Later in his induction he visited our Washington DC office and our 2019 acquisition Osiris in Baltimore. In Asia, he visited Singapore, Shanghai, Beijing and Tokyo.

– At these sites he met employees and visited the factory floor learning about our products and manufacturing facilities. He held town halls with local employees, where he welcomed and answered questions. He was recorded or photographed and information added to the Smith+Nephew intranet site for all our employees to enjoy.

– Roland was able to better understand the trajectory of where the culture of Smith+Nephew is moving from these visits, which can be used to galvanise this change.

– Roland is well known to the Executive Committee having already met many members in his previous role as Non-Executive Director.

– He is also known to many of our advisers, those he is yet to meet will be completed in 2020.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nomination & Governance Committee report

Ensuring the Board evolves to align with the new Strategic Imperatives and with the developing external regulatory environments.

Membership

 

Member
from

Meetings
attended

Roberto Quarta (Chair)

April 2014

5/5

Ian Barlow1

April 2014

1/1

Erik Engstrom2

April 2019

4/4

Robin Freestone2

April 2019

4/4

Virginia Bottomley

April 2014

5/5

1Ian Barlow retired from the Board and the Committee at the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2019, having completed nine years’ service.

2Erik Engstrom and Robin Freestone joined the Nomination & Governance Committee on 11 April 2019.

The Terms of Reference for the Nomination & Governance Committee describe the role and responsibilities of this Committee more fully and can be found on our website at www.smith-nephew.com.

In 2019, we held five meetings. In addition to members of the Committee, the Company Secretary, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Human Resources Officer also attended all or some of the meetings.

Since the year end, we have also discussed the future structure of the Board and its committees and completed our year end governance processes.

Appointment of Chief Executive Officer

The appointment of Roland Diggelmann as our new Chief Executive Officer was one of the key activities of the Nomination & Governance Committee during the year. The Board and the executive team knew Roland well as he had been a Non-Executive Director since March 2018 and had approved the new strategic direction of the Company. Roland had originally been considered as Chief Executive Officer in 2017, but at that stage was unable to take up the position and joined the Board in a Non-Executive capacity. When it was decided that Namal Nawana would be leaving the Company, by mutual agreement, to pursue opportunities outside the UK, the Nomination & Governance Committee then re-considered Roland for the role. We were advised on this process by Russell Reynolds who undertook a rigorous analysis in respect of his appointments as Chief Executive Officer. Russell Reynolds do not undertake any services for the Company other than assisting with Board appointments.

Non-Executive Directors

The Committee has reviewed the composition of the Board and its Committees to ensure that it evolves to align with the new Strategic Imperatives and with the developing external regulatory environment.

The Committee have identified the need for a Non-Executive Director with recent and relevant financial experience to chair the Audit Committee, replacing Robin Freestone, who will continue in his role as Senior Independent Director. We have also identified the need for a Non-Executive Director with international medical devices experience following the appointment of Roland Diggelmann as Chief Executive Officer. Russell Reynolds is advising the Committee on both these appointments. In both these appointments we shall be considering a diverse range of candidates.

During 2020, the Committee will continue to review the balance and composition of the Board and consider whether any additional appointments will be required.

Diversity

We aim for our Board to have a wide range of backgrounds, skills and experiences. We also value a diversity of outlook, approach and style in our Board members. We believe that a balanced Board is stronger and better equipped to consider matters from a broader perspective, understanding the views of our stakeholders as well as our shareholders and therefore come to decisions that have considered a wider range of issues and perspectives than would be the case in a more homogenous Board.

 

 

PICTURE 2

“We aim for a balanced Board with a wide range of backgrounds, skill and experiences and a diversity of outlook.”

Roberto Quarta

Chair of the Nomination

& Governance Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

69

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Composition, Succession and Evaluation continued

Nomination & Governance Committee report continued

We believe the Board’s composition gives us the necessary balance of diversity, skills, experience, independence and knowledge to ensure we continue to run the business effectively and deliver sustainable growth. In order to ensure that our Board remains diverse, we analyse the skills and experiences we require against the skills and experiences on our Board using the matrix above. We review this matrix regularly to ensure that it is refreshed to meet the changing needs of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CEO

   

Financial

   

International

   

Healthcare/
Medical Devices

   

Emerging market

Four members of the Board are either current or recent Chief Executive Officers.

 

Two members of the Board have recent and relevant financial experience.

 

Six members of the Board have international experience.

 

Five members of the Board have different levels of experience within the Healthcare industry.

 

Two members of the Board have Emerging Market experience.

UK Governance

 

Remuneration

 

Gender

 

Ethnic

 

Other

Five members of the Board have considerable experience of working in a UK listed environment and three members of the Board have experience of the US listed environment.

 

Five members of the Board have Remuneration Committee experience within a UK listed context.

 

Six members of the Board are male and three are female.

 

Eight members of the Board are white and one of Asian ethnicity.

 

Various Board members bring experiences in a variety of fields including customer focus, investment markets, government affairs, sustainability and digital.

Diversity is not simply a matter of gender, ethnicity, social or other easily measurable characteristics. Diversity of outlook and approach is harder to measure than gender or ethnicity but is equally important. A Board needs a range of skills from technical adherence to governance or regulatory matters to understanding the business in which we operate and the needs of our stakeholders. It needs some members with a long corporate memory and others who bring new insights from other fields.

There needs to be both support and challenge on the Board as well as a balance of gender, ethnicity, industry, commercial and international experience. When selecting new members for the Board, we take these considerations into account, as well as professional background. A new Board member needs to fit in with their fellow Board members, but should also provide a new way of looking at things.

During 2019, following the retirement of Ian Barlow and Michael Friedman and the resignation of Namal Nawana, 33.3% of our Board were female. Looking forward, we would intend to maintain this gender balance in-line with the Hampton-Alexander Review. Following the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2019, 20% of our Board were of non-white ethnicity, although this has fallen to 11% following the resignation of Namal Nawana.

We will also look to increase ethnic diversity on the Board following the Parker Review as appropriate. We will continue to appoint our Directors on merit, valuing the unique contribution that they will bring to the Board, regardless of gender, ethnicity or any other diversity measure.

Succession planning

Since the appointment of Namal Nawana as Chief Executive Officer in May 2018, we have initiated substantial changes to our structure to move to a franchise-led model. Throughout the year, the Board and Nomination & Governance Committee have monitored the consequent changes to the organisational structure and approved changes to key leadership roles. Individual directors have acted as a sounding board for the executive team when considering succession plans in key areas. In November, the Board as a whole reviewed succession plans for Executives below Board level. These plans included consideration of diversity in the Executive pipeline. Pages 58-61 gives details of the members of the Executive Committee, 25% of whom are female, with one member of Asian ethnicity. The Committee will continue to monitor diversity in the Executive pipeline.

Governance

During the year, the Nomination & Governance Committee also addressed a number of governance matters.

We received updates from the Company Secretary on new developments in corporate governance and reporting in the UK.

We reviewed the independence of our Non-Executive Directors, considered potential conflicts of interest and the diversity of the Board and made 
recommendations concerning these matters to the Board.

PICTURE 18

Roberto Quarta

Chair of the Nomination & Governance Committee

Looking forward

During 2020 our focus will include:

 

Monitoring the implementation of the revised Board and Committee structure to ensure that the Company continues to comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code.

 

Commence search for additional Non-Executive Director with international medical devices experience.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Responsibilities of the Nomination & Governance Committee

PICTURE 38  Timetable 2019

 

 

Early February

 

July

 

September

 

October

 

November

Board composition

– Reviewing the size and composition of the Board.

– Overseeing Board succession plans.

– Recommending the appointment of Directors.

– Monitoring Board diversity.

  

Approved the re-appointment of Directors who had completed three or six years’ service and the annual appointment of Directors serving in excess of six years.

Reviewed and updated the Committee membership.

  

Considered candidates for the role of Non-Executive Director with recent and relevant financial experience.

  

The Senior Independent Director provided an update to the Board on the progress of the appointment of a Non-Executive Director with recent and relevant financial experience.

  

Accepted the resignation of Namal Nawana with effect from 31 October 2019 and approved the appointment of Roland Diggelmann with effect from 1 November 2019.

  

The Senior Independent Director provided a further update on the progress of the appointment of a Non-Executive Director with recent and relevant financial experience.

Corporate Governance

– Overseeing governance aspects of the Board and its Committees.

– Overseeing the review into the effectiveness of the Board.

– Considering and updating the Schedule of Matters Reserved to the Board and the Terms of Reference of the Board Committees.

– Monitoring external corporate governance activities and keeping the Board updated.

– Overseeing the Board Development Programme and the induction process for new Directors.

 

Reviewed and approved the Schedule of Matters Reserved to the Board and the Terms of Reference of the Board Committees.

 

Agreed the commencement of the Board effectiveness review.

 

Received an update on the progress of the Board effectiveness review.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

71

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit, Risk and Control

Audit Committee report

2019 was another busy year for the Audit Committee, which met eight times during the year.

Membership

 

Member
from

Meetings
attended

Robin
Freestone (Chair)
1

September 2015

8/8

Ian Barlow1,2

May 2010

2/3

Roland
Diggelmann
3

March 2018

6/6

Erik Engstrom

January 2015

8/8

Marc Owen

October 2017

8/8

1

Designated financial experts under the SEC Regulations or recent and relevant financial experience under the UK Corporate Governance Code.

2

Ian Barlow retired from the Board and the Committee at the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2019, having completed nine years’ service. He missed one Audit Committee meeting on 20 February 2019 due to a funeral.

3

Roland Diggelmann resigned as Non-Executive Director and became Chief Executive Officer on 1 November 2019. He resigned from the Committee on 21 October 2019.

PICTURE 43

“…the Committee has met its commitments to provide assurance in respect of various non-routine matters.”

Robin Freestone

Chair of the Audit Committee

In addition to discharging its role in accordance with its Terms of Reference, the Committee has met its commitments to provide assurance in respect of various non-routine matters. Areas of scrutiny for the Committee in 2019 have included:

– Reviewing the new franchise-based organisational structure which came into effect from January 2019 and has appeared to work well so far. The impact of that was to move to reportable segments for our three main franchises: Orthopaedics, Sports Medical & ENT and Advanced Wound Management to provide our investors and other stakeholders additional information. This franchise-based structure will continue under Roland’s leadership. The Committee has continued to monitor this move and review the updated reporting provided to the Committee and of course the half-year results.

– Reviewed accounting matters and judgements relating to various acquisitions during the year.

– Continued vigilance over our IT control environment and cybersecurity.

– Monitoring the Principal Risks identified in the 2018 Annual Report and approving two additional risks identified by management for 2019: Supply and Financial.

In 2019 the Committee oversaw the implementation of the new IFRS 16 Leases standard. A detailed analysis of the impact of this new standard including due diligence to ensure all leases were captured resulted in the initial recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of $164 million on the balance sheet on 1 January 2019.

The Committee has received regular updates from the Company Secretary regarding the 2018 Corporate Governance Code even though there have been few changes affecting the Audit Committee. In 2020 we will consider the impact of the Brydon Review, which was published at the end of 2019.

KPMG have now completed their fifth year’s audit and continued to provide robust challenge to both management and the Committee. The Committee challenged management on matters such as field-based assets in the Orthopaedics franchise, intangible assets, segmental reporting and accounts receivable, which KPMG also challenged. KPMG also provided challenge on cybersecurity matters, which like many companies, received increased vigilance during 2018 and 2019. Management provided additional updates to ensure the Committee was appropriately satisfied.

We have negotiated fees that will continue to be reviewed for good market practice. We have also agreed arrangements for rotation of the senior partner in accordance with recommendations set out in the Financial Reporting Council’s (‘FRC’) Guidance for Audit Committees 2016 and as required by the Securities Exchange Commission (‘SEC’).

Finally, we were pleased to see the improved results from the Financial Reporting Council following its review of KPMG’s audit of FTSE companies financial statements for 2018. This gave the Committee further comfort on KPMG’s audit quality.

Our focus for 2020 will include:

Group’s restructuring programmes.

 

Risk management process – aligned to the new strategy and organisational structure.

 

Monitor the two new principal risks set out in our risk report: Supply and Finance.

 

Ensuring that we review and consider all UK governance changes – such as the Brydon Review.

PICTURE 120

Robin Freestone

Chair of the Audit Committee

 

The Terms of Reference of the Audit Committee describe the role and responsibilities more fully and can be found on our website at www.smith-nephew.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant matters related to the financial statements

We considered the following key areas of judgement in relation to the 2019 accounts and at each half-year and quarterly trading report, which we discussed in all cases with management and the external auditor:

Valuation of inventories

A feature of the Orthopaedics franchise (whose inventory makes up approximately 60% of the Group total inventory) is the high level of product inventory required, some of which is located at customer premises and is available for customers’ immediate use. Complete sets of products, including large and small sizes, have to be made available in this way. These sizes are used less frequently than standard sizes and towards the end of the product life cycle are inevitably in excess of requirements. Adjustments to carrying value are therefore required to be made to orthopaedic inventory to anticipate this situation. These adjustments are calculated in accordance with a formula based on levels of inventory compared with historical usage. This formula is applied on an individual product line basis and is first applied when a product group has been on the market for two years. This method of calculation is considered appropriate based on experience, but it does involve management estimation of customer demand, effectiveness of inventory deployment, length of product lives, phase-out of old products and efficiency of manufacturing planning systems.

Our action

At each quarter end, we received reports from, and discussed with, management the level of provisioning and material areas at risk. The provisioning level was 16% at 31 December 2019 (18% as at 31 December 2018). We challenged the basis of the provisions and concluded that the proposed levels were appropriate and have been consistently estimated.

Liability provisioning

The recognition of provisions for legal disputes is subject to a significant degree of estimation. Provision is made for loss contingencies when it is considered probable that an adverse outcome will occur and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. In making its estimates, management takes into account the advice of internal and external legal counsel and uses third party actuarial modelling where appropriate. Provisions are reviewed regularly and amounts updated where necessary to reflect developments in the disputes. The ultimate liability may differ from the amount provided depending on the outcome of court proceedings and settlement negotiations or if investigations bring to light new facts.

Our action

As members of the Board, we receive regular updates from the Chief Legal and Compliance Officer. These updates form the basis for the level of provisioning. The Group carries a provision relating to potential liabilities arising on its portfolio of metal-on-metal hip products of $315 million as of 31 December 2019. We received detailed reports from management on this position, including the actuarial model used to estimate the provision, and challenged the key assumptions, including the number of claimants and projected value of each claim. The provisions for legal matters have increased by $138 million during the year, primarily due to an increase in the metal-on-metal provision and provisions recognised on acquisitions. There have been some smaller movements from other cases having been resolved. We have determined that the proposed levels of provisioning at year end of $355 million included within ‘provisions’ in Note 17.1 in 2019 ($217 million in 2018) were appropriate in the circumstances.

Impairment

In carrying out impairment reviews of acquisition intangible assets, a number of significant assumptions have to be made when preparing cash flow projections. These include the future rate of market growth, discount rates, the market demand for the products acquired, the future profitability of acquired businesses or products, levels of reimbursement and success in obtaining regulatory approvals. If actual results should differ or changes in expectations arise, impairment charges may be required, which would adversely impact operating results.

Our action

We reviewed management’s reports on the key assumptions with respect to acquisition intangible assets – particularly the forecast future cash flows and discount rates used to make these calculations. We concluded that the carrying value of these assets is appropriately supported by the cash flow projections. We have also considered the disclosure surrounding these reviews, and concluded that the review and disclosure were appropriate.

Taxation

The Group operates in numerous tax jurisdictions around the world and is subject to factors that may affect future tax charges. At any given time the Group has unagreed years outstanding in various countries and is involved in tax audits and disputes, some of which may take several years to resolve. Management considers the specific circumstances of each tax position and takes external advice, where appropriate, to assess the range of potential outcomes and estimate additional tax that may be due. The ultimate liability may differ from the amount provided depending on interpretations of tax law or settlement negotiations.

Our action

We annually review policies and approve the principles for management of tax risks. We review quarterly reports from management evaluating existing tax profile, tax risks and tax provisions. Based on a thorough report from management of tax liabilities and our challenge of the basis of any tax provisions recorded, we concluded that the levels of provisions and disclosures were appropriate.

Business combinations

The Group initially recognises the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and the consideration transferred in a business combination. Management is required to estimate the fair value of acquired intangible assets which involves, but is not limited to, forecasting revenue growth rates and determining the appropriate royalty rate.

Our action

The Group completed five business combinations in 2019, the most significant of which was Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. for $660 million. We reviewed management’s provisional fair value of consideration transferred, assets acquired and liabilities assumed and challenged the values of assets and liabilities that have been recognised. We also considered the useful economic lives of intangible assets acquired and whether they are appropriate. We also reviewed the disclosure of business combinations in Note 21 and considered them reasonable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

73

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit, Risk and Control continued

Audit Committee report continued

Regular private meetings have taken place between the Audit Committee and the external auditor (KPMG) and the Audit Committee and the Group Head of Internal Audit.

Other matters related to the financial statements

As well as the identified significant matters, other matters that the Audit Committee considered during 2019 were:

Post Retirement Benefits

The Group has post retirement defined benefit pension schemes, which require estimation in setting the assumptions. We received a report from management setting out their proposed assumptions for the UK and US schemes and concurred with management that these assumptions were appropriate.

Since the year end

Since the year end we have also reviewed the results for the full year 2019, Annual Report and Accounts for 2019, and have concluded that they are fair, balanced and understandable. In coming to this conclusion, we have considered the description of the Group’s strategy and key risks, the key elements of the business model, which is set out on pages 16–17, risks and the key performance indicators and their link to the strategy.

External auditor

Independence of external auditor

Following a competitive tender in 2014, KPMG was appointed external auditor of the Company in 2015. We are satisfied that KPMG are fully independent from the Company’s management and free from conflicts of interest. Our Auditor Independence Policy, which ensures that this independence is maintained, is available on the Company’s website.

We believe that the implementation of this policy helps ensure that auditor objectivity and independence is safeguarded. The policy also governs our approach when we require our external auditor to carry out non-audit services, and all such services are strictly governed by this policy.

The Auditor Independence Policy also governs the policy regarding audit partner rotation with the expectation that the audit partner will rotate at least every five years. Stephen Oxley has been in tenure for five years as our Audit Partner. It was therefore agreed that Kamran Zulfikar Walji would become the Company’s Audit Partner with effect from 1 January 2019. The Audit Committee confirms it has complied with the provision of the Competition and Markets Authority Order.

Effectiveness of external auditor

We conducted a review into the effectiveness of the external audit as part of the 2019 year end process, in-line with previous years. We sought the views of key members of the finance management team, considered the feedback from this process and shared it with management.

During the year, we also considered the inspection reports from the Audit Oversight Board in the UK and determined that we were satisfied with the audit quality provided by KPMG.

The Audit Committee regularly receives feedback from KPMG, including at each meeting where management present their summary of critical accounting estimates as at each quarter end.

Overall therefore, we concluded that KPMG had carried out their audit for 2019 effectively.

The Audit Committee continues to review not only the effectiveness of the external auditor, KPMG, but also its market competitiveness.

Appointment of external auditor at Annual General Meeting

Resolutions will be put to the Annual General Meeting to be held on 9 April 2020 proposing the re-appointment of KPMG as the Company’s auditor and authorising the Board to determine its remuneration, on the recommendation of the Audit Committee in accordance with the Competition and Markets Authority (CMA) Order 2014.

Disclosure of information to the auditor

In accordance with Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006, the Directors serving at the time of approving the Directors’ Report confirm that, to the best of their knowledge and belief, there is no relevant audit information of which the Auditor, KPMG, is unaware and the Directors also confirm that they have taken reasonable steps to be aware of any relevant audit information and, accordingly, to establish that the Auditor is aware of such information.

Non-Audit Fees Paid to the auditor

Non-audit fees are subject to approval in-line with the Auditor Independence Policy which is reviewed annually and forms part of the Terms of Reference of the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee recognises the importance of the independence of the external auditor and ensures that the Auditor’s independence should not be breached. The Audit Committee ensures that the Auditor does not receive a fee from the Company or its subsidiaries that would be deemed large enough to impact its independence or be deemed a contingent fee. The total fees for permitted non-audit services shall be no more than 70% of the average of the fees paid in the last three consecutive financial years for the statutory audits of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Any pre-approved aggregate, individual amounts up to $25,000 may be authorised by the Group Treasurer and Senior
Vice-President Group Finance respectively and amounts up to $50,000 by the Chief Financial Officer. Any individual amount over $50,000 must be pre-approved by the Chairman of the Audit Committee. If unforeseen additional permitted services are required, or any which exceed the amounts approved, again pre-approval by the Chairman of the Audit Committee is required.

The following reflects the non-audit fees incurred with KPMG in 2019, which were approved by the Chair of the Audit Committee:

 

 

 

 

2019
$ million

2018
$ million

Audit related services

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The ratio of non-audit fees to audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2019 is 0.04. The ratio of non-audit fees to audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2018 was 0.00.

Full details are shown in Note 3.2 of the Notes to the Group accounts.

Audit Fees paid to the auditor

Fees for professional services provided by KPMG, the Group’s independent auditor in each of the last two fiscal years, in each of the following categories were:

 

 

 

 

2019
$ million

2018
$ million

Audit fees

6.5
6.0

Audit related fees

0.3

Total

6.8
6.0

Internal audit

The Internal Audit team, which reports functionally to the Audit Committee, carries out risk-based reviews across the Group. These reviews examine the management of risks and controls over financial, operational, IT and transformation programme activities.

The audit team, led by the Group Head of Internal Audit, consists of appropriately qualified and experienced employees. Third parties may be engaged to support audit work as appropriate.

The Group Head of Internal Audit has direct access to, and has regular meetings with, the Audit Committee Chair and prepares formal reports for Audit Committee meetings on the activities and key findings of the function, together with the status of management’s implementation of recommendations. The Audit Committee has unrestricted access to all internal audit reports, should it wish to review them.

During the year, the team completed 40 risk-based audits and reviews across the Group. These included Financial and Operational Market-based reviews covering the EMEA, APAC, US and LATAM Regions; Global Operations, including supply chain, IT and various programme assurance reviews ranging from SAP security, Brexit readiness, GDPR compliance, and further work on EU MDR preparedness. Key issues noted during reviews included the need for systems user access rights to be automated. Management has taken swift action to implement Internal Audit’s recommendations.

A periodic review of the Internal Audit function is undertaken by an independent external consultant, in accordance with the guidelines of the Institute of Internal Auditors. Finally, the performance of the function is assessed using a structured questionnaire, allowing Non Executive and Executive and senior management, plus the external auditor, to comment on key aspects of the function’s performance. The Audit Committee, which re-approved the function’s charter in November 2019, has satisfied itself that adequate, objective internal audit standards and procedures exist within the Group and that the Internal Audit function is effective.

Risk management programme

Whilst the Board is responsible for ensuring oversight of strategic risks relating to the Company, determining an appropriate level of risk appetite, and monitoring risks through a range of Board and Board Committee processes, the Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring oversight of the processes by which operational risks, relating to the Company and its operations are managed and for reviewing financial risks and the operating effectiveness of the Group’s Risk Management process.

During the year, we reviewed our Risk Management processes and progress was discussed at our meetings in February, July and November. We approved the Risk Management Programme for 2019 and monitored performance against that plan specifically reviewing the work undertaken by the risk champions across the Group, identifying the risks which could impact their areas of our business.

The Risk Management programme in 2019 followed the updated risk management policy and manual rolled out across the Company in 2019. This programme combines a ‘bottom-up’ approach (whereby risks are identified within business areas by local risk champions working with their leadership teams), with a top-down approach (when the Executive Committee meets as the Risk Committee to consider the risks facing the Group at an enterprise level).

Throughout the year, the Audit Committee maintained oversight of this programme. We reviewed the principal risks identified and the heat maps prepared by management showing how these risks were being managed. We considered the two new principal risks and those risks where the risk profile was changing.

Since the year end, we have reviewed a report from the Group Head of Internal Audit into the effectiveness of the Risk Management Programme throughout the year. We considered the principal risks, the actions taken by management to review those risks and the Board risk appetite in respect of each risk.

We concluded that the Risk Management process during 2019 and up to the date of approval of this Annual Report was effective. Work will continue in 2020 and beyond to continue to enhance the process.

See pages 40–49 for further information on our Risk Management Process.

Viability statement

We also reviewed management’s work in conducting a robust assessment of those risks which would threaten our business model and the future performance or liquidity of the Company, including its resilience to the threats of viability posed by those risks in severe but plausible scenarios. This assessment included stress and sensitivity analyses of these risks to enable us to evaluate the impact of a severe but plausible combination of risks. We then considered whether additional financing would be required in such eventualities. Based on this analysis, we recommended to the Board that it could approve and make the Viability Statement on page 50–51.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

75

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit, Risk and Control continued

Responsibilities of the Audit Committee

PICTURE 44  Timetable 2019

 

 

 

  

Early February

  

Late February

  

April

  

May

  

July

  

September

  

October

  

November

 

2018 Preliminary Results

 

2018 Financial Statements and Notice of Annual General Meeting

 

Annual General Meeting

 

Q1 2019

 

H1 2019

 

 

 

Q3 2019

 

Financial accounting and reporting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Reviewing significant financial reporting judgements and accounting policies and compliance with accounting standards.

– Ensuring the integrity of the financial statements and their compliance with UK and US statutory requirements.

– Ensuring the Annual Report and Accounts are fair, balanced and understandable and recommending their adoption by the Board.

– Monitoring announcements relating to the Group’s financial performance.

 

Reviewed Q4 2018 reporting matters and accounting.

Noted draft 2018 results and Preliminary announcement.

Report from KPMG on 2018 results, audit and Sarbanes-Oxley (SoX).

Reviewed draft 2018 Annual Report including report of the Audit Committee.

Assessed compliance with UK and US governance requirements.

 

Approved the Annual Report and Accounts for 2018 including report of the Audit Committee – confirming fair, balanced and understandable.

Report from KPMG on 2018 statements – Unqualified Opinion.

Approved letter of representation for 2018.

Confirmed Going Concern and Viability Statement.

 

Debrief of 2018 annual report process and reviewed plan and timetable for 2019.

Reviewed summary of company audits.

Approved Senior Finance Officers Code of Ethics.

Approved the Company’s policy and report on Conflict Minerals for submission to NYSE.

 

Reviewed and endorsed 2019 Q1 Trading Report and announcement.

Noted KPMG’s update.

 

Reviewed and endorsed H1 results and announcement including review of areas of judgement.

Report from KPMG on H1 results.

Approved letter of representation for H1 2019.

 

 

 

Reviewed and endorsed Q3 Trading Report and announcement.

Report from KPMG.

Corporate governance update.

 

Reviewed accounting matters for 2019.

Considered and approved critical accounting policies and judgements in advance of 2019 year end.

Reviewed 2019 Annual Report design and delivery plans.

Reviewed KPMG’s Audit and Controls update.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal audit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Agreeing Internal Audit plans and reviewing reports of Internal Audit work.

– Monitoring the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function.

– Reviewing the control observations made by the Internal Auditor, the adequacy of management’s response to recommendations and the status of any unremediated actions.

 

Reviewed Year end Report.

 

Reviewed effectiveness of Internal Audit including the collation of senior stakeholder’s views.

 

Reviewed progress.

 

 

 

Reviewed progress.

 

Reviewed progress.

 

 

 

Reviewed progress and approved 2020 Charter and 2020 flexed Audit Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– On behalf of the Board, reviewing and ensuring oversight of the processes by which risks are managed, through regular functional reports and presentations and reporting any issues arising out of such reviews to the Board.

– Reviewing the process undertaken and deep-dive work required to complete the Viability Statement and recommending its adoption to the Board.

– Reviewing the impact of risk management and internal controls and working closely with the Compliance & Culture Committee.

– Overseeing risk management processes (see pages 40–41 for further details).

– Regularly reviewing the risk register.

 

Risk Management Update

Review of principal risks through endorsement of Viability Statement.

 

Confirmed effective system of risk management in place.

 

 

 

 

 

Received Risk management update.

 

 

 

Risk management update.

 

Enterprise Risk Management update.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Early February

  

Late February

  

April

  

May

  

July

  

September

  

October

  

November

 

2018 Preliminary Results

 

2018 Financial Statements and Notice of Annual General Meeting

 

Annual General Meeting

 

Q1 2019

 

H1 2019

 

 

 

Q3 2019

 

Strategic Planning

Internal controls

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Monitoring the effectiveness of internal controls and compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, specifically sections 302 and 404.

– Reviewing the operation of the Group’s risk mitigation processes and the control environment over financial risk.

 

Considered SoX and MAPs Update.

 

Reviewed effectiveness of Internal Controls over financial reporting and SoX.

Reviewed S302 and S906 certifications.

 

Considered Sarbanes-Oxley (SoX) and MAPs Planning for 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

Considered Sarbanes-Oxley (SoX) and MAPs progress.

 

 

 

Considered Sarbanes-Oxley (Sox) and MAPs progress.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fraud & whistle-blowing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Receiving reports on the processes in place to prevent fraud and to enable whistle-blowing.

– If significant, receive and review reports of potential fraud or whistle-blowing incidents. Reviewed Internal Audit Report on Fraud.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External auditor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Overseeing the Board’s relationship with the external auditor.

– Monitoring and reviewing the independence and performance of the external auditor and evaluating their effectiveness.

– Making recommendations to the Board for the appointment or re-appointment of the external auditor.

– Monitoring and approving the external auditor’s fees.

 

Confirmed independence of KPMG.

 

Reviewed effectiveness and independence and concluded their effectiveness.

 

Noted External Audit Plan.

Approved external auditor fees for 2018.

 

 

 

Approved Engagement letter for 2019.

FRC Audit Quality Report.

KPMG update on US audit.

 

Approved KPMG 2019 Fee Schedule.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other matters

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approved Terms of Reference.

 

Reviewed Project reports including APEX.

Reviewed Brexit updates.

Noted consulting fees for 2018.

 

Treasury and pensions update.

Cybersecurity update.

Project reports including NAPO and APEX updates.

 

 

 

Cybersecurity update.

Approved Board expenses policy.

 

Update on tax matters.

Update on Cybersecurity.

Project reports including APEX.

 

 

 

Cybersecurity update.

APEX Update.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

77

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit, Risk and Control continued

Responsibilities of the Audit Committee continued

Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out in the financial review and principal risks on pages 36–48.

The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described on page 38–39.

In addition, the Notes to the Group accounts include the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group has considerable financial resources and its customers and suppliers are diversified across different geographic areas. As a consequence, the Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its business risk successfully despite the ongoing uncertain economic outlook.

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis for accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.

Management also believes that the Group has sufficient working capital for its present requirements.

Evaluation of internal controls

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a–15(f) and 15d–15(f) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

There is an established system of internal control throughout the Group and our country business units. The main elements of the internal control framework are:

– The management of each country and group function is responsible for the establishment, maintenance and review of effective financial controls within their business unit or function.

– The Group’s IT organisation is responsible for the establishment of effective IT controls within the core financial systems and underlying IT infrastructure.

– The Financial Controls & Compliance Group has responsibility for the review of the effectiveness of controls operating in the countries, functions and IT organisation, either by performing testing directly or reviewing testing performed in-country.

– The Group Finance Manual sets out financial and accounting policies, and is updated regularly. The Group’s Minimum Acceptable Practices (‘MAPs’) continued to be developed in 2019 including adding controls for leasing following the implementation of IFRS 16 and further alignment with our key Sarbanes-Oxley controls. The business is required to self-assess their level of compliance with the MAPs on a regular basis and remediate any gaps.

– MAPs compliance is validated through spot-checks conducted by the Financial Controls & Compliance Group and during both Internal Audit and external audit visits. Development of a technology solution to facilitate the real time monitoring of the operation and testing of controls has been undertaken in 2019, with a view to implementation in 2020.

– There are clearly defined lines of accountability and delegations of authority.

– The Internal Audit function executes a risk-based annual work plan, as approved by the Audit Committee.

– The Audit Committee reviews reports from Internal Audit on their findings on internal financial controls, including compliance with MAPs and from the SVP Group Finance and the heads of the Financial Controls & Compliance, Taxation and Treasury functions.

– The Audit Committee reviews regular reports from the Financial Controls & Compliance Group with regard to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act including the scope and results of management’s testing and progress regarding any remediation, as well as the aggregated results of MAPs self-assessments performed by the business.

– Following acquisition in April 2019, Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. (‘Osiris’) has been excluded from the scope of our assessment of internal controls as at 31 December 2019 as permitted by guidance provided by the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in the year of acquisition. Osiris represented 2% of the Group’s Revenue in 2019 and less than 1% of the Group’s Total Assets.

– Business continuity planning, including preventative and contingency measures, back-up capabilities and the purchase of insurance.

– Risk management policies and procedures including segregation of duties, transaction authorisation, monitoring, financial and managerial review and comprehensive reporting and analysis against approved standards and budgets.

– A treasury operating framework and Group treasury team, accountable for all treasury activities, which establishes policies and manages liquidity and financial risks, including foreign exchange, interest rate and counterparty exposures. Treasury policies, risk limits and monitoring procedures are reviewed regularly by the Audit Committee, or the Finance & Banking Committee, on behalf of the Board.

– Our published Group tax strategy which details our approach to tax risk management and governance, tax compliance, tax planning, the level of tax risk we are prepared to accept and how we deal with tax authorities, which is reviewed by the Audit Committee on behalf of the Board.

– The Audit Committee reviews the Group whistle-blower procedures to ensure they are effective.

– The Audit Committee continued to receive and review reports on the progress of the Finance Transformation element of the APEX programme during 2019 and the mitigation of the associated risks.

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This system of internal control has been designed to manage rather than eliminate material risks to the achievement of our strategic and business objectives and can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. Because of inherent limitation, our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. In addition, our projections of any evaluation of effectiveness in future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Entities where the Company does not hold a controlling interest have their own processes of internal controls.

We have reviewed the system of internal financial control and satisfied ourselves that we are meeting the required standards both for the year ended 31 December 2019 and up to the date of approval of this Annual Report. No concerns were raised with us in 2019 regarding possible improprieties in matters of financial reporting.

This process complies with the Financial Reporting Council’s ‘Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting’ on the UK Corporate Governance Code and additionally contributes to our compliance with the obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other internal assurance activities. There has been no change during the period covered by this Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

The Board is responsible overall for reviewing and approving the adequacy and effectiveness of the risk management framework and the system of internal controls over financial, operational (including quality management and ethical compliance) processes operated by the Group. The Board has delegated responsibility for this review to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee, through its Internal Audit function, reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of internal control procedures and identifies any significant weaknesses and ensures these are remediated within agreed timelines. The latest review covered the financial year to 31 December 2019 and included the period up to the approval of this Annual Report. The main elements of this review are as follows:

– The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures as at 31 December 2019.

– Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2019 in accordance with the requirements in the US under section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In making that assessment, they used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on their assessment, management concluded and reported that, as at 31 December 2019, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. Having received the report from management, the Audit Committee reports to the Board on the effectiveness of controls. KPMG, an independent registered public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2019.

Code of ethics for senior financial officers

We have adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, which applies to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the SVP Group Finance and the Group’s senior financial officers. There have been no waivers to any of the Code’s provisions nor have there been any substantive amendments to the Code during 2019 or up until 20 February 2020. A copy of the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers can be found on our website at www.smith-nephew.com.

In addition, every individual in the finance function certifies to the Chief Financial Officer that they have complied with the Finance Code of Conduct.

Evaluation of composition, performance and effectiveness of the audit committee

The composition, performance and effectiveness of the Audit Committee was evaluated this year in accordance with the EU Audit Reform. Its effectiveness is also reviewed in conjunction with the annual Board evaluation, conducted internally by the Senior Independent Director.

The review by the Audit Committee found the following and the below action will be taken during 2020:

 

 

 

Composition

 

An additional member of the Committee with recent and relevant financial experience will be appointed.

Performance & Effectiveness

 

The Audit Committee is well chaired, with a clear role, an efficient use of time and high quality information.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

79

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit, Risk and Control continued

 

Compliance & Culture Committee report

Oversight of culture in addition to our focus on compliance and quality.

Membership

 

 

 

 

Member
from

Meetings
attended

Marc Owen (Chair)

March 2018

4/4

Michael Friedman1

August 2014

2/2

Vinita Bali

April 2015

4/4

Ian Barlow2

October 2014

2/2

Virginia Bottomley3

April 2019

3/3

Roland Diggelmann4

April 2019

2/2

1

Michael Friedman retired from the Board and the Committee at the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2019.

2

Ian Barlow retired from the Board and the Committee at the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2019, having completed nine years’ service.

3

Virginia Bottomley joined the Compliance & Culture Committee on 11 April 2019.

4

Roland Diggelmann joined the Committee on 11 April 2019. He resigned as a Non-Executive Director and became Chief Executive Officer on 1 November 2019.

In 2019, we held four physical meetings. Each meeting was attended by all members of the Committee. The Company Secretary, the Chief Legal & Compliance Officer and the Chief Quality & Regulatory Affairs Officer, Chief HR Officer and Deputy Company Secretary also attended all or part of the meetings by invitation.

During 2019, the Terms of Reference and name of the Committee changed from the Ethics & Compliance to Compliance & Culture Committee. The Terms of Reference of the Compliance & Culture Committee describe the role and responsibilities more fully and can be found on our website at www.smith-nephew.com.

This decision was taken by the Board in 2018 as we felt that a Committee dedicated to compliance, culture, sustainability and our stakeholders and comprising Non-Executive Directors for the US, Europe and Asia would be able to focus more effectively on listening to the views of our employees and our stakeholders globally than some of the other alternatives under the 2018 Code.

At each meeting we continued to note and considered the activities of compliance and enforcement agencies (an important stakeholder of Smith+Nephew) and investigation of possible improprieties. At every meeting a report on the Quality and Regulatory Affairs (Q/RA) function was provided along with updates of product complaint trends. We also reviewed a report on the activities of the Group’s Ethics & Compliance Committee and reviewed the progress of the Global Compliance Programme, including the roll-out of the new Code of Conduct and Business Principles. In addition, from April 2019 our Human Resources function provided the Committee with further information on our culture, which we will use next year to take our programme forward. The Sustainability Strategy and framework, which now focuses on the key areas of People, Planet and Products. Sustainability is now the responsibility of Mark Gladwell, President of Operations and Global Business Services.

Oversight of quality & regulatory matters

Product safety is at the heart of our business. Regulatory authorities across the world enforce a complex series of laws and regulations that govern the design, development, approval, manufacture, labelling, marketing and sale of healthcare products. During the year, we received summary reports and provided oversight regarding the general quality and regulatory activities of our business. At each meeting, we received a report on quality and regulatory matters from the Chief Quality and Regulatory Affairs Officer.

We reviewed the results of external regulatory inspections and audits conducted by the FDA and other regulatory agencies. We also reviewed results of internal quality audits and metrics associated with critical quality processes. We monitored the work being undertaken to prepare our manufacturing and design sites for future inspections, including those associated with the EU Medical Device Regulation. During the year we also reviewed progress in areas of focus such as vigilance reporting, acquisition integrations and supplier quality management.

PICTURE 47

“Broadening our scope to oversee culture in addition to our focus on compliance and quality.”

Marc Owen

Chair of the Compliance &
Culture Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oversight of ethics & compliance

The sustainability of our business depends on ‘Doing the right thing’. During the year, we oversaw the ethics and compliance activities of our business. At each meeting we received a report on ethics and compliance matters from the Chief Legal & Compliance Officer.

We regularly review our compliance programme as it relates to healthcare professionals and third party sellers (such as distributors and sales agents), particularly in higher risk markets. For healthcare professionals, this includes policies, training and certification for employees and sales agents, as well as approval of consulting services and grants and fellowships. For distributors and other high risk third parties, our programme includes screening, contracts with compliance terms, compliance training and certification for employees and sales agents, as well as approval of consulting services and grants and fellowships.

We ensure that comprehensive due diligence is carried out prior to an acquisition and we ensure that following acquisitions new businesses are integrated rapidly into the Smith+Nephew compliance programme.

We oversee the employee compliance training programme, ensuring that all new employees are trained on our Code of Conduct and Business Principles, which sets out our basic legal and ethical principles for conducting business. During the year, we reviewed and approved updates to our Code of Conduct, including integration of our culture pillars of Care, Collaboration and Courage into the Code.

We are updated on significant calls made to our whistle-blower line, which enables employees and members of the public to contact us anonymously through an independent provider (where allowed by local law) and are updated on allegations of potentially significant improprieties and the Company’s response.

Oversight of culture

During 2019, the Company established its core purpose of Life Unlimited, and with this, supporting culture pillars of Care, Collaboration and Courage. Together with our new strategic imperatives, these have created greater alignment across our business and stronger understanding by employees of their role in supporting our collective success.

During the Board visit to our sites in Memphis in June 2019, members of the Compliance & Culture Committee met a wide range of employees who worked in one of our largest manufacturing operations. Some of these employees had worked for the Company for over 30 years, whilst others had only joined us in the past few months. Meeting and talking directly to these employees gave the members of the Compliance & Culture Committee and the full Board a deeper insight into the employee experience working for Smith+Nephew in one of our key sites.

In particular, we reviewed improvements made to the working conditions at our Memphis manufacturing site in the past 12 months. These included a fundamental facility improvement programme, which has led to a healthier, safer and more caring working environment for employees both within the factory and the immediate environment. Workflow processes and floor layouts had also been improved leading to increased efficiencies. We also saw how there was an increased sense of pride in work and a feeling of camaraderie amongst employees who had actively collaborated in the improvement programme. As a result of these improvements, the Board has seen staff turnover levels reducing and diversity levels improving. During our visit to the product development areas we observed how the teams were working together with key external stakeholders to better understand their needs and translate those needs into innovative new products.

Live global employee webcasts led by our Chief Executive Officer and members of the Executive Committee have been well-received. These forums provide employees with a greater understanding of our company performance and strategy and the role they play in it, as well as an opportunity to directly interact with senior leadership and voice questions or comments. Conducted in an informal and open style, these webcasts further reinforce our culture. Both employees and senior leadership have benefited from the insights shared during the webcasts. The Board as a whole are mindful that we too would like similar or further interaction with employees directly and this will be a focus for 2020.

Feedback is gathered more formally on an annual basis through our employee engagement survey. This year for the first time, Smith+Nephew moved to the Gallup survey as its measurement tool for its direct correlation between engagement and business performance. This allows us to benchmark against similar companies in our industry, and more importantly, provides direct tools and resources to increase engagement at the point of highest impact: between manager and employee. We were delighted to receive feedback from 84% of our employees. Managers have access to a wide variety of resources and tools to help them build on strengths and address areas of opportunity within their teams, further supporting our culture pillars. Together with their teams, managers have reviewed the results from the annual survey and are implementing actions to address these results. This will continue into 2020 and we will again measure engagement and identify areas of progress and opportunity through the annual survey process.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

81

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit, Risk and Control continued

Compliance & Culture Committee report continued

Our focus for 2020 will include:

 

Develop a programme of Board listening sessions to enable the Board to further monitor and assess the corporate culture.

 

Review employee feedback gathered through the annual survey and other mechanisms to ensure the Board is aware of and able to ensure that opportunities are leveraged and any issues resolved.

 

Ensure oversight of the Company’s Sustainability programme and relationships with key stakeholders.

 

Provide Committee Members with expanded opportunities to receive direct employee feedback at multiple sites globally.

For specific issues where employees may not feel comfortable articulating their views we have a whistle-blowing policy and confidential hotline.

This was my first report as Chair of the Compliance & Culture Committee. In 2019 we laid the foundations for further work to be completed in 2020 that will allow the Board to focus on culture, the employee voice and our stakeholders.

PICTURE 48

Marc Owen

Chair of the Compliance & Culture Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Responsibilities of the Compliance & Culture Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 52  Timetable 2019

 

 

February

 

April

 

June

 

July

 

November

Compliance

– Overseeing ethics and compliance programmes, strategies and plans.

– Monitoring ethics and compliance process improvements and enhancements.

– Assessing compliance performance based on monitoring, auditing and internal and external investigations data.

– Reviewing allegations of significant potential compliance issues.

– Receiving reports from the Group’s Ethics & Compliance Committee meetings and from the Chief Legal and Compliance Officer.

  

Noted the Code of Conduct & Business Principles would be updated to reflect the new purpose and culture pillars.

Received an update on Compliance Validation Assignments.

  

Reviewed a progress report on the changes being made to the Code of Conduct.

Reviewed the due diligence and integration processes in respect of recently announced acquisitions.

Approval of the Modern Slavery Statement for the year ended 31 December 2018.

  

Approval of the Code of Conduct 2019 (by written resolution).

  

Reviewed significant findings from monitoring auditing, and progress on Corrective and Preventative Actions.

Reviewed a report on the integration of Osiris.

  

Noted feedback received on the Code of Conduct launched in August.

Received an update on the audit of the Compliance Validation assignment Programme.

Culture

– Oversight of our relationship with stakeholders, including the employee voice and sustainability.

 

Approved updated Terms of Reference.

Noted the changes in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, 2018 Board Effectiveness Guidelines and employee voice.

Update from management on activities, including brand purpose and Culture pillars, dashboards used and engagement/survey.

 

Prepared for the Board visit to Memphis to hear the employee voice.

 

 

 

Received an update on the Company’s culture transition.

Reviewed the Engagement Survey results and noted the focus for the next steps.

Reviewed the Valuing Difference Programme and Sustainability Programme.

Noted the Board’s engagement at the Memphis site in June.

 

Received an update on the actions undertaken in respect of the culture transition process.

Endorsed the new strategy and framework to be incorporated into the Sustainability Policy, to be put forward to the Board for approval in 2020.

Quality and Regulatory Affairs (Q/RA)

– Overseeing the processes by which regulatory and quality risks relating to the Company and its operations are identified and managed.

– Receiving and assessing regular functional reports and presentations from the Chief Quality and Regulatory Affairs Officer or the SVP Quality Operations.

 

Reviewed Quality and Regulatory report noting status of various Quality and Regulatory metrics and initiatives.

Received an update on the plans to address the potential impact on the Group of both the EU Medical Device Regulations (EU MDR) and Brexit.

 

Reviewed Quality and Regulatory report noting status of various Quality and Regulatory metrics and initiatives including updates on Regulatory Agency and Notified Body interactions.

 

 

 

Reviewed Quality and Regulatory report noting status of various quality and regulatory metrics and initiatives including updates on field actions, complaints.

 

Reviewed the Global Quality Report which included updates in respect of FDA inspection readiness, supplier quality management and EU MDR.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

83

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stakeholder Statement

Our approach to stakeholders

Directors’ duties

The Board is mindful of Smith+Nephew’s key stakeholders listed below and has taken them into consideration in accordance with the Code. The Board, advised by the Company Secretary is, mindful of its section 172 duties, when it determines the impact of decisions upon all stakeholders under the Companies Act. Out of that Section 172 duty, the principal stakeholders of Smith+Nephew and the impact we have upon them is discussed below. Please read the Sustainability Report at www.smith-nephew.com for more information on the Board and Smith+Nephew’s work on community and environment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees

We’re proud of our employees and in turn we want them to be proud of working at Smith+Nephew. This can only be done if we really listen to their concerns and take appropriate action.

    

Their concerns

– That the Board ensure that when making strategic decisions the impact upon our employees is fully considered.

– Opportunities for development and progression.

– Flexible working for all.

– Diversity and inclusion, globally. We are a global company.

    

How we engage

The Board regularly takes the opportunity to meet with staff at all levels in the organisation when making site visits across our operations. Regular staff surveys are undertaken, which the Board reviews and follows up on outcomes. The Compliance & Culture Committee reviews certain workplace policies and whistle-blowing incidents, ensuring that appropriate follow up is implemented as necessary.

    

2019 Highlights

– The Board considered the impact on current and prospective employees when making strategic decisions, including the acquisition of Osiris, Leaf and Brainlab.

– The Board met with a wide cross section of employees at two of our major sites in Memphis (US). We observed the positive changes being made to the Memphis factory to improve both the operational performance and the working environment for our employees and listened to employees view as we walked the floor.

– The Compliance & Culture Committee assumed responsibility for overseeing our corporate culture and workplace policies and reported back regularly to the Board. It was felt three NEDs from the US, Europe and Asia concentrating on this topic as part of the Committee worked better for us than one nominated NED or an employee appointed representative on the Board.

    

2020 Actions

– Programme of employee engagement will be developed and implemented further during 2020.

– Board Listening sessions to include discussion on executive pay.

    

» Compliance & Culture Committee page 80

» People page 24

Customer & suppliers

Our Customers and Suppliers need to be nurtured in order for our business to grow and develop.

 

Their concerns

– Prompt and fair payment.

– Listening to their requirements.

– Quality and Regulatory.

 

How we engage

Board meeting updates from the management team and Compliance & Culture Committee on relationships with our key customers and suppliers and how these relationships are evolving as we respond to different market conditions and environments.

 

2019 Highlights

– We met with the Chief Executive Officer, the Head of Procurement and the Chief Medical Officer at Schulthess Hospital in Zurich, Switzerland, the largest Orthopaedics hospital in Europe. This gave us a better understanding of the requirements of the surgeons who use our products and the considerations of the procurement function as one of our major customers.

– The Compliance & Culture Committee assumed responsibility for overseeing relationships with our key stakeholders including customers and suppliers.

 

2020 Actions

– Brexit plans to be implemented to prioritise the supply of products to our customers and provide all that they require.

– Focus of R&D programme is developing products to benefit the patients of the future.

 

» Suppliers page 31

» Compliance & Culture Report page 80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investors

The owners of our business.

    

Their concerns

– Strategy.

– Performance.

– Leadership.

– Succession Planning.

– Remuneration.

    

How we engage

The Board meets with retail investors at the Annual General Meeting and responds to letters and emails from shareholders throughout the year.

Members of the Board are always happy to engage with investors, if they have matters they wish to raise with the non-executive team. The Chair and other Board members report back to the Board following their meetings with investors. A short report on our major shareholders and any significant changes in their holdings since the previous meeting is reviewed at each Board meeting. Copies of the analyst reports on the Company and its peers are also circulated to Directors.

    

2019 Highlights

– The Executive Directors held 108 meetings with investors representing 44.1% of the Company’s share capital. They discussed a range of topics including M&A, Robotics, margin, organisational structure and guidance.

– The Chair, Roberto Quarta, held 13 meetings and telephone calls with investors holding approximately 23.5% of the Company’s share capital. They discussed a range of topics including the performance of the Company, the change in Chief Executive Officer and the remuneration of Roland Diggelmann as our new Chief Executive Officer.

– The Chair of the Remuneration Committee, Angie Risley reached out to our top 28 shareholders holding over 50% of the Company’s shares and received responses from 26 shareholders collectively holding 46.8% of the Company’s share capital in connection with the 2020 Remuneration Policy and Roland Diggelmann’s compensation as the newly appointed Chief Executive Officer with effect from 1 November 2019.

    

2020 Actions

– The Board will continue to receive regular updates at Board meetings on management and Chair meetings with investors and will review regular analyst reports.

– The management team and the Chair and Non-Executive Directors will continue to engage with shareholders. If you have matters to raise with the non-executive team, please contact the Company Secretary.

– Continue to engage on all matters of governance, including Remuneration.

    

» Remuneration Report page 86

Government & regulators

In many countries, our principal customers are governments, who purchase our products for their national health systems. It is important that we maintain good relationships with governments so that we continue to develop cost efficient solutions to their national healthcare issues.

 

Their concerns

– Product safety.

– Competition issues.

– Compliance with local legal regulatory requirements.

– Social and economic concerns.

 

How we engage

We operate in a heavily regulated industry and our businesses across the world are regulated by many different authorities in different jurisdictions.

 

2019 Highlights

– The Compliance & Culture Committee received regular reports from the Quality and Regulatory function on regulatory activities and the results of regulatory inspections.

– The Compliance & Culture Committee received regular reports from the Legal & Compliance function on the activities of key agencies relating to ethics and compliance matters.

– The Compliance & Culture Committee received regular reports regarding the EU MDR, which will become effective in May 2020.

– The Board and the Audit Committee received regular updates relating to the progress towards Brexit and management plans to manage the transition as smoothly as possible.

 

2020 Actions

– The Compliance & Culture Committee will continue to oversee relationships between the Company and our regulators.

– The Board and the Audit Committee will continue to monitor management preparations and implementation of processes for Brexit.

 

» Compliance & Culture Report page 80

» Audit Report page 72

The Directors Report comprises pages 5, 24–25, 28-29, 32–33, 39, 40–49, 52, 63, 66, 68-70, 74-82, 84-85, 161-162, 184, 189-192, 205-211 and was approved by the Board on 20 February 2020.

PICTURE 7

Susan Swabey

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

85

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration

Directors’ Remuneration report

Our focus in 2020 will be on implementing the new Remuneration Policy and on continuing to align our remuneration arrangements with the new Strategic Imperatives of the Company.

Membership

 

 

 

 

Member
from

Meetings
attended

Angie Risley (Chair)

September 2017

8/8

Vinita Bali1

April 2015

7/8

Virginia Bottomley

April 2014

8/8

Robin Freestone

September 2015

8/8

Roberto Quarta

April 2014

8/8

1

Vinita Bali attended all meetings except for one, which was convened at short notice, when she had an unavoidable prior appointment.

Dear Shareholder,

2019 was a busy year for the Remuneration Committee. Our prime focus was on developing our new Remuneration Policy, which is being presented to you for approval at the Annual General Meeting on 9 April 2020. In addition, we considered remuneration arrangements for the outgoing and incoming Chief Executive Officer.

Review of 2019 Performance

During the year, the Company delivered underlying revenue growth of 4.4% and a 40bps improvement in trading profit margin, excluding the one-off legal gain in 2018 in-line with guidance. Performance improved over the course of the year, with 3.9% underlying revenue growth in the first half and 4.9% in the second half. All three global franchises delivered an improved revenue growth performance over the prior year. Our orthopaedics franchise delivered 4.0% underlying revenue growth (2018: 3%), Sports Medicine & ENT achieved 7.0% (2018: 2%), and Advanced Wound Management delivered 2.2% (2018: 0%). Our Emerging Markets delivered 16.1%, and now account for 19% of Group revenue.

Aligning pay for performance is an important principle in our remuneration strategy. Members of the Audit Committee joined us to consider our results and determine the extent to which performance against the targets in our incentive plans was met. Taking into account this financial performance along with consideration of how our Executive Directors performed against their business performance objectives, the Committee determined that the 2019 Cash Incentive Plan would pay out at 106.7% of salary for Namal Nawana and 102.7% of salary for Graham Baker, resulting in payments of $1,674,653 and £569,606 respectively and an Equity Incentive Award for Namal of 55% and for Graham of 50% of salary. This reflected revenue performance between target and maximum, trading profit margin on target and trading cash flow performance between threshold and target. Reviewing the performance of the Company as a whole, the Committee was confident that these outcomes appropriately reflected our underlying performance over the year as a whole.

The Committee also reviewed performance over the past three years and determined that 98% of the target Performance Share Programme awards would vest. This reflected a maximum performance against the Cash Flow target and strong performances against the TSR and ROIC targets and below threshold performance global revenue growth.

Remuneration Policy

Smith+Nephew has gained renewed drive and impetus over the last couple of years, with the results being reflected in both our financial performance and shareholders’ view of the Company. The business has a new purpose and culture, a renewed commitment to innovation, and is demonstrating an improved growth trajectory. In developing the new Policy, the Committee wanted to ensure that our remuneration framework harnesses this new energy and continues to align employees with Smith+Nephew’s strategic goals as we look forward.

As a result, we are proposing a number of changes to how we pay our Executive Directors. The changes are intended to ensure that remuneration remains fit for purpose in future years, and is best able to motivate employees to deliver the next phase of Smith+Nephew’s growth. In addition, we have taken the opportunity to make a number of changes to respond to recent governance developments, adopting a best practice approach against the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’). 

 

 


Culture Committee

 

PICTURE 51

“Our new Policy provides a simplified framework that motivates Executives to deliver outstanding performance both in the short and long-term and adopts a best practice approach against the new Code.”

Angie Risley

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The changes are intended to:

– Increase strategic alignment to drive profitable and sustained growth.

– Simplify and address challenges with the previous framework, including a move from three incentive plans to two.

– Provide a more aspirational incentive framework which motivates and drives outstanding Smith+Nephew performance.

– Ensure any increase in overall opportunity is through long-term performance-related pay and subject to outperformance. To this end we would highlight that:

• There is no material increase in total remuneration for delivery of below-threshold, threshold or on-target performance;

• There is no increase in short-term incentive opportunity, and indeed there is a significant reduction in short-term pay for delivery of threshold and on-target performance.

– Continue to respond to governance developments.

Over the course of 2019, we undertook an extensive engagement programme with shareholders. We engaged with holders of nearly 50% of our share capital, along with their representative bodies and proxy voting agencies. I would like to take this opportunity to thank all those we met or spoke to for their constructive challenge and comments.

The overall tone of the feedback was very positive. Shareholders welcomed the increased emphasis on long-term sustainable performance, greater simplicity, and the steps we were taking to address the Code provisions. We listened to, and discussed all feedback received, and as a result made some changes to the initial proposals, including around the pace of pension reduction and the maximum opportunity under the Performance Share Programme.

Full details are given in the Policy Report on pages 90–100, but the key changes in the new Policy are summarised below (for completeness, changes to the performance measures are also shown, although it is recognised these are a change in implementation rather than the Policy itself).

A summary of the new framework and how it compares to the previous one is set out on page 89.

We would ask you to support our new Remuneration Policy, which we believe will continue to ensure that Executive Directors are aligned with our strategic objectives, rewarded for delivering long-term profitable growth, and in doing so to create shareholder value.

Departure of Namal Nawana, CEO

As announced on 21 October 2019, Namal and the Board came to a mutual agreement that he would step down as Chief Executive Officer with effect from 1 November 2019, but continued to be employed until 31 December 2019.

The Committee gave careful consideration to the termination arrangements for Namal, further details of which are provided on page 115 in the Implementation Report. In summary, the following treatment was applied:

– Salary, benefits and pension contributions continued up to 31 December 2019, when Namal ceased to be an employee.

– A payment in respect of salary, benefits and pension contributions for the balance of his 12-month notice period (1 January to 20 October 2020) when he resigned from the Board.

– Entitlement to participate in the 2019 Annual Cash Incentive Plan and receive an Equity Incentive Award in 2020 in respect of performance in 2019 (effectively the deferred element).

– As a result of his departure being mutually agreed, his outstanding 2019 Equity Incentive Award will be preserved and vest on the original vesting dates, while his outstanding 2018 and 2019 Performance Share Programme awards will be pro-rated for service and will vest on their original vesting dates, subject to their performance conditions. The two-year holding period on these awards will continue to apply.

– A 12-month non-compete period, commenced on 1 January 2020.

The Committee considers that this treatment observes Namal’s contractual entitlements and the requirements of US law.

Appointment of Roland Diggelmann

As announced on 21 October 2019, Roland Diggelmann, who had previously been one of our Non-Executive Directors, was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 1 November 2019. Roland is based in Switzerland at our European headquarters and is therefore employed under a Swiss employment contract. He was employed under the terms of the 2017 Remuneration Policy on a base salary of CHF 1,380,000, which was around 10% lower than Namal’s base salary based on an exchange rate of CHF to US$ 1.0063. His next salary review will be in April 2021. He receives pension contributions of 12% of base salary into the Swiss Profond Pension Plan. This is in-line with the wider UK workforce. He did not participate in any short or long-term incentive arrangements in respect of 2019. He will be paid in accordance with the 2020 Remuneration Policy as detailed on pages 90 to 100, subject to its approval by shareholders.

Global Share Plan 2020

Our 2010 Global Share Plan is due to expire this year, so we are seeking approval for a new Global Share Plan 2020. This is an umbrella plan that we use to make awards throughout the business, including to our Executive Directors and Executive Officers. The terms of the new plan are broadly unchanged, but we have taken the opportunity to make some modest amendments to reflect updated wording on malus and clawback, allowing the Remuneration Committee the discretion to reduce an award if the outcome is unjustified and introducing a two-year post vesting holding period for Executive Directors.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

87

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Other Matters

During the year, we also reviewed a broad range of employee remuneration matters having oversight of company wide remuneration arrangements including gender pay ratio, CEO pay ratio and remuneration arrangements for sales representatives.

I would like to thank my fellow Committee members for their support during what has been a busy year, and look forward to your support at our 2020 AGM.

PICTURE 5

Angie Risley

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Looking Forward – Remuneration Committee’s focus for 2020

During 2020, the Remuneration Committee intends to:

 

 

Focus on ensuring that the 2020 Remuneration Policy is implemented effectively.

 

Keep under review how the new structure and performance measures bed into the business, to ensure that they are driving the right performance and behaviours not only at Executive Director level, but throughout the Company.

 

Continue to oversee remuneration arrangements across the Company as a whole, monitoring wider employee pay initiatives and our gender pay performance.

 

 

Measures in our variable pay plans

Performance measures in Annual Bonus Plan for 2020

Revenue (40%)

   

Top-line growth is essential for continued progress and long-term value creation.

Trading Margin (40%)

 

Trading margin focuses on profit and removes volatility.

Business Objectives (20%)

 

Individual business objectives linked to specific strategic objectives to ensure alignment across the Company.

Performance measures in our Performance Share Programme for 2020

Revenue Growth (25%)

 

Top-line growth leading to value creation is a key goal for Smith+Nephew over the next three to five years.

Winning market share is important to create a competitive advantage for Smith+Nephew in driving growth.

Return on Invested Capital (25%)

 

Provides focus on long-term efficiency and profitability.

Bottom-line performance provides balance to revenue measure.

Important measure for our investors.

Cumulative Free Cash Flow (25%)

 

Essential to fund investment, pay down debt and take advantage of market opportunities.

Important measure for our investors and forms part of management conversations with the market.

TSR performance against an Index (25%)

 

Total Shareholder Return aligns Executive reward to the shareholder experience.

An indexed approach avoids an anomalous result which can arise if there is a small number of extreme outliers in the group.

 

 

Compliance statement

We have prepared this Directors’ Remuneration Report (the Report) in accordance with The Enterprise and Regulatory Reform Act 2012–2013 (clauses 81–84) and The Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (the Regulations), The Companies (Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Directors’ Remuneration Report) Regulations 2019 and The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018. The Report also meets the relevant requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Listing Rules.

The first part of the Report (pages 90 to 100) is the Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report (the Policy Report) which will be put to shareholders for approval at the Annual General Meeting on 9 April 2020. The Policy Report describes our proposed Remuneration Policy as it relates to the Directors of the Company. All payments we make to any Director of the Company will be in accordance with this Remuneration Policy. This Policy, if approved by shareholders will remain unchanged until 2023 and it is intended that it will next be put to a shareholder vote at the Annual General Meeting to be held in 2023. In the event that the 2020 Remuneration Policy is not approved by shareholders, Executive Directors will be paid in accordance with the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders in 2017 until such time as a new Remuneration Policy is approved.

The second part of the Report (pages 101 to 120) is the annual report on remuneration (the Implementation Report). The Implementation Report will be put to shareholders for approval as an advisory vote at the Annual General Meeting on 9 April 2020. The Implementation Report explains how the Remuneration Policy was implemented during 2019. The following sections have been audited by KPMG: The Single Figure Tables on Remuneration including related notes (pages 104 to 115); details of awards made under the Performance Share Programme (pages 110 to 112); Summary of Scheme Interests during the year (page 114); Payments to Namal Nawana including loss of office (page 115); Payments made to past directors (page 115); Directors interests in ordinary shares (page 116); and Senior Management Remuneration (page 120).

 

 

 

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of changes between the existing and proposed Remuneration Policy

Achieve the full potential of our portfolio

 

 

Pricing and Reimbursement

 

New framework

 

Rationale for change from previous framework

Pension Contributions

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director future appointments – 12% of salary, in-line with what is available to the wider UK workforce.

Chief Financial officer – contribution rate will taper down, to 20% of salary in 2020, and 12% of salary in 2021.

 

Previously, UK-based Executive Directors were entitled to a pension contribution of 30% of salary. Reduction to bring Executive Directors in-line with the wider employee population is aligned with the Code requirements.

Annual Bonus Plan

Structure

 

 

Cash Incentive Plan and Equity Incentive Plan combined into the single Annual Bonus Plan.

 

Simplified structure is more focused, easier for participants and shareholders to understand, and more effective in incentivising the right behaviours.

Opportunity

 

 

Overall maximum opportunity unchanged, while the target opportunity is reduced from 150% to 107.5% base salary.

 

Reduced short-term opportunity for target performance allows us to increase the emphasis on incentivising and rewarding sustainable long-term performance.

Gearing

 

 

Proportion paid out for on-target performance reduced from 70% of the maximum opportunity to 50%.

 

Brings greater alignment with typical UK practice and external expectations.

Deferral

 

 

Increase in the proportion of the overall bonus deferred from around a third (dependent on performance) to 50%.

Deferral timeframe extended from annual release over 3 years to cliff release after 3 years.

 

Greater deferral and longer timeframes increase long-term alignment with shareholders and reflect best practice in the market.

Performance measures

 

 

Simplified to focus on key drivers of performance:

– Revenue – 40%

– Trading margin – 40%

– Business objectives – 20%

 

Simplifies the previous framework, placing a strong focus on delivering sustainable and profitable growth.

Performance Share Programme

Opportunity

 

 

Increase in the maximum opportunity from 190% of salary to 275%.

 

Increased opportunity reflects the shift in emphasis away from short-term to long-term performance with higher reward for significant outperformance.

Performance measures

 

 

Performance measures are considered to remain appropriate and aligned with our strategy, so no major changes are proposed.

Relative TSR will be measured on an index rather than ranked basis going forward, to provide a fairer reflection of performance.

 

Focus has been on ensuring that we are setting appropriately stretching targets under these measures to recognise the increase in overall opportunity and reflect shareholder feedback in this area.

TSR peer groups remain the same with a FTSE 100 peer group and an S&P global healthcare peer group, but the move from a ranked approach to an indexed approach avoids anomalies arising from a small number of outliers in the peer group.

Post-cessation shareholding guidelines

Post-cessation shareholding guidelines introduced – Executive Directors required to hold their guideline in full (or actual holding if lower) for two years following departure.

 

Introduction of post-cessation guidelines extends alignment with shareholders, and adopts a best practice position with regards to the Code requirements in this area.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

89

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

The Policy report

The following section sets out our Directors’ Remuneration Policy (‘Policy’). This Policy will be submitted as a binding vote to shareholders at the 2020 AGM and will apply to payments made on or after 9 April 2020.

In designing the Policy, the Committee followed a robust process which included discussions on the content of the Policy at four Committee meetings. The Committee considered input from management and our independent advisors, and sought the views of the Company’s major shareholders and other stakeholders, including employees.

Changes to policy

The 2020 Remuneration Policy makes the following changes to the 2017 Remuneration Policy:

– For new appointments and the current Chief Executive Officer, the maximum cash allowance paid in lieu of pension has reduced from 30% to 12% of base salary, to bring it fully into line with the wider UK workforce. For the Chief Financial Officer, the maximum amount will taper over the life of the Policy such that it also reaches 12% of base salary by 1 January 2022, compared to 30% under the previous policy.

– The former Annual Cash Incentive Plan (CIP) and Annual Equity Incentive Plan (EIP) have been simplified and amalgamated into an integrated Annual Bonus Plan, which is structured as a 50% cash bonus and 50% deferred share award:

• The aggregate maximum opportunity of 215% of base salary is unchanged;

• The aggregate target opportunity has reduced from 70% of maximum to 50% of maximum;

• If considering the former Equity Incentive Plan as a form of deferred bonus, for the annual incentive arrangements as a whole the amount deferred into shares has been increased from around a third of the total amount to 50%, with the time period for release lengthened from evenly over three years to all after three years.

– The maximum annual opportunity under the Performance Share Programme has been increased from 190% to 275% of base salary.

– Incorporates post-employment shareholding guidelines, which have been introduced from 1 January 2020.

Future policy table – Executive Directors

Base salary and benefits

 

 

 

 

 

Base salary

Core element of remuneration, paid for doing the expected day-to-day job.

How the component operates

    

Maximum levels of payment

    

Framework in which performance is assessed

Salaries are normally reviewed annually with any increase applying from 1 April. Salary levels and increases take account of:

– Scope and responsibility of position;

– Skill/experience and performance of the individual Executive Director;

– General economic conditions in the relevant geographical market;

– Average increases awarded across the Company, with particular regard to increases in the market in which the Executive Director is based; and

– Market movements within a peer group of similarly sized listed companies.

 

The base salary of the Executive Directors with effect from 1 April 2020 will be as follows:

– Roland Diggelmann CHF 1,380,000.

– Graham Baker £568,277.

While there is no maximum salary level, any increases will normally be in-line with the wider employee population within the relevant geographic area.

Higher increases may be made under certain circumstances, at the Committee’s discretion. For example, this may include:

– increase in the scope and/or responsibility of the individual’s role; and

– development of the individual within the role.

A full explanation will be provided in the Implementation Report should higher increases be approved in exceptional cases.

In addition, where an Executive Director has been appointed to the Board at a lower than typical salary, larger increases may be awarded to move them closer to market practice as their experience develops.

 

Performance in the prior year is one of the factors taken into account and poor performance is likely to lead to a zero salary increase.

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension and payment in lieu of pension

Provide Executive Directors with an allowance for retirement planning.

How the component operates

    

Maximum levels of payment

    

Framework in which performance is assessed

Executive Directors receive a cash allowance in lieu of membership of a Company-run pension scheme.

In jurisdictions where the local law requires employees to participate in a Company–run pension scheme, Executive Directors participate in the local pension scheme to the extent of the amount paid in respect of the majority of our UK-based workforce.

Base salary is the only component of remuneration which is pensionable.

 

The current Chief Executive Officer participates in the Swiss pension plan, and the Company contribution is 12% of his base pay in-line with the wider UK workforce. For any newly appointed Executive Directors, the maximum cash allowance payable in lieu of a pension is 12% of base salary.

For the current Chief Financial Officer, the maximum cash allowance payable in lieu of a pension over the life of this Policy will be as follows:

– 2020: 20% of base salary.

– 2021: 12% of base salary.

 

None.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits

Provide employees with a market competitive benefits package.

How the component operates

    

Maximum levels of payment

    

Framework in which performance is assessed

A wide range of benefits may be provided depending on the benefits provided for comparable roles in the location in which the Executive Director is based.

These benefits will include, as a minimum: healthcare cover, life assurance, long-term disability, annual medical examinations, company car or car allowance. The Committee retains the discretion to provide additional benefits, where necessary or relevant in the context of the Executive Director’s location.

Where applicable, relocation costs may be provided in-line with the Company’s relocation policy for senior executives, which may include, amongst other items: removal costs, assistance with accommodation, living expenses for self and family and financial consultancy advice. In some cases, such payments may be grossed up.

 

While no maximum level of benefits is prescribed, they are set at an appropriate market competitive level, taking into account a number of factors, which may include:

– The jurisdiction in which the individual is based.

– The level of benefits provided for other employees within the Company.

– Market practice for comparable roles within appropriate pay comparators.

The actual amount payable will depend on the cost of providing such benefits to an employee in the location at which the Executive Director is based.

The Committee keeps the benefit policy and benefit levels under regular review.

 

None.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

91

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

The Policy report continued

All-employee arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

All-employee share plans

To enable Executive Directors to participate in all-employee share plans on a similar basis as other employees.

How the component operates

    

Maximum levels of payment

    

Framework in which performance is assessed

ShareSave Plans are operated in the UK and 32 other countries internationally. In the US, an Employee Stock Purchase Plan is operated. These plans enable employees to save on a regular basis and then buy shares in the Company. Executive Directors are able to participate in such plans on a similar basis to other employees, depending on where they are located.

 

Executive Directors may currently invest up to £500 per month in the UK ShareSave Plan, in-line with UK participants. The Committee may exercise its discretion to increase this amount up to the maximum permitted by HM Revenue & Customs. Similar limits will apply in different locations.

 

None.

 

Annual incentives

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Bonus Plan

Incentivises delivery of the business plan on an annual basis. Rewards performance against key performance indicators which are critical to the delivery of our business strategy.

How the component operates

    

Maximum levels of payment

    

Framework in which performance is assessed

The Annual Bonus Plan is designed to reward performance over the year against financial and business objectives determined at the start of the year.

At the end of the year, the Committee determines pay-out levels based on the extent to which performance against these objectives has been achieved.

The Committee has full discretion to adjust outcomes under the Annual Bonus Plan where the amount that a participant would/could receive under an Award would result in the participant receiving an amount which the Committee considers cannot be justified or which the Committee considers to be an unfair or undeserved benefit to the Participant.

In exercising this discretion, the Committee may consider all circumstances, including (but not limited to): the financial performance of the Company; any changes in the Company’s share price; and the performance, conduct and contribution of the participant.

Malus and clawback provisions apply, as detailed in the notes to this table.

Half of the award is paid in cash after the end of the performance year and half is deferred into shares under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP), which vest after three years.

 

The maximum opportunity is 215% of base salary.

50% of maximum is payable for on-target performance (107.5% of base salary).

15% of maximum is payable for threshold performance (32% of base salary).

 

The Committee will determine the appropriate performance measures at the start of each financial year, in order to ensure that the Annual Bonus Plan focuses on key business priorities for the Company.

Typically, 80% of the annual bonus will be based on financial performance measures. For 2020, the Committee has determined that these should be Revenue growth (40%) and Trading Profit Margin (40%).

The remainder will usually be based on business objectives linked to key areas of strategic focus.

The Committee retains the discretion to adjust the relative weightings of the financial and strategic components and to adopt any performance measure that is relevant to the Company.

Under whatever measures are chosen, the Committee will set appropriately challenging targets at the start of each year. In doing so, they will take into account a number of internal and external reference points, including the Company’s key strategic objectives for the year.

The Committee may amend the performance conditions applicable to an award in accordance with the terms of the performance conditions or if events happen which cause the Committee to consider that it fails to fulfil its original purpose and would result in an unfair benefit for the participant in the reasonable opinion of the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term incentives

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Share Programme

To motivate and reward performance linked to the long-term strategy and share price of the Company.

The performance measures which determine the level of vesting of the Performance Share Awards are linked to our corporate strategy.

How the component operates

    

Maximum levels of payment

    

Framework in which performance is assessed

Awards are granted pursuant to the terms of the Performance Share Programme. Awards are normally made in the form of conditional share awards, but may be awarded in other forms if appropriate, including nil cost options or a combination thereof.

Awards vest after three years, subject to the achievement of stretching performance targets linked to the Company’s strategy.

The Committee has full discretion to adjust outcomes under the Performance Share Programme where the amount that a participant would/could receive under an Award would result in the participant receiving an amount which the Committee considers cannot be justified or which the Committee considers to be an unfair or undeserved benefit to the Participant. In exercising this discretion, the Committee may consider all circumstances, including (but not limited to): the financial performance of the Company; any changes in the Company’s share price; and the performance, conduct and contribution of the participant.

Participants may receive an additional number of shares equivalent to the amount of dividend payable on ordinary shares during the relevant performance period.

On vesting, a number of shares are sold to cover the tax liability. The remaining shares are required to be held by the Executive Director for a further two-year holding period.

The Committee may, in the event of any variation of the Company’s share capital, demerger, delisting, or other event which may affect the value of awards, adjust or amend the terms of awards in accordance with the plan rules.

Malus and clawback provisions apply, as detailed in the notes to this table.

 

The maximum annual opportunity is 275% of base salary.

For on-target levels of performance, 50% of the award vests (137.5% of base salary).

For threshold levels of performance, 25% of the award vests (68.75% of base salary).

 

The Committee aims to align the Performance Share Programme performance measures with the Company’s key long-term strategic objectives. In this manner, strong performance against the measures should lead to long-term sustainable value creation for our shareholders.

Measures used will typically include:

– Financial measures – to reflect the financial performance of our business and a direct and focused measure of Company success.

– Shareholder return measures – a measure of the ultimate delivery of shareholder returns, providing direct alignment.

– Strategic measures – aligned with the Company’s long-term strategy.

The make-up and weighting of each measure will be determined by the Committee each year to reflect the particular strategic objectives over the relevant performance period.

For the 2020 awards, it is proposed to use the following four measures, all equally weighted:

– Revenue growth.

– Return on Invested Capital.

– Cumulative free cash flow.

– Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance against:

• An index of Global Healthcare companies; and

• The FTSE 100 index.

Maximum Payment will only be made for significant outperformance.

The Committee may amend the performance conditions applicable to an award in accordance with the terms of the performance conditions or if events happen which cause the Committee to consider that it fails to fulfil its original purpose and would result in an unfair benefit for the participant in the reasonable opinion of the committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

93

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

The Policy report continued

Shareholding guidelines

 

 

 

 

 

Within-employment shareholding guidelines

To align Executive Directors with shareholders and the long-term success of the Company.

How the component operates

    

Maximum levels of payment

    

Framework in which performance is assessed

The Chief Executive Officer is expected to build a shareholding of 300% of base salary and the Chief Financial Officer is expected to build a shareholding of 200% of base salary.

The Committee expects Executive Directors to satisfy this requirement within 5 years.

Until the relevant shareholding guidelines have been met, Executive Directors are required to hold 50% of any shares vesting from Company incentive plans after tax.

 

Not Applicable.

 

None.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-employment shareholding guidelines

To provide extended alignment with shareholders post-departure from the Company.

How the component operates

    

Maximum levels of payment

    

Framework in which performance is assessed

Executive Directors will normally be required to maintain their within employment shareholding guideline (or their actual holding if lower) for a period following cessation.

At the current time, the Committee requires Executive Directors to maintain 100% of their guideline for two years following departure.

 

Not Applicable.

 

None.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to future policy table – Executive Directors

Malus and clawback

At any time prior to the vesting of an award or payment of a cash bonus, the Committee may determine that an unvested award or part of an award may not vest, including to zero on the occurrence of a Trigger Event, as defined below (regardless of whether or not the performance conditions have been met). At any time up to three years after the vesting of an award or payment of a cash bonus, the Committee may determine that any cash bonus, vested shares, or their equivalent value in cash be returned to the Company on the occurrence of a Trigger Event. A Trigger Event shall occur if any of the following matter is discovered where:

– there has been a misstatement of the Company’s financial results which has resulted in a material overpayment to participants, which is in the form of Awards under the Plan or otherwise, irrespective of whether the relevant participants are at fault;

– there has been an error in determining the size of the Award or to the extent to which the performance conditions have been satisfied, or erroneous or misleading data, which has resulted in the vesting of an Award which would not otherwise have vested or which would otherwise have vested to a materially lesser extent;

– there has been a significant adverse change in the financial performance or reputation of the Company, including corporate failure and/or any significant loss at a general level or in respect of a global business unit or function in which a participant worked; and/or

– the Committee determines that the conduct, capability or performance of a participant or any team, business area or profit centre warrants a review.

These provisions will apply under the Global Share Plan 2020 and the Annual Bonus Plan 2020.

Legacy matters

The Committee can make remuneration payments and payments for loss of office outside of the Policy set out above where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the Policy set out in this report came into effect, provided the terms of the payment were consistent with any applicable policy in force at the time they were agreed; or (ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not an Executive Director of the Company (or other person to whom the Policy set out above applies) and that, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming an Executive Director of the Company (or such other person). This includes the exercise of any discretion available to the Committee in connection with such payments. For these purposes, payments include the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the payment are agreed at the time the award is granted.

The Policy set out above applies equally to any individual who would be required to be treated as an Executive Director under the applicable regulations. The Committee can make remuneration payments and payments for loss of office outside of the Policy set out above if such payments are required by law in a relevant country.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Company and differences between arrangements for Executive Directors and workforce as a whole

The Committee discusses, and takes into account pay arrangements across the Company when determining the pay of Executive Directors in the following ways:

Base salary

Increases to Executive Director base salaries are generally in-line with base salary budgets in the geography in which the Executive Director is based, although the Committee will also have oversight of base salary budgets across the Company more generally when making the decision.

Pension contributions and payments in lieu of a pension

A range of different pension arrangements operate across the Group depending on location and/or length of service. Executive Directors either participate in pension arrangements relevant to their local market or receive a cash payment in lieu of a pension.

Benefits

Benefit packages vary across the world depending on local market practice. Executive Directors receive a range of benefits in-line with the standard executive benefits package in the geography in which they are based.

Annual Bonus Plan

Nearly all employees have performance-based pay, primarily in form of the Annual Bonus. Employees at different levels throughout the group participate in Annual Bonus Plans with different payment outcomes. The annual performance objectives are cascaded down to all employees from the objectives set at the beginning of the year for the Executive Directors and Executive Officers, to ensure that the performance of all employees is linked to the Strategic Imperatives. In 2019, 9 Executive Officers and 37 senior executives participated in the Annual Bonus Plan on the same basis as the Executive Directors subject to lower limits.

All Employee Share Plans

We operate two all-employee share plan arrangements depending on the most appropriate arrangement for different geographies. In 2019, in the US, 2,651 employees participated in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In 2019, in the UK and 32 other countries, 2,770 employees participated in the ShareSave Plan. Executive Directors, Executive Officers and senior executives participated in these plans depending on where they are located.

Long term incentives

10 Executive Officers and 38 senior executives participate in the Performance Share Programme on the same basis as the Executive Directors subject to lower limits.

Shareholding requirements

Executive Officers and senior executives who participate in the Annual Bonus Plan and the Performance Share Programme are also required to build a significant shareholding in the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

95

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

The Policy report continued

Illustrations of the application of the Remuneration Policy 2020

The following charts show the potential split between the different elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration under four different performance scenarios:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum %

 

100 

 CHF1,585k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Target %

 

32 

 

28 

14 

 

 

26 

 CHF4,966k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum %

 

22 

 

 

29 

12 

 

 

 

 

37 

 CHF7,174k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum+ %*

 

19 

 

 

24 

11 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46 

 CHF8,485k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum %

 

100 

 CHF1,585k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Target %

 

32 

 

30 

 

 

 

38 

 CHF4,966k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum %

 

19 

 

 

 

36 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45 

 CHF8,347k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum+ %*

 

15 

 

 

 

29 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56 

 CHF10,244k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum %

100 

 £762K

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Target %

36 

26 

13 

 

25 

 £2,153k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum %

25 

 

28 

12 

 

 

 

35 

 £3,062k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum+ %*

21 

 

24 

10 

 

 

 

 

 

45 

 £3,602k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum %

100 

 £705k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Target %

34 

29 

 

37 

 £2,097k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum %

20 

 

35 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45 

 £3,488k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum+ %*

17 

 

28 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55 

 £4,269k

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* + 50% share price growth

 

  Fixed pay

 

  Cash incentive

 

  Equity incentive

 

  Annual bonus

 

  PSP

 

 

 

 

Assumed
performance

 

Assumptions used for proposed Policy

Fixed
pay

 

All performance

scenarios

 

– Consists of total fixed pay, including base salary and pension allowance (as at 1 April 2020) and benefits (as received during 2019).

Variable
pay

 

Minimum

Performance

 

– No pay-out under the Annual Bonus Plan.

– No vesting under the Performance Share Programme.

 

 

Target

Performance

 

– 50% of maximum payout under the Annual Bonus Plan (ie 107.5% of salary)

– 50% vesting under the Performance Share Programme (ie 137.5% of salary)

 

 

Maximum

Performance

 

– 100% of the maximum pay-out under the Annual Bonus Plan (ie 215% of salary).

– 100% vesting under the Performance Share Programme (ie 275% of salary).

 

 

Maximum

performance

(including 50%

share price

growth scenario)

 

– 100% of the maximum pay-out under the Annual Bonus Plan (ie 215% of salary).

– 100% vesting under the Performance Share Programme (ie 275% of salary).

– 50% growth in share price.

Performance Share Programme awards have been shown at face value with no discount rate assumptions.

The charts provide illustrative values of the remuneration package in 2020. Actual outcomes may differ from those shown.

 

Policy on recruitment arrangements

Our policy on the recruitment of Executive Directors is to pay a fair remuneration package for the role being undertaken and the experience of the Executive Director appointed. In terms of base salary, we will seek to pay a salary comparable, in the opinion of the Committee, to that which would be paid for an equivalent position elsewhere. The Committee will determine a base salary in-line with the Policy and having regard to the parameters set out in the Future Policy Table. Incoming Executive Directors will be entitled to pension (or cash payment in lieu of pension), benefits and incentive arrangements aligned with those set out in the Policy table above. On that basis, the aggregate annual opportunity under their incentive arrangements would not exceed 490% of base salary.

We recognise that in the event that we require a new Executive Director to relocate to take up a position with the Company, we may also pay relocation and related costs, in-line with the relocation arrangements we operate across the Group.

For external appointments, the Committee may award compensation for the forfeiture of remuneration awards from a previous employer. In doing so, the Committee would aim to structure the replacement awards in a like-for-like manner to the extent possible, taking into account relevant factors, including:

– The form of the forfeited awards (eg cash or shares);

– Any performance conditions attached to them and the likelihood of these conditions being satisfied; and

– The proportion of the vesting and/or performance period remaining.

 

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Committee will have regard to the best interests of both Smith+Nephew and its shareholders and is conscious of the need to pay no more than is necessary, particularly when determining buy-out arrangements.

In making buy-out awards to new appointments, the Committee may grant awards under the relevant provision in the Financial Conduct Authority Listing Rules, which allows for the granting of awards specifically to facilitate, in unusual circumstances, the recruitment of an Executive Director, without seeking prior shareholder approval. In doing so, it will comply with the provisions in force at the date of this report.

The overall approach outlined above would also apply to internal appointments, with the proviso that any commitments entered into before promotion which are inconsistent with the Policy will continue to be honoured.

We will aim to provide details via an announcement to the London Stock Exchange of an incoming Executive Director’s remuneration arrangements at the time of their appointment.

Service contracts

We employ Executive Directors on rolling service contracts with notice periods of up to twelve months from the Company and six months from the Executive Director. On termination of the contract, we may require the Executive Director not to work his or her notice period and pay them an amount equivalent to the base salary, pension contributions (or payment in lieu of pension) and benefits they would have received if they had been required to work their notice period.

Under the terms of the Executive Directors’ service contracts, Executive Directors are restricted for a period of 12 months after leaving the employment of the Company from working for a competitor, soliciting orders from customers and offering employment to employees of Smith+Nephew. The Company retains the right to waive these provisions in certain circumstances. In the event that these provisions are waived or the former Executive Director commences employment earlier than at the end of the notice period, no further payments shall be made in respect of the portion of notice period not worked. Directors’ service contracts are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office: Building 5, Croxley Park, Hatters Lane, Watford, Hertfordshire WD18 8YE.

Policy for payment for loss of office

Our policy regarding termination payments to departing Executive Directors is to limit severance payments to pre-established contractual terms. In the event that the employment of an Executive Director is terminated, any compensation payable will be determined in accordance with the terms of the service contract between the Company and the Executive Director, as well as the rule of any incentive plans.

Under normal circumstances (excluding termination for gross misconduct) all leavers are entitled to receive termination payments in lieu of notice equal to base salary, pension contributions (or payment in lieu of pension) and benefits. In some circumstances, additional benefits may become payable to cover reimbursement of untaken holiday leave, repatriation and outplacement fees, the costs of meeting any settlement agreement, and legal and financial advice.

In the event that an Executive Director dies or leaves for reasons of ill-health, redundancy or retirement in agreement with the Company, or for any other reason for which the Committee determines that good leaver treatment is appropriate:

– They may be eligible to receive an annual bonus on a time pro-rated basis for the period of the year that they have worked. The annual bonus will typically be subject to business and individual performance in the same manner as for the continuing Executive Directors, and paid at the usual time. In-line with Company policy for all our employees, Executive Directors leaving in the last three months of the year may be eligible to receive a full year bonus, while those joining in the last three months of the year may not be eligible to receive any bonus.

– Outstanding Deferred Share Bonus Plan awards will subsist and be released in-line with their original timeframes, unless the Committee determines otherwise. They will not normally be pro-rated.

– Outstanding Performance Share Programme awards will typically be pro-rated for the time worked during the relevant performance period, and tested for performance at the end of the performance period, unless the Committee determines otherwise. The two-year holding period will usually continue to be enforced.

– Any outstanding awards under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan or Performance Share Programme will remain subject to the same terms and conditions (including, malus and clawback) as applied at time of grant.

For participants who leave for any other reason, outstanding Deferred Share Bonus Plan and Performance Share Programme awards will lapse in full.

One-off awards granted on appointment will normally lapse on leaving except in cases of death, retirement, redundancy or ill-health. The Committee has discretion to permit such awards to vest in other circumstances and will be subject to satisfactorily meeting applicable performance conditions.

We will supply details via an announcement to the London Stock Exchange of a departing Executive Director’s termination arrangements as soon as is practicable.

Policy on shareholding requirements

The Committee believes that one of the best ways our Executive Directors’ interests can be aligned with that of shareholders is for them to hold a significant number of shares in the Company. The Chief Executive Officer is therefore expected to build a holding of Smith+Nephew shares worth three times his or her base salary and the Chief Financial Officer is expected to build a holding of two times his or her base salary. Executive Directors are required to retain at least 50% of the shares after tax) vesting under Company incentive plans until this shareholding requirement has been met, recognising that differing international tax regimes affect the pace at which Executive Directors may fulfil the shareholding requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

97

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

The Policy report continued

When calculating whether or not this requirement has been met, Ordinary Shares or ADRs held by the Executive Directors and their immediate family are included, as are unvested awards under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (on a net-of-tax basis), but not Performance Share Programme awards. Ordinarily we would expect Executive Directors to achieve their shareholding requirement within a period of five years from the date of appointment.

Executive Directors are also required to hold any shares vesting under the Performance Share Programme for a period of two years after vesting.

The 10 Executive Officers and 38 senior executives who participate in the Annual Bonus Plan and Performance Share Programme are also required to build a significant shareholding in the Company, extending the principle of alignment with our shareholders across the senior management team.

Policy on post cessation shareholding

Executive Directors are required to retain any shareholding up to the applicable shareholding requirement (or their actual holding on departure if lower) for a period of two years after cessation of employment.

In order to reinforce this expectation, and to the extent that the shareholding requirement has not been reached, all vested Deferred Share Bonus Plan and Performance Share Programme shares will be held in a Vested Share Account, which will not be accessible until two years post cessation of employment. In addition, former Executive Directors will be required to seek permission to deal during this period.

Consultation with employees relating to Executive Director remuneration

While the Committee does not directly consult with our employees as part of the process of determining executive pay, the Committee does receive feedback from employee surveys and takes this into account when reviewing executive pay. In addition, a significant number of our employees are shareholders and so are able to express their views in the same way as other shareholders. During 2019, no comments from employees relating to Executive Remuneration were raised during Board site visits.

Statement of consideration of shareholder views

Angie Risley, the Committee Chair, engaged extensively with shareholders during development of the 2020 Remuneration Policy. The feedback received was presented to and discussed at length by the Committee, and informed the final shape of the proposals which are being put to the 2020 AGM.

Angie met with shareholders holding in excess of 38% of the Company’s Share capital, and corresponded with a further 8.5%, meaning that almost half of our register were asked for their views. This included 17 of our top 20 shareholders plus a number of shareholders who, although holding a smaller number of shares, had indicated earlier in the year that they would be interested in engaging with the Company on remuneration matters. In addition, we met with the Investment Association, ISS and Glass Lewis to obtain their input.

The Chair appreciated the positive and constructive tone of the consultation. It was pleasing that shareholders were on the whole supportive of the proposals, particularly the:

– Emphasis on long-term sustainable performance;

– Simplification of the short-term incentive plans;

– Increased deferral of the short-term incentive opportunity;

– Reduction in target opportunity in the short-term arrangements;

– Reduction in pension payments; and

– Introduction of post-cessation shareholding requirements.

Some shareholders were cautious about the increase in maximum opportunity under the Performance Share Programme, and in particular looked for reassurance that maximum vesting under the plan would only be achieved for very stretching performance.

The Committee took all comments received on board during its subsequent discussions. With respect to the latter concern raised by some shareholders, in setting targets for the 2020 Performance Share Programme cycle, the Committee considers that the upper end of the performance ranges will require significant outperformance of internal and external forecasts for performance, as well as of the FTSE 100 and our direct peers. Further information is shown on page 112-113.

 

 

 

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Future policy table – Chair and Non-Executive Directors

The following table and accompanying notes explain the different elements of remuneration we pay to our Chair and Non-Executive Directors. This Policy is unchanged from 2017. No element of their remuneration is subject to performance. All payments made to the Chair are determined by the Remuneration Committee, whilst payments made to the Non-Executive Directors are determined by those Directors who are not themselves Non-Executive Directors, currently the Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

Annual fees

 

 

 

Basic annual fee

To attract and retain Directors by setting fees at rates comparable to what would be paid in an equivalent position elsewhere.

A proportion of the fees are paid in shares in the third quarter of each year in order to further align Non-Executive Directors’ fees with the interests of shareholders.

 How the component operates

 

Maximum levels of payment

Fees will be reviewed on an annual basis. In future, any increase will be paid in shares until 25% of the total fees is paid in shares.

Fees are set in-line with market practice for fees paid by similar sized UK listed companies.

Annual fees are set and paid in UK Sterling or US Dollars depending on the location of the Non-Executive Director. If appropriate, fees may be set and paid in alternative currencies.

 

Annual fees are currently as follows:

– £63,000 in cash plus £6,500 in shares; or

– $120,000 in cash plus $9,780 in ADRs.

Chair fees:

– £315,180 in cash plus £105,060 in shares.

Whilst it is not expected to increase the fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors and the Chair by more than the increases paid to employees generally, in exceptional circumstances, higher fees might become payable.

The total maximum aggregate fees payable to the Non-Executive Directors will not exceed £1.5m as set out in the Company’s Articles of Association.

Fee for Senior Independent Director and Committee Chair

To compensate Non-Executive Directors for the additional time spent as Committee Chair or Senior Independent Director.

 How the component operates

 

Maximum levels of payment

A fixed fee is paid, which is reviewed annually.

 

– £20,000 in cash.

– $35,000 in cash.

Whilst it is not expected that the fees paid to the Senior Independent Director or Committee Chairs will exceed the increases paid to employees generally, in exceptional circumstances, higher fees might become payable.

Intercontinental travel

To compensate Non-Executive Directors for the time spent travelling to attend meetings in another continent.

 How the component operates

 

Maximum levels of payment

A fixed fee is paid, which is reviewed annually.

 

– £3,500 in cash; or

– $7,000 in cash.

Whilst it is not expected to increase these fees by more than the increases paid to employees generally, in exceptional circumstances, higher fees might become payable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

99

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

The Policy report continued

Notes to future policy table – Non-Executive Directors

Additional duties undertaken by Non-Executive Directors

In the event that the Chair or a Non-Executive Director is required to undertake significant executive duties in order to support the Executive Directors during a period of absence due to illness or a gap prior to the appointment of a permanent Executive Director, the Committee is authorised to determine an appropriate level of fees which shall be payable. These fees will not exceed the amounts which would normally be paid to a permanent Executive Director undertaking such duties and shall not include participation in short or long-term incentive arrangements or benefit plans.

Policy on recruitment arrangements

Any new Non-Executive Director shall be paid in accordance with the current fee levels on appointment, in-line with the Policy set out above. With respect to the appointment of a new Chair, fee levels will take account of market rates, the individual’s profile and experience, the time required to undertake the role and general business conditions. In addition, the Committee retains the right to authorise the payment of relocation assistance or an accommodation allowance in the event of the appointment of a Chair not currently based in the UK.

Letters of appointment

The Chair and Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment which set out the terms under which they provide their services to the Company. These are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office: Building 5, Croxley Park, Hatters lane, Watford, Hertfordshire WD18 8YE, United Kingdom.

The appointment of the Non-Executive Directors is not subject to a notice period, nor is there any compensation payable on loss of office, for example, should they not be re-elected at an Annual General Meeting. The appointment of the Chair is subject to a notice period of six months.

The Chair and Non-Executive Directors are required to acquire a shareholding in the Company equivalent in value to one time their basic fee within two years of their appointment to the Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration implementation report

 

The Remuneration Committee presents the Annual Report on Remuneration (the Implementation Report) which will be put to shareholders for an advisory vote at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 9 April 2020. The Terms of Reference of the Remuneration Committee describe our role and responsibilities more fully and can be found on our website: www.smith-nephew.com

 

 

Work of the Remuneration Committee in 2019

In 2019, we held eight meetings and determined two further matters by written resolution. Each meeting was attended by all members of the Committee except for one meeting convened at very short notice, which Vinita Bali was unable to attend. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Human Resources Officer, key members of the Finance function and the Company Secretary also attended all or part of some of the meetings, except when their own remuneration was being discussed. We also met with the independent remuneration consultants, Deloitte LLP (Deloitte), who completed their first year as remuneration advisors to the Committee. Three of the additional meetings held during the year were to consider and review the proposed new Remuneration Policy and to discuss shareholder feedback on our proposals. Our schedule of work in 2019 can be found in the table on the next page.

Since year end, we have also reviewed the financial results for 2019 against the targets under the short-term and long-term incentive arrangements jointly with the Audit Committee, and have agreed the targets for the short-term and long-term incentive plans for 2020. We have also approved increases to the salaries of Executive Directors and Executive Officers and determined cash payments under the Annual Incentive Plan, awards under the Equity Incentive Programme and the vesting of awards under the Performance Share Programme granted in 2017. Finally, we approved the wording of this Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Independent Remuneration Committee Advisors

During the year, the Committee received information and advice from Deloitte. Deloitte is a global firm, which provides many services to the Company, including tax and consultancy services. Deloitte was appointed by the Committee following a full tender process in 2018 to provide remuneration advice to the Committee, independent from management.

During the year, Deloitte provided advice on market trends and remuneration issues in general, attended Committee meetings, assisted in the review of the Directors’ Remuneration Report, undertook calculations relating to the TSR performance conditions, advised on Executive Director and Officer pay and investor views and engagement. Deloitte advised on the views of shareholders and investor bodies relating to different aspects of Executive pay, when reviewing the draft 2020 Remuneration Policy prior to our engagement with shareholders.

The Remuneration Committee also took additional remuneration advice from Pearl Meyer who evaluated whether there was an alternative methodology or structure which could be used in the development of our remuneration model given the difference between US and UK compensation expectations. They also provided further information on the breakdown of our competitor data in the medical technology sector.

The fees paid to Deloitte for advice to the Committee during 2019, charged on a time and expense basis, were £192,075. Deloitte complies with the Code of Conduct in relation to Executive Remuneration Consulting in the United Kingdom and the Committee is satisfied that their advice is objective and independent. The fees paid to Pearl Meyer for remuneration advice during 2019 was $13,000.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

101

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee

 

 

PICTURE 30  Timetable 2019

 

 

 

  

February

  

April

  

June

  

July

  

August

  

September

  

October

  

December

 

Approval of salaries, awards and payouts in 2019

Approval of targets and Remuneration strategy for 2019

 

New Remuneration Policy

 

New Remuneration Policy

 

Mid-year Review of Remuneration Arrangements

 

New Remuneration Policy

 

New Remuneration Policy

 

Chief Executive Officer change

 

Determination of Remuneration Policy and Packages

– Determination of Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors and senior executives.

– Approval of individual remuneration packages for Executive Directors and Executive Officers, at least annually, and any major changes to individual packages throughout the year.

– Consideration of remuneration policies and practices across the Group in particular relating to CEO Pay Ratio and Gender Pay.

– Approval of appropriate performance measures for short-term and long-term incentive plans for Executive Directors and senior executives. Determination of pay-outs under short-term and long-term incentive plans for Executive Directors and senior executives.

 

Approved quantum of cash payments and awards to Executive Directors and Officers under the Annual Incentive Plan, the Equity Incentive Programme and Performance Share Programme.

Agreed the targets for the short-term and long-term incentive plans for 2019. Approved salary increases for 2019.

Reviewed the schedule of plans and targets made in 2017, 2018 and to be made in 2019.

Considered and approved changes to the performance rating system for Executive Directors and below.

Noted the Gender Pay Gap and CEO Pay Ratio Figures.

Reviewed and approved the proposed 2019 business plan for the Committee.

Considered appropriate remuneration package treatment for former Executive Officers and Company Secretary.

Reviewed Chair of the Board’s pay.

 

Reviewed the schedule of plans and targets for awards made in 2017, 2018 and 2019.

Review of Remuneration Policy.

 

Reviewed the 2020 Remuneration Strategy in respect of process, structure and quantum.

 

Reviewed the schedule of plans and targets for awards made in 2017, 2018 and 2019.

Reviewed the 2020 Remuneration Policy.

Noted sign on share awards and share awards made to senior executives.

Noted an update on performance against the TSR metric.

 

Further review of the 2020 Remuneration Policy in respect of process, structure and quantum.

 

Review of the 2020 Remuneration Policy in respect of process, structure and quantum.

 

Agreed termination arrangements for Namal Nawana and recruitment arrangements for Roland Diggelmann.

 

Reviewed shareholder feedback on remuneration proposals for 2020 and adjusted proposals accordingly.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

February

  

April

  

June

  

July

  

August

  

September

  

October

  

December

 

Approval of salaries, awards and payouts in 2019

Approval of targets and Remuneration strategy for 2019

 

New Remuneration Policy

 

New Remuneration Policy

 

Mid-year Review of Remuneration Arrangements

 

New Remuneration Policy

 

New Remuneration Policy

 

Chief Executive Officer change

 

New Remuneration Policy

Oversight of all Company Share Plans

– Determination of the use of long-term incentive plans and overseeing the use of shares in executive and all-employee plans.

 

Reviewed and approved the Rules of the Global Share Plan 2010, which had been updated to reflect the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018.

Reviewed adherence to shareholding guidelines for Directors and senior executives.

Noted share awards made to senior executives and mid tier employees.

 

Noted sign on share awards and awards made to senior executives.

 

 

 

Reviewed adherence to shareholding guidelines for Executive Directors and senior executives.

Monitored dilution limits and the number of shares available for use in respect of discretionary and all-employee share plans.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reporting and engagement with shareholders on Remuneration Matters

– Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report ensuring compliance with related governance provisions.

– Continuation of constructive engagement on remuneration matters with shareholders.

 

Considered approach to the Code and to guidelines issued by various influential investors and investor agents.

Approved Remuneration Report.

 

Considered external environment and feedback received from constructive engagement with shareholders.

 

Continued consideration of constructive engagement on remuneration matters with shareholders.

 

 

 

 

 

Reviewed and approved the proposed shareholder engagement programme.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other matters

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit Committee in attendance to answer questions related to audited numbers and provide assurance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

103

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Remuneration implementation report continued

Single total figure on remuneration

The amounts for 2019 have been converted into US$ for ease of comparability using the exchange rates of £ to US$1.2757 and CHF to US$1.0063 (2018: £ to US$1.334 and € to US$1.180).

 

 

 

 

Namal Nawana¹ 

 

Olivier Bohuon 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appointed 7 May 2018 

 

Appointed 1 April 2011 

 

 

 

 

Roland Diggelmann 

 

(resigned from the Board 

 

(resigned from Board 

 

Graham Baker 

 

 

Appointed 1 November 2019 

 

31 October 2019) 

 

7 May 2018) 

 

Appointed 1 March 2017 

 

 

2019 

2018 

 

2019 

2018 

 

2019 

2018 

 

2019 

2018 

Fixed pay

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base salary

    

$231,449 

– 

  

$1,569,615 

$1,006,923 

  

– 

$490,615 

  

$707,252 

$707,628 

Pension payments

 

$27,775 

– 

 

$334,923 

$222,010 

 

– 

$147,184 

 

$217,014 

$212,302 

Taxable benefits

 

$6,590 

– 

 

$47,302 

$59,754 

 

– 

$44,322 

 

$29,869 

$26,758 

Annual variable pay

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Plan – cash element

 

– 

– 

 

$1,674,653 

$1,042,655 

 

– 

$455,345 

 

$726,646 

$676,025 

Hybrid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Plan – equity element

 

– 

– 

 

$862,881 

$552,290 

 

– 

– 

 

$353,627 

$353,817 

Long-term variable pay

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Share Programme

 

– 

– 

 

– 

– 

 

$1,067,688 

$1,246,116 

 

$864,757 

– 

Total

 

$265,814 

– 

 

$4,489,374 

$2,883,632 

 

$1,067,688 

$2,383,582 

 

$2,899,165 

$1,976,530 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base salary

   

the actual salary receivable for the year.

Pension payments

 

the value of the salary supplement in lieu of pension or contribution to any pension scheme made by the Company.

Taxable benefits

 

the gross value of all taxable benefits (or benefits that would be taxable in the UK) received in the year.

Annual Incentive Plan – cash element

 

the value of the cash incentive payable for performance in respect of the relevant financial year.

Annual Incentive Plan – equity element

 

the value of the equity element awarded in respect of performance in the relevant financial year, but subject to an ongoing performance test as described on page 108 of this report.

Performance Share Programme

 

the value of shares vesting that were subject to performance over the three-year period ending on 31 December in the relevant financial year. For awards vesting in early 2020 this is based on an estimated share price of 1,747.49p per share, which was the average price of a share over the last quarter of 2019. The amount of this award that was attributable to share price increase from the date of grant to 1,747.49p per share was £250,720 for Olivier Bohuon and £203,067 for Graham Baker. The value of the 2016 share awards that vested in 2019 have now been restated with the share price on the date of actual vesting being 1,441.12p per share on 1 March 2019, using the 2018 £:US$ exchange rate of US$1.334.

Total

 

the sum of the above elements.

All data is presented in our reporting currency of US$. Amounts for Roland Diggelmann have been converted from Swiss Francs and Graham Baker from GBP using average exchange rates. Given currency movements in 2019, this may give the impression of changes that are misleading. Data is presented in local currency in the subsequent sections in the interests of full transparency.

1

The amounts shown for Namal Nawana are the amounts paid in respect of the full year to 31 December 2019. This includes the period 1 November 2019 to 31 December 2019 when he had ceased to be Chief Executive Officer of the Company and remained as an employee, ensuring a smooth transition to Roland Diggelmann, who succeeded him as Chief Executive Officer. This totalled $724,331 for those two months.

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed pay

 

 

Base salary

In February 2019, it was agreed that with effect from 1 April 2019, Executive Directors would be paid the following base salaries per annum.

 

 

2019 

2018 

Namal Nawana

$1,578,500 

$1,540,000 

Graham Baker

£557,134 

£520,000 

Roland Diggelmann was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 1 November 2019 and as announced on 21 October 2019 was paid an annual base salary of CHF1,380,000. In February 2020, we reviewed the base salaries of the Executive Directors, having considered general economic conditions and average salary increases across the rest of the Company, which have averaged at 3% in the UK. As previously announced, Roland Diggelmann will receive no base pay review until 1 April 2021. Graham Baker’s salary will increase by 2% to £568,277 with effect from 1 April 2020.

 

 

Pension payments

In 2019, Graham Baker received a salary supplement of 30% of his basic salary to apply towards his retirement savings, in lieu of membership of one of the Company’s pension schemes. This payment has been reviewed as part of the 2020 Remuneration Policy. Subject to the approval of the 2020 Remuneration Policy by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 9 April 2020, the cash payment in lieu of a pension in respect of Graham will be reduced to 20% with effect from 1 January 2020, and to 12% from 1 January 2021 in-line with the wider UK workforce. This is discussed further on page 87 and 91.

Namal Nawana participated in the retirement plans available to our US Executives: Executive Plus Plan, 401k and 401k plus. The Company contribution to these plans was: 20% of base salary to the Executive Plus Plan, standard company match for 401k and standard 401k plus contribution up to the IRS maximum.

Roland Diggelmann participates in the Swiss Profond pension plan. He is employed under a Swiss contract, which is where he is domiciled. During 2019, total Company pension contributions for Roland amounted to CHF 27,601, which is equivalent to 12% of his base salary.

 

 

Benefits

In 2019, our UK based Executive Director, Graham Baker received death in service cover of seven-times basic salary, of which four-times salary is payable as a lump sum, with the balance used to provide for any spouse and dependent persons. The same cover is provided to our new Chief Executive Officer, Roland Diggelmann. Namal Nawana participated in the US Life Assurance Program, which in total was capped at $2m. Each Executive Director received health cover for themselves and their families, a car allowance and financial consultancy advice. The same arrangements will apply in 2020 for Roland Diggelmann and Graham Baker. The following table summarises the value of benefits in respect of 2018 and 2019.

 

 

Roland Diggelmann

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appointed 1 November 2019

 

Namal Nawana1

 

Olivier Bohuon

 

Graham Baker

 

 

2019 

2018 

 

2019 

2018 

 

2019 

2018 

 

2019 

2018 

Health cover

 

CHF 1,149 

– 

 

$9,790 

$6,635 

 

– 

£2,915 

 

£1,318 

£1,369 

Car and fuel allowance

  

CHF 5,400 

– 

  

$12,700 

$8,467 

  

– 

£5,288 

  

£21,052 

£17,676 

Financial consultancy advice

 

– 

– 

 

£19,450 

£33,485 

 

– 

£15,733 

 

£1,044 

£1,020 

Travel costs

 

– 

– 

 

– 

– 

 

– 

£7,056 

 

– 

– 

Subscriptions

 

– 

– 

 

– 

– 

 

– 

£2,245 

 

– 

– 

1

Amounts shown are in respect of the full year ended 31 December 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

105

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Remuneration implementation report continued

Annual variable pay

 

 

Annual Incentive Plan 2019 – cash element

The performance measures and weightings which apply to the cash element of the Annual Incentive Plan are set out in the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders in 2017 and detailed on page 108 of the 2018 Annual Report.

The weightings of the performance measures and the figures for threshold, target and maximum relating to the financial objectives of the cash element can be summarised as follows:

 

Weighting

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Actual

Revenue

35%

$4,954m

$5,107m

$5,260m

$5,161m1

Trading Profit Margin

25%
22.2%
22.7%
23.1%

22.7%1

Trading cash flow

15%

$918m

$1,020m

$1,122m

$970m

1At constant exchange rates. See page 200.

The Committee determined that this performance fairly reflected the overall performance of the Company during 2019 and therefore resulted in a bonus achievement of 77.7% of salary in respect of the financial objectives.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weight

Achieved %

of target

Award % of salary

Revenue

 

 

35%
118%
41.1%

Trading profit margin

 

 

25%
101%
25.2%

Trading cash flow

 

 

15%
76%
11.4%

Accordingly, the following amounts have been earned by Namal Nawana and Graham Baker for 2019 under the cash element of the Annual Incentive Plan in respect of their financial objectives. Roland Diggelmann under the terms of his appointment will not receive a Cash Incentive Award for the time he was employed as Chief Executive Officer in 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Namal Nawana

 

 

 

 

$
1,219,679

Graham Baker

 

 

 

 

£431,006

Business Objectives

When setting business objectives for the upcoming year, the Board looks not only at the expected financial performance for the year, but also at the actions it expects the Executive Director to carry out in the year to build a solid foundation for financial performance over the longer term. In reviewing performance against these objectives at the end of the year, the Board is mindful that there is not always a necessary correlation between financial performance and the achievement of business objectives.

The table on page 107 opposite sets out how Namal Nawana and Graham Baker have performed against the business objectives of Growth, People and Business Processes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Namal Nawana

 

Graham Baker

People

 

 

– Against objective of embedding new purpose and winning culture to drive sustainable growth and success, achieved above target employee participation in new engagement survey, launched and embedded new Code of Conduct and Winning Behaviours and demonstrated values in practice through employee webcasts and at Leadership meetings. Launched new brand identity as visual demonstration of new purpose and culture pillars.

– Against objective to evaluate and strengthen leadership capabilities across the organisation, filled vacant role on Executive Committee and increased gender diversity from 28% to 33%, and widened nationality-base to help emergence of different points of view.

 

– Against objective to deliver Accelerating Performance and Execution (APEX) programme and Finance, IT and GBS transformations, APEX delivered benefits of around $80 million in 2019 and, when finished, is now expected to deliver annualised benefits of $190 million, $30 million more than originally expected. Functional transformation programmes proceeding to plan, maintaining quality of SoX and MAPs environment and delivering substantial progress in IT security improvement.

Business process

 

 

– Against objective to deliver New Product Development from ideation to successful full commercial launch exceeded milestones for top ten programmes including launches in new sports medicine, knee implant and robotics.

– Against objective to develop strategy and plan to simplify organisation to increase efficiencies completed mapping and improvement planning and initiated implementation; expanded global business services to meet evolving business needs.

 

– Against objective to improve Business Intelligence and Insight to the business, new finance and IT pricing platforms implemented improving pricing & management reporting and new Chief Information Officer hired with relevant experience from leading devices competitor.

Customers

 

 

– Against objective to drive stronger customer focus and growth through direct customer connections, deeper understanding of their needs and greater agility to market changes, attended multiple customer meetings and major trade shows and completed and integrated five acquisitions bringing new technologies into portfolio and enhancing R&D capability. Led focused investor engagement including at major industry and investment events.

 

– Against objective to deliver value-enhancing M&A opportunities to the business, provided high quality finance support in the due diligence, structuring and business case development for the five acquisitions in 2019.

 

This resulted in a bonus achievement of 29% of salary in respect of the business objectives.

 

This resulted in a bonus achievement of 25% of salary (pro-rated) in respect of the business objectives.

 

Weight

Achieved %
of target

Award %
of salary

 

 

Weight

Achieved %
of target

Award %
of salary

People

8.33%
108%
9%

 

People

8.33%
100%
8.33%

Business Process

8.33%
124%
10.3%

 

Business Process

8.33%
100%
8.33%

Customers

8.33%
116%
9.7%

 

Customers

8.33%
100%
8.33%

Accordingly, the following amount has been earned by Namal Nawana under the cash element of the Annual Incentive Plan during 2019 in respect of his business objectives.

 

Accordingly, the following amount has been earned by Graham Baker under the cash element of the Annual Incentive Plan during 2019 in respect of his business objectives.

Namal Nawana

 

 

$
454,974

 

Graham Baker

 

 

£138,600

Roland Diggelmann will not receive an Annual Incentive Plan award for the time he was employed as Chief Executive Officer in 2019.

Amounts shown in respect of Namal Nawana are in respect of the full year ended 31 December 2019.

As well as considering the monetary outcome of the formulaic calculation of these awards, the Committee considered whether discretion should be applied to override these formulaic outcomes and concluded that the monetary outcomes were aligned with the financial performance of the Company, individual performance and Strategic Imperatives during 2019 and the intention of the Remuneration Policy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

107

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Remuneration implementation report continued

 

 

Annual Incentive Plan – equity element

The individual performance of all employees in the Group is assessed on two bases. The first looks at what has been achieved, namely the extent to which the employee has performed against the financial and business objectives set at the beginning of the year. The second looks at how this performance has been achieved, reflecting the right culture and values in accordance with our culture pillars of Care, Collaboration and Courage. That rating in turn would drive the level of Equity Incentive Award for Executive Directors. The below table outlines how awards will be made in-line with the 2019 assessment of Executive Directors only, in-line with the 2017 Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders on 6 April 2017.

 

Assessment of how Executive Directors have achieved

 

 

Below expectations

In-line with expectations

Above expectations

Assessment of what has been achieved

Below expectations

No Award

No Award

No Award

In-line with expectations

No Award

Award of 50% of Salary

Award of 55% of Salary

 

Above expectations

No Award

Award of 55% of Salary

Award of 65% of Salary

 

In assessing their performance against the same financial and business objectives used to determine the level of their cash award, the Committee has determined that on the first criterion (assessing what they have achieved) Namal Nawana exceeded expectations and Graham Baker met expectations throughout the year. On the second criterion (assessing how they have achieved), the Remuneration Committee has determined that Namal and Graham have both met expectations. These ratings result in an Equity Incentive Award of 55% of salary for Namal Nawana and 50% of salary for Graham Baker. In summary, as a result of the financial performance described on page 106 and the individual performance described in the table on page 107, the Committee determined that the following awards be made under the Annual Incentive Plan in respect of performance in 2019:

 

 

Cash Component

 

Equity Component

Executive Director

% of salary

Amount

% of salary

Amount

Namal Nawana

106.7%
$
1,674,653
55%
$
862,881

Graham Baker

102.7%

£569,606

50%

£277,202

 

These figures are converted into dollars and included under Annual Incentive Plan (cash) and (equity) in the single figure table on page 104.

The precise awards granted in 2020 to Namal and Graham in respect of service in 2019 will be announced when the awards are made and will be disclosed in the 2020 Annual Report. As a result of the 2019 performance assessment for Namal and Graham, the first tranche of the Equity Incentive Award made in 2019 will vest. Both the grant and vesting of these awards are subject to Namal and Graham’s performance as discussed on page 107.

Roland Diggelmann will not receive an Annual Incentive Plan award for the time he was employed as Chief Executive Officer in 2019.

Director

Date of Grant

Number of shares under
award vesting

Number of shares to vest from each
grant subject to performance

Namal Nawana

7 March 2019

9,570
19,142

Graham Baker

7 March 2019

6,047
12,095

 

Equity incentive award from prior years

The following Equity Incentive awards held by Graham Baker partially vested on 7 March 2019 in accordance with the plan rules:

Director

Date of Grant

Number of shares under award vested

Graham Baker

7 March 2018

7,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual variable pay 2020

Subject to approval of the 2020 Remuneration Policy by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 9 April 2020, the Annual Cash Incentive Plan and the Annual Equity Incentive Plan will be combined into a single Annual Bonus Plan in order to simplify our remuneration arrangements. The total maximum opportunity will remain at 215% of base salary but the target opportunity reduces from 150% to 108% of base salary in order to focus more on long-term performance under the Performance Share Programme. At the same time the amount deferred increases from around one third at the maximum opportunity to 50% for a period of 3 years rather than 1 to 3 years.

Annual Bonus Plan 2020

The maximum opportunity under the Annual Bonus Plan for Executive Directors will be 215% of base salary, subject to satisfactory performance against the performance measures detailed below. 50% of the award will be paid in cash and 50% will be deferred into shares which will vest after three years and which will be subject to a further two-year holding period.

The performance measures and weightings which will apply to the Annual Bonus Plan are as follows:

 

Weighting

Threshold as
a percentage
of salary

Target as a
percentage
of salary

Maximum as
a percentage
of salary

Revenue

40%
12.8%
43%
86%

Trading Margin

40%
12.8%
43%
86%

Business Objectives

20%
6.4%
21.5%
43%

 

For reasons of commercial sensitivity, we are unable to disclose the precise targets for revenue and trading margin for 2020 now, but they will be disclosed retrospectively in the 2020 Annual Report, when performance against these targets are determined.

The revenue target for 2020 is set by reference to our expectations for growth for the year. Threshold is set at 3 percentage points below target and maximum is set at 3 percentage points above target.

The trading margin target is set by reference to our expectations for growth for the year. Threshold is set at 50bps below target and maximum is set 80bps above target.

In determining performance against the Business Objectives, the Executive Directors will be assessed on the same basis as applies to all employees across the Group using a four-point rating scale reflecting both what has been achieved and how it has been achieved. At the beginning of the year, specific business objectives are determined relating to achievement of the corporate strategy. For 2020, these objectives will be Growth, People and Business processes as in 2019. Performance against these business objectives will be considered alongside consideration of how the Executive Director performed in respect of our culture pillars of Care, Collaboration and Courage. This includes consideration of performance against sustainability, compliance and quality metrics. Their overall performance will be assessed according to the extent to which the Executive Director has met the expectations of the Board and the 20% of the Annual Bonus Plan which is attributable to Business Objectives will be paid out as follows:

Performance

% of base salary

Below expectations

Nil

Partially met expectations

6.4%

In-line with expectations

21.5%

Above expectations

43%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

109

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Remuneration implementation report continued

Long-term variable pay

 

Performance Share Programme

Performance Share Programme 2017

Since the end of the year, the Committee has reviewed the vesting of conditional awards made to Executive Directors under the Global Share Plan 2010 in 2017. Vesting of the conditional awards made in 2017 was subject to performance conditions based on equal weighting of 25% TSR, global revenue growth, cumulative free cash flow and return on invested capital measured over a three-year period commencing 1 January 2017.

25% of the award was based on the Company’s TSR relative to two equally weighted peer groups against which the Company’s TSR performance was measured and defined at the start of each performance period (in this case 1 January 2017) based on constituents of the following:

– A sector-based peer group based on those companies classified as the S&P 1200 Global Healthcare subset comprising Medical Devices, equipment and supplies companies (official industry classifications of ‘Health Care Equipment and Supplies, Life Sciences Tools & Services and Health Care Technology’). Against this peer group, the Company was 19th in a peer group of 30. Therefore there was 0% payout against this element.

– FTSE 100 constituents excluding financial services and commodities companies. This is in response to shareholders who assess our performance not based on sector, but instead based on the index we operate in. Against this peer group, the Company was 10th in a peer group of 60. There was therefore a 200% payout against this element.

The total payout against the TSR measure was therefore 25% out of the 25% target.

25% of the award was based on Global Revenue Growth. The threshold set in 2017 was $14,404 million with a target of $14,850 million. Over the three-year period, the adjusted revenues in Global Revenue Growth were $14,332 million. These adjustments include translational foreign exchange and Board approved M&A including Rotation Medical, Ceterix, Leaf Healthcare, Brainlab, Atracsys and Osiris. This part of the award therefore vested at 0% out of the 25% target.

25% of the award was based on cumulative free cash flow performance. The target set in 2017 was $1,703 million with maximum at $1,924 million. Over the three-year period, the adjusted cumulative free cash flow was $2,203 million which exceeded maximum. These adjustments include items such as Board approved M&A, including Rotation Medical, Ceterix, Leaf Healthcare, Atracsys, Brainlab and Osiris and Board-approved Business Plans such as the APEX programme and expenditure to comply with the EU Medical Devices Regulations. This part of the award therefore vested at 50% of the 25% target.

25% of the award was subject to return on invested capital (ROIC). ROIC was defined as:

 

Operating Profit1 less Adjusted Taxes2

 

 

(Opening Net Operating Assets + Closing Net Operating Assets)3 ÷ 2

 

1

Operating Profit is as disclosed in the Group income statement in the Annual Report.

2

Adjusted taxes represents our taxation charge per the Group income statement adjusted for the impact of tax on items not included in operating profit notably interest income and expense, other finance costs and share of results of associates.

3

Net Operating Assets comprises net assets from the Group balance sheet (Total assets less Total liabilities) excluding the following items: Investments, Investments in associates, Retirement benefit assets and liabilities, Long-term borrowings, Bank overdrafts, borrowings and loans, IFRS 16 lease liabilities and right-of-use assets, and Cash at bank.

The target set in 2017 was 13% with maximum at 14.9%. The adjusted average ROIC measurement for the three years was 12.8%. These adjustments include Board approved M&A including Ceterix, Leaf Healthcare, Brainlab, Atracsys and Osiris. This part of the award therefore vested at 23% of the 25% target.

In summary therefore, the Performance Share Award made in 2017 will vest at 98% of target.

 

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Actual

Percentage  Vesting

TSR

Median

Upper Quartile

Median

25%

Global Revenue Growth

$14,404m

$14,850m

$15,296m

$14,332m

0%

Cumulative Free Cash Flow

$1,482m

$1,703m

$1,924m

$2,203m

50%

Return on Invested Capital

11.1%
13%
14.9%
12.8%
23%

 

Even though Olivier Bohuon received no further award after his decision to retire in 2018, the award from 2017 he received whilst in office (pro-rated for the length of time elapsed prior to his retirement) will vest on 7 March 2020 and under the Remuneration Policy he will retain those shares in the Company’s Vested Share Account for a further two years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overall therefore, the conditional awards made in 2017 will vest at 98% of target (49% of maximum) on 7 March 2020 as follows:

Director

Date of grant

Number of shares under
award at maximum

Number vesting

Graham Baker

7 March 2017

79,166
38,791

Olivier Bohuon

7 March 2017

97,744
47,894

 

Pro-rated for length of time elapsed prior to retirement from the
Company on 7 November 2018

 

 

For awards vesting in early 2020 this is based on an estimated share price of 1,747.49p per share, which was the average price of a share over the last quarter of 2019. The amount of this award that was attributable to share price increase from the date of grant to 1,747.49p per share was £250,720 for Olivier Bohuon and £203,067 for Graham Baker.

As well as considering the monetary outcome of the formulaic calculation of these awards, the Committee considered whether discretion should be applied to override these formulaic outcomes and concluded that the monetary outcomes were aligned with the financial performance of the Company during the performance period and the intention of the Remuneration Policy.

Neither Namal Nawana nor Roland Diggelmann were employed by the Company in 2017 and therefore have no Performance Share Awards to vest on 7 March 2020.

Performance Share Programme – 2019 grants

Performance share awards granted in 2019 were made to Graham Baker and to Namal Nawana under the Global Share Plan 2010 to a maximum value of 190% of salary (95% for target performance). The four equally weighted performance measures are relative TSR, return on invested capital, sales growth and cumulative free cash flow. These measures were aligned with our financial priorities and strategies. Performance will be measured over the three financial years from 1 January 2019 and awards will vest subject to performance 2022. The award made to Namal has been pro-rated on his departure from the Company. On vesting, sufficient shares will be sold to cover taxation obligations and the Executive Directors will be required to hold the net shares for a further period of two years. Roland Diggelmann did not receive a Performance share award in 2019.

The two equally weighted peer groups against which the Company’s TSR performance will be measured are defined at the start of each performance period based on constituents of the following:

– A sector-based peer group based on those companies classified as the S&P 1200 Global Healthcare subset comprising Medical Devices, equipment and supplies companies (official industry classifications of ‘Health Care Equipment and Supplies, Life Sciences Tools & Services and Health Care Technology’). This is the same sector-based peer group as 2018.

– FTSE 100 constituents excluding financial services and commodities companies. This is in response to shareholders who assess our performance not based on sector, but instead based on the index we operate in.

The Company’s TSR performance and its performance relative to the comparator groups is independently monitored and reported to the Remuneration Committee by Deloitte LLP.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance is relative to the two separate indices as follows:

 

Award vesting as % of salary at date of grant

Relative TSR ranking

Sector Based Peer Group

FTSE 100 Peer Group

Below median

Nil

Nil

Median

5.9375%
5.9375%

Upper quartile or above

23.75%
23.75%

 

Awards will vest on a straight-line basis between these points. If the Company’s TSR performance is below median against both indices, none of this part of the award will vest.

Return on invested capital (ROIC), adds focus on enhancing operating performance and reducing the under-performing asset base. 25% of the award will vest subject to ROIC. ROIC will be measured in the same way as the 2017 grants as described on page 110.

ROIC will be measured each year of the three-year performance period and a simple average of the three years will be compared to the targets below (precise numbers will be included in the Remuneration Report prospectively). The Remuneration Committee will have the discretion to adjust ROIC targets in the case of significant events such as material mergers, acquisitions and disposals and that such adjustment will be consistent with the deal model and approved by the Board at the time of the transaction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

111

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Remuneration implementation report continued

The awards subject to ROIC will vest as follows:

Return on Invested Capital

Award vesting as % of salary

Below Threshold 11.8%

Nil

Threshold 11.8% (-1.3% of target)

11.875%

Target 13.1% (as derived from the Strategic Plan)

23.75%

Maximum or above 14.3% (+1.3% of target)

47.5%

 

Awards will vest on a straight-line basis between these points.

Revenue growth focuses on growth in both Established Markets and Emerging Markets. 25% of the award will be subject to sales growth and will vest as follows:

Revenue growth over three-year period commencing 1 January 2019

Award vesting as % of salary

Below Threshold

Nil

Threshold (-2.7% of target)

11.875%

Target

23.75%

Maximum or above (+2.7% of target)

47.5%

 

It is not possible to disclose precise targets for sales growth as this will give commercially sensitive information to our competitors concerning our growth plans and is potentially price sensitive information. This target however will be disclosed in the 2021 Annual Report, when the Committee will discuss performance against the target.

Cumulative free cash flow is defined as net cash inflow from operating activities, less capital expenditure, less the cash flow input of certain adjusted items. Free cash flow is the most appropriate measure of cash flow performance because it relates to cash generated to finance additional investments in business opportunities, debt repayments and distribution to shareholders. This measure includes significant elements of operational financial performance and helps to align Executive Director awards with shareholder value creation.

It is important as it is derived from increased revenues and healthy trading profits. Having a healthy cash flow will enable us to continue to grow and invest. 25% of the award will be subject to cumulative free cash flow performance and will vest as follows:

Cumulative free cash flow

Award vesting as % of salary

Below $1,923m

Nil

$1,923m (-13% of target)

11.875%

$2,210m

23.75%

$2,497m or more (+13% of target)

47.5%

 

Long term incentive plan – 2020 remuneration policy

Subject to the approval of the 2020 Remuneration Policy by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 9 April 2020, the maximum opportunity under the Performance Share Programme will increase to 275% of base salary. Shareholders will also be asked to approve the rules of the new Global Share Plan 2020 which replace the former Global Share Plan 2010, which is expiring. Full details of the Global Share Plan 2020 are set out in the Appendix to the Notice of Meeting.

Performance Share Programme 2020

As discussed in the 2020 Remuneration Policy on page 93 the maximum value of 275% of salary (137.5% for target performance) will be measured over the three financial years commencing 1 January 2020 against four equally weighted performance measures. Similar to 2019 this will include: Index TSR, return on invested capital, sales growth and cumulative free cash flow. However the maximum payout under each element will only be for significant outperformance. The targets at maximum have therefore been set at higher levels than in previous years. On vesting, sufficient shares will be sold to cover taxation obligations and the Executive Directors will be required to hold the net shares for a further period of two years.

TSR performance will be measured using an Index approach rather than a ranked approach to TSR. This is designed to reduce the distorting impact a few companies could have on the overall result and is fairer for both participants and shareholders as the need for discretion is reduced.

The Company’s TSR performance will be measured against two equally weighted peer groups which are defined at the start of each performance period based on constituents of the following:

– A sector-based peer group based on those companies classified as the S&P 1200 Global Healthcare subset comprising Medical Devices, equipment and supplies companies (official industry classifications of ‘Health Care Equipment and Supplies, Life Sciences Tools & Services and Health Care Technology’). This is the same sector-based peer group as 2018 and 2019.

– FTSE 100 constituents excluding financial services and commodities companies. This is in response to shareholders who assess our performance not based on sector, but instead based on the index in which we operate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Group’s TSR performance and its performance relative to the comparator groups is independently monitored and reported to the Remuneration Committee by Deloitte LLP.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance is relative to two separate indices as follows:

 

 

Award vesting as % of salary
at date of grant

Below the index

Sector Based Peer Group

FTSE 100 Peer Group

Below the index

Nil

Nil

Equalling the index

8.6%
8.6%

8% above the index

34.4%
34.4%

 

Awards will vest on a straight-line basis between these points. The maximum has been set significantly above target reflecting the maximum opportunity for outperformance.

Return on invested capital (ROIC) will be measured as follows for the 2020 grants:

ROIC will be defined as:

 

Adjusted Operating Profit1 less Adjusted Taxes2

 

 

(Opening Adjusted Net Operating Assets + Closing Adjusted Net Operating Assets)3 ÷ 2

 

1

Adjusted Operating Profit is as disclosed in the Group income statement in the Annual Report less amortisation of acquired intangible assets.

2

Adjusted Taxes represents our taxation charge per the Group income statement adjusted for the impact of tax on items not included in Adjusted Operating Profit notably amortisation of acquired intangible assets, interest income and expense, other finance costs and share of results of associates.

3

Net Operating Assets comprises net assets from the Group balance sheet (Total assets less Total liabilities) excluding the following items: accumulated amortisation of acquired intangible assets, Investments, Investments in associates, Retirement benefit assets and liabilities, Long-term borrowings, Bank overdrafts, borrowings and loans, IFRS 16 lease liabilities and right-of-use assets, and Cash at bank.

The targets will be as follows:

Return on Invested Capital

Award vesting as % of salary

Below Threshold 10.5%

Nil

Threshold 10.5% (-1.5% of target)

17.2%

Target 12.0%

34.4%

Maximum or above 13.5% (+1.5% of target)

68.8%

 

Awards will vest on a straight-line basis between these points.

Revenue growth will be measured in the same way as in 2019, as described on page 112. The targets will be as follows:

Revenue growth over three-year period commencing 1 January 2019

Award vesting as % of salary

Below Threshold

Nil

Threshold (-2% of target)

17.2%

Target – set by reference to our expectations

34.4%

Maximum or above (+4% of target)

68.8%

 

It is not possible to disclose precise targets for sales growth as this will give commercially sensitive information to our competitors concerning our growth plans and is potentially price-sensitive information. This target however will be disclosed in the 2022 Annual Report, when the Committee will discuss performance against the target. The maximum has been set significantly above target reflecting the increased maximum opportunity for outperformance.

Cumulative free cash flow will be measured in the same way as in 2019, as described on page 112. The targets will be as follows:

Cumulative free cash flow

Award vesting as % of salary

Below $2,057m

Nil

$2,057m (-10% of target)

17.2%

$2,285m

34.4%

$2,742m or more (+20% of target)

68.8%

 

The maximum has been set significantly above target reflecting the maximum opportunity for outperformance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

113

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Remuneration implementation report continued

Details of outstanding awards made under the Performance Share Programme

Details of conditional awards over shares granted to Executive Directors subject to performance conditions are shown below. These awards were granted under the Global Share Plan 2010. The performance conditions and performance periods applying to these awards are detailed on page 110–112.

 

Date granted

Number of ordinary shares
under award at maximum
1

Date of vesting

Olivier Bohuon

7 March 2017

95,7882

7 March 2020

Graham Baker

7 March 2017

77,5822

7 March 2020

 

7 March 2018

75,058

9 March 2021

 

7 March 2019

70,960

7 March 2022

Namal Nawana

9 May 2018

72,534

9 May 2021

 

7 March 2019

50,710

7 March 2020

1

Pro-rated to reflect Olivier Bohuon’s retirement from the Company on 7 November 2018 and Namal Nawana’s ceasing to be employed on 31 December 2019.

2

On 6 February 2020, 51% of the award granted at maximum to Olivier Bohuon and Graham Baker on 7 March 2017 lapsed following completion of the performance period.

Roland Diggelmann does not hold any Performance Share Awards.

Summary of scheme interests awarded during the financial year

 

 

Namal Nawana1

 

Graham Baker1

 

Number of shares

Face value

Number of shares

Face value

Annual Equity Incentive Award (see page 108)

28,712

£419,913

18,142

£265,328

Performance Share Award at maximum (see pages 111–112)

152,130

£2,224,901

70,960

£1,037,790

1

Annual Equity Incentive Awards for 2020 were based on performance for 2019.

Roland Diggelmann was not awarded any share awards under incentive plans during 2019.

Please see Policy Table on pages 92 and 93 for details of how the above plans operate. Following the approval of the 2020 Remuneration Policy, no further Annual Equity Incentive Awards will be granted. The number of shares is calculated using the closing share price on the day before the grant, which for the awards granted on 7 March 2019 was 1462.5p.

Single total figure on remuneration

Chair and Non-Executive Directors

 

Basic annual fee1

Committee Chair/
Senior Independent
Director fee

Intercontinental
travel fee

 

Total

Director

2019
2018
2019
2018
2019
2018
2019
2018

Roberto Quarta

£420,240

£418,695

£420,240

£418,695

Vinita Bali

$
129,780
$
129,780

$
49,000
$
42,000
$
178,780
$
171,780

Ian Barlow2

£20,750

£69,500

£2,873

£20,000

£23,623

£89,500

Virginia Bottomley

£69,500

£69,500

£3,500

£73,000

£69,500

Roland Diggelmann3

£59,000

£59,000

£3,500

£62,500

£59,000

Erik Engstrom

£69,500

£69,500

£3,500

£73,000

£69,500

Robin Freestone2

£69,500

£69,500

£20,000

£20,000

£3,500

£93,000

£89,500

Michael Friedman4

$
38,750
$
129,780
$
5,365
$
35,000
$
21,000
$
42,000
$
65,115
$
206,780

Marc Owen

$
129,780
$
129,780
$
25,039

$
42,000
$
42,000
$
196,819
$
171,780

Angie Risley

£69,500

£69,500

£20,000

£14,172

£89,500

£83,672

1

The basic annual fee includes shares purchased for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors in lieu of part of the annual fee, details of which can be found on the table on page 115.

2

Ian Barlow retired as Senior Independent Director with effect from 11 April 2019. Robin Freestone replaced him as Senior Independent Director.

3

Roland Diggelmann retired as a Non-Executive Director and became Chief Executive Officer – Elect on 21 October 2019. His 2019 fee is from 1 January 2019 to 31 October 2019 and the 2018 comparator from 1 March 2018 to 31 December 2018.

4

Michael Friedman retired as a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Ethics & Compliance Committee with effect from 11 April 2019. Marc Owen replaced him as Chair of the newly formed Compliance & Culture Committee with effect from that date. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair and Non-Executive Director Fees

In February 2020 the Committee reviewed the fees paid to the Chair and determined that with effect from 1 April 2020 the fees paid would increase by 2%. The Board reviewed the fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors and determined that with effect from 1 April 2020, the fees would remain the same as follows:

Annual fee paid to the Chair

£428,645 of which £107,161 paid in shares

Annual fee paid to Non-Executive Directors

 

£69,500 of which £6,500 paid in shares
or $129,780 of which $9,780 paid in shares

Intercontinental travel fee (per meeting)

£3,500 or $7,000

Fee for Senior Independent Director and Committee Chair

£20,000 or $35,000

 

Payments to Namal Nawana including loss of office

Namal Nawana ceased to be Chief Executive Officer of the Board on 31 October 2019 and an employee of the Company on 31 December 2019. He continued to receive his base salary, pension payments and benefits during the period between 1 November 2019 and 31 December 2019. The base salary of $1,569,615, pension payments of $334,923 and the benefits of $47,302 paid to Namal and disclosed in the Single Figure Table on page 104 and the pension narrative and the benefits table on page 105 were in respect of his service to the Company for the full year ended 31 December 2019. $248,917 of the base salary, $49,783 of pension payments and $2,708 of the benefits were in respect of the period 1 November 2019 to 31 December 2019, when he had ceased to be Chief Executive Officer and remained an employee of the Company ensuring a smooth transition to his successor, Roland Diggelmann.

The cash payment of $1,674,653 and Equity Incentive Award of $862,881 awarded to Namal under the Annual Incentive Plan and disclosed on page 108 were in respect of his service to the Company for the full year ended 31 December 2019. $279,109 of the cash payment and $143,814 of the Equity Incentive Award were in respect of the period 1 November 2019 to 31 December 2019, when he had ceased to be Chief Executive Officer and remained an employee of the Company ensuring a smooth transition to his successor, Roland Diggelmann.

Roland Diggelmann did not receive an Annual Incentive Award for his two months’ service as Chief Executive Officer in 2019. The Committee was therefore comfortable that there was no ‘double counting’ in respect of the annual incentives paid in respect of the Chief Executive Officer role in 2019.

Pursuant to the Global Share Plan 2010 rules, Namal’s outstanding award under the Equity Incentive Plan, which was granted in 2019 will vest on the original vesting dates. His outstanding Performance Share Programme granted to him under the Global Share Plan 2010 on 9 May 2018 and 7 March 2019 were pro-rated for his time employed by the Company. The Remuneration Committee will decide what proportion of that remaining award will vest subject to performance conditions in February 2021 and 2022 respectively.

On 21 February 2020, Namal will receive a payment of $1,626,920 in lieu of salary, health and dental benefits, car allowance and pension contributions in respect of the balance of his notice period from 31 December 2019, in-line with the provisions of his contract.

No other payments were made to former Directors in the year.

Payments made to other past Directors

No payments were made to other past Directors in 2019.

Service contracts

Executive Directors are employed on rolling service contracts with notice periods of up to 12 months from the Company and six months from the Executive Director. Further information can be found on page 97 of the Policy Report.

Outside directorships

Namal Nawana is a Non-Executive Director of Hologic, Inc. and received $66,666 in respect of this appointment for the period to 31 October 2019 when he ceased to be an Executive Director. In March 2019, he also received a share award to the value of $99,986 and share options to the value of $99,998.

Roland Diggelmann was appointed a Non-Executive Director of Accelerate Diagnostics Inc. on 1 November 2019. His remuneration for this role is paid entirely in stock options. In December 2019, he received a stock option in respect of 39,552 shares which will vest and become exercisable in five instalments annually from 2 December 2020 at an option price of $14.94. He also received a stock option in respect of 5,493 shares which will vest and become exercisable in five monthly instalments from 2 December 2019 at an option price of $14.94. 1,098 of these options vested during 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

115

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Remuneration implementation report continued

Directors’ interests in ordinary shares

Beneficial interests of the Executive Directors in the ordinary shares of the Company are as follows:

 

 

Roland Diggelmann

 

Graham Baker

Namal Nawana

 

1 November 20191

31 December  2019

14 February 20202

1 January  2019

31 December  2019

14 February  20202

1 January  2019

31 October 20193

Ordinary shares

6,668
6,668
6,6684
10,076
14,205
14,205
224,214
224,904

Share options

2,734
2,734
2,734

Performance share awards5

154,224
225,184
223,600
108,8006
260,9306

Equity Incentive awards

21,727
32,628
32,628

28,712

1

Roland Diggelmann was appointed to the Board as Chief Executive Officer on 1 November 2019.

2

The latest practicable date for this Annual Report.

3

Namal Nawana retired from the Board on 31 October 2019.

4

The ordinary shares held by Roland Diggelmann on 14 February 2020 represent 11.22% of his base annual salary and for Graham Baker 46.38% of his base salary.

5

These share awards are subject to further performance conditions before they may vest, as detailed on pages 110 to 112.

6

Namal Nawana’s performance share awards granted on 9 May 2018 and 7 March 2019 partially lapsed upon the termination of his employment on 31 December 2019 by 36,266 and 101,420 respectively. They will be subject to further review by the Remuneration Committee in February 2021 and 2022 respectively, following the analysis of performance for 2020 and 2021 before vesting.

The beneficial interest of each Executive Director is less than 1% of the ordinary share capital of the Company.

Beneficial interests of the Chair and Non-Executive Directors in the ordinary shares of the Company are as follows:

Director

1 January 2019
(or date  of appointment
if later)

31 December 2019
(or date
of retirement
if earlier)

14 February
2020
1

Shareholding as %
of annual fee
2,3

Roberto Quarta4

32,449
59,429
59,429
258.34

Vinita Bali4

7,154
7,394
7,394
136.31

Ian Barlow5

19,291
19,291

N/A

N/A

Virginia Bottomley

19,024
19,252
19,252
503.88

Roland Diggelmann6

4,867
6,668

N/A

N/A

Erik Engstrom

15,796
15,973
15,973
418.06

Robin Freestone

15,774
15,951
15,951
417.48

Michael Friedman4,7

10,212
10,212

N/A

N/A

Marc Owen4

7,290
7,508
7,508
138.41

Angie Risley

1,960
4,541
4,541
118.85

1

The latest practicable date for this Annual Report.

2

Calculated using the closing share price of 1,819p per ordinary share and $47.85 per ADS on 14 February 2020, and an exchange rate of £1:$1.3015.

3

All Non-Executive Directors in office since 1 January 2019 held the required shareholding during the year.

4

Vinita Bali, Michael Friedman, Marc Owen and Roberto Quarta hold some of their shares in the form of ADS.

5

Ian Barlow retired as a Non-Executive Director and Senior Independent Director with effect form 11 April 2019.

6

Roland Diggelmann retired as a Non-Executive Director with effect from 31 October 2019 and became Chief Executive Officer on 1 November 2019. He remained a Non-Executive Director, though not independent when he became Chief Executive Officer – Elect (between 21 and 31 October 2019).

7

Michael Friedman retired as a Non-Executive Director with effect from 11 April 2019.

The beneficial interest of each Non-Executive Director is less than 1% of the ordinary share capital of the Company.

Chief Executive Officer remuneration compared to employees generally

The percentage change in the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer between 2018 and 2019 compared to that of employees generally was as follows:

 

Base salary %
change 2019

Benefits
% change
2019

Annual cash
bonus %
change
2019

Chief Executive Officer1

4.8%

-54.6%

11.8%

Average for all employees2

3.3%

N/A

N/A

1

2019 based on the full year’s pay for Namel Nawana when he was Chief Executive Officer (1 January 2019 to 31 October 2019) and when he was an employee (1 November 2019 to 31 December 2019).

2

The average cost of wages and salaries for employees generally decreased by 0.2% in 2019 (see Note 3.1 to the Group accounts). Figures for annual cash bonuses are included in the numbers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When considering remuneration arrangements for our Executive Directors, the Committee takes into account pay across the Group in the following ways:

Salary levels and increases for all employees including Executive Directors take account of the scope and responsibility of position, the skills, experience and performance of the individual and general economic conditions within the relevant geographical market. When considering increases to Executive Director base salaries, the Committee considers the average pay increases in the market where the Executive Director is based.

All employees including the Executive Directors have performance objectives determined at the beginning of the year which cascade down from the Strategic Imperatives for the Group. The level of variable pay determined for all employees, whether in the form of shares or cash is dependent on performance against these imperatives, both financially and personally.

Executive Directors participate in benefits plans and arrangements comparable to benefits paid to other senior executives in the relevant geography.

Executive Directors participate in the same senior executive incentive plans, (currently the Annual Incentive Programme and the Performance Share Programme) as other Executive Officers and senior executives. The level of award reflects the differing seniority of participants but the same performance conditions apply for all.

Chief Executive Officer pay ratio

The regulations provide three options which may be used to calculate the pay for the employees at the 25th percentile, median and 75th percentile. We have used option A (as set out in the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018), following guidance issued by some proxy advisers and institutional shareholders. The ratio has been calculated by comparing against the full-time equivalent pay of all U.K. employees within the group including both our entities Smith & Nephew UK Limited and T.J.Smith and Nephew,Limited.

Option A calculates pay for all employees on the same basis as the single figure for remuneration calculated for Executive Directors. The period for which the employee pay has been calculated under Option A is the calendar year 2019. The single figure for remuneration for each employee includes earned salary, annual incentive, allowance, pension and benefits for 2019. Part time employees have been excluded for the purpose of calculations.

Our calculations use the full year’s pay for Namal Nawana, when he was Chief Executive Officer (1 January 2019 to 31 October 2019) and when he was an employee (1 November 2019 to 31 December 2019). This ensures the full year pay, including Annual Incentive Plan award is included.

Comparisons have been made with employees at median (P50), lower (P25) and upper (P75) quartiles. We have used the actual salaries paid to our employees in UK. The values were listed lowest to highest and three percentiles were identified. We are confident this methodology gives us the most reflective pay at the median. The Committee is satisfied that the individuals identified in the employee comparison group appropriately reflect the employee pay profile at those quartiles, and that the overall picture presented by the ratios is consistent with our pay, reward and progression policies for UK employees.

The table below sets out the ratio at the median, lower and upper quartiles:

Year

P25 (lower
quartile)

P50
(median)

P75 (upper
quartile)

2019

116:1

81:1

51:1

 

The table below provides the total pay figure used for each quartile employee, and the salary component within this.

Component

CEO

P25 (lower
quartile)

P50
(median)

P75 (upper
quartile)

Salary

$
1,569,615
$
36,604
$
55,347
$
57,188

Total pay

$
4,489,374
$
38,790
$
55,347
$
87,551

Relative importance of spend on pay

When considering remuneration arrangements for our Executive Directors and employees as a whole, the Committee also takes into account the overall profitability of the Company and the amounts spent elsewhere, particularly in returning profits to shareholders in the form of dividends and share buy-backs.

The following table sets out the total amounts spent in 2019 and 2018 on remuneration, the attributable profit for each year and the dividends declared and paid in each year.

 

For the year to 31 December 2019

For the year to 31 December 2018

% change

Attributable profit for the year

$600m

$663m

-10%

Dividends paid during the year

$318m

$321m

-1%

Share buy-back1

$63m

$48m

+31%

Total Group spend on remuneration

$1,435m

$1,330m

+8%

1

Shares are bought in the market in respect of shares issued as part of the executive and employee share plans.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

117

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Remuneration implementation report continued

Total Shareholder Return

A graph of the Company’s TSR performance compared to that of the FTSE 100 index is shown below in accordance with Schedule 8 to the Regulations.

PICTURE 10

However, as we also compare the Company’s performance to a tailored sector peer group of medical devices companies (see page 110), when considering TSR performance in the context of the Global Share Plan 2010, we feel that the following graph showing the TSR performance of this peer group is also of interest.

PICTURE 14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of historic data

The following table details information about the pay of the Chief Executive Officer in the previous 10 years:

 

Long-term incentive vesting rates against maximum opportunity

Year

Chief Executive Officer

Single figure of total
remuneration $

Annual Cash
Incentive payout
against maximum %

Performance
shares %

Options %

2019

Roland Diggelmann1

$
265,814

N/A

N/A

2019

Namal Nawana2

$
4,489,374
718

N/A

2018

Namal Nawana

$
2,883,632
69

N/A

2018

Olivier Bohuon3

$
2,383,5827
63
46.5

2017

Olivier Bohuon

$
5,116,689
61
54

2016

Olivier Bohuon

$
3,332,850
30
8

2015

Olivier Bohuon

$
5,342,377
75
33.5

2014

Olivier Bohuon6

$
6,785,121
43
57

2013

Olivier Bohuon

$
4,692,858
84
0

2012

Olivier Bohuon

$
4,956,771
84

N/A

2011

Olivier Bohuon4,5

$
7,442,191
68

N/A

2011

David Illingworth6

$
3,595,787
37
27
27

2010

David Illingworth

$
4,060,707
57
70
61

2009

David Illingworth

$
4,406,485
59
46
59

1

Appointed Chief Executive Officer on 1 November 2019.

2

Appointed Chief Executive Officer on 7 May 2018 and resigned on 31 October 2019.

3

Retired as Chief Executive Officer on 7 May 2018.

4

Appointed Chief Executive Officer on 1 April 2011.

5

Includes recruitment award of €1,400,000 cash and a share award of over 200,000 ordinary shares with a value of €1,410,000 on grant.

6

Resigned as Chief Executive Officer on 1 April 2011.

7

Prior years are restated to reflect amounts not known at the date of signing the previous Annual Report.

8

Calculated as 106.7% for Namal Nawana (disclosed on page 108), divided by the maximum potential payout of 150%.

Gender Pay ratio

In 2019, the Committee reviewed our UK Gender Pay ratio. It was noted that today our Gender Pay gap is greater than we would like it to be, but we have seen an improvement in our mean and median pay gap in the UK. The mean pay gap has reduced from 31% (in 2018) to 28% (in 2019) and the median pay gap from 21% to 18% for the same period. We shall continue to review these figures.

Shareholding requirements

The Chief Executive Officer is required to hold three times his salary in the form of shares and the Chief Financial Officer is required to hold two times his salary. Our current remuneration arrangements also require Executive Directors to retain any shares received in respect of Performance Share Awards made in or after 2017 for a period of two years after vesting. Following the review of the Remuneration Policy in 2019 is was decided that not only will Executive Directors hold shares for two years within the Vested Share Account provided by the Company, but also, only in exceptional cases will Executive Directors be permitted to sell any vested shares post tax until their shareholding requirements have been met.

Post cessation shareholding requirements

In addition, subject to the approval of the 2020 Remuneration Policy by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 9 April 2020, Executive Directors also state that post cessation, Directors will be expected to hold shares in the Vested Share Account from the Performance Share Programme and Deferred Bonus Shares for two years post vesting on page 94.

Statement of voting at Annual General Meeting

At the Annual General Meeting held on 11 April 2019, votes cast by proxy and at the meeting and votes withheld in respect of the votes on the Directors’ Remuneration Report are noted below. In addition, votes cast by proxy and at the meeting and votes withheld in respect of the votes on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, which was last approved by shareholders on 6 April 2017 are noted below:

Resolution

Votes for

% for

Votes
against

% against

Total votes
validly cast

Votes
withheld

Approval of the Directors’
Remuneration Report (excluding policy)

553,379,288
87.56
78,602,919
12.44
631,982,207
21,970,442

Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration
Policy at the 2017 Annual General Meeting

578,383,031
98.30
10,003,885
1.70
588,386,916
1,422,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

119

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration continued

Remuneration implementation report continued

Senior management remuneration

The Group’s administrative, supervisory and management body (senior management) is comprised for US reporting purposes, of Executive Directors and Executive Officers. Details of the current Executive Directors and Executive Officers are given on pages 54–61.

Compensation paid to senior management in respect of 2017, 2018 and 2019 was as follows:

 

2019
2018
2017

Total compensation (excluding pension emoluments, but including cash payments under the performance-related incentive plans)

$
17,020,000
$
15,935,000
$
13,573,000

Total compensation for loss of office

$
5,559,000
$
433,000
$
2,711,000

Aggregate increase in accrued pension scheme benefits

Aggregate amounts provided for under supplementary schemes

$
1,564,000
$
1,570,000
$
872,000

As at 14 February 2020, senior management owned 238,330 shares and 9,658 ADSs, constituting less than 0.1% of the share capital of the Company. For this purpose, the Group is defined as the Executive Directors, members of the Executive Committee, including the Company Secretary and their Persons Closely Associated. Details of share awards granted during the year and held as at 14 February 2020 by members of senior management are as follows:

 

Share awards
granted during
the year

Total share
awards held as at
14 February
2020

Equity Incentive awards

154,550
191,073

Performance Share awards at maximum

513,598
762,694

Conditional share awards under the Global Share Plan 2010

33,501
163,488

Options under Employee ShareSave plans

2,179
8,006

The Smith+Nephew Employee Share Trust

Note 19.2 of these accounts states the movement in Treasury Shares and the Trust during 2019. No more shares are held within the Trust than are required for the next six months’ of anticipated vestings. Any unvested shares held in the Trust are not voted upon at shareholder meetings. No more than 5% of the issued share capital at 31 December 2019 is held within the Trust. At 31 December 2019 1,251,178 shares were held in the Trust representing 0.14% of the issued share capital.

Dilution headroom

The Remuneration Committee ensures that at all times the number of new shares which may be issued under any share-based plans, including all-employee plans, does not exceed 10% of the Company’s issued share capital over any rolling 10-year period (of which up to 5% may be issued to satisfy awards under the Company’s discretionary plans). The Company monitors headroom closely when granting awards over shares taking into account the number of options or shares that might be expected to lapse or be forfeited before vesting or exercise. In the event that insufficient new shares are available, there are processes in place to purchase shares in the market to satisfy vesting awards and to net-settle option exercises.

Over the previous 10 years (2010 to 2019), the number of new shares issued under our share plans has been as follows:

All-employee share plans 2019

7,335,423 (0.84% of issued share capital as at 14 February 2020)

Discretionary share plans

29,978,030 (3.43% of issued share capital as at 14 February 2020)

By order of the Board, on 20 February 2020

PICTURE 6  

Angie Risley

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

122

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

123

 

 

 

Group financial statements

130

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts

135

 

 

 

Company financial statements

185

 

 

 

Notes to the Company accounts

187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

121

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the
Annual Report and Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Form 20-F and the Group and Parent Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent Company financial statements for each financial year.
Under that law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and applicable law and have elected to prepare the Parent Company financial statements in accordance with UK accounting standards, including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and Parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

-

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

-

make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant, reliable and prudent;

-

for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs, as issued by the IASB and adopted by the EU;

-

for the Parent Company financial statements, state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the Parent Company financial statements;

-

assess the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and

-

use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Parent Company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that comply with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect of the Annual Report

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

-

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

-

the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report include a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the issuer and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

The Strategic Report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, comprises pages 2–51.

The Directors’ Report has also been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and The Small Companies and Groups (Accounts and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2008 comprising of pages 5, 24–25, 28–29, 32–33, 39, 40–49, 52, 63, 66, 68–70, 74–82, 84–85, 161–162, 184, 189–192 and pages 205–211 of the Annual Report, and has been approved and signed on behalf of the Board.

We consider the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board, on 20 February 2020

 

PICTURE 26

Susan Swabey

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

 

Smith & Nephew Plc:

 

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying Group balance sheets of Smith & Nephew plc and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of 31 December 2019 and 2018, the related Group income statements, Group statements of comprehensive income, Group cash flow statements and Group statement of changes in equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2019, and the related notes including the accounting policies and Critical judgements and estimates on page 130 (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of 31 December 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and in conformity with IFRS as adopted by the European Union. Also in our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2019 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

The Group acquired Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. during 2019, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, Osiris Therapeutics, Inc’s. internal control over financial reporting associated with 2% of the Group’s revenue and less than 1% of the Group’s total assets, included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Group also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Osiris Therapeutics, Inc..

 

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group has changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of IFRS 16, Leases.

 

Basis for Opinions

The Group’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Evaluation of Internal Controls. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

123

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

 

Evaluation of uncertain tax positions in respect of transfer pricing

As discussed in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, provisions for uncertain tax positions require the Group to make judgements and estimates relating to interpretations of tax law, settlement negotiations or changes in legislation.

 

A provision of $201 million has been recognised for uncertain tax positions, the majority relating to transfer pricing, including financing arrangements. A contingent tax liability of approximately $150 million has been disclosed in respect of a potential exposure relating to the UK CFC legislation.

 

We identified the evaluation of uncertain tax positions in respect of transfer pricing, including financing arrangements, as a critical audit matter. Due to the high degree of estimation uncertainty, complex auditor judgement and specialised skills and knowledge were required in assessing the Group’s provision for uncertain tax positions, including the Group’s interpretation of tax laws, future events, and uncertainties such as outcome of ongoing tax audits.

 

The primary procedures we performed to address the critical audit matter included the following:

Control testing: We tested certain internal controls over the Group’s uncertain tax positions process, including controls related to the interpretation of the relevant tax regulations in assessing transfer pricing positions.

Our taxation expertise:  We involved international and local tax professionals with specialised skills and knowledge, who assisted in evaluating and challenging the evaluation of uncertain tax positions based on our knowledge and experience of the application of international and local legislation by the relevant authorities and assessing (i) the Group’s results of historical tax audits and correspondence with tax authorities, (ii) transfer pricing documentation and methodology for compliance with tax law (iii) third party tax advice received by the Group, and (iv) changes in tax legislation. In addition, our tax professionals assisted the audit team in developing an independent range of estimates and comparing this to the Group’s provision.

Assessing disclosures: We assessed that the disclosures around the maximum contingent liability to the Group with respect to the UK CFC legislation, and the range of possible changes to the tax provisions within the next financial year, reflect the underlying facts and circumstances.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

124

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Evaluation of the provision for metal-on-metal hip products

As discussed in note 17 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group holds a provision of $315 million in respect of potential liabilities arising from the ongoing exposure for metal-on-metal hip products. 

 

The estimate for this provision requires the Group to use an actuarial model and make a number of key assumptions relating to the number of claimants and settlement outcome.

 

We identified the evaluation of the provision for metal-on-metal hip products and related disclosure for this legal matter as a critical audit matter because especially challenging auditor judgment was required in assessing the key assumptions above, given the limited historical track record of metal-on-metal claims settled.

 

The primary procedures we performed to address the critical audit matter included the following:

Control testing: We tested certain internal controls over the Group’s legal provision process. This included controls over the Group’s review, challenge and assessment of the metal–on-metal provision and related key assumptions relating to estimating the number of claimants and the settlement outcomes.

Enquiry of lawyers: We obtained correspondence directly from external counsel on the status of open metal-on-metal court proceedings and settlement negotiations. We compared the evaluation of the related exposure to the metal-on-metal claims from external counsel to the Group’s assessments.

Our actuarial expertise: We involved actuarial professionals with specialised skills and knowledge, who assisted in challenging the number of claimants and settlement outcomes used in statistical projections in determining the provision by reference to historical data including settlement amounts and experience of other cases. In addition, the actuarial professionals assisted in evaluating whether the statistical model applied by the Group is in line with actuarial professional standards and industry practice for similar product liability claims.

We evaluated the scope, competency, and objectivity of the Group’s experts involved in developing the actuarial model used in the determination of the provision by considering the work they were engaged to perform, their professional qualifications, and reporting lines.

Assessing disclosures: We assessed that the Group’s sensitivity disclosures in respect of the metal-on-metal hip provision over how sensitive the provision is to changes in key assumptions and the range of possible outcomes reflect the underlying facts and circumstances.

 

Initial measurement of product related intangible assets acquired in the Osiris business combination

As discussed in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements, on 17 April 2019, the Group acquired Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. (Osiris) in a business combination.

 

As a result of the transaction, the Group acquired product related intangible assets relating to specific patented regenerative medicine products with a recognised fair value of $284 million.

 

We identified the evaluation of the initial measurement of the product related intangible assets acquired in the Osiris transaction as a critical audit matter. There was a high degree of subjectivity in assessing a number of the assumptions applied by the Group in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the acquisition-date fair value of these assets. The calculated fair value was sensitive to changes in the following assumptions:

Forecasted revenue growth rates attributable to Osiris’s medical products 

Royalty rate

 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following.

Control testing: We tested certain internal controls over the Group’s acquisition-date valuation process to develop the relevant assumptions, as listed above, including the review and assessment of these assumptions by the Group. 

Benchmarking assumptions: We evaluated and challenged the Group’s forecasted growth rates by comparing to industry reports on market growth and historic revenue growth trends achieved by Osiris.

Historical comparisons: We compared the Group’s estimates of forecasted revenue for Osiris and other recent acquisitions to actual results since acquisition date to assess the Group’s ability to accurately forecast.

Our valuation expertise: We assessed the royalty rates applied in the valuation model by using valuation professionals with specialised skills and knowledge, who assisted the audit team by challenging the royalty assumptions using their industry knowledge and comparing these rates to royalty rates applied by comparable companies and rates historically applied by the Group in similar acquisitions.

Sensitivity analysis: We assessed the sensitivity of revenue growth rates and royalty rates to consider their impact on the Group’s determination of the fair value of the product related intangible assets acquired.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

125

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Evaluation of the provision for excess and obsolescence (E&O) for Orthopaedics inventory

The Group has high levels of Orthopaedics inventory that is available for customers’ immediate use. Complete sets of products including large and small sizes of inventory (which are used less frequently) have to be made available to customers at their premises. An assessment is made by the Group to identify excess or obsolete inventory.

 

As a result, the Group has recognised a provision for excess and obsolete inventory (E&O provision) for Orthopaedics which is included within the total E&O provision of $308 million as discussed in note 12. The key input into this provision is the estimate of the future utilisation of inventory on hand which is based on assumptions of historical sales of inventory adjusted for other internal or external factors such as effectiveness of inventory deployment, length of product lives and planned phase out of product which may impact the demand for the product.

 

We identified the evaluation of the provision for excess and obsolescence for Orthopaedics inventory as a critical audit matter. A high degree of auditor judgement was required in assessing the use of historical data adjusted for the assumptions above as a basis for estimating future utilisation.

 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following.

Control testing: We tested certain internal controls over the Group’s process for assessing the E&O provision, including controls over the assumptions listed above to determine expected future utilisation of Orthopaedics inventory.

Test of detail: We assessed and challenged the assumptions, listed above, in the E&O provision through a combination of interviews of finance and operations personnel and review of internal budgets and internal reporting, including a sample of product plans to assess the impact of plans for launching new or discontinued product lines on future utilisation of Orthopaedics inventory.

Historical comparisons:  We evaluated the Group’s ability to accurately estimate the E&O provision by comparing historically recorded provisions to actual subsequent write-off and historically estimated future utilisation to actual utilisation. 

Sensitivity analysis: We assessed the sensitivity of the key assumptions listed above to consider their impact on the Group’s determination of the calculation of the provision recognised.

 

 

PICTURE 100

 

We have served as the Group’s auditor since 2015

 

London, United Kingdom

 

20 February 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

127

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

129

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group financial statements

Critical judgements and estimates

The Group prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS as adopted by the EU, the application of which often requires judgements and estimates to be made by management when formulating the Group’s financial position and results. Under IFRS, the Directors are required to adopt those accounting policies most appropriate to the Group’s circumstances for the purpose of presenting fairly the Group’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows.

The Group’s accounting policies do not include any critical judgements. The Group’s accounting policies are set out in Notes 1–24 of the Notes to the Group Accounts. Of those, the policies which require the most use of management’s estimation are as follows:

Valuation of inventories

A feature of the Orthopaedic franchise (whose inventory make up approximately 60% of the Group’s total inventory) is the high level of product inventory required, some of which is located at customer premises and is available for customers’ immediate use. Complete sets of products, including large and small sizes, have to be made available in this way. These sizes are used less frequently than standard sizes and towards the end of the product life cycle are inevitably in excess of requirements. Adjustments to carrying value are therefore required to be made to orthopaedic inventory to anticipate this situation. These adjustments are calculated in accordance with a formula based on levels of inventory compared with historical usage. This formula is applied on an individual product line basis and is first applied when a product group has been on the market for two years. This method of calculation is considered appropriate based on experience, but it does require management estimate in respect of customer demand, effectiveness of inventory deployment, length of product lives and phase‑out of old products. See Note 12 for further details.

Impairment

In carrying out impairment reviews of intangible assets, a number of significant assumptions have to be made when preparing cash flow projections. These include the future rate of market growth, discount rates, the market demand for the products acquired, the future profitability of acquired businesses or products, levels of reimbursement and success in obtaining regulatory approvals. If actual results should differ or changes in expectations arise, impairment charges may be required which would adversely impact operating results. See Note 9 for further details.

Liability provisioning

The recognition of provisions for legal disputes is subject to a significant degree of estimation. Provision is made for loss contingencies when it is considered probable that an adverse outcome will occur and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. In making its estimates, management takes into account the advice of internal and external legal counsel. Provisions are reviewed regularly and amounts updated where necessary to reflect developments in the disputes. The value of provisions may require future adjustment if experience such as number, nature or value of claims or settlements changes. Such a change may be material in 2020 or thereafter. The ultimate liability may differ from the amount provided depending on the outcome of court proceedings and settlement negotiations or if investigations bring to light new facts. See Note 17 for further details.

Taxation

The Group operates in numerous tax jurisdictions around the world and it is Group policy to submit its tax returns to the relevant tax authorities within the statutory time limits. At any given time, the Group is involved in disputes and tax audits and will have a number of tax returns potentially subject to audit. Significant issues may take several years to resolve. In estimating the probability and amount of any tax charge, management takes into account the views of internal and external advisers and updates the amount of tax provision whenever necessary. The ultimate tax liability may differ materially in 2020 or thereafter from the amount provided depending on factors including transfer pricing, tax rate changes, tax legislation changes, tax authority interpretation, expiry of the statute of limitations, tax litigation, and resolution of tax audits and disputes. See Note 5 for further details.

Business combinations

The Group initially recognises the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and the consideration transferred in a business combination. The determination of the balance sheet fair value acquired is dependent upon the understanding of the circumstances at acquisition and estimates of the future results of the acquired business. Management is required to estimate the fair value of acquired intangible assets, which involves forecasting revenue growth rates and determining the appropriate royalty rate. See Note 21 for further details.

 

 

Page 130 is an integral part of these accounts.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group financial statements

Group income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

Year ended

  

Year ended

  

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Revenue

 

 2

 

5,138

 

4,904

 

4,765

 

Cost of goods sold

 

  

 

(1,338)

 

(1,298)

 

(1,248)

 

Gross profit

 

  

 

3,800

 

3,606

 

3,517

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 3

 

(2,693)

 

(2,497)

 

(2,360)

 

Research and development expenses

 

 3

 

(292)

 

(246)

 

(223)

 

Operating profit

 

2 & 3

 

815

 

863

 

934

 

Interest income

 

 4

 

10

 

 8

 

 6

 

Interest expense

 

 4

 

(65)

 

(59)

 

(57)

 

Other finance costs

 

 4

 

(18)

 

(20)

 

(10)

 

Share of results of associates

 

11

 

 1

 

(11)

 

 6

 

Profit before taxation

 

  

 

743

 

781

 

879

 

Taxation

 

 5

 

(143)

 

(118)

 

(112)

 

Attributable profit for the year1

 

  

 

600

 

663

 

767

 

Earnings per ordinary share1

 

 6

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Basic

 

  

 

68.6¢

 

76.0¢

 

87.8¢

 

Diluted

 

  

 

68.4¢

 

75.7¢

 

87.7¢

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach comparative information is not restated. 

 

Group statement of comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

Year ended

  

Year ended

  

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Attributable profit for the year1

 

  

 

600

 

663

 

767

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Items that will not be reclassified to income statement

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Re-measurement of net retirement benefit obligations

 

18

 

(14)

 

11

 

64

 

Taxation on other comprehensive income

 

 5

 

 2

 

(1)

 

(9)

 

Total items that will not be reclassified to income statement

 

  

 

(12)

 

10

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income statement

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Cash flow hedges – forward foreign exchange contracts

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Gains/(losses) arising in the year

 

  

 

14

 

21

 

(45)

 

(Gains)/losses transferred to inventories for the year

 

  

 

(19)

 

 2

 

21

 

Fair value remeasurement of available for sale asset

 

  

 

 –

 

 –

 

(10)

 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

 

  

 

21

 

(132)

 

181

 

Taxation on other comprehensive income

 

 5

 

 –

 

(3)

 

 –

 

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to income statement

 

  

 

16

 

(112)

 

147

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of taxation

 

  

 

 4

 

(102)

 

202

 

Total comprehensive income for the year1

 

  

 

604

 

561

 

969

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach comparative information is not restated.

1

Attributable to equity holders of the Company and wholly derived from continuing operations.

The Notes on pages 135–184 are an integral part of these accounts.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

131

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group financial statements

Group balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At

 

At

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

    

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Assets

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Non-current assets

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

1 & 7

 

1,323

 

1,062

 

Goodwill

 

 8

 

2,789

 

2,337

 

Intangible assets

 

 9

 

1,567

 

1,210

 

Investments

 

10

 

 7

 

34

 

Investments in associates

 

11

 

103

 

105

 

Other non-current assets

 

13

 

35

 

16

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

18

 

106

 

92

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 5

 

150

 

126

 

 

 

  

 

6,080

 

4,982

 

Current assets

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Inventories

 

12

 

1,614

 

1,395

 

Trade and other receivables

 

13

 

1,328

 

1,317

 

Cash at bank

 

15

 

277

 

365

 

 

 

  

 

3,219

 

3,077

 

Total assets

 

  

 

9,299

 

8,059

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Equity and liabilities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Share capital

 

19

 

177

 

177

 

Share premium

 

  

 

610

 

608

 

Capital redemption reserve

 

  

 

18

 

18

 

Treasury shares

 

19

 

(189)

 

(214)

 

Other reserves

 

  

 

(324)

 

(340)

 

Retained earnings

 

  

 

4,849

 

4,625

 

Total equity

 

  

 

5,141

 

4,874

 

Non-current liabilities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Long-term borrowings and lease liabilities

 

1 & 15

 

1,975

 

1,301

 

Retirement benefit obligations

 

18

 

136

 

114

 

Other payables

 

14

 

102

 

53

 

Provisions

 

17

 

214

 

153

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 5

 

167

 

99

 

 

 

  

 

2,594

 

1,720

 

Current liabilities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Bank overdrafts, borrowings, loans and lease liabilities

 

1 & 15

 

72

 

164

 

Trade and other payables

 

14

 

1,046

 

957

 

Provisions

 

17

 

203

 

121

 

Current tax payable

 

 5

 

243

 

223

 

 

 

  

 

1,564

 

1,465

 

Total liabilities

 

  

 

4,158

 

3,185

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

  

 

9,299

 

8,059

 

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach comparative information is not restated.

The accounts were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 20 February 2020 and are signed on its behalf by:

 

 

 

Roberto Quarta

Roland Digglemann

Graham Baker

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

The Notes on pages 135–184 are an integral part of these accounts.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group financial statements

Group cash flow statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

 

Year ended

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

31 December

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Profit before taxation

 

  

 

743

 

781

 

879

 

Net interest expense

 

 4

 

55

 

51

 

51

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

 

  

 

502

 

435

 

447

 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and software

 

  

 

16

 

19

 

13

 

Share-based payments expense (equity settled)

 

23

 

32

 

35

 

31

 

Share of results of associates

 

11

 

(1)

 

11

 

(6)

 

Net movement in post-retirement benefit obligations

 

  

 

(4)

 

(35)

 

(40)

 

Increase in inventories

 

  

 

(204)

 

(152)

 

(17)

 

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

 

  

 

30

 

(108)

 

(40)

 

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables and provisions

 

  

 

201

 

71

 

(45)

 

Cash generated from operations1

 

  

 

1,370

 

1,108

 

1,273

 

Interest received

 

  

 

 4

 

 2

 

 2

 

Interest paid

 

  

 

(56)

 

(54)

 

(50)

 

Income taxes paid

 

  

 

(150)

 

(125)

 

(135)

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

 

  

 

1,168

 

931

 

1,090

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

(869)

 

(29)

 

(159)

 

Capital expenditure

 

 

 

(408)

 

(347)

 

(376)

 

Net proceeds from sale/(purchase) of investments

 

 

 

23

 

(4)

 

(8)

 

Distribution from associate

 

11

 

 3

 

 2

 

 –

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

  

 

(1,251)

 

(378)

 

(543)

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital

 

  

 

 2

 

 3

 

 5

 

Purchase of own shares

 

  

 

(63)

 

(48)

 

(52)

 

Payment of capital element of lease liabilities

 

20

 

(46)

 

 –

 

 –

 

Proceeds from borrowings due within one year

 

20

 

 –

 

24

 

53

 

Settlement of borrowings due within one year

 

20

 

(125)

 

(30)

 

(64)

 

Proceeds from borrowings due after one year

 

20

 

1,290

 

370

 

570

 

Settlement of borrowings due after one year

 

20

 

(740)

 

(371)

 

(706)

 

Proceeds from own shares

 

  

 

 9

 

10

 

 5

 

Settlement of currency swaps

 

20

 

(2)

 

(8)

 

24

 

Equity dividends paid

 

19

 

(318)

 

(321)

 

(269)

 

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

 

  

 

 7

 

(371)

 

(434)

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

  

 

(76)

 

182

 

113

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

20

 

333

 

155

 

38

 

Exchange adjustments

 

20

 

 –

 

(4)

 

 4

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year2

 

  

 

257

 

333

 

155

 

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach comparative information is not restated.

 

1

Includes $123m (2018: $83m, 2017: $15m) of outgoings on restructuring and rationalisation expenses, $36m (2018: $3m, 2017: $3m) of acquisition and disposal related items and $105m inflow (2018: $104m outflow, 2017: $25m outflow) of legal and other items.

2

Cash and cash equivalents is net of bank overdrafts of $20m (2018: $32m, 2017: $14m).

The Notes on pages 135–184 are an integral part of these accounts.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

133

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group financial statements

Group statement of changes in equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

Share

 

redemption

 

Treasury

 

Other

 

Retained

 

Total

 

 

 

capital

 

premium

 

reserve

 

shares2

 

reserves3

 

earnings

 

equity

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 31 December 2016

 

180

 

600

 

15

 

(432)

 

(375)

 

3,970

 

3,958

 

Attributable profit for the year1

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

767

 

767

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

147

 

55

 

202

 

Equity dividends declared and paid

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(269)

 

(269)

 

Share-based payments recognised

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

31

 

31

 

Taxation on share-based payments

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(3)

 

(3)

 

Purchase of own shares

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(52)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(52)

 

Cost of shares transferred to beneficiaries

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

26

 

 –

 

(21)

 

 5

 

Cancellation of treasury shares

 

(2)

 

 –

 

 2

 

201

 

 –

 

(201)

 

 –

 

Issue of ordinary share capital4

 

 –

 

 5

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 5

 

At 31 December 2017

 

178

 

605

 

17

 

(257)

 

(228)

 

4,329

 

4,644

 

Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 9 (net of tax)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(11)

 

(11)

 

Adjusted balance as at 1 January 2018

 

178

 

605

 

17

 

(257)

 

(228)

 

4,318

 

4,633

 

Attributable profit for the year1

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

663

 

663

 

Other comprehensive expense

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(112)

 

10

 

(102)

 

Equity dividends declared and paid

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(321)

 

(321)

 

Share-based payments recognised

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

35

 

35

 

Taxation on share-based payments

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 1

 

Purchase of own shares

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(48)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(48)

 

Cost of shares transferred to beneficiaries

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

40

 

 –

 

(30)

 

10

 

Cancellation of treasury shares

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 1

 

51

 

 –

 

(51)

 

 –

 

Issue of ordinary share capital4

 

 –

 

 3

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 3

 

At 31 December 2018

 

177

 

608

 

18

 

(214)

 

(340)

 

4,625

 

4,874

 

Attributable profit for the year1

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

600

 

600

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

16

 

(12)

 

 4

 

Equity dividends declared and paid

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(318)

 

(318)

 

Share-based payments recognised

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

32

 

32

 

Taxation on share-based payments

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 1

 

Purchase of own shares

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(63)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(63)

 

Cost of shares transferred to beneficiaries

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

38

 

 –

 

(29)

 

 9

 

Cancellation of treasury shares

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

50

 

 –

 

(50)

 

 –

 

Issue of ordinary share capital4

 

 –

 

 2

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 2

 

At 31 December 2019

 

177

 

610

 

18

 

(189)

 

(324)

 

4,849

 

5,141

 

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach comparative information is not restated.

 

 

1

Attributable to equity holders of the Company and wholly derived from continuing operations.

2

Refer to Note 19.2 for further information.

3

Other reserves comprises gains and losses on cash flow hedges, foreign exchange differences on translation of foreign operations and net changes on fair value of trade investments. The cumulative translation loss within other reserves at 31 December 2019 was $318m (2018: $339m loss, 2017: $207m loss).

4

Issue of ordinary share capital in connection with the Group’s share incentive plans.

The Notes on pages 135–184 are an integral part of these accounts.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts

1 Basis of preparation

Smith & Nephew plc (the Company) is a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. In these accounts, the ‘Group’ means the Company and all its subsidiaries. The principal activities of the Group are to develop, manufacture, market and sell medical devices and services.

As required by the European Union’s IAS Regulation and the Companies Act 2006, the Group has prepared its accounts in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU) effective as at 31 December 2019. The Group has also prepared its accounts in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) effective as at 31 December 2019. IFRSs as adopted by the EU differs in certain respects from IFRS as issued by the IASB. However, the differences have no impact for the periods presented.

The preparation of accounts in conformity with IFRS requires management to use estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the accounts and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. The accounting policies requiring management to use significant estimates and assumptions are: inventories, impairment, taxation, liability provisions and business combinations. These are discussed on page 130. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions, actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to estimates are recognised prospectively.

The Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis for accounting in preparing the annual financial statements. The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Further information regarding the Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are set out on pages 14–23.

As described in Note 15, the Group meets its funding requirements through a mixture of shareholders’ funds, bank borrowings and private placement notes. At 31 December 2019 the Group had available committed borrowing facilities of $2.9bn and total liquidity of $1.3bn, including net cash and cash equivalents of $257m and undrawn available committed borrowing facilities of $1bn. The earliest expiry date of the Group’s committed borrowing facilities is in respect of $75m of Senior Notes due to expire in January 2021. In addition, Note 16 includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; our financial risk management objectives; details of our financial instruments and hedging activities; and our exposures to foreign exchange, interest rate and credit risk.

The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking into account reasonably possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group has sufficient financial resources. The Directors have reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group are well placed to manage their business risks and to continue in operational existence for a period of at least three years from the date of the approval of the financial statements. Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis (in accordance with the ‘Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting’ issued by the FRC) in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

New accounting standards effective 2019

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019. A number of other new standards, including IFRIC 23 Uncertainty Over Income Tax Treatments, are effective from 1 January 2019 but they do not have a material effect on the Group’s financial statements.

On 1 January 2019, the Group adopted IFRS 16 Leases using the modified retrospective approach and the right-of-use asset on transition equalled the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any rent-free period accruals. The cumulative effect of initially adopting IFRS 16 is recognised as an adjustment at 1 January 2019 with no restatement of comparative information. The Group applied the practical expedient to grandfather the definition of a lease on transition. The Group applied IFRS 16 only to contracts that were previously identified as containing a lease. Contracts that were not identified as containing a lease under IAS 17 or IFRIC 4 were not reassessed. The new definition of a lease has only been applied to contracts entered into from 1 January 2019.

Previous accounting policy

Previously the Group determined if an arrangement was or contained a lease under IFRIC 4 Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease. As a lessee the Group previously classified leases as operating or finance leases based on whether the lease arrangement substantially transferred all risks and rewards of ownership.

New accounting policy – IFRS 16 Leases

The assessment of whether a contract is or contains a lease takes place at the inception of the contract. The assessment involves whether the Group obtains substantially all the economic benefits from the use of that asset and whether the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease and non-lease component. The non-lease component, where it is separately identifiable, is not included in the right-of-use asset.

The Group leases many assets including properties, motor vehicles and office equipment. The Group availed itself of the exemptions for short-term leases and leases of low-value items for leases other than those for properties and motor vehicles. The use of these exemptions does not have a material impact.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

135

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

1 Basis of preparation continued

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the commencement of the lease. The right-of-use asset is initially measured based on the present value of lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date plus initial direct costs less any incentives received. The lease payments are discounted using an incremental borrowing rate which is country-specific and reflective of the lease term. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the underlying asset. The right-of-use asset is subject to impairment testing if there is an impairment indicator. The right-of-use assets are included in the balance sheet heading ‘Property, plant and equipment’.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of lease payments, as outlined above, and is subsequently increased by the interest cost on the lease liability and decreased by lease payments made. The lease liability is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, or as appropriate, changes in the assessment of whether an extension option is reasonably certain to be exercised or a termination option is reasonably certain not to be exercised. The lease liabilities are included in the balance sheet headings ‘Long-term borrowings and lease liabilities’ and ‘Bank overdrafts, borrowings, loans and lease liabilities’.

Cash flows arising on lease interest payments are included in operating cash flows whereas cash flows arising on the capital repayments of the lease liability are included in financing cash flows.

Impact of applying IFRS 16

On transition to IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019, the Group recognised additional right-of-use assets and additional lease liabilities. The impact on transition is outlined below:

 

 

 

 

    

1 January

 

 

2019

 

 

$m 

Right-of-use assets presented in property, plant and equipment

 

159

Rent-free period accrual presented in trade and other payables

 

 5

Lease liabilities

 

(164)

 

In relation to these leases, the Group has recognised depreciation and interest expenses instead of operating lease expenses. During the year ended 31 December 2019 the Group has recognised $50m of depreciation on right‑of‑use assets and $6m of interest cost from these lease liabilities. The total interest expense for the year ended 31 December 2019 comprises:

 

 

 

 

 

$m 

Bank borrowings and other

 

18

Private placement notes

 

41

Lease liabilities

 

 6

 

 

65

A reconciliation from the operating lease commitment at 31 December 2018 as disclosed in the Group’s statutory financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018 to the lease liabilities recognised at 1 January 2019 is outlined below. The non-lease components primarily relate to service and maintenance costs which were included in the operating lease commitment but do not form part of the lease liability. The short-term exemption primarily relates to the vehicles in a car fleet programme which was known to be closing in 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

$m 

Operating lease commitment at 31 December 2018

 

(218)

Non-lease components

 

28

Short-term exemption availed of on transition

 

 2

Impact of discounting lease payments

 

24

Lease liabilities recognised at 1 January 2019

 

(164)

When measuring lease liabilities for leases that were classified as operating leases, the Group discounted lease payments using its incremental borrowing rate at 1 January 2019. The weighted average rate applied is 3.6%.

Accounting standards issued but not yet effective

A number of new standards and amendments to standards are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2020 and earlier application is permitted; however, the Group has not early adopted them in preparing these consolidated financial statements. These are not expected to have a significant impact on adoption.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

136

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.1 Consolidation

The Group accounts include the accounts of Smith & Nephew plc and its subsidiaries for the periods during which they were members of the Group.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated in the Group accounts from the date that the Group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases. Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated on consolidation. All subsidiaries have year ends which are co-terminous with the Group’s, with the exception of jurisdictions whereby a different year end is required by local legislation.

When the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary and any related components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. Any retained interest in the former subsidiary is measured at fair value.

1.2 Foreign currencies

Functional and presentation currency

The Group accounts are presented in US Dollars. The Company’s functional currency is US Dollars.

Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group companies at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional currency as at the exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary items are not retranslated.

Foreign operations

Balance sheet items of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition are translated into US Dollars on consolidation at the exchange rates at the reporting date. Income statement items and the cash flows of foreign operations are translated at average rates as an approximation to actual transaction rates, with actual transaction rates used for large one-off transactions.

Foreign currency differences are recognised in ‘Other comprehensive income’ and accumulated in ‘Other reserves’ within equity. These include: exchange differences on the translation at closing rates of exchange of non-US Dollar opening net assets; the differences arising between the translation of profits into US Dollars at actual (or average, as an approximation) and closing exchange rates; to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective, the difference on translation of foreign currency borrowings or swaps that are used to finance or hedge the Group’s net investments in foreign operations; and the movement in the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts used to hedge forecast foreign exchange cash flows.

The exchange rates used for the translation of currencies into US Dollars that have the most significant impact on the Group results were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

Average rates

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Sterling

 

1.28

 

1.33

 

1.29

 

Euro

 

1.12

 

1.18

 

1.13

 

Swiss Franc

 

1.01

 

1.02

 

1.02

 

Year end rates

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

Sterling

 

1.32

 

1.28

 

1.35

 

Euro

 

1.12

 

1.14

 

1.20

 

Swiss Franc

 

1.04

 

1.02

 

1.02

 

 

 

2 Business segment information

Previously the Group was engaged in a single business activity, being the development, manufacture and sale of medical technology products and services.

From 1 January 2019 onwards, with the Group’s operating structure organised around three global franchises, the chief operating decision maker began to monitor performance, make operating decisions and allocate resources on a global franchise basis in contrast with 2018 and prior, where these were done on a Group-wide basis. The new operating structure led to the appointment of three franchise presidents. The franchise presidents have  responsibility for upstream marketing, driving product portfolio and technology acquisition decisions, and full commercial responsibility for their franchise in the US. Regional presidents in EMEA and APAC are responsible for the implementation of the global franchise strategy in their respective regions.

Based on the aforementioned changes, the Group has concluded that there are three reportable segments from January 2019. The Group will not restate comparative information in 2019, other than revenue, as historical financial information is not available on a franchise basis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

137

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

2 Business segment information continued

The Executive Committee (‘ExCo’) comprises the Chief Financial Officer (‘CFO’), three franchise presidents, the two regional presidents and certain heads of function, and is chaired by the Chief Executive Officer (‘CEO’). ExCo is the body through which the CEO uses the authority delegated to him by the Board of Directors to manage the operations and performance of the Group. All significant operating decisions regarding the allocation and prioritisation of the Group’s resources and assessment of the Group’s performance are made by ExCo, and whilst the members have individual responsibility for the implementation of decisions within their respective areas, it is at the ExCo level that these decisions are made. Accordingly, ExCo is considered to be the Group’s chief operating decision maker as defined by IFRS 8 Operating Segments.

In making decisions about the prioritisation and allocation of the Group’s resources, ExCo reviews financial information for the three franchises (Orthopaedics, Sports Medicine & ENT, and Advanced Wound Management) and determines the best allocation of resources to the franchises. This information is prepared substantially on the same basis as the Group’s IFRS financial statements aside from the adjustments described in Note 2.2. Financial information for corporate costs is presented on a Group-wide basis. The ExCo is not provided with total assets and liabilities by segment, and therefore these measures are not included in the disclosures below. The results of the segments are shown below.

2.1 Revenue by business segment and geography

Accounting policy

Since 1 January 2018, revenue is recognised as the performance obligations to deliver products or services are satisfied and is recorded based on the amount of consideration expected to be received in exchange for satisfying the performance obligations. Revenue is recognised primarily when control is transferred to the customer, which is generally when the goods are shipped or delivered in accordance with the contract terms, with some transfer of services taking place over time. Substantially all performance obligations are performed within one year. There is no significant revenue associated with the provision of discrete services. Payment terms to our customers are based on commercially reasonable terms for the respective markets while also considering a customer’s credit rating. Appropriate provisions for returns, trade discounts and rebates are deducted from revenue. Rebates primarily comprise chargebacks and other discounts granted to certain customers. Chargebacks are discounts that occur when a third party purchases product from a wholesaler at its agreed price plus a mark-up. The wholesaler in turn charges the Group for the difference between the price initially paid by the wholesaler and the agreed price. The provision for chargebacks is based on expected sell-through levels by the Group’s wholesalers to such customers, as well as estimated wholesaler inventory levels.

The revenue accounting policy for the year ending 31 December 2017 was consistent with the requirements of IAS 18. Revenue was recognised once the significant risks and rewards of ownership had been transferred to the customer, rather than the satisfaction of the performance obligations to deliver products or services.

Orthopaedics and Sports Medicine & ENT

Orthopaedics and Sports Medicine & ENT consists of the following businesses: Knee Implants, Hip Implants, Other Reconstruction, Trauma, Sports Medicine Joint Repair, Arthroscopic Enabling Technologies and ENT. Sales of inventory located at customer premises and available for customers’ immediate use are recognised when notification is received that the product has been implanted or used. Substantially all other revenue is recognised when control is transferred to the customer, which is generally when the goods are shipped or delivered in accordance with the contract terms. Revenue is recognised for the amount of consideration expected to be received in exchange for transferring the products or services.

In general our business in Established Markets is direct to hospitals and ambulatory surgery centres whereas in the Emerging Markets we generally sell through distributors.

Advanced Wound Management

Advanced Wound Management consists of the following businesses: Advanced Wound Care, Advanced Wound Bioactives and Advanced Wound Devices. Substantially all revenue is recognised when control is transferred to the customer, which is generally when the goods are shipped or delivered in accordance with the contract terms. Revenue is recognised for the amount of consideration expected to be received in exchange for transferring the products or services. Appropriate provisions for returns, trade discounts and rebates are deducted from revenue, as explained above.

The majority of our Advanced Wound Management business, and in particular products used in community and homecare facilities, is through wholesalers and distributors. The proportion of sales direct to hospitals is higher in our Advanced Wound Devices business in Established Markets.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue reconciles to statutory revenues from continuing operations as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Reportable segment revenue

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Orthopaedics

 

2,222

 

2,168

 

2,107

 

Sports Medicine & ENT

 

1,536

 

1,461

 

1,402

 

Advanced Wound Management

 

1,380

 

1,275

 

1,256

 

Revenue from external customers

 

5,138

 

4,904

 

4,765

 

 

Disaggregation of revenue:

The following table shows the disaggregation of Group revenue by product franchise:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

20181

 

20171

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Revenue by product from continuing operations

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Knee Implants

 

1,042

 

1,017

 

984

 

Hip Implants

 

613

 

613

 

599

 

Other Reconstruction

 

79

 

62

 

45

 

Trauma

 

488

 

476

 

479

 

Orthopaedics

 

2,222

 

2,168

 

2,107

 

Sports Medicine Joint Repair

 

794

 

717

 

650

 

Arthroscopic Enabling Technologies

 

591

 

600

 

615

 

ENT (Ear, Nose and Throat)

 

151

 

144

 

137

 

Sports Medicine & ENT

 

1,536

 

1,461

 

1,402

 

Advanced Wound Care

 

714

 

740

 

720

 

Advanced Wound Bioactives

 

424

 

320

 

342

 

Advanced Wound Devices

 

242

 

215

 

194

 

Advanced Wound Management

 

1,380

 

1,275

 

1,256

 

Consolidated revenue from continuing operations

 

5,138

 

4,904

 

4,765

 

 

1

Revenue by franchise for the years ended 2018 and 2017 has been re-presented to align with the new global franchise structure effective from 1 January 2019. There has been no change in total revenue for the years ended 2018 and 2017. Other Reconstruction includes 2018: $62m (2017: $45m) previously in Other Surgical Businesses; Trauma includes 2018: $476m (2017: $479m) previously in Trauma & Extremities; Sports Medicine Joint Repair includes 2018: $17m (2017: $16m) and 2018: $3m (2017: $7m) previously in Trauma & Extremities and Other Surgical Businesses respectively; and ENT includes 2018: $144m (2017: $137m) previously in Other Surgical Businesses.

The following table shows the disaggregation of Group revenue by geographic market and product category. The disaggregation of revenue into the two product categories below reflects that in general the products in the Advanced Wound Management franchises are sold to wholesalers and intermediaries, while products in the other franchises are sold directly to hospitals, ambulatory surgery centers and distributors. The further disaggregation of revenue by Established Markets and Emerging Markets reflects that in general our products are sold through distributors and intermediaries in the Emerging Markets while in the Established Markets, with the exception of the Advanced Wound Care and Bioactives franchises, products are in general sold direct to hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers. The disaggregation by Established Markets and Emerging Markets also reflects their differing economic factors including volatility in growth and outlook.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

Established
Markets
1 

 

Emerging
Markets

 

Total

 

Established
Markets
1 

 

Emerging
Markets

 

Total

 

Established
Markets
1 

 

Emerging
Markets

 

Total

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

Orthopaedics, Sports Medicine & ENT

 

2,986

 

772

 

3,758

 

2,944

 

685

 

3,629

 

2,867

 

642

 

3,509

Advanced Wound Management

 

1,195

 

185

 

1,380

 

1,103

 

172

 

1,275

 

1,097

 

159

 

1,256

Total

 

4,181

 

957

 

5,138

 

4,047

 

857

 

4,904

 

3,964

 

801

 

4,765

1

Established Markets comprises the US, Australia, Canada, Europe, Japan and New Zealand.

 

US revenue for 2019 was $2,551m (2018: $2,354m, 2017: $2,306m), China revenue for 2019 was $336m (2018: $270m, 2017: $228m) and UK revenue for 2019 was $211m (2018: $211m, 2017: $222m).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

139

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

2 Business segment information continued

Contract assets and liabilities

The nature of our products and services do not generally give rise to contract assets as we do not typically incur costs to fulfil a contract before a product or service is provided to the customer. The Group generally satisfies performance obligations within one year from the contract inception date. There was no material revenue recognised in the current reporting period that related to carried-forward contract liabilities (deferred income) or performance obligations satisfied in the previous year. There is no material revenue that is likely to arise in future periods from unsatisfied performance obligations at the balance sheet date. Therefore, there are no associated significant accrued income and deferred income balances at 31 December 2019. As of 31 December 2019, contract assets principally comprised trade receivables and contract liabilities principally comprise rebates (as described in the accounting policy above). The accrual for rebates at 31 December 2019 was $82m (2018: $65m) with $397m being recognised in revenue in 2019.

Major customers

No single customer generates revenue greater than 10% of the consolidated revenue.

2.2 Trading and operating profit by business segment

Trading profit is a trend measure which presents the profitability of the Group excluding the impact of specific transactions that management considers affect the Group’s short-term profitability and the comparability of results. The Group presents this measure to assist investors in their understanding of trends. The Group has identified the following items, where material, as those to be excluded from operating profit when arriving at trading profit: acquisition and disposal related items; amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles; significant restructuring programmes; gains and losses arising from legal disputes; and other significant items. Further detail is provided in Notes 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6.

Segment trading profit is reconciled to the statutory measure below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

20181

 

20171

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

Segment profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orthopaedics

 

666

 

 

 

 

Sports Medicine & ENT

 

489

 

 

 

 

Advanced Wound Management

 

370

 

 

 

 

Segment trading profit

 

1,525

 

 

 

 

Corporate costs

 

(356)

 

 

 

 

Group trading profit

 

1,169

 

1,123

 

1,048

Acquisition and disposal related items

 

(32)

 

 7

 

10

Restructuring and rationalisation expenses

 

(134)

 

(120)

 

 –

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles

 

(143)

 

(113)

 

(140)

Legal and other

 

(45)

 

(34)

 

16

Group operating profit

 

815

 

863

 

934

1Historical financial information is not available on a franchise basis.

2.3 Non-current assets by geography

The following table presents the non-current assets of the Group based on their location:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

United Kingdom

 

385

 

354

 

364

 

United States of America

 

4,034

 

3,186

 

3,295

 

Other

 

1,405

 

1,224

 

1,287

 

Total non-current assets of the consolidated Group1

 

5,824

 

4,764

 

4,946

 

 

1Non-current assets excludes retirement benefit assets and deferred tax assets.

2.4 Acquisitions and disposal related items

For the year to 31 December 2019 costs primarily relate to the acquisitions of Ceterix, Osiris, Leaf, Brainlab OJR and Atracsys.

For the year to 31 December 2018 the credit relates to a remeasurement of contingent consideration for a prior year acquisition and adjustments to provisions on disposal of a business, partially offset by costs associated with the acquisition of Rotation Medical, Inc.

For the year to 31 December 2017 the credit relates to a remeasurement of contingent consideration for a prior year acquisition partially offset by costs associated with the acquisition of Rotation Medical, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5 Restructuring and rationalisation costs

Restructuring and rationalisation costs of $134m were incurred in 2019 (2018: $120m, 2017: $nil) relating to the Accelerating Performance and Execution (APEX) programme that was announced in February 2018.

2.6 Legal and other

For the year ended 31 December 2019 charges primarily relate to legal expenses for ongoing metal-on-metal hip claims and an increase of $121m in the provision that reflects the present value of the estimated costs to resolve all other known and anticipated metal-on-metal hip claims. The year to 31 December 2019 also includes costs for implementing the requirements of the EU Medical Device Regulations that will apply from May 2020. These charges in the year to 31 December 2019 were partially offset by a credit of $147m relating to insurance recoveries for ongoing metal-on-metal hip claims.

For the year ended 31 December 2018 charges primarily relate to legal expenses for ongoing metal-on-metal hip claims and an increase of $72m in the provision that reflects the present value of the estimated costs to resolve all other known and anticipated metal-on metal hip claims globally. The year to 31 December 2018 also includes costs for implementing the requirements of the EU Medical Device Regulations that will apply from May 2020. These charges in the year to 31 December 2018 were partially offset by a credit of $84m relating to settlement agreements with insurers related to product liability claims involving macrotextured components withdrawn from the market in 2003. For the year ended 31 December 2017, charges primarily relate to legal expenses for patent litigation with Arthrex and ongoing metal-on-metal hip claims and an increase of $10m in the provision that reflects the present value of the estimated costs to resolve all other known and anticipated metal-on-metal hip claims globally. These charges were offset by a $54m credit following a settlement payment received from Arthrex relating to patent litigation. 

3 Operating profit

Accounting policy

Research and development

Research expenditure is expensed as incurred. Internal development expenditure is only capitalised if the recognition criteria in IAS 38 Intangible Assets have been satisfied. The Group considers that the regulatory, technical and market uncertainties inherent in the development of new products mean that in most cases development costs should not be capitalised as intangible assets until products receive approval from the appropriate regulatory body.

Payments to third parties for research and development projects are accounted for based on the substance of the arrangement. If the arrangement represents outsourced research and development activities the payments are generally expensed except in limited circumstances where the respective development expenditure would be capitalised under the principles established in IAS 38. By contrast, the payments are capitalised if the arrangement represents consideration for the acquisition of intellectual property developed at the risk of the third party.

Capitalised development expenditures are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives from product launch.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Revenue

 

5,138

 

4,904

 

4,765

 

Cost of goods sold1

 

(1,338)

 

(1,298)

 

(1,248)

 

Gross profit

 

3,800

 

3,606

 

3,517

 

Research and development expenses2

 

(292)

 

(246)

 

(223)

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Marketing, selling and distribution expenses

 

(1,911)

 

(1,820)

 

(1,781)

 

Administrative expenses3,4,5,6

 

(782)

 

(677)

 

(579)

 

 

 

(2,693)

 

(2,497)

 

(2,360)

 

Operating profit

 

815

 

863

 

934

 

1

2019 includes $5m charge relating to legal and other items and $7m charge relating to restructuring and rationalisation expenses (2018: $4m of legal and other items, 2017: $nil).

2

2019 includes $24m charge relating to legal and other items (2018: $9m, 2017: $nil).

3

2019 includes $61m of amortisation of software and other intangible assets (2018: $63m, 2017: $62m).

4

2019 includes $143m of amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles and $127m of restructuring and rationalisation expenses (2018: $113m of amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles and $120m of restructuring and rationalisation expenses, 2017: $140m of amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles).

5

2019 includes $16m charge relating to legal and other items (2018: $21m charge, 2017: $16m credit).

6

2019 includes $32m charge of acquisition and disposal related items (2018: $7m credit, 2017: $10m credit).

Note that items detailed in 1,2,4,5 and 6 are excluded from the calculation of trading profit, the segments’ profit measure.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

141

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

3 Operating profit continued

Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting) the following items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Other operating income

 

(147)

 

(107)

 

(66)

 

Amortisation of intangible assets

 

204

 

176

 

192

 

Impairment of intangible assets

 

 2

 

 3

 

10

 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

 

 4

 

 5

 

 –

 

Fair value remeasurement of trade investments

 

12

 

 9

 

 –

 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment1

 

292

 

251

 

243

 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

 

16

 

19

 

13

 

Operating lease payments for land and buildings

 

 –

 

32

 

36

 

Operating lease payments for other assets

 

 –

 

25

 

21

 

Advertising costs

 

85

 

88

 

102

 

1 The 2019 depreciation charge includes $50m related to right-of-use assets.

In 2019 other operating income comprises insurance recoveries for ongoing metal-on-metal hip claims (2018: insurance recovery relating to product liability claims involving macrotextured components voluntarily withdrawn from the market in 2003 and a gain relating to patent litigation, 2017: gain relating to patent litigation). In 2019, $147m (2018: $84m, 2017: $54m) of other operating income was included with legal and other items, as explained in Note 2.6, and does not form part of Group trading profit.

3.1 Staff costs and employee numbers

Staff costs during the year amounted to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Wages and salaries

 

  

 

1,435

 

1,330

 

1,231

 

Social security costs

 

  

 

193

 

176

 

178

 

Pension costs (including retirement healthcare)

 

18

 

76

 

65

 

64

 

Share-based payments

 

23

 

32

 

35

 

31

 

 

 

  

 

1,736

 

1,606

 

1,504

 

 

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the average number of employees was 18,030 (2018: 16,681, 2017: 16,333).

3.2 Audit Fees – information about the nature and cost of services provided by the auditor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Audit services:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Group accounts

 

3.8

 

2.6

 

2.4

 

Local statutory audit pursuant to legislation

 

2.7

 

3.4

 

2.0

 

Other services:

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

Audit related services

 

0.3

 

 –

 

0.1

 

Taxation services

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Total auditor’s remuneration

 

6.8

 

6.0

 

4.5

 

Arising:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

In the UK

 

3.0

 

2.4

 

2.5

 

Outside the UK

 

3.8

 

3.6

 

2.0

 

 

 

6.8

 

6.0

 

4.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 Interest and other finance costs

4.1 Interest income/(expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Interest income

 

10

 

 8

 

 6

 

Interest expense:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Bank borrowings

 

(7)

 

(11)

 

(11)

 

Private placement notes

 

(41)

 

(38)

 

(38)

 

Lease liabilities

 

(6)

 

 –

 

 –

 

Other

 

(11)

 

(10)

 

(8)

 

 

 

(65)

 

(59)

 

(57)

 

Net interest expense

 

(55)

 

(51)

 

(51)

 

4.2 Other finance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Retirement benefit net interest expense

 

18

 

(2)

 

(3)

 

(5)

 

Unwinding of discount

 

  

 

(8)

 

(9)

 

(5)

 

Other

 

  

 

(8)

 

(8)

 

 –

 

Other finance costs

 

  

 

(18)

 

(20)

 

(10)

 

 

Foreign exchange gains or losses arose primarily on the translation of intercompany and third party borrowings and amounted to a net $1m gain in 2019 (2018: net $11m gain, 2017: net $25m loss). These amounts were matched by the fair value gains or losses on currency swaps held to manage this currency risk.    

5 Taxation

Accounting policy

The charge for current taxation is based on the results for the year as adjusted for items which are non-assessable or non-deductible. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted as at the balance sheet date.

The Group operates in numerous tax jurisdictions around the world. It is Group policy to submit its tax returns to the relevant tax authorities within statutory time limits. At any given time, the Group typically is involved in tax audits and other disputes and will have other tax returns potentially subject to audit. Significant issues may take several years to resolve. In estimating the probability and amount of any tax charge, management takes into account the views of internal and external advisers and updates the amount of tax provision whenever necessary. The ultimate tax liability may differ from the amount provided depending on factors including interpretations of tax law and settlement negotiations.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes.

Deferred tax is not recognised: for temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries and associates where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that this will not reverse in the foreseeable future; on the initial recognition of non-deductible goodwill; and on the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, does not affect the accounting or taxable profit.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date taking into account the recoverability of the deferred tax assets, future profitability and any restrictions on use. The Group considers available evidence to assess the future profitability over a 5 year period and any material unrecognised deferred tax assets are disclosed in Note 5.

Deferred tax is measured on an undiscounted basis, and at the tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted as at the balance sheet date that are expected to apply in the periods in which the asset or liability is settled. It is recognised in the income statement except when it relates to items credited or charged directly to other comprehensive income or equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised within other comprehensive income or equity respectively.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority, the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis, offset is permissible according to the relevant jurisdiction’s tax laws and that authority permits the Group to make a single net payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

143

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

5 Taxation continued

5.1 Taxation charge attributable to the Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Current taxation:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

UK corporation tax

 

27

 

27

 

23

 

Overseas tax

 

140

 

131

 

177

 

Current income tax charge

 

167

 

158

 

200

 

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

 

(11)

 

(33)

 

(60)

 

Total current taxation

 

156

 

125

 

140

 

Deferred taxation:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

 

(9)

 

(3)

 

32

 

Changes in tax rates

 

 3

 

 1

 

(49)

 

Adjustments to estimated amounts arising in prior periods

 

(7)

 

(5)

 

(11)

 

Total deferred taxation

 

(13)

 

(7)

 

(28)

 

Total taxation as per the income statement

 

143

 

118

 

112

 

Taxation in other comprehensive income

 

(2)

 

(4)

 

 9

 

Taxation in equity

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

 3

 

Taxation attributable to the Group

 

140

 

113

 

124

 

The 2019 and 2018 net prior period adjustments of $18m and $38m respectively mainly relate to the expiry of statute of limitations and tax accrual to tax return adjustments, partially offset by an increase in certain other tax provisions. The 2017 net prior period adjustment benefit of $71m mainly relates to provision releases following agreement reached with the IRS on US tax matters after the conclusion of US tax audits in 2017, provision releases on the expiry of statute of limitations and tax accrual to tax return adjustments, partially offset by an increase in certain other tax provisions.

Included in the total 2017 tax charge is a $32m net benefit as a result of the US tax reform legislation enacted in December 2017, which comprises a benefit from a revaluation of deferred tax balances included within changes in tax rates, partially offset by a current tax charge relating to the deemed repatriation of foreign profits not previously taxed in the US.

Total taxation as per the income statement of $143m includes a $68m net credit (2018: $51m net credit, 2017: $58m net credit) as a consequence of restructuring and rationalisation related costs, acquisition and disposal related items, amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles and legal and other items.

Factors affecting future tax charges

The Group operates in numerous tax jurisdictions around the world and is subject to factors that may affect future tax charges including transfer pricing, tax rate changes, tax legislation changes, tax authority interpretation, expiry of the statute of limitations, tax litigation, and resolution of tax audits and disputes.

At any given time the Group has unagreed years outstanding in various countries and is involved in tax audits and disputes, some of which may take several years to resolve. Provisions are based on best estimates and management’s judgements concerning the likely ultimate outcome of any audit or dispute. Management considers the specific circumstances of each tax position and takes external advice, where appropriate, to assess the range of potential outcomes and estimate additional tax that may be due. Current tax payable of $243m (2018: $223m) includes $201m (2018: $178m) in relation to uncertain tax positions which relate to multiple issues across the jurisdictions in which the Group operates. Other creditors includes $17m (2018: $8m) of other interest on these provisions. The application of IFRIC 23 has not given rise to a material impact on the tax risk provisions. Other receivables includes $21m (2018: $nil) of tax receivables relating to payments on account and repayments due in a number of jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

144

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Group believes that it has made adequate provision in respect of additional tax liabilities that may arise from unagreed years, tax audits and disputes, the majority of which relate to transfer pricing matters, as would be expected for a Group operating internationally. However, the actual liability for any particular issue may be higher or lower than the amount provided, resulting in a negative or positive effect on the tax charge in any given year. A reduction in the tax charge may also arise for other reasons such as an expiry of the relevant statute of limitations. Whilst the impact can vary from year-to-year, we believe the possibility of a material adverse impact on the tax charge for 2020 is remote. Depending on the final outcome of certain tax audits which are currently in progress or possible statute of limitations expiry or other factors, a credit to the tax charge could arise. In respect of the risk provided for at 31 December 2019, we envisage circumstances that would result in a credit equal to more than approximately half of the provisions held to be unlikely.

A factor that may have a future effect on our tax charge is the decision by the European Commission (EC), published in April 2019, that the UK CFC financing exemption rules between 2013 and 2018 partially constituted illegal State Aid. The UK government and many potentially affected taxpayers, including us, have applied to the European Court of Justice (ECJ) for annulment of the EC’s decision. At the EC’s request, HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) requested, from potentially affected companies, certain information and facts in order to review whether there may be a potential liability, were the EC’s position to be upheld, to which we fully responded within HMRC’s specified timeframe. The amount of tax ultimately due, if any, will depend both on generic technical legislative interpretation and company-specific facts and circumstances. HMRC is under a legal obligation to collect potentially underpaid tax ahead of the determination of the appeals by the ECJ; however, how it will seek to quantify such amounts is unclear, and as of the 14 February 2020 we had received no assessment or other demand. If the EC decision were ultimately to be upheld on generic technical legislative grounds, subject to any relief based on company-specific facts and circumstances, we calculate our maximum potential liability as at 31 December 2019, to be approximately $150m. Based on current information, we do not consider it can reasonably be concluded that it is more likely than not that any liability would arise, or that any such liability could be quantified with sufficient accuracy, in order to recognise any provision in respect of this matter at the present time.

The UK Government amended the UK CFC legislation with effect from 1 January 2019 which removed many of the technical grounds on which the current ECJ appeals rely and the position has therefore become more dependent on tests around company-specific facts and circumstances. As an international group with significant management based overseas, we would expect wholly or partly to meet such tests; however, given current uncertainties around legislative interpretation, our provisions include an allowance for such uncertainties, which is not material to the overall Group tax charge.

In December 2016, the Group appealed to the First Tier Tribunal against a decision by HMRC relating to the UK tax deductibility of historic foreign exchange losses. The decision of the Tribunal was released on 8 February 2017, which upheld the Group’s appeal. HMRC appealed against this decision, and their appeal was heard by the Upper Tribunal in June 2018. The decision was released on 29 November 2018, which upheld the decision of the First Tier Tribunal. HMRC was granted leave to appeal in the Court of Appeal, for which the hearing concluded on 15 January 2020. The Court tentatively indicated that a decision will be released in or around April 2020. Following that decision, the unsuccessful party would have the right to make an application for leave to appeal to the UK Supreme Court. If HMRC was ultimately unsuccessful in the litigation process, the Group’s tax charge would be reduced in the year of success. No tax benefit for these losses has been taken to date. Should the case become final and be decided in the Group’s favour in 2020, we estimate that we would receive a tax refund of approximately $100m. In addition, there would be losses remaining which would be potentially available to offset future profits, the benefit of which would depend on future facts and circumstances.

In 2016, the UK Government enacted legislation to reduce the main rate of UK statutory corporation tax to 19.0% from 1 April 2017 and 17.0% from 1 April 2020. However, the UK Government recently announced an intention for the planned corporation tax reduction to 17.0% to be postponed indefinitely. While it is expected that legislation to this effect will be enacted in the coming months, as this had not been enacted or substantively enacted as at 31 December 2019, UK deferred tax has been calculated based on a 17.0% rate, the impact of which on the current year tax charge is not material.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

145

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

5 Taxation continued

The UK standard rate of corporation tax for 2019 is 19.0% (2018: 19.0%, 2017: 19.3%). Overseas taxation is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions. The table below reconciles the expected tax charge at the UK statutory rate with the actual tax charge:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Profit before taxation

 

743

 

781

 

879

 

Expected taxation at UK statutory rate of 19.0% (2018: 19.0%, 2017: 19.3%)

 

141

 

148

 

169

 

Differences in overseas taxation rates1

 

 9

 

(5)

 

48

 

Benefit of US manufacturing deduction

 

 –

 

 –

 

(9)

 

R&D credits

 

(8)

 

(6)

 

(3)

 

Tax losses not recognised

 

 –

 

 4

 

10

 

Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

(6)

 

Impact of US tax reform

 

 –

 

 –

 

(32)

 

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

 

18

 

15

 

11

 

Change in tax rates

 

 3

 

 1

 

(5)

 

Adjustments in respect of prior years2

 

(18)

 

(38)

 

(71)

 

Total taxation as per the income statement

 

143

 

118

 

112

 

1

Mainly relates to profits taxed in the US at a rate higher than the UK statutory rate and includes the impact of intra group loans provided to finance US acquisitions and business operations.

2

The adjustments in respect of prior years are explained on page 144.

 

5.2 Deferred taxation

Movements in the main components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory,

 

 

 

 

 

Accelerated

 

 

 

Retirement

 

 

 

provisions,

 

 

 

 

 

tax

 

 

 

benefit

 

Macrotexture

 

losses and other

 

 

 

 

 

depreciation

 

Intangibles

 

obligations

 

claims

 

differences

 

Total

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 31 December 2017

 

(50)

 

(143)

 

 7

 

33

 

183

 

30

 

Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 9

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 3

 

 3

 

Adjusted balance at 1 January 2018

 

(50)

 

(143)

 

 7

 

33

 

186

 

33

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 –

 

 2

 

 –

 

 –

 

(7)

 

(5)

 

Movement in income statement – current year

 

11

 

14

 

 –

 

(33)

 

11

 

 3

 

Movement in income statement – prior years

 

(12)

 

 1

 

 4

 

 –

 

12

 

 5

 

Movement in other comprehensive income

 

 –

 

 –

 

(6)

 

 –

 

(3)

 

(9)

 

Movement in equity

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 1

 

Changes in tax rate

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(1)

 

At 31 December 2018

 

(52)

 

(126)

 

 5

 

 –

 

200

 

27

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 –

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(1)

 

Movement in income statement – current year

 

19

 

11

 

 –

 

 –

 

(21)

 

 9

 

Movement in income statement – prior years

 

(3)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

10

 

 7

 

Movement in other comprehensive income

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

Movement in equity

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 1

 

Changes in tax rate

 

(1)

 

 1

 

 1

 

 –

 

(4)

 

(3)

 

Acquisitions

 

 –

 

(106)

 

 –

 

 –

 

48

 

(58)

 

At 31 December 2019

 

(37)

 

(221)

 

 7

 

 –

 

234

 

(17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Represented by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Deferred tax assets

 

150

 

126

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(167)

 

(99)

 

Net position at 31 December

 

(17)

 

27

 

 

The Group has gross unused trading and non-trading tax losses of $219m (2018: $149m) and gross unused capital losses of $104m (2018: $102m) available for offset against future profits, of which $9m of trading losses will expire within five years from the balance sheet date if not utilised. A deferred tax asset of $46m (2018: $28m) has been recognised in respect of $116m (2018: $74m) of the trading and non-trading tax losses. No deferred tax asset has been recognised on the remaining unused tax losses as they are not expected to be realised in the foreseeable future. There are no temporary differences in respect of investments in subsidiaries and associates for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised (2018: $nil).

6 Earnings per ordinary share

Accounting policy

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding shares held by the Company in the Employees’ Share Trust or as treasury shares.

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the basic earnings per share for the effect of conversion to ordinary shares associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, which comprise share options and awards granted to employees.

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share is a trend measure, which presents the profitability of the Group excluding the impact of specific transactions that management considers affects the Group’s short-term profitability and comparability of results. The Group presents this measure to assist investors in their understanding of trends. Adjusted attributable profit is the numerator used for this measure. The Group has identified the following items as those to be excluded when arriving at adjusted attributable profit: acquisition and disposal related items including amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangible assets; significant restructuring programmes; significant gains and losses arising from legal disputes and other significant items (including US tax reform) and taxation thereon.

 

The calculations of the basic, diluted and adjusted earnings per ordinary share are based on the following attributable profit and numbers of shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable profit for the year

 

 

 

600

 

663

 

767

 

Adjusted attributable profit (see below)

 

 

 

893

 

881

 

826

 

 

Attributable profit is reconciled to adjusted attributable profit as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Attributable profit for the year

 

 

 

600

 

663

 

767

 

Acquisition and disposal related items1

 

 

 

34

 

(7)

 

(10)

 

Restructuring and rationalisation costs

 

 3

 

134

 

120

 

 –

 

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles2

 

 9

 

143

 

118

 

140

 

Legal and other3

 

 

 

50

 

38

 

(13)

 

US tax reform

 

 5

 

 –

 

 –

 

(32)

 

Taxation on excluded items

 

 5

 

(68)

 

(51)

 

(26)

 

Adjusted attributable profit

 

 

 

893

 

881

 

826

 

1Acquisition and disposal related items includes a $32m charge within operating profit (2018: $7m credit, 2017: $10m credit) and a $2m charge within share of result of associates (2018: $nil, 2017: $nil).

2In 2019 amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles includes a $143m charge within operating profit (2018: $113m charge within operating profit and a $5m charge within share of result of associates; 2017: $140m charge within operating profit).

3Legal and other charge in 2019 includes $45m (2018: $34m charge, 2017: $16m credit) within operating profit (refer to Note 2.6) and a $5m charge (2018: $4m charge, 2017: $3m charge) within other finance costs for unwinding of the discount on the provision for known, anticipated and settled metal-on-metal hip claims globally.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

147

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

6 Earnings per ordinary share continued

The numerators used for basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share are the same. The denominators used for all categories of earnings per ordinary share are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

Number of shares (millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted number of shares

 

 

 

874

 

873

 

874

 

Dilutive impact of share incentive schemes outstanding

 

 

 

 3

 

 3

 

 1

 

Diluted weighted average number of shares

 

 

 

877

 

876

 

875

 

Earnings per ordinary share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

68.6¢

 

76.0¢

 

87.8¢

 

Diluted

 

 

 

68.4¢

 

75.7¢

 

87.7¢

 

Adjusted4

 

 

 

102.2¢

 

100.9¢

 

94.5¢

 

4Adjusted earnings per share is calculated using the basic weighted number of shares.

 

7 Property, plant and equipment

Accounting policy

Property, plant and equipment

Owned assets

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment less their estimated residual values using the straightline method over their estimated useful lives, and is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Freehold land is not depreciated. The estimated useful lives of items of property, plant and equipment is 3–20 years and for buildings is 20–50 years.

Assets in course of construction are not depreciated until they are available for use.

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

Finance costs relating to the purchase or construction of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets that take longer than one year to complete are capitalised based on the Group weighted average borrowing costs. All other finance costs are expensed as incurred.

Leased assets

The assessment of whether a contract is or contains a lease takes place at the inception of the contract. The assessment involves whether the Group obtains substantially all the economic benefits from the use of that asset and whether the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease and non-lease component. The non-lease component, where it is separately identifiable, is not included in the right-of-use asset.

The Group leases many assets including properties, motor vehicles and office equipment. The Group availed itself of the exemptions for short-term leases and leases of low-value items for leases other than those for properties and motor vehicles. The use of these exemptions does not have a material impact. The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the commencement of the lease. The right-of-use asset is initially measured based on the present value of lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date plus initial direct costs less any incentives received. The lease payments are discounted using an incremental borrowing rate which is country-specific and reflective of the lease term. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the underlying asset.

Cash flows arising on lease interest payments are included in operating cash flows whereas cash flows arising on the capital repayments of the lease liability are included in financing cash flows.

Impairment of assets

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of impairment loss. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which it belongs.

An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-use. In assessing valuein-use, its estimated future cash flow is discounted to its present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plant and equipment

 

Assets in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and

 

 

 

 

 

course of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

buildings

 

Instruments

 

Other

 

construction

 

Total

 

 

    

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2018

 

  

 

301

 

1,284

 

1,062

 

94

 

2,741

 

Exchange adjustment

 

  

 

(6)

 

(45)

 

(20)

 

(1)

 

(72)

 

Additions

 

  

 

 6

 

179

 

21

 

126

 

332

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 –

 

(73)

 

(24)

 

(1)

 

(98)

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

Transfers

 

  

 

34

 

43

 

(7)

 

(89)

 

(19)

 

At 31 December 2018

 

  

 

335

 

1,388

 

1,032

 

128

 

2,883

 

Recognition of right-of-use asset on initial application of IFRS 16

 

 

 

134

 

 –

 

25

 

 –

 

159

 

Adjusted balance at 1 January 2019

 

 

 

469

 

1,388

 

1,057

 

128

 

3,042

 

Exchange adjustment

 

  

 

 2

 

(2)

 

 8

 

 1

 

 9

 

Acquisitions

 

21

 

 7

 

 –

 

 2

 

 –

 

 9

 

Additions

 

  

 

42

 

198

 

37

 

128

 

405

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(11)

 

(72)

 

(19)

 

(2)

 

(104)

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(4)

 

(4)

 

Transfers

 

  

 

24

 

 –

 

57

 

(81)

 

 –

 

At 31 December 2019

 

  

 

533

 

1,512

 

1,142

 

170

 

3,357

 

Depreciation and impairment

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

At 1 January 2018

 

  

 

91

 

904

 

697

 

 –

 

1,692

 

Exchange adjustment

 

  

 

(2)

 

(30)

 

(14)

 

 –

 

(46)

 

Charge for the year

 

  

 

14

 

163

 

74

 

 –

 

251

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 1

 

 –

 

 3

 

 –

 

 4

 

Disposals

 

  

 

 –

 

(59)

 

(21)

 

 –

 

(80)

 

Transfers

 

  

 

 5

 

23

 

(28)

 

 –

 

 –

 

At 31 December 2018

 

  

 

109

 

1,001

 

711

 

 –

 

1,821

 

Exchange adjustment

 

  

 

 1

 

(2)

 

 5

 

 –

 

 4

 

Charge for the year

 

  

 

51

 

157

 

84

 

 –

 

292

 

Disposals

 

  

 

(6)

 

(60)

 

(17)

 

 –

 

(83)

 

Transfers

 

  

 

 –

 

(1)

 

 1

 

 –

 

 –

 

At 31 December 2019

 

  

 

155

 

1,095

 

784

 

 –

 

2,034

 

Net book amounts

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

At 31 December 2019

 

  

 

378

 

417

 

358

 

170

 

1,323

 

At 31 December 2018

 

  

 

226

 

387

 

321

 

128

 

1,062

 

 

Land and buildings includes land with a cost of $24m (2018: $21m) that is not subject to depreciation. There were no assets held under finance leases at 31 December 2018 and 2017.

Transfers from assets in course of construction includes $nil (2018: $19m) of software.

Group capital expenditure relating to property, plant and equipment contracted but not provided for amounted to $33m (2018: $16m).

The amount of borrowing costs capitalised in 2019 and 2018 was minimal.

Information about the Group’s right-of-use assets is outlined below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and
buildings

 

Plant and
equipment

2019

    

$ million

    

$ million

Additions

 

35

 

11

Depreciation charge in the year

 

37

 

13

Net book value at 31 December

 

132

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

149

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

8 Goodwill

Accounting policy

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment annually. Goodwill is allocated to the cash-generating unit (CGU) that is expected to benefit from the acquisition. The goodwill is tested annually for impairment by comparing the recoverable amount to the carrying value of the CGUs. The CGUs identified by management are at the aggregated product franchise levels of Orthopaedics, Sports Medicine & ENT and Advanced Wound Management, in the way the core assets are used to generate cash flows.

If the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount then an impairment loss is determined to have occurred. Any impairment losses that arise are recognised immediately in the income statement and are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill and then to the carrying amounts of the other assets of the CGU.

In carrying out impairment reviews of goodwill a number of significant assumptions have to be made when preparing cash flow projections. These include the future rate of market growth, discount rates, the market demand for the products acquired, the future profitability of acquired businesses or products, levels of reimbursement and success in obtaining regulatory approvals. If actual results should differ, or changes in expectations arise, impairment charges may be required which would adversely impact operating results.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

    

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Cost and net book value

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

At 1 January

 

 

 

2,337

 

2,371

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 

 

11

 

(34)

 

Acquisitions

 

21

 

441

 

 –

 

At 31 December

 

 

 

2,789

 

2,337

 

Management has identified four CGUs in applying the provisions of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets: Orthopaedics, Sports Medicine & ENT, Advanced Wound Care & Devices and Bioactives. The names of the CGUs have been updated to align with the new global franchise structure with the Other Surgical Business CGU being renamed to the Sports Medicine & ENT CGU.

For the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, the Advanced Wound Care & Devices and Bioactives CGUs have been aggregated (Advanced Wound Management), as this is the level at which goodwill is monitored and level at which the economic benefits relating to the goodwill within these CGUs is realised.

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s CGUs as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Orthopaedics

 

787

 

727

 

Sports Medicine & ENT

 

1,364

 

1,313

 

Advanced Wound Management

 

638

 

297

 

 

 

2,789

 

2,337

 

Impairment reviews were performed as of September 2019 and September 2018 by comparing the recoverable amount of each CGU with its carrying amount, including goodwill. These were updated during December, taking into account any significant events that occurred between September and December.

For each CGU, the recoverable amounts are based on value-in-use which is calculated from pre-tax cash flow projections for three years using data from the Group’s budget and strategic planning process, the results of which are reviewed and approved by the Board. These projections exclude any estimated future cash inflows or outflows expected to arise from future restructurings. The three-year period is in-line with the Group’s strategic planning process. In determining the growth rates used in the calculations of the value-in-use, management considered annual revenue growth. Projections are based on anticipated volume and value growth in the markets served by the Group and assumptions as to market share movements. Each year the projections for the previous year are compared to actual results and variances are factored into the assumptions used in the current year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The discount rates used in the value-in-use calculations reflect management’s assessment of risks specific to the assets of each CGU.

8.1 Orthopaedics CGU

The cash flows used in the value-in-use calculation for the Orthopaedics CGU, which includes the Reconstruction and Trauma businesses, reflects management’s distinctive orthopaedic reconstruction strategy, which combines cutting edge innovation, disruptive business models and a strong Emerging Markets platform to drive our performance.

Revenue growth rates for the three-year period ranged up to 7.0% (2018: up to 4.5%) for the various components of the Orthopaedics CGU. The average growth rate used to extrapolate the cash flows beyond the three-year period in calculating the terminal value is 2.0% (2018: 2.0%). The pre-tax discount rate used in the Orthopaedics CGU value-in-use calculation reflects the geographical mix and is 9.5% (2018: 9.6%).

8.2 Sports Medicine & ENT CGU

The value-in-use calculation for the Sports Medicine & ENT CGU reflects growth rates and cash flows consistent with management’s strategy to rebalance Smith+Nephew towards higher growth areas such as Sports Medicine.

Revenue growth rates for the three-year period ranged up to 6.2% (2018: up to 4.7%) for the various components of the Sports Medicine & ENTs CGU. The weighted average growth rate used to extrapolate the cash flows beyond the three-year period in calculating the terminal value is 2.0% (2018: 2.0%). The pre-tax discount rate used in the Sports Medicine & ENT CGU value-in-use calculation reflects the geographical mix of the revenues and is 9.5% (2018: 9.6%).

8.3 Advanced Wound Management CGU

The aggregated Advanced Wound Management CGU comprises the Advanced Wound Care & Devices and Bioactives CGUs.

In performing the value-in-use calculation for this combined CGU, management considered the Group’s focus across the wound product franchises, focusing on widening access to the customer, the higher added value sectors of healing chronic wounds and tissue repair using bioactives, and by continuing to improve efficiency.

Revenue growth rates for the three-year period ranged up to 5.1% (2018: up to 4.2%) for the various components of the Advanced Wound Management CGU. The weighted average growth rate used to extrapolate the cash flows beyond the three-year period in calculating the terminal value is 2.0% (2018: 2.0%). The pre-tax discount rate used in the Advanced Wound Management CGU value-in-use calculation reflects the geographical mix and industry sector and is 9.5% (2018: 9.6%).

8.4 Sensitivity to changes in assumptions used in value-in-use calculations

The calculations of value-in-use for the identified CGUs are most sensitive to changes in discount and growth rates. Management’s consideration of these sensitivities is set out below:

Growth of market and market share – management has considered the impact of a variance in market growth and market share. The valueinuse calculations shows that if the assumed long-term growth rates were reduced to nil, the recoverable amount of each CGU would still be greater than its carrying value.

Discount rate – management has considered the impact of an increase in the discount rate applied to the value-in-use calculations. This sensitivity analysis shows that for the recoverable amount of each CGU to be less than its carrying value, the discount rate would have to be increased to 19.0% for the Orthopaedics CGU, 16.4% for the Sports Medicine & ENT CGU and 15.9% for the Advanced Wound Management CGU. Such increases in discount rates are not considered to be reasonably possible.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

151

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

9 Intangible assets

Accounting policy

Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired separately from a business combination (including purchased patents, know-how, trademarks, licences and distribution rights) are initially measured at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a material business combination (referred to as acquisition intangibles) is the fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. All intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives. The estimated useful economic life of an intangible asset ranges between 3–20 years depending on its nature. Internally-generated intangible assets are expensed in the income statement as incurred. Purchased computer software and certain costs of information technology projects are capitalised as intangible assets. Software that is integral to computer hardware is capitalised as plant and equipment.

Impairment of intangible assets

The carrying values of intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of impairment loss. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which it belongs. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, its estimated future cash flow is discounted to its present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

In carrying out impairment reviews of intangible assets a number of significant assumptions have to be made when preparing cash flow projections. These include the future rate of market growth, discount rates, the market demand for the products acquired, the future profitability of acquired businesses or products, levels of reimbursement and success in obtaining regulatory approvals. If actual results should differ, or changes in expectations should arise, impairment charges may be required which would adversely impact operating results.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer and

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product-

 

distribution

 

 

 

in course of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology

 

related

 

related

 

Software

 

construction

 

Total

 

 

 

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2018

 

 

 

358

 

1,854

 

120

 

403

 

 –

 

2,735

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 

 

(4)

 

(18)

 

(8)

 

(6)

 

 –

 

(36)

 

Additions

 

 

 

 –

 

 1

 

 –

 

 8

 

 6

 

15

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 –

 

(1)

 

 –

 

(4)

 

 –

 

(5)

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

12

 

 7

 

19

 

At 31 December 2018

 

 

 

354

 

1,836

 

112

 

413

 

13

 

2,728

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 

 

(1)

 

 3

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 3

 

Acquisitions

 

21

 

75

 

350

 

90

 

 –

 

 –

 

515

 

Additions

 

 

 

 –

 

 1

 

 6

 

12

 

30

 

49

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 –

 

(1)

 

 –

 

(3)

 

 –

 

(4)

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 6

 

(6)

 

 –

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

428

 

2,189

 

208

 

428

 

38

 

3,291

 

Amortisation and impairment

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2018

 

 

 

51

 

993

 

93

 

227

 

 –

 

1,364

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 

 

(1)

 

(14)

 

(4)

 

(3)

 

 –

 

(22)

 

Charge for the year

 

 

 

24

 

103

 

 6

 

43

 

 –

 

176

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 3

 

 –

 

 3

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 –

 

(1)

 

 –

 

(2)

 

 –

 

(3)

 

At 31 December 2018

 

 

 

74

 

1,081

 

95

 

268

 

 –

 

1,518

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 

 

 –

 

 4

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 3

 

Charge for the year

 

 

 

28

 

118

 

15

 

43

 

 –

 

204

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 2

 

 –

 

 2

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(3)

 

 –

 

(3)

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

102

 

1,203

 

109

 

310

 

 –

 

1,724

 

Net book amounts

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

326

 

986

 

99

 

118

 

38

 

1,567

 

At 31 December 2018

 

 

 

280

 

755

 

17

 

145

 

13

 

1,210

 

 

Transfers into software and assets in course of construction includes $nil (2018: $19m) of software transferred from property, plant and equipment. Group capital expenditure relating to software contracted but not provided for amounted to $5m  (2018: $nil).

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles is set out below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Technology

 

28

 

24

 

Product-related

 

104

 

86

 

Customer and distribution related

 

11

 

 3

 

Total

 

143

 

113

 

 

There was no impairment charge in 2019 and 2018 for acquisition intangibles.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

153

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

10 Investments

Accounting policy

Investments, other than those related to associates, are initially recorded at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs on the trade date. The Group has investments in unquoted entities and an entity that holds mainly unquoted equity securities, which by their nature have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate. These investments are classed as fair value through profit or loss. The fair value of these investments is based on the underlying fair value of the equity securities: marketable securities are valued by reference to closing prices in the market; and non-marketable securities are estimated considering factors including the purchase price; prices of recent significant private placements of securities of the same issuer; and estimates of liquidation value. Changes in fair value based on externally observable valuation events are recognised in profit or loss.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

 

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 1 January

 

 

 

34

 

21

 

Acquisitions

 

21

 

17

 

 –

 

Additions

 

 

 

 1

 

 4

 

Fair value remeasurement

 

 

 

12

 

 9

 

Distributions received

 

 

 

(2)

 

 –

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(46)

 

 –

 

Transfers to cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(9)

 

 –

 

At 31 December

 

 

 

 7

 

34

 

 

 

11 Investments in associates

Accounting policy

Investments in associates, being those entities over which the Group has a significant influence and which is neither a subsidiary nor a joint venture, are accounted for using the equity method, with the Group recording its share of the associates’ profit and loss and other comprehensive income. The Group’s share of associates’ profit or loss is included in one separate income statement line and is calculated after deduction of their respective taxes.

At 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018, the Group holds 49% of Bioventus LLC (Bioventus). Bioventus is a limited liability company operating as a partnership. The company’s headquarters is located in Durham, North Carolina, US. Bioventus focuses its medical product development around active healing therapies and the surgical performance of orthobiologics. The active healing therapies product line supports accelerated and more complete healing of bone fractures, and treats the chronic pain associated with osteoarthritis. The Group’s ability to recover the value of its investment is dependent upon the ongoing clinical and commercial success of these products. The profit after taxation recognised in the income statement relating to Bioventus was $1m (2018: $11m loss).

The carrying amount of this investment was reviewed for impairment as at the balance sheet date. For the purposes of impairment testing the recoverable amount of this investment was based on its fair value less costs to sell, estimated using discounted cash flows.

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet and income statement for associates are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Balance sheet

 

103

 

105

 

Income statement profit/(loss)

 

 1

 

(11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Summarised financial information for significant associates

Set out below is the summarised financial information for Bioventus, adjusted for differences with Group accounting policies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

  

2018

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Summarised statement of comprehensive income

 

  

 

  

 

Revenue

 

342

 

320

 

Attributable profit/(loss) for the year

 

 8

 

(19)

 

Group adjustments1

 

(6)

 

(3)

 

Total comprehensive profit/(loss)

 

 2

 

(22)

 

Group share of profit/(loss) for the year at 49%

 

 1

 

(11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

  

2018

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Summarised balance sheet

 

  

 

  

 

Non-current assets

 

297

 

296

 

Current assets

 

183

 

149

 

Non-current liabilities

 

(241)

 

(234)

 

Current liabilities

 

(87)

 

(56)

 

Net assets

 

152

 

155

 

Non-controlling interest

 

(10)

 

 –

 

Net equity attributable to owners

 

142

 

155

 

Group’s share of net assets at 49%

 

70

 

76

 

Group adjustments1

 

30

 

26

 

Group’s carrying amount of investment at 49%

 

100

 

102

 

1

Group adjustments include an adjustment to align the useful life of intangible assets with Group policy.

 

During the year the Group received a $3m (2018: $2m) cash distribution from Bioventus.

At December 2019, the Group held an equity investment in one other associate (2018: one) with a carrying value of $3m (2018: $3m).    

 

12 Inventories

Accounting policy

Finished goods and work-in-progress are valued at factory cost, including appropriate overheads, on a first-in first-out basis. Raw materials and bought-in finished goods are valued at purchase price. All inventories are reduced to net realisable value where lower than cost. Inventory acquired as part of a business acquisition is valued at selling price less costs to sell and a profit allowance for selling efforts.

Orthopaedic instruments are generally not sold but provided to customers and distributors for use in surgery. They are recorded as inventory until they are deployed at which point they are transferred to plant and equipment and depreciated over their useful economic lives of between three and seven years.

A feature of the orthopaedic business is the high level of product inventory required, some of which is located at customer premises and is available for customers’ immediate use (referred to as consignment inventory). Complete sets of product, including large and small sizes, have to be made available in this way. These outer sizes are used less frequently than standard sizes and towards the end of the product life cycle are inevitably in excess of requirements. Adjustments to carrying value are therefore required to be made to orthopaedic inventory to anticipate this situation. These adjustments are calculated in accordance with a formula based on levels of inventory compared with historical or forecast usage. This formula is applied on an individual product line basis and is first applied when a product group has been on the market for two years. This method of calculation is considered appropriate based on experience but it involves management judgements on effectiveness of inventory deployment, length of product lives, phase-out of old products and efficiency of manufacturing planning systems.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

155

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

12 Inventories continued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Raw materials and consumables

 

287

 

219

 

207

 

Work-in-progress

 

100

 

88

 

69

 

Finished goods and goods for resale

 

1,227

 

1,088

 

1,028

 

 

 

1,614

 

1,395

 

1,304

 

Reserves for excess and obsolete inventories were $308m (2018: $305m, 2017: $296m). The increase in reserves of $3m in the year comprised a $4m increase in the reserve relating to the write-off of inventory which was partially offset by foreign exchange movements of $1m.

The determination of the estimate of excess and obsolete inventory is a critical accounting estimate and includes assumptions on the future usage of all different items of finished goods. This estimate is not considered to have a range of potential outcomes that is significantly different to the $308m held at 31 December 2019.

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of goods sold amounted to $1,147m (2018: $1,126m, 2017: $1,013m). In addition, $70m was recognised as an expense within cost of goods sold resulting from inventory write-offs (2018: $94m, 2017: $68m).

Notwithstanding inventory acquired within acquisitions, no inventory is carried at fair value less costs to sell in any year.  

 

13 Trade and other receivables

Accounting policy

Trade and other receivables are carried at amortised cost, less any allowances for uncollectible amounts. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date. These are classified as non-current assets.

The trade and other receivables accounting policy for the year ending 31 December 2017 was consistent with the requirements of IAS 39. Provisions against trade receivables were based on incurred losses, rather than the expected credit loss allowance.

The Group manages credit risk through credit limits which require authorisation commensurate with the size of the limit and which are regularly reviewed. Credit limit decisions are made based on available financial information and the business case. Significant receivables are regularly reviewed and monitored at Group level. The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, with exposure spread over a large number of customers and geographies. Furthermore, the Group’s principal customers are backed by government and public or private medical insurance funding, which historically represent a lower risk of default. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of each class of receivable. The Group does not hold any collateral as security. Allowance losses are calculated by reviewing lifetime expected credit losses using historic and forward-looking data on credit risk. The Group performed the calculation of expected credit loss rates separately for customer groups which were segmented based on common risk characteristics such as credit risk grade and type of customer (such as government and non-government).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Trade and other receivables due within one year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

1,141

 

1,166

 

1,125

 

Less: loss allowance

 

(59)

 

(62)

 

(69)

 

Trade receivables – net

 

1,082

 

1,104

 

1,056

 

Derivatives – forward foreign exchange, currency swaps and interest rate contracts

 

26

 

37

 

28

 

Other receivables

 

124

 

107

 

92

 

Current tax receivable

 

21

 

 –

 

 –

 

Prepayments

 

75

 

69

 

82

 

 

 

1,328

 

1,317

 

1,258

 

Due after more than one year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-current assets

 

35

 

16

 

16

 

 

 

1,363

 

1,333

 

1,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-current assets primarily relate to long-term prepayments and contingent consideration. Trade receivables are classified as loans and receivables. Management considers that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to the fair value. Allowance losses are calculated by reviewing lifetime expected credit losses using historic and forward-looking data on credit risk. The loss allowance expense for the year was $15m (2018: $14m, 2017: $17m).

The following table provides information about the ageing of and expected credit losses for trade receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019 Weighted average loss rate

 

2019 Loss allowance

 

2019 Gross carrying amount

 

2018 Gross carrying amount

 

2017 Gross carrying amount

 

 

%

 

$ million

 

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Not past due

-0.3%

 

(2)

 

681

 

647

 

664

 

Past due not more than 3 months

-1.1%

 

(2)

 

190

 

271

 

225

 

Past due not more than 3–6 months

-3.5%

 

(3)

 

85

 

78

 

65

 

Past due more than 6 months

-28.1%

 

(52)

 

185

 

170

 

171

 

 

 

 

(59)

 

1,141

 

1,166

 

1,125

 

Loss allowance

 

 

 

 

(59)

 

(62)

 

(69)

 

Trade receivables – net

 

 

 

 

1,082

 

1,104

 

1,056

 

 

The Group’s expected credit loss accounting policy includes guidance on how the expected credit loss percentages should be determined; it does not include preset limits as the customer groups and risk profiles are not consistent across all of our markets. Each market determines their own percentages based on their historic experience and future expectations, and in-line with the general guidance in the Group’s policy.

Movements in the loss allowance were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 31 December

 

62

 

69

 

54

 

Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 9

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

Adjusted balance at 1 January

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

Exchange adjustment

 

(1)

 

(3)

 

 3

 

Reclassification1

 

 –

 

(8)

 

 –

 

Acquisitions

 

 9

 

 –

 

 1

 

Net receivables provided during the year

 

15

 

14

 

17

 

Utilisation of provision

 

(26)

 

(24)

 

(6)

 

At 31 December

 

59

 

62

 

69

 

1     On transition to IFRS 9, the Group reclassified a credit note provision from the loss allowance to gross trade receivables.

Trade receivables include amounts denominated in the following major currencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

US Dollar

 

493

 

527

 

418

 

Sterling

 

41

 

45

 

54

 

Euro

 

211

 

201

 

212

 

Other

 

337

 

331

 

372

 

Trade receivables – net

 

1,082

 

1,104

 

1,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

157

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

14 Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

 

2018

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Trade and other payables due within one year

 

  

 

  

 

Trade and other payables

 

941

 

854

 

Derivatives – forward foreign exchange, currency swaps and interest rate contracts

 

23

 

25

 

Acquisition consideration

 

82

 

78

 

 

 

1,046

 

957

 

Other payables due after one year

 

  

 

  

 

Acquisition consideration

 

99

 

49

 

Other payables

 

 3

 

 4

 

 

 

102

 

53

 

The acquisition consideration includes $141m (2018: $99m) contingent upon future events which are considered probable.

The acquisition consideration due after more than one year is expected to be payable as follows: $61m in 2021, $20m in 2022, $7m in 2023, $3m in 2024, and $8m due in over five years (2018: $21m in 2020, $23m in 2021, $1m in 2022, $1m in 2023, and $3m due in over five years).    

15 Cash and borrowings

15.1 Net debt

Net debt comprises borrowings and credit balances on currency swaps less cash at bank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

 

2018

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Bank overdrafts, borrowings and loans due within one year

 

26

 

164

 

Long-term bank borrowings

 

851

 

304

 

Private placement notes

 

1,000

 

997

 

Borrowings

 

1,877

 

1,465

 

Cash at bank

 

(277)

 

(365)

 

Credit balance on derivatives – currency swaps

 

 –

 

 1

 

Credit balance on derivatives – interest rate swaps

 

 –

 

 3

 

Net debt

 

1,600

 

1,104

 

Non-current lease liabilities

 

124

 

 

 

Current lease liabilities

 

46

 

 

 

Net debt including lease liabilities

 

1,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings are repayable as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within

 

Between

 

Between

 

Between

 

Between

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

one year or

 

one and

 

two and

 

three and

 

four and

 

After

 

 

 

 

 

on demand

 

two years

 

three years

 

four years

 

five years

 

five years

 

Total

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 31 December 2019:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Bank loans

 

 6

 

553

 

 –

 

298

 

 –

 

 –

 

857

 

Bank overdrafts

 

20

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

20

 

Private placement notes

 

 –

 

265

 

125

 

105

 

430

 

75

 

1,000

 

Lease liabilities1

 

46

 

39

 

30

 

20

 

14

 

37

 

186

 

 

 

72

 

857

 

155

 

423

 

444

 

112

 

2,063

 

At 31 December 2018:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Bank loans

 

 7

 

 –

 

 –

 

304

 

 –

 

 –

 

311

 

Bank overdrafts

 

32

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

32

 

Private placement notes

 

125

 

 –

 

262

 

125

 

105

 

505

 

1,122

 

 

 

164

 

 –

 

262

 

429

 

105

 

505

 

1,465

 

 

1

The lease liabilities presented above are on an undiscounted basis and include the effect of discounting of $16m.

15.2 Liquidity risk exposures

The Board has established a set of policies to manage funding and currency risks. The Group uses derivative financial instruments only to manage the financial risks associated with underlying business activities and their financing. Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is not able to settle or meet its obligations on time or at a reasonable price. The Group’s policy is to ensure that there is sufficient funding and facilities in place to meet foreseeable borrowing requirements. The Group manages and monitors liquidity risk through regular reporting of current cash and borrowing balances and periodic preparation and review of short and medium-term cash forecasts, having regard to the maturities of investments and borrowing facilities. The Group has available committed facilities of $2.9bn (2018: $2.4bn). The interest payable on borrowings under committed facilities is either at fixed or floating rates. Floating rates are typically based on the LIBOR (or other reference rate) relevant to the term and currency concerned. The Company is subject to restrictive covenants under its principal facility agreements. The financial covenants are tested at the end of each half year for the 12 months ending on the last day of the testing period. As of 31 December 2019, the Company was in compliance with these covenants. The facilities are also subject to customary events of default, none of which are currently anticipated to occur.

The Group’s committed facilities are:

 

 

 

 

Facility

    

Date due

 

$75 million 3.23% Senior Notes

 

January 2021

 

€223 million bilateral, term loan facility

 

May 2021

 

€269 million bilateral, term loan facility

 

May 2021

 

$190 million 2.97% Senior Notes

 

November 2021

 

$75 million 3.46% Senior Notes

 

January 2022

 

$50 million 3.15% Senior Notes

 

November 2022

 

€265 million bilateral, term loan facility

 

April 2023

 

$105 million 3.26% Senior Notes

 

November 2023

 

$100 million 3.89% Senior Notes

 

January 2024

 

$1.0 billion syndicated revolving credit facility

 

June 2024

 

$305 million 3.36% Senior Notes

 

November 2024

 

$25 million Floating Rate Senior Notes

 

November 2024

 

$75 million 3.99% Senior Notes

 

January 2026

 

$140 million 2.83% Senior Notes

 

June 2027

 

$60 million 2.90% Senior Notes

 

June 2028

 

$100 million 2.97% Senior Notes

 

June 2029

 

$95 million 2.99% Senior Notes

 

June 2030

 

$155 million 3.09% Senior Notes

 

June 2032

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

159

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

15 Cash and borrowings continued

15.3 Year end financial liabilities by contractual maturity

The table below analyses the Group’s year end financial liabilities by contractual maturity date, including contractual interest payments and excluding the impact of netting arrangements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Within one

 

Between

 

Between

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

year or on

 

one and

 

two and

 

After

 

 

 

 

 

demand

 

two years

 

five years

 

five years

 

Total

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 31 December 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Bank overdrafts and loans

 

26

 

553

 

298

 

 –

 

877

 

Trade and other payables

 

941

 

 1

 

 1

 

 1

 

944

 

Private placement notes

 

33

 

297

 

721

 

79

 

1,130

 

Acquisition consideration

 

83

 

63

 

32

 

10

 

188

 

Derivative financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency swaps/forward foreign exchange contracts – outflow

 

2,331

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

2,331

 

Currency swaps/forward foreign exchange contracts – inflow

 

(2,331)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(2,331)

 

 

 

1,083

 

914

 

1,052

 

90

 

3,139

 

At 31 December 2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Bank overdrafts and loans

 

39

 

 –

 

304

 

 –

 

343

 

Trade and other payables

 

854

 

 1

 

 1

 

 2

 

858

 

Private placement notes

 

164

 

35

 

571

 

522

 

1,292

 

Acquisition consideration

 

78

 

21

 

25

 

 3

 

127

 

Derivative financial liabilities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Currency swaps/forward foreign exchange contracts – outflow

 

2,394

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

2,394

 

Currency swaps/forward foreign exchange contracts – inflow

 

(2,393)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(2,393)

 

 

 

1,136

 

57

 

901

 

527

 

2,621

 

The amounts in the tables above are undiscounted cash flows, which differ from the amounts included in the balance sheet where the underlying cash flows have been discounted.

15.4 Liquidity and capital resources

The Group’s policy is to ensure that it has sufficient funding and facilities to meet foreseeable borrowing requirements.

At 31 December 2019, the Group held $257m (2018: $333m, 2017: $155m) in cash net of bank overdrafts. The Group had committed facilities available of $2,851m at 31 December 2019 of which $1,851m was drawn. In December 2019, Smith+Nephew signed a new Senior Notes agreement totalling $550m, which will be drawn down in June 2020. These notes are included in the table in Note 15.2. Smith+Nephew intends to repay the amounts due within one year using available cash and drawing down on longer term facilities.

The principal variations in the Group’s borrowing requirements result from the timing of dividend payments, acquisitions and disposals of businesses, timing of capital expenditure and working capital fluctuations. Smith+Nephew believes that its capital expenditure needs and its working capital funding for 2020, as well as its other known or expected commitments or liabilities, can be met from its existing resources and facilities. The Group’s net debt increased from $1,104m at the beginning of 2019 to $1,770m at the end of 2019, representing an overall increase of $666m of which $170m relates to IFRS 16 lease liabilities (see Note 15.1).

The Group’s planned future contributions are considered adequate to cover the current underfunded position in the Group’s defined benefit plans.    

 

 

 

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16 Financial instruments and risk management

Accounting policy

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value at subsequent balance sheet dates. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated and effective as cash flow hedges of forecast third party transactions are recognised in other comprehensive income until the associated asset or liability is recognised. Amounts taken to other comprehensive income are transferred to the income statement in the period in which the hedged transaction affects profit and loss. Where the hedged item is the cost of a non-financial asset, the amounts taken to other comprehensive income are transferred to the initial carrying value of the asset.

On adoption of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018, the Group elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting guidance in IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. Changes in the fair values of hedging instruments that are designated and effective as net investment hedges are matched in other comprehensive income against changes in value of the related net assets. Interest rate derivatives transacted to fix interest rates on floating rate borrowings are accounted for as cash flow hedges and changes in the fair values resulting from changes in market interest rates are recognised in other comprehensive income. Amounts taken to other comprehensive income are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit and loss. Interest rate derivatives transacted to convert fixed rate borrowings into floating rate borrowings are accounted for as fair value hedges and changes in the fair values resulting from changes in market interest rates are recognised in the income statement. Any ineffectiveness on hedging instruments and changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income statement within other finance costs as they arise.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that point in time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in other comprehensive income is retained there until the forecast transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred.

16.1 Foreign exchange risk management

The Group operates in many countries and as a consequence has transactional and translational foreign exchange exposure. It is Group policy for operating units not to hold material unhedged monetary assets or liabilities other than in their functional currencies.

Foreign exchange variations affect trading results in two ways. Firstly, on translation of overseas sales and profits into US Dollars and secondly, transactional exposures arising where some, or all of the costs of sale are incurred in a different currency from the sale. The principal transactional exposures arise as the proportion of costs in US Dollars, Sterling and Swiss Francs exceed the proportion of sales in each of these currencies and correspondingly the proportion of sales in Euros exceeds the proportion of costs in Euros.

The impact of currency movements on the cost of purchases is partly mitigated by the use of forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts, designated as cash flow hedges, to hedge forecast third party trading cash flows up to  one year. When a commitment is entered into, forward foreign exchange contracts are normally used to increase the hedge to 100% of the exposure. Cash flows relating to cash flow hedges are expected to occur within 12 months of inception and profits and losses on hedges are expected to enter into the determination of profit (within cost of goods sold) within a further 12‑month period. The principal currencies hedged by forward foreign exchange contracts are US Dollars, Euros, Sterling and Singapore Dollars. At 31 December 2019, the Group had contracted to exchange within one year the equivalent of $2.1bn (2018: $2.1bn). Based on the Group’s net borrowings as at 31 December 2019, if the US Dollar were to weaken against all currencies by 10%, the Group’s net borrowings would increase by $78m (2018: $25m) principally due to the Euro-denominated term loans.

If the US Dollar were to weaken by 10% against all other currencies, then the fair value of the forward foreign exchange contracts as at 31 December 2019 would have been $52m lower (2018: $38m lower). Similarly, if the Euro were to weaken by 10% against all other currencies, then the fair value of the forward foreign exchange contracts as at 31 December 2019 would have been $26m higher (2018: $15m higher). Movements in the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts would be recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve.

A 10% strengthening of the US Dollar or Euro against all other currencies at 31 December 2019 would have had the equal but opposite effect to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

The Group’s policy is to hedge all actual foreign exchange exposures and the Group’s forward foreign exchange contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The net impact of transaction related foreign exchange on the income statement from a movement in exchange rates on the value of forward foreign exchange contracts is not significant. In addition, the movements in the fair value of other financial instruments used for hedging such as currency swaps for which hedge accounting is not applied, offset movements in the values of assets and liabilities and are recognised through the income statement. Hedge ineffectiveness is caused by actual cash flows in foreign currencies varying from forecast cash flows.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

161

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

16 Financial instruments and risk management continued

16.2 Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on cash, borrowings and certain currency and interest rate swaps which are at floating rates. When required the Group uses interest rate derivatives to meet its objective of protecting borrowing costs within parameters set by the Board. These interest rate derivatives are accounted for as cash flow hedges and, as such, changes in fair value resulting from changes in market interest rates are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve, with the fair value of the interest rate derivatives recorded in the balance sheet.

Additionally, the Group uses interest rate swaps to reduce the overall level of fixed rate debt, within parameters set by the Board. When used in this way, interest rate derivatives are accounted for as fair value hedges. The fair value movement of the derivative is offset in the income statement against the fair value movement in the underlying fixed rate debt.

Based on the Group’s gross borrowings and cash as at 31 December 2019, if interest rates were to increase by 100 basis points in all currencies then the annual net interest charge would increase by $9m (2018: $3m). A decrease in interest rates by 100 basis points in all currencies would have an equal but opposite effect to the amounts shown above.

16.3 Credit risk management

The Group limits exposure to credit risk on counterparties used for financial instruments through a system of internal credit limits. The financial exposure of a counterparty is determined as the total of cash and deposits, plus the risk on derivative instruments, assessed as the fair value of the instrument plus a risk element based on the nominal value and the historic volatility of the market value of the instrument. The Group does not anticipate non-performance of counterparties and believes it is not subject to material concentration of credit risk as the Group operates within a policy of counterparty limits designed to reduce exposure to any single counterparty.

The maximum credit risk exposure on derivatives at 31 December 2019 was $26m (2018: $37m), being the total debit fair values on forward foreign exchange contracts and currency swaps. The maximum credit risk exposure on cash at bank at 31 December 2019 was $277m (2018: $365m). The Group’s exposure to credit risk is not material as the amounts are held in a wide number of banks in a number of different countries.

Credit risk on trade receivables is detailed in Note 13.

The amounts relating to items designated as hedging instruments were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Carrying

 

Changes in

 

Hedge

 

Amounts reclassified

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

amount

 

amount

 

fair value

 

ineffectiveness

 

from hedging reserve

 

 

 

 

amount

 

assets

 

liabilities

 

in OCI

 

in profit or loss

 

to profit or loss

 

Line item in

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

profit or loss

At 31 December 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Foreign currency risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward exchange contracts1

 

2,331

 

26

 

23

 

(5)

 

 –

 

(19)

 

Cash flow hedges

Interest rate risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps2

 

(120)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

N/A

At 31 December 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Foreign currency risk

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Forward exchange contracts1

 

2,394

 

37

 

(22)

 

23

 

 –

 

 2

 

Cash flow hedges

Interest rate risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps2

 

(200)

 

 –

 

(3)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

N/A

1

Presented in Trade and other receivables and Trade and other payables on the Balance Sheet.

2

Presented in Trade and other payables on the Balance Sheet.

16.4 Net investment hedge

Part of the Group’s net investment in its Euro subsidiaries is hedged by €757m ($851m equivalent) of term loans which mitigate the foreign currency risk arising from the subsidiaries’ net assets. The loans are designated as hedging instruments for the changes in the value of the net investment that is attributable to changes in the EUR/USD spot rate, and is 100% hedged.

To assess hedge effectiveness, the Group determines the economic relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item by comparing changes in the carrying amount of the debt that is attributable to a change in the spot rate with changes in the investment in the foreign operation due to movements in the spot rate (the offset method). The Group’s policy is to hedge the net investment only to the extent of the debt principal. Hedge ineffectiveness occurs if the value of the Euro-denominated bank loan exceeds the value of the Euro subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.5 Currency and interest rate profile of interest bearing liabilities and assets

Short-term debtors and creditors are excluded from the following disclosures.

Currency and interest rate profile of interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate liabilities

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

time

 

 

 

Gross

 

Currency

 

rate

 

Total

 

Floating

 

Fixed rate

 

average

 

for which

 

 

 

borrowings

 

swaps

 

swaps

 

liabilities

 

rate liabilities

 

liabilities

 

interest rate

 

rate is fixed

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

%

    

Years

 

At 31 December 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

US Dollar

 

(1,005)

 

(118)

 

 –

 

(1,123)

 

(268)

 

(855)

 

3.4

 

3.8

 

Other

 

(872)

 

(97)

 

 –

 

(969)

 

(969)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

(1,877)

 

(215)

 

 –

 

(2,092)

 

(1,237)

 

(855)

 

  

 

  

 

At 31 December 2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

US Dollar

 

(1,142)

 

(193)

 

(3)

 

(1,338)

 

(483)

 

(855)

 

3.4

 

4.8

 

Other

 

(323)

 

(61)

 

 –

 

(384)

 

(384)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

(1,465)

 

(254)

 

(3)

 

(1,722)

 

(867)

 

(855)

 

  

 

  

 

In 2019, the Group also had liabilities due for deferred and contingent acquisition consideration (denominated in US Dollars, Swiss Francs and Euros) totalling $181m (2018: $127m, 2017: $160m) on which no interest was payable (see Note 14). There were no other significant interest bearing or non-interest bearing financial liabilities. Floating rates on liabilities are typically based on the one, three or six-month LIBOR (or other reference rate) relevant to the currency concerned. The weighted average interest rate on floating rate borrowings as at 31 December 2019 was less than 1% (2018: 4%).

Currency and interest rate profile of interest bearing assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Cash

 

Currency 

 

 

  

Floating

 

Fixed

 

 

 

at bank

 

swaps 

 

Total assets

 

rate assets

 

rate assets

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Dollar

 

181

 

96

 

277

 

277

 

 –

 

Other

 

96

 

119

 

215

 

215

 

 –

 

Total interest bearing assets

 

277

 

215

 

492

 

492

 

 –

 

At 31 December 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Dollar

 

289

 

60

 

349

 

349

 

 –

 

Other

 

76

 

193

 

269

 

269

 

 –

 

Total interest bearing assets

 

365

 

253

 

618

 

618

 

 –

 

Floating rates on assets are typically based on the short-term deposit rates relevant to the currency concerned.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

163

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

16 Financial instruments and risk management continued

16.6 Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

Accounting policy

Measurement of fair values

A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair values, for both financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets acquired in a business combination (see Note 21).

When measuring the fair value of an asset or liability, the Group uses market observable data as far as possible. Fair values are categorised into different levels in the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows: Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (ie as prices) or indirectly (ie derived from prices); and Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable data (unobservable inputs).

The Group recognises transfers between the levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change has occurred.

 

There has been no change in the classification of financial assets and liabilities, the method and assumptions used in determining fair value and the categorisation of financial assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy from those disclosed in the Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2018.

The Group enters into derivative financial instruments with financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings. The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is calculated by reference to quoted market forward exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity profiles. The fair value of currency swaps is determined by reference to quoted market spot rates. As a result, foreign forward exchange contracts and currency swaps are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The changes in counterparty credit risk had no material effect on the hedge effectiveness for derivatives designated in hedge relationships and other financial instruments recognised at fair value. The fair value of investments is based upon third party pricing models for share issues. As a result, investments are considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 during 2019 and 2018. With the exception of private placement debt as presented below, the carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value. For cash and cash equivalents, short-term loans and receivables, overdrafts and other short-term liabilities which have a maturity of less than three months, the book values approximate the fair values because of their short-term nature.

Long-term borrowings are measured in the balance sheet at amortised cost. As the Group’s long-term borrowings are not quoted publicly and as market prices are not available, their fair values are estimated by discounting future contractual cash flows to net present values at the current market interest rates available to the Group for similar financial instruments as at the year end. The fair value of the private placement notes is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on prevailing market rates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels in the fair value hierarchy. It does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value if the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying
amount

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

Fair value –
hedging
instruments

 

Amortised
cost

 

Fair value
through OCI

 

Fair value
through profit
or loss

 

Other
financial
liabilities

 

Total

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

At 31 December 2019

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Financial assets measured at fair value

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

 

25

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

25

 

25

 

 –

 

25

 

Investments

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 7

 

 –

 

 7

 

 –

 

 7

 

 7

 

Contingent consideration receivable

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

39

 

 –

 

39

 

 –

 

39

 

39

 

Currency swaps

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 1

 

 –

 

 1

 

 

 

25

 

 –

 

 1

 

46

 

 –

 

72

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Acquisition consideration

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(141)

 

 –

 

(141)

 

 –

 

(141)

 

(141)

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

 

(22)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(22)

 

(22)

 

 –

 

(22)

 

Currency swaps

 

 –

 

 –

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

 –

 

(1)

 

 

 

(22)

 

 –

 

(1)

 

(141)

 

 –

 

(164)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Trade and other receivables

 

1,184

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

1,184

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Cash at bank

 

 –

 

277

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

277

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

1,184

 

277

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

1,461

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Acquisition consideration

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(40)

 

 –

 

(40)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Bank overdrafts

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(20)

 

(20)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Bank loans

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(857)

 

(857)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Private placement debt in a hedge relationship

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(120)

 

(120)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private placement debt not in a hedge relationship

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(880)

 

(880)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(944)

 

(944)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(40)

 

(2,821)

 

(2,861)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

During the year ended 31 December 2019, acquisition consideration increased by $54m due to $124m from 2019 acquisitions, $3m of remeasurement and offset by $73m of payments for acquisitions made in prior years. The fair value of contingent consideration is estimated using a discounted cash flow model. The valuation model considers the present value of expected payment, discounted using a risk-adjusted discount rate. The expected payment is determined by considering the possible scenarios, which relate to the achievement of established milestones and targets, the amount to be paid under each scenario and the probability of each scenario. As a result, contingent consideration is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

165

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

16 Financial instruments and risk management continued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying
amount

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

Fair value –
hedging
instruments

 

Amortised
cost

 

Fair value
through OCI

 

Fair value
through profit
or loss

 

Other
financial
liabilities

 

Total

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

At 31 December 2018

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Financial assets measured at fair value

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

 

36

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

36

 

36

 

 –

 

36

 

Investments

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

34

 

 –

 

34

 

 –

 

34

 

34

 

Currency swaps

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 1

 

 –

 

 1

 

 

 

36

 

 –

 

 1

 

34

 

 –

 

71

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Acquisition consideration

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(99)

 

 –

 

(99)

 

 –

 

(99)

 

(99)

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

 

(20)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(20)

 

(20)

 

 –

 

(20)

 

Currency swaps

 

 –

 

 –

 

(2)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(2)

 

(2)

 

 –

 

(2)

 

Interest rate swaps

 

(3)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(3)

 

(3)

 

 –

 

(3)

 

 

 

(23)

 

 –

 

(2)

 

(99)

 

 –

 

(124)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 –

 

1,211

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

1,211

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Cash at bank

 

 –

 

365

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

365

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 –

 

1,576

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

1,576

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Acquisition consideration

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(28)

 

 –

 

(28)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Bank overdrafts

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(32)

 

(32)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Bank loans

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(311)

 

(311)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Private placement debt in a hedge relationship

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(197)

 

(197)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private placement debt not in a hedge relationship

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(925)

 

(925)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(858)

 

(858)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(28)

 

(2,323)

 

(2,351)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The fair value of contingent acquisition consideration is estimated using a discounted cash flow model. The valuation model considers the present value of risk adjusted expected payments, discounted using a risk-free discount rate. The expected payment is determined by considering the possible scenarios, which relate to the achievement of established milestones and targets, the amount to be paid under each scenario and the probability of each scenario. As a result, contingent acquisition consideration is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The fair value of investments is based upon third party pricing models for share issues. As a result, investments are considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

The movements in 2019 and 2018 for financial instruments measured using Level 3 valuation methods are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

Investments

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

34

 

21

 

Acquisitions

 

17

 

 –

 

Additions

 

 1

 

 4

 

Fair value remeasurement

 

12

 

 9

 

Distributions received

 

(2)

 

 –

 

Disposals

 

(46)

 

 –

 

Transfers

 

(9)

 

 –

 

At 31 December

 

 7

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration receivable

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

 –

 

 –

 

Arising on acquisitions

 

22

 

 –

 

Arising on disposals

 

17

 

 –

 

At 31 December

 

39

 

 –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition consideration liability

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January

 

(99)

 

(104)

 

Arising on acquisitions

 

(103)

 

 –

 

Payments

 

51

 

 9

 

Transfers

 

13

 

 –

 

Discount unwind

 

(3)

 

(3)

 

Exchange movements

 

 –

 

(1)

 

At 31 December

 

(141)

 

(99)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

167

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

 

17 Provisions and contingencies

Accounting policy

In the normal course of business the Group is involved in various legal disputes. Provisions are made for loss contingencies when it is deemed probable that an adverse outcome will occur and the amount of the losses can be reasonably estimated. Where the Group is the plaintiff in pursuing claims against third parties, legal and associated expenses are charged to the income statement as incurred. The recognition of provisions for legal disputes is subject to a significant degree of estimation. In making its estimates management takes into account the advice of internal and external legal counsel. Provisions are reviewed regularly and amounts updated where necessary to reflect developments in the disputes. The ultimate liability may differ from the amount provided depending on the outcome of court proceedings or settlement negotiations or as new facts emerge.

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract. For the purpose of calculating any onerous lease provision, the Group takes the discounted future lease payments (if any), net of expected rental income. Before a provision is established, the Group recognises any impairment loss on the assets associated with that contract.

A provision for rationalisation is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring either has commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating losses are not provided for.

17.1 Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Rationalisation

  

 

  

Legal and other

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

provisions

 

Metal-on-metal

 

provisions

 

Total

 

 

 

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 1 January 2018

 

 

 

 6

 

157

 

63

 

226

 

Net charge to income statement

 

 

 

120

 

72

 

(2)

 

190

 

Unwinding of discount

 

 

 

 –

 

 4

 

 –

 

 4

 

Utilised

 

 

 

(90)

 

(41)

 

(14)

 

(145)

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(1)

 

At 31 December 2018

 

 

 

35

 

192

 

47

 

274

 

Net charge to income statement

 

 

 

134

 

121

 

 5

 

260

 

Unwinding of discount

 

 

 

 –

 

 5

 

 –

 

 5

 

Utilised

 

 

 

(130)

 

(3)

 

(7)

 

(140)

 

Acquisitions

 

21

 

 –

 

 –

 

17

 

17

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 

 

 1

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

40

 

315

 

62

 

417

 

Provisions – due within one year

 

 

 

40

 

112

 

51

 

203

 

Provisions – due after one year

 

 

 

 –

 

203

 

11

 

214

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

40

 

315

 

62

 

417

 

Provisions – due within one year

 

 

 

35

 

50

 

36

 

121

 

Provisions – due after one year

 

 

 

 –

 

142

 

11

 

153

 

At 31 December 2018

 

 

 

35

 

192

 

47

 

274

 

 

The principal elements within rationalisation provisions relate to the implementation of the Accelerating Performance and Execution (APEX) programme that was announced in February 2018.

The Group has estimated a provision of $315m (2018: $192m) relating to the present value at 31 December 2019 of the estimated costs to resolve all other known and anticipated metal-on-metal hip claims globally. The net charge of $121m in 2019 was recorded as a result of the nature and number of claims in 2019 differing to prior experience upon which previous provisions had been based. The estimated value of the provision has been determined using an actuarial model. Given the inherent uncertainty in assumptions including sensitivity to factors such as the number, outcome and value of claims the actual costs may differ significantly from this estimate. A range of expected outcomes between the 10th and 90th percentile generated by the actuarial model would not give rise to a material adjustment. The potential for more adverse outcomes exists and for example at the 95th percentile a charge similar to that incurred in 2019 would be required, in 2020 or thereafter. The provision does not include any possible further insurance recoveries on these claims or legal fees associated with defending claims. The Group carries considerable product liability insurance, and will continue to defend claims vigorously.

 

 

 

 

 

 

168

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The legal and other provisions mainly relate to various other product liability and intellectual property litigation matters.

All provisions are expected to be substantially utilised within five years of 31 December 2019 and none are treated as financial instruments.

17.2 Contingencies

The Company and its subsidiaries are party to various legal proceedings, some of which include claims for substantial damages. The outcome of these proceedings cannot readily be foreseen, but except as described herein management believes none of them is likely to result in a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Group. The Group provides for outcomes that are deemed to be probable and can be reliably estimated. There is no assurance that losses will not exceed provisions or will not have a significant impact on the Group’s results of operations in the period in which they are realised.

17.3 Legal proceedings

Product liability claims

The Group faces claims from time to time for alleged defects in its products and has on occasion recalled or withdrawn products from the market. Such claims are endemic to the medical device industry. The Group maintains product liability insurance subject to limits and deductibles that management believes are reasonable. All policies contain exclusions and limitations, however, and there can be no assurance that insurance will be available or adequate to cover all claims.

In recent years, there has been heightened concern about possible adverse effects of hip implant products with metal-on-metal bearing surfaces, and the Group has incurred, and will continue to incur expenses to defend claims in this area. As of December 2019, approximately 1,260 such claims were pending with the Group around the world. Most claims relate to the Group’s Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) product and its two modular metal-on-metal components: the Birmingham Hip Modular Head (BHMH) and the optional metal liner component of the R3 Acetabular System (R3ML). The BHMH and R3ML are no longer on the market: the R3ML was withdrawn in 2012 and the BHMH was phased out in 2014. In 2015, the Group ceased offering smaller sizes of the BHR and restricted instructions for BHR use in female patients. These actions were taken to ensure that the BHR is used only in those patient groups where it continues to demonstrate strong performance.

In 2015 and 2016, the Group’s US subsidiary settled a large part of the majority of its US metal-on-metal hip lawsuits in two group settlements, without admitting liability. Insurance receipts covered most of the amounts paid, with the net cash cost being $25m. In November 2017, the Group’s US subsidiary entered into a memorandum of understanding to settle a third group of claims, without admitting liability. The third settlement was finalised in 2018. These cases principally related to the Group’s modular metal-on-metal hip components, which are no longer on the market. On 5 April 2017, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (MDL) ordered Smith & Nephew BHR cases pending or later filed in US federal court to be consolidated for pre-trial proceedings and transferred to the federal court in Baltimore, Maryland. As of December 2019, there were approximately 733 cases pending in the MDL in the United States. In England and Wales, the Group’s UK subsidiary entered into a group settlement in 2017 to settle 150 claims principally related to the Group’s modular metal-on-metal hip component, which are no longer on the market. Metal-on-metal hip implant claims against various companies in England and Wales were consolidated for trials under group litigation orders in the High Court in London. As of December 2019, all of the BHR lawsuits pending against the Group in England and Wales have been discontinued.

The Group requested indemnity from its product liability insurers for most of these metal-on-metal hip implant settlements. Each insurer makes its own decision as to coverage issues, and the liability of some insurers depends on exhaustion of lower levels of coverage. Insurers of the lower layers of the Group’s insurances indemnified the Group in respect of these claims up to the limits of those insurances. The Group commenced arbitration proceedings against another insurer in respect of that insurer’s share of the claims and associated defence costs in the amount of $50m. That dispute was resolved in September 2019 for the full amount of the policy limits. Subsequently, other insurers indemnified the Group to the limits of their respective applicable policies, resulting in collection of $147m in insurance recoveries in 2019.

Litigation outcomes are difficult to predict and defence costs can be significant. The Group takes care to monitor the clinical evidence relating to its metal hip implant products and ensure that its product offerings are designed to serve patients’ interests.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

169

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

17 Provisions and contingencies continued

Intellectual property disputes

The Group is engaged, as both plaintiff and defendant, in litigation with various competitors and others over claims of patent infringement and other intellectual property matters. These disputes are being heard in courts in the US and other jurisdictions and also before agencies that examine patents. Outcomes are rarely certain and costs are often significant.

The Group prosecuted and defended a series of patent infringement suits against Arthrex in US federal courts in Oregon and Texas starting in 2004, principally relating to suture anchors for use in shoulder surgery. Arthrex paid $99m in June 2015 in connection with the Oregon litigation, and most of that award (net of various expenses) was recognised in the Group’s operating profit at that time. The Group asserted the same patent against additional Arthrex products in a follow-up suit that was scheduled for trial in February 2017 in the Oregon court. Arthrex asserted its own suture anchor patents against Smith & Nephew in 2014 and 2015 in the US District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. In December 2016, the jury in that case decided that two of the Group’s US subsidiaries infringed two asserted Arthrex patents and awarded Arthrex $17m. In February 2017, the parties reached a settlement resulting in the dismissal of all patent litigation in Oregon and Texas. Smith & Nephew agreed to pay Arthrex $8m, and each party agreed to additional payments contingent on the outcome of patent validity proceedings currently pending at the US Patent & Trademark Office relating to the asserted patents. In November 2017, the US Patent & Trademark Office issued a Reexamination Certificate confirming validity of certain claims of US Patent No. 5,601,557 asserted by Smith & Nephew against Arthrex in the Oregon litigation. The issuing of the Reexamination Certificate triggered a payment of $80m which was received by Smith & Nephew in December 2017, and $54m (net of various expenses) was recognised in the Group’s 2017 operating profit. In August 2019, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed an earlier US Patent & Trademark Office ruling invalidating one of the asserted Arthrex patents. In October 2019, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit vacated an earlier US Patent & Trademark Office ruling invalidating the other asserted Arthrex patent, and remanded the proceeding (on constitutional grounds) back to the US Patent & Trademark Office. The Group has adequately provided for any possible additional payment relating to its historical sales.

17.4 Tax Matters

At any given time the Group has unagreed years outstanding in various countries and is involved in tax audits and disputes, some of which may take several years to resolve. Provisions are based on best estimates and management’s judgements concerning the likely ultimate outcome of any audit or dispute. Management considers the specific circumstances of each tax position and takes external advice, where appropriate, to assess the range of potential outcomes and estimate additional tax that may be due. The Group believes that it has made adequate provision in respect of additional tax liabilities that may arise. See Note 5 for further details.  

 

18 Retirement benefit obligations

Accounting policy

The Group sponsors defined benefit plans in a number of countries. A defined benefit pension plan defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement or a minimum guaranteed return on contributions, which is dependent on various factors such as age, years of service and final salary. The Group’s obligation is calculated separately for each plan by discounting the estimated future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. The fair value of any plan assets is deducted to arrive at the net liability.

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation is performed annually by external actuaries using the projected unit credit method. Remeasurements arising from defined benefit plans comprise actuarial gains and losses and the return on the plan assets in excess of the discount rate net of the costs of managing the plan assets. The Group recognises these immediately in other comprehensive income (OCI) and all other expenses, such as service cost, net interest cost, administration costs and taxes, are recognised in the income statement.

A number of key assumptions are made when calculating the fair value of the Group’s defined benefit pension plans. These assumptions impact the balance sheet asset and liabilities, operating profit, finance income/costs and other comprehensive income. The most critical assumptions are the discount rate, the rate of inflation and mortality assumptions to be applied to future pension plan liabilities. The discount rate is based on the yield at the reporting date on bonds that have a credit rating of AA, denominated in the currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid and have a maturity profile approximately the same as the Group’s obligations. In determining these assumptions management take into account the advice of professional external actuaries and benchmarks its assumptions against external data.

The Group determines the net interest expense/income on the net defined benefit liability/asset for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the net defined benefit liability/asset.

The Group also operates a number of defined contribution plans. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group and employees pay fixed contributions to a third party financial provider. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. Contributions are recognised as an employee benefit expense when they are due.

 

 

 

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18.1 Retirement benefit net assets/(obligations)

The Group’s retirement benefit assets/(obligations) comprise:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Funded plans:

 

  

 

  

 

UK Plan

 

75

 

77

 

US Plan

 

27

 

13

 

Other plans

 

(37)

 

(34)

 

 

 

65

 

56

 

Unfunded plans:

 

  

 

  

 

Other plans

 

(79)

 

(60)

 

Retirement healthcare

 

(16)

 

(18)

 

 

 

(30)

 

(22)

 

Amount recognised on the balance sheet – liability

 

(136)

 

(114)

 

Amount recognised on the balance sheet – asset

 

106

 

92

 

The Group sponsors defined benefit pension plans for its employees or former employees in 14 countries and these are established under the laws of the relevant country. Funded plans are funded by the payment of contributions and the assets are held by separate trust funds or insurance companies. The provision of retirement and related benefits across the Group is kept under regular review. Employees’ retirement benefits are the subject of regular management review. The Group’s defined benefit plans provide employees with an entitlement to retirement benefits varying between 1.3% and 66.7% of final salary on attainment of retirement age. The level of entitlement is dependent on the years of service of the employee.

The Group’s two major defined benefit pension plans are in the UK and US. Both these plans were closed to new employees in 2003 and defined contribution plans are offered to new joiners. The US and UK Plans were closed to future accrual in March 2014 and December 2016 respectively.

The UK Plan operates under trust law and responsibility for its governance lies with a Board of Trustees. This Board is composed of representatives of the Group, plan participants and an independent trustee, who act on behalf of members in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed and Rules and relevant legislation. The UK Plan’s assets are held by the trust. Annual increases on benefits in payment are dependent on inflation.

The 2018 court case in relation to Guaranteed Minimum Pensions does not impact the UK Plan as members were not contracted out of the State Earnings Related Pension (Serps) between 1990 and 1997.

There is no legislative minimum funding requirement in the UK, however the Group agreed with the Board of Trustees to pay a supplementary payment in 2019 (see Note 18.8). The Trust Deed of the UK Plan and the Plan Document of the US Plan provide the Group with a right to a refund of surplus assets assuming the full settlement of plan liabilities in the event of a plan wind-up. Furthermore, in the ordinary course of business the UK trustee and US committee have no rights to unilaterally wind up, or otherwise augment the benefits due to members of the plans. Based on these rights, any net surplus in the UK and US Plans is recognised in full.

The US Plan is governed by a US Pension Committee which is comprised of representatives of the Group. In the US, the Pension Protection Act (2006) established both a minimum required contribution and a maximum deductible contribution. Failure to contribute at least the minimum required amount will subject the Company to significant penalties, and contributions in excess of the maximum deductible have negative tax consequences. The minimum funding requirement is intended to fully fund the present value of accrued benefits over seven years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

171

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

18 Retirement benefit obligations continued

18.2 Reconciliation of retirement benefit obligations and pension assets

The movement in the Group’s pension benefit obligation and pension assets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

  

Obligation

  

Asset

  

Total

  

Obligation

 

Asset

 

Total

 

 

     

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Amounts recognised on the balance sheet at beginning of the period

 

(1,410)

 

1,388

 

(22)

 

(1,625)

 

1,556

 

(69)

 

Income statement expense:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Current service cost

 

(11)

 

 –

 

(11)

 

(12)

 

 –

 

(12)

 

Past service credit

 

 3

 

 –

 

 3

 

 7

 

 –

 

 7

 

Interest (expense)/income

 

(41)

 

41

 

 –

 

(40)

 

40

 

 –

 

Administration costs and taxes

 

(2)

 

 –

 

(2)

 

(3)

 

 –

 

(3)

 

Costs recognised in income statement

 

(51)

 

41

 

(10)

 

(48)

 

40

 

(8)

 

Re-measurements:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Actuarial gain due to liability experience

 

 5

 

 –

 

 5

 

 6

 

 –

 

 6

 

Actuarial (loss)/gain due to financial assumptions change

 

(192)

 

 –

 

(192)

 

97

 

 –

 

97

 

Actuarial gain due to demographic assumptions

 

35

 

 –

 

35

 

11

 

 –

 

11

 

Return on plan assets greater than/(less than) discount rate

 

 –

 

138

 

138

 

 –

 

(103)

 

(103)

 

Re-measurements recognised in OCI

 

(152)

 

138

 

(14)

 

114

 

(103)

 

11

 

Cash:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Employer contributions

 

 –

 

13

 

13

 

 –

 

44

 

44

 

Employee contributions

 

(3)

 

 3

 

 –

 

(4)

 

 4

 

 –

 

Benefits paid directly by the Group

 

 2

 

(2)

 

 –

 

 3

 

(3)

 

 –

 

Benefits paid, taxes and administration costs paid from scheme assets

 

69

 

(69)

 

 –

 

100

 

(100)

 

 –

 

Net cash

 

68

 

(55)

 

13

 

99

 

(55)

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange movements

 

(27)

 

30

 

 3

 

50

 

(50)

 

 –

 

Amount recognised on the balance sheet

 

(1,572)

 

1,542

 

(30)

 

(1,410)

 

1,388

 

(22)

 

Amount recognised on the balance sheet – liability

 

(282)

 

146

 

(136)

 

(245)

 

131

 

(114)

 

Amount recognised on the balance sheet – asset

 

(1,290)

 

1,396

 

106

 

(1,165)

 

1,257

 

92

 

 

Represented by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

  

Obligation

  

Asset

  

Total

  

Obligation

  

Asset

  

Total

  

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

UK Plan

 

(794)

 

869

 

75

 

(718)

 

795

 

77

 

US Plan

 

(471)

 

498

 

27

 

(424)

 

437

 

13

 

Other Plans

 

(307)

 

175

 

(132)

 

(268)

 

156

 

(112)

 

Total

 

(1,572)

 

1,542

 

(30)

 

(1,410)

 

1,388

 

(22)

 

All benefits are vested at the end of each reporting period. The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period is 19 years and 11 years for the UK and US Plans respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18.3 Plan assets

The market value of the US, UK and Other Plans assets are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

UK Plan:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Assets with a quoted market price:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 3

 

 2

 

 8

 

Equity securities

 

103

 

127

 

235

 

Other bonds

 

44

 

41

 

43

 

Short dated credit fund

 

119

 

 –

 

 –

 

Liability driven investments

 

264

 

246

 

192

 

Diversified growth funds

 

97

 

138

 

152

 

 

 

630

 

554

 

630

 

Other assets:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Insurance contract

 

239

 

241

 

277

 

Market value of assets

 

869

 

795

 

907

 

US Plan:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Assets with a quoted market price:

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

Equity securities

 

50

 

79

 

88

 

Government bonds – fixed interest

 

152

 

91

 

201

 

Corporate bonds

 

296

 

267

 

201

 

Market value of assets

 

498

 

437

 

490

 

Other Plans:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Assets with a quoted market price:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 4

 

 2

 

 4

 

Equity securities

 

47

 

42

 

43

 

Government bonds – fixed interest

 

 6

 

 3

 

 4

 

Government bonds – index linked

 

 4

 

 3

 

 3

 

Corporate and other bonds

 

10

 

13

 

11

 

Insurance contracts

 

41

 

34

 

36

 

Property

 

25

 

20

 

19

 

Other quoted securities

 

 5

 

 4

 

 2

 

 

 

142

 

121

 

122

 

Other assets:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Insurance contracts

 

33

 

35

 

37

 

Market value of assets

 

175

 

156

 

159

 

Total market value of assets

 

1,542

 

1,388

 

1,556

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

173

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

18 Retirement benefit obligations continued

No plans invest directly in property occupied by the Group or in financial securities issued by the Group.

Both the UK and US Plans hold a mixture of growth assets and matching assets. The growth assets of the UK and US Plans are invested in a diversified range of industries across a broad range of geographies. The UK Plan matching assets include liability matching assets and annuity policies purchased by the trustees, which aim to match the benefits to be paid to certain members from the plan and therefore remove the investment, inflation and demographic risks in relation to those liabilities. The terms of the policy define that the contract value exactly matches the amount and timing of the pensioner obligations covered by the contract. In accordance with IAS 19R Employee Benefits, the fair value of the insurance contract is deemed to be the present value of the related obligations which is discounted at the AA corporate bond rate.

18.4 Expenses recognised in the income statement

The total expense relating to retirement benefits recognised for the year is $76m (2018: $65m, 2017: $64m). Of this cost recognised for the year, $66m (2018: $57m, 2017: $51m) relates to defined contribution plans and $10m (2018: $8m, 2017: $13m net credit) relates to defined benefit plans.

The cost charged in respect of the Group’s defined contribution plans represents contributions payable to these plans by the Group at rates specified in the rules of the plans. These were charged to operating profit in costs of goods sold, selling, general and administrative expenses, and research and development expenses. There were $nil outstanding payments as at 31 December 2019 due to be paid over to the plans (2018: $nil, 2017: $nil).

Defined benefit plan costs comprise service cost which is charged to operating profit in selling, general and administrative expenses and net interest cost and administration costs and taxes which are reported as other finance costs.

The defined benefit pension costs charged for the UK and US Plans are:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

  

UK Plan

 

US Plan

 

UK Plan

 

US Plan

 

UK Plan

 

US Plan

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Service cost

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Past service cost

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Settlement loss

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Net interest income, administration and taxes

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 2

 

 

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 2

 

18.5 Principal actuarial assumptions

The following are the principal financial actuarial assumptions used at the reporting date to determine the UK and US defined benefit obligations and expense.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

% per annum

    

% per annum

    

% per annum

 

UK Plan:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Discount rate

 

1.9

 

2.7

 

2.4

 

Future salary increases

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Future pension increases

 

3.0

 

3.2

 

3.2

 

Inflation (RPI)

 

3.0

 

3.2

 

3.2

 

Inflation (CPI)

 

2.2

 

2.2

 

2.2

 

US Plan:

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

Discount rate

 

3.2

 

4.2

 

3.5

 

Future salary increases

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Inflation

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial assumptions regarding future mortality are based on mortality tables. The UK uses the S3NA with projections in-line with the CMI 2018 table and the US uses the RP2014 table with MP2018 scale. The current longevities underlying the values of the obligations in the defined benefit plans are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

years

    

years

    

years

 

Life expectancy at age 60

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

UK Plan:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Males

 

27.5

 

28.9

 

28.8

 

Females

 

30.0

 

30.4

 

30.3

 

US Plan:

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

Males

 

25.0

 

24.9

 

25.2

 

Females

 

27.2

 

27.1

 

27.4

 

Life expectancy at age 60 in 20 years’ time

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

UK Plan:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Males

 

29.0

 

31.1

 

31.0

 

Females

 

31.4

 

31.9

 

31.8

 

US Plan:

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

Males

 

25.2

 

25.1

 

25.5

 

Females

 

27.8

 

27.7

 

28.0

 

18.6 Sensitivity analysis

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation is sensitive to the assumptions used. The following table summarises the increase/ decrease on the UK and US defined benefit obligation and pension costs as a result of reasonably possible changes in some of the assumptions while holding all other assumptions consistent. The sensitivity to the inflation assumption change includes corresponding changes to the future pension increase assumptions. The analysis does not take into account the full distribution of cash flows expected under the plan.

Changes to the inflation assumption will not have any effect on the US Pension Plan as it was closed to future accrual in 2014 and it has no other inflation-linked assumptions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in pension obligation

 

Increase in pension cost

 

$ million

    

+50bps/+1yr

    

-50bps/-1yr

    

+50bps/+1 yr

    

-50bps/-1yr

 

UK Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

-69.0 

 

79.0

 

-2.0 

 

1.0

 

Inflation

 

74.0

 

-66.0 

 

1.0

 

-1.0 

 

Mortality

 

35.0

 

-34.0 

 

 –

 

-1.0 

 

US Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

-24.0 

 

27.0

 

-1.0 

 

1.0

 

Mortality

 

12.0

 

-13.0 

 

 –

 

 –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

175

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

18 Retirement benefit obligations continued

18.7 Risk

The pension plans expose the Group to the following risks:

Interest rate risk

Volatility in financial markets can change the calculations of the obligation significantly as the calculation of the obligation is linked to yields on AA-rated corporate bonds. A decrease in the bond yield will increase the measure of plan liabilities, although this will be partially offset by increases in the value of matching plan assets such as bonds and insurance contracts.

In the UK, the liability matching portfolio held in conventional and index-linked gilts was transferred into liability driven investments in order to reduce interest rate risk.

Inflation risk

The UK Plan is linked to inflation. A high rate of inflation will lead to a higher liability. This risk is managed by holding inflation-linked bonds and an inflation-linked insurance contract in respect of some of the obligation. In the UK, the liability matching portfolio held in conventional and index-linked gilts was transferred into liability driven investments in order to reduce inflation risk.

The UK Plan is closed to future accrual which reduces the exposure to this risk. The US Plan is also closed to future accrual and has no other inflation-linkage thus eliminating the exposure to this risk.

Investment risk

If the return on plan assets is below the discount rate, all else being equal, there will be an increase in the plan deficit.

In the UK, this risk is partially managed by a portfolio of liability matching assets and a bulk annuity, together with a dynamic de-risking policy to switch growth assets into liability matching assets over time.

The US Plan has a dynamic de-risking policy to shift plan assets from return-seeking (growth) assets to liability matching assets over time. The US Pension Plan has an established glide path that is designed to stabilise funding status by reducing the Plan’s exposure to return-seeking assets.

Longevity risk

The present value of the plan’s defined benefit liability is calculated by reference to the best estimate of the mortality of the plan participants both during and after their employment. An increase in the life expectancy of plan participants above that assumed will increase the benefit obligation.

The UK Plan, in order to minimise longevity risk, has entered into an insurance contract which covers a portion of pensioner obligations.

18.8 Funding

A full valuation is performed by actuaries for the Trustees of each plan to determine the level of funding required. Employer contribution rates, based on these full valuations, are agreed between the Trustees of each plan and the Group. The assumptions used in the actuarial valuations used for funding purposes may differ from the accounting assumptions set out above.

UK Plan

The most recent full actuarial valuation of the UK Plan was undertaken as at 30 September 2018. Contributions to the UK Plan in 2019 were $6m (2018: $25m, 2017: $24m). This included supplementary payments of $6m (2018: $25m, 2017: $24m).

Following the completion of the 30 September 2018 valuation, it was determined that the Group is not required to make any future supplemental payments to the UK Plan unless, following a future valuation, the Group and Trustees determine that supplemental payments are required.

US Plan

The most recent full actuarial valuation of the US Plan was undertaken as at 1 January 2019. The next full actuarial valuation will take place as at 1 January 2020. Future accruals to the US Plan ceased as at 31 March 2014. Contributions to the US Plan were $nil (2018: $10m, 2017: $20m) which represented supplementary payments of $nil (2018: $10m, 2017: $20m).

There are no planned supplementary contributions to the US Plan for 2020.

 

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19 Equity

Accounting policy

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares, net of any tax effects, are recognised as a deduction from equity.

When shares recognised as equity are repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes directly attributable costs, net of any tax effects, is recognised as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as treasury shares and are presented in the treasury share reserve. When treasury shares are sold or reissued subsequently, the amount received is recognised as an increase in equity and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is presented within share premium.

19.1 Share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares (20¢)

 

Deferred shares (£1.00)

 

Total

 

 

    

Thousand

    

$ million

    

Thousand

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Authorised

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

At 31 December 2017

 

1,223,591

 

245

 

50

 

 –

 

245

 

At 31 December 2018

 

1,223,591

 

245

 

50

 

 –

 

245

 

At 31 December 2019

 

1,223,591

 

245

 

50

 

 –

 

245

 

Allotted, issued and fully paid

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

At 1 January 2017

 

903,723

 

180

 

50

 

 –

 

180

 

Share options

 

655

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Shares cancelled

 

(13,523)

 

(2)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(2)

 

At 31 December 2017

 

890,855

 

178

 

50

 

 –

 

178

 

Share options

 

418

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Shares cancelled

 

(3,321)

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(1)

 

At 31 December 2018

 

887,952

 

177

 

50

 

 –

 

177

 

Share options

 

350

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Shares cancelled

 

(3,095)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

At 31 December 2019

 

885,207

 

177

 

50

 

 –

 

177

 

 

The deferred shares were issued in 2006 in order to comply with English Company law. They are not listed on any stock exchange and have extremely limited rights and effectively have no value. These rights are summarised as follows:

-

The holder shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company;

-

The holder shall not have any right to participate in any distribution of the Company’s assets on a winding up or other distribution except that after the return of the nominal amount paid up on each share in the capital of the Company of any class other than the deferred shares and the distribution of a further $1,000 in respect of each such share there shall be distributed to a holder of a deferred share (for each deferred share held) an amount equal to the nominal value of the deferred share;

-

The holder shall not be entitled to receive notice, attend, speak or vote at any general meeting of the Company; and

-

The Company may create, allot and issue further shares or reduce or repay the whole or any part of its share capital or other capital reserves without obtaining the consent of the holders of the deferred shares.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to ensure the Group has adequate funds to continue as a going concern and sufficient flexibility within the capital structure to fund the ongoing growth of the business and to take advantage of business development opportunities including acquisitions.

The Group determines the amount of capital taking into account changes in business risks and future cash requirements. The Group reviews its capital structure on an ongoing basis and uses share buy-backs, dividends and the issue of new shares to adjust the retained capital.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

177

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

19 Equity continued

The Group considers the capital that it manages to be as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Share capital

 

177

 

177

 

178

 

Share premium

 

610

 

608

 

605

 

Capital redemption reserve

 

18

 

18

 

17

 

Treasury shares

 

(189)

 

(214)

 

(257)

 

Retained earnings and other reserves

 

4,525

 

4,285

 

4,101

 

 

 

5,141

 

4,874

 

4,644

 

 

19.2 Treasury shares

Treasury shares represent the holding of the Company’s own shares in respect of the Smith & Nephew Employees’ Share Trust and shares bought back as part of the share buy-back programme. In 2019 the Group purchased a total of 3.1m shares for a cost of $63m as part of the ongoing programme to buy back an equivalent number of shares to those vesting as part of the employee share plans. In 2018 the Group purchased a total of 2.7m shares for a cost of $48m as part of the same programme.

The Smith & Nephew 2004 Employees’ Share Trust (Trust) was established to hold shares relating to the long-term incentive plans referred to in the ‘Directors’ Remuneration Report’. The Trust is administered by an independent professional trust company resident in Jersey and is funded by a loan from the Company. The cost of the Trust is charged to the income statement as it accrues. A dividend waiver is in place in respect of those shares held under the long-term incentive plans. The Trust only accepts dividends in respect of nil-cost options and deferred bonus plan shares. The waiver represents less than 1% of the total dividends paid.

The movements in Treasury shares and the Employees’ Share Trust are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

Employees’

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury

 

Share Trust

 

Total

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 1 January 2018

 

234

 

23

 

257

 

Shares purchased

 

48

 

 –

 

48

 

Shares transferred from treasury

 

(29)

 

29

 

 –

 

Shares transferred to Group beneficiaries

 

(13)

 

(27)

 

(40)

 

Shares cancelled

 

(51)

 

 –

 

(51)

 

At 31 December 2018

 

189

 

25

 

214

 

Shares purchased

 

63

 

 –

 

63

 

Shares transferred from treasury

 

(21)

 

21

 

 –

 

Shares transferred to Group beneficiaries

 

(12)

 

(26)

 

(38)

 

Shares cancelled

 

(50)

 

 –

 

(50)

 

At 31 December 2019

 

169

 

20

 

189

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Number

 

Number

 

Number

 

 

 

of shares

 

of shares

 

of shares

 

 

    

million

    

million

    

million

 

At 1 January 2018

 

15.6

 

1.6

 

17.2

 

Shares purchased

 

2.7

 

 –

 

2.7

 

Shares transferred from treasury

 

(1.9)

 

1.9

 

 –

 

Shares transferred to Group beneficiaries

 

(0.9)

 

(1.8)

 

(2.7)

 

Shares cancelled

 

(3.3)

 

 –

 

(3.3)

 

At 31 December 2018

 

12.2

 

1.7

 

13.9

 

Shares purchased

 

3.1

 

 –

 

3.1

 

Shares transferred from treasury

 

(1.3)

 

1.3

 

 –

 

Shares transferred to Group beneficiaries

 

(0.7)

 

(1.7)

 

(2.4)

 

Shares cancelled

 

(3.1)

 

 –

 

(3.1)

 

At 31 December 2019

 

10.2

 

1.3

 

11.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.3 Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

The following dividends were declared and paid in the year:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Ordinary final of 22.0¢ for 2018 (2017: 22.7¢, 2016: 18.5¢) paid 8 May 2019

 

192

 

198

 

162

 

Ordinary interim of 14.4¢ for 2019 (2018: 14.0¢, 2017: 12.3¢) paid 30 October 2019

 

126

 

123

 

107

 

 

 

318

 

321

 

269

 

A final dividend for 2019 of 23.1 US cents per ordinary share was proposed by the Board on 20 February 2020 and will be paid, subject to shareholder approval, on 6 May 2020 to shareholders on the Register of Members on 3 April 2020. The estimated amount of this dividend is $202m. The Group pursues a progressive dividend policy, with the aim of increasing the US Dollar value of ordinary dividends over time broadly based on the Group’s underlying growth in earnings, while taking into account capital requirements and cash flows. Future dividends will be dependent upon future earnings, the future financial condition of the Group and the Board’s dividend policy. The Board reviews the appropriate level of total annual dividend each year at the time of the full year results. The Board intends that the interim dividend will be set by a formula and will be equivalent to 40% of the total dividend for the previous year. Smith & Nephew plc, the Parent Company of the Group, is a non-trading investment holding company which derives its distributable reserves from dividends paid by subsidiary companies. The distributable reserves of the Parent Company approximate to the balance on the profit and loss account reserve, less treasury shares and exchange reserves, which at 31 December 2019 amounted to $2,050m.  

20 Cash flow statement

Accounting policy

In the Group cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents includes cash at bank, other short-term liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and bank overdrafts. In the Group balance sheet, bank overdrafts are shown within bank overdrafts, borrowings, loans and lease liabilities under current liabilities.

Analysis of net debt including lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

Overdrafts

 

Due within
one year

 

Due after
one year

 

Net
currency swaps

 

Net
interest swaps

 

Total

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 1 January 2017

 

100

 

(62)

 

(24)

 

(1,564)

 

 1

 

(1)

 

(1,550)

 

Net cash flow impact

 

64

 

49

 

 9

 

139

 

(24)

 

(1)

 

236

 

Termination of finance lease

 

 –

 

 –

 

 2

 

 3

 

 –

 

 –

 

 5

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 5

 

(1)

 

 –

 

(1)

 

25

 

 –

 

28

 

At 31 December 2017

 

169

 

(14)

 

(13)

 

(1,423)

 

 2

 

(2)

 

(1,281)

 

Net cash flow/debt movement

 

200

 

(18)

 

(118)

 

126

 

 8

 

(1)

 

197

 

Exchange adjustment

 

(4)

 

 –

 

(1)

 

(4)

 

(11)

 

 –

 

(20)

 

At 31 December 2018

 

365

 

(32)

 

(132)

 

(1,301)

 

(1)

 

(3)

 

(1,104)

 

Net cash flow/debt movement

 

(88)

 

12

 

125

 

(550)

 

 2

 

 –

 

(499)

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 –

 

(1)

 

 3

 

 3

 

Net debt at 31 December 2019

 

277

 

(20)

 

(6)

 

(1,851)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(1,600)

 

IFRS 16 lease liabilities

 

 –

 

 –

 

(46)

 

(124)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(170)

 

Net debt including lease
liabilities at 31 December 2019

 

277

 

(20)

 

(52)

 

(1,975)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(1,770)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

179

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

20 Cash flow statement continued

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt including lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Net cash flow from cash net of overdrafts

 

(76)

 

182

 

113

 

Settlement of currency swaps

 

 2

 

 8

 

(24)

 

Net cash flow from borrowings

 

(425)

 

 7

 

147

 

Change in net debt from net cash flow

 

(499)

 

197

 

236

 

IFRS 16 lease liabilities

 

(170)

 

 –

 

 –

 

Termination of finance lease

 

 –

 

 –

 

 5

 

Exchange adjustment

 

 3

 

(20)

 

28

 

Change in net debt in the year

 

(666)

 

177

 

269

 

Opening net debt

 

(1,104)

 

(1,281)

 

(1,550)

 

Closing net debt including lease liabilities

 

(1,770)

 

(1,104)

 

(1,281)

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the Group cash flow statement cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2019 comprise cash at bank net of bank overdrafts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

     

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Cash at bank

 

277

 

365

 

169

 

Bank overdrafts

 

(20)

 

(32)

 

(14)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

257

 

333

 

155

 

The Group operates in over 100 countries around the world, some of which impose restrictions over cash movement. These restrictions have only a minimal impact of the management on the Group’s cash.

Cash outflows/(inflows) arising from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment

 

Borrowing

 

Repayment

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from own

 

 

 

 

  

of bank

  

of bank

  

of lease

  

outflow

  

 

  

Purchase of

  

shares/issue of

  

 

 

 

 

loans

 

loans

 

liabilities

 

from other

 

Dividends

 

own shares

 

ordinary shares

 

Total

 

2019

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

Debt

 

865

 

(1,290)

 

46

 

 2

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(377)

 

Equity

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

318

 

63

 

(11)

 

370

 

Total

 

865

 

(1,290)

 

46

 

 2

 

318

 

63

 

(11)

 

(7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

                

 

              

 

                

 

                

 

              

 

                 

 

                           

 

            

 

Debt

  

401

  

(394)

  

 –

  

 8

  

 –

  

 –

  

 –

  

15

 

Equity

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

321

 

48

 

(13)

 

356

 

Total

 

401

 

(394)

 

 –

 

 8

 

321

 

48

 

(13)

 

371

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

                

 

              

 

                

 

                

 

              

 

                 

 

                           

 

            

 

Debt

  

770

  

(623)

  

 –

  

(24)

  

 –

  

 –

  

 –

  

123

 

Equity

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

269

 

52

 

(10)

 

311

 

Total

 

770

 

(623)

 

 –

 

(24)

 

269

 

52

 

(10)

 

434

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21 Acquisitions

Accounting policy

The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group. The consideration transferred in the acquisition is measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Any goodwill that arises is tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss immediately. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except if related to the issue of debt or equity securities.

Any contingent consideration payable is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, then it is not remeasured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss.

 

Year ended 31 December 2019

The Group acquired five medical technology businesses deemed to be business combinations within the scope of IFRS 3 Business Combinations during the year ended 31 December 2019.

On 22 January 2019, the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Ceterix Orthopaedics, Inc. (‘Ceterix’), a developer of a meniscus repair system. The acquisition supports the Group’s strategy to invest in innovative technologies that meet unmet clinical needs. The maximum consideration payable of $105m has a fair value of $96m, which includes deferred consideration of $5m and contingent consideration of $47m. The fair value of the contingent consideration is determined from the acquisition agreement, the risk adjusted cash flows from the Board-approved acquisition model and a risk-free discount rate of 3.3%. The maximum contingent consideration is $55m. The goodwill is attributable to the control premium, the acquired workforce and the synergies expected from integrating Ceterix into the Group’s existing business.

On 17 April 2019, the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. (‘Osiris’), a fast growing company delivering regenerative medicine products including skin, bone graft and articular cartilage substitutes that will further expand and differentiate the Group’s Advanced Wound Management portfolio. This acquisition provides the Group with a fast growing portfolio with strong clinical evidence addressing critical needs in the skin substitute marketplace. It is one of the highest growth and high potential markets in wound management, filling an important need not previously addressed in our portfolio. Cash consideration was $660m with no deferred or contingent consideration payable. The goodwill is attributable to the control premium, the acquired workforce and the synergies that can be expected from integrating Osiris into the Group’s existing business.

Also on 17 April 2019, the Group completed the acquisition of 85.5% of the share capital of Leaf Healthcare, Inc. (‘Leaf’), a developer of the unique Leaf Patient Monitoring System for pressure injury prevention and patient mobility monitoring, which is highly complementary to the Group’s existing wound portfolio. This acquisition brings the Group’s total shareholding in Leaf to 100%. The Group’s existing holding of 14.5% of the share capital, with a carrying value of $6m, was remeasured to fair value resulting in a $1m gain which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the income statement. The maximum consideration payable of $75m for 100% of the share capital has a fair value of $52m, which includes deferred consideration of $4m and contingent consideration of $12m. The fair value of the contingent consideration is determined from the acquisition agreement, the risk adjusted cash flows from the Board-approved acquisition model and a risk-free discount rate of 3.0%. The maximum contingent consideration is $35m. The goodwill is attributable to the control premium, the acquired workforce, future iterations of the technology and the synergies that can be expected from integrating Leaf into the Group’s existing business.

On 31 May 2019, the Group completed the acquisition of the Brainlab Orthopaedic Joint Reconstruction business (‘Brainlab OJR’). The acquisition supports the Group’s strategy to invest in best-in-class technologies that further its multi-asset digital surgery and robotic ecosystem. The maximum consideration payable of $108m has a fair value of $107m, which includes contingent consideration of $57m. The fair value of the contingent consideration is determined from the acquisition agreement, the risk adjusted cash flows from the Board-approved acquisition model and a risk-free discount rate of 2.3%. The maximum contingent consideration is $58m. The goodwill is attributable to the control premium, the acquired workforce, future iterations of the technology and the synergies that can be expected from integrating the orthopaedic joint reconstruction business into the Group’s existing business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

181

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

21 Acquisitions continued

On 1 July 2019 the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Atracsys Sàrl (‘Atracsys’), a Switzerland-based provider of optical tracking technology used in computer-assisted surgery. The acquisition supports the Group’s long-term commitment to develop its multi-asset digital surgery and robotics ecosystem to empower surgeons and improve clinical outcomes. The fair value of consideration is $42m which includes $14m of deferred consideration and $5m of contingent consideration. The fair value of contingent consideration is determined from the acquisition agreement, the risk-adjusted cash flows from the Board approved acquisition model and a risk-free discount rate of 2.3%. The maximum contingent consideration is $6m. The goodwill represents the control premium, the acquired workforce and the synergies expected from integrating Atracsys Sàrl into the Group’s existing business.

The carrying value of goodwill increased from $2,337m to $2,789m as a result of acquisitions ($441m) and foreign exchange movements ($11m) during the year ended 31 December 2019. Amounts allocated to goodwill arising on acquisitions during the year ended 31 December 2019 in the table below are not expected to be deductible for tax purposes, except in the case of the Brainlab OJR acquisition. 

For the year ended 31 December 2019, the contribution to revenue from the Ceterix, Leaf, Brainlab OJR and Atracsys business combinations was immaterial and the contribution from the Osiris business combination was $114m. For the year ended 31 December 2019, the contribution to profit from the Ceterix, Leaf, Brainlab OJR, Osiris and Atracsys business combinations was immaterial.

If the business combinations had occurred at the beginning of the year, the contribution to revenue from the Ceterix, Leaf, Brainlab OJR and Atracsys business combinations would have been immaterial and the contribution from the Osiris business combination would have been $160m. If the business combinations had occurred at the beginning of the year, the contribution to profit from the Ceterix, Leaf, Brainlab OJR, Osiris and Atracsys business combinations would have been immaterial.

The provisional fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are set out below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Ceterix

 

Osiris

 

Leaf

 

Brainlab OJR

 

Atracsys

 

 

    

$ million

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

$ million

 

Intangible assets – Product-related

 

43

 

284

 

14

 

 –

 

 9

 

Intangible assets – Technology

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

75

 

 –

 

Intangible assets – Customer-related

 

 –

 

80

 

 –

 

 9

 

 1

 

Property, plant & equipment

 

 2

 

 6

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

Investments

 

 –

 

17

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Other non-current assets

 

 –

 

 4

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Inventory

 

 2

 

 9

 

 1

 

 –

 

 1

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 1

 

49

 

 1

 

 –

 

 1

 

Trade and other payables

 

(4)

 

(31)

 

(1)

 

 –

 

(1)

 

Provisions

 

 –

 

(17)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 –

 

(7)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

 

 1

 

(59)

 

 1

 

 –

 

(1)

 

Net assets

 

45

 

335

 

16

 

84

 

11

 

Goodwill

 

49

 

301

 

37

 

23

 

31

 

Consideration (net of cash acquired1)

 

94

 

636

 

53

 

107

 

42

 

 

1 Cash acquired is as follows: Ceterix: $2m; Osiris: $24m; Leaf: $1m; Brainlab OJR: $nil; and Atracsys: $nil.

 

Year ended 31 December 2018

The Group made no acquisitions deemed to be business combinations within the scope of IFRS 3 in the year ended 31 December 2018. The cash outflow of $29m relates to acquisitions completed in prior years.

Year ended 31 December 2017

During the year ended 31 December 2017, the Group acquired one medical technology business deemed to be a business combination within the scope of IFRS 3 Business Combinations as follows. The acquisition accounting was completed in 2018 with no adjustments to the provisional fair value disclosed in the Group’s 2017 Annual Report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On 5 December 2017, the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Rotation Medical, Inc., a developer of a novel tissue regeneration technology for shoulder rotator cuff repair. The acquisition furthers our strategy to invest in disruptive technologies that accelerate the transformation of Smith+Nephew to higher growth. The maximum consideration payable of $210m has a fair value of $196m and includes $17m of deferred and $72m of contingent consideration. The fair value of the contingent consideration is determined from the acquisition agreement, the Board-approved acquisition model and a risk-free discount rate of 2.5%. The maximum contingent consideration is $85m. The fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are set out below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ million

 

Aggregate identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

Property, plant & equipment and inventory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 3

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 1

 

Net assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

132

 

Consideration (net of $nil cash acquired)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

196

 

 

The goodwill is attributable to the control premium, the acquired workforce and the synergies that can be expected from integrating Rotation Medical, Inc. into the Group’s existing business. The goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

During the year ended 31 December 2017, the contribution to revenue and attributable profit from this acquisition was immaterial. If the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the year, its contribution to revenue and attributable profit would have also been immaterial.    

22 Operating leases

Accounting policy under IAS 17 Leases

IAS 17 was effective for periods prior to 1 January 2019. The application of IFRS 16 from 1 January 2019 is detailed in Note 1.

Leases are classified as finance leases when the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the Group. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Payments under operating leases are expensed in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are recognised as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases fall due as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

    

$ million

 

Land and buildings:

 

  

 

Within one year

 

37

 

After one and within two years

 

30

 

After two and within three years

 

27

 

After three and within four years

 

22

 

After four and within five years

 

16

 

After five years

 

52

 

 

 

184

 

Other assets:

 

  

 

Within one year

 

17

 

After one and within two years

 

11

 

After two and within three years

 

 4

 

After three and within four years

 

 2

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

183

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Group accounts continued

23 Other notes to the accounts

23.1 Share-based payments

Accounting policy

The Group operates a number of equity-settled executive and employee share plans. For all grants of share options and awards, the fair value at the grant date is calculated using appropriate option pricing models. The grant date fair value is recognised over the vesting period as an expense, with a corresponding increase in retained earnings.

 

The Group operates the following equity-settled executive and employee share plans: Smith & Nephew Global Share Plan 2010, Smith & Nephew ShareSave Plan (2012) and Smith & Nephew International ShareSave Plan (2012). At 31 December 2019, 4,519,000 options (2018: 4,911,000, 2017: 5,277,000) were outstanding with a range of exercise prices from 538 to 1,541 pence.

At 31 December 2019, the maximum number of shares that could be awarded under the Group’s long-term incentive plans was 4,947,000 (2018: 5,678,000, 2017: 5,854,000). These include conditional share awards granted to senior employees and equity and performance share awards granted to senior executives under the Global Share Plan 2010.

The expense charged to the income statement for share-based payments for the year is $32m (2018: $35m, 2017: $31m).

23.2 Related party transactions

Trading transactions

In the course of normal operations, the Group traded with its associates detailed in Note 11. The aggregated transactions, which have not been disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements are $nil (2018: $nil, 2017: $nil).

Key management personnel

The remuneration of executive officers (including Non-Executive Directors) during the year is summarised below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

  

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Short-term employee benefits

 

18

 

18

 

15

 

Share-based payments expense

 

 5

 

10

 

 7

 

Pension and post-employment benefit entitlements

 

 2

 

 2

 

 1

 

Compensation for loss of office

 

 6

 

 –

 

 3

 

 

 

31

 

30

 

26

 

 

24 Post balance sheet events

On 23 January 2020 the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Tusker Medical, Inc., a developer of an innovative in-office solution for tympanostomy (ear tubes) called Tula. The acquisition supports the Group’s strategy to invest in innovative technologies that address unmet clinical needs.

This acquisition will be treated as a business combination under IFRS 3. The maximum consideration, all payable in cash, is $140m and the provisional fair value consideration is $139m and includes $6m of deferred and $35m of contingent consideration. The provisional value of acquired net assets is immaterial and is not expected to have material fair value adjustments. The remaining consideration will be allocated between identifiable intangible assets including technology and goodwill, with the majority expected to be goodwill representing the control premium, the acquired workforce and the synergies expected from integrating Tusker Medical, Inc. into the Group’s existing business, and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company financial statements

Company balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

At 31 December

  

At 31 December

  

 

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

    

Notes

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Fixed assets

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Investments

 

 2

 

7,092

 

7,092

 

Current assets

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

Debtors

 

 3

 

2,265

 

1,697

 

Cash at bank

 

 5

 

163

 

277

 

 

 

  

 

2,428

 

1,974

 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Borrowings

 

 5

 

(5)

 

(145)

 

Other creditors

 

 4

 

(2,543)

 

(2,277)

 

 

 

  

 

(2,548)

 

(2,422)

 

Net current liabilities

 

  

 

(120)

 

(448)

 

Total assets less current liabilities

 

  

 

6,972

 

6,644

 

Creditors: amounts falling due after one year

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Borrowings

 

 5

 

(1,851)

 

(1,301)

 

Total assets less total liabilities

 

  

 

5,121

 

5,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity shareholders’ funds

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Share capital

 

  

 

177

 

177

 

Share premium

 

  

 

610

 

608

 

Capital redemption reserve

 

  

 

18

 

18

 

Capital reserve

 

  

 

2,266

 

2,266

 

Treasury shares

 

  

 

(189)

 

(214)

 

Exchange reserve

 

  

 

(52)

 

(52)

 

Profit and loss account

 

  

 

2,291

 

2,540

 

Shareholders’ funds

 

  

 

5,121

 

5,343

 

 

The accounts were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 20 February 2020 and signed on its behalf by:

Roberto Quarta

Roland Digglemann

Graham Baker

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding Note 8 ‘Group Companies’, the Parent Company financial statements of Smith & Nephew plc on pages 185–192 do not form part of the Smith & Nephew plc Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

185

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company financial statements

Statement of changes in equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Share

 

Share

 

redemption

 

Capital

 

Treasury

 

Exchange

 

Profit and

 

shareholders’

 

 

 

capital

 

premium

 

reserve

 

reserve

 

shares

 

reserve

 

loss account

 

funds

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 1 January 2018

 

178

 

605

 

17

 

2,266

 

(257)

 

(52)

 

2,878

 

5,635

 

Attributable profit for the year

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

28

 

28

 

Net gain on cash flow hedges

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 1

 

Equity dividends paid in the year

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(321)

 

(321)

 

Share-based payments recognised1

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

35

 

35

 

Cost of shares transferred to beneficiaries

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

40

 

 –

 

(30)

 

10

 

New shares issued on exercise of share options

 

 –

 

 3

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 3

 

Cancellation of treasury shares

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 1

 

 –

 

51

 

 –

 

(51)

 

 –

 

Treasury shares purchased

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(48)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(48)

 

At 31 December 2018

 

177

 

608

 

18

 

2,266

 

(214)

 

(52)

 

2,540

 

5,343

 

Attributable profit for the year

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

115

 

115

 

Net gain on cash flow hedges

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 1

 

 1

 

Equity dividends paid in the year

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(318)

 

(318)

 

Share-based payments recognised1

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

32

 

32

 

Cost of shares transferred to beneficiaries

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

38

 

 –

 

(29)

 

 9

 

New shares issued on exercise of share options

 

 –

 

 2

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 2

 

Cancellation of treasury shares

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

50

 

 –

 

(50)

 

 –

 

Treasury shares purchased

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(63)

 

 –

 

 –

 

(63)

 

At 31 December 2019

 

177

 

610

 

18

 

2,266

 

(189)

 

(52)

 

2,291

 

5,121

 

 

1

The Company operates a number of equity-settled executive and employee share plans. For all grants of share options and awards, the fair value as at the date of grant is calculated using an appropriate option pricing model and the corresponding expense is recognised over the vesting period. Subsidiary companies are recharged for the fair value of share options that relate to their employees. The disclosure relating to the Company is detailed in Note 23.1 of the Notes to the Group accounts.

 

Further information on the share capital of the Company can be found in Note 19.1 of the Notes to the Group accounts.

The total distributable reserves of the Company are $2,050m (2018: $2,274m). In accordance with the exemption permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has not presented its own profit and loss account. The attributable profit for the year dealt with in the accounts of the Company is $115m (2018: $28m).

Fees paid to KPMG LLP for audit and non-audit services to the Company itself are not disclosed in the individual accounts because Group financial statements are prepared which are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis. The fees for the consolidated Group are disclosed in Note 3.2 of the Notes to the Group accounts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding Note 8 ‘Group Companies’, the Parent Company financial statements of Smith & Nephew plc on pages 185–192 do not form part of the Smith & Nephew plc Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Company accounts

1 Basis of preparation

Smith & Nephew plc (the Company) is a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales.

The separate accounts of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. These financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with the Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’) for all periods presented. The financial information for the Company has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements, applying identical accounting policies as outlined throughout the Notes to the Group accounts. The Directors have determined that the preparation of the Company financial statements on a going concern basis is appropriate as the Company receives dividend cash receipts from its subsidiary undertakings which enable it to meet its liabilities as they fall due.

In applying these policies, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the accounts and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions, actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates.

In these financial statements, the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures:

 A Cash Flow Statement and related notes;

 Comparative period reconciliations for share capital and tangible fixed assets;

 Disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly-owned subsidiaries;

 Disclosures in respect of capital management;

 The effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs; and

 Disclosures in respect of the compensation of key management personnel.

As the consolidated financial statements include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also taken the exemptions under FRS 101 available in respect of the following disclosures:

 IFRS 2 Share Based Payments in respect of group settled share-based payments; and

 Certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement and the disclosures required by IFRS 7 Financial Instrument Disclosures.

The Company proposes to continue to adopt the reduced disclosure framework of FRS 101 in its next financial statements.    

2 Investments

Accounting policy

Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for impairment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

At 1 January and 31 December

 

7,092

 

7,092

 

 

Investments represent holdings in subsidiary undertakings. In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, a listing of all entities invested in by the consolidated Group is provided in Note 8. 

3 Debtors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Amounts falling due within one year:

 

  

 

  

 

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

 

2,217

 

1,635

 

Prepayments and accrued income

 

 –

 

 3

 

Current asset derivatives – forward foreign exchange contracts

 

25

 

36

 

Current asset derivatives – forward foreign exchange contracts – subsidiary undertakings

 

22

 

20

 

Current asset derivatives – currency swaps

 

 1

 

 1

 

Current taxation

 

 –

 

 2

 

 

 

2,265

 

1,697

 

 

Allowance losses on amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are calculated by reviewing 12-month expected credit losses using historic and forward-looking data on credit risk. The loss allowance expense for the year was $nil (2018: $nil).

 

 

 

Excluding Note 8 ‘Group Companies’, the Parent Company financial statements of Smith & Nephew plc on pages 185–192 do not form part of the Smith & Nephew plc Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

187

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Company accounts continued

4 Other creditors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Amounts falling due within one year:

 

  

 

  

 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

 

2,487

 

2,204

 

Other creditors

 

 8

 

12

 

Current liability derivatives – forward foreign exchange contracts

 

22

 

20

 

Current liability derivatives – forward foreign exchange contracts – subsidiary undertakings

 

25

 

36

 

Current liability derivatives – currency swaps

 

 1

 

 2

 

Current liability derivatives – interest rate swaps

 

 –

 

 3

 

 

 

2,543

 

2,277

 

 

 

5 Cash and borrowings

Accounting policy

Financial instruments

Currency swaps are used to match foreign currency assets with foreign currency liabilities. They are initially recorded at fair value and then for reporting purposes remeasured to fair value at exchange rates and interest rates at subsequent balance sheet dates.

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognised in the profit and loss account as they arise.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Bank loans, borrowing and overdrafts due within one year or on demand

 

 5

 

145

 

Borrowings due after one year

 

1,851

 

1,301

 

Borrowings

 

1,856

 

1,446

 

Cash at bank

 

(163)

 

(277)

 

Credit balance on derivatives – currency swaps

 

 –

 

 1

 

Credit balance on derivatives – interest rate swaps

 

 –

 

 3

 

Net debt

 

1,693

 

1,173

 

 

All currency swaps are stated at fair value. Gross US Dollar equivalents of $215m (2018: $253m) receivable and $215m (2018: $254m) payable have been netted. Currency swaps comprise foreign exchange swaps and were used in 2019 and 2018 to hedge intra-group loans.    

 

6 Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Guarantees in respect of subsidiary undertakings

 

 –

 

 –

 

 

The Company gives guarantees to banks to support liabilities and cross guarantees to support overdrafts.

The Company operated defined benefit pension plans in 2004 but at the end of 2005 its pension plan obligations were transferred to Smith & Nephew UK Limited. The Company has provided guarantees to the trustees of the pension plans to support future amounts due from participating employers (see Note 18 of the Notes to the Group accounts).    

7 Deferred taxation

The Company has gross unused capital losses of $81m (2018: $80m) available for offset against future chargeable gains. No deferred tax asset has been recognised on these unused losses as they are not expected to be realised in the foreseeable future.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding Note 8 ‘Group Companies’, the Parent Company financial statements of Smith & Nephew plc on pages 185–192 do not form part of the Smith & Nephew plc Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8 Group Companies

In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, a full list of subsidiaries, associates, joint arrangements, joint ventures and partnerships are listed below, including their country of incorporation. All companies are 100% owned, unless otherwise indicated. The share capital disclosed comprises ordinary shares which are indirectly held by Smith & Nephew plc, unless otherwise stated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company name

  

Country of
operation and
incorporation

  

Registered
Office

     

Company name

  

Country of
operation and
incorporation

  

Registered
Office

UK

 

 

 

 

 

Rest of Europe

 

 

 

 

Blue Belt Technologies UK Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew GmbH

 

Austria

 

Vienna

Michelson Diagnostic Limited3 (7.5%)

 

England & Wales

 

Kent

 

ArthroCare Belgium SPRL2

 

Belgium

 

Zaventem

Neotherix Limited3 (24.9%)

 

England & Wales

 

York

 

Smith & Nephew S.A.-N.V

 

Belgium

 

Zaventem

Plus Orthopedics (UK) Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew A/S

 

Denmark

 

Hoersholm

Smith & Nephew (Overseas) Limited1,5

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew Oy

 

Finland

 

Helsinki

Smith & Nephew ARTC Limited

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

A2 Surgical2

 

France

 

Neuilly-sur-Seine

Smith & Nephew Beta Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew France SAS1

 

France

 

Neuilly-sur-Seine

Smith & Nephew China Holdings UK Limited1

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew S.A.S.

 

France

 

Neuilly-sur-Seine

Smith & Nephew Consumer Products

Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew Business Services

GmbH & Co. KG1

 

Germany

 

Hamburg

Smith & Nephew Employees Trustees

Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew Business Services

Verwaltungs GmbH

 

Germany

 

Hamburg

Smith & Nephew ESN Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew Deutschland

(Holding) GmbH1

 

Germany

 

Hamburg

Smith & Nephew Extruded Films Limited

 

England & Wales

 

Hull

 

Smith & Nephew GmbH

 

Germany

 

Hamburg

Smith & Nephew Finance2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics GmbH

 

Germany

 

Tuttlingen

Smith & Nephew Finance Oratec2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew (Ireland) Trading Limited

 

Ireland

 

Dublin 2

Smith & Nephew Healthcare Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Hull

 

Smith & Nephew Finance Ireland Limited

 

Ireland

 

Dublin 1

Smith & Nephew Investment

Holdings Limited1

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew S.r.l.

 

Italy

 

Milan

Smith & Nephew Lilia Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

ArthroCare Luxembourg S.a.r.l.  2

 

Luxembourg

 

Luxembourg

Smith & Nephew Medical Fabrics Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew Finance S.a.r.l.  1

 

Luxembourg

 

Luxembourg

Smith & Nephew Medical Limited

 

England & Wales

 

Hull

 

Smith & Nephew International S.A.1

 

Luxembourg

 

Luxembourg

Smith & Nephew Nominee Company Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew USD Limited

Luxembourg Branch6

 

Luxembourg

 

Luxembourg

Smith & Nephew Nominee Services Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew (Europe) B.V.  1

 

Netherlands

 

Amsterdam

Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics Limited

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew B.V.

 

Netherlands

 

Amsterdam

Smith & Nephew Pensions Nominees Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew Management B.V.4

 

Netherlands

 

Amsterdam

Smith & Nephew Pharmaceuticals Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Hull

 

Smith & Nephew Nederland CV

 

Netherlands

 

Amsterdam

Smith & Nephew Raisegrade Limited1,2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew Operations B.V.

 

Netherlands

 

Amsterdam

Smith & Nephew Rareletter Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew A/S

 

Norway

 

Oslo

Smith & Nephew Trading Group Limited1

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew sp. z.o.o.

 

Poland

 

Warsaw

Smith & Nephew UK Executive Pension Scheme Trustee Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew Lda

 

Portugal

 

Lisbon

Smith & Nephew UK Limited1,5

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

DC LLC

 

Russian Federation

 

Puschino

Smith & Nephew UK Pension Fund Trustee Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew LLC

 

Russian Federation

 

Moscow

Smith & Nephew USD Limited1

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew S.A.U

 

Spain

 

Barcelona

Smith & Nephew USD One Limited1

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

Smith & Nephew Aktiebolag

 

Sweden

 

Molndal

T.J.Smith and Nephew,Limited

 

England & Wales

 

Hull

 

Lumina Adhesives AB3 (11%)

 

Sweden

 

Gothenburg

The Albion Soap Company Limited2

 

England & Wales

 

Watford

 

 

 

 

 

 

TP Limited1

 

Scotland

 

Edinburgh

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding Note 8 ‘Group Companies’, the Parent Company financial statements of Smith & Nephew plc on pages 185–192 do not form part of the Smith & Nephew plc Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

189

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Company accounts continued

8 Group Companies continued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company name

  

Country of
operation and
incorporation

  

Registered
Office

     

Company name

  

Country of
operation and
incorporation

  

Registered
Office

Atracsys Sàrl

 

Switzerland

 

Puidoux

 

Smith & Nephew Inc.1

 

Canada

 

Toronto

Plus Orthopedics Holding AG1

 

Switzerland

 

Baar

 

Tenet Medical Engineering, Inc.2

 

Canada

 

Calgary

Smith & Nephew Manufacturing AG

 

Switzerland

 

Aarau

 

Smith & Nephew Finance Holdings Limited5

 

Cayman Islands

 

George Town 1104

Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics AG1

 

Switzerland

 

Baar

 

TEAMfund, LP3 (6.67%)

 

Cayman Islands

 

George Town 9008

Smith & Nephew Schweiz AG

 

Switzerland

 

Baar

 

ArthoCare Medical Devices (Beijing) Co. Limited4

 

China

 

Chao Yang District, Beijing

Smith & Nephew AG

 

Switzerland

 

Baar

 

Plus Orthopedics (Beijing) Co. Limited2

 

China

 

Shunyi District, Beijing

Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics AG

Aarau Branch6

 

Switzerland

 

Aarau

 

Smith & Nephew Medical (Shanghai) Limited

 

China

 

Shanghai Free Trade Test Zone

US

 

 

 

 

 

Smith & Nephew Medical (Shanghai) Limited Beijing Branch6

 

China

 

Dong Cheng

Arthrocare Corporation1

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew Medical (Shanghai) Limited Chengdu Branch6

 

China

 

Wu Hou

Bioventus LLC3 (49%)

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew Medical (Shanghai) Limited Guangzhou Branch6

 

China

 

Yue Xiu

Blue Belt Holdings, Inc.1

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew Medical (Shanghai) Limited Shanghai Branch6

 

China

 

Jing’an

Blue Belt Technologies, Inc.1

 

United States

 

Philadelphia

 

Smith & Nephew Medical (Shanghai) Limited Shanghai Second Branch6

 

China

 

Shanghai Pilot Free Trade Zone

Ceterix Orthopaedics, Inc.

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew Medical (Suzhou) Limited

 

China

 

Suzhou City

CRES Holdings, Inc.³(0.99%)

 

     United States

 

             Dover NBR

 

Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics (Beijing) Co., Ltd

 

China

 

Beijing Economic and Technical Development Area

Healicoil, Inc.

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

S&N Holdings SAS1

 

Colombia

 

Bogota

Hipco, Inc.

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew Colombia S.A.S

 

Colombia

 

Bogota

Leaf Healthcare Inc.

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

ArthroCare Costa Rica Srl

 

Costa Rica

 

Alajuela

Memphis Biomed Ventures I, LP3 (4.61%)

 

United States

 

Dover GD

 

Smith & Nephew Curaçao N.V.

 

Curaçao

 

Willemstad

Miach Orthopaedics, Inc³ (8%)

 

United States

 

Sherborn

 

Smith & Nephew Beijing Holdings Limited1

 

Hong Kong

 

Hong Kong

Oratec Interventions, Inc.

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

Hong Kong

Orthopaedic Biosystems Ltd., Inc.

 

United States

 

Phoenix

 

Smith & Nephew Suzhou Holdings Limited1

 

Hong Kong

 

Hong Kong

Osiris Therapeutics, Inc.

 

United States

 

Columbia

 

Adler Mediequip Private Limited

 

India

 

Pune

OsteoBiologics, Inc.

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

ArthoCare India Medical Device Private Limited4

 

India

 

Mumbai

Plus Orthopedics LLC

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew Healthcare Private Limited

 

India

 

Mumbai

Rotation Medical, Inc.

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew KK

 

Japan

 

Tokyo

Sinopsys Surgical, Inc.3 (12.4%)

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew Chusik Hoesia

 

Korea, Republic of

 

Seoul

Smith & Nephew AG US Branch 2, 6

 

United States

 

Boston

 

Smith & Nephew Healthcare Sdn. Bhd

 

Malaysia

 

Kuala Lumpur

Smith & Nephew Consolidated, Inc.1

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew Operations Sdn. Bhd

 

Malaysia

 

Kuala Lumpur

Smith & Nephew OUS, Inc.

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

Smith & Nephew Services Sdn. Bhd

 

Malaysia

 

Kuala Lumpur

Smith & Nephew, Inc.1

 

United States

 

Wilmington

 

 

 

 

 

 

Surgical Frontiers Series I, LLC3 (33.46%)

 

United States

 

Dover GD

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trice Medical Inc.3 (4.5%)

 

United States

 

Wilmington 19808

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trumpet Merger Corp.

 

United States

 

Wilmington 19808

 

 

 

 

 

 

Africa, Asia, Australasia and Other America

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith & Nephew Argentina S.R.L.2

 

Argentina

 

Buenos Aires

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith & Nephew Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

North Ryde

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith & Nephew Surgical Holdings Pty Limited1,2

 

Australia

 

North Ryde

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith & Nephew Surgical Pty Limited2

 

Australia

 

North Ryde

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith & Nephew Comercio de Produtos Medicos LTDA

 

Brazil

 

São Paulo

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith & Nephew (Alberta) Inc.2

 

Canada

 

Calgary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding Note 8 ‘Group Companies’, the Parent Company financial statements of Smith & Nephew plc on pages 185–192 do not form part of the Smith & Nephew plc Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company name

  

Country of
operation and
incorporation

  

  Registered
Office

     

Registered Office addresses

Rest of Europe  

  

Smith & Nephew S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

Mexico City

 

Vienna

 

Concorde Business Park, 1/C/3 2320, Schwechat, Austria

 

Smith & Nephew Limited1

 

New Zealand

 

Auckland

 

Zaventem

 

Hector Heenneaulaan 366, 1930 Zaventem, Belgium

 

Smith & Nephew Superannuation
Scheme Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Auckland

 

Hoersholm

 

Slotsmarken 14, Hoersholm, DK-2970, Denmark

 

Smith & Nephew (Overseas) Limited Philippines Branch 2, 6

 

Philippines

 

Manila

 

Helsinki

 

Ayritie 12 C, 01510, Vantaa, Finland

 

Smith & Nephew, Inc.

 

Puerto Rico

 

San Juan

 

Neuilly-sur-Seine

 

40, Boulevard du Parc, 92200 Neuilly-sur-Seine, France

 

Smith & Nephew Pte Limited1

 

Singapore

 

Singapore 048623

 

Hamburg

 

Friesenweg 4, Haus 21, 22763, Hamburg, Germany

 

Smith & Nephew Operations Pte. Limited

 

Singapore

 

Singapore 138565

 

Tuttlingen

 

Alemannenstrasse 14, 78532, Tuttlingen, Germany

 

Smith & Nephew (Pty) Limited1

 

South Africa

 

Westville

 

Dublin 1

 

3rd Floor, Kilmore House, Park Lane, Spencer Dock, Dublin 1, Ireland

 

Smith & Nephew Pharmaceuticals (Proprietary) Limited2

 

South Africa

 

Westville

 

Dublin 2

 

13-18 City Quay, Dublin 2, D02 ED70, Ireland

 

Smith & Nephew (Overseas) Limited Taiwan Branch6

 

Taiwan

 

Taipei

 

Milan

 

Via de Capitani 2A, 20864, Agrate Brianza, MI, Italy

 

Smith & Nephew Limited

 

Thailand

 

Huai Khwang District, Bangkok

 

Luxembourg

 

163, Rue de Kiem, L-8030 Strassen, Luxembourg

 

Sri Siam Medical Limited3 (48.989%)

 

Thailand

 

Lumpini Phatumwan, Bangkok

 

Amsterdam

 

Bloemlaan 2, 2132NP, Hoofddorp, The Netherlands

 

Smith ve Nephew Medikal Cihazlar Ticaret Limited Sirketi

 

Turkey

 

Sariyer,
Istanbul

 

Oslo

 

Nye Vakas vei 64, 1395, Hvalsted, Norway

 

Smith ve Nephew Medikal Cihazlar Ticaret Limited Sirketi Istoc Subesi Branch6

 

Turkey

 

Bağcılar, Istanbul

 

Warsaw

 

Ul Osmanska 12, 02-823, Warsaw, Poland

 

Smith & Nephew FZE

 

United Arab Emirates

 

Jebel Ali,
Dubai

 

Lisbon

 

Estrada Nacional no 10 ao Km. 131, Parque Tejo – Bloco C, 2625-445 Forte de Casa, Vila Franca de Xira, Portugal

 

Smith & Nephew FZE (DHCC Branch)  6

 

United Arab Emirates

 

HealthCare City, Dubai 1

 

Moscow

 

2nd Syromyatnichesky Lane, Moscow, 105120, Russian Federation

 

Smith & Nephew USD Limited DHCC Branch6

 

United Arab Emirates

 

HealthCare City, Dubai 2

 

Puschino

 

8/1 Stroiteley Street, 142290, City of Puschino, Moscow Region, Russian Federation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Barcelona

 

Edificio Conata I, c/Fructuos Gelabert 2 y 4,
San Joan Despi – 08970, Barcelona, Spain

 

1    Holding company.

 

 

 

 

 

Molndal

 

PO Box 143, S-431 22 Molndal, Sweden

 

2    Dormant company.

 

 

 

 

 

Gothenburg

 

Varbergsgatan 2A/412 65 Göteborg, Sweden

 

3    Not 100% owned by Smith & Nephew Group.

 

 

 

 

 

Puidoux

 

Route du Verney 20, 1070, Puidoux, Switzerland

 

4    In liquidation.

 

 

 

 

 

Baar

 

Oberneuhofstr 10d, Baar, 6340

 

5    Directly owned by Smith & Nephew plc.

 

 

 

 

 

Aarau

 

Schachenallee 29, 5000, Aarau, Switzerland

 

6    Branch of a company in Smith & Nephew Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Office addresses

 

 

UK

 

 

    

US

 

 

Watford

 

Building 5, Croxley Park, Hatters Lane, Watford, Hertfordshire, WD18 8YE

 

Wilmington

 

CT Corporation, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington DE 19801, USA

Kent

 

Ground Floor, Eclipse House, Eclipse Park, Sittingbourne Road, Maidstone, Kent, ME14 3EN

 

Philadelphia

 

CT Corporation 1515 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19102, USA

York

 

25, Carr Lane, York, YO26 5HT

 

Dover NBR

 

850 New Burton Road, Suite 201, City of Dover, County of Kent DE 19904, USA

Hull

 

101 Hessle Road, Hull, HU3 2BN

 

Dover GD

 

160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, DE, 19904, USA

Edinburgh

 

4th Floor, 115 George Street, Edinburgh, EH2 4JN

 

Sherborn

 

c/o Martha Murray 19 Saddlebrook Road Sherborn, MA 01770, USA

 

 

 

 

Phoenix

 

CT Corporation System, 3800 North Central Avenue, Phoenix AZ 85012, USA

 

 

 

 

Columbia

 

7015 Albert Einstein Dr., Columbia, Howard County MD 21046 USA

 

 

 

 

Boston

 

CT Corporation, 155 Federal Street Suite 700, Boston MA 02210, United States

 

 

 

 

Wilmington 19808

 

251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington DE 19808, USA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding Note 8 ‘Group Companies’, the Parent Company financial statements of Smith & Nephew plc on pages 185–192 do not form part of the Smith & Nephew plc Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

191

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to the Company accounts continued

8 Group Companies continued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Office addresses

 

Registered Office addresses

Africa, Asia, Australasia and Other America

    

Hong Kong

 

Unit 813 – 816, 8/F, Delta House, 3 On Yiu Street, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong

Buenos Aires

 

Maipu 1300, 13th Floor, Buenos Aires, Argentina

 

Pune

 

Podium Floor Tower 4, World Trade Center S No1 Kharadi, Pune, Maharashtra-MH, 411014, India

North Ryde

 

85 Waterloo Road, North Ryde, NSW 2113, Australia

 

Mumbai

 

501-B – 509-B Dynasty Business Park, Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri East, Mumbai-59, Maharashtra, India

São Paulo

 

Avenida do Cafe, 277, Centro Empresarial do Aco, Centro Empresarial do Aco, Torre B, 4 andar, conjuto, CEP 04311-000, São Paulo 403, Jabaquara, Brazil

 

Tokyo

 

2-4-1, Shiba-Koen, Minato-Ku, Tokyo 105‑0011, Japan

Calgary

 

3500-855-2 Street SW, Calgary AB T2P 4J8, Canada

 

Seoul

 

13th Floor, ASEM Tower, Gangnam-gu 13th Floor, ASEM Tower, 159-1 Samsung-dong, Seoul, Korea

Toronto

 

199, Bay Street, 4000, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1A9, Canada

 

Kuala Lumpur

 

Level 25, Menara Hong Leong, NO. 6 Jalan Damanlela Bukit Damansara Kuala Lumpur W.P. 50490 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

Georgetown 1104

 

c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland house, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands

 

Mexico City

 

Av. Insurgentes Sur, numero 1602, Piso No.7, Oficina 702, Colonia Credito, Constructor, Delegacion Benito Juarez, C.P. 03940, Mexico

Georgetown 9008

 

Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9008, Cayman Islands

 

Auckland

 

36a Hillside Road, Wairau Valley, Auckland, 0627 NZ, New Zealand

Chao Yang District, Beijing

 

Room 17-021, Internal B17 floor, B3-24th floor, No 3 Xin Yuan South Rd, Chao Yang District, Beijing, China

 

Manila

 

6/F Alfaro St, Salcedo Village, Makati City, Metro Manila, Philippines

Shunyi District, Beijing

 

22 Linhe Avenue, Linhe Economic Development Zone, Shunyi District, Beijing, 101300, China

 

San Juan

 

Edificio Cesar Castillo, Calle Angel Buonomo #361, Hato Rey, 00917, Puerto Rico

Shanghai Free Trade Test Zone

 

Part B, 4th Floor, Tong Yong Building, No 188 Ao Na Rd, Shanghai Free Trade Test Zone, Shanghai, China

 

Singapore 048623

 

50 Raffles Place, #32-01 Singapore Land Tower, 048623, Singapore

Dong Cheng District

 

Unit B1, 2/F, Tower A, East Gate Plaza No.9, Dongshong Street Dong Cheng District, Beijing, China

 

Singapore 138565

 

29 Media Circle, #06-05, Alice@Mediapolis, Singapore, 138565, Singapore

Wu Hou District

 

No 5. 15th Floor, Unit 1, Building, 1 Li Bao Building, No 62 North Ke Hua Rd, Wu Hou District, Chengdu, China

 

Westville

 

30 The Boulevard, Westway Office Park, Westville, 3629, South Africa

Yue Xiu District

 

Room 2503, No 33, 6th Jian She Rd, Yue Xiu District, Guang Zhou, China

 

Taipei

 

9F-2, No. 50, Sec. 1, Xinsheng South Road, Zhongzheng District Taipei City 10059, Taiwan

Jing'an District

 

Unit 09, Nominal Level 12 (Actual Level 11), Central Section of Bohua Square Office Tower, No. 669 Xinzha Road, Jing’an District, Shanghai, China

 

Huai Khwang District, Bangkok

 

16th Floor Building A, 9th Tower Grand Rama 9, 33/4 Rama 9 Road, Huai Khwang District, Bangkok, 10310, Thailand

Shanghai Pilot Free Trade Zone

 

Room 102, Floor 1, Building 3 (B1), No. 1599, Xin Jin Qiao Road China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shanghai, China

 

Lumpini Phatumwan, Bangkok

 

16th Floor, GPF Witthayu Tower A, 93/1 Wireless Road, Lumpini, Phatumwan, Bangkok, 10330, Thailand

Suzhou City

 

12, Wuxiang Road, West Area of Comprehensive Bonded Zone, Suzhou Industrial Park, Suzhou City, SIP, Jiangsu Province, China

 

Sariyer, Istanbul

 

Bahcekoy Merkez Mah. Ergene Nehri SK No:8/4 Bahcekoy Sariyer Istanbul, Turkey

Beijing Economic and Technical Development Area

 

No. 98 Kechuang Dongliujie, Beijing Economic and Technical Development Area, Beijing, China

 

Bağcılar, Istanbul

 

Mahmutbey Mahallesi Taşocağıyolu, Caddesi Özlem Sokak No:6 Kısık, Plaza Zemin Bağımsız 1-2 Bağcılar, İstanbul, Turkey

Bogota

 

Calle 100 No. 7 – 33 to 1 P3, Bogota D.C., Colombia

 

Jebel Ali, Dubai

 

PO Box 16993 LB02016, Jebel Ali, Dubai, United Arab Emirates

Alajuela

 

Building B32, 50 meters South of Revisión Téchnica Vehicular, Province de Alajuela, Canton Alajuela, Coyol Free Zone, District San José, Costa Rica

 

HealthCare City, Dubai 1

 

401-404 & 406-407, Floor 4, Building 47, Dubai Healthcare City, Dubai, United Arab Emirates

Willemstad

 

Pietermaai 15, PO Box 4905, Curaçao

 

HealthCare City, Dubai 2

 

101-104, 1st Floor, Building 47, Dubai HealthCare City, Dubai, United Arab Emirates

 

 

 

 

9 Subsidiary undertakings exempt from audit

The following UK subsidiaries will take advantage of the audit exemption set out within Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 for the year ended 31 December 2019:

–    Smith & Nephew China Holdings UK Limited (Registration number: 9152387)

–    Smith & Nephew Investment Holdings Limited (Registration number: 384546)

–    Smith & Nephew Trading Group Limited (Registration number: 681256)

–    Smith & Nephew USD One Limited (Registration number: 10428326)

–    TP Limited (Registration number: SC005366)

 

 

 

Excluding Note 8 ‘Group Companies’, the Parent Company financial statements of Smith & Nephew plc on pages 185–192 do not form part of the Smith & Nephew plc Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group information

Business overview and Group history

In 2019, Smith+Nephew’s operations were organised into three global franchises (Orthopaedics, Sports Medicine & ENT, and Advanced Wound Management) within the medical technology industry.

The Group has a history dating back 160 years to the family enterprise of Thomas James Smith who opened a small pharmacy in Hull, UK in 1856. Following his death in 1896, his nephew Horatio Nelson Smith took over the management of the business.

By the late 1990s, Smith+Nephew had expanded into being a diverse healthcare company with operations across the globe, producing various medical devices, personal care products and traditional and advanced wound care treatments. In 1998, Smith+Nephew announced a major restructuring to focus management attention and investment on three global business units – Advanced Wound Management, Endoscopy and Orthopaedics – which offered high growth and margin opportunities. In 2011, the Endoscopy and Orthopaedics businesses were brought together to create an Advanced Surgical Devices division. In 2015, the Advanced Wound Management and Advanced Surgical Devices divisions were brought together to form a global business across nine product franchises, managed as three geographical selling regions with global functions for operations, R&D and corporate support functions.

Smith+Nephew was incorporated and listed on the London Stock Exchange in 1937 and in 1999 the Group was also listed on the New York Stock Exchange. In 2001, Smith+Nephew became a constituent member of the FTSE 100 index in the UK. This means that Smith+Nephew is included in the top 100 companies traded on the London Stock Exchange measured in terms of market capitalisation.

Today, Smith+Nephew is a public limited company incorporated and headquartered in the UK and carries out business around the world.

 

 

Properties

The table below summarises the main properties which the Group uses and their approximate areas.

 

 

 

 

 

  

Approximate area

  

 

    

(square feet 000’s)

 

Group head office and surgical training facility in Watford, UK

 

60

 

Manufacturing and office facilities in Memphis, Tennessee, US

 

968

 

Wound management manufacturing, research and office facility in Hull, UK

 

473

 

Manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China

 

288

 

Manufacturing facility in Alajuela, Costa Rica

 

270

 

Distribution facility in Memphis, Tennessee, US

 

248

 

Manufacturing facility in Beijing, China

 

192

 

Manufacturing facility in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, US

 

155

 

Office facilities in Andover, Massachusetts, US

 

144

 

Office facilities and laboratory space in Fort Worth, Texas, US

 

139

 

Research & development and office facility in Austin, Texas, US

 

136

 

Manufacturing facility in Aarau, Switzerland

 

121

 

Manufacturing facility in Mansfield, Massachusetts, US

 

98

 

Business services centre in Pune, India

 

74

 

Business services centre in Wroclaw, Poland

 

74

 

Distribution facility in Baar, Switzerland

 

72

 

Research & development facility in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, US

 

65

 

Manufacturing facility in Columbia, Maryland, US

 

61

 

Manufacturing facility in Tuttlingen, Germany

 

50

 

 

The Group Global Operations strategy includes ongoing assessment of the optimal facility footprint. The Orthopaedics manufacturing facilities in Memphis, Tennessee are largely freehold, a portion of Tuttlingen and the Advanced Wound Management facilities in Hull are freehold while other principal locations are leasehold. The Group has freehold and leasehold interests in real estate in other countries throughout the world, but no other is individually significant to the Group. Where required, the appropriate governmental authorities have approved the facilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

193

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group information continued

Off-balance sheet arrangements

Management believes that the Group does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined by the SEC in item 5E of Form 20-F, that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on the Group’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors. 

Related party transactions

Except for transactions with associates (see Note 23.2 of Notes to the Group accounts), no other related party had material transactions or loans with Smith+Nephew over the last three financial years.  

Risk factors

There are known and unknown risks and uncertainties relating to Smith+Nephew’s business. The factors listed on pages 194–197 could cause the Group’s business, financial position and results of operations to differ materially and adversely from expected and historical levels. In addition, other factors not listed here that Smith+Nephew cannot presently identify or does not believe to be equally significant could also materially adversely affect Smith+Nephew’s business, financial position or results of operations.

Highly competitive markets

The Group competes across a diverse range of geographic and product markets. Each market in which the Group operates contains a number of different competitors, including specialised and international corporations. Significant product innovations, technical advances or the intensification of price competition by competitors could adversely affect the Group’s operating results. Some of these competitors may have greater financial, marketing and other resources than Smith+Nephew. These competitors may be able to initiate technological advances in the field, deliver products on more attractive terms, more aggressively market their products or invest larger amounts of capital and research and development (R&D) into their businesses. There is a possibility of further consolidation of competitors, which could adversely affect the Group’s ability to compete with larger companies due to insufficient financial resources. If any of the Group’s businesses were to lose market share or achieve lower than expected revenue growth, there could be a disproportionate adverse impact on the Group’s share price and its strategic options. Competition exists among healthcare providers to gain patients on the basis of quality, service and price. There has been some consolidation in the Group’s customer base and this trend is expected to continue. Some customers have joined group purchasing organisations or introduced other cost containment measures that could lead to downward pressure on prices or limit the number of suppliers in certain business areas, which could adversely affect Smith+Nephew’s results of operations and hinder its growth potential.

Continual development and introduction of new products

The medical devices industry has a rapid rate of new product introduction. In order to remain competitive, the Group must continue to develop innovative products that satisfy customer needs and preferences or provide cost or other advantages. Developing new products is a costly, lengthy and uncertain process. The Group may fail to innovate due to low R&D investment, a R&D skills gap or poor product development. A potential product may not be brought to market or not succeed in the market for any number of reasons, including failure to work optimally, failure to receive regulatory approval, failure to be cost-competitive, infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights and changes in consumer demand. The Group’s products and technologies are also subject to marketing attack by competitors. Furthermore, new products that are developed and marketed by the Group’s competitors may affect price levels in the various markets in which the Group operates. If the Group’s new products do not remain competitive with those of competitors, the Group’s revenue could decline.

The Group maintains reserves for excess and obsolete inventory resulting from the potential inability to sell its products at prices in excess of current carrying costs. Marketplace changes resulting from the introduction of new products or surgical procedures may cause some of the Group’s products to become obsolete. The Group makes estimates regarding the future recoverability of the costs of these products and records a provision for excess and obsolete inventories based on historical experience, expiration of sterilisation dates and expected future trends. If actual product life cycles, product demand or acceptance of new product introductions are less favourable than projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

Proprietary rights and patents

Due to the technological nature of medical devices and the Group’s emphasis on serving its customers with innovative products, the Group has been subject to patent infringement claims and is subject to the potential for additional claims. Claims asserted by third parties regarding infringement of their intellectual property rights, if successful, could require the Group to expend time and significant resources to pay damages, develop non-infringing products or obtain licences to the products which are the subject of such litigation, thereby affecting the Group’s growth and profitability. Smith+Nephew attempts to protect its intellectual property and regularly opposes third party patents and trademarks where appropriate in those areas that might conflict with the Group’s business interests. If Smith+Nephew fails to protect and enforce its intellectual property rights successfully, its competitive position could suffer, which could harm its results of operations. In addition, intellectual property rights may not be protectable to the same extent in all countries in which the Group operates.

Dependence on government and other funding

In most markets throughout the world, expenditure on medical devices is ultimately controlled to a large extent by governments. Funds may be made available or withdrawn from healthcare budgets depending on government policy. The Group is therefore largely dependent on future governments providing increased funds commensurate with the increased demand arising from demographic trends.

Pricing of the Group’s products is largely governed in most markets by governmental reimbursement authorities. Initiatives sponsored by government agencies, legislative bodies and the private sector to limit the growth of healthcare costs, including price regulation, excise taxes and competitive pricing, are ongoing in markets where the Group has operations. This control may be exercised by determining prices for an individual product or for an entire procedure. The Group is exposed to government policies favouring locally sourced products. The Group is also exposed to changes in reimbursement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

policy, tax policy and pricing which may have an adverse impact on revenue and operating profit. Provisions in US healthcare legislation which previously imposed significant taxes on medical device manufacturers were permanently repealed effective 1 January 2020. There may be an increased risk of adverse changes to government funding policies arising from deterioration in macro-economic conditions from time to time in the Group’s markets.

The Group must adhere to the rules laid down by government agencies that fund or regulate healthcare, including extensive and complex rules in the US. Failure to do so could result in fines or loss of future funding.

World economic conditions

Demand for the Group’s products is driven by demographic trends, including the ageing population and the incidence of osteoporosis and obesity. Supply of, use of and payment for the Group’s products are also influenced by world economic conditions which could place increased pressure on demand and pricing, adversely impacting the Group’s ability to deliver revenue and margin growth. The conditions could favour larger, better capitalised groups, with higher market shares and margins. As a consequence, the Group’s prosperity is linked to general economic conditions and there is a risk of deterioration of the Group’s performance and finances during adverse macro-economic conditions.

Economic conditions worldwide continue to create several challenges for the Group, including the US Administration’s approach to trade policy, heightened pricing pressure, significant declines in capital equipment expenditures at hospitals and increased uncertainty over the collectability of government debt, particularly those in the Emerging Markets. These factors could have an increased impact on growth in the future.

Widespread outbreaks of infectious diseases, such as the coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak create uncertainty and challenges for the Group. The challenges created by the COVID-19 virus outbreak include, but are not limited to, declines in elective procedures at hospitals, disruptions at manufacturing facilities in China, and disruptions in supply and other commercial activities due to travel restrictions. The length and severity of the outbreak and pace of recovery are not clear and there could be an increased impact on the Group depending on these factors.

Political uncertainties, including Brexit

The Group operates on a worldwide basis and has distribution channels, purchasing agents and buying entities in over 100 countries. Political upheaval in some of those countries or in surrounding regions may impact the Group’s results of operations. Political changes in a country could prevent the Group from receiving remittances of profit from a member of the Group located in that country or from selling its products or investments in that country. Furthermore, changes in government policy regarding preference for local suppliers, import quotas, taxation or other matters could adversely affect the Group’s revenue and operating profit. War, economic sanctions, terrorist activities or other conflict could also adversely impact the Group. These risks may be greater in Emerging Markets, which account for an increasing portion of the Group’s business.

There remain heightened levels of political and regulatory uncertainty in the UK following the result of the referendum in June 2016 to leave the European Union. As of the date of this report, there remains uncertainty as to the UK’s future trade and regulatory relationship with the EU. This may adversely impact trading performance across the sector. Regulatory uncertainty forms the most significant risk presently; the ability for us to continue to manufacture and register our products in a compliant manner for global distribution is key. Smith+Nephew has taken steps to prepare for the various Brexit scenarios, including moving certain of its product certifications from UK-based notified bodies to notified bodies based in the EU. The UK accounts for approximately 5% of global Group revenue and the majority of our manufacturing takes place outside the UK and EU. There is also uncertainty around US-China trade relations, which has resulted in tariffs on some medical devices being exported between the two countries.

Currency fluctuations

Smith+Nephew’s results of operations are affected by transactional exchange rate movements in that they are subject to exposures arising from revenue in a currency different from the related costs and expenses. The Group’s manufacturing cost base is situated principally in the US, the UK, China, Costa Rica and Switzerland, from which finished products are exported to the Group’s selling operations worldwide. Thus, the Group is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates between the US Dollar, Sterling and Swiss Franc and the currency of the Group’s selling operations, particularly the Euro, Chinese Yuan, Australian Dollar and Japanese Yen. If the US Dollar, Sterling or Swiss Franc should strengthen against the Euro, Australian Dollar and the Japanese Yen, the Group’s trading margin could be adversely affected. The Group manages the impact of exchange rate movements on revenue and cost of goods sold by a policy of transacting forward foreign currency commitments when firm purchase orders are placed. In addition, the Group’s policy is for forecast transactions to be covered between 50% and 90% for up to one year. However, the Group is exposed to medium to long-term adverse movements in the strength of currencies compared to the US Dollar. The Group uses the US Dollar as its reporting currency. The US Dollar is the functional currency of Smith & Nephew plc. The Group’s revenues, profits and earnings are also affected by exchange rate movements on the translation of results of operations in foreign subsidiaries for financial reporting purposes. See ‘Liquidity and capital resources’ on page 39.

Manufacturing and supply

The Group’s manufacturing production is concentrated at main facilities in Memphis, Mansfield, Columbia and Oklahoma City in the US, Hull and Warwick in the UK, Aarau in Switzerland, Tuttlingen in Germany, Suzhou and Beijing in China, Alajuela in Costa Rica and Curaçao, in Dutch Caribbean. If major physical disruption took place at any of these sites, it could adversely affect the results of operations.

Physical loss and consequential loss insurance is carried to cover such risks but is subject to limits and deductibles and may not be sufficient to cover catastrophic loss. Management of orthopaedic inventory is complex, particularly forecasting and production planning. There is a risk that failures in operational execution could lead to excess inventory or individual product shortages.

The Group is reliant on certain key suppliers of raw materials, components, finished products and packaging materials or in some cases on a single supplier. These suppliers must provide the materials in compliance with legal requirements and perform the activities to the Group’s standard of quality requirements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

195

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group information continued

Risk factors continued

A supplier’s failure to comply with legal requirements or otherwise meet expected quality standards could create liability for the Group and adversely affect sales of the Group’s related products. The Group may be forced to pay higher prices to obtain raw materials, which it may not be able to pass on to its customers in the form of increased prices for its finished products.

In addition, some of the raw materials used may become unavailable, and there can be no assurance that the Group will be able to obtain suitable and cost effective substitutes. Any interruption of supply caused by these or other factors could negatively impact Smith+Nephew’s revenue and operating profit.

The Group will, from time to time including as part of the APEX programme, outsource or insource the manufacture of components and finished products to or from third parties and will periodically relocate the manufacture of product and/or processes between existing and/or new facilities. While these are planned activities, with these transfers there is a risk of disruption to supply.

Natural disasters can also lead to manufacturing and supply delays, product shortages, excess inventory, unanticipated costs, lost revenues and damage to reputation. In addition, new environmental regulation or more aggressive enforcement of existing regulations can impact the Group’s ability to manufacture, sterilise and supply product. In addition, our physical assets and supply chains are vulnerable to weather and climate change (eg sea level rise, increased frequency and severity of extreme weather events, and stress on water resources).

Requirements of global regulatory agencies have become more stringent in recent years and we expect them to continue to do so. The Group’s Quality and Regulatory Affairs team is leading a major Group-wide programme to prepare for implementation of the EU Medical Devices Regulation (MDR), which came into force in May 2017, with a three-year transition period until May 2020. The regulation includes new requirements for the manufacture, supply and sale of all CE marked products sold in Europe and requires the reregistration of all medical devices, regardless of where they are manufactured.

The Group operates with a global remit and the speed of technological change in an already complex manufacturing process leads to greater potential for disruption. Additional risks to supply include inadequate sales and operational planning and inadequate supply chain capacity to support customer demand and growth.

Attracting and retaining key personnel

The Group’s continued development depends on its ability to hire and retain highly-skilled personnel with particular expertise. This is critical, particularly in general management, research, new product development and in the sales forces. If Smith+Nephew is unable to retain key personnel in general management, research and new product development or if its largest sales forces suffer disruption or upheaval, its revenue and operating profit would be adversely affected. Additionally, if the Group is unable to recruit, hire, develop and retain a talented, competitive workforce, it may not be able to meet its strategic business objectives.

Product liability claims and loss of reputation

The development, manufacture and sale of medical devices entail risk of product liability claims or recalls. Design and manufacturing defects with respect to products sold by the Group or by companies it has acquired could damage, or impair the repair of, body functions. The Group may become subject to liability, which could be substantial, because of actual or alleged defects in its products. In addition, product defects could lead to the need to recall from the market existing products, which may be costly and harmful to the Group’s reputation. There can be no assurance that customers, particularly in the US, the Group’s largest geographical market, will not bring product liability or related claims that would have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations in the future, or that the Group will be able to resolve such claims within insurance limits. As at 31 December 2019, a provision of $315m is recognised relating to the present value of the estimated costs to resolve all unsettled known and unknown anticipated metal-on-metal hip implant claims globally. See Note 17 to the Group accounts for further details.

Regulatory standards and compliance in the healthcare industry

Business practices in the healthcare industry are subject to regulation and review by various government authorities. In general, the trend in many countries in which the Group does business is towards higher expectations and increased enforcement activity by governmental authorities. While the Group is committed to doing business with integrity and welcomes the trend to higher standards in the healthcare industry, the Group and other companies in the industry have been subject to investigations and other enforcement activity that have incurred and may continue to incur significant expense. Under certain circumstances, if the Group were found to have violated the law, its ability to sell its products to certain customers could be restricted.

International regulation

The Group operates across the world and is subject to extensive legislation, including anti-bribery and corruption and data protection, in each country in which the Group operates. Our international operations are governed by the UK Bribery Act and the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act which prohibit us or our representatives from making or offering improper payments to government officials and other persons or accepting payments for the purpose of obtaining or maintaining business. Our international operations in the Emerging Markets which operate through distributors increase our Group exposure to these risks.

The Group is also required to comply with the requirements of the EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which imposes additional obligations on companies regarding the handling of personal data and provides certain individual privacy rights to persons whose data is stored and became effective on 25 May 2018. As privacy and data protection have become more sensitive issues for regulators and consumers, new privacy and data protection laws, such as the GDPR, continue to develop in ways we cannot predict. Ensuring compliance with evolving privacy and data protection laws and regulations on a global basis may require us to change or develop our current business models and practices and may increase our cost of doing business. Despite those efforts, there is a risk that we may be subject to fines and penalties, litigation, and reputational harm in connection with our European activities as enforcement of such legislation has increased in recent years on companies and individuals where breaches are found to have occurred. Failure to comply with the requirements of privacy and data protection laws, including GDPR, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating in multiple jurisdictions also subjects the Group to local laws and regulations related to tax, pricing, reimbursement, regulatory requirements, trade policy and varying levels of protection of intellectual property. This exposes the Group to additional risks and potential costs.

Regulatory approval

The international medical device industry is highly regulated. Regulatory requirements are a major factor in determining whether substances and materials can be developed into marketable products and the amount of time and expense that should be allotted to such development.

National regulatory authorities administer and enforce a complex series of laws and regulations that govern the design, development, approval, manufacture, labelling, marketing and sale of healthcare products. They also review data supporting the safety and efficacy of such products. Of particular importance is the requirement in many countries that products be authorised or registered prior to manufacture, marketing or sale and that such authorisation or registration be subsequently maintained. The major regulatory agencies for Smith+Nephew’s products include the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in the US, the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency in the UK, the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare in Japan, the State Food and Drug Administration in China and the Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration. At any time, the Group is awaiting a number of regulatory approvals which, if not received, could adversely affect results of operations. In 2017, the EU reached agreement on a new set of Medical Device Regulations which entered into force on 25 May 2017. These have a three-year transition period and therefore, will apply in EU Member States from 26 May 2020.

The trend is towards more stringent regulation and higher standards of technical appraisal. Such controls have become increasingly demanding to comply with and management believes that this trend will continue. Privacy laws (including HIPAA in the US and GDPR in the UK) and environmental regulations have also become more stringent. Regulatory requirements may also entail inspections for compliance with appropriate standards, including those relating to Quality Management Systems or Good Manufacturing Practices regulations. All manufacturing and other significant facilities within the Group are subject to regular internal and external audit for compliance with national medical device regulation and Group policies. Payment for medical devices may be governed by reimbursement tariff agencies in a number of countries. Reimbursement rates may be set in response to perceived economic value of the devices, based on clinical and other data relating to cost, patient outcomes and comparative effectiveness. They may also be affected by overall government budgetary considerations. The Group believes that its emphasis on innovative products and services should contribute to success in this environment. Failure to comply with these regulatory requirements could have a number of adverse consequences, including withdrawal of approval to sell a product in a country, temporary closure of a manufacturing facility, fines and potential damage to Company reputation.

Failure to make successful acquisitions

A key element of the Group’s strategy for continued growth is to make acquisitions or alliances to complement its existing business. Failure to identify appropriate acquisition targets or failure to conduct adequate due diligence or to integrate them successfully would have an adverse impact on the Group’s competitive position and profitability. This could result from the diversion of management resources from the acquisition or integration process, challenges of integrating organisations of different geographic, cultural and ethical backgrounds, as well as the prospect of taking on unexpected or unknown liabilities. In addition, the availability of global capital may make financing less attainable or more expensive and could result in the Group failing in its strategic aim of growth by acquisition or alliance.

Relationships with healthcare professionals

The Group seeks to maintain effective and ethical working relationships with physicians and medical personnel who assist in the research and development of new products or improvements to our existing product range or in product training and medical education. If we are unable to maintain these relationships our ability to meet the demands of our customers could be diminished and our revenue and profit could be materially adversely affected.

Reliance on sophisticated information technology and cybersecurity

The Group uses a wide variety of information systems, programmes and technology to manage our business. The Group also develops and sells certain products that are or will be digitally enabled including connection to networks and/or the internet. Our systems and the systems of the entities we acquire are vulnerable to a cyber attack, theft of intellectual property, malicious intrusion, loss of data privacy or other significant disruption. Our systems have been and will continue to be the target of such threats. Cybersecurity is a multifaceted discipline covering people, process and technology. It is also an area where more can always be done; it is a continually evolving practice. We have a layered security approach in place to prevent, detect and respond, in order to minimise the risk and disruption of these intrusions and to monitor our systems on an ongoing basis for current or potential threats. There can be no assurance that these measures will prove effective in protecting Smith+Nephew from future interruptions and as a result the performance of the Group could be materially adversely affected.

Financial reporting, compliance and control

Our financial results depend on our ability to comply with financial reporting and disclosure requirements, comply with tax laws, appropriately manage treasury activities and avoid significant transactional errors and customer defaults. Failure to comply with our financial reporting requirements or relevant tax laws can lead to litigation and regulatory activity and ultimately to material loss to the Group. Potential risks include failure to report accurate financial information in compliance with accounting standards and applicable legislation, failure to comply with current tax laws, failure to manage treasury risk effectively and failure to operate adequate financial controls over business operations.

Other risk factors

Smith+Nephew is subject to a number of other risks, which are common to most global medical technology groups and are reviewed as part of the Group’s Risk Management process.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

197

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Factors affecting Smith+Nephew’s results of operations

Government economic, fiscal, monetary and political policies are all factors that materially affect the Group’s operation or investments of shareholders. Other factors include sales trends, currency fluctuations and innovation. Each of these factors is discussed further in the ‘Our growing markets’ on pages 14–15, the financial review on pages 36–39 and ‘Taxation information for shareholders’ on pages 208–209.    

 

Selected financial data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Income statement

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Revenue

 

5,138

 

4,904

 

4,765

 

4,669

 

4,634

 

Cost of goods sold

 

(1,338)

 

(1,298)

 

(1,248)

 

(1,272)

 

(1,143)

 

Gross profit

 

3,800

 

3,606

 

3,517

 

3,397

 

3,491

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(2,693)

 

(2,497)

 

(2,360)

 

(2,366)

 

(2,641)

 

Research and development expenses

 

(292)

 

(246)

 

(223)

 

(230)

 

(222)

 

Operating profit1

 

815

 

863

 

934

 

801

 

628

 

Net interest payable

 

(55)

 

(51)

 

(51)

 

(46)

 

(38)

 

Other finance costs

 

(18)

 

(20)

 

(10)

 

(16)

 

(15)

 

Share of results of associates

 

 1

 

(11)

 

 6

 

(3)

 

(16)

 

Profit on disposal of business

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

326

 

 –

 

Profit before taxation

 

743

 

781

 

879

 

1,062

 

559

 

Taxation

 

(143)

 

(118)

 

(112)

 

(278)

 

(149)

 

Attributable profit for the year

 

600

 

663

 

767

 

784

 

410

 

Earnings per ordinary share

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Basic earnings per share

 

68.6¢

 

76.0¢

 

87.8¢

 

88.1¢

 

45.9¢

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

68.4¢

 

75.7¢

 

87.7¢

 

87.8¢

 

45.6¢

 

Average number of shares used in basic earnings per share (millions)

 

874

 

873

 

874

 

890

 

894

 

Average number of shares used in diluted earnings per share (millions)

 

877

 

876

 

875

 

893

 

899

 

Adjusted attributable profit2

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Attributable profit for the year

 

600

 

663

 

767

 

784

 

410

 

Acquisition and disposal related items

 

34

 

(7)

 

(10)

 

 9

 

25

 

Restructuring and rationalisation costs

 

134

 

120

 

 –

 

62

 

65

 

Legal and other

 

50

 

38

 

(13)

 

(20)

 

187

 

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles

 

143

 

118

 

140

 

178

 

204

 

Profit on disposal of business

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(326)

 

 –

 

US tax reform

 

 –

 

 –

 

(32)

 

 –

 

 –

 

Taxation on excluded items

 

(68)

 

(51)

 

(26)

 

48

 

(130)

 

Adjusted attributable profit

 

893

 

881

 

826

 

735

 

761

 

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share (EPSA)3

 

102.2¢

 

100.9¢

 

94.5¢

 

82.6¢

 

85.1¢

 

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach comparative information is not restated.

 

1   Reconciliation of operating to trading profit is presented below.

2   Non-IFRS financial measures are explained and reconciled to the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with IFRS on pages 200-204.

3   Adjusted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing adjusted attributable profit by the basic weighted number of ordinary shares.

Reconciliation of operating profit to trading profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Operating profit

 

815

 

863

 

934

 

801

 

628

 

Acquisition and disposal related items

 

32

 

(7)

 

(10)

 

 9

 

12

 

Restructuring and rationalisation costs

 

134

 

120

 

 –

 

62

 

65

 

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles

 

143

 

113

 

140

 

178

 

204

 

Legal and other

 

45

 

34

 

(16)

 

(30)

 

190

 

Trading profit

 

1,169

 

1,123

 

1,048

 

1,020

 

1,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

 

 

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

 

Group balance sheet data

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Non-current assets

 

6,080

 

4,982

 

5,135

 

4,815

 

4,692

 

Current assets

 

3,219

 

3,077

 

2,731

 

2,529

 

2,475

 

Total assets

 

9,299

 

8,059

 

7,866

 

7,344

 

7,167

 

Share capital

 

177

 

177

 

178

 

180

 

183

 

Share premium

 

610

 

608

 

605

 

600

 

590

 

Capital redemption reserve

 

18

 

18

 

17

 

15

 

12

 

Treasury shares

 

(189)

 

(214)

 

(257)

 

(432)

 

(294)

 

Retained earnings and other reserves

 

4,525

 

4,285

 

4,101

 

3,595

 

3,475

 

Total equity

 

5,141

 

4,874

 

4,644

 

3,958

 

3,966

 

Non-current liabilities

 

2,594

 

1,720

 

1,876

 

2,038

 

1,857

 

Current liabilities

 

1,564

 

1,465

 

1,346

 

1,348

 

1,344

 

Total liabilities

 

4,158

 

3,185

 

3,222

 

3,386

 

3,201

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

9,299

 

8,059

 

7,866

 

7,344

 

7,167

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Group cash flow data and net debt

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Cash generated from operations

 

1,370

 

1,108

 

1,273

 

1,035

 

1,203

 

Net interest paid

 

(52)

 

(52)

 

(48)

 

(45)

 

(36)

 

Income taxes paid

 

(150)

 

(125)

 

(135)

 

(141)

 

(137)

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

 

1,168

 

931

 

1,090

 

849

 

1,030

 

Capital expenditure (including net trade investments and net of disposals of property, plant and equipment)

 

(385)

 

(351)

 

(384)

 

(394)

 

(360)

 

Acquisitions and disposals

 

(869)

 

(29)

 

(159)

 

(214)

 

(44)

 

Proceeds on disposal of business (net of tax)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

225

 

 –

 

Distribution from/(investment in) associate

 

 3

 

 2

 

 –

 

 –

 

(25)

 

Payment of capital element of lease liabilities

 

(46)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Proceeds from own shares

 

 9

 

10

 

 5

 

 6

 

 5

 

Equity dividends paid

 

(318)

 

(321)

 

(269)

 

(279)

 

(272)

 

Issue of ordinary capital and treasury shares purchased

 

(61)

 

(45)

 

(47)

 

(358)

 

(61)

 

Net cash flow from operating, investing and financing activities

 

(499)

 

197

 

236

 

(165)

 

273

 

Termination of finance lease

 

 –

 

 –

 

 5

 

 –

 

 –

 

Exchange adjustments

 

 3

 

(20)

 

28

 

(24)

 

(21)

 

Lease liabilities

 

(170)

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Opening net debt

 

(1,104)

 

(1,281)

 

(1,550)

 

(1,361)

 

(1,613)

 

Closing net debt (including lease liabilities from 1 January 2019)

 

(1,770)

 

(1,104)

 

(1,281)

 

(1,550)

 

(1,361)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected financial ratios

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Gearing (closing net debt as a percentage of total equity)

 

34.4%

 

22.7%

 

27.6%

 

39.2%

 

34.3%

 

Dividends per ordinary share

 

37.5¢1

 

36.0¢

 

35.0¢

 

30.8¢

 

30.8¢

 

Research and development costs to revenue

 

5.7%

 

5.0%

 

4.7%

 

4.9%

 

4.8%

 

Capital expenditure (including intangibles but excluding trade
investments and assets acquired in a business combination) to revenue

 

7.9%

 

7.1%

 

7.9%

 

8.4%

 

7.7%

 

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach comparative information is not restated.

 

1   The Board has proposed a final dividend of 23.1 US cents per share which together with the interim dividend of 14.4 US cents makes a total for 2019 of 37.5 US cents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

199

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-IFRS financial information – Adjusted measures continued

 

Non-IFRS financial information – Adjusted measures

These Financial Statements include financial measures that are not prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).These measures, which include trading profit, trading profit margin, tax rate on trading results, EPSA, ROIC, trading cash flow, free cash flow, trading profit to trading cash conversion ratio, leverage ratio, and underlying growth, exclude the effect of certain cash and non-cash items that Group management believes are not related to the underlying performance of the Group. These non-IFRS financial measures are also used by management to make operating decisions because they facilitate internal comparisons of performance to historical results.

Non-IFRS financial measures are presented in these Financial Statements as the Group’s management believe that they provide investors with a means of evaluating performance of the business segments and the consolidated Group on a consistent basis, similar to the way in which the Group’s management evaluates performance, that is not otherwise apparent on an IFRS basis, given that certain non-recurring, infrequent, non-cash and other items that management does not otherwise believe are indicative of the underlying performance of the consolidated Group may not be excluded when preparing financial measures under IFRS. These non-IFRS measures should not be considered in isolation from, as substitutes for, or superior to financial measures prepared in accordance with IFRS.

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach comparative information is not restated therefore impacting the comparability of the non-financial information presented below between the current year and prior year. In 2019, the Group excluded IFRS 16 lease payments from cash generated from operations when arriving at trading cash flow, and included IFRS 16 right-of-use assets and IFRS 16 lease liabilities in net operating assets in arriving at ROIC.

Underlying revenue growth

‘Underlying revenue growth’ is used to compare the revenue in a given year to the previous year on a like-for-like basis. This is achieved by adjusting for the impact of sales of products acquired in material business combinations or disposed of and for movements in exchange rates.

Underlying revenue growth is considered by the Group to be an important measure of performance in terms of local functional currency since it excludes those items considered to be outside the influence of local management. The Group’s management uses this non-IFRS measure in its internal financial reporting, budgeting and planning to assess performance on both a business and a consolidated Group basis. Revenue growth at constant currency is important in measuring business performance compared to competitors and compared to the growth of the market itself.

The Group considers that revenue from sales of products acquired in material business combinations results in a step-up in growth in revenue in the year of acquisition that cannot be wholly attributed to local management’s efforts with respect to the business in the year of acquisition. Depending on the timing of the acquisition, there will usually be a further step change in the following year. A measure of growth excluding the effects of business combinations also allows senior management to evaluate the performance and relative impact of growth from the existing business and growth from acquisitions. The process of making business acquisitions is directed, approved and funded from the Group corporate centre in-line with strategic objectives.

The material limitation of the underlying revenue growth measure is that it excludes certain factors, described above, which ultimately have a significant impact on total revenues. The Group compensates for this limitation by taking into account relative movements in exchange rates in its investment, strategic planning and resource allocation. In addition, as the evaluation and assessment of business acquisitions is not within the control of local management, performance of acquisitions is monitored centrally until the business is integrated.

The Group’s management considers that the non-IFRS measure of underlying revenue growth and the IFRS measure of growth in revenue are complementary measures, neither of which management uses exclusively.

Underlying revenue growth reconciles to reported revenue growth, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with IFRS, by making two adjustments, the ‘constant currency exchange effect’ and the ‘acquisitions and disposals effect’, described below.

The ‘constant currency exchange effect’ is a measure of the increase/decrease in revenue resulting from currency movements on non-US Dollar sales and is measured as the difference between: 1) the increase/decrease in the current year revenue translated into US Dollars at the current year average exchange rate and the prior revenue translated at the prior year rate; and 2) the increase/decrease being measured by translating current and prior year revenues into US Dollars using the prior year closing rate.

The ‘acquisitions and disposals effect’ is the measure of the impact on revenue from newly acquired material business combinations and recent material business disposals. This is calculated by comparing the current year, constant currency actual revenue (which includes acquisitions and excludes disposals from the relevant date of completion) with prior year, constant currency actual revenue, adjusted to include the results of acquisitions and exclude disposals for the commensurate period in the prior year. These sales are separately tracked in the Group’s internal reporting systems and are readily identifiable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported revenue growth, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with IFRS, reconciles to underlying revenue growth as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciling items

 

2019

  

Reported growth

  

Underlying growth

  

Acquisitions/disposals

  

Currency impact

  

Consolidated revenue by franchise

    

%

    

%

    

%

    

%

 

Knee Implants

 

2.5

 

4.4

 

 –

 

(1.9)

 

Hip Implants

 

 –

 

2.1

 

 –

 

(2.1)

 

Other Reconstruction

 

27.9

 

12.6

 

17.5

 

(2.2)

 

Trauma

 

2.4

 

4.3

 

 –

 

(1.9)

 

Orthopaedics

 

2.5

 

4.0

 

0.5

 

(2.0)

 

Sports Medicine Joint Repair

 

10.8

 

12.3

 

0.9

 

(2.4)

 

Arthroscopic Enabling Technologies

 

(1.5)

 

0.8

 

 –

 

(2.3)

 

ENT (Ear, Nose and Throat)

 

4.9

 

6.7

 

 –

 

(1.8)

 

Sports Medicine & ENT

 

5.2

 

7.0

 

0.5

 

(2.3)

 

Advanced Wound Care

 

(3.5)

 

(0.2)

 

 –

 

(3.3)

 

Advanced Wound Bioactives

 

32.3

 

(0.4)

 

33.0

 

(0.3)

 

Advanced Wound Devices

 

12.8

 

15.7

 

0.6

 

(3.5)

 

Advanced Wound Management

 

8.3

 

2.2

 

8.7

 

(2.6)

 

Total

 

4.8

 

4.4

 

2.6

 

(2.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciling items

 

2018

  

Reported growth

  

Underlying growth

  

Acquisitions/disposals

  

Currency impact

  

Consolidated revenue by franchise

    

%

    

%

    

%

    

%

 

Knee Implants

 

 3

 

 3

 

 –

 

 –

 

Hip Implants

 

 2

 

 2

 

 –

 

 –

 

Other Reconstruction

 

36

 

36

 

 –

 

 –

 

Trauma

 

 –

 

(1)

 

 –

 

 1

 

Orthopaedics

 

 3

 

 3

 

 –

 

 –

 

Sports Medicine Joint Repair

 

10

 

 7

 

 2

 

 1

 

Arthroscopic Enabling Technologies

 

(2)

 

(3)

 

 –

 

 1

 

ENT (Ear, Nose and Throat)

 

 5

 

 5

 

 –

 

 –

 

Sports Medicine & ENT

 

 4

 

 2

 

 2

 

 –

 

Advanced Wound Care

 

 3

 

 1

 

 –

 

 2

 

Advanced Wound Bioactives

 

(6)

 

(6)

 

 –

 

 –

 

Advanced Wound Devices

 

10

 

 9

 

 –

 

 1

 

Advanced Wound Management

 

 2

 

 –

 

 –

 

 2

 

Total

 

 3

 

 2

 

 –

 

 1

 

 

Trading profit, trading profit margin, trading cash flow and trading profit to cash conversion ratio

Trading profit, trading profit margin (trading profit expressed as a percentage of revenue), trading cash flow and trading profit to cash conversion ratio (trading cash flow expressed as a percentage of trading profit) are trend measures, which present the profitability of the Group. The adjustments made exclude the impact of specific transactions that management considers affect the Group’s short-term profitability and cash flows, and the comparability of results. The Group has identified the following items, where material, as those to be excluded from operating profit and cash generated from operations when arriving at trading profit and trading cash flow, respectively: acquisition and disposal related items arising in connection with business combinations, including amortisation of acquisition intangible assets, impairments and integration costs; restructuring events; and gains and losses resulting from legal disputes and uninsured losses. In addition to these items, gains and losses that materially impact the Group’s profitability or cash flows on a short-term or one-off basis are excluded from operating profit and cash generated from operations when arriving at trading profit and trading cash flow. The cash contribution to fund defined benefit pension schemes that are closed to future accrual and IFRS 16 lease payments are also excluded from cash generated from operations when arriving at trading cash flow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

201

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-IFRS financial information – Adjusted measures continued

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share (EPSA)

EPSA is a trend measure, which presents the profitability of the Group excluding the post-tax impact of specific transactions that management considers affect the Group’s short-term profitability and comparability of results. The Group presents this measure to assist investors in their understanding of trends. Adjusted attributable profit is the numerator used for this measure and is determined by adjusting attributable profit for the items that are excluded from operating profit when arriving at trading profit and items that are recognised below operating profit that affect the Group’s short-term profitability. The most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with IFRS is basic earnings per ordinary share (‘EPS’).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Profit before

 

 

 

Attributable

 

Cash generated

 

Earnings

 

 

 

Revenue

 

profit1

 

tax2

 

Taxation3

 

profit4

 

from operations5

 

per share6

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

¢

 

2019 Reported

 

5,138

 

815

 

743

 

(143)

 

600

 

1,370

 

68.6

 

Acquisition and disposal related items

 

 –

 

32

 

34

 

(6)

 

28

 

36

 

3.4

 

Restructuring and rationalisation costs

 

 –

 

134

 

134

 

(25)

 

109

 

123

 

12.5

 

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles

 

 –

 

143

 

143

 

(32)

 

111

 

 –

 

12.6

 

Legal and other7

 

 –

 

45

 

50

 

(5)

 

45

 

(105)

 

5.1

 

Lease liability payments

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(46)

 

 –

 

Capital expenditure

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(408)

 

 –

 

2019 Adjusted

 

5,138

 

1,169

 

1,104

 

(211)

 

893

 

970

 

102.2

 

 

Acquisitions and disposal related items: For the year to 31 December 2019 costs primarily relate to the acquisitions of Ceterix, Osiris, Leaf, Brainlab OJR and Atracsys.

Restructuring and rationalisation costs: For the year to 31 December 2019 these costs relate to the implementation of the Accelerating Performance and Execution (APEX) programme that was announced in February 2018.

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles: For the year to 31 December 2019 charges relate to the amortisation of intangible assets acquired in material business combinations.

Legal and other: For the year ended 31 December 2019 charges primarily relate to legal expenses for ongoing metal-on-metal hip claims and an increase of $121m in the provision that reflects the present value of the estimated costs to resolve all other known and anticipated metal-on-metal hip claims. The year to 31 December 2019 also includes costs for implementing the requirements of the EU Medical Device Regulations that will apply from May 2020. These charges in the year to 31 December 2019 were partially offset by a credit of $147m relating to insurance recoveries for ongoing metal-on-metal hip claims. Trading cash flow additionally excludes $6m of cash funding to closed defined benefit pension schemes and a $35m receipt (held as a receivable as at 31 December 2018) relating to settlements with insurers related to product liability claims involving macrotextured components withdrawn from the market in 2003.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Profit before

 

 

 

Attributable

 

Cash generated

 

Earnings

 

 

 

Revenue

 

profit1

 

tax2

 

Taxation3

 

profit4

 

from operations5

 

per share6

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

¢

 

2018 Reported

 

4,904

 

863

 

781

 

(118)

 

663

 

1,108

 

76.0

 

Acquisition and disposal related items

 

 –

 

(7)

 

(7)

 

 1

 

(6)

 

 3

 

(0.7)

 

Restructuring and rationalisation costs

 

 –

 

120

 

120

 

(24)

 

96

 

83

 

11.0

 

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles

 

 –

 

113

 

118

 

(27)

 

91

 

 –

 

10.3

 

Legal and other7

 

 –

 

34

 

38

 

(1)

 

37

 

104

 

4.3

 

Capital expenditure

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

(347)

 

 –

 

2018 Adjusted

 

4,904

 

1,123

 

1,050

 

(169)

 

881

 

951

 

100.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition and disposal related items: For the year to 31 December 2018 the credit relates to a remeasurement of contingent consideration for a prior year acquisition and adjustments to provisions on disposal of a business, partially offset by costs associated with the acquisition of Rotation Medical, Inc.

Restructuring and rationalisation costs: For the year to 31 December 2018, these costs relate to the implementation of the Accelerating Performance and Execution (APEX) programme that was announced in February 2018.

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition intangibles: For the year to 31 December 2018 the charge relates to the amortisation of intangible assets acquired in material business combinations.

Legal and other: For the year ended 31 December 2018 charges primarily relate to legal expenses for ongoing metal-on-metal hip claims and an increase of $72m in the provision that reflected the present value of the estimated costs to resolve all other known and anticipated metal-on-metal hip claims globally. The year to 31 December 2018 also includes costs for implementing the requirements of the EU Medical Device Regulations that will apply from May 2020. These charges in the year to 31 December 2018 were partially offset by a credit of $84m relating to settlements with insurers related to product liability claims involving macrotextured components withdrawn from the market in 2003. Trading cash flow additionally excludes $35 million of cash funding to closed defined benefit pension schemes.

1 Represents a reconciliation of operating profit to trading profit.

2 Represents a reconciliation of reported profit before tax to trading profit before tax.

3 Represents a reconciliation of reported tax to trading tax.

4 Represents a reconciliation of reported attributable profit to adjusted attributable profit.

5 Represents a reconciliation of cash generated from operations to trading cash flow.

6 Represents a reconciliation of basic earnings per ordinary share to adjusted earnings per ordinary share (EPSA).

7 From 1 January 2017, the ongoing funding of defined benefit pension schemes is not included in management’s definition of trading cash flow as there is no defined benefit service cost for these schemes.

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a measure of the cash generated for the Group to use after capital expenditure according to its Capital Allocation Framework, it is defined as the cash generated from operations less: capital expenditure and cash flows from interest and income taxes. A reconciliation from cash generated from operations, the most comparable IFRS measure, to free cash flow is set out below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

Cash generated from operations

 

1,370

 

1,108

 

1,273

Capital expenditure

 

(408)

 

(347)

 

(376)

Interest received

 

 4

 

 2

 

 2

Interest paid

 

(56)

 

(54)

 

(50)

Payment of lease liabilities

 

(46)

 

 –

 

 –

Income taxes paid

 

(150)

 

(125)

 

(135)

Free cash flow

 

714

 

584

 

714

 

Leverage ratio

The leverage ratio is net debt including lease liabilities to adjusted EBITDA. Net debt is reconciled in Note 15 to the Group accounts. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as trading profit before depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortisation of other intangible assets.

The calculation of the leverage ratio is set out below:

 

 

 

 

  

2019

 

    

$ million

Net debt including lease liabilities

 

1,770

 

 

 

Trading profit

 

1,169

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

 

292

Amortisation of other intangible assets

 

61

Adjusted EBITDA

 

1,522

Leverage ratio (x)

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

203

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-IFRS financial information – Adjusted measures continued

Return on invested capital (ROIC)

Return on invested capital (ROIC) is a measure of the return generated on capital invested by the Group. It provides a metric for long-term value creation and encourages compounding reinvestment within the business and discipline around acquisitions with low returns and long payback.

ROIC is defined as: Operating Profit less Adjusted Taxes/((Opening Net Operating Assets + Closing Net Operating Assets)/2).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

Operating profit

 

815

 

863

 

934

Taxation

 

(143)

 

(118)

 

(112)

Taxation adjustment1

 

(14)

 

(14)

 

(10)

Operating profit less adjusted taxes

 

658

 

731

 

812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

5,141

 

4,874

 

4,644

Retirement benefit assets

 

(106)

 

(92)

 

(62)

Investments

 

(7)

 

(34)

 

(21)

Investments in associates

 

(103)

 

(105)

 

(118)

Right-of-use assets

 

(156)

 

 –

 

 –

Cash at bank

 

(277)

 

(365)

 

(169)

Long-term borrowings and lease liabilities

 

1,975

 

1,301

 

1,423

Retirement benefit obligations

 

136

 

114

 

131

Bank overdrafts, borrowings, loans and lease liabilities

 

72

 

164

 

27

Net operating assets

 

6,675

 

5,857

 

5,855

Average net operating assets

 

6,266

 

5,856

 

5,695

Return on invested capital

 

10.5%

 

12.5%

 

14.3%

 

1    Being the taxation on interest income, interest expense, other finance costs and share of results of associates.

 

Contractual obligations

Contractual obligations at 31 December 2019 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

Less than

 

One to

 

Three to

 

More than

 

 

 

one year

 

three years

 

five years

 

five years

 

 

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

    

$ million

  

Debt obligations

 

26

 

553

 

298

 

 –

 

Private placement notes

 

42

 

479

 

605

 

710

 

Purchase obligations

 

358

 

 8

 

 4

 

 2

 

Lease liabilities

 

46

 

69

 

34

 

37

 

Capital expenditure

 

38

 

 –

 

 –

 

 –

 

Other

 

105

 

81

 

10

 

 8

 

 

 

615

 

1,190

 

951

 

757

 

 

Other contractual obligations represent $23m of derivative contracts and $181m of acquisition consideration. Provisions that do not relate to contractual obligations are not included in the above table.

There are a number of agreements that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change in control of the Company or the Group following a takeover, such as bank loan agreements and Company share plans. None of these are deemed to be significant in terms of their potential impact on the business of the Group as a whole. In addition, there are service contracts between the Company and its Executive Directors which provide for the automatic payment of a bonus following loss of office or employment under the circumstances outlined on page 97.

The Company does not have contracts or other arrangements which individually are essential to the business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

204

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder information

Ordinary shareholders

Registrar

All general enquiries concerning shareholdings, dividends, changes to shareholders’ personal details and the Annual General Meeting (the ‘AGM’) should be addressed to:

Computershare Investor Services plc, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZZ.

Tel: 0370 703 0047

Tel: +44 (0) 117 378 5450 from outside the UK

www.investorcentre.co.uk

 

*     Lines are open from 8:30 am to 5:30 pm Monday to Friday, excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

Shareholder communications

We make quarterly financial announcements, which are made available through Stock Exchange announcements and on the Group’s website (www.smith-nephew.com). Copies of recent Annual Reports, press releases, institutional presentations and audio webcasts are also available on the website.

We send paper copies of the Notice of Annual General Meeting and Annual Report only to those shareholders and ADS holders who have elected to receive shareholder documentation by post. Electronic copies of the Annual Report and Notice of Annual General Meeting are available on the Group’s website at www.smith-nephew.com. Both ordinary shareholders and ADS holders can request paper copies of the Annual Report, which the Company provides free of charge. The Company will continue to send to ordinary shareholders by post the Form of Proxy notifying them of the availability of the Annual Report and Notice of Annual General Meeting on the Group’s website. If you elect to receive the Annual Report and Notice of Annual General Meeting electronically you are informed by email of the documents’ availability on the Group’s website. ADS holders receive the Form of Proxy by post, but will not receive a paper copy of the Notice of Annual General Meeting. 

Investor communications

The Company maintains regular dialogue with individual institutional shareholders, together with results presentations. To ensure that all members of the Board develop an understanding of the views of major investors, the Executive Directors review significant issues raised by investors with the Board. Non-Executive Directors are sent copies of analysts’ and brokers’ briefings. There is an opportunity for individual shareholders to put their questions to the Directors at the Annual General Meeting and the Company regularly responds to letters from shareholders on a range of issues.    

UK capital gains tax

For the purposes of UK capital gains tax, the price of the Company’s ordinary shares on 31 March 1982 was 35.04p.  

Smith & Nephew plc share price

The Company’s ordinary shares are quoted on the London Stock Exchange under the symbol SN. The Company’s share price is available on the Smith+Nephew website www.smith-nephew.com and at www.londonstockexchange.com where the live financial data is updated with a 15-minute delay.    

American Depositary Shares (‘ADSs’) and American Depositary Receipts (‘ADRs’)

In the US, the Company’s ordinary shares are traded in the form of ADSs, evidenced by ADRs, on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SNN. Each American Depositary Share represents two ordinary shares. J.P. Morgan Chase Bank N.A. is the authorised depositary bank for the Company’s ADR programme having taken over from Deutsche Bank from 1 October 2019.  

ADS enquiries

All enquiries regarding ADS holder accounts and payment of dividends should be addressed to:

EQ Shareowner Services
P.O. Box 64504
St Paul, MN 55164-0504

US toll free phone: +1-800-990-1135
Online: Visit www.shareowneronline.com and select ‘Contact Us’.
www.adr.com   

Smith & Nephew plc ADS price

The Company’s ADS price can be obtained from the official New York Stock Exchange website at www.nyse.com and the Smith+Nephew website www.smith-nephew.com where the live financial data is updated with a 15-minute delay, and is quoted daily in the Wall Street Journal. 

ADS payment information

The Company hereby discloses ADS payment information for the year ended 31 December 2019 in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission rules 12.D.3 and 12.D.4 relating to Form 20-F filings by foreign private issuers. The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. 

The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors, including payment of dividends by the Company by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deductions from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging

the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fee for those services are paid.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

205

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder information continued

 

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares must pay

For

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

$0.05 (or less) per ADS

– Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

– Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

– Any cash distribution to ADS registered holders, including payment of dividend

$0.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year

Registration or transfer fees

– Depositary services

– Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when shares are deposited or withdrawn

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

– As necessary

Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities

– As necessary

 

During 2019, a fee of 1 US cent per ADS was collected by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas on the 2018 final dividend paid in May 2019 and a fee of 1 US cent per ADS was collected by J.P. Morgan Chase on the 2019 interim dividend paid in October 2019. In the period 1 January 2019 to 14 February 2020, the total programme payments paid by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and J.P. Morgan Chase were $772,562.16 

Dividend history

Smith & Nephew plc has paid dividends on its ordinary shares in every year since 1937. Following the capital restructuring and dividend reduction in 2000, the Group adopted a policy of increasing its dividend cover (the ratio of EPSA, as set out in the ‘Selected financial data’, to ordinary dividends declared for the year). This was intended to increase the financing capability of the Group for acquisitions and other investments. From 2000 to 2004, the dividend increased in-line with inflation and, in 2004, dividend cover stood at 4.1 times. Having achieved this level of dividend cover the Board changed its policy, from that of increasing dividends in-line with inflation, to that of increasing dividends for 2005 and after by 10%. Following the redenomination of the Company’s share capital into US Dollars, the Board reaffirmed its policy of increasing the dividend by 10% a year in US Dollar terms. On 2 August 2012, the Board announced its intention to pursue a progressive dividend policy, with the aim of increasing the US Dollar value of ordinary dividends over time broadly based on the Group’s underlying growth in earnings, while taking into account capital requirements and cash flows.

At the time of the full year results, the Board reviews the appropriate level of total annual dividend each year. The Board intends that the interim dividend will be set by a formula and will be equivalent to 40% of the total dividend for the previous year. Dividends will continue to be declared in US Dollars with an equivalent amount in Sterling payable to those shareholders whose registered address is in the UK, or who have validly elected to receive Sterling dividends.

An interim dividend in respect of each fiscal year is normally declared in July or August and paid in October or November.

A final dividend will be recommended by the Board of Directors and paid subject to approval by shareholders at the Company’s Annual General Meeting.

Future dividends of Smith & Nephew plc will be dependent upon: future earnings; the future financial condition of the Group; the Board’s dividend policy; and the additional factors that might affect the business of the Group set out in ‘Special note regarding forward-looking statements’ and ‘Risk Factors’.

Dividends per share

The table below sets out the dividends per ordinary share in the last five years.

From 6 April 2018 dividends below £2,000 per tax year became tax free for UK income tax purposes and dividends above £2,000 per tax year became subject to personal income tax at the rate of 7.5% for UK basic rate taxpayers, 32.5% for higher rate taxpayers and 38.1% for additional rate taxpayers. If you need to pay UK tax, how you pay depends on the amount of dividend income you receive in a year. If your dividend income is up to £10,000 you can request HMRC to change your tax code so that the tax will be taken from your wages or pension or you can complete a self-assessment tax return. If your dividend income is over £10,000 in the tax year, you will need to complete a self-assessment tax return. This will apply to both cash and dividend reinvestment plan (‘DRiP’) dividends, although dividends paid on shares held within pensions and ISAs will be unaffected, remaining tax free.

Between 6 April 2016 and 6 April 2018 dividends below £5,000 per tax year were tax free and dividends above £5,000 per tax year were subject to personal income tax at the rates referred to above.

Dividends per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended 31 December

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

  

Pence per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Interim

 

11.190

 

10.670

 

9.340

 

10.080

 

7.680

 

Final

 

17.750

1

16.990

 

16.240

 

14.420

 

13.000

 

Total

 

28.940

 

27.660

 

25.580

 

24.500

 

20.680

 

US cents per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Interim

 

14.400

 

14.000

 

12.300

 

12.300

 

11.800

 

Final

 

23.100

 

22.000

 

22.700

 

18.500

 

19.000

 

Total

 

37.500

 

36.000

 

35.000

 

30.800

 

30.800

 

 

1    Translated at the Bank of England rate on 14 February 2020.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

206

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends shown in the table on page 206, prior to 6 April 2016, include the associated UK tax credit of 10%, but exclude the deduction of withholding taxes.

Since the second interim dividend for 2005, all dividends have been declared in US cents per ordinary share.

In respect of the proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 of 23.1 US cents per ordinary share, the record date will be 3 April 2020 and the payment date will be 6 May 2020. The Sterling equivalent per ordinary share will be set following the record date.

Shareholders may elect to receive their dividend in either Sterling or US Dollars and the last day for election will be 15 April 2020. The ordinary shares will trade ex-dividend on both the London and New York Stock Exchanges from 2 April 2020.

The proposed final dividend of 23.1 US cents per ordinary share, which together with the interim dividend of 14.4 US cents, makes a total for 2019 of 37.5 US cents.

Share capital

The principal trading market for the ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange. The ordinary shares were listed on the New York Stock Exchange on 16 November 1999, trading in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs. Each ADS represents two ordinary shares from 14 October 2014, before which time one ADS represented five ordinary shares. The ADS facility is sponsored by J.P. Morgan Chase acting as depositary.

All the ordinary shares, including those held by Directors and Executive Officers, rank pari passu with each other. On 23 January 2006, the ordinary shares of 122/9p were redenominated as ordinary shares of US 20 cents (following approval by shareholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting in December 2005). The new US Dollar ordinary shares carry the same rights as the previous ordinary shares. The share price continues to be quoted in Sterling. In 2006, the Company issued £50,000 of shares in Sterling in order to comply with English law. These were issued as deferred shares, which are not listed on any stock exchange. They have extremely limited rights and therefore effectively have no value. These shares are held by the Company Secretary, although the Board reserves the right to transfer them to a member of the Board should it so wish.

Major shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 December

 

 

 

14 February 2020

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

%*

    

%*

    

%*

    

%*

  

BlackRock, Inc.

 

5.2

 

5.2

 

5.2

 

5.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 December

 

 

 

14 February 2020

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

    

‘000

    

‘000

    

‘000

    

‘000

  

BlackRock, Inc.

 

46,427

 

46,427

 

46,427

 

46,427

 

 

*    Percentage of ordinary shares in issue, excluding Treasury shares.

Shareholdings

As at 14 February 2020, to the knowledge of the Group, there were 14,233 registered holders of ordinary shares, of whom 93 had registered addresses in the US and held a total of 160,388 ordinary shares (0.018% of the total issued). Because certain ordinary shares are registered in the names of nominees, the number of shareholders with registered addresses in the US is not representative of the number of beneficial owners of ordinary shares resident in the US.

As at 14 February 2020, 42,027,896 ADSs equivalent to 84,055,792 ordinary shares or approximately 9.6% of the total ordinary shares in issue, were outstanding and were held by 86 registered ADS holders.

Major shareholders

As far as is known to Smith+Nephew, the Group is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by  any Government and the Group has not entered into arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Group.

As at 14 February 2020, the Company is not aware of any person who has a significant direct or indirect holding of securities in the Company, as defined in the Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTRs) of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), other than as shown above, and is not aware of any persons holding securities which may control the Company. There are no securities in issue which have special rights as to the control of the Company.

The table above shows the last notification(s) received by the Company, in accordance with the FCA’s DTRs relating to notifiable interests in the voting rights in the Company’s issued share capital.

Purchase of ordinary shares on behalf of the Company

At the AGM, the Company will be seeking a renewal of its current permission from shareholders to purchase up to 10% of its own shares. In order to avoid shareholder dilution, shares allotted to employees through employee share schemes are bought back on a quarterly basis and subsequently cancelled by the Company.

From 1 January 2019 to 14 February 2020, in the months listed below, the Company has purchased 3,095,156 ordinary shares at a cost of $63,278,944.

The shares were purchased in the open market by J.P. Morgan Securities plc on behalf of the Company.

Purchase of ordinary shares on behalf of the Company

The shares were purchased in the open market by J.P. Morgan Securities plc on behalf of the Company.The shares were purchased in the open market by J.P. Morgan Securities plc on behalf of the Company. he shares were purchased in the open market by J.P. Morgan Securities Plc on behalf of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Total shares

  

Average price

  

Approximate US$ value

  

 

 

purchased

 

paid per share

 

of shares purchased

 

 

    

000's

    

pence

    

under the plan

 

11-15 February 2019

 

976

 

1,465.1940

 

$
18,387,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7-14 May 2019

 

1,156

 

1,600.5423

 

$
24,006,466

 

5 August 2019

 

258

 

1,855.0651

 

$
5,833,465

 

5-8 November 2019

 

705

 

1,659.3105

 

$
15,051,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

207

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder information continued

Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders

There are no UK governmental laws, decrees or regulations that restrict the export or import of capital or that affect the payment of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of Smith & Nephew plc’s securities, except for certain restrictions imposed from time to time by Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom pursuant to legislation, such as the United Nations Act 1946 and the Emergency Laws Act 1964, against the Government or residents of certain countries.

There are no limitations, either under the laws of the UK or under the Articles of Association of Smith & Nephew plc, restricting the right of non-UK residents to hold or to exercise voting rights in respect of ordinary shares, except that where any overseas shareholder has not provided to the Company a UK address for the service of notices, the Company is under no obligation to send any notice or other document to an overseas address. It is, however, the current practice of the Company to send every notice or other document to all shareholders regardless of the country recorded in the register of members, with the exception of details of the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan, which are not sent to shareholders with recorded addresses in the US and Canada.

Taxation information for shareholders

The comments below are of a general and summary nature and are based on the Group’s understanding of certain aspects of current UK and US federal income tax law and practice relevant to the ADSs and ordinary shares not in ADS form. The comments address the material US and UK tax consequences generally applicable to a person who is the beneficial owner of ADSs or ordinary shares and who, for US federal income tax purposes, is a citizen or resident of the US, a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organised in or under the laws of the USA (or any State therein or the District of Columbia), or an estate or trust the income of which is included in gross income for US federal income tax purposes regardless of its source (each a US Holder). The comments set out below do not purport to address all tax consequences of the ownership of ADSs or ordinary shares that may be material to a particular holder and in particular do not deal with the position of shareholders who directly, indirectly or constructively own 10% or more of the Company’s issued ordinary shares. This discussion does not apply to (i) persons whose holding of ADSs or ordinary shares is effectively connected with or pertains to either a permanent establishment in the UK through which a US Holder carries on a business in the UK or a fixed base from which a US Holder performs independent personal services in the UK, or (ii) persons whose registered address is inside the UK. This discussion does not apply to certain investors subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, broker-dealers and traders in securities that elect to use the mark-to-market method of tax accounting, partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for US federal income tax purposes, US Holders holding ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction or US Holders whose functional currency for US federal income tax purposes is other than the US Dollar. In addition, the comments below do not address the potential application of the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code known as the Medicare Contribution Tax, any alternative minimum tax consequences, any US federal tax other than income tax or any US state, local or non-US (other than UK) taxes. The summary deals only with US Holders who hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets for tax purposes. The summary is based on current UK and US law and practice which is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. US Holders are recommended to consult their own tax advisers as to the particular tax consequences to them of the ownership of ADSs or ordinary shares. The Company believes, and this discussion assumes, that the Company was not a passive foreign investment company for its taxable year ended 31 December 2019.

This discussion is based in part on representations by the depositary and assumes that each obligation under the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. For purposes of US federal income tax law, US Holders of ADSs will generally be treated as owners of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. However, the US Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom depositary shares are released before shares are delivered to the depositary (pre-released) may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by owners of depositary shares. Such actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non‑corporate US Holders. Accordingly, the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non‑corporate US Holders of ADSs could be affected by actions that may be taken by parties to whom ADSs are pre-released.

Taxation of distributions in the UK and the US

The UK does not currently impose a withholding tax on dividends paid by a UK corporation, such as the Company.

Distributions paid by the Company will generally be taxed as foreign source dividends to the extent paid out of the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for US federal income tax purposes. Because the Company does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under US federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to US Holders as dividends. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate US Holders.

Dividends paid to certain non-corporate US Holders of ordinary shares or ADSs may be subject to US federal income tax at lower rates than those applicable to other types of ordinary income if certain conditions are met. Non-corporate US Holders should consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at these favourable rates.

Taxation of capital gains

US Holders, who are not resident for tax purposes in the UK, will not generally be liable for UK capital gains tax on any capital gain realised upon the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares unless the ADSs or ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

are held in connection with a trade carried on in the UK through a permanent establishment (or in the case of individuals, through a branch or agency). Furthermore, UK resident individuals who acquire ADSs or ordinary shares before becoming temporarily non-UK residents may remain subject to UK taxation of capital gains on gains realised while non-resident.

For US federal income tax purposes, gains or losses realised upon a taxable sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares by US Holders generally will be US source capital gains or losses and will be long-term capital gains or losses if the ADSs or ordinary shares were held for more than one year. The amount of a US Holder’s gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the amount realised on the sale or other disposition and such holder’s tax basis in the ADSs, or ordinary shares, each determined in US Dollars.

Inheritance and estate taxes

HM Revenue & Customs imposes inheritance tax on capital transfers which occur on death and in the seven years preceding death. HM Revenue & Customs considers that the US/UK Double Taxation Convention on Estate and Gift Tax applies to inheritance tax. Consequently, a US citizen who is domiciled in the USA and is not a UK national or domiciled in the UK will not be subject to UK inheritance tax in respect of ADSs and ordinary shares. A UK national who is domiciled in the US will be subject to UK inheritance tax but will be entitled to a credit for any US federal estate tax charged in respect of ADSs and ordinary shares in computing the liability to UK inheritance tax. Special rules apply where ADSs and ordinary shares are business property of a permanent establishment of an enterprise situated in the UK.

US information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of dividends on, or proceeds from the sale of, ADSs or ordinary shares that are made within the US or through certain US-related financial intermediaries generally will be subject to US information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless a US Holder is an exempt recipient or, in the case of backup withholding, provides a correct US taxpayer identification number and certain other conditions are met.

Any backup withholding deducted may be credited against the US Holder’s US federal income tax liability, and, where the backup withholding exceeds the actual liability, the US Holder may obtain a refund by timely filing the appropriate refund claim with the US Internal Revenue Service.

US Holders who are individuals or certain specified entities may be required to report information relating to securities issued by a non-US person (or foreign accounts through which the securities are held), subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for securities held in accounts maintained by US financial institutions). US Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their reporting obligations with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

UK stamp duty is charged on documents and in particular instruments for the transfer of registered ownership of ordinary shares. Transfers of ordinary shares in certificated form will generally be subject to UK stamp duty at the rate of ½% of the consideration given for the transfer with the duty rounded up to the nearest £5.

UK stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) arises when there is an agreement to transfer shares in UK companies ‘for consideration in money or money’s worth’, and so an agreement to transfer ordinary shares for money or other consideration may give rise to a charge to SDRT at the rate of ½% (rounded up to the nearest penny). The charge of SDRT will be cancelled, and any SDRT already paid will be refunded, if within six years of the agreement an instrument of transfer is produced to HM Revenue & Customs and the appropriate stamp duty paid.

Transfers of ordinary shares into CREST (an electronic transfer system) are exempt from stamp duty so long as the transferee is a member of CREST who will hold the ordinary shares as a nominee for the transferor and the transfer is in a form that will ensure that the securities become held in uncertificated form within CREST. Paperless transfers of ordinary shares within CREST for consideration in money or money’s worth are liable to SDRT rather than stamp duty. SDRT on relevant transactions will be collected by CREST at ½%, and this will apply whether or not the transfer is effected in the UK and whether or not the parties to it are resident or situated in the UK.

UK legislation provides for a charge to stamp duty (in the case of transfers) or SDRT to be payable at the rate of 1.5% of the consideration (or, in some cases, the value of the shares concerned) where ordinary shares are issued or transferred to the depositary or to certain persons providing a clearance service (or their nominees or agents) for the conversion into ADRs and will generally be payable by the depositary or person providing clearance service. In accordance with the terms of the Deposit Agreement, any tax or duty payable by the depositary on deposits of ordinary shares will be charged by the depositary to the party to whom ADRs are delivered against such deposits. Following litigation on the subject, HMRC has accepted that it will no longer seek to apply the 1.5% SDRT charge when new shares are issued to a clearance service or depositary receipt system on the basis that the charge is not compatible with EU law. The Government has confirmed that it will not reintroduce the 1.5% charge on the issue of shares (and transfers integral to the raising of capital) into clearance service or depositary receipt systems following the UK’s exit from the EU. In HMRC’s view, the 1.5% SDRT or stamp duty charge will continue to apply to transfers of shares into a clearance service or depositary receipt system unless they are an integral part of an issue of share capital. Specific professional advice should be sought before paying the 1.5% SDRT or stamp duty charge in any circumstances.

No liability for stamp duty or SDRT will arise on any transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS or beneficial ownership of an ADS, provided that the ADS and any instrument of transfer or written agreement to transfer remains at all times outside the UK, and provided further that any instrument of transfer or written agreement to transfer is not executed in the UK and the transfer does not relate to any matter or thing done or to be done in the UK (the location of the custodian as a holder of ordinary shares not being relevant in this context). In any other case, any transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS or beneficial ownership of an ADS could, depending on all the circumstances of the transfer, give rise to a charge to stamp duty or SDRT.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

209

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder information continued

Articles of Association

The following summarises certain material rights of holders of the Company’s ordinary shares under the material provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, being those which were adopted at the 2019 Annual General Meeting and English law. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Act and the Company’s Articles of Association. In the following description, a ‘shareholder’ is the person registered in the Company’s register of members as the holder of an ordinary share.

The Company is incorporated under the name Smith & Nephew plc and is registered in England and Wales with registered number 324357.

The Company’s ordinary shares may be held in certificated or uncertificated form. No holder of the Company’s shares will be required to make additional contributions of capital in respect of the Company’s shares in the future. In accordance with English law, the Company’s ordinary shares rank equally.

Directors

Under the Company’s Articles of Association, a Director may not vote in respect of any contract, arrangement, transaction or proposal in which he or she, or any person connected with him or her, has any interest which is to his or her knowledge a material interest other than by virtue of his interests in securities of, or otherwise in or through, the Company. This is subject to certain exceptions relating to proposals (a) indemnifying him in respect of obligations incurred on behalf of the Company, (b) indemnifying a third party in respect of obligations of the Company for which the Director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee, (c) relating to an offer of securities in which he will be interested as an underwriter, (d) concerning another body corporate in which the Director is beneficially interested in less than 1% of the issued shares of any class of shares of such a body corporate, (e) relating to an employee benefit in which the Director will share equally with other employees and (f) relating to any insurance that the Company is empowered to purchase for the benefit of Directors of the Company in respect of actions undertaken as Directors (and/or officers) of the Company.

A Director shall not vote or be counted in any quorum present at a meeting in relation to a resolution on which he is not entitled to vote.

The Board is empowered to exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all monies borrowed after deducting cash and current asset investments by the Company and its subsidiaries shall not exceed the sum of $8,500,000,000.

Any Director who has been appointed by the Board since the previous Annual General Meeting of shareholders, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director, holds office only until the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting (notice of which was given after his or her appointment) and then shall be eligible for re-election by the shareholders. The Company’s Articles of Association provide that all Directors are subject to annual re-election in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. If not re-appointed, a Director retiring at a meeting shall retain office until the meeting appoints someone in his place, or if it does not do so, until the conclusion of the meeting.

The Directors are subject to removal with or without cause by the Board or the shareholders. Directors are not required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification.

Under the Company’s Articles of Association and English law, a Director may be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against liabilities he may sustain or incur in the execution of his duties.

Rights attaching to ordinary shares

Under English law, dividends are payable on the Company’s ordinary shares only out of profits available for distribution, as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the UK and by the Companies Act 2006. Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares are entitled to receive final dividends as may be declared by the Directors and approved by the shareholders in a general meeting, rateable according to the amounts paid up on such shares, provided that the dividend cannot exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

The Company’s Board of Directors may declare such interim dividends as appear to them to be justified by the Company’s financial position.

If authorised by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, the Board may also make a direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the distribution of specific assets (and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of the Company).

Any dividend unclaimed after 12 years from the date the dividend was declared, or became due for payment, will be forfeited and will revert to the Company. Provided that during this 12-year period, at least three dividends whether interim or final on or in respect of the share in question have become payable, and provided further the Company has taken steps which the Board considers reasonable during this 12-year period to trace the shareholder (including, if appropriate, engaging a professional tracing agent) and has sent notice of the Board’s intention to sell the shares, the Board can sell the shares and use such proceeds for any purpose that the Board thinks fit.

Other than those adopted by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in April 2019, there were no material modifications to the rights of shareholders under the Company’s Articles of Association during 2019.

Voting rights of ordinary shares

The Company’s Articles of Association provide that voting at any general meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll, which is a written vote, is duly demanded and held. On a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting has one vote regardless of the number of shares held. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for each ordinary share held by that shareholder. A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

-

The chair of the meeting;

-

At least five shareholders present or by proxy entitled to vote on the resolution;

-

Any shareholder or shareholders representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

Any shareholder or shareholders holding shares conferring a right to vote on the resolution on which there have been paid-up sums in aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

A Form of Proxy will be treated as giving the proxy the authority to demand a poll, or to join others in demanding one, as above.

It is the Company’s usual practice to vote by poll at Annual General Meetings.

The necessary quorum for a general meeting is two shareholders present in person or by proxy carrying the right to vote upon the business to be transacted.

Matters are transacted at general meetings of the Company by the processing and passing of resolutions of which there are two kinds; ordinary and special resolutions:

-

Ordinary resolutions include resolutions for the re-election of Directors, the approval of financial statements, the declaration of dividends (other than interim dividends), the appointment and re-appointment of auditors or the grant of authority to allot shares. An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of those persons voting at the meetings at which there is a quorum.

-

Special resolutions include resolutions amending the Company’s Articles of Association, dis-applying statutory pre-emption rights or changing the Company’s name; modifying the rights of any class of the Company’s shares at a meeting of the holders of such class or relating to certain matters concerning the Company’s winding up. A special resolution requires the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the votes of the persons voting at the meeting at which there is a quorum.

Annual General Meetings must be convened upon advance written notice of 21 days. Other general meetings must be convened upon advance written notice of at least 14 clear days. The days of delivery or receipt of notice are not included. The notice must specify the nature of the business to be transacted. Meetings are convened by the Board. Members with 5% of the ordinary share capital of the Company may requisition the Board to convene a meeting. Any two Members may call a general meeting in order to appoint one or more additional Directors in the event that there are insufficient Directors to be able to call a general meeting, or where they are unwilling to do so.

Variation of rights

If, at any time, the Company’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, with the consent in writing of holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. At every such separate meeting, all the provisions of the Articles of Association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be two or more) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class and at any such meeting a poll may be demanded in writing by any person or their proxy who hold shares of that class. Where a person is present by proxy or proxies, he is treated as holding only the shares in respect of which the proxies are authorised to exercise voting rights.

Rights in a winding up

Except as the Company’s shareholders have agreed or may otherwise agree, upon the Company’s winding up, the balance of assets available for distribution:

-

After the payment of all creditors including certain preferential creditors, whether statutorily preferred creditors or normal creditors;

-

Subject to any special rights attaching to any other class of shares; and

-

Is to be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid-up on the shares held by them. This distribution is generally to be made in US Dollars. A liquidator may, however, upon the adoption of any extraordinary resolution of the shareholders and any other sanction required by law, divide among the shareholders the whole or any part of the Company’s assets in kind.

Limitations on voting and shareholding

There are no limitations imposed by English law or the Company’s Articles of Association on the right of non-residents or foreign persons to hold or vote the Company’s ordinary shares or ADSs, other than the limitations that would generally apply to all of the Company’s shareholders.

Transfers of shares

The Board may refuse to register the transfer of shares held in certificated form which:

-

Are not fully paid (provided that it shall not exercise this discretion in such a way as to prevent stock market dealings in the shares of that class from taking place on an open and proper basis);

-

Are not duly stamped or duly certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the Board to be exempt from stamp duty, lodged at the Transfer Office or at such other place as the Board may appoint and (save in the case of a transfer by a person to whom no certificate was issued in respect of the shares in question) accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates, and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do;

-

Are in respect of more than one class of shares; or

-

Are in favour of more than four transferees.

Deferred shares

Following the re-denomination of share capital on 23 January 2006, the ordinary shares’ nominal value became 20 US cents each. There were no changes to the rights or obligations of the ordinary shares. In order to comply with the Companies Act 2006, a new class of Sterling shares was created, deferred shares, of which 50,000 shares of £1 each were issued and allotted in 2006 as fully paid to the Chief Executive Officer. These shares were subsequently transferred and are now held by the Company Secretary, although the Board reserves the right to transfer them to a member of the Board should it so wish. These deferred shares have no voting or dividend rights and on winding up are only are entitled to repayment at nominal value only if all ordinary shareholders have received the nominal value of their shares plus an additional US$1,000 each.

Amendments

The Company does not have any special rules about amendments to its Articles of Association beyond those imposed by law.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

211

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder information continued

Cross reference to Form 20‑F

This table provides a cross reference from the information included in this Annual Report to the requirements of Form 20- F.

Part I

 

Page

 

Part I

 

Page

Item 1

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

n/a

 

Item 9

The Offer and Listing

 

Item 2

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

n/a

 

 

A – Offer and Listing Details

205–207

Item 3

Key Information

 

 

 

B – Plan of Distribution

n/a

 

A – Selected Financial Data

198–204

 

 

C – Markets

205–206

 

B – Capitalization and Indebtedness

n/a

 

 

D – Selling shareholders

n/a

 

C – Reason for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

n/a

 

 

E – Dilution

n/a

 

D – Risk Factors

194–197

 

 

F – Expenses of the Issue

n/a

Item 4

Information on the Company

 

 

Item 10

Additional Information

 

 

A – History and Development of the Company

187, 193, 214,
215

 

 

A – Share Capital

n/a

 

B – Business Overview

2–49, 138–139,

 

 

B – Memorandum and Articles of Association

210–211

 

C – Organizational Structure

154–155, 189–192

 

 

C – Material Contracts

None

 

D – Property, Plant and Equipment

148–149, 193

 

 

D – Exchange Controls

208

Item 4A

Unresolved Staff Comments

None

 

 

E – Taxation

208–209

Item 5

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

 

 

F – Dividends and Paying Agents

n/a

 

A – Operating results

1, 2, 36–39,

137–143, 194–197

 

 

G – Statement by Experts

n/a

 

B – Liquidity and Capital Resources

39, 158–160,
179–180

 

 

H – Documents on Display

215

 

C – Research and Development, Patents and Licences, etc.

1, 28–29, 141

 

 

I – Subsidiary Information

189–192

 

D – Trend Information

14–15, 38–39, 193–197

 

Item 11

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

161–167,
194–197

 

E – Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

194

 

Item 12

Description of Securities other than Equity Securities

 

 

F – Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

204

 

 

A – Debt Securities

n/a

 

G – Safe Harbor

215

 

 

B – Warrants and Rights

n/a

Item 6

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

 

 

C – Other Securities

n/a

 

A – Directors and Senior Management

53–61

 

 

D – American Depositary Shares

205–206

 

B – Compensation

86–120

 

Part II

 

Page

 

C – Board Practices

53–85

 

Item 13

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None

 

D – Employees

24–25, 142

 

Item 14

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None

 

E – Share Ownership

114–116, 184

 

Item 15

Controls and Procedures

78–79

Item 7

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

 

Item 16

(Reserved)

n/a

 

A – Major shareholders

207

 

 

A – Audit Committee Financial Expert

72

 

B – Related Party Transactions

184, 194

 

 

B – Code of Ethics

79

 

C – Interests of Experts and Counsel

n/a

 

 

C – Principal Accountant Fees and Services

74–75, 142

Item 8

Financial information

 

 

 

D – Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

n/a

 

A – Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

130–184

 

 

E – Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

178, 207

 

  Legal Proceedings

169–170

 

 

F – Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

n/a

 

  Dividends

206–207

 

 

G – Corporate Governance

52

 

B – Significant Changes

None

 

 

H – Mine Safety Disclosure

n/a

 

 

 

 

Part III

 

Page

 

 

 

 

Item 17

Financial Statements

n/a

 

 

 

 

Item 18

Financial Statements

122, 130–184,
200–204

 

 

 

 

Item 19

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Glossary of terms

Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following terms have the meanings shown below:

Term

Meaning

 

Term

Meaning

ACL

The anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) is one of the four major ligaments in the human knee.

     

Knee implants

A product group which includes an innovative range of products for specialised knee replacement procedures.

ADR

In the US, the Company’s ordinary shares are traded in the form of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs).

 

LSE

London Stock Exchange.

MHRA

The Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency in the UK.

ADS

In the US, the Company’s ordinary shares are traded in the form of American Depositary Shares (ADSs).

 

Negative Pressure Wound
Therapy

A technology used to treat chronic wounds such as diabetic ulcers, pressure sores and post-operative wounds through the application of sub-atmospheric pressure to an open wound.

Arthroscopic
Enabling Technologies

A product group which includes a variety of technologies such as fluid management equipment for surgical access, high definition cameras, digital image capture, scopes, light sources and monitors to assist with visualisation inside the joints, radio frequency, electromechanical and mechanical tissue resection devices, and hand instruments for removing damaged tissue.

 

NHS

The UK National Health Service.

NYSE

New York Stock Exchange.

Orthopaedic products

Orthopaedic reconstruction products include joint replacement systems for knees, hips and shoulders and support products such as computer-assisted surgery and minimally invasive surgery techniques. Orthopaedic trauma devices are used in the treatment of bone fractures including rods, pins, screws, plates and external frames.

Advanced Wound Bioactives

A product group which includes biologics and other bioactive technologies that provide unique approaches to debridement and dermal repair/regeneration, and regenerative medicine products including skin, bone graft and articular cartilage substitutes.

Advanced Wound Care

A product group which includes products for the treatment and prevention of acute and chronic wounds, including leg, diabetic and pressure ulcers, burns and post-operative wounds.

Other Reconstruction  

A product group which includes robotics-assisted surgery, bone cement and accessory products.

OXINIUM

OXINIUM material is an advanced load bearing technology. It is created through a proprietary manufacturing process that enables zirconium to absorb oxygen and transform to a ceramic on the surface, resulting in a material that incorporates the features of ceramic and metal. Management believes that OXINIUM material used in the production of components of knee and hip implants exhibits unique performance characteristics due to its hardness, low-friction and resistance to roughening and abrasion.

Advanced Wound
Devices

A product group which includes traditional and single-use Negative Pressure Wound Therapy, a patient monitoring system for pressure injury prevention and patient mobility monitoring, and hydrosurgery systems.

AGM

Annual General Meeting of the Company.

 

Arthroscopy

Endoscopy of the joints is termed ‘arthroscopy’, with the principal applications being the knee and shoulder.

Basis Point

One hundredth of one percentage point.

 

Parent Company

Smith & Nephew plc.

Chronic wounds

Chronic wounds are those with long or unknown healing times including leg ulcers, pressure sores and diabetic foot ulcers.

Pound Sterling, Sterling, £,
pence or p

References to UK currency. 1p is equivalent to one hundredth of £1.

Company

Smith & Nephew plc or, where appropriate, the Company’s Board of Directors, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

SEC

US Securities and Exchange Commission.

Sports
Medicine Joint Repair

The Sports Medicine Joint Repair franchise includes instruments, technologies and implants necessary to perform minimally invasive surgery of joints.

Companies
Act

Companies Act 2006, as amended, of England and Wales.

 

Emerging Markets

Emerging Markets include Latin America, Asia (excluding Japan), Africa and Russia.

 

Trading
results

Trading profit, trading profit margin (trading profit expressed as a percentage of revenue), trading cash flow and trading profit to cash conversion ratio (trading cash flow expressed as a percentage of trading profit) are trend measures, which present the profitability of the Group. The adjustments made exclude the impact of specific transactions that management considers affect the Group’s short-term profitability and cash flows, and comparability of results. The Group has identified the following items, where material, as those to be excluded from operating profit and cash generated from operations when arriving at trading profit and trading cash flow, respectively: acquisition and disposal related items arising in connection with business combinations, including amortisation of acquisition intangible assets, impairments and integration costs; restructuring events; and gains and losses resulting from legal disputes and uninsured losses. In addition to these items, gains and losses that materially impact the Group’s profitability or cash flows on a short-term or one-off basis are excluded from operating profit and cash generated from operations when arriving at trading profit and trading cash flow. The cash contribution to fund defined benefit pension schemes that are closed to future accrual and IFRS 16 lease payments are also excluded from cash generated from operations when arriving at trading cash flow.

EPSA

EPSA (Adjusted earnings per ordinary share) is a trend measure, which presents the profitability of the Group excluding the post-tax impact of specific transactions that management considers affects the Group’s short-term profitability and comparability of results. The Group presents this measure to assist investors in their understanding of trends. Adjusted attributable profit is the numerator used for this measure and is determined by adjusting attributable profit for the items that are excluded from operating profit when arriving at trading profit and items that are recognised below operating profit that affect the Group’s short-term profitability.

 

 

Endoscopy

Through a small incision, surgeons are able to see inside the body using a monitor and identify and repair defects.

 

Established Markets

Established Markets are United States of America, Europe, Australia, New Zealand, Canada and Japan.

 

Euro or €

References to the common currency used in the majority of the countries of the European Union.

 

FDA

US Food and Drug Administration.

Financial statements

Refers to the consolidated Group Accounts of Smith & Nephew plc.

FTSE 100

Index of the largest 100 listed companies on the London Stock Exchange by market capitalisation.

Trauma & Extremities

A product group which includes internal and external devices used in the stabilisation of severe fractures and deformity correction procedures.

Group or Smith+Nephew

Used for convenience to refer to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.

UK

United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

Health economics

A branch of economics concerned with issues related to efficiency, effectiveness, value and behaviour in the production and consumption of health and healthcare.

Underlying growth

Growth after adjusting for the effects of currency translation and the inclusion of the comparative impact of acquisitions and exclusion of disposals.

US

United States of America.

Hip Implants

A product group which includes specialist products for reconstruction of the hip joint.

 

US Dollars, $ or cents or ¢

References to US currency. 1 cent is equivalent to one hundredth of US$1.

IFRIC

International Financial Reporting Interpretations as adopted by the EU and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

 

 

 

 

IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

213

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder information continued

Iran notice

Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act requires issuers to make specific disclosure in their annual reports of certain types of dealings with Iran, including transactions or dealings with Iranian government-owned entities, as well as dealings with entities sanctioned for activities related to terrorism or proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, even when those activities are not prohibited by US law and do not involve US persons.

The Group does not have a legal entity based in Iran, but in 2019 it exported certain medical devices to Iran, via sales by non- US entities, to a privately owned Iranian distributor for sale in Iran. Sales by the distributor were made to hospitals that we understand are owned or controlled by the Government of Iran.

The Group’s direct and indirect sales of US origin medical devices into Iran are permitted pursuant to section 560.530(a)(3)(i) of the Iranian Transactions and Sanctions Regulations, and its indirect sales of non-US origin medical devices into Iran are made in accordance with applicable law. The Group also provides training to its distributor(s) and surgeons in Iran as necessary and ordinarily incident to the safe and effective use of the medical devices, which is also permitted by applicable law.

In 2019, Smith+Nephew’s gross revenues from sales to Iran were approximately US$6.2m and net losses were approximately US$1.0m.

The Group is reporting the entire gross revenues and net losses for the activities described above, which figures include sales of US origin medical devices. Although the Group is not required to disclose the sales of US origin medical devices because such sales to Iran are licensed under US law, the Group is including sales of these devices in its total gross revenue and net profit figures as it does not separately break out revenues and profits by country of origin.    

About Smith+Nephew

The Smith+Nephew Group (the Group) is a portfolio medical technology business with leadership positions in Orthopaedics, Advanced Wound Management and Sports Medicine, and revenue of approximately $5.1bn in 2019. Smith & Nephew plc (the Company) is the Parent Company of the Group. It is an English public limited company with its shares listed on the premium list of the UK Listing Authority and traded on the London Stock Exchange. Shares are also traded on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depositary Shares (ADSs).

This is the Annual Report of Smith & Nephew plc for the year ended 31 December 2019. It comprises, in a single document, the Annual Report and Accounts of the Company in accordance with UK requirements and the Annual Report on Form 20-F in accordance with the regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Smith+Nephew operates on a worldwide basis and has distribution channels in over 100 countries. The Group is engaged in a single business activity, being the development, manufacture and sale of medical technology products and services. In 2019, Smith+Nephew’s operations were organised into three global franchises (Orthopaedics, Sports Medicine & ENT, and Advanced Wound Management) within the medical technology industry.

Smith+Nephew’s corporate website, www.smith-nephew.com, gives additional information on the Group, including an electronic version of this Annual Report. Information made available on this website, or other websites mentioned in this Annual Report, are not and should not be regarded as being part of, or incorporated into, this Annual Report.

The terms ‘Group’ and ‘Smith+Nephew’ are used to refer to Smith & Nephew plc and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise.

For the convenience of the reader, a Glossary of terms used in this document is included on pages 213. The product names referred to in this document are identified by use of capital letters and the ◊ symbol (on first occurrence) and are trademarks owned by or licensed to members of the Group. 

Presentation

The Group’s fiscal year end is 31 December. References to a particular year in this Annual Report are to the fiscal year, unless otherwise indicated. Except as the context otherwise requires, ‘ordinary share’ or ‘share’ refer to the ordinary shares of Smith & Nephew plc of 20 US cents each.

The Group Accounts of Smith & Nephew plc in this Annual Report are presented in US Dollars. Solely for the convenience of the reader, certain parts of this Annual Report contain translations of amounts in US Dollars into Sterling at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the US Dollar amounts actually represent such Sterling amounts or could be converted into Sterling at the rate indicated.

Unless stated otherwise, the translation of US Dollars and cents to Sterling and pence in this Annual Report has been made at the Bank of England exchange rate on the date indicated. On 14 February 2020, the latest practicable date for this Annual Report, the Bank of England rate was US$1.3015 per £1.00.

The results of the Group, as reported in US Dollars, are affected by movements in exchange rates between US Dollars and other currencies.

The Group applied the average exchange rates prevailing during the year to translate the results of companies with functional currency other than US Dollars. The currencies which most influenced these translations in the years covered by this report were Sterling, Swiss Franc and the Euro.

The Accounts of the Group in this Annual Report are presented in millions (m) unless otherwise indicated. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

The Group’s reports filed with, or furnished to, the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including this document and written information released, or oral statements made, to the public in the future by or on behalf of the Group, contain ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of the US Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that may or may not prove accurate. For example, statements regarding expected revenue growth and trading profit margins discussed under ‘Outlook’ and ‘Strategic Priorities’, market trends and our product pipeline are forward-looking statements. Phrases such as ‘aim’, ‘plan’, ‘intend’, ‘anticipate’, ‘well-placed’, ‘believe’, ‘estimate’, ‘expect’, ‘target’, ‘consider’ and similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results, to differ materially from what is expressed or implied by the statements.

For Smith+Nephew, these factors include: economic and financial conditions in the markets we serve, especially those affecting healthcare providers, payers and customers; price levels for established and innovative medical devices; developments in medical technology; regulatory approvals, reimbursement decisions or other government actions; manufacturing and supply related risk; product defects or recalls; litigation relating to patent or other claims; legal compliance risks and related investigative, remedial or enforcement actions; strategic actions, including acquisitions and dispositions and our success in performing due diligence, valuing and integrating acquired businesses; disruption that may result from transactions or other changes we make in our business plans or organisation to adapt to market developments and numerous other matters that affect us or our markets, including those of a political, economic, business, competitive or reputational nature; relationships with healthcare professionals; reliance on information technology and cybersecurity. Specific risks faced by the Group are described under ‘Risk factors’ on pages 194–197 of this Annual Report. Any forward-looking statement is based on information available to Smith+Nephew as of the date of the statement. All written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to Smith+Nephew are qualified by this caution. Smith+Nephew does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect any change in circumstances or in Smith+Nephew’s expectations.

 

Product data

Product data and product share estimates throughout this report are derived from a variety of sources including publicly available competitors’ information, internal management information and independent market research reports.

 

Documents on display

It is possible to read and copy documents referred to in this Annual Report at the Registered Office of the Company. Documents referred to in this Annual Report that have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the US may be read and copied at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. This Annual Report and some of the other information submitted by the Group to the SEC may be accessed through the SEC website.

Corporate headquarters and registered office

The corporate headquarters is in the UK and the registered office address is:

Smith & Nephew plc

Building 5, Croxley Park,

Hatters Lane, Watford,

Hertfordshire WD18 8YE UK.

Registered in England and Wales

No. 324357.

Tel: +44(0)1923 477 100

www.smith-nephew.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

215

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder information continued

Index

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting Policies

130, 135–137

    

Group statement of comprehensive income

131

Accounts Presentation

214

 

Intangible assets

152–153

Acquisitions

7, 36, 181–183

 

Intellectual property

170

Acquisition and disposal related items

140, 202–203

 

Interest and other finance costs

143

American Depositary Shares

205–206

 

Inventories

155–156

Articles of Association

210–211

 

Investments

154

Audit fees

74–75, 142

 

Investment in associates

154–155

Board

54–57

 

Key Performance Indicators

1

Business overview

2–3, 189–192

 

Leases

135–136, 142, 183

Business segment information

14–23, 137–141

 

Legal and other

141, 202–203

Cash and borrowings

158–160

 

Legal proceedings

169–170

Chair’s statement

4–5

 

Liquidity and capital resources

39, 159

Chief Executive Officer’s review

6–7

 

Manufacturing & quality

31

Chief Financial Officer’s review

36–37

 

Medical education

30

Company balance sheet

185

 

New accounting standards

135–136

Company notes to the accounts

187–192

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

194

Compliance & Culture

26, 80-85

 

Operating profit

141–142

Contingencies

168–170, 188

 

Other finance costs

143

Contractual obligations

204

 

Our growing markets

14–15

Corporate Governance Statement

52

 

Outlook and trend information

14–15, 36–39,

193–197

Critical judgements and estimates

130

 

Parent Company accounts

185–192

Cross Reference to Form 20-F

212

 

People/Employees

24–25

Currency fluctuations

195

 

Provisions

168–170

Currency translation

137

 

Property, plant and equipment

148–150

Deferred taxation

146–147

 

Regulation

14, 44

Directors’ Remuneration Report

86–120

 

Related party transactions

184, 194

Directors’ responsibility statement

122

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

123–129

Dividends

179, 206–207

 

Research & development

28–29

Earnings per share

1, 37, 38, 147–148

 

Restructuring and rationalisation expenses

141, 202–203

Employees/People

24–25

 

Retirement benefit obligations

170–176

Employee share plans

184

 

Risk factors

194–197

Executive Officers

58–61

 

Risk report

40–51

Factors affecting results of operations

198

 

Sales & marketing

27

Financial instruments

161–167

 

Selected financial data

198–199

Financial review

38–39

 

Share-based payments

184

Glossary of terms

213

 

Share capital

177–178, 207–208

Goodwill

150–152

 

Shareholder information

205–216

Group balance sheet

132

 

Strategic imperatives

8

Group cash flow statement

133

 

Sustainability

32–35

Group companies

189–192

 

Taxation

143–147

Group history

193

 

Taxation information for shareholders

208–209

Group income statement

131

 

Total shareholder return

118

Group notes to the accounts

135–184

 

Trade and other payables

158

Group overview

2–3, 193

 

Trade and other receivables

156–157

Group statement of changes in equity

134

 

Treasury shares

178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial calendar

Annual General Meeting

The Company’s Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) will be held on Thursday, 9 April 2020 at 2:00 pm at No.11 Cavendish Square, London W1G 0AN. 

Registered shareholders have been sent either a Notice of Annual General Meeting or notification of availability of the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

 

 

 

2020

Annual General Meeting

9 April

First quarter Trading Report

6 May

Payment of 2019 final dividend

6 May

Half year results announced

29 July1

Third quarter Trading Report

29 October

Payment of 2019 interim dividend

October/November

 

 

 

2021

Full year results announced

February1

Annual Report available

February/March

Annual General Meeting

April

 

1

Dividend declaration dates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

217

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

Description of Document

Incorporated Herein by Reference To

Filed
Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Articles of Association

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Smith & Nephew plc is not party to any single instrument relating to long-term debt pursuant to which a total amount of securities exceeding 10% of Smith & Nephew plc’s total assets (on a consolidated basis) is authorized to be issued. Smith & Nephew plc hereby agrees to furnish to the SEC, upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of holders of its long-term debt or the rights of holders of the long-term debt of any of its subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

(d)

Description of securities registered under section 12 of the exchange act

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

4

(a) (i)

Agreement and Appendices dated 19 November 2014 by and among Smith & Nephew plc and the purchasers listed in Schedule A    

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2014 filed on March 5, 2015 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Agreement dated 15 June 2018 by and among Smith & Nephew plc; J.P. Morgan Securities plc; Bank Of America Merrill Lynch International Limited; Bank Of China Limited, London Branch; HSBC Bank Plc; Mizuho Bank, Ltd.; Societe Generale, London Branch; Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation; and Wells Fargo Bank N.A., London Branch

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 filed on March 4, 2019 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Material contract: Agreements and Plan of Merger dated 12 March 2019 by and among Smith & Nephew Consolidated, Inc., Papyrus Acquisition Corp., Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. and Smith & Nephew plc

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

Material contract: Note purchase agreement dated 18 December 2019 by and among Smith & Nephew plc and the purchasers listed in Schedule A

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

Description of Document

Incorporated Herein by Reference To

Filed
Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

4

(c) (i)

Letter of Appointment of Ian Barlow

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed on March 26, 2010 (File No. 1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Letter of Appointment of The Rt. Hon Baroness Virginia Bottomley

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed on February 28, 2013 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Letter of Appointment of Michael Friedman

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed on February 28, 2013 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

Letter of Appointment of Roberto Quarta

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed on March 6, 2014 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

Letter of Appointment of Vinita Bali 

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2014 filed on March 5, 2015 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

Letter of Appointment of Erik Engstrom 

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2014 filed on March 5, 2015 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)

Letter of Re-Appointment of The Rt. Hon Baroness Virginia Bottomley DL

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2014 filed on March 5, 2015 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(viii)

Letter of Appointment of Robin Freestone

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed on March 4, 2016 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ix)

Letter of Re-Appointment of Ian Barlow 

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed on March 4, 2016 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(x)

Letter of Re-Appointment of Michael Friedman

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed on March 4, 2016 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xi)

Smith & Nephew plc Global Share Plan 2010

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 filed on March 6, 2017 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xii)

Smith & Nephew ShareSave Plan (2012)

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed on February 28, 2013 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xiii)

Smith & Nephew International ShareSave Plan (2012) 

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed on February 28, 2013 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xiv)

Service Agreement of Graham Baker

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 filed on March 6, 2017 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

219

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

Description of Document

Incorporated Herein by Reference To

Filed
Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

4

(c)(x)

Letter of Appointment of Robin Freestone as Audit Committee Chairman 

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 filed on March 6, 2017 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xvi)

Letter of Appointment of Ian Barlow as Senior Independent Director

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 filed on March 6, 2017 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xvii)

Letter of Re-Appointment of Roberto Quarta

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 filed on March 6, 2017 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xviii)

Letter of Appointment of Marc Owen

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on March 5, 2018 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xix)

Letter of Appointment of Angie Risley

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on March 5, 2018 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xx)

Letter of Appointment of Roland Diggelmann

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on March 5, 2018 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxi)

Letter of Re-Appointment of Vinita Bali

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on March 5, 2018 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxii)

Letter of Re-Appointment of The Rt. Hon Baroness Virginia Bottomley

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on March 5, 2018 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxiii)

Letter of Re-Appointment of Erik Engstrom

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on March 5, 2018 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxiv)

Service agreement of Namal Nawana

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 filed on March 4, 2019 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxv)

Letter of Re-Appointment of The Rt. Hon Baroness Virginia Bottomley

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 filed on March 4, 2019 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxvi)

Letter of Re-Appointment of Robin Freestone

Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 filed on March 4, 2019 (File No.1-14978)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

Description of Document

Incorporated Herein by Reference To

Filed
Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

4

(c)(xxvii)

Service agreement of Roland Diggelmann

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxvii)(a)

Letter of appointment of Roland Diggelmann

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxviii)

Letter of Re-Appointment of Angie Risley

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxix)

Letter of Re-Appointment of Marc Owen

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxx)

Letter of Re-Appointment of Roberto Quarta

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxxi)

Letter of Re-Appointment of The Rt. Hon Baroness Virginia Bottomley

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Principal Subsidiaries

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

12

(a)

Certification of Roland Diggelmann filed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a -14(a)

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Certification of Graham Baker filed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a -14(a)

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

13

(a)

Certification of Roland Diggelmann and Graham Baker furnished pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a – 14(b)

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

15.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

221

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

Description of Document

Incorporated Herein by Reference To

Filed
Herewith

 

 

 

 

101.INS*

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

Strategy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

Smith & Nephew plc

 

(Registrant)

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan Swabey

 

Susan Swabey

 

Company Secretary

Watford, England
March 2, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smith+Nephew Annual Report 2019

 

 

 

 

223

 

Exhibit 1

No. 324357

THE COMPANIES ACT 2006

 


 

ARTICLES  OF ASSOCIATION

- of -

 

SMITH & NEPHEW plc

 

(adopted by Special Resolution at a general meeting of the
Company held on 11 April 2019)

 


CONTENTS

 

 

 

ARTICLE

PAGE

 

 

PRELIMINARY

1

1.

Exclusion of Model Articles and Table A

1

2.

Definitions and Interpretation

1

SHARES

3

3.

Rights attaching to shares

3

4.

Redemption of shares

4

5.

Allotment at a discount

4

6.

Payment of commission and brokerage

4

7.

Allotment of shares

4

8.

Recognition of trusts

4

SHARE CERTIFICATES

5

9.

Uncertificated shares

5

10.

Share certificates and right to share certificates

5

11.

Share certificate of joint holders

6

12.

Replacement of share certificates

6

13.

Payment for share certificates

6

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

7

14.

Variation of class rights

7

15.

Separate general meetings

7

16.

Issues of further shares

7

CALLS ON SHARES

7

17.

Calls

7

18.

Timing and payment of calls

8

19.

Liability of joint holders

8

20.

Interest due on non-payment of calls

8

21.

Deemed calls

8

22.

Power to differentiate between holders

8

23.

Payment of calls in advance

8

FORFEITURE AND LIEN

9

24.

Notice if call or instalment not paid

9

25.

Form of notice

9

26.

Forfeiture for non-compliance

9

27.

Notice after forfeiture

9

28.

Disposal of forfeited shares

9

29.

Annulment of forfeiture

10

30.

Continuing liability

10

31.

Lien on partly-paid shares

10

32.

Enforcement of lien by sale

10

33.

Application of sale proceeds

11

34.

Statutory declaration

11

TRANSFER OF SHARES

11

35.

Transfers of uncertificated shares

11

36.

Form of transfer

11

37.

Right to decline registration

12

38.

Further rights to decline registration

12

39.

Notice of refusal to register

12

 

 

 

 

40.

Retention of instruments of transfer

12

41.

No fee for registration

12

42.

Destruction of documents

13

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

14

43.

Transmission on death

14

44.

Person entitled by transmission

14

45.

Restrictions on election

14

46.

Rights of persons entitled by transmission

14

UNTRACED MEMBERS

15

47.

Power to sell shares

15

48.

Power to sell further shares

15

49.

Authority to effect sale and application of sale proceeds

15

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

16

50.

Consolidation and sub-division

16

51.

Fractions of shares

16

GENERAL MEETINGS

17

52.

Annual general meeting

17

53.

Convening of general meetings

17

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

17

54.

Length and form of notice

17

55.

Omission or non-receipt of notice of resolution or meeting or proxy

17

56.

Postponement of general meetings

18

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

18

57.

Quorum

18

58.

Procedure if quorum not present

18

59.

Arrangements for simultaneous attendance, security and orderly conduct

18

60.

Chair of general meetings and casting vote

19

61.

Adjournments

20

62.

Directors' right to attend and speak

20

63.

Amendments to resolutions

20

64.

Method of voting and demand for a poll

21

65.

Timing and procedure for a poll

21

VOTES OF MEMBERS

22

66.

Votes of Members and of joint holders

22

67.

Voting on behalf of incapable Member

22

68.

Suspension of rights for non-payment of calls and non-disclosure of interests

22

69.

Objections to and errors in voting

25

70.

Voting on a poll

25

71.

Execution of proxies

25

72.

Appointment of proxies

25

73.

Delivery of proxies

26

74.

Validity of proxies

27

75.

Authority of proxies to call for a poll

27

76.

Cancellation of proxy's authority

27

77.

Corporate representatives

28

78.

Powers of corporate representatives

28

DIRECTORS

28

79.

Number of Directors

28

80.

Directors' shareholding qualification

28

 

 

 

 

81.

Age of Directors

28

82.

Other interests of Directors

28

83.

Directors' fees

29

84.

Directors expenses

29

85.

Additional remuneration

29

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

29

86.

Alternate Directors

29

BORROWING POWERS

30

87.

Directors' borrowing powers and restrictions on borrowing

30

POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD

31

88.

Powers of Company vested in the Board

31

89.

Pensions, insurance and gratuities for Directors and others

32

90.

Local boards

33

91.

Attorneys

33

92.

Official seal

33

93.

Overseas branch register

34

94.

Directors' permitted interests and entitlement to vote

34

95.

Exercise of Company's voting powers

38

96.

Signing of cheques etc.

38

97.

Minutes

38

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

38

98.

Vacation of a Director's office

38

RETIREMENT AND SUBMISSION FOR RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

39

99.

Regular submission of Directors for re-election

39

100.

Appointment of Directors by separate resolution

39

101.

Persons eligible for appointment

39

102.

Provisions if insufficient directors appointed

40

103.

Casual vacancies and additional Directors - powers of Company

40

104.

Casual vacancies and additional Directors - powers of the Board

40

105.

Power of removal by special resolution

41

106.

Appointment of replacement Director

41

PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD

41

107.

Board meetings and participation

41

108.

Quorum at board meetings

41

109.

Voting at board meetings

41

110.

Notice of board meetings

42

111.

Directors below minimum

42

112.

Appointment of chair and deputy chair of meetings

42

113.

Delegation of the Board's powers to committees and otherwise

42

114.

Validity of Directors' acts

43

115.

Written resolution of the Board

43

MANAGING AND EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

43

116.

Appointment of executive Directors

43

117.

Remuneration of executive Directors

44

118.

Powers of executive Directors

44

SECRETARY

44

119.

Appointment and removal of Secretary

44

THE SEAL

44

120.

Use of Seal

44

 

 

 

 

RESERVE

45

121.

Establishment of reserve

45

DIVIDENDS

45

122.

Declarations of dividends by Company

45

123.

Payment of interim and fixed dividends by the Board

45

124.

Restrictions on dividends

46

125.

Calculation of dividends

46

126.

Deductions of amounts due on shares and waiver of dividends

46

127.

Dividends other than in cash

46

128.

Payment procedure

48

129.

Interest

50

130.

Uncashed and unclaimed dividends

50

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS AND SCRIP DIVIDENDS

51

131.

Power to capitalise

51

132.

Authority required

52

133.

Provision for fractions etc.

52

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

52

134.

Power to extend inspection to Members

52

135.

Limit on Members' right to inspect

52

NOTICES

53

136.

Service of notice and curtailment of postal service

53

137.

Members resident abroad

54

138.

Notice deemed served

54

139.

Notice to joint holders

54

140.

Service of notice on persons entitled by transmission

54

141.

No entitlement to receive notice if Company has no current address

55

COMMUNICATION

55

142.

Electronic Communication

55

143.

Communications to the Company

56

 

PROVISION FOR EMPLOYEES

56

144.

Provision for employees

56

WINDING UP

56

145.

Distribution of assets

56

INDEMNITY

57

146.

Indemnity of directors

57

147.

Funding of expenditure

57

148.

Limited liability

57

 

 

PRELIMINARY

1.            Exclusion of Model Articles and Table A

The regulations contained in Model Articles of Association applicable to the Company under or pursuant to the 2006 Act, or in Table A in the schedule to The Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985 and in any Table A applicable to the Company, under any former enactment relating to companies shall not apply to the Company except in so far as they are repeated or contained in these Articles.

2.             Definitions and Interpretation

2.1          In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

"the Act" or "the 2006 Act" means the Companies Act 2006;

"address" shall, in any case where electronic form is permitted by or pursuant to these Articles or the 2006 Act, include a number or address used for the purpose of sending or receiving notices, documents or information by electronic means but, in any other case, shall not include any number or address used for such purpose;

"Articles" means these articles of association as altered from time to time;

"Auditors" means the auditors for the time being of the Company;

"the Board" means the directors or any of them acting as the board of directors for the time being of the Company;

"clear days' notice" means that the notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is served or deemed to be served and of the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

"Company" means Smith & Nephew plc (company number 00324357);

"deferred shares" means the deferred shares of £1 each in the capital of the Company;

"Director" means a director of the Company;

"dividend" includes bonus;

"electronic form" and "electronic means" shall, where the context so admits, have the same meaning as in the 2006 Act;

"London Stock Exchange" means London Stock Exchange plc;

"Member" means a member of the Company;

"month" means calendar month;

"Office" means the registered office for the time being of the Company;

"ordinary shares" means the ordinary shares of US$0.2 each in the capital of the Company;

1

"paid up" includes credited as paid up;

"properly authenticated dematerialised instruction"  shall have the same meaning as in  the Regulations;

"Register" means the register of Members of the Company required to be kept by the Statutes;

"Regulations" means the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001;

"relevant system" shall have the same meaning as in the Regulations;

"Seal" means the common seal of the Company or any official or securities seal that the Company may have or be permitted to have under the Statutes;

"Secretary" includes a joint, deputy or assistant secretary, and any person appointed by the Board to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company;

"shares" means any shares in the capital of the Company, including ordinary shares and deferred shares;

"Statutes" means the Companies Acts as defined by section 2 of the 2006 Act,  and  includes the Regulations, and every other statute or subordinate legislation for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting the Company;

"treasury shares" means qualifying shares (within the meaning of section 724(2) of the 2006 Act) held by the Company under section 724(3)(a) of the 2006 Act;

"United Kingdom" means Great Britain and Northern Ireland; and

"in writing" and "written" includes printing, lithography, typewriting, photography and other modes of representing or reproducing words which enables them to be read and a copy of them retained, whether sent or supplied in electronic form or by electronic means, made available on a website or otherwise (save where expressly stated otherwise) and whether in one or several documents, each executed or authenticated in such a manner as the Board may approve.

2.2          Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural, and vice versa.

2.3          Words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender.

2.4          Words importing individuals and words importing persons shall include bodies corporate and unincorporated associations.

2.5           Any reference herein to the provisions of any statute or of any subordinate legislation shall include any amendment or re-enactment (with or without amendment) thereof for the time being in force.

2

2.6         Subject as aforesaid, and unless the context otherwise requires, words and expressions defined in the Statutes, or the Regulations, shall bear the same meanings in these Articles.

2.7         A special resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an ordinary resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles.

2.8          References herein to a share being in uncertificated form are references to that share being an uncertificated unit of a security.

2.9          Headings to these Articles are for convenience only and shall not affect construction.

2.10       Any power of the Board or any Directors, or of any person to whom such powers have been delegated in accordance with these Articles, to exercise a discretion, make a determination, take a decision or take any action shall be construed as conferring a right to exercise such power in such a way as he or she or they, in his or her or their absolute discretion, think fit, and any references to "as the Board may think fit" and "in its absolute discretion" shall be construed accordingly.

SHARES

3.            Rights attaching to shares

3.1         Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, any share in the Company may be issued with such rights (including preferred, deferred or other special rights) or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution determine (or, in the absence of any such determination, as the Board may determine).

3.2         The holder of a deferred share shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company.

3.3         The holder of a deferred share shall not have any right to participate in any distribution of the Company's assets on a winding up or other distribution except that after the return of the nominal amount paid up on each share in the capital of the Company of any class other than the deferred shares and the distribution of a further US$1,000 in respect of each such share there shall be distributed to a holder of a deferred share (for each deferred share held by him or her) an amount equal to the nominal value of the deferred share.

3.4         A holder of a deferred share shall not be entitled in respect of such holding to receive notice of any general meeting nor to attend, speak or vote at any general meeting.

3.5         The Company may from time to time create, allot and issue further shares, whether ranking pari passu with, in priority to or deferred to, or having more favourable rights in terms of income, capital, voting or otherwise, to the deferred shares, and such creation, allotment or issue shall be deemed not to involve a variation of the rights attaching to the deferred shares for any purpose. A reduction in or repayment of the share capital (whether or not issued or fully or partly paid up) of the Company or the other capital reserves of the Company shall not

3

involve a variation of the rights attaching to the deferred shares, and the Company shall be entitled at any time to reduce or repay the whole or any part of its share capital (whether or not issued or fully or partly paid up) or its other capital reserves (subject in each case to the confirmation of the Court to the extent required by and in accordance with the Act) without obtaining the consent of the holders of the deferred shares.

4.            Redemption of shares

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, any shares may be issued which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Member. The terms and conditions and manner of redemption may be determined by the Directors provided that this is done before the shares are allotted.

5.            Allotment at a discount

The shares of the Company shall not be allotted at a discount and save as permitted by the Statutes shall not be allotted except as paid up at least as to one-quarter of their nominal value and the whole of any premium thereon.

6.            Payment of commission and brokerage

The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Statutes to the full extent thereby permitted. Such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

7.            Allotment of shares

Save as otherwise provided in the Statutes or in these Articles, the Board may allot (with or without conferring a right of renunciation), grant options over, offer or otherwise deal with or dispose of shares in the Company to such persons at such times and generally on such  terms and conditions as they may determine. The Board may at any time after the allotment of any share but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may think fit to impose.

8.            Recognition of trusts

Except as required by law or pursuant to the provisions of these Articles, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and (except only as by these Articles or by law otherwise provided or under an order of a court of competent jurisdiction) the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share or any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

4

SHARE CERTIFICATES

9.            Uncertificated shares

9.1         Unless otherwise determined by the Board and permitted by the Regulations, no person shall be entitled to receive a certificate in respect of any share for so long as the title to that share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and for so long as transfers of that share may be made otherwise than by a written instrument by virtue of the Regulations or if the Company is not required by law to issue a certificate. Notwithstanding any provisions of these Articles, the Board shall have power to implement any arrangements it may, in its discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of an uncertificated share (subject always to the Regulations and the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned). No provision of these Articles shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding of shares in uncertificated form.

9.2         Conversion of a certificated share into an uncertificated share, and vice versa, may be made in such manner as the Board may, in its discretion, think fit (subject always to the Regulations and the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned).

9.3         The Company shall enter on the Register how many shares are held by each Member in uncertificated form and in certificated form and shall maintain the Register in each case as required by the Regulations and the relevant system concerned. Unless the Board otherwise determines, holdings of the same holder or joint holders in certificated form and uncertificated form shall be treated as separate holdings.

9.4         A class of share shall not be treated as two classes by virtue only of that class comprising both certificated shares and uncertificated shares or as a result of any provision of these Articles or the Regulations which applies only in respect of certificated or uncertificated shares.

9.5         The Company shall be entitled, in accordance with regulation 32(2)(c) of the Regulations, to require the conversion of an uncertificated share into certificated form to enable it to deal with that share in accordance with any provision in these Articles, including in particular, Articles 32, 47 to 49, 51 and 68.

9.6         The provisions of Articles 10 to 13 inclusive shall not apply to uncertificated shares.

10.          Share certificates and right to share certificates

10.1       Every share certificate shall specify the number and class and the distinguishing number (if any) of the shares to which it relates and the amount paid up thereon. No certificate shall be issued relating to shares of more than one class. Every certificate shall be executed or authenticated under the seal or otherwise in accordance with Article 120 or in such other manner as the Board may approve.

10.2       Subject to Article 9, every person (other than a recognised clearing house (within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or a nominee of a recognised clearing house or of a recognised investment exchange (within the meaning of the Financial

5

Services and Markets Act 2000) in respect of whom the Company is not by law required to complete and have ready for delivery a certificate) upon becoming the holder of a certificated share and whose name is entered as a Member on the Register shall be entitled without payment to receive within two months after allotment or lodgement of transfer (or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide) one certificate for all the certificated shares registered in his or her name or, in the case of shares of more than one class being registered in his or her name, a separate certificate for each class of certificated share so registered, and where a Member (except such a clearing house or nominee) transfers part of the shares of any class registered in his or her name he or she shall be entitled without payment to one certificate for the balance of certificated shares of that class retained by him or her. If a Member shall require additional certificates or if he or she requests a single certificate be issued in lieu of two or more certificates representing the same class of share he or she shall pay for each additional certificate such reasonable administrative expenses (if any) as the Board may determine. Each share certificate sent by the Company (or its agent) shall be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate and neither the Company (nor its agent) shall be responsible for any share certificate lost or destroyed in the course of delivery.

11.          Share certificate of joint holders

In respect of certificated shares of one class held jointly by more than one person the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for such shares to one of the joint holders of such shares shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

12.          Replacement of share certificates

If any certificate be defaced then upon delivery thereof to the Board it may order the same to be cancelled and may issue a new certificate in lieu thereof; and if any certificate be worn out, lost or destroyed, then upon proof thereof to the satisfaction of the Board and on such indemnity with or without security as the Board deems adequate being given, a new certificate in lieu thereof shall be given to the party entitled to such worn out, lost or destroyed certificate.

13.          Payment for share certificates

Every certificate issued under the last preceding Article shall be issued without payment, but there shall be paid to the Company such exceptional out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the investigation of such request and the preparation and execution of any such indemnity or security) as the Board thinks fit.

6

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

14.          Variation of class rights

If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class or any of such rights may, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be abrogated or varied with the consent in writing of the holders of at least three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

15.          Separate general meetings

To every such separate general meeting the provisions of chapter  3 of  part  13 of  the  2006 Act (save as stated in section 334(2) to (3)) and the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall, mutatis mutandis, so far as applicable apply, subject to the following provisions, namely:

15.1       the necessary quorum at any such meeting, other than an adjourned meeting, shall be two persons present holding at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class in question (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares) and at an adjourned meeting one person present holding shares of the class in question; and

15.2        any holder of shares of the class in question present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

For the purposes of Article 15.1 above, where a person is present by proxy or proxies, he or she is treated as holding only the shares in respect of which those proxies are authorised to exercise voting rights.

16.          Issues of further shares

The rights attached to any class of shares shall, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or by the terms upon which such shares are for the time being held, be deemed not to be abrogated or varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

CALLS ON SHARES

17.          Calls

The Board may, subject to the terms of allotment thereof, from time to time make such calls upon the Members as they think fit in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) and each Member shall (subject to the Company serving on him or her at least 14 days' notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times and place so specified the amount called on his or her shares. A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part, as the Board may determine. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for

7

all calls made upon him or her notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.

18.          Timing and payment of calls

A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed and may be required to be paid by instalments.

19.          Liability of joint holders

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

20.           Interest due on non-payment of calls

If a sum payable in respect of any call or instalment is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the sum at such rate, not exceeding 15 per cent. per annum, as the Board may determine from the day appointed for the payment thereof until the actual payment thereof, and all expenses that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment; but the Board may, if it shall think fit, waive the payment of such interest and expenses or any part thereof.

21.          Deemed calls

Any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable on allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which by the terms of issue the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

22.          Power to differentiate between holders

The Board may, on the issue of shares, differentiate between the holders of such shares as regards the amounts of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

23.           Payment of calls in advance

The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same all or any part of the monies, whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium, uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him or her; and upon all or any of the monies so paid in advance the Board may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate not exceeding (unless the Company in general meeting shall otherwise direct) 12 per cent. per annum, as may be agreed upon between the Board and the Member paying such monies in advance.

8

FORFEITURE AND LIEN

24.          Notice if call or instalment not paid

If any Member fails to pay any call or instalment in full on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Board may, at any time thereafter, serve a notice on him or her requiring him or her to pay so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.

25.          Form of notice

The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which, and the place where, such call or instalment and such interest and expenses as aforesaid are to be paid. The notice shall also state that in  the event of non-payment at or before the time and at the place appointed, the shares in respect of which such call or instalment is payable will be liable to be forfeited.

26.          Forfeiture for non-compliance

If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time after the day specified in such notice, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect. Such forfeiture shall extend to all dividends declared and other monies payable in respect of the shares so forfeited and not actually paid before such forfeiture. Forfeiture shall be deemed to occur at the time of the passing of the said resolution of the Board. The Board may accept a surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder upon such terms and conditions as it thinks fit.

27.          Notice after forfeiture

When any share has been forfeited notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share, or any person entitled to the share by transmission, and an entry of the forfeiture or surrender, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the Register, but no forfeiture or surrender shall be invalidated by any failure to give such notice or make such entry as aforesaid.

28.          Disposal of forfeited shares

A share so forfeited or surrendered shall be deemed to be the property of the Company, and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of either to the person who was, before forfeiture, the holder or to any other person in such manner, either subject to or discharged from all calls made or instalments due prior to the forfeiture or surrender, as the Board thinks fit. Provided that the Company shall not exercise any voting rights in respect of such share and any such share not disposed of in accordance with the foregoing within a period of three years from the date of its forfeiture or surrender shall thereupon be cancelled in accordance with the provisions of the Statutes. For the purpose of giving effect to any such sale or other disposition the Board may authorise some person to transfer the share so sold or otherwise

9

disposed of to, or in accordance with the directions of, the buyer thereof or other person becoming entitled thereto.

29.          Annulment of forfeiture

The Board may, at any time before any share so forfeited or surrendered shall have been cancelled or sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, annul the forfeiture or surrender upon such terms as they think fit.

30.          Continuing liability

Any person whose shares have been forfeited or surrendered shall cease to be a Member in respect of those shares and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the forfeited or surrendered shares, but shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture or surrender, remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which, at the date of the forfeiture or surrender, were payable by him or her to the Company in respect of the shares, together with interest thereon at such rate, not exceeding 15 per cent. per annum, as the Board may determine from the time of forfeiture or surrender until the time of payment, but his or her liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such monies in respect of the shares, together with interest as aforesaid. The Board may, if it shall think fit, waive the payment of such interest or any part thereof. The Company may enforce payment of such monies without being under any obligation to make any allowance for the value of the shares forfeited or surrendered or for any consideration received on their disposal.

31.          Lien on partly-paid shares

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully-paid share) for all monies (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of such share; but the Board may at any time waive any lien which has arisen and may declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article 31. The Company's lien, if any, on a share shall extend to all amounts payable in respect of it.

32.          Enforcement of lien by sale

The Company may sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, nor until the expiration of 14 days after a notice in writing (i) stating, and demanding payment of, the sum presently payable; and (ii) giving notice of intention to sell in default of such payment, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the share, or the person entitled thereto by reason of his or her death or bankruptcy or otherwise by operation of law. To give effect to any such sale:

(a)           if the share is a certificated share, the Board may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer in respect of the share sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the buyer and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to

10

or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer; and

(b)          if the share is an uncertificated share, the Board may exercise any of the Company's powers under Article 9.2 to effect the sale of the share to, or in accordance with the directions of, the buyer and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer.

33.          Application of sale proceeds

The net proceeds of such sale, after payment of the costs thereof, shall be applied in or towards satisfaction of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable. The residue, if any, shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of sale.

34.          Statutory declaration

A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director or the Secretary of the Company, and that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered or sold to satisfy a lien of the Company on a date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated therein against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. Such declaration and the receipt of the Company for the consideration (if any) given for the share on the sale, re- allotment or disposal thereof, together with, in the case of certificated shares, the share certificate delivered to a buyer or allottee thereof, shall (subject to the execution of a transfer if the same be required) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is sold, re-allotted or disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money (if any) nor shall his or her title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the forfeiture, surrender, sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

35.          Transfers of uncertificated shares

All transfers of uncertificated shares shall be made in accordance with and be subject to the provisions of the Regulations and the facilities and requirements of the relevant system and, subject thereto, in accordance with any arrangements made by the Board pursuant to Article 9.1.

36.          Form of transfer

36.1       A share held in certificated form may be transferred by an instrument of transfer in any usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve and such transfer may be executed or authenticated under hand or in any other manner acceptable to the Board and permitted by law by or on behalf of the transferor and, unless the share is fully paid, by or on behalf of the transferee. A share held in uncertificated form may be transferred by means of a relevant

11

system. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the transferee is entered on the Register as its holder.

36.2       In the case of an instrument of transfer expressed to be a transfer of shares denominated in sterling and bearing a date which is on or before 23 January 2006, such transfer shall be a transfer of the same number of ordinary shares as is specified in such transfer.

37.          Right to decline registration

Subject to Article 68, the Board may, in its discretion, refuse to register any transfer of any share which is not a fully-paid share (whether certificated or uncertificated) provided that, where any such shares are admitted to the Official List of the Financial Services Authority or admitted to AIM such discretion may not be exercised in a way which the Financial Services Authority or the London Stock Exchange regards as preventing dealings in the shares of the relevant class or classes from taking place on an open and proper basis. The Board may likewise refuse to register any transfer of a share (whether certificated or uncertificated), whether fully-paid or not, in favour of more than four persons jointly.

38.          Further rights to decline registration

In relation to a certificated share, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:

38.1       the instrument of transfer is left at the Office, or at such other place as the Board may from time to time determine, accompanied by the certificate(s) of the shares to which it relates (if such certificate(s) were issued in respect of the share in question) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed or authenticated by some other person on his or her behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

38.2       the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share.

39.          Notice of refusal to register

If the Board refuses to register a transfer it shall, in the case of certificated shares, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferee notice of the refusal and (except in the case of fraud) return to him or her the instrument of transfer or, in the case of uncertificated shares, notify such person as may be required by the Regulations and the requirements of the relevant system concerned.

40.          Retention of instruments of transfer

All instruments of transfer which are registered may be retained by the Company.

41.          No fee for registration

No fee shall be charged by the Company on the registration of any instrument of transfer, probate, letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, renunciation of a renounceable letter of allotment, stop notice or other document or

12

instruction relating to or affecting the title to any shares or otherwise for making any entry in the Register affecting the title to any shares.

42.          Destruction of documents

42.1       The Company shall be entitled to destroy:

(a)          any instrument of transfer (which phrase, together with references to documents, shall for the purposes of this Article 42 include electronically generated or stored communications in relation to the transfer of uncertificated shares and any electronic or tangible copies of the same) or other document which has been registered, or on the basis of which registration was made, at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of registration thereof;

(b)          any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of address (which shall include, in relation to communications in electronic form, any number or address used for the purposes of such communications), at any time after the expiration of two years from the date of recording thereof;

(c)           any share certificate which has been cancelled, at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of such cancellation; and

(d)          any proxy form, after one year from the date it was used if it was used for a poll, or after one month from the end of the meeting to which it relates if it was not used for a poll;

provided that the Company may destroy any such type of document at a date earlier than that authorised by this Article 42 if a copy of such document is made and retained (whether electronically, by microfilm, by digital imaging or by other similar means) until the expiration of the period applicable to the destruction of the original of such document.

42.2       It shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to have been made on the basis of an instrument of transfer or other document so destroyed was duly and properly made, that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered, that every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company, provided always that:

(a)          the provisions aforesaid shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to any claim (regardless of the parties thereto);

(b)          nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of paragraph (a) above are not fulfilled;

13

(c)           references in this Article to instruments of transfer shall include, in relation to uncertificated shares, instructions and/or notifications made in accordance with the relevant system concerned relating to the transfer of such shares;

(d)          references in this Article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner; and

(e)           in relation to uncertificated shares, the provisions of this Article shall apply only to the extent the same are consistent with the Regulations.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

43.          Transmission on death

In case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased where he or she was a sole or only surviving holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his or her interest in the shares; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased Member from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him or her.

44.          Person entitled by transmission

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member or otherwise by operation of law may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time properly be required by the Board and subject as hereinafter provided, elect either to be registered himself or herself as holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him or her registered as the transferee thereof, but the Board shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by the Member registered as the holder of any such share before his or her death or bankruptcy or other event, as the case may be.

45.          Restrictions on election

If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself or herself, he or she shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him or her stating that he or she so elects. If he or she shall elect to have another person registered he or she shall testify his or her election by executing to that person a transfer of the share. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member or other event had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by the Member registered as the holder of any such share.

46.          Rights of persons entitled by transmission

A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law shall, upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the

14

Board may reasonably require to show his or her title to the share, be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he or she would be entitled if he or she were the registered holder of the share, except that he or she shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company (including meetings of the holders of any class of shares in the Company), provided always that the Board may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or herself or to transfer the share, and, if the notice is not complied with within 60 days, the Board may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

UNTRACED MEMBERS

47.          Power to sell shares

The Company shall be entitled to sell (at any time after becoming entitled to do so) any share of a Member or any share to which a person is entitled by transmission if and provided that:

47.1       for a period of 12 years, no dividend paid by the Company in the manner authorised by these Articles or other moneys payable on or in respect of the share in question has been cashed or claimed; provided that, in such period of 12 years, at least three dividends whether interim or final on or in respect of the share in question have become payable; and

47.2       during the 12 year period, the Company has taken the steps which the Board considers reasonable in the circumstances to trace the Member or the person entitled by transmission (including engaging, if considered appropriate, a professional asset reunification company or other tracing agent);  and

47.3        during the 12 year period, the Company has sent a notice to the registered address or last known address of the Member (as the Board considers reasonable in the circumstances) or, if known, to the person entitled by transmission, of its intention to sell the shares and no communication has been received by the Company from such person during the said period of 12 years; provided that if this notice is sent less than three months before the end of the 12 year period, no communication has been received by the Company from such person for three months after the date of sending the notice.

48.          Power to sell further shares

If, during the 12 year period and (if applicable) three month period referred to in Articles 47.1 and 47.3, further shares have been issued in respect of those held at the beginning of such 12 year period to which Article 47 applies or of any subsequently issued during such period, the Company may also sell such further shares.

49.          Authority to effect sale and application of sale proceeds

A sale of any share by the Company pursuant to the previous two Articles may be made at such time and on such terms as the Board may decide, and to give effect to any such sale pursuant to the previous two Articles, the Board may carry out all acts and things they

15

consider necessary or expedient to effect the transfer of the said share including authorising any person to execute as transferor an instrument of transfer of the said share and to take such other steps as any such person thinks fit to effect the transfer, and such instrument of transfer shall be as effective as if it had been executed or authenticated by the registered holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, such share. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase monies and the title of the transferee shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating thereto. The net proceeds of such sale shall be forfeited and belong to the Company and the Company will not be liable in any respect to the registered holder of the share or the person entitled by transmission. The Company can use such proceeds for any purpose that the Board may from time to time think fit. The provisions of Article 130.2 shall apply in relation to forfeiture of unclaimed dividends payable on such share.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

50.          Consolidation and sub-division

The resolution pursuant to which any share is sub-divided may determine that as between the resulting shares one or more of such shares may be given any preference or advantage or be subject to any restriction as regards dividend, capital, voting or otherwise over the others or any other of such shares.

51.          Fractions of shares

Subject to any direction by the Company in general meeting, whenever as the result of any consolidation or division of shares Members of the Company are entitled to any issued shares of the Company in fractions, the Board may deal with such fractions as it shall determine in its discretion and in particular may sell the shares to which Members are so entitled in fractions to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the Company) and pay and distribute to and amongst the Members entitled to such shares in due proportions all or any part of the net proceeds of the sales thereof or retain all or any part of such net proceeds of sale for the benefit of the Company. For the purpose of giving effect to any such sale the Board may, in respect of certificated shares, nominate some person to execute a transfer of the shares sold on behalf of the Members so entitled to, or, in respect of uncertificated shares, nominate any person to transfer such shares in accordance with the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned or make such other arrangements as are compatible with the relevant system concerned or, in either case, in accordance with the directions of the buyer thereof and may cause the name of the transferee(s) to be entered in the Register as the holder(s) of the shares comprised in any such transfer, and such transferee(s) shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall such transferee's(s') title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the transfer. For the purposes of this Article, any shares representing fractional entitlements to which any Member would, but for this Article, become entitled may be issued in certificated form or uncertificated form.

16

GENERAL MEETINGS

52.          Annual general meeting

The Company shall in accordance with the Statutes, hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Board shall appoint.

53.          Convening of general meetings

The Board may, whenever it thinks fit, convene a general meeting, and general meetings shall also be convened on such requisition, or, in default, may be convened by such requisitionists, as provided by the Statutes. If at any time there are not within the United Kingdom sufficient Directors capable of acting to form a quorum the Directors in the United Kingdom capable of acting may convene a general meeting in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which meetings may be convened by the Board. Where no Director is willing or able to do so, any two Members of the Company may summon a meeting for the purpose of appointing one or more Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

54.          Length and form of notice

An annual general meeting shall be called by not less than 21 clear days' notice, and, subject to the provisions of the Act, a meeting of the Company other than an annual general meeting shall be called by not less than 14 clear days' notice. The notice shall state the place (and the notice may state the details of any other place arranged for the purposes of Article 59 (if any), which shall be identified as such in the notice), the date and the time of meeting and the general nature of that business. It shall be given, in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner, if any, as may be prescribed by the Statutes or by the Company in general meeting, to such persons as are entitled to receive such notices from the Company and shall comply with the provisions of the Statutes as to informing Members of their right to appoint proxies. A notice calling an annual general meeting shall state that the meeting is an annual general meeting and a notice convening a meeting to pass a special resolution shall specify the intention to propose the resolution as such and shall include the text of the resolution.

55.          Omission or non-receipt of notice of resolution or meeting or proxy

The accidental failure to give notice of a meeting, or of a resolution intended to be moved at a meeting, or to issue an invitation to appoint a proxy with a notice where required by these Articles or the failure to give such notice or issue such invitation due to circumstances beyond the Company's control, to any one or more persons entitled to receive notice, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting or of such a resolution or of an invitation to appoint a proxy by any such persons, shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether notice of the meeting or of any resolution to be moved at the meeting is duly given.

17

56.          Postponement of general meetings

If the Board, in its discretion, considers that it is impractical or unreasonable for any reason to hold a general meeting on the date or at the time or place specified in the notice calling the general meeting, they may postpone the general meeting to another date, time and/or place. When a meeting is so postponed, notice of the date, time and place of the postponed meeting shall be placed in at least two national newspapers in the United Kingdom if practicable, and the Board shall take reasonable steps to ensure that notice of the date, time and place of any postponed meeting is provided to any Member trying to attend the meeting at the original time and place. Notice of the business to be transacted at such postponed meeting shall not be required.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

57.          Quorum

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business; save as herein otherwise provided, two Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum. The appointment of a chair of the meeting in accordance with the provisions of these Articles shall not be treated as part of the business of the meeting.

58.          Procedure if quorum not present

If within five minutes (or such longer time as the chair of the meeting may decide) from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened by or upon the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to such day, time and place as the chair of the meeting shall, subject to the provisions of the Act, appoint. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within five minutes from the time appointed therefor, the Member or Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall have power to decide upon all matters which could properly have been disposed of at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

59.          Arrangements for simultaneous attendance, security and orderly conduct

59.1       In the case of any general meeting, the Board may, notwithstanding the specification in the notice convening the general meeting of the place at which the chair of the meeting shall preside (the "Principal Place"), make arrangements for simultaneous attendance and participation at other places by Members and proxies and others entitled to attend the general meeting but excluded from the Principal Place under the provisions of this Article 59.

59.2       Under no circumstance will a failure (for any reason) of communication equipment, or any other failure in the arrangements for participation in the meeting at more than one place, affect the validity of such meeting at the Principal Place, or any business conducted at such meeting.

59.3       Such arrangements for simultaneous attendance at the general meeting may include arrangements regarding the level of attendance at the other places provided that they shall

18

operate so that any Members and proxies excluded from attendance at the Principal Place are able to attend at one of the other places. For the purpose of all other provisions of these Articles any such general meeting shall be treated as being held and taking place at the Principal Place.

59.4       The Board may, for the purpose of facilitating the organisation and administration of any general meeting to which such arrangements apply, from time to time make arrangements, whether involving the issue of tickets (on a basis intended to afford to all Members and proxies and others entitled to attend the meeting an equal opportunity of being admitted to the Principal Place) or the imposition of some random means of selection or otherwise as it shall in its discretion consider to be appropriate, and may from time to time vary any such arrangements or make new arrangements in their place. The entitlement of any Member or proxy or other person entitled to attend a general meeting at the Principal Place shall be subject to such arrangements as may for the time being be in force whether stated in the notice of the general meeting to apply to that Meeting or notified to the Members concerned subsequent to the provision of the notice of the general meeting.

59.5       The Board or the chair of the meeting or any person authorised by the Board may direct that Members, proxies or corporate representatives wishing to attend any general meeting or anyone else permitted by the chair of the meeting to attend should submit to such searches or other security arrangements or restrictions (including, without limitation, restrictions on items of personal property which may be taken into the meeting) as the Board or the chair of the meeting or such person authorised by the Board shall consider appropriate in the circumstances. Such persons shall be entitled in their discretion to refuse entry to, or to eject from, such general meeting any such person who fails to submit to such searches or otherwise to comply with such security arrangements or restrictions.

59.6       The Board or the chair of the meeting or any person authorised by the Board may, at any meeting, take such action as is thought fit to secure the safety of the people attending the meeting and to promote the orderly conduct of the business of the meeting as laid down in the notice of the meeting and the chair of the meeting's decision on matters of procedure or matters arising incidentally from the business of the meeting shall be final, as shall be his or her determination as to whether any matter is of such a nature.

60.           Chair of general meetings and casting vote

60.1       The chair, if any, of the Board shall preside as chair of every general meeting of the Company. If there is no such chair, or if at any general meeting he or she shall not be present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chair, the Directors present shall select one of their number to be chair of the meeting; or if no Director is present and willing to take the chair the Members present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting.

60.2        In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or a poll, the chair of the meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

19

61.           Adjournments

61.1      The chair of the meeting may, at any time without the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting (whether or not it has commenced or has already been adjourned or a quorum is present) either without arranging a future date or to another time or place where it appears to him or her that it would facilitate the conduct of the business of the meeting to do so.

61.2      The chair of the meeting may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place; but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, not less than seven clear days' notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the day, the place and the time of the meeting as in the case of an original meeting, but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting. Save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment.

62.          Directors' right to attend and speak

Each Director shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and at any separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company. The chair of the meeting may invite any person to attend and speak at any general meeting or any separate class meeting of the Company whom the chair of the meeting considers to be equipped by knowledge or experience of the Company's business to assist in the deliberations of the meeting.

63.          Amendments to resolutions

If an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration but shall in good faith be ruled out of order by the chair of the meeting the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution no amendment thereto (other than an amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon. No amendment to a resolution duly proposed as an ordinary resolution may be considered or voted on (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) unless either:

(a)           at least 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the ordinary resolution is to be considered (which, if the Board so specifies, shall be calculated taking no account of any part of a day that is not a working day), notice of the terms of the amendment and the intention to move it has been delivered to the Company in accordance with Article 143; or

(b)          the chair in his or her discretion decides that the amendment may be considered and voted on.

20

64.          Method of voting and demand for a poll

64.1       At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is (before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands) demanded:

(a)           by the chair of the meeting; or

(b)          by at least five Members present in person or by proxy and having the right to vote on the resolution; or

(c)           by any Member or Members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote on the resolution (excluding any voting rights attached to any shares in the Company held as treasury shares); or

(d)          by a Member or Members present in person or by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote on the resolution being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right (excluding any shares in the Company conferring a right to vote on the resolution which are held as treasury shares).

64.2       Unless a poll is so demanded (and the demand is not subsequently withdrawn), a declaration by the chair of the meeting that a resolution has on a show of hands been passed or passed unanimously, or with a particular majority, or lost, or an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting of the Company shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

64.3       Except as provided in Article 67, if a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets or electronic means) as the chair of the meeting directs and he or she may appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and fix a time and place for declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the decision of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

65.          Timing and procedure for a poll

A poll demanded on the election of a chair of the meeting or on the question of an adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at such subsequent time (not being more than 30 clear days after the date of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the poll is demanded) and place as the chair of the meeting may direct. No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately. Any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn with the consent of the chair of the meeting at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier, and in that event shall not invalidate the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made.

21

VOTES OF MEMBERS

66.           Votes of Members and of joint holders

66.1       Subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and to any other provisions of these Articles or the Statutes:

(a)           on a show of hands every Member present in person shall have one vote;

(b)          on a show of hands every proxy present who has been duly appointed by one or more Members shall have one vote;

This is subject to the following:

(i)           on a show of hands, a proxy has one vote for and one vote against the resolution if:

(aa)     the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one Member entitled to vote on the resolution; and

(bb) the proxy has been instructed by,  or  exercises  a discretion  given  by, one or more of those Members to vote for the resolution and has been instructed by, or exercises a discretion given by, one or more other of those Members to vote against it; and

(ii)          on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each share held by him or her.

66.2       In the case of joint holders of a share, the vote of the senior holder who votes, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the share.

67.          Voting on behalf of incapable Member

A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court or official having jurisdiction (in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his or her receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised on his or her behalf by that court or official, and such receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy provided that evidence to the satisfaction of the Board of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote has been delivered to the Company not later than the last time at which an appointment of a proxy should have been delivered in order to be valid for use at that meeting or on the holding of that poll.

68.           Suspension of rights for non-payment of calls and non-disclosure of interests

68.1        No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled, in respect of any share in the capital of the Company held by him or her, to be present or to vote on any question, either in person or by proxy, at any general meeting, or separate general meeting

22

of the holders of any class of shares of the Company, if any call or other sum presently payable by him or her to the Company in respect of such share remains unpaid.

68.2       If any Member, or any other person appearing to the Board to be interested in any shares in the capital of the Company held by such Member, has been duly served with a notice under section 793 of the 2006 Act and is in default for the period of 14 days from the date of service of the notice under the said section 793 in supplying to the Company the information thereby required, then the Company may (at the discretion of the Board) at any time thereafter by notice (a "restriction notice") to such Member direct that, in respect of the shares in relation to which the default occurred and any other shares held at the date of the restriction notice by the Member, or such of them as the Board may determine from time to time (the "restricted shares" which expression shall include any further shares which are issued in respect of any restricted shares), the Member shall not, nor shall any transferee to which any of such shares are transferred other than pursuant to a permitted transfer or pursuant to Article 68.3(c) below, be entitled to be present or to vote on any question, either in person or by proxy, at any general meeting of the Company or separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares of the Company.

68.3       Where the restricted shares represent at least 0.25 per cent. (in nominal value) of the issued shares of the same class as the restricted shares (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), then the restriction notice may also direct that:

(a)          any dividend or any part thereof or other monies which would otherwise be payable on or in respect of the restricted shares shall be withheld by the Company; shall not bear interest against the Company; and shall be payable (when the restriction notice ceases to have effect) to the person who would but for the restriction notice have been entitled to them; and/or

(b)         where an offer of the right to elect to receive shares of the Company instead of cash in respect of any dividend or part thereof is or has been made by the Company, any election made thereunder by such Member in respect of such restricted shares shall not be effective; and/or

(c)          no transfer of any of the shares held by such Member shall be recognised or registered by the Board unless the transfer is a permitted transfer or:

(d)          the Member is not himself or herself in default as regards supplying the information required; and

(e)          the transfer is of part only of the Member's holding and, when presented for registration, is accompanied by a certificate by the Member in a form satisfactory to the Board to the effect that after due and careful enquiry the Member is satisfied that none of the shares the subject of the transfer are restricted shares.

Upon the giving of a restriction notice its terms shall apply accordingly.

23

68.4      The Company shall send a copy of the restriction notice to each other person appearing to be interested in the shares the subject of such notice, but the failure or omission by the Company to do so shall not invalidate such notice.

68.5      Any restriction notice shall have effect in accordance with its terms until not more than seven days after the Board is satisfied that the default in respect of which the restriction notice was issued no longer continues but shall cease to have effect in relation to any shares which are transferred by such Member by means of a permitted transfer or in accordance with Article 68.3(c) above on receipt by the Company of notice that a transfer as aforesaid has been made. The Company may (at the discretion of the Board) at any time give notice to the Member cancelling, or suspending for a stated period the operation of, a restriction notice in whole or in part.

68.6        For the purposes of this Article 68:

(a)           a person shall be treated as appearing to be interested in any shares if the Member holding such shares has given to the Company a notification whether following service of a notice under the said section 793 or otherwise which either:

(i)           names such person as being so interested; or

(ii)          (after taking into account the said notification and any other relevant information in the possession of the Company) the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person in question is or may be interested in the shares; and

(b)          a transfer of shares is a permitted transfer if but only if:

(i)            it is a transfer by way of, or in pursuance of, acceptance of a takeover offer for the Company (as defined in section 974 of the 2006 Act); or

(ii)          the Board is satisfied that the transfer is made pursuant to a bona fide sale of the whole of the beneficial ownership of the shares to a third party unconnected with the transferring Member or with any other person appearing to the Board to be interested in such shares (and for the purposes of this Article 68.6 any associate (as that term is defined in section 435 of the Insolvency Act 1986) of the Member or of any other person appearing to the Board to be interested in any of the restricted shares shall be deemed to be connected with the transferring Member); or

(iii)         the transfer results from a sale made on or through a recognised investment exchange as defined in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or on or through any stock exchange outside the United Kingdom on which the Company's shares of the same class as the restricted shares are normally  dealt in; and

(c)          reference to a person being in default in supplying to the Company the information required by a notification under section 793 includes reference to the Company

24

knowing or having reasonable cause to believe that any of the information provided is false or materially incorrect or incomplete.

68.7        The provisions of this Article 68 are in addition and without prejudice to the provisions of the Statutes.

69.          Objections to and errors in voting

No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter or to the counting of, or failure to count, a vote except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered (or at which the error occurs), and every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the chair of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive. Whether a proxy or corporate representative has voted in accordance with any instructions given by the Member who has appointed such proxy or corporate representative need not be verified by the Company or any other person and any vote (whether on a show of hands or a poll) given by such proxy or corporate representative will be valid for all purposes notwithstanding any failure to follow such instructions.

70.          Voting on a poll

On a poll votes may be given personally or by proxy and a Member entitled to more than one vote need not, if he or she votes, use all his or her votes or cast all the votes he or she uses in the same way.

71.          Execution of proxies

The appointment of a proxy shall be in any usual or common form, or in any other form which the Board may approve and shall be:

(a)           under the hand of the appointor or of his or her attorney duly authorised in writing; or

(b)          if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal, or under the hand of an officer or attorney or other person duly authorised; or

(c)           if permitted by the Board, in electronic form in the manner and form and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may decide.

The signature, if any, on such appointment need not be witnessed.

72.           Appointment of proxies

72.1       A proxy need not be a Member of the Company. A Member may appoint more than one proxy to attend and to speak and to vote on the same occasion, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by the Member. The appointment of a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting in person at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

25

72.2      The appointment of a proxy may be by means of an instrument executed or authenticated by or on behalf of the appointor or, if the appointor is a corporation, under the hand of duly authorised officer or attorney, or, where an address has been specified for such purpose as set out in the following Article, be by electronic communication, subject to such terms and conditions, including as to execution, as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

72.3       In respect of any general meeting the Board may, if it thinks fit, but subject to the Act, at the Company's expense send instruments of proxy for use at the meeting and issue invitations contained in electronic communications to appoint a proxy in relation to the meeting in such a form as may be approved by the Board. The appointment of a proxy shall be deemed (subject to any contrary intention contained in the appointment) to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on a poll on any resolution or amendment of a resolution put to, or any other business which may properly come before, the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The appointment of a proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for an adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates. If a member appoints more than one person to act as his or her proxy the appointment of each such proxy shall specify the shares held by the member in respect of which each such proxy is authorised to vote and no member may appoint more than one proxy (save in the alternative) to vote in respect of any one share held by that member.

73.           Delivery of proxies

73.1       The appointment of a proxy shall be received by the Company in accordance with Article 143 not less than 48 hours (or such shorter time as the Board may decide) before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken otherwise than at or on the same day as the meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than 24 hours (or such shorter time as the Board may decide) before the time appointed for the taking of the poll at which it is to be used, and in default the appointment of a proxy shall not be treated as valid. Failing previous registration with the Company, the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which the appointment of a proxy is executed or authenticated, or a notarially certified copy or a copy certified in accordance with the Powers of Attorney Act 1971 of that power or authority, or a copy in some other way approved by the Board, shall also be deposited or received in accordance with Article 143 not later than the time by which the appointment of a proxy is required to be deposited or (as the case may be) received in accordance with this Article. When calculating any periods mentioned in this Article, the Board may specify that no account shall be taken of any part of a day that is not a working day.

Without limiting the foregoing, in relation to any shares which are held in uncertificated form, the Board may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction, (that is, a properly authenticated dematerialised instruction, and/or other instruction or notification, which is sent by means of the relevant system concerned and received by such participant in that system acting on behalf of the Company as the Board may prescribe, in such form and subject to such terms and conditions as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board (subject always to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned)); and may in a similar manner permit

26

supplements to, or amendments or revocations of, any such Uncertificated Proxy Instruction to be made by like means. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, the Board may in addition prescribe the method of determining the time at which any such properly authenticated dematerialised instruction (and/or other instruction or notification) is to be treated as received by the Company or such participant. The Board may treat any such Uncertificated Proxy Instruction which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending that instruction to send it on behalf of that holder.

73.2       If two or more valid but differing appointments of a proxy are delivered or (in the case of appointments in electronic form) received in accordance with Article 73.1 in respect of the same share for use at the same meeting, the one which is last delivered or, as the case may be, received as aforesaid (regardless of its date, its date of sending or the date of its execution) shall be treated as replacing and revoking the others as regards that share. If the Company is unable to determine which was delivered or received last, none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that share.

74.          Validity of proxies

An appointment of a proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated thereon, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting to which it relates. No appointment of a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 12 months from the date of its deposit or receipt in accordance with Article 73.1 except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within 12 months from that date.

75.          Authority of proxies to call for a poll

The appointment of a proxy to vote on a matter at a meeting of the Company shall be deemed to confer authority on the proxy to demand or join in demanding a poll on that matter.

76.          Cancellation of proxy's authority

A vote given or poll demanded in accordance with the terms of an appointment of a proxy or by the duly authorised representative of a corporation shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or determination of the authority of the person voting or demanding a poll, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or determination shall have been received by the Company at the Office or such other place (if any) as is specified for depositing the appointment of proxy or, where the appointment of the proxy was in electronic form, at the address at which such appointment was duly received, in each case in accordance with Article 73.1, before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting or the time appointed for taking a poll subsequently thereto at which such vote is given.

27

77.          Corporate representatives

Any corporation which is a Member of the Company may by resolution of its Board or other governing body authorise a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members of the Company.

78.          Powers of corporate representatives

Any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise on behalf of the corporation which he or she represents the same powers as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member of the Company and such corporation shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat. Where the corporation authorises more than one person, the  provisions  of  section 323(3) and (4) of the 2006 Act (as amended by the Companies (Shareholders' Rights) Regulations 2009) shall apply. The Company may require such person or persons to produce a certified copy of the resolution before permitting him or her to exercise his or her powers.

DIRECTORS

79.          Number of Directors

Unless and until the Company in general meeting shall otherwise determine, the number of Directors shall not be subject to any maximum but shall not be less than three. The Company may by ordinary resolution from time to time vary the minimum number and/or maximum number of Directors.

80.          Directors' shareholding qualification

A Director shall not be required to hold any shares in the capital of the Company. A Director who is not a Member shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of and attend and speak at all general meetings of the Company and all separate general meetings of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company.

81.          Age of Directors

There shall not be an age limit for Directors.

82.          Other interests of Directors

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, a Director of the Company may be or continue as or become a director or other officer (other than an Auditor), employee or member of, or a party to any contract, transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate in which the Company may be (directly or indirectly) interested as shareholder or otherwise or any parent undertaking or subsidiary undertaking of any parent undertaking of the Company, and no such Director shall, by reason of his or her office, be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits which derive from any such office or employment or from any contract, transaction or arrangement with, or from his or her membership or interest in, such other body corporate or undertaking. No such office,

28

employment, contract, transaction or arrangement or interest shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

83.          Directors' fees

The Directors shall be paid out of the funds of the Company by way of fees for their services as Directors (other than any Executive Directors appointed under these Articles) such sums (if any) as the Board may from time to time determine (not exceeding in the aggregate an annual sum (excluding amounts payable under any other provision of these Articles) of £1,500,000 per year or such larger amount as the Company may by ordinary resolution determine) and such remuneration shall be divided between the Directors as they shall agree or, failing agreement, equally. Such remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.

84.          Directors expenses

The Directors may also be paid all reasonable travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the Board or any committee of the Board or general meetings of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares or debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company.

85.          Additional remuneration

Any Director who is appointed to any executive office or who serves on any committee or who devotes special attention to the business of the Company, or who otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the Board are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director, may be paid such extra remuneration by way of salary, percentage of profits or otherwise as the Board may determine.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

86.          Alternate Directors

86.1        Each Director shall have the power at any time to appoint as an alternate Director either (i) another Director; or (ii) any other person approved for that purpose by a resolution of the Board, and, at any time, to terminate such appointment. Every appointment and removal of an alternate Director shall be in writing signed by the appointor and (subject to any approval required) shall (unless the Board agrees otherwise) only take effect upon receipt of such written appointment or removal in accordance with Article 143. An alternate Director shall not be required to hold any shares in the capital of the Company and shall not be counted in reckoning the maximum and minimum numbers of Directors allowed or required by Article 79.

86.2       An alternate Director so appointed shall not be entitled as such to receive any remuneration from the Company except only such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his or her appointor as such appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct, but shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of these Articles with respect to Directors. An alternate Director shall during his or her appointment be an officer of the

29

Company and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his or her own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be an agent of his or her appointor.

86.3       An alternate Director shall be entitled (subject to his or her giving to the Company either an address within the United Kingdom or an address for the purpose of sending or receiving documents or information by electronic means at which notices may be served upon him or her) to receive notices of all meetings of the Board and of any committee of the Board of which his or her appointor is a member, and shall be entitled to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which his or her appointor is not personally present and generally in the absence of his or her appointor to perform and exercise all functions, rights, powers and duties as Director of his or her appointor.

86.4       The appointment of an alternate Director shall automatically determine on the happening of any event which, if he or she were a Director, would cause him or her to vacate such office or if his or her appointor shall cease for any reason to be a Director otherwise than by retiring and being re-appointed at the same meeting.

86.5       A Director or any other person may act as alternate Director to represent more than one Director and an alternate Director shall be entitled at meetings of the Board or any committee of the Board to one vote for every Director whom he or she represents in addition to his or her own vote (if any) as a Director, but he or she shall count as only one for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present.

BORROWING POWERS

87.          Directors' borrowing powers and restrictions on borrowing

87.1       Subject as hereinafter provided the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and, subject to the provisions of the Acts and these articles to issue debentures, debenture stock, and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

87.2       The Board shall restrict the borrowings of the Company and exercise all voting and other rights or powers of control exercisable by the Company in relation to its subsidiaries (if any) so as to secure (so far, as regards subsidiaries, as by such exercise they can secure) that the aggregate amounts for the time being remaining undischarged of all moneys borrowed by the Group and for the time being owing to persons outside the Group shall not at any time, without the previous sanction of an ordinary resolution of the Company in general meeting, exceed the sum of US$8,500,000,000.

87.3       For the purpose of the foregoing limit the "aggregate amounts" of "moneys borrowed" shall be reduced by cash and current asset investments and shall be deemed to include the following except in so far as otherwise taken into account (together in each case with any fixed or minimum premium payable on final repayment):-

30

(a)          the principal amount for the time being owing (other than to a member of the Group) in respect of any debenture, whether secured or unsecured, issued by a member of the Group in whole or in part for cash or otherwise;

(b)         the principal amount raised by any member of the Group by acceptances or under any acceptance credit opened on its behalf by any bank or accepting house other than acceptances relating to the purchase or sale of goods in the ordinary course of trading and outstanding for not more than ninety days;

(c)          the nominal amount of any share capital and the principal amount of any moneys borrowed or other indebtedness the redemption or repayment of which is guaranteed or secured or is the subject of an indemnity given by any member of the Group and the beneficial interest in the redemption or repayment of which is not owned within the Group; and

(d)         the nominal amount of any share capital (not being equity share capital which as regards capital has rights no more favourable than those attached to its ordinary share capital) of any subsidiary of the Company owned otherwise than by other members of the Group,

but "moneys borrowed" shall not include and shall be deemed not to include:-

(i)           amounts borrowed for the purpose of repaying (with or without premium) any moneys borrowed by any member of the Group then outstanding and so to be applied within six months of being so borrowed, pending their application for such purpose within such period; and

(ii)          the proportion of the excess outside borrowing of a partly owned subsidiary which corresponds to the proportion of its equity share capital owned otherwise than by members of the Group and so that, for this purpose, the expression "excess outside borrowing" shall mean so much of  the  borrowings of such partly owned subsidiary otherwise than from members of the Group as exceeds the amounts (if any) borrowed from it by other members of the Group.

87.4       No lender or other person dealing with the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall be concerned to see or inquire whether the said limit is observed and no debt incurred or security given in excess of such limit shall be invalid or ineffectual except in the case of express notice to the lender or the recipient of the security at the time when the debt was incurred or security given that the said limit has been or would thereby be exceeded.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD

88.          Powers of Company vested in the Board

The business of the Company shall be managed by the Board, who may exercise all the powers of the Company subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of these Articles and of the Statutes, and to such directions as may be given by the Company in general meeting by

31

special resolution, provided that no alteration of these Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such alteration had not been made or such direction had not been given. The general powers conferred upon the Board by this Article shall not be deemed to be abridged or restricted by any specific power conferred upon the Board by any other Article.

89.          Pensions, insurance and gratuities for Directors and others

89.1       The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to give or award pensions, annuities, gratuities or other retirement, superannuation, death or disability allowances or benefits (whether or not similar to the foregoing) to (or to any person in respect of) any persons who are or have at any time been Directors of the Company or of any body corporate which is or was a subsidiary undertaking or a parent undertaking of the Company or another subsidiary undertaking of a parent undertaking of the Company or otherwise associated with the Company or any such body corporate, or a predecessor in business of the Company or any such body corporate, and to the spouses, civil partners, former spouses, former civil partners, children and other relatives and dependants of any such persons and may establish, maintain, support, subscribe to and contribute to all kinds of schemes, trusts and funds (whether contributory or non-contributory) for the benefit of such persons as are hereinbefore referred to or any of them or any class of them, and so that any Director or former Director shall be entitled to receive and retain for his or her own benefit any such pension, annuity, gratuity, allowance or other benefit (whether under any such trust, fund or scheme or otherwise).

89.2      Without prejudice to any other provisions of these Articles, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any persons who are or were at any time directors of the Company, or of any other body (whether or not incorporated) which is or was its parent undertaking or subsidiary undertaking or another subsidiary undertaking of any such parent undertaking (together "Group Companies") or otherwise associated with the Company or any Group Company or in which the Company or any such Group Company has or had any interest, whether direct or indirect, or of any predecessor in business of any of the foregoing, or who are or were at any time trustees of (or directors of trustees of) any pension, superannuation or similar fund, trust or scheme or any employees' share scheme or other scheme or arrangement in which any employees of the Company or of any such other body are interested, including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) insurance against any costs, charges, expenses, losses or liabilities suffered or incurred by such persons in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of their duties and/or the actual or purported exercise of their powers and discretions and/or otherwise in relation to or in connection with their duties, powers or offices in relation to the Company or any such other body, fund, trust, scheme or arrangement.

89.3       Without prejudice to any other provisions of these Articles, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to establish, maintain, and contribute to any scheme for encouraging or facilitating the holding of shares in the Company or in any connected company by or for the benefit of current or former directors of the Company or any connected company or any

32

company otherwise allied or associated with the Company or connected company or the spouses, civil partners, former spouses, former civil partners, families, connections or dependants of any such persons and, in connection with any such scheme, to establish, maintain and contribute to a trust for the purpose of acquiring and holding shares in the Company or any connected company and to lend money to the trustees of any such trust or to any individual referred to above.

89.4       No Director or former Director shall be accountable to the Company or the Members for any benefit provided pursuant to these Articles. The receipt of any such benefit shall not disqualify any person from being or becoming a Director of the Company.

90.          Local boards

The Board may make such arrangements as it thinks fit for the management and transaction of the Company's affairs in the United Kingdom and elsewhere and may from time to time and at any time establish any local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any specified locality, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local board, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration. The Board from time to time, and at any time, may delegate to any person so appointed any of the powers, authorities, and discretions for the time being vested in the Board (other than the powers of borrowing and of making calls), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them, to fill up any vacancies therein, and to act notwithstanding vacancies; and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may at any time remove any person so appointed, and may annul or vary any such delegation.

91.          Attorneys

The Board may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any body corporate, firm or person or body of persons, to be the attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointments may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney or agent as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or agent to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him or her.

92.          Official seal

The Company may exercise the powers conferred by the Statutes with regard to having an official seal for use abroad and the powers conferred by the Statutes with regard to having an official seal for sealing securities and for sealing documents creating or evidencing securities, and such powers shall be vested in the Board.

33

93.          Overseas branch register

The Company may exercise the powers conferred upon the Company by the Statutes with regard to the keeping of an overseas branch register, and the Board may (subject to the provisions of the Statutes) make and vary such regulations as they may think fit concerning the keeping of any such register.

94.          Directors' permitted interests and entitlement to vote

94.1        Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, a Director may hold any other office or place of profit with the Company, except that of Auditor, in conjunction with the office of Director and may act by himself or herself or through his or her firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor), and in any such case on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Board may decide. Any such remuneration shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by any other Article. No Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his or her office from entering into, or being otherwise interested in, any of the foregoing, or any other contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company has a (direct or indirect) interest. Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and save as therein provided no such contract, transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of the Director's interest, nor shall any Director be liable to account to the Company for any remuneration or other benefit which derives from any such contract, transaction or arrangement or interest by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established, but he or she shall declare the nature of his or her interest in accordance with the requirements of the Statutes.

94.2       Save as herein provided, a Director shall not vote in respect of any contract, arrangement or transaction whatsoever in which he or she has an interest which is to his or her knowledge a material interest otherwise than by virtue of interests in shares or debentures or other securities of or otherwise in or through the Company. A Director shall not be counted in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution on which he or she is debarred from voting.

94.3       A Director shall (in the absence of some other material interest than is indicated below) be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of any resolution concerning any of the following matters, namely:

(a)           the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him or her or by any other person at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings;

(b)          the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for which he or she himself or herself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

(c)           any proposal concerning an offer of securities of or by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings in which offer he or she is or may be entitled to participate as

34

a holder of securities or in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of which he or she is to participate;

(d)          any contract, arrangement or transaction concerning any other body corporate in which he or she is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer or Member or otherwise howsoever, provided that he or she does not to his or her knowledge hold an interest (within the meaning of sections 820 to 825 of the 2006 Act) in one per cent. or more of any class of the equity share capital of such body corporate or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant body corporate;

(e)           any contract, arrangement or transaction for the benefit of employees of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings which does not accord to him or her any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the employees to whom the scheme relates;

(f)           any contract, arrangement or transaction concerning any insurance which the Company is to purchase and/or maintain for, or for the benefit of, any Directors or persons including Directors;

(g)          the giving of an indemnity pursuant to Article 146; and

(h)          the provision of funds to any Director to meet, or the doing of anything to enable a Director to avoid incurring, expenditure of the nature described in section 205(1) or 206 of the 2006 Act.

94.4       A Director shall not vote or be counted in the quorum on any resolution concerning his or her own appointment as the holder of any office or place of profit with the Company or any company in which the Company is interested including fixing or varying the terms of his or her appointment or the termination thereof.

94.5       Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying the terms of appointment) of two or more Directors to offices or employments with the Company or any body corporate in which the Company is interested, such proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each Director separately and in such cases each of the Directors concerned (if not debarred from voting under paragraph 94.3(d) of this Article) shall be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of each resolution except that concerning his or her own appointment.

94.6       If any question shall arise at any meeting as to an interest or as to the entitlement of any Director to vote and such question is not resolved by his or her voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting, such question shall be referred to the chair of the meeting (or if the Director concerned is the chair, to the other Directors at the meeting) and his or her ruling in relation to any Director (or the ruling of the majority of the other Directors if the Director concerned is the chair) shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interests of the Director concerned have not been fairly disclosed.

35

94.7       Subject to the provisions of the Statutes the Company may by ordinary resolution suspend or relax the provisions of this Article to any extent or ratify any contract, arrangement or transaction not duly authorised by reason of a contravention of this Article.

94.8         (a) For the purposes of Section 175 of the 2006 Act, the Board may authorise any matter proposed to them in accordance with these Articles which would, if not so authorised, constitute or give rise to an infringement of duty by a Director under that Section.

(b)          Authorisation of a matter under sub paragraph (a) of this paragraph 94.8 of this Article shall be effective only if:

(i)           the matter in question shall have been proposed by any person for consideration at a meeting of the Board, in accordance with the Board procedures, if any, for the time being relating to matters for consideration by the Board or in such other manner as the Board may approve;

(ii)          any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting of the Board at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question and any other interested Director (together the "Interested Directors"); and

(iii)         the matter was agreed to without the Interested Directors voting or would have been agreed to if the votes of the Interested Directors had not been counted.

(c)           Any authorisation of a matter pursuant to sub paragraph (a) of this paragraph 94.8 of this Article shall extend to any actual or potential conflict of interest which may reasonably be expected to arise out of the matter so authorised.

(d)          Any authorisation of a matter under sub paragraph (a) of this paragraph 94.8 of this Article shall be subject to such conditions or limitations as the Board may specify, whether at the time such authorisation is given or subsequently, and may be terminated or varied by the Board at any time. A Director shall comply with any obligations imposed on him or her by the Board pursuant to any such authorisation.

(e)           A Director shall not, by reason of his or her office or the fiduciary relationship thereby established, be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefit which derives from any matter authorised by the Board under sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph 94.8 of this Article and any contract, transaction or arrangement relating thereto shall not be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such remuneration or other benefit or on the ground of the Director having any interest as referred to in the said section 175.

(f)           A Director shall be under no duty to the Company with respect to any information which he or she obtains or has obtained otherwise than as a director or officer or employee of the Company and in respect of which he or she owes a duty of confidentiality to another person. However, to the extent that his or her connection with that other person conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company, this sub-paragraph (f) of this paragraph 94.8 of this Article applies only if the existence of that connection has been authorised by the Board under sub-

36

paragraph (a) of this paragraph 94.8 of this Article. In particular, the Director shall not be in breach of the general duties he or she owes to the Company by virtue of sections 171 to 177 of the 2006 Act because he or she fails:

(i)           to disclose any such information to the Board or to any Director or other officer or employee of the Company; and/or

(ii)          to use any such information in performing his or her duties as a Director or officer or employee of the Company.

(g)          Where the existence of a Director's connection with another person has been authorised by the Board under sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph 94.8 of this Article and his or her connection with that person conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company, the Director shall not be in breach of the general duties he or she owes to the Company by virtue of sections 171 to 177 of the 2006 Act because he:

(i)           absents himself or herself from meetings of the Board or any committee thereof at which any matter relating to the conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest will or may be discussed or from the discussion of any such matter at a meeting or otherwise; and/or

(ii)          makes arrangements not to receive documents and information relating to any matter which gives rise to the conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest sent or supplied by the Company and/or for such documents and information to be received and read by a professional adviser,

for so long as he or she reasonably believes such conflict of interest (or possible conflict of interest) subsists.

(h)          The provisions of sub-paragraphs (f) and (g) of this paragraph 94.8 of this Article are without prejudice to any equitable principle or rule of law which may excuse the Director from:

(i)           disclosing information, in circumstances where disclosure would otherwise be required under these Articles or otherwise; or

(ii)          attending meetings or discussions or receiving documents and information as referred to in sub-paragraph (g) of this paragraph 94.8 of this Article, in circumstances where such attendance or receiving such documents and information would otherwise be required under these Articles.

For the purposes of this Article, a conflict of interest includes a conflict of interest and duty and a conflict of duties.

37

95.          Exercise of Company's voting powers

The Board may exercise or procure the exercise of the voting rights conferred by the shares in any other body corporate held or owned by the Company or any power of appointment in relation to any other body corporate, and may exercise any voting rights or power of appointment to which they are entitled as directors of such other body corporate, in such manner as it shall in its discretion think fit, including the exercise thereof in favour of appointing themselves or any of them as directors, officers or servants of such other body corporate, and fixing their remuneration as such, and may vote as Directors of the Company in connection with any of the matters aforesaid.

96.          Signing of cheques etc.

All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments, and all receipts for monies paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed, or otherwise executed or authenticated, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time determine.

97.          Minutes

97.1       The Board shall cause minutes to be recorded:

(a)           of all appointments of officers made by the Board;

(b)          of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board and of any committee of the Board;

(c)           of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Board, and of committees of the Board.

97.2       It shall not be necessary for Directors present at any meeting of the Board or committee of the Board to sign their names in any minute book or other book kept for recording attendance. Minutes recorded as aforesaid, if purporting to be signed by the chair of the meeting, or by the chair of the next succeeding such meeting, shall be receivable as evidence of the matters stated in such minutes.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

98.          Vacation of a Director's office

The office of a Director shall be vacated in any of the following events, namely:

98.1       if a bankruptcy order is made against him or her or he or she makes any arrangement or composition with his or her creditors generally;

98.2       if he or she becomes prohibited by law from acting as a Director or ceases to be a Director by virtue of the Act or of these Articles;

38

98.3        a registered medical practitioner who has examined the Director gives a written opinion to the Company stating that the person has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as a Director and may remain so for more than three months and the Board passes a resolution stating that the Director should cease to be a Director;

98.4       if he or she resigns his or her office by notice to the Company or offers to resign and the Board resolves to accept such offer;

98.5       if, not having leave of absence from the Board, he or she and his or her alternate (if any) fail to attend the meetings of the Board for six successive months, unless prevented by illness, unavoidable accident or other cause which may seem to the Board to be sufficient, and the Board resolves that his or her office be vacated;

98.6       if, by notice in writing delivered to or received by the Company in accordance with Article 143 or tendered at a meeting of the Board, his or her resignation is requested by all of the other Directors (but so that this shall be without prejudice to any claim such Director may have for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company); or

98.7       in the case of any Director who holds any executive office at the Company, his or her appointment to that executive office is terminated or expires and the Board resolves that he or she should cease to be a Director.

RETIREMENT AND SUBMISSION FOR RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

99.          Regular submission of Directors for re-election

At every annual general meeting all the Directors at the date of the notice convening the annual general meeting shall retire from office. A retiring Director shall, if willing to act, be eligible for re-appointment. A Director retiring at a meeting shall, if he or she is not re- appointed at such meeting, retain office until the meeting appoints someone in his or her place, or if it does not do so, until the conclusion of such meeting.

100.       Appointment of Directors by separate resolution

Except as otherwise authorised by the Act, a single resolution for the appointment of two or more persons as Directors shall not be put at any general meeting, unless an ordinary resolution that it should be so put has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it.

101.       Persons eligible for appointment

No person other than a Director retiring at the meeting shall, unless recommended by the Board, be eligible for appointment to the office of Director at any general meeting unless not less than seven nor more than 42 days before the date appointed for the meeting there shall have been left at the Office notice in writing, signed by a Member duly qualified to attend and vote at such meeting (not being the person to be proposed), of his or her intention to propose such person for appointment stating the particulars which would, if he or she or she

39

were so appointed, be required to be included in the Company's register of directors, and also notice in writing signed by that person of his or her willingness to be appointed.

102.       Provisions if insufficient directors appointed

102.1     If:

(a)          any resolution or resolutions for the appointment or re-appointment of the persons eligible for appointment or reappointment as Directors are put to the annual general meeting and lost; and

(b)          at the end of that meeting the number of Directors is fewer than the minimum number required under Article 79,

all retiring Directors who stood for re-appointment at the meeting (the "Retiring Directors") shall be deemed to have been re-appointed as Directors and shall remain in office, but the Retiring Directors may only:

(c)           act for the purpose of filling vacancies and convening general meetings of the Company; and

(d)          perform such duties as are appropriate to maintain the Company as a going concern and to comply with the Company's legal and regulatory obligations,

but not for any other purpose.

102.2     The Retiring Directors shall convene a general meeting as soon as reasonably practicable following the annual general meeting referred to in Article 102.1 and they shall retire from office at that meeting. If at the end of any meeting convened under this Article the numbers of Directors is fewer than any minimum number of Directors required under Article 79, the provisions of Article 102.1 shall apply to this meeting.

103.        Casual vacancies and additional Directors - powers of Company

Subject as aforesaid, the Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution appoint a person who is willing to act to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director.

104.        Casual vacancies and additional Directors - powers of the Board

The Board shall have power at any time, and from time to time, to appoint any person who is willing to act to be a Director of the Company, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors, but so that the total number of Directors shall not at any time exceed the maximum number, if any, fixed by or pursuant to these Articles. Any Director so appointed shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting, notice of which is first sent after his or her appointment, and shall then be eligible for reappointment.

40

105.        Power of removal by special resolution

In addition to any power of removal under the Act, the Company may by special resolution remove any Director before the expiration of his or her period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director. Such removal shall be without prejudice to any claim such Director may have for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company.

106.        Appointment of replacement Director

Subject to Articles 101 and 104, the Company may by ordinary resolution appoint another person in place of a Director removed from office under the immediately preceding Article.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD

107.        Board meetings and participation

The Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as it thinks fit. Without prejudice to the foregoing, all or any of the Board or of the members of any committee of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or of that committee by means of a conference telephone or any communication equipment which allows all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other and to address each other. A person so participating shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum accordingly. Such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of those participating is assembled, or, if there is no such group, where the chair of the meeting is then present. The word "meeting" in these Articles shall be construed accordingly.

108.        Quorum at board meetings

The Board may determine the quorum necessary for the transaction of business. Until otherwise determined two Directors shall constitute a quorum. Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a meeting of the Board may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of the meeting of the Board if no Director objects.

109.        Voting at board meetings

Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote (unless he or she is not entitled to vote on the matter in question, in which case if there is an equality of votes the matter shall be treated as not having been decided). A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Board. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting and any such waiver may be retrospective.

41

110.        Notice of board meetings

Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to him or her personally or by word of mouth or sent in writing to him or her at his or her last known address or any other address given by him or her to the Company for this purpose or sent in electronic form to such address (if any) for the time being specified by him or her or on his or her behalf to the Company for that purpose. A Director absent or intending to be absent from the United Kingdom may request the Board that notices of meetings of the Board shall during his or her absence be sent in writing to him or her to such address given by him or her to the Company for this purpose, whether or not out of the United Kingdom, or be sent by electronic means to such address (if any) for the time being notified by him or her to the Company for that purpose. If no such request is made to the Board, it shall not be necessary to send notice of a meeting of the Board to any Director who is for the time being absent from the United Kingdom.

111.        Directors below minimum

The continuing Directors or sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but, if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

112.        Appointment of chair and deputy chair of meetings

The Board may elect one of their number as a chair of their meetings, and one of their number to be the deputy chair of their meetings and may at any time remove either of them from such office; but if no such chair or deputy chair is elected, or if at any meeting neither the chair nor the deputy chair is present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to be chair of such meeting.

113.        Delegation of the Board's powers to committees and otherwise

The Board may delegate any of their powers or discretions (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing all powers and discretions whose exercise involves or may involve any payment to or the conferring of any other benefit on all or any of the Directors) to committees consisting of one or more members of their body and (if thought fit) one or more other persons co-opted as hereinafter provided. Insofar as any such power or discretion is delegated to a committee any reference in these Articles to the exercise by the Board of such power or discretion shall be read and construed as if it were a reference to the exercise of such power or discretion by such committee. Any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers and discretions so delegated conform to any regulations that may from time to time be imposed by the Board in default of which the meetings and proceedings of a committee consisting of more than one member shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of these Articles regulating the proceedings and meetings of the Board. Any such regulations may provide for or authorise the co-option to the committee of persons other

42

than Directors and for such co-opted members to have voting rights as members of the committee.

Any such delegation shall, in the absence of express provision to the contrary in the terms of delegation, be deemed to include authority to sub-delegate to one or more Directors (whether or not acting as a committee) or to any employee or agent of the Company all or any of the powers and discretions delegated and may be made subject to such conditions as the Board may specify, and may be revoked or altered.

114.        Validity of Directors' acts

All acts done by any meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board or by any person acting as a Director or as a member of a committee shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment or continuance in office of any of the persons acting as aforesaid, or that any of such persons were disqualified from holding office or not entitled to vote on the matter in question, or had in any way vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed or had duly continued in office and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of the committee and was entitled to vote.

115.        Written resolution of the Board

A resolution in writing, signed or otherwise agreed to by all those Directors for the time being entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Directors or by all the members of a committee for the time being entitled to receive notice of a committee meeting, (in each case) who would have been entitled to vote on the resolution at a meeting of the Board or of such committee shall be as valid and effective for all purposes as a resolution passed at a meeting duly convened and held, and may consist of two or more documents in like form each signed or agreed to by one or more of such Directors or members of such committee, provided that all those signing or agreeing to the resolution would have formed a quorum at such a meeting. Such a resolution in writing need not be signed or agreed to by an alternate Director if it is signed or agreed to by the Director who appointed him or her. If an alternate Director signifies his or her agreement to the proposed written resolution, his or her appointer need not also signify his or her agreement.

MANAGING AND EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

116.        Appointment of executive Directors

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the Board may from time to time appoint one or more of their body to the office of Managing Director or to hold such other executive office in relation to the management of the business of the Company as they may decide, for such period and on such terms as it thinks fit, and, subject to the terms of any service contract entered into in any particular case and without prejudice to any claim for damages such Director may have for breach of any such service contract, may revoke such appointment. Without prejudice to any claim for damages such Director may have for breach of any service

43

contract between him or her and the Company, his or her appointment shall be automatically determined if he or she ceases from any cause to be a Director.

117.        Remuneration of executive Directors

The salary or remuneration of any Managing Director or other executive Director of the Company shall, subject as provided in any contract, be such as the Board may from time to time determine, and may either be a fixed sum of money, or may altogether or in part be governed by the business done or profits made, and may include the making of provisions for the payment to him or her, his or her widow or other dependants, of a pension on retirement from the office or employment to which he or she is appointed and for the participation in pension and life assurance and other benefits, or may be upon such other terms as the Board determines.

118.        Powers of executive Directors

The Board may entrust to and confer upon a Managing Director or other executive Director any of the powers and discretions exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it may think fit, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of its own powers and discretions and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers or discretions. Any such delegation shall, in the absence of express provision  to the contrary in the terms of delegation, be deemed to include authority to sub-delegate to one or more Directors (whether or not acting as a committee) or to any employee or agent of the Company all or any of the powers and discretions delegated and may be made subject to such conditions as the Board may specify and may be revoked or altered.

SECRETARY

119.        Appointment and removal of Secretary

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the Secretary shall be appointed by the Board for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as the Board thinks fit and any Secretary may be removed by the Board.

THE SEAL

120.        Use of Seal

120.1     The Board shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and any official seal kept under section 50 of the 2006 Act, and neither shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf. Every instrument to which either shall be affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or as otherwise determined by the Board, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company, the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some mechanical or electronic method or system.

44

120.2     Where the Statutes so permit, any instrument signed by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by a Director in the presence of a witness who attests the signature, and expressed, in whatever words, to be executed or authenticated by the Company shall have the same effect as if executed under the Seal. The Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be affixed by some mechanical or electronic method or system.

RESERVE

121.        Establishment of reserve

The Board may from time to time set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it thinks proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied, and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board thinks fit. The Board may divide the reserve into such special funds as it thinks fit, and may consolidate into one fund any special funds or any parts of any special funds into which the reserve may have been divided as it thinks fit. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to divide.

DIVIDENDS

122.        Declarations of dividends by Company

122.1     Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by ordinary resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members, but no dividends shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board, and the Board may also from time to time declare and pay dividends on shares of any class of such amounts and on such dates and in respect of such periods as they think fit.

122.2      Dividends may be declared and paid in any currency or currencies that the Board shall determine.

123.        Payment of interim and fixed dividends by the Board

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the Board:

(a)           may from time to time pay such interim dividends as it thinks fit; and

(b)          may also pay the fixed dividends payable on any shares of the Company half- yearly or otherwise on fixed dates.

If the Board acts in good faith, they shall not incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring preferred rights for any loss they may suffer in consequence of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having non-preferred or deferred rights.

45

124.        Restrictions on dividends

No dividend or interim dividend shall be paid otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of the Statutes.

125.        Calculation of dividends

Subject to the Statutes, and to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with any priority, preference or special rights as to dividend, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect whereof the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purpose of this Article as paid up on the share. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as if paid up in full or in part from a particular date, whether past or future, such share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

126.        Deductions of amounts due on shares and waiver of dividends

126.1     The Board may deduct from any dividend or other monies payable to any Member on or in respect of a share all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him or her to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in relation to shares of the Company.

126.2     The waiver in whole or in part of any dividend on any share by any document (whether or not under seal) shall be effective only if such document is signed by the Member (or the person entitled to the share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law) and delivered to the Company in accordance with Article 143 and if or to the extent that the same is accepted as such or acted upon by the Company.

127.        Dividends other than in cash

127.1     Any general meeting declaring a dividend may, upon the recommendation of the Board, direct payment of such dividend wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of any other body corporate, and the Board shall give effect to such direction. Where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue fractional certificates and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board.

127.2     The Board may, with the sanction of an ordinary resolution of the Company, offer the holders of shares the right to elect to receive shares, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in respect of the whole (or some part, to be determined by the Board) of such dividend or dividends as are specified by such resolution. The following provisions shall apply:-

(a)          the resolution may specify a particular dividend, or may specify all or any dividends declared or paid within a specified period, but such period shall end not later than the

46

beginning of the annual general meeting in the fifth year following that in which such resolution is passed;

(b)          the entitlement of each holder of shares to new shares shall be such that the value of such new shares shall be as nearly as possible equal to (but not in  excess of)  the cash amount that such holder would otherwise have received by way of dividend. For this purpose the value of a share shall be the average of the middle market quotations for such a share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on such five consecutive dealing days as the Board shall determine provided that the first of such dealing days shall be on or after the day when the shares are first quoted "ex" the relevant dividend;

(c)           no fraction of a share may be allotted and the Board may make such provision as it thinks fit for any fractional entitlements including provision:-

(i)           for the whole or part of the benefit of fractional entitlements to be disregarded or to accrue to the Company; or

(ii)          for the value of fractional entitlements to be accumulated on behalf of a member (without entitlement to interest) and applied in paying up new shares in connection with a subsequent offer by the Company of the right to receive shares instead of cash in respect of a future dividend;

(d)          the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall notify the Members in writing of the right of election offered to them and (except in the case of any Member from whom the Company has received written notice in accordance with Article 143 which is effective for the purposes of the relevant dividend that such holder wishes to receive shares instead of cash in respect of all future dividends in respect of which the Board offer the holders of shares the right to elect to receive shares as aforesaid) shall send with, or following, such notification, forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and place at which, and the latest date and time by which, duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

(e)           the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been offered) shall not be payable on shares in respect of which such election has been duly made (the "elected shares") and instead additional shares shall be allotted to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as provided above. For such purpose the Board shall capitalise out of such of the sums standing to the credit of reserves (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve) or any of the profits which could otherwise have been applied in paying dividends in cash as the Board may determine a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the additional shares to be allotted on such basis and shall apply the same in paying up in full the appropriate number of unissued shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis;

47

(f)           the additional shares so allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully-paid shares of that class then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend; and

(g)          the Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election shall only be made available subject to such exclusions, restrictions or other arrangements as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable in order to comply with legal or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any recognised regulatory body or any stock exchange in, any territory.

128.        Payment procedure

128.1      All dividends and other distributions shall be paid (subject to any lien of the Company) to those Members whose names shall be on the Register at the date at which such dividend shall be declared or at such other time and/or date as the Company by ordinary resolution or the Board may determine.

128.2      Any dividend or other moneys payable in cash (whether in sterling or foreign currency) relating to a share can be paid by such method or combination of methods as the Board, in its discretion, may decide. Different methods of payment may apply to different Members or groups of Members. Without limiting any other method of payment that the Board may decide, the Board may decide that payment can be made wholly or partly:

(a)           by inter-bank transfer, in electronic form, by electronic means or by such other means approved by the Board directly to an account (of a type approved by the Board) nominated by the Member in writing or in such other manner as the Board may decide; or

(b)          by cheque or warrant or any similar financial instrument made payable to or to the order of and sent to: (i) if a share is held by a sole holder, his or her registered address; (ii) in the case of joint Members, the registered address of the Member who is first named in the Register; (iii) without prejudice to Article 126, if a person is entitled by transmission to the share, as if it were a notice to be sent under Article 140; or (iv) in any case, to someone else named and to such address as is set out in an  instruction from the person entitled to payment by the Company; or

(c)           in respect of an uncertificated share, in such manner as the Board may decide is sufficient, by means of the relevant system (subject to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system).

128.3      If the Board decides in accordance with Article 128.2 that more than one method of payment of a dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be used to pay any Member or group of Members, the Company may notify the relevant Members:

(a)           of the methods of payment decided by the Board; and

(b)          that the Members may nominate one of these methods of payment in writing or in such other manner as the Board may decide;

48

and if any Member does not nominate a method of payment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Article, the dividend or other moneys may be paid by such method as the Board may decide.

128.4     If the Board decides in accordance with Article 128.2 that only one method of payment of a dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be used to pay any Member or group of Members, the Company may notify the relevant Members accordingly.

128.5     If the Board decides that a payment of dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share to any Member or group of Members will be made exclusively by electronic transfer to an account (of a type approved by the Board) nominated by a Member, but no such account is nominated by the Member, or a Member does not provide the details necessary to enable the Company to make a payment to the nominated account, or an electronic transfer into the nominated account is rejected or refunded, the Company may treat the payment as an unclaimed dividend and Article 130.2 shall apply.

128.6     Without prejudice to Article 126, if a person is entitled by transmission to a share, the Company may, for the purposes of Articles 128.2, 128.3 and 128.5, rely in relation to the share on his or her written direction, designation or agreement, or notice to the Company.

128.7      If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, or are entitled by transmission jointly to a share, the Company may (without prejudice to Article 128):

(a)           pay any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of the share to any one of them and any one of them may give effectual receipt for that payment; and

(b)          for the purposes of Articles 128.2, 128.3 and 128.5, rely in relation to the share on the written direction, designation or agreement of, or notice to the Company by, any one of them.

128.8     An amount credited to an account under Article 128.2 is to be treated as having been paid to the Member at the time it is credited to that account. The Company will not be a trustee of the money and no interest will accrue on the money.

128.9     The Company will not pay interest on any dividend or other money due to a Member in respect of his or her shares, unless the rights of the shares provide otherwise.

128.10    Payment by electronic transfer of funds by the bank instructed to make the transfer, or of a cheque or warrant or any similar financial instrument by the bank on which it is drawn, or payment by electronic means or in any other way approved by the Board to an account (of a type approved by the Board), or, in respect of an uncertificated share, the making of payment in accordance with the facilities and requirements of the relevant system) shall be good discharge to the Company. Every cheque or warrant or similar financial instrument sent, or transfer of funds or payment in any other way made in accordance with these Articles is made at the risk of the people who are entitled to the money. The Company will not be responsible for a payment which is lost or delayed.

49

129.        Interest

Subject to the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any shares, no dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company.

130.        Uncashed and unclaimed dividends

130.1      If:

(a)          on two consecutive occasions cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments, or any other method of payment, in payment of dividends or other monies payable on or in respect of any share have been sent in accordance with the provisions of Article 128 but have been returned undelivered or left uncashed, or the other method of payment has failed;

(b)          following one such occasion reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new address of the registered Member or other details necessary in order to make a payment of a dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of any share by the means by which the Board has decided in accordance with Article 128 that a payment is to be made, or by which the recipient has elected to receive payment in accordance with Article 128.3(b); or

(c)           a recipient does not specify an address, or does not specify an account of a type prescribed by the Board, or other details necessary in order to make a payment of a dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of any share by the means by which the Board has decided in accordance with Article 128 that a payment is to be made, or by which the recipient has elected to receive payment in accordance with Article 128.3(b), and such address or details are necessary in order for the Company to make the relevant payment in accordance with such decision or election,

the Company shall be entitled to cease sending dividend warrants, cheques and similar financial instruments by post or otherwise to a Member, or use any other method of payment, in payment of dividends or other monies payable on or in respect of the share in question until the Member or other person entitled shall have communicated with the Company to claim those dividends or other monies and supplied in writing to the Company a postal address or account details to enable the relevant method of payment prescribed by the Board in accordance with Article 128 to be used or have cashed a dividend warrant, cheque or similar financial instrument, in each case before they revert to the Company under Article 130.2.

130.2     All dividends or other sums payable on or in respect of any share which remain unclaimed or any amount treated as an unclaimed dividend pursuant to Article 128.5, or any amount the payment of which under Article 128 is unsuccessful or in respect of which the relevant method of payment (prescribed by the Board in accordance with Article 128) cannot be used, due to any of the circumstances referred to in paragraph (c) of Article 130.1, may be paid by the Company into an account separate from the Company's own account and be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any

50

amount so transferred is to be treated as having been duly paid to its originally intended recipient or recipients at the time it is credited to the account in question of the Company. All dividends or any amount treated as an unclaimed dividend pursuant to Article 128.5, or any other moneys payable in respect of a share or paid into an account separate from the Company's own account in accordance with this Article 130.2, that has or have remained unclaimed for a period of 12 years after becoming due for payment or which relate to a share sold by the Company in accordance with Articles 47 or 48 shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company and the Company shall not be obliged to account to, or be liable in any respect to, the recipient or person who would have been entitled to the amount. The payment of any unclaimed dividend or other sum payable by the Company on or in respect of any share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee thereof, and no interest shall accrue on any such monies.

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS AND SCRIP DIVIDENDS

131.        Power to capitalise

Subject to the provisions of Article 132, the Board may capitalise any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company's reserve accounts (including any share premium account and capital redemption reserve) or to the credit of the profit and loss or retained earnings account (in each case, whether or not such amounts are available for distribution), and appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised either:

131.1      to the holders of ordinary shares (on the Register at such time and on such date as may be specified in, or determined as provided in, the resolution of the general meeting granting authority for such capitalisation) who would have been entitled thereto if distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions (including, for this purpose, any shares in the Company held as treasury shares, as if the restriction on payment of dividends in the Statutes did not apply); and the Board shall apply such sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up any amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by such holders of ordinary shares respectively or in paying up in full at par new shares or debentures of the Company to be allotted credited as fully paid up to such holders of ordinary shares in the proportions aforesaid, or partly in the one way and partly in the other; or

131.2      to such holders of ordinary shares who may, in relation to any dividend or dividends, validly accept an offer or offers on such terms and conditions as the Board may determine (and subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Board may consider necessary or expedient to deal with legal or practical problems in respect of overseas Members or in respect of shares represented by depository receipts) to receive new ordinary shares, credited as fully paid up, in lieu of the whole or any part of any such dividend or dividends (any such offer being called a "Scrip Dividend Offer"); and the Board shall apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full at par new shares (in accordance with the terms, conditions and exclusions or other arrangements of the Scrip Dividend Offer) to be allotted credited as fully paid up to such holders respectively.

51

132.        Authority required

132.1     The authority of the Company in general meeting shall be required before the Board implements any Scrip Dividend Offer (which authority may extend to one or more offers).

132.2     An ordinary resolution to give the Board authority under this Article 132 may give authority in relation to particular dividends or may extend to all dividends declared or paid in the period specified in the resolution, which may not be longer than the period to (and including) the date of the annual general meeting of the Company held in the third year that commences after the date of the resolution, provided that the Board shall be entitled to make offers or agreements for the allotment of ordinary shares before the expiry of the authority granted by the resolution which would or might require ordinary shares to be allotted after such expiry and the Board shall be entitled to allot ordinary shares pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if such authority had not expired.

132.3     The authority of the Company in general meeting shall be required for any capitalisation pursuant to Article 132.1.

132.4     A share premium account and a capital redemption reserve and any other amounts which are not available for distribution may only be applied in the paying up of new shares to be allotted to holders of ordinary shares of the Company credited as fully paid up.

133.        Provision for fractions etc.

Whenever a capitalisation requires to be effected, the Board may do all acts and things which it may consider necessary or expedient to give effect thereto, with full power to the Board to make such provision as it thinks fit for the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby fractional entitlements are disregarded or the benefit thereof accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned) and also to authorise any person to enter on behalf of all Members concerned into an agreement with the Company providing for any such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

134.        Power to extend inspection to Members

The Board shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounting records of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors.

135.        Limit on Members' right to inspect

No Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document or information of the Company except as conferred by statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

52

NOTICES

136.        Service of notice and curtailment of postal service

A notice or other document (including a share certificate) or information may be given, sent, supplied, delivered or provided by the Company to any Member in accordance with the 2006 Act, subject to these Articles. The Company may at any time and in its discretion choose to give, send, supply, deliver or provide any notice, document or information in hard copy form alone to some or all Members.

136.1     If at any time by reason of the suspension or any curtailment of postal services in the United Kingdom or any part of the United Kingdom, or of services for delivery by electronic means, the Company is unable in the opinion of the Board effectively to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post (or by notification by post as to the availability of the notice of meeting on a website) or (in the case of those Members in respect of whom an address has for the time being been notified to the Company, in a manner specified by the Board, for the purpose of giving notices by electronic means) by electronic means, the Board may decide that the only persons to whom notice of the affected general meeting must be sent are:

(a)           the Board;

(b)          the Auditors;

(c)           those Members to whom notice to convene the general meeting can validly be sent by electronic means; and

(d)          those Members to whom notice to convene the general meeting can validly be sent by means of a website and to whom notification as to the availability of the notice of meeting on a website can validly be sent by electronic means.

In any such case the Company shall:

(a)           send confirmatory copies of the notice (or a confirmatory notification as to the availability of the notice on the Company's website in the case of those Members to whom notice to convene the general meeting can validly be sent by means of a website but to whom notification as of the availability of the notice of meeting on a website cannot validly be sent by electronic means) by post or (as the case may be) by electronic means if, at least seven days prior to the date of the general meeting, the posting of notices to addresses throughout the United Kingdom or (as the case may be) the sending of notices by electronic means again becomes, in the opinion of the Board, practicable;

(b)          advertise the notice of meeting in at least one national newspaper; and

(c)          make the notice of meeting available on its website from the day the notice was sent until the conclusion of the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

53

137.        Members resident abroad

A Member who has no registered address within the United Kingdom, and has not supplied to the Company an address (not being an address for communication by electronic means) within the United Kingdom at which notices or other documents or information may be given to him or her, shall not be entitled to receive any notice or other documents or information from the Company.

138.        Notice deemed served

138.1     Where a notice or other document or information is given, sent, supplied, delivered or provided by the Company by post, service of the notice or other document or information shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, prepaying, and posting it, or a letter containing the notice or other document or information, and to have been effected at the latest at the expiration of 24 hours after posting if first-class post was used and at the latest at the expiration of 48 hours after posting if first-class post was not used. In proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice, document or information, or the letter containing the same, was properly addressed and put in the post with postage paid.

138.2     Where a notice or other document or information is given, sent, supplied, delivered or provided by the Company by electronic means, service of the notice or other document or information shall be deemed to be effected by sending it by electronic means to an address for the time being notified to the person giving the notice or other document or information or as otherwise permitted by the Statutes for that purpose, and to have been effected at the latest at the expiration of 24 hours from when it was sent (even if the Company subsequently sends a hard copy of such notice, document or information by post). In proving such service by electronic means, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice or other document or information was properly addressed subject to the provisions of section 1147(4) of the 2006 Act as to deemed delivery of documents or information by means of a website.

139.        Notice to joint holders

A notice or other document or information may be given, sent, supplied, delivered or provided by the Company to the joint holders of a share by giving, sending, supplying, delivering or providing the notice or other document or information to the joint holder first named in the Register in respect of the share.

Anything to be agreed or specified by joint holders of a share may be agreed or specified by any of the joint holders (and any such agreement or specification shall be deemed for all purposes to be agreed or specified by all the joint holders) unless the Board require it to be agreed or specified by all the joint holders or by the joint holder first named in the Register in respect of the share.

140.        Service of notice on persons entitled by transmission

A notice or other document or information may be given, sent, supplied, delivered or provided by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or

54

bankruptcy of a Member or otherwise by operation of law by giving, sending, supplying, delivering or providing it addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, to the address, if any, within the United Kingdom supplied for the purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving, sending, supplying, delivering or providing the notice or other document or information in any manner in which the same might have been given, sent, supplied, delivered or provided if the death or bankruptcy or other event had not occurred.

141.        No entitlement to receive notice if Company has no current address

141.1     If on three consecutive occasions any notice, document or other information have been sent or supplied (whether through the post or in electronic form) to any Member at his or her registered address or his or her address for the service of notices but have been returned undelivered (in the case of an item sent or supplied in electronic form, it will be treated as undelivered if the Company receives notification that it was not delivered to the address to which it was sent), such Member shall not thereafter be entitled to receive notices, documents or information from the Company until he or she shall have communicated with the Company and supplied in writing in accordance with Article 143 a new registered address or address within the United Kingdom for the service of notices, documents and information.

141.2     Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any notice of a general meeting of the Company which is in fact sent or purports to be sent to such Member shall be ignored for the purpose of determining the validity of the proceedings at such general meeting.

COMMUNICATION

142.        Electronic Communication

Notwithstanding anything in these Articles to the contrary:

142.1     Any document or information to be given, sent, supplied, delivered or provided to any person by the Company, whether pursuant to these Articles, the Statutes or otherwise, is also to be treated as given, sent, supplied, delivered or provided where it is made available on a website, or is sent in electronic form or by electronic means, in the manner provided by the 2006 Act for the purposes of the 2006 Act (subject to the provisions of these Articles).

For the purposes of paragraph 10(2)(b) of schedule 5 to the 2006 Act, the Company may give, send, supply, deliver or provide documents or information to Members by making them available on a website.

For the purposes of paragraph 6.1.8R(1) of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, the Company may use electronic means (as defined therein) to convey information or documents to Members or holders of debt securities (as defined therein).

142.2     The Board may from time to time make such arrangements or regulations (if any) as they may from time to time in its discretion think fit in relation to the giving of notices or other documents or information in electronic form or by electronic means by or to the Company

55

and otherwise for the purpose of implementing and/or supplementing the provisions of these Articles and the Statutes in relation to electronic form or electronic means; and such arrangements and regulations (as the case may be) shall have the same effect as if set out in this Article.

143.        Communications to the Company

Communications and notices in writing to the Company shall take effect only upon receipt of such written communications or notices at the Office or such other place as may be specified on or behalf of the Company for that purpose, or in the case of a communication or notice in electronic form or by electronic means, at such address (if any) specified by the Company for that purpose, or in such other form or by such other means as the Board may require.

PROVISION FOR EMPLOYEES

144.        Provision for employees

The power conferred by section 247 of the 2006 Act to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in connection with the cessation or the transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or any subsidiary shall only be exercised by the Company with the prior sanction of a special resolution. If at any time the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the exercise of such power as aforesaid shall be deemed to be a variation of the rights attached to each class of shares in issue and shall accordingly require either (i) the prior consent in writing of the holders of at least three-quarters of the nominal value of the issued shares; or (ii) the prior sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of each class, in accordance with the provisions of Article 14.

WINDING UP

145.        Distribution of assets

145.1     If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the Statutes, with the sanction of a special resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Statutes, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he or she deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or other assets whereon there is any liability.

145.2     Any return of capital to a holder in respect of the nominal amount paid up on an ordinary share on a winding up of the Company shall be paid in US dollars.

56

INDEMNITY

146.        Indemnity of directors

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes (but so that this Article does not extend to any matter insofar as it would cause this Article or any part of it to be void under the Statutes) but without prejudice to any indemnity to which the person concerned may otherwise be entitled, every person who is or was at any time a director of the Company or any Group Company (as defined in Article 89.2) may be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all costs, charges, expenses, losses or liabilities (together "Liabilities") which he or she may sustain or incur in or about the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of his or her duties (including those duties, powers and discretions in relation to any Group Company or any company that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined in section 235(6) of the 2006 Act)) and/or the actual or purported exercise of his or her powers or discretions and/or otherwise in relation thereto or in connection therewith, including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any Liability suffered or incurred by him or her in disputing, defending, investigating or providing evidence in connection with any actual or threatened or alleged claims, demands, investigations, or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, or regulatory or in connection with any application under section 661(3) or (4) or section 1157 of the 2006 Act.

147.        Funding of expenditure

The Company may also provide funds to any director of the Company or of any Group Company (as defined in Article 89.2) to meet, or do anything to enable a director of the Company or any Group Company to avoid incurring expenditure to the extent permitted by the Statutes.

148.        Limited liability

The liability of the Members is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares in the Company respectively held by them.

57

Exhibit 2(d)

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

As of December 31, 2019, Smith & Nephew plc (the “Company” or “SNN”) had the following series of securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ticker

 

Name of each exchange

Title of each class

    

symbol

    

on which registered

American Depositary Shares

 

SNN

 

New York Stock Exchange

Ordinary Shares of US 20 cents each

 

SNN

 

New York Stock Exchange*


*    Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

ORDINARY SHARES

The following is a summary of the material terms of the ordinary shares of nominal value of US 20 cents, as set forth in our Articles of Association and the material provisions of U.K. law. This description is a summary and does not purport to be complete. You are encouraged to read our Articles of Association, which are filed as an exhibit to the Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, incorporated by reference into this document.

Share Capital

All the Company’s ordinary shares, including those held by Directors and Executive Officers, rank pari passu with each other.

In 2006, the Company issued £50,000 of shares in Sterling in order to comply with English law. These were issued as deferred shares, which are not listed on any stock exchange. They have limited rights and therefore effectively have no value. These are held by the Company Secretary, although the Board reserves the right to transfer them to a member of the Board should it so wish.

As at December 31, 2019, 42,295,795 ADSs equivalent to 84,591,590 ordinary shares or approximately 9.6% of the total ordinary shares in issue were outstanding and were held by 86 registered ADS holders. The share price is quoted in Sterling.

The Company currently has permission from shareholders to purchase up to 10% of its own shares. Shares allotted to employees through employee share schemes are bought back on a quarterly basis and subsequently cancelled by the Company in order to avoid shareholder dilution. From January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019, the Company purchased 3,095,156 ordinary shares at a cost of $63,278,944 as part of the ongoing programme to buy back an equivalent number of shares to those vesting as part of the employee share plans. The shares were purchased in the open market by J. P. Morgan Securities plc on behalf of the Company. 

As far as is known to management, the Company and all its Subsidiaries (the “Group”) are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another company or by any government and the Group has not entered into arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the Group. There are no securities in issue which have special rights as to the control of the Company.

Trading Markets

The principal trading market for the Company’s ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange (LSE), on which they are quoted under the symbol ‘SN’. In the United States, the Company’s ordinary shares are traded in the form of ADSs, evidenced by ADRs, on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol ‘SNN’. Each ADS represents two ordinary shares. J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. is the authorised depositary bank for the Company’s ADR programme having taken over from Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas on October 1, 2019.

Rights Attaching to Ordinary Shares

Dividend Rights and Rights to Share in the Company’s Profits

Under English law, dividends are payable on the Company’s ordinary shares only out of profits available for distribution, as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the UK and by the Companies Act 2006.

Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares are entitled to receive final dividends as may be declared by the Directors and approved by the shareholders in a general meeting, rateable according to the amounts paid up on such shares, provided that the dividend cannot exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

The Company’s Board of Directors may declare and pay to shareholders such interim dividends as appear to them to be justified by the Company’s financial position. If authorised by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, the Board of Directors may also direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the distribution of specific assets (and in particular of paid-up shares or debentures of any other company). Any dividend unclaimed after twelve years from the date the dividend was declared, or became due for payment, will be forfeited and will revert to the Company. Provided that during this 12-year period, at least three dividends whether interim or final on or in respect of the share in question have become payable, and provided further the Company has taken steps which the Board considers reasonable during this 12-year period to trace the shareholder (including if appropriate, engaging a professional tracing agent) and has sent notice of the Board’s intention to sell the shares, the Board can sell the shares and use such proceeds for any purpose that the Board thinks fit.

Dividends are declared in US Dollars with an equivalent amount in Sterling payable to those shareholders whose registered address is in the United Kingdom, or who have validly elected to receive Sterling dividends.

2

Voting Rights

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled, in respect of their holdings of such shares, to receive notice of general meetings and to attend, speak and vote at such meetings in accordance with the Articles.

Voting at any general meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll, which is a written vote, is duly demanded. On a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy at a general meeting has one vote regardless of the number of shares held.

On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder. A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

    The Chair of the meeting;

    At least five shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting;

    Any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting; or

    Any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting and on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate at least equal to one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

A proxy form will be treated as giving the proxy the authority to demand a poll, or to join others in demanding one.

The necessary quorum for a general meeting is three persons carrying a right to vote upon the business to be transacted, whether present in person or by proxy.

Matters are transacted at general meetings of the Company by the proposing and passing of resolutions, of which there are two kinds:

    An ordinary resolution, which includes resolutions for the election of Directors, the approval of financial statements, the cumulative annual payment of dividends, the appointment of the Auditor, the increase of share capital or the grant of authority to allot shares.

    A special resolution, which includes resolutions amending the Articles, disapplying statutory pre-emption rights, modifying the rights of any class of the Company’s shares at a meeting of the holders of such class or relating to certain matters concerning the Company’s winding up or changing the Company’s name.

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of those persons present and entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum.

Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three quarters of the persons present and entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum.

Annual General Meetings must be convened upon advance written notice of 21 days. Other meetings must be convened upon advance written notice of 14 clear days. The days of delivery or receipt of the notice are not included. The notice must specify the nature of the business to be transacted. Meetings are convened by the Board of Directors and

3

members with 5% of the ordinary share capital ma requisition the Board to convene a meeting. Any two Members of the Board may call a general meeting to appoint one or more additional Directors in the event there are insufficient Directors to be able to call a general meeting, or where they are unwilling to do so.

Variation of Rights

If, at any time, the Company’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, with the consent in writing of holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of the Articles relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be two or more) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class. Where a person is present by proxy or proxies, he is treated as holding only the shares in respect of which the proxies are authorised to sexercise voting rights.

Rights in a Winding-Up

Except as the Company’s shareholders have agreed or may otherwise agree, upon the Company’s winding up, the balance of assets available for distribution is to be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them:

    After the payment of all creditors including certain preferential creditors, whether statutorily preferred creditors or normal creditors; and

    Subject to any special rights attaching to any class of shares.

This distribution is generally to be made in US Dollars. A liquidator may, however, upon the adoption of a an extraordinary resolution of the shareholders and any other sanction required by law, divide among the shareholders the whole or any part of the Company’s assets in kind.

Limitations on Voting and Shareholding

There are no limitations imposed by English law or the Articles on the right of non-residents or foreign persons to hold or vote the Company’s ordinary shares or ADSs, other than the limitations that would generally apply to all of the Company’s shareholders.

Exchange controls and restrictions on payment of dividends

Other than economic sanctions which may be in force in the UK from time to time, there are no restrictions under the Articles or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the ordinary shares, except that where any non-UK resident shareholder has not provided to the Company a UK address for the service of notices, the Company is under no obligation to send any notice or other document to an overseas address. Details of the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan are not sent to shareholders with recorded addresses in the US and Canada.

4

Share Awards and Grants to Employees

The Company operates the following equity-settled executive and employee share plans: Smith & Nephew Global Share Plan, Smith & Nephew ShareSave Plan and Smith & Nephew International ShareSave Plan.

As at December 31, 2019, 4,519,000 options were outstanding with a range of exercise prices from 538 to 1,541 pence and the maximum number of shares that could be awarded under the Group’s long-term incentive plans for senior employees and senior executives was 4,947,000.

Employees’ Share Trust (Trust)

SNN operates a Trust for the benefit of employees. Shares allotted to employees through employee share schemes are bought back on a quarterly basis and subsequently cancelled by the Company. No more shares are held within the Trust than are required for the next six months of anticipated vestings. Any unvested shares held in the Trust are not voted upon at shareholder meetings. No more than 5% of the issued share capital is held within the Trust.

A dividend waiver is in place in respect of shares held under the Company’s long-term incentive plans.  The Company’s Employees’ Share Trust only accepts dividends in respect of nil-cost options and deferred bonus plan shares, the waiver represented less than 1% of the total dividends paid.

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

The following is a summary of the general terms and provisions of the Fifth Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement (the “Deposit Agreement”) under which the Depositary will deliver the American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”). The Deposit Agreement is among us, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Depositary, and all registered holders and beneficial owners from time to time of ADSs issued under it. This summary does not purport to be complete. You should read the Deposit Agreement, which we have filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the Form F-6 filed on September 23, 2019. You may also read the Deposit Agreement at the corporate trust offices of J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. The principal executive office of the Depositary and its corporate trust office is currently located at J.P. Morgan Depositary Receipts, 383 Madison Avenue, Floor 11, New York, NY 10179, United States.

American Depositary Shares

The Company’s ordinary shares are listed on the NYSE in the form of ADSs, evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and traded under the symbol ‘SNN’. Each ADR represents two ordinary shares.

Voting Rights

The Deposit Agreement has granted certain indirect rights to vote to the ADR holders. ADR holders may not attend the Company’s general meetings in person. ADR holders exercise their voting rights by instructing the Depositary to exercise the voting rights

5

attached to the registered ordinary shares underlying the ADRs. The Depositary exercises the voting rights for registered ordinary shares underlying ADRs for which no voting instructions have been given by providing a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company pursuant to paragraph 12 of the form of ADR. The same voting restrictions apply to ADR holders as to those holding ordinary shares of the Company (i.e., the application of the United Kingdom Disclosure and Transparency Rules with regard to the notification to the Company of certain interests in the Company).

As soon as practicable after receipt from the Company of notice of any meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies of holders of ordinary shares or other deposited securities, the Depositary will distribute to holders a notice stating (a) final information particular to such vote and meeting and any solicitation materials, (b) that each holder on the record date set by the Depositary will, subject to any provisions of United Kingdom law, be entitled to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such holder’s ADRs and (c) the manner in which such instructions may be given, including instructions to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company. Following actual receipt by the ADR department responsible for proxies and voting of Holders’ instructions, the Depositary shall endeavor, insofar as practicable and permitted under the provisions of or governing deposited securities, to vote or cause to be voted the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such holder’s ADRs in accordance with such instructions. The Depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion in respect of any deposited securities.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Deposit Agreement or any ADR, the Depositary may, to the extent not prohibited by any law, rule or regulation or the rules and/or requirements of the stock exchange on which the ADSs are listed, in lieu of distribution of the materials provided to the Depositary in connection with any meeting of or solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of Deposited Securities, distribute to the Holders a notice that provides Holders with or otherwise publicizes to Holders instructions on how to retrieve such materials or receive such materials upon request (i.e., by reference to a website containing the materials for retrieval or a contact for requesting copies of the materials). Holders are strongly encouraged to forward their voting instructions as soon as possible. Voting instructions will not be deemed received until such time as the ADR department responsible for proxies and voting has received such instructions, notwithstanding that such instructions may have been physically received by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Depositary, prior to such time.

Share Dividends and Other Distributions

Subject to paragraphs 4 (Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc.) and 5 (Liability for Taxes, Duties and other Charges)  of the form ADR, to the extent practicable, the Depositary will distribute to each ADR holder entitled thereto on the record date set by the Depositary therefor at such ADR holder’s address shown on the ADR Register, in proportion to the number of deposited securities (on which the following distributions on deposited securities are received by the custodian) represented by ADSs evidenced by such holder’s ADRs:

(a) Cash: Any US dollars available to the Depositary resulting from a cash dividend or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any other distribution or portion thereof authorized in paragraph 10 (“Cash”) of the form of ADR, on an averaged or other

6

practicable basis, subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes withheld, (ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable with respect to certain holders, and (iii) deduction of the Depositary’s and/or its agents’ fees and expenses in (1) converting any foreign currency to US dollars by sale or in such other manner as the Depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign currency or US dollars to the US by such means as the Depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis, (3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and (4) making any sale by public or private means in any commercially reasonable manner.

(b) Shares. (i) Additional ADRs evidencing whole ADSs representing any ordinary shares available to the Depositary resulting from a dividend or free distribution on deposited securities consisting of ordinary shares (a “Share Distribution”) and (ii) US dollars available to it resulting from the net proceeds of sales of ordinary shares received in a Share Distribution, which ordinary shares would give rise to fractional ADSs if additional ADRs were issued therefor, as in the case of Cash.

(c) Rights. (i) Warrants or other instruments in the discretion of the Depositary representing rights to acquire additional ADRs in respect of any rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares or rights of any nature available to the Depositary as a result of a distribution on deposited securities (“Rights”), to the extent that the Company timely furnishes to the Depositary evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that the Depositary may lawfully distribute the same (the Company has no obligation to so furnish such evidence), or (ii) to the extent the Company does not so furnish such evidence and sales of Rights are practicable, any US dollars available to the Depositary from the net proceeds of sales of Rights as in the case of Cash, or (iii) to the extent the Company does not so furnish such evidence and such sales cannot practicably be accomplished by reason of the non-transferability of the Rights, limited markets therefor, their short duration or otherwise, nothing (and any Rights may lapse).

(d) Other Distributions. (i) Securities or property available to the Depositary resulting from any distribution on deposited securities other than Cash, Share Distributions and Rights (“Other Distributions”), by any means that the Depositary may deem equitable and practicable, or (ii) to the extent the Depositary deems distribution of such securities or property not to be equitable and practicable, any US dollars available to the Depositary from the net proceeds of sales of Other Distributions as in the case of Cash.

The Depositary will distribute US dollars by checks drawn on a bank in the US for whole dollars and cents (any fractional cents will be withheld without liability and dealt with by the Depositary in accordance with its then current policies), pursuant to paragraph 10 of the form of ADR.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

Subject to paragraphs 4 (Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc.) and 5 (Liability for Taxes, Duties and other Charges) of the form ADR, upon surrender of (i) a certificated ADR in form satisfactory to the Depositary at the transfer office or (ii) proper instructions and documentation in the case of a Direct Registration ADR, the holder is entitled to delivery at, or to the extent in dematerialized form from, the custodian’s office of

7

the deposited securities at the time represented by the ADSs evidenced by this ADR. At the request, risk and expense of the holder, the Depositary may deliver such deposited securities at such other place as may have been requested by the holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of the deposit agreement or this ADR, the withdrawal of deposited securities may be restricted only for the reasons set forth in General Instruction I.A.(1) of Form F-6 (as such instructions may be amended from time to time) under the Securities Act of 1933.

Reclassification, Recapitalizations and Mergers

Subject to paragraphs 4 (Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc.) and 5 (Liability for Taxes, Duties and Other Charges) of the form ADR, the Depositary may, in its discretion, and shall if reasonably requested by the Company, amend this ADR or distribute additional or amended ADRs (with or without calling this ADR for exchange) or cash, securities or property on the record date set by the Depositary therefor to reflect any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of Deposited Securities, any Share Distribution or Other Distribution not distributed to Holders or any cash, securities or property available to the Depositary in respect of Deposited Securities from (and the Depositary is hereby authorized to surrender any Deposited Securities to any person and, irrespective of whether such Deposited Securities are surrendered or otherwise cancelled by operation of law, rule, regulation or otherwise, to sell by public or private sale any property received in connection with) any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.

To the extent the Depositary does not so amend this ADR or make a distribution to Holders to reflect any of the foregoing, or the net proceeds thereof, whatever cash, securities or property results from any of the foregoing shall constitute deposited securities and each ADS evidenced by this ADR shall automatically represent its pro rata interest in the deposited securities as then constituted.

Promptly upon the occurrence of any of the aforementioned changes affecting deposited securities, the Company shall notify the Depositary in writing of such occurrence and as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice from the Company, may instruct the Depositary to give notice thereof, at the Company's expense, to Holders in accordance with the provisions hereof. Upon receipt of such instruction, the Depositary shall give notice to the Holders in accordance with the terms thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable.

Amendment and Termination

The ADRs and the Deposit Agreement may be amended by the Company and the Depositary, provided that any amendment that imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees, SWIFT, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or that shall otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of holders or beneficial owners, shall become effective 30 days after notice of such amendment shall have been given to the holders. Every holder or beneficial owners of an ADR at the time any amendment to the Deposit Agreement so becomes effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such ADR, to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the

8

Holder of any ADR to surrender such ADR and receive the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

The Depositary may, and shall at the written direction of the Company, terminate the Deposit Agreement and this ADR by mailing notice of such termination to the holders at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination, subject to the provisions of paragraph 17 of the form ADR. After the date so fixed for termination, the Depositary and its agents will perform no further acts under the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, except to receive and hold (or sell) distributions on deposited securities and deliver deposited securities being withdrawn. As soon as practicable after the expiration of six months from the date so fixed for termination, the Depositary shall sell the deposited securities and shall thereafter (as long as it may lawfully do so) hold in a segregated account the net proceeds of such sales, together with any other cash then held by it under the Deposit Agreement, without liability for interest, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of ADRs not theretofore surrendered. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations in respect of the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, except for its obligations to the Company under Section 16 of the Deposit Agreement and to account for such net proceeds and other cash. After the date so fixed for termination, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary and its agents.

Limitation on Obligations and Liability to ADR Holders

The Depositary, the Company, their agents and each of them shall: (a) incur no liability (i) if any present or future law, rule, fiat, order or decree of the United States, the United Kingdom or any other country, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or market or automated quotation system, the provisions of or governing any deposited securities, any present or future provision of the Company’s charter, any act of God, war, terrorism, nationalization or other circumstance beyond its control shall prevent or delay, or shall cause any of them to be subject to any civil or criminal penalty in connection with, any act which the Deposit Agreement or this ADR provides shall be done or performed by it or them (including, without limitation, voting pursuant to paragraph 12 of the form ADR), or (ii) by reason of any exercise or failure to exercise any discretion given it in the Deposit Agreement or the ADR (including, without limitation, any failure to determine that any distribution or action maybe lawful or reasonably practicable); (b) assume no liability except to perform its obligations to the extent they are specifically set forth in this ADR and the Deposit Agreement without gross negligence  or willful misconduct; (c) in the case of the Depositary and its agents, be under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or this ADR; (d) in the case of the Company and its agents hereunder be under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or this ADR, which in its opinion may involve it in expense or liability, unless indemnity satisfactory to it against all expense (including fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability be furnished as often as may be required; or (d) not be liable for any action or inaction by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting shares for deposit, any holder, or any other person believed by it to be competent to give such advice or information, or in the case of the Depositary only, the Company. The Depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions made by, or the insolvency of, any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system.

9

The Depositary, its agents and the Company may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, direction, instruction or document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed, presented or given by the proper party or parties. The Depositary shall be under no obligation to inform holders or any other holders of an interest in any ADSs about the requirements of English law, rules or regulations or any changes therein or thereto. The Depositary and its agents will not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the deposited securities, for the manner in which any such vote is cast or for the effect of any such vote. The Depositary and its agents may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in ADRs. The Company has agreed to indemnify the Depositary and its agents under certain circumstances and the Depositary and its agents have agreed to indemnify the Company under certain circumstances. No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act is intended by any provision hereof.

Books of Depositary

The Deposit Agreement, the provisions of or governing Deposited Securities and any written communications from the Company, which are both received by the Custodian or its nominee as a holder of Deposited Securities and made generally available to the holders of Deposited Securities, are available for inspection by Holders at the offices of the Depositary and the Custodian, at the Transfer Office, on the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, or upon request from the Depositary (which request may be refused by the Depositary at its discretion).

10

Exhibit 4(a)(iii)

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

by and among

 

SMITH & NEPHEW CONSOLIDATED, INC.,

PAPYRUS ACQUISITION CORP.,

OSIRIS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

and

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

 

dated as of March 12, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I The Offer

2

 

 

SECTION 1.01 THE OFFER

2

 

 

SECTION 1.02 COMPANY ACTIONS

5

 

 

SECTION 1.03 DIRECTORS

6

 

 

ARTICLE II The Merger

7

 

 

SECTION 2.01 THE MERGER

7

 

 

SECTION 2.02 CLOSING

7

 

 

SECTION 2.03 EFFECTIVE TIME

8

 

 

SECTION 2.04 EFFECTS OF THE MERGER

8

 

 

SECTION 2.05 CHARTER AND BYLAWS

8

 

 

SECTION 2.06 DIRECTORS

8

 

 

SECTION 2.07 OFFICERS

8

 

 

SECTION 2.08 TAKING OF NECESSARY ACTION

8

 

 

ARTICLE III Effect of the Merger on the Capital Stock of the Constituent Corporations

9

 

 

SECTION 3.01 EFFECT ON CAPITAL STOCK

9

 

 

SECTION 3.02 ADJUSTMENT TO MERGER CONSIDERATION

9

 

 

SECTION 3.03 EXCHANGE FUND

10

 

 

SECTION 3.04 COMPANY STOCK OPTIONS

12

 

 

ARTICLE IV Representations and Warranties of the Company

12

 

 

SECTION 4.01 ORGANIZATION, STANDING AND CORPORATE POWER

12

 

 

SECTION 4.02 SUBSIDIARIES

13

 

 

SECTION 4.03 CAPITAL STRUCTURE

13

 

 

SECTION 4.04 AUTHORITY;  RECOMMENDATION

14

 

 

SECTION 4.05 NON-CONTRAVENTION

15

 

 

SECTION 4.06 SEC DOCUMENTS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES

 

 

 

SECTION 4.07 ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES OR EVENTS

18

 

 

SECTION 4.08 LITIGATION

19

 

 

SECTION 4.09 CONTRACTS

19

 

 

SECTION 4.10 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

22

 

 

SECTION 4.11 LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS

23

 

 

SECTION 4.12 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS

24

i

 

SECTION 4.13 TAXES

28

 

 

SECTION 4.14 REAL PROPERTY

29

 

 

SECTION 4.15 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

30

 

 

SECTION 4.16 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

32

 

 

SECTION 4.17 INSURANCE

33

 

 

SECTION 4.18 REGULATORY MATTERS

33

 

 

SECTION 4.19 AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS

35

 

 

SECTION 4.20 CERTAIN BUSINESS PRACTICES

35

 

 

SECTION 4.21 INFORMATION SUPPLIED

35

 

 

SECTION 4.22 TAKEOVER STATUTE

36

 

 

SECTION 4.23 SANCTION LAWS

36

 

 

SECTION 4.24 BROKERS AND OTHER ADVISORS

36

 

 

SECTION 4.25 OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR

36

 

 

ARTICLE V Representations and Warranties of Parent and Sub

37

 

 

SECTION 5.01 ORGANIZATION, STANDING AND CORPORATE POWER

37

 

 

SECTION 5.02 AUTHORITY

37

 

 

SECTION 5.03 NON-CONTRAVENTION

37

 

 

SECTION 5.04 FUNDING

38

 

 

SECTION 5.05 LITIGATION

38

 

 

SECTION 5.06 INFORMATION SUPPLIED

38

 

 

SECTION 5.07 OPERATION OF SUB

38

 

 

SECTION 5.08 OWNERSHIP OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK

38

 

 

SECTION 5.09 BROKERS AND OTHER ADVISORS

38

 

 

SECTION 5.10 INVESTIGATION BY PARENT

39

 

 

ARTICLE VI Covenants Relating to Conduct of Business

39

 

 

SECTION 6.01 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

39

 

 

SECTION 6.02 SOLICITATION; TAKEOVER PROPOSALS; CHANGE OF RECOMMENDATION

43

 

 

ARTICLE VII Additional Agreements

47

 

 

SECTION 7.01 ACCESS TO INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY

47

 

 

SECTION 7.02 REASONABLE BEST EFFORTS; APPROVALS; TRANSACTION LITIGATION

48

 

 

SECTION 7.03 STATE TAKEOVER STATUTES

50

 

 

SECTION 7.04 BENEFIT PLANS

50

 

 

SECTION 7.05 INDEMNIFICATION, EXCULPATION AND INSURANCE

52

 

ii

 

 

 

SECTION 7.06 PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS

53

 

 

SECTION 7.07 RULE 14D-10 MATTERS

53

 

 

SECTION 7.08 RULE 16B-3 MATTERS

54

 

 

ARTICLE VIII Conditions Precedent

54

 

 

SECTION 8.01 CONDITIONS TO EACH PARTY’S OBLIGATION TO EFFECT THE MERGER

54

 

 

SECTION 8.02 FRUSTRATION OF CLOSING CONDITIONS

54

 

 

ARTICLE IX Termination, Amendment and Waiver

54

 

 

SECTION 9.01 TERMINATION

54

 

 

SECTION 9.02 EFFECT OF TERMINATION

56

 

 

SECTION 9.03 PAYMENT OF TERMINATION AMOUNT

56

 

 

SECTION 9.04 AMENDMENT

57

 

 

SECTION 9.05 EXTENSION; WAIVER

57

 

 

ARTICLE X Interpretation

57

 

 

SECTION 10.01 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

57

 

 

SECTION 10.02 INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

63

 

 

SECTION 10.03 INTERPRETATION

66

 

 

ARTICLE XI General Provisions

67

 

 

SECTION 11.01 NONSURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

67

 

 

SECTION 11.02 EXPENSES

67

 

 

SECTION 11.03 NOTICES

68

 

 

SECTION 11.04 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

69

 

 

SECTION 11.05 NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES

69

 

 

SECTION 11.06 ASSIGNMENT

69

 

 

SECTION 11.07 GOVERNING LAW

70

 

 

SECTION 11.08 JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS

70

 

 

SECTION 11.09 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

70

 

 

SECTION 11.10 SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE

71

 

 

SECTION 11.11 NON-RECOURSE

71

 

 

SECTION 11.12 GUARANTEE

72

 

 

SECTION 11.13 SEVERABILITY

73

 

 

SECTION 11.14 COUNTERPARTS; FACSIMILE AND ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES

73

 

Annex I Conditions to the Offer

I-1

iii

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A Tender and Support Agreement

A-1

 

 

Exhibit B Company Charter

B-1

 

 

iv

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “Agreement”) dated as of March 12, 2019, is entered into by and among Smith & Nephew Consolidated, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”); Papyrus Acquisition Corp., a Maryland corporation and an indirect Subsidiary of Parent (“Sub”); Osiris Therapeutics, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”); and, solely for purposes of Section 7.02 and Article XI, Smith & Nephew plc, an English public limited liability company (“Parent Holdco”). Each of Parent, Sub, the Company and Parent Holdco are referred to herein as a “Party” and together as “Parties.” Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in Article X.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company has unanimously

(i) determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Offer and the Merger, are advisable, fair to and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, (ii) approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Offer and the Merger, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement,(iii) recommended that the Company’s stockholders accept the Offer and tender their shares of Company Common Stock to Sub pursuant to the Offer; and (iv) resolved that the Merger shall be effected under Section 3-106.1 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended (the “MGCL”) and that the Merger shall be consummated as promptly as possible following the Acceptance Time;

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of Parent has approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Offer and the Merger, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, Sub proposes to commence a tender offer (as it may be amended from time to time as permitted under this Agreement, the “Offer”) to purchase all the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Company Common Stock”) at a price per share of Company Common Stock of $19.00, without interest (such amount, or any other amount per share paid pursuant to the Offer and this Agreement, the “Offer Price”), net to the seller thereof in cash, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, subject to the occurrence of the Offer Closing, Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation in the merger (the “Merger”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, with the Merger to be effected pursuant to Section 3-106.1 of the MGCL, whereby, except as expressly provided in Section 3.01, each issued and outstanding share of Company Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive the Offer Price;

 

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to the willingness of Parent and Sub to enter into this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

 

 

certain stockholders of the Company are entering into a tender and support agreement with Parent in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Support Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS Parent, Sub and the Company desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in connection with the Offer and the Merger and also to prescribe various conditions to the Offer and the Merger.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and subject to the conditions set forth herein, as well as other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The Offer

 

Section 1.01     The Offer.

 

(a)        Commencement of the Offer.  No earlier than five (5) business days (and no later than fifteen (15) business days) after the date of this Agreement, Sub shall, and Parent shall cause Sub to, commence (within the meaning of Rule 14d-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”)) the Offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock at a price per share equal to the Offer Price (as adjusted as provided in Section 1.01(c), if applicable).

 

(b)        Terms and Conditions of the Offer.  The obligations of Sub to, and of Parent to cause Sub to, accept for payment, and pay for, any shares of Company Common Stock tendered pursuant to the Offer are subject only to the conditions set forth in Annex I (the “Offer Conditions”). The Offer Conditions are for the sole benefit of Parent and Sub, and Parent and Sub may waive, in whole or in part, any Offer Condition at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion, other than the Minimum Tender Condition, which may be waived by Parent and Sub only with the prior written consent of the Company. Parent and Sub expressly reserve the right to increase the Offer Price or to waive or make any other changes in the terms and conditions of the Offer; provided,  however, that unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or previously approved by the Company in writing, Sub shall not, and Parent shall not permit Sub to, (i) reduce the number of shares of Company Common Stock sought to be purchased in the Offer, (ii) reduce the Offer Price, (iii) change the form of consideration payable in the Offer, (iv) amend, modify or waive the Minimum Tender Condition, (v) add to the Offer Conditions or amend, modify or supplement any Offer Condition in any manner adverse to the holders of Company Common Stock, or (vi) extend the expiration date of the Offer in any manner other than in accordance with the terms of Section 1.01(d).

 

(c)        Adjustments to Offer Price.  The Offer Price shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect the effect of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Company Common Stock), cash

 

2

 

 

dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other similar change with respect to Company Common Stock occurring on or after the date of this Agreement and prior to Sub’s acceptance for payment of, and payment for, Company Common Stock tendered in the Offer; provided, that (i) nothing in this Section 1.01 shall be construed to permit the Company to take any action with respect to its securities that is otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement and (ii) share repurchases and grants of equity compensation solely to the extent expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, shall not result in any adjustment to the Offer Price.

 

(d)        Expiration and Extension of the Offer.  The Offer shall initially be scheduled to expire at 12:01 a.m., New York City time, on the 21st business day following the commencement of the Offer (determined using Rule 14d-1(g)(3) under the Exchange Act) (such date being the “Initial Offer Expiration Date”), provided,  however, that if at the Initial Offer Expiration Date, any Offer Condition is not satisfied (other than any Offer Conditions that are by their nature to be satisfied at the Acceptance Time) or waived, Sub shall, and Parent shall cause Sub to, extend the Offer for a period determined by Parent of not more than ten (10) business days. Thereafter, if at any then scheduled expiration of the Offer, any Offer Condition is not satisfied or waived, Sub shall, and Parent shall cause Sub to, extend the Offer on one or more occasions, in consecutive increments of up to ten (10) business days (the length of such periods to be determined by Parent); provided,  however, that Parent and Sub shall in no circumstance be required to extend the Offer to a date subsequent to the Outside Date. In addition, (x) Sub shall, and Parent shall cause Sub to, extend the Offer on one or more occasions for the minimum period required by any rule, regulation, interpretation or position of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the staff thereof or NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDAQ”) or the staff thereof applicable to the Offer and (y) Sub may, and Parent may cause Sub to, make available a “subsequent offering period” in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 14d-11.

 

(e)        Payment.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer and this Agreement, Sub shall, and Parent shall cause Sub to, accept for payment, and pay for, all shares of Company Common Stock validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer as promptly as practicable (and in any event within 3 business days) after the applicable expiration date of the Offer (as it may be extended in accordance with Section 1.01(d)) and in any event in compliance with Rule 14e-1(c) promulgated under the Exchange Act. The payment for shares of Company Common Stock accepted for payment pursuant to and subject to the conditions of the Offer is referred to in this Agreement as the “Offer Closing,” and the date on which the Offer Closing occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “Offer Closing Date.”

 

(f)         Termination of the Offer.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.01, then Sub shall promptly (and, in any event, within one (1) business day of such termination), irrevocably and unconditionally terminate the Offer. If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 9.01, Sub shall promptly return, and shall cause any depository acting on behalf of Sub to return, all tendered shares of Company Common Stock to the registered holders thereof to the extent required by the terms of the Offer.

 

(g)        Offer Documents.  On the date of commencement of the Offer, Parent and Sub shall file with the SEC a Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO with respect to the Offer (together with all amendments and supplements thereto, and including all exhibits

 

3

 

 

thereto, the “Schedule TO”), which shall include, as exhibits, an offer to purchase and a related letter of transmittal, a summary advertisement and other ancillary Offer documents pursuant to which the Offer will be made (such Schedule TO and the documents attached as exhibits thereto, together with any supplements or amendments thereto, the “Offer Documents”) and promptly thereafter shall mail the Offer Documents to the holders of the Company Common Stock as required by applicable Law. Parent and Sub shall timely cause a notice that satisfies the requirements of Section 3-106.1(e)(1) of the MGCL (such notice, the “Maryland Short Form Notice”) to be given to the holders of the Company Common Stock with the Offer Documents, unless, prior to the date the Offer is first commenced, the Maryland Short Form Notice has been given to the holders of the Company Common Stock who, except for the application of Section 3-106.1 of the MGCL, would be entitled to vote on the Merger on the date such notice is given or on a record date fixed for that purpose that is not more than ten (10) days before the date that notice is given. The Company shall promptly furnish to Parent and Sub all information concerning the Company that may be required by applicable securities laws or reasonably requested by Parent or Sub for inclusion in the Offer Documents. The Company hereby consents to the inclusion in the Offer Documents of the Board Actions and the Recommendation of the board of directors of the Company (the “Company Board”). Each of Parent, Sub and the Company shall promptly correct any information provided by it for use in the Offer Documents if and to the extent that such information shall have become false or misleading in any material respect or as otherwise required by applicable federal securities Laws. Parent and Sub shall take all steps necessary to cause the Offer Documents, as so corrected, to be filed with the SEC and the other Offer Documents, as so corrected, to be disseminated to the holders of Company Common Stock, in each case as and to the extent required by applicable federal securities Laws. Parent and Sub shall promptly notify the Company upon the receipt of any comments from the SEC or the staff of the SEC or any request from the SEC or the staff of the SEC for amendments or supplements to the Offer Documents, and shall provide the Company with copies of all written correspondence between Parent, Sub and their respective Representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC or the staff of the SEC, on the other hand.  Parent and Sub shall use reasonable best efforts to respond as promptly as reasonably practicable to any comments of the SEC or the staff of the SEC with respect to the Offer Documents, and Parent and Sub shall provide the Company and its counsel a reasonable opportunity to participate in the formulation of any written response to any such written comments of the SEC or its staff.

 

Prior to the filing of the Offer Documents (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the dissemination thereof to the holders of Company Common Stock, or responding to any comments of the SEC or the staff of the SEC with respect thereto, Parent and Sub shall provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to review and to propose comments on such document or response.

 

(h)        FundsSubject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Offer Conditions, Sub shall provide, and Parent shall cause Sub to provide, to a paying agent (which shall be a reputable bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Company) selected by Sub (the “Paying Agent”) on a timely basis the funds necessary to purchase any shares of Company Common Stock that Sub becomes obligated to purchase pursuant to the Offer. In connection therewith and with Section 3.03, Sub shall enter into an agreement with the Paying Agent in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

4

 

 

(i)         Withholding.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Sub and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to the Offer to any holder of shares of Company Common Stock such amounts as Sub or the Paying Agent is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any other provision of Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Governmental Authority by Sub or the Paying Agent, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

 

Section 1.02     Company Actions.

 

(a)        Schedule 14D-9.  On the date the Offer Documents are first filed with the SEC, the Company shall file with the SEC a Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 with respect to the Offer (such Schedule 14D-9, together with any supplements or amendments thereto, the “Schedule 14D-9”), which shall describe and make the Recommendation with respect to the Offer and describe the other Board Actions, and promptly thereafter shall mail the Schedule 14D-9 to the holders of the Company Common Stock. The Company shall also include in the Schedule 14D-9 the Fairness Opinion. Parent and Sub shall promptly furnish to the Company in writing all information concerning Parent and Sub that may be required by applicable securities laws for inclusion in the Schedule 14D-9. Each of Parent, Sub and the Company shall promptly correct any information provided by it for use in the Schedule 14D-9 if and to the extent that such information shall have become false or misleading in any material respect or as otherwise required by applicable federal securities Laws. The Company shall take all steps necessary to cause the Schedule 14D-9, as so corrected, to be filed with the SEC and the Schedule 14D-9, as so corrected, to be disseminated to the holders of Company Common Stock, in each case as and to the extent required by applicable federal securities Laws. The Company shall promptly notify Parent and Sub upon the receipt of any comments from the SEC or the staff of the SEC or any request from the SEC or the staff of the SEC for amendments or supplements to the Schedule 14D-9, and shall provide Parent and Sub with copies of all written correspondence between the Company and its Representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC or the staff of the SEC, on the other hand. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to respond as promptly as reasonably practicable to any comments of the SEC or the staff of the SEC with respect to the Schedule 14D-9, and, unless there shall have been an Adverse Recommendation Change made in accordance with Section 6.02, the Company shall provide Parent and Sub and their respective counsel a reasonable opportunity to participate in the formulation of any response to any such comments of the SEC or its staff. Prior to the filing of the Schedule 14D-9 (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the dissemination thereof to the holders of Company Common Stock, or responding to any comments of the SEC or the staff of the SEC with respect thereto, the Company shall provide Parent and Sub a reasonable opportunity to review and to propose comments on such document or response.

 

(b)        Stockholder Lists.  In connection with the Offer and the Merger, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to furnish Sub promptly with mailing labels containing the names and addresses of the record holders of Company Common Stock as of the most recent practicable date and of those persons becoming record holders subsequent to such date, together with lists, copies of all lists of stockholders, security position listings, computer

 

5

 

 

files and all other information in the Company’s possession or control (or which can be obtained by the Company without unreasonable effort or expense) regarding the beneficial owners of Company Common Stock, and shall furnish to Sub such information (including updated lists of stockholders, security position listings and computer files) and assistance as Parent or Sub may reasonably request in communicating the Offer and the Maryland Short Form Notice to the record and beneficial holders of the Company Common Stock. Subject to the requirements of applicable Law, and except for such steps as are necessary to disseminate the Offer Documents, the Maryland Short Form Notice and any other documents necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Parent and Sub shall hold in confidence the information contained in any such labels, lists, listings and files other than in connection with the Offer and the Merger and, if this Agreement shall be terminated, shall, upon request, deliver to the Company or destroy all copies of such information then in their possession or control in accordance with the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

Section 1.03     Directors.

 

(a)        Composition of Company Board and Board Committees.  If the Merger Closing has not occurred within two (2) business days following the initial acceptance for payment by Sub of shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to the Offer (the “Acceptance Time”), Parent shall be entitled to designate from time to time such number of members of the Company Board as will give Parent, subject to compliance with Section 14(f) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14f-1 thereunder, representation on the Company Board equal to at least that number of directors, rounded up to the next whole number, that is the product of (i) the total number of directors on the Company Board (giving effect to the directors elected or appointed pursuant to this sentence) multiplied by (ii) the percentage of the total number of shares of Company Common Stock then outstanding that are owned by Parent and its Subsidiaries (including all shares of Company Common Stock accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer as being owned as of the Acceptance Time for this purpose); provided,  however, that if Parent’s designees are appointed or elected to the Company Board, until the Effective Time the Company Board shall have at least three directors who are members of the Company Board and who are not officers, stockholders or Affiliates of the Company or Parent and who will be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act (the “Independent Directors”); provided further that if the number of Independent Directors shall be reduced below two for any reason whatsoever, any remaining Independent Directors (or the Independent Director, if there shall be only one remaining) shall be entitled to designate persons to fill such vacancies who shall be deemed to be Independent Directors for purposes of this Agreement or, if no Independent Directors then remain, the other directors shall designate three persons to fill such vacancies who are not officers, stockholders or Affiliates of the Company or Parent and who will be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and such persons shall be deemed to be Independent Directors for purposes of this Agreement. Subject to applicable Law, the Company shall take all action requested by Parent necessary to effect any election or appointment pursuant to this Section 1.03, including (at the election of Parent) (x) subject to the Company Charter and Company Bylaws, increasing the size of the Company Board, and (y)  obtaining the resignation of such number of its current directors as is, in each case, necessary to enable such designees to be so elected or appointed to the Company Board in compliance with applicable Law (including, to the extent applicable prior to the Effective Time, Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act). From time to time after the Acceptance Time, the Company shall take all

 

6

 

 

action necessary to cause the individuals so designated by Parent to be directors on the Company Board to constitute substantially the same percentage (rounding up where appropriate) as is on the Company Board on each committee of the Company Board to the fullest extent permitted by all applicable Law and the rules of NASDAQ, and the Company shall take all action requested by Parent necessary to effect any such election.

 

(b)        Section 14(f) of the Exchange Act.  If requested by Parent, the Company shall include in the Schedule 14D-9 the information required by Section 14(f) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14f-1 thereunder as is necessary to enable Parent’s designees to be elected or appointed to the Company Board (provided that Parent and Sub shall have provided to the Company on a timely basis all information required by Section 14(f) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14f-1 thereunder with respect to such designees and with respect to Parent’s officers, directors and Affiliates, and if not then as soon as practicable thereafter).

 

(c)        Required Approvals of Independent Directors.  Following the election or appointment of Parent’s designees pursuant to Section 1.03(a) and prior to the Effective Time, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Independent Directors then in office shall be required for the Company to consent (i) to amend or terminate this Agreement, (ii) to waive or elect to enforce any of the Company’s rights or remedies under this Agreement, (iii) to extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of Parent or Sub, or(iv) to any other matter under this Agreement.

 

(d)        Effects on Continued Listing.  After the Acceptance Time, the Company shall, upon Parent’s request, take all action reasonably necessary to elect to be treated as a “controlled company” as defined by Rule 5615(c)(1) of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The Merger

 

Section 2.01     The Merger.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the MGCL, Sub shall be merged with and into the Company at the Effective Time. Following the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of Sub shall cease, and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation in the Merger under the MGCL (the “Surviving Corporation”). The Merger shall be effected in accordance with Section 3-106.1 of the MGCL, and shall not require a vote of the stockholders of the Company.

 

Section 2.02     Closing.  The closing of the Merger (the “Merger Closing”) will take place as promptly as practicable and in any event no later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second business day after satisfaction or (to the extent permitted by Law) waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VIII (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied at the Merger Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or (to the extent permitted by Law) waiver of those conditions), at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, located at 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, unless another time, date or place is agreed to in writing by Parent and the Company; provided, that in no event shall the Merger Closing occur earlier than thirty (30) days following the date the Maryland Short Form

 

7

 

 

Notice was given as provided in this Agreement. The date on which the Merger Closing occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “Merger Closing Date.”

 

Section 2.03     Effective Time.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, as promptly as reasonably practicable on the Merger Closing Date, Sub and the Company shall file articles of merger (the “Articles of Merger”) with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “Department”) in such form as is required by, and executed and acknowledged in accordance with, the relevant provisions of the MGCL, and shall make all other filings and recordings required under the MGCL (if any). The Merger shall become effective on such date and time as the Articles of Merger are accepted for record by the Department or at such other date and time (not to exceed five (5) business days from the date the Articles of Merger are accepted for record by the Department) as Parent and the Company shall agree and specify in the Articles of Merger in accordance with the MGCL. The date and time at which the Merger becomes effective is referred to in this Agreement as the “Effective Time.”

 

Section 2.04     Effects of the Merger.  The Merger shall have the effects set forth in the applicable provisions of the MGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from and after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall possess all properties, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Sub, and all of the claims, obligations, liabilities, debts and duties of the Company and Sub shall become the claims, obligations, liabilities, debts and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

 

Section 2.05     Charter and Bylaws.

 

(a)        At the Effective Time, the Company Charter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth on Exhibit B, and as so amended shall be the charter of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter changed or amended (subject to Section 7.05(a)) as provided therein or by applicable Law.

 

(b)        The Company shall take all necessary action so that, as of the Effective Time, the Company Bylaws shall be amended and restated in their entirety to read the same as the bylaws of Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, and as so amended shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter changed or amended (subject to Section 7.05(a)) as provided therein or by applicable Law.

 

Section 2.06     Directors.  The directors of Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, be the directors of the Surviving Corporation until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, as the case may be.

 

Section 2.07     Officers.  The officers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, as the case may be.

 

Section 2.08     Taking of Necessary Action.  If at any time after the Effective Time any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to all assets, property,

 

8

 

 

rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Sub, the Surviving Corporation, the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation and officers of the Surviving Corporation shall take all such lawful and necessary action, consistent with this Agreement, on behalf of the Company, Sub and the Surviving Corporation.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Effect of the Merger on the Capital Stock of the Constituent Corporations

 

Section 3.01     Effect on Capital Stock. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder of any shares of Company Common Stock or any shares of capital stock of Parent or Sub:

 

(a)        Capital Stock of Sub.  Each share of capital stock of Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

 

(b)        Cancellation of Certain Company Common Stock.  Each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time that is directly owned by Sub at such time (including all shares of Company Common Stock accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer, whether or not such shares are registered in the name of Sub or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Time) or by any Subsidiary of the Company, shall automatically be canceled and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

 

(c)        Conversion of Company Common Stock.  Each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares to be canceled in accordance with Section 3.01(b)) shall be converted into the right to receive the Offer Price in cash, without interest (the “Merger Consideration”). At the Effective Time, all such shares of Company Common Stock shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and shall cease to exist, and each holder of a certificate (or evidence of shares in book-entry form) that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented any such shares of Company Common Stock (each, a “Certificate”) shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Merger Consideration.

 

(d)        Dissenters’ Rights. No dissenters’ or appraisal rights or rights of an objecting stockholder shall be available with respect to the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 3.02     Adjustment to Merger Consideration. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, if there shall be any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Company Common Stock), cash dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other similar change with respect to Company Common Stock occurring on or after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Effective Time, the Merger Consideration as provided in Section 3.01(c) shall be equitably adjusted by Parent to reflect the effect thereof;

 

9

 

 

provided, that (i) nothing in this Section 3.02 shall be construed to permit the Company to take any action with respect to its securities that is otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement and (ii) share repurchases and grants of equity compensation solely to the extent expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, shall not result in any adjustment to the Offer Price.

 

Section 3.03     Exchange Fund.

 

(a)        Paying Agent.  At or prior to the Effective Time, Sub shall deposit, and Parent shall cause Sub to deposit, with the Paying Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate Merger Consideration as required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement (such cash being hereinafter referred to as the “Exchange Fund”). The Exchange Fund shall not be used for any other purpose.

 

(b)        Certificate Exchange Procedures.  As promptly as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, Sub shall, and Parent shall cause Sub to, cause the Paying Agent to mail to each holder of record of a Certificate (i) a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificates to the Paying Agent and which shall otherwise be in customary form (including customary provisions with respect to delivery of an “agent’s message” with respect to shares held in book-entry form)), and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates in exchange for the Merger Consideration.  Each holder of record of a Certificate shall, upon surrender to the Paying Agent of such Certificate, together with such letter of transmittal, duly executed, and such other documents as may reasonably be required by the Paying Agent, be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the amount of cash which the number of shares of Company Common Stock previously represented by such Certificate shall have been converted into the right to receive pursuant to Section 3.01(c), and the Certificate so surrendered shall be canceled as promptly as reasonably practicable. In the event of a transfer of ownership of Company Common Stock that is not registered in the transfer records of the Company, payment of the Merger Consideration may be made to a person other than the person in whose name the Certificate so surrendered is registered if such Certificate shall be properly endorsed or otherwise be in proper form for transfer and the person requesting such payment shall pay any transfer or other similar Taxes required by reason of the payment of the Merger Consideration to a person other than the registered holder of such Certificate or establish to the reasonable satisfaction of Parent that such Tax has been paid or is not applicable. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 3.03(b), each Certificate shall be deemed at any time after the Effective Time to represent only the right to receive upon such surrender the Merger Consideration which the holder thereof has the right to receive in respect of such Certificate pursuant to this Article III. No interest shall be paid or will accrue on any cash payable to holders of Certificates pursuant to the provisions of this Article III.

 

(c)        No Further Ownership Rights in Company Common Stock.  All cash paid upon the surrender of Certificates in accordance with the terms of this Article III shall be deemed to have been paid in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the shares of Company Common Stock formerly represented by such Certificates. At the close of business on the day on which the Effective Time occurs, the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed, and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of the Surviving

 

10

 

 

Corporation of the shares of Company Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, any Certificate is presented to the Surviving Corporation for transfer, it shall be canceled against delivery of cash to the holder thereof as provided in this Article III.

 

(d)        Termination of the Exchange Fund.  Any portion of the Exchange Fund that remains undistributed to the holders of the Certificates on the date that is six (6) months after the date on which the Effective Time occurs shall be delivered to the Surviving Corporation (or its designee), upon demand, and any holders of the Certificates who have not theretofore complied with this Article III shall thereafter look only to the Surviving Corporation for, and the Surviving Corporation shall remain liable for, payment of their claims for the Merger Consideration pursuant to the provisions of this Article III.

 

(e)        No Liability.  None of Parent, Sub, the Company, the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent shall be liable to any person in respect of any cash from the Exchange Fund delivered to a public official in compliance with any applicable state, federal or other abandoned property, escheat or similar Law. If any Certificate shall not have been surrendered prior to the date on which the related Merger Consideration would escheat to or become the property of any Governmental Authority, any such Merger Consideration shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, immediately prior to such time become the property of the Surviving Corporation, free and clear of all claims or interest of any person previously entitled thereto.

 

(f)         Investment of Exchange Fund.  The Paying Agent shall invest the cash in the Exchange Fund as directed by Sub; provided,  however, that such investments shall be in obligations of or guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in commercial paper obligations rated A 1 or P 1 or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Corporation, respectively, or in certificates of deposit, bank repurchase agreements or banker’s acceptances of commercial banks with capital exceeding five billion dollars ($5,000,000,000) (based on the most recent financial statements of such bank that are then publicly available). Any interest and other income resulting from such investments shall be paid solely to the Surviving Corporation (or its designee). Nothing contained herein and no investment losses resulting from investment of the Exchange Fund shall diminish the rights of any holder of Certificates to receive the Merger Consideration or any holder of a Company Stock Option to receive the holder’s Option Amount, in each case as provided herein.

 

(g)        Lost Certificates.  If any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by Sub, the providing of an indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Certificate, the Paying Agent shall deliver in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate the applicable Merger Consideration.

 

(h)        Withholding Rights.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Sub, the Surviving Corporation (and, if any withholding applicable to payments pursuant to Section 3.04 is made through a Subsidiary of the Surviving Corporation, any such Subsidiary) and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration

 

11

 

 

otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of shares of Company Common Stock (or any holder of a Company Stock Option) such amounts as Sub, the Surviving Corporation (and, if any withholding applicable to payments pursuant to Section 3.04 is made through a Subsidiary of the Surviving Corporation, any such Subsidiary) or the Paying Agent are required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Governmental Authority by Sub, the Surviving Corporation (and, if any withholding applicable to payments pursuant to Section 3.04 is made through a Subsidiary of the Surviving Corporation, any such Subsidiary) or the Paying Agent, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of the shares of Company Common Stock or the holder of the Company Stock Option, as the case may be, in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

 

Section 3.04     Company Stock Options. Prior to the expiration of the Offer, the Company Board (or, if appropriate, any committee administering the Company Incentive Plan) shall adopt such resolutions and take such other actions as may be required to provide that, at the Effective Time, each unexercised Company Stock Option, whether vested or unvested, that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled, with the holder thereof becoming entitled to receive, on the date which the Effective Time occurs, an amount in cash, without interest, equal to (i) the excess, if any, of (A) the Offer Price over (B) the exercise price per share of Company Common Stock subject to such Company Stock Option multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to such Company Stock Option (collectively, all amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.04, the “Option Amounts”). The payment of all Option Amounts hereunder shall be subject to appropriate withholding for Taxes in accordance with Section 3.03(h). As soon as practicable following the Effective Time, but in any event no later than fifteen (15) calendar days following the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall make by a payroll payment through the Surviving Corporation’s payroll provider, subject to Section 3.03(h), the Option Amounts to the applicable holders thereof.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Representations and Warranties of the Company

 

Except (i) as disclosed in any report, schedule, form, statement or other document filed with, or furnished to, the SEC by the Company, or incorporated by reference into such document, in each case, after January 1, 2018 and publicly available prior to the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “Filed SEC Documents”), the relevance of which disclosure is reasonably apparent in the Filed SEC Documents and other than any disclosures contained under the captions “Risk Factors” or “Forward Looking Statements” and any other disclosures contained therein that are predictive, cautionary or forward looking in nature, but it being understood that this clause (i) shall not be applicable to Section 4.01,  Section 4.03,  Section 4.04,  Section 4.21,  Section 4.22,  Section 4.23 and Section 4.24, or (ii) subject to Section 10.03(h), as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company represents and warrants to Parent and Sub as follows:

 

Section 4.01     Organization, Standing and Corporate Power. Each of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of

 

12

 

 

its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate or other entity power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted, except (other than with respect to the Company’s due organization and valid existence) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. True and complete copies of the charter of the Company (the “Company Charter”) and the Bylaws of the Company (the “Company Bylaws”), in each case as in effect on the date of this Agreement, are included in the Filed SEC Documents.

 

Section 4.02     Subsidiaries.  Section 4.02 of the Company Disclosure Letter lists, as of the date of this Agreement, each Subsidiary of the Company and the jurisdiction of organization thereof. All the outstanding shares of capital stock of, or other equity interests in, each Subsidiary of the Company have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company free and clear of all pledges, liens, charges, mortgages, deeds of trust, encumbrances or security interests of any kind or nature whatsoever (collectively, “Liens”), other than Permitted Liens. Except for its interests in its Subsidiaries, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock of, or other equity interests in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity. There are no options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-based performance units, Contracts or undertakings of any kind to which any Subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which any of them is bound (i) obligating any such Subsidiary to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or equity interests in, or any security convertible or exchangeable for any shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or equity interest in, any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii)  obligating any such Subsidiary to issue, grant or enter into any such option, warrant, right, security, unit, Contract or undertaking, or (iii) that give any person the right to receive any economic interest of a nature accruing to the holders of capital stock of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.03     Capital Structure.

 

(a)        The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 72,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Company Preferred Stock”). At the close of business on March 8, 2019 (the “Measurement Time”), (i) 34,528,289 shares of Company Common Stock were issued and outstanding, (ii) 1,458,334 shares of Company Common Stock were reserved and available for issuance pursuant to the Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Omnibus Plan, as amended (the “Company Incentive Plan”), and pursuant to such Company Incentive Plan, 590,751 shares of Company Common Stock were subject to outstanding options to acquire shares of Company Common Stock (such options, together with any options granted thereunder after the Measurement Time, the “Company Stock Options”), and (iii) no shares of Company Preferred Stock were outstanding. Except as set forth above, as of the Measurement Time, no shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or equity interests in the Company were

 

13

 

 

issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. Section 4.03(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth each Company Stock Option outstanding as of the Measurement Time, including (to the extent applicable) the Company Incentive Plan under which such Company Stock Option was granted, and the price at which such Company Stock Option may be exercised and whether such Company Stock Option is intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code. Since the Measurement Time, (x) there have been no issuances by the Company of shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or equity interests in the Company (including Company Stock Options), other than issuances of shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to Company Stock Options outstanding as of the Measurement Time, and (y) there have been no issuances by the Company of options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-based performance units or other rights to acquire shares of capital stock of the Company or other rights that give the holder thereof any economic interest of a nature accruing to the holders of Company Common Stock.

 

(b)        All outstanding shares of Company Common Stock are, and all such shares that may be issued prior to the Effective Time will be, when issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and not subject to preemptive rights. There are no bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of the Company having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which holders of Company Common Stock may vote (“Voting Company Debt”). Except for any obligations pursuant to this Agreement or as otherwise set forth above, as of the Measurement Time, there were no options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-based performance units, Contracts, agreements, arrangements or undertakings of any kind to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound (i) obligating the Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or equity interests in, or any security convertible or exchangeable for any shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or equity interest in, the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or any Voting Company Debt, (ii) obligating the Company to issue, grant or enter into any such option, warrant, right, security, unit, Contract, agreement, arrangement or undertaking, or (iii) that give any person the right to receive any economic interest of a nature accruing to the holders of Company Common Stock, and since the Measurement Time, none of the foregoing has been issued, agreed or entered into. There are no outstanding contractual obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock or options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-based performance units or other rights to acquire shares of capital stock of the Company, other than pursuant to the Company Incentive Plan.

 

(c)        The Company does not have any stockholder rights or similar plan

in effect.

 

Section 4.04     Authority; Recommendation.

 

(a)        The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to

execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, and compliance with the provisions of, this Agreement by the Company have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the

 

14

 

 

part of the Company, subject, in the case of the Merger, to the filing with and acceptance for record by the Department of the Articles of Merger as required by the MGCL. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each of Parent and Sub, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

(b)        The Company Board has duly and unanimously adopted resolutions, which have not subsequently been rescinded or modified in any way, (i) declaring that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Offer and the Merger, are fair to, and in the best interests of, the Company and its stockholders, (ii) approving and declaring advisable this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Offer and the Merger (such approval having been made in accordance with the MGCL, including for purposes of Sections 3-106.1 and 2-419 thereof), (iii) recommending that the Company’s stockholders accept the Offer and tender their shares of Company Common Stock to Sub pursuant to the Offer and (iv) resolving that the Merger shall be effected under Section 3-106.1 of the MGCL and that the Merger shall be consummated as promptly as possible following the Acceptance Time (such recommendations, the “Recommendation” and such actions by the Company Board, the “Board Actions”). The resolutions of the Company Board containing such Recommendation and Board Actions and all other resolutions of the Company Board and of any committee of the Company Board relating to the Agreement, the Offer and the Merger are substantially in the form previously made available to Parent.

 

Section 4.05     Non-Contravention. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement do not, and the consummation of the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and compliance with the provisions of this Agreement will not, conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or to the loss of a material benefit under, or result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under (other than any such Lien created as a result of any action taken by Parent or Sub), any provision of (a) the Company Charter, the Company Bylaws or the comparable organizational documents of any of its Subsidiaries, or (b) subject to the filings and other matters referred to in the immediately following sentence, (i) any written contract, lease, permit, authorization, indenture, note, bond, mortgage, franchise or other agreement or instrument, commitment, obligation or binding arrangement, with respect to which there are continuing rights, liabilities or obligations (a “Contract”) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of their respective properties or assets are bound, (ii)  any supranational, federal, national, state, provincial or local statute, law (including common law), ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority, whether or not inside, outside, including or excluding the United States, United Kingdom or any other country (“Law”) or any judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Authority, whether or not inside, outside, including or excluding the United States, United Kingdom or any other country (“Judgment”), in each case applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, or (iii) any Authorizations of the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than, in the case of clause (b) above, any such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights, losses or Liens that

 

15

 

 

would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, order, waiver or authorization of, action or nonaction by, registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any supranational, federal, national, state, provincial or local, government, any court of competent jurisdiction or any administrative, regulatory (including any stock exchange) or other governmental agency, department, commission or authority, or other political subdivision of any country, state or group of countries (each, a “Governmental Authority”) is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the Offer, the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for (A) the filing of a premerger notification and report form by the Company under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), and the filings and receipt, termination or expiration, as applicable, of such other approvals or waiting periods as may be required under the competition, merger control, antitrust, foreign investment or similar Law of any jurisdiction (collectively, the “Non-U.S. Merger Control Laws”), (B) the filing with the SEC of the Offer Documents, the Schedule 14D-9 and such reports under the Exchange Act as may be required in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (C) the filing of the Articles of Merger with the Department, (D) any filings or notices required under the rules and regulations of NASDAQ, the New York Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange and (E) such other consents, approvals, orders, waivers, authorizations, actions, nonactions, registrations, declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.06     SEC Documents; Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities.

 

(a)        The Company has filed all material reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents with the SEC required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Securities Act”) or the Exchange Act since January 1, 2018 (the “SEC Documents”). As of their respective effective dates (in the case of SEC Documents that are registration statements filed pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act) and as of their respective dates of filing (in the case of all other SEC Documents), the SEC Documents complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable thereto, and except to the extent amended or superseded by a subsequent filing with the SEC prior to the date of this Agreement, as of such respective dates, none of the SEC Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. None of the Company’s Subsidiaries is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters from the SEC staff with respect to any of the SEC Documents. To the Knowledge of the Company, as of the date of this Agreement, none of the SEC Documents is the subject of ongoing SEC review or outstanding SEC investigation.

 

16

 

 

(b)        Each of the audited consolidated financial statements and the unaudited quarterly financial statements (including, in each case, the notes thereto) of the Company included in the SEC Documents when filed complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) (except, in the case of unaudited quarterly statements, to the extent permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC or other rules and regulations of the SEC) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited quarterly statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

 

(c)        Except for matters reflected or reserved against in the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company (or the notes thereto) included in the Filed SEC Documents, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations (whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise) of any nature that would be required under GAAP, as in effect on the date of this Agreement, to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company (including the notes thereto), except liabilities and obligations that (A)  were incurred since the date of such balance sheet in the Ordinary Course of Business, (B)  are incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (C) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)        Internal Controls.

 

(i)         The Company and its Subsidiaries have established and maintained a system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act). Such internal controls provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation of Company financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Since January 1, 2016, neither the Company nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has identified or been made aware of (x) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that are reasonably likely to adversely affect in any material respects the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information, or (y) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves (or involved) the management or other employees of the Company who have (or had) a significant role in the Company’s internal controls.

 

(ii)        The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act), which are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company required to be included in reports filed under the Exchange Act, including its consolidated Subsidiaries, is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer to material information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits to the SEC under the Exchange

 

17

 

 

Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC.

 

(iii)       Since January 1, 2018, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has made any prohibited loans to any executive officer of the Company (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) or director of the Company. There are no outstanding loans or other extensions of credit made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any executive officer (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) or director of the Company.

 

(e)        Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has or is subject to any “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement” (as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act).

 

Section 4.07     Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Between January 1, 2018 and the date of this Agreement, the Company and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in all material respects only in the Ordinary Course of Business and there has not been:

 

(a)        any change, effect, event, occurrence or fact that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(b)        any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend on, or making of any other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of, any capital stock of the Company;

 

(c)        any split, combination or reclassification of any capital stock of the Company or any issuance or the authorization of any issuance of any other securities in lieu of or in substitution for shares of capital stock of the Company;

 

(d)        any repurchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-based performance units or other rights to acquire such shares or other rights that give the holder thereof any economic interest of a nature accruing to the holders of such shares, other than (w) the acquisition by the Company of shares of Company Common Stock in connection with the surrender of shares of Company Common Stock by holders of Company Stock Options in order to pay the exercise price thereof, (x) the withholding of shares of Company Common Stock to satisfy Tax obligations with respect to the Company Stock Options, and (y) the acquisition by the Company of Company Stock Options in connection with the forfeiture of such awards;

 

(e)        any change in accounting methods, principles or practices by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries materially affecting the consolidated assets, liabilities or results of operations of the Company, except as required (x) by GAAP (or any interpretation thereof), including pursuant to standards, guidelines and interpretations of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or any similar organization, or (y) by Law, including Regulation S- X under the Securities Act;

 

18

 

 

(f)         with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any material election relating to Taxes (including any “check-the-box” election pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3), any material amendment with respect to any material Tax Return, any settlement or compromise of any material Tax liability for an amount that exceeds the amount disclosed, reflected or reserved against in the financial statements contained in the Filed SEC Documents, any request for any rulings from or the execution of any closing agreement with any Governmental Authority (except in connection with a settlement of a Tax liability for an amount that does not exceed the amount disclosed, reflected or reserved against in the financial statements contained in the Filed SEC Documents), any surrender of any right to claim a material Tax refund, any change to an annual accounting period for Tax purposes, or any change of any material accounting method for Tax purposes, except, in each case, for actions taken in the Ordinary Course of Business; or

 

(g)        the commencement of any new line of business.

 

In addition, between January 1, 2018 and the date of this Agreement, except as required by applicable Law or the terms of any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement or other written agreement, in each case, set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter and in effect as of January 1, 2018, there has not been (A) any granting to any director or member of the Company Executive Team of any increase in compensation (except in the Ordinary Course of Business), (B) any granting to any director or member of the Company Executive Team of any increase in severance or termination pay (except to the extent of any increase in severance or termination pay as a result of an increase in compensation in the Ordinary Course of Business), (C)  any entry by the Company or its Subsidiaries into any employment, consulting, severance, retention or termination agreement or arrangement with any director, officer or other employee,

(D)  any establishing, adopting, entry into or amending in any material respect any collective bargaining agreement or Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement, or (E) any acting to accelerate any rights or benefits under any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement.

 

Section 4.08     Litigation. There is no suit, claim (or counterclaim), litigation, action, charge, complaint, arbitration, mediation, grievance or other proceeding brought, conducted or heard by or before any court or other Governmental Authority, arbitrator or mediator or arbitration or mediation panel (each, a “Litigation”) pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  There is no material Litigation pending or contemplated on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries against a Third Party. There is no Judgment outstanding against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.09     Contracts.

 

(a)        Except for this Agreement and for Contracts filed as exhibits to the Filed SEC Documents and for Real Property Leases, Section 4.09 of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list of, as of the date of this Agreement:

 

19

 

 

(i)         each Contract that would be required to be filed by the Company as a “material contract” pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

 

(ii)        each loan and credit agreement, note, debenture, bond, indenture and other similar Contract pursuant to which any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case in excess of $200,000, is outstanding or may be incurred, other than any such Contract between or among any of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries and any letters of credit;

 

(iii)       each Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that by its terms calls for aggregate payments by or to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of more than $200,000 over the remaining term of such Contract, except for

(x)  Company Benefit Plans or Company Benefit Agreements entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business or (y) any Contract that may be canceled, without any material penalty or other material liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, upon notice of ninety (90) days or less;

 

(iv)       each Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party entered into since January 1, 2016 or with respect to which the Company or any if its Subsidiaries has any continuing material obligations, in each case, relating to the acquisition or disposition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of properties or assets for, in each case, aggregate consideration of more than $200,000, except for acquisitions and dispositions of properties and assets in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(v)        each Contract of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that (A) includes a grant by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of a right of exclusivity, right of first offer, right of first refusal or similar right with respect to any business or geographic region (“Exclusive Rights”); or (B) contains any provision or covenant limiting in any way the ability of the Company or any of its Affiliates (or, after the Merger Closing, that purports to limit the ability of Parent or any of its Affiliates) to (1) compete with any business or in any geographical area or to solicit customers or to engage in any line of business, (2) obtain products or services from any Person or (3) set prices and terms for the provision, sale, lease or license of its products, services or technologies with any Person, in the case of clause (3), except for the prices and terms expressly set forth therein with respect to the products, services or technologies provided, sold, leased or licensed thereunder (“Company Noncompete Restrictions”);

 

(vi)       each Contract (A) with any sole-source suppliers of material products or services or (B) that includes any “most favored nations” terms and conditions, any minimum purchase or sale, “take or pay” obligations, arrangement or requirements to purchase substantially all of the output or production of a particular supplier;

 

(vii)      each Contract (other than any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has continuing obligations to pay (A) milestone or similar payments, including upon the achievement of regulatory or commercial milestones, in each case in excess of $100,000 of future payments in the aggregate or (B) royalties or other amounts calculated based upon any revenues or income of

 

20

 

 

the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case in excess of $100,000 of future payments in the aggregate;

 

(viii)     each Contract that is a settlement, conciliation or similar agreement (A) that is with any Governmental Authority, (B) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated after the date of this Agreement to pay consideration in excess of $100,000, or (C) that would otherwise limit in any material respect the operation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or, to the Knowledge of the Company, Parent or any of its other Affiliates from and after the Merger Closing) as currently operated;

 

(ix)       each Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party: (1) primarily involving the licensing or sublicensing of Company Intellectual Property that is material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted, or (2) pursuant to which (A) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries licenses to any Third Party any material Company Owned Intellectual Property (other than any non-exclusive outbound license entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business) or (B) any Intellectual Property that is material to the business of the Company as currently conducted is licensed to the Company (except for off-the-shelf licenses of commercially available software for less than $100,000 on an annual basis), but excluding in each case (of clauses “(A)” and “(B)”) any standard non-disclosure, confidentiality and consulting agreements;

 

(x)        each Contract that grants to any person any option, right of first offer or right of first refusal or similar right to purchase, lease, sublease, license, use, possess or occupy any tangible assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and

 

(xi)       each Contract of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that relates to a material partnership, joint venture, strategic alliance, research and development project or similar arrangement with respect to any Company Product, but excluding any standard non-disclosure, confidentiality and consulting agreements.

 

Each Contract set forth on Section 4.09 of the Company Disclosure Letter or required to be set forth thereon (but subject to the last sentence of Section 4.09(b)) is referred to herein as a “Specified Contract.”

 

(b)        As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has made available to Parent true and complete copies of each Specified Contract. Each of the Specified Contracts and each Government Contract (if any) is, (i) in all material respects, valid and binding on the Company or the Subsidiary of the Company party thereto and (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto and is in full force and effect. There is no material breach or material default under any Specified Contract or any Government Contract (if any) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company, by any other party thereto, and no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a material breach or material default thereunder by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company, by any other party thereto.

 

21

 

 

Section 4.10     Compliance with Laws.

 

(a)        Each of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is, and has at all times in the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement been, in material compliance with all Laws, including all Health Care Laws, applicable and material to its business or operations. Each of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has in effect and is in compliance with all approvals, clearances, authorizations, certifications, representations, registrations, licenses, exemptions, permits, variances, orders and consents of Governmental Authorities (collectively, “Authorizations”) necessary for it to conduct its business as presently conducted, except for such Authorizations the absence of or noncompliance with which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice that any Authorizations will be terminated or modified or cannot be renewed in the Ordinary Course of Business, and the Company has no Knowledge of any reasonable basis for any such termination, modification or nonrenewal, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)        Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice regarding any actual or alleged violation of, or failure to comply with, any Law, including any Health Care Law, applicable to the Company or by which any properties or assets owned or used by the Company are bound or affected. To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no facts or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to give rise to a Litigation or investigation for non-compliance with any applicable Laws, including Health Care Laws. To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company’s personnel have not been subject to an investigation or proceeding by a Governmental Authority for a violation of any applicable Laws, including Health Care Laws, and have not received any written notice regarding any actual or alleged violation thereof.

 

(c)        Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, its officers or directors, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of its employees or any agent currently acting on behalf of or for the benefit thereof, have been (i) convicted of or, to the Knowledge of the Company, investigated for or charged with, a Medicare, Medicaid or federal or state health care program related offense, (ii) convicted of or, to the Knowledge of the Company, investigated for or charged with a violation of federal or state Law related to fraud, theft, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary responsibility, financial misconduct, obstruction of an investigation of controlled substances, (iii) debarred, excluded or suspended from participation in Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal or state health program, as defined in 42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(f) (a “Federal Health Care Program”), or (iv) subject to any order of, or criminal or civil fine or penalty imposed by, any Governmental Authority. The Company has not contracted with (by employment or otherwise) any person that the Company knows has been convicted of or pled guilty or nolo contendere to any federal or state health care-related criminal offense or that the Company knows is excluded from participation in a Federal Health Care Program for the provision of items or services for which payment may be made under such Federal Health Care Program. No exclusion, suspension, or debarment Litigation is pending against the Company or any of its officers, directors, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of its employees or agent currently acting on its behalf or for its benefit. To the Knowledge of the Company, no exclusion, suspension, or debarment Litigation has been threatened, against either the Company, or any of

 

22

 

 

the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents acting on its behalf or for its benefit.

 

(d)        Since January 1, 2016, the Company has maintained in all material respects all records required to be maintained by applicable Health Care Laws. Since January 1, 2016, the Company has not been sanctioned as not being in compliance in all material respects with any Health Care Laws nor has been convicted of or charged with any violation of any of the Health Care Laws, including those relating to improper billing, improper referrals, fraud, theft, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary responsibility, financial misconduct, or obstruction of an investigation or abuse. The Company has not since January 1, 2016 received any written (or, to the Knowledge of the Company, oral) notice or other communication from any Governmental Authority to the effect that it or any activity conducted by the Company is not in compliance in all material respects with any Health Care Laws. The Company is currently not a party or subject to the terms of a corporate integrity agreement required by the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services or similar agreement or order of any other Governmental Authority.

 

(e)        The Company maintains a code of conduct, a true and correct copy of which have been provided to Parent. The Company is, and since January 1, 2016, has been, in material compliance with its code of conduct, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)         To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is, and has at all times during the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement been, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Health Care Laws regarding the collection, use and protection of Protected Health Information, and, since the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement, the Company has implemented and maintained commercially reasonable administrative, technical and physical safeguards designed to protect Protected Health Information maintained, used or disclosed by the Company against unauthorized access or acquisition that would otherwise constitute a Breach (as such term is defined under HIPAA) or in any other manner that constitutes a material violation of applicable Health Care Laws. Since the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement, the Company has maintained administrative, physical and technical safeguards consistent with normal industry practice and in accordance with HIPAA designed to protect Protected Health Information from unauthorized uses and disclosures. Since January 1, 2016, the Company has not experienced a breach of “unsecured protected health information” (as defined in HIPAA) reportable to a Government Authority under applicable Health Care Laws in connection with the Company’s business and

operations. There is no Litigation or investigation pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company relating to the collection, use, disclosure or maintenance of Protected Health Information.

 

(g)        Section 4.10(g) of the Company Disclosure Letter includes, as of the date this Agreement, a true and complete list of any “business associate agreements” (as such term is described under HIPAA) to which the Company or any of its Affiliates is a party.

 

Section 4.11     Labor and Employment Matters.

 

23

 

 

(a)        Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other Contract with any labor organization, union or association and there are not, to the Knowledge of the Company, any union organizing activities concerning any employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, lockouts, or other material labor disputes pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or as contemplated by this Agreement, to the Knowledge of the Company, no director or member of the Company Executive Team, has any present intention to terminate his, her, or their employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)        Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Law respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, occupational safety and health and workers’ compensation, employee classification and wages and hours, including to the extent applicable, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Equal Pay Act of 1967, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act and state anti-discrimination laws.  As of the date of this Agreement, (i) there are no material charges, complaints, audits or investigations pending or scheduled by any Governmental Authority pertaining to the employment practices of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s Knowledge, otherwise threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) to the Company’s Knowledge, no material written complaints relating to employment practices of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have been made to any Governmental Authority or submitted to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(c)        Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) any individual who performs services for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and who is not treated as an employee for federal income Tax purposes by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is not an employee under applicable Law and is not an employee for any purpose (including Tax withholding purposes or Company Benefit Plan purposes) and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability by reason of an individual who performs or performed services for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any capacity being improperly excluded from participating in a Company Benefit Plan. Each employee of the Company and its Subsidiaries has been properly classified as “exempt” or “non-exempt” under applicable Law.

 

(d)        Within the past three (3) years, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries have implemented any plant closing or layoff of employees that implicated the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988 or any similar Law, and no such action will be implemented without advance notice and consent of Parent.

 

Section 4.12     Employee Benefit Matters.

 

(a)        Section 4.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter contains a true and complete list, as of the date of this Agreement, of each material Company Benefit Plan and material Company Benefit Agreement. Each Company Benefit Plan has been administered in

 

24

 

 

compliance with its terms and with applicable Law (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the Code), other than instances of noncompliance that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)        The Company has made available to Parent true and complete copies of (to the extent applicable) (A) each material Company Benefit Plan and each material Company Benefit Agreement (or, in either case, with respect to any unwritten material Company Benefit Plan or material Company Benefit Agreement, a written description thereof), other than any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is prohibited from making available to Parent as the result of applicable Law relating to the safeguarding of data privacy, (B) the two most recent annual report on Form 5500 filed with the Internal Revenue Service or similar report required to be filed with any Governmental Authority, in each case with respect to each material Company Benefit Plan (if any such report was required by applicable Law), (C) each trust agreement and group annuity contract or other material contract relating to any material Company Benefit Plan, (D) the most recent actuarial reports (if applicable) for each Company Benefit Plan and (E) the most recent summary plan description, if any, required under ERISA with respect to each material Company Benefit Plan and material Company Benefit Agreement.

 

(c)        Each Company Benefit Plan intended to be “qualified” (or registered) within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code (or any comparable provision under applicable non-U.S. laws) has received a favorable determination or opinion letter as to such qualification or registration from the Internal Revenue Service (or any comparable Governmental Authority), and no event has occurred, either by reason of any action or failure to act, that could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of any such qualification, registration or Tax-exempt status or the imposition of any material penalty or Tax liability.

 

(d)        Section 4.12(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, each material Company Benefit Plan that provides health or welfare benefits (whether or not insured) with respect to employees or former employees (or any of their beneficiaries) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after retirement or other termination of service (other than coverage or benefits (A) required to be provided under Part 6 of Title I of ERISA, or any other applicable Law, or (B) the full cost of which is borne by the employee or former employee (or any of their beneficiaries)). Each such U.S. plan is amendable and terminable unilaterally by the Company at any time without material liability or expense to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as a result thereof other than claims incurred prior to the date of such amendment, and no such plan, plan documentation or agreement, summary plan description or other written communication distributed generally to employees by its terms prohibits the Company from amending or terminating any such Company Benefit Plan. Each Company Benefit Plan is in compliance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and its companion bill, the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the “2010 Health Care Law”), to the extent applicable, except for such noncompliance that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The operation of each Company Benefit Plan will not result in the incurrence of any penalty to the Company, Parent or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to the 2010 Health Care Law,

 

25

 

 

to the extent applicable that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)        Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company, during the immediately preceding six

(6) years, no liability under Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA has been incurred by the Company or any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that together with the Company would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b) of ERISA (“ERISA Affiliate”) that has not been satisfied in full, and no condition exists that presents a risk to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of incurring any such liability, other than liability for premiums due the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) (which premiums have been paid when due). The PBGC has not instituted proceedings pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate any Company Benefit Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no condition exists that presents a risk that such proceedings will be instituted by the PBGC.

 

(f)         Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in material liability in respect of any Company Benefit Plan to which the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate make, or was required to make, contributions during the past six (6) years: (i) there does not now exist, nor do any circumstances exist on the date of this Agreement that could reasonably be expected to result in any material accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, or any liability under Section 4971 of the Code; (ii) the fair market value of the assets of any such plan equals or exceeds the actuarial present value of all accrued benefits under such plan (whether or not vested, each as determined under the assumptions and valuation method of the latest actuarial valuation of such plan); (iii) no reportable event within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA for which the 30 day notice requirement has not been waived has occurred, and the consummation of the Merger will not result in the occurrence of any such reportable event; and (iv) no material liability or contingent liability (including liability pursuant to Section 4069 of ERISA) under Title IV of ERISA has been or is reasonably expected to be incurred by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

(g)        Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect, the Compensation Committee of the Company Board (each member of which the Company Board has determined is an “independent director” as defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules and is an “independent director” in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14d-10(d)(2) under the Exchange Act) (the “Compensation Committee”) has taken all such steps as may be required to cause to be exempt under Rule 14d-10(d) under the Exchange Act any employment compensation, severance or employee benefit arrangements that have been entered into on or before the date of this Agreement by the Company or its Subsidiaries with current or future directors, officers or employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries and to ensure that any such arrangements fall within the safe harbor provisions of such rule.

 

(h)        None of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliates or any of their respective predecessors has within the last six (6) years contributed to, contributes

 

26

 

 

to, has ever been required to contribute to, or otherwise participated in or participates in any way, directly or indirectly, has any liability with respect to any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or Section 414(f) of the Code).

 

(i)         Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no proceeding has been threatened, asserted, instituted or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is anticipated against any of the Company Benefit Plans or Company Benefit Agreement (other than non-material routine claims for benefits and appeals of such claims), any trustee or fiduciary thereof, or any of the assets of any trust of any of the Company Benefit Plans, (ii) no non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code and Section 406 of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to the Company Benefit Plans, and (iii) no Company Benefit Plan is under, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of, an audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other Governmental Authority, and no such completed audit, if any, has resulted in the imposition of any Tax or penalty.

 

(j)         Each Company Benefit Plan and Company Benefit Agreement that is subject to Section 409A of the Code has operated in material compliance with such sections and all applicable regulatory guidance, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(k)        The consummation of the Offer or the Merger (either alone or together with any other event) will not, in respect of any employee, individual independent contractor, officer or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether current, former or retired), except as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) cause any payment or benefit to become due or payable, (ii) increase the amount or value of any benefit, compensation or other material obligation otherwise payable or required to be provided, (iii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting of any such benefit or compensation, (iv) accelerate the time or otherwise trigger any funding (through a grantor trust or otherwise) of any such compensation or benefits or (v) cause any amount that could be received (whether in cash or property or the vesting of property) to not be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code or be subject to an excise Tax under Section 4999 of the Code. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any indemnity obligation on or after the Effective Time for any Taxes imposed under Section 4999 or 409A of the Code.

 

(l)         Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability in respect of post-retirement health, medical or life insurance benefits for retired, former or current employees or directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries except as required to comply with Section 4980B of the Code or any similar Law.

 

(m)       None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has made any promises or commitments to create any additional material Company Benefit Plan or material Company Benefit Agreement or to modify or change in any material way any existing material Company Benefit Plan or material Company Benefit Agreement other than those amendments or modifications required by Law.

 

27

 

 

(n)        Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to each Company Benefit Plan and Company Benefit Agreement, there are no benefit obligations for which contributions have not been made or properly accrued to the extent required by GAAP.

 

(o)        The term “Company Benefit Agreement” means each employment, consulting, indemnification, change in control, severance or termination agreement or arrangement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any current or former employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the other hand (but excluding any Company Benefit Plans) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any continuing obligations as of the date of this Agreement, other than any agreement or arrangement mandated by applicable Law. The term “Company Benefit Plan” means each “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether or not subject to ERISA), each bonus, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, stock ownership, stock purchase, stock option, phantom stock or other equity- based compensation, retirement, vacation, severance, disability, death benefit, hospitalization, medical or other employee benefits plan, policy, program, arrangement or understanding, (but excluding any Company Benefit Agreement), in each case sponsored, maintained or contributed to, or required to be sponsored, maintained or contributed to, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, in each case for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than any plan, policy, program, arrangement or understanding mandated by applicable Law.

 

Section 4.13     Taxes.

 

(a)        The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has duly and timely filed (taking into account any extension of time to file granted or obtained) all material Tax Returns required to be filed by it with the appropriate Governmental Authority and all such Tax Returns are true, complete and correct in all material respects.

 

(b)        The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has: (i) duly and timely paid all material Taxes due and payable by it other than such Taxes that are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings and in respect of which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements contained in the Filed SEC Documents; and (ii) duly and timely withheld all material Taxes and other amounts required by applicable Laws to be withheld by it and has duly and timely remitted to the appropriate Governmental Authority all such withheld Taxes and other amounts required by applicable Laws to be remitted by it.

 

(c)        No deficiencies for any material Taxes have been proposed, asserted, assessed or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which have not been settled and paid. No audit, action, investigation examination, suit or other proceeding is pending or is being threatened in writing with respect to any material Taxes or Tax Returns of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(d)        The charges, accruals, and reserves for Taxes reflected on the financial statements contained in the Filed SEC Documents (whether or not due and whether or

 

28

 

 

not shown on any Tax Return but excluding any provision for deferred income Taxes) are adequate under GAAP to cover Taxes of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries accruing through the date of such financial statements contained in the Filed SEC Documents.

 

(e)        There are no material Liens for Taxes on the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except for Permitted Liens.

 

(f)         Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is, or to the Knowledge of the Company has been, a party to any Tax Sharing Agreement (other than an agreement exclusively between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries) pursuant to which it will have any obligation to make any payments for Taxes after the Effective Time. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than a group the common parent of which was the Company).

 

(g)        No private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda, closing agreement, or similar agreements or rulings have been entered into or issued by any Governmental Authority with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are binding on such entity.

 

(h)        There is no currently effective agreement or other document with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries extending the period of assessment or collection of any material Taxes.

 

(i)         None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been a “controlled corporation” or a “distributing corporation” in any distribution that was purported or intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) occurring during the two-year period ending on the date of this Agreement.

 

(j)         Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in any “listed transaction” within the meaning of Section 6011 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Section 4.14     Real Property.

 

(a)        Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary owns, and in the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement has not owned, any real property.

 

(b)        Section 4.14(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, a true and complete list of all leases, subleases, licenses or other occupancy agreements under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries leases or otherwise occupies real property (together, with all amendments, extensions, renewals and guaranties relating thereto, the “Real Property Leases”) and the address of the real property granted under each of the Real Property Leases (individually, a “Leased Real Property”). The Company or a Subsidiary of the Company has a good and valid leasehold estate, or other occupancy interest, in each Leased Real Property, free and clear of all Liens and defects in title, except for Permitted Liens; all Real Property Leases and each Real Property Sublease are, in all material respects, valid and binding on the Company or the Subsidiary of the Company party thereto and, to the

 

29

 

 

Knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto, and is, in all material respects, in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries that is party to such leases has received or given any written notice of any material default thereunder which default continues on the date of this Agreement. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries that is party to such leases has received or given any written notice of any termination. Prior to the date of this Agreement, true, correct and complete copies of the Real Property Leases and Real Property Subleases have been delivered to Parent. All of the land, buildings, structures and other improvements leased, licensed or otherwise used or occupied by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the conduct of the business are included in the Leased Real Property.

 

(c)        Section 4.14(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, a true and complete list of all leases, subleases or similar agreements under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the landlord or the sublandlord (such leases, subleases and similar agreements, collectively, the “Real Property Subleases”).

 

Section 4.15     Intellectual Property.

 

(a)        Section 4.15(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all issued or registered Intellectual Property or applications for issuance or registration of any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries (indicating for each, as applicable, the owner(s), jurisdiction, application number and date and registration number and date) (the “Company Registered Intellectual Property”). The Company or one of its Subsidiaries: (i) is, to the Knowledge of the Company, the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title and interest in and to, or has the valid and enforceable right to use, all Intellectual Property used by the Company or its Subsidiaries in, or necessary for, the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and (ii) is the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title and interest in and to the trademarks and service marks set forth on Section 4.15(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter (all of the foregoing Intellectual Property described in clause (i) and (ii), collectively the “Company Intellectual Property”), other than immaterial Intellectual Property. All of the Company Registered Intellectual Property material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted is subsisting, and in full force and effect and, to the Knowledge of the Company, valid and enforceable. None of the Company Registered Intellectual Property has (x) expired, been canceled or been abandoned or (y) been held invalid or unenforceable by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction, except in each case (of (x) and (y)) to the extent the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to Patents and non-provisional patent applications included in the Company Registered Intellectual Property, to the Knowledge of the Company there is no material prior art, prior use, prior sale or other novelty defeating acts that were not submitted to relevant Governmental Authorities that applicable law would require to be submitted. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is: (A) pursuing the prosecution in a commercially reasonable manner of all Patent applications it has filed; and (B) diligently preparing to file Patent application for all inventions in a manner and within a sufficient time period to avoid statutory disqualification of any potential Patent application. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not impair the right, title,

 

30

 

 

or interest of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in or to any Company Intellectual Property that is either owned by, or licensed to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Upon the Merger Closing Date, all of the material Company Intellectual Property that is either owned by, or licensed to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will be owned or available for use by the Company and its Subsidiaries on substantially similar terms and conditions as the Company and its Subsidiaries enjoyed immediately prior to the Merger Closing Date.

 

(b)        All Company Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries (“Company Owned Intellectual Property”) and all material Company Intellectual Property that is (i) exclusively licensed by a Third Party to the Company and (ii) directed to the Company Products, is free and clear of all Liens (except for Permitted Liens or licenses granted to or by the Company or its Subsidiaries).

 

(c)        No claims or other suits, actions or proceedings are pending or threatened in writing against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) alleging that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has infringed, misappropriated, diluted or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property rights of any other person in any material respect, or (ii) that contest the validity, use, ownership or enforceability of any of the material Company Owned Intellectual Property, in each case (of clauses (i) and (ii)) that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company Registered Intellectual Property has been or is the subject to any pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, interference, opposition, post-grant review, reissue, reexamination, or other similar proceeding, in which the scope, validity, enforceability, or ownership of such Company Registered Intellectual Property is being or has been contested or challenged. Neither the Company’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ use of any Company Intellectual Property, nor the operation of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses, including the research, development and manufacture of the Company Products by or on behalf of the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, infringes, misappropriates, dilutes or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property of any other person in any material respect. To the Knowledge of the Company, no person is infringing, misappropriating, diluting or otherwise violating the rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any Company Intellectual Property in any material respect.

 

(d)        All inventors of inventions within the Company Owned Intellectual Property have assigned or have a contractual obligation to assign their entire right, title and interest in and to such inventions and the corresponding Intellectual Property to their respective employers.

 

(e)        The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable steps to maintain and protect the material Company Owned Intellectual Property, including the secrecy and confidentiality of its material Trade Secrets.

 

(f)         Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) since January 1, 2016, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is, and has been, in compliance in all material respects with the Company’s posted privacy policies and all other related Company notices, policies and programs and all applicable data protection, privacy and other Laws governing the collection, use, storage,

 

31

 

 

distribution, transfer, disposal, disclosure or processing of any personally identifiable information (“Personal Information”), (ii) since January 1, 2018, to the Knowledge of the Company, no person has gained material unauthorized access to or made any material unauthorized use of any such Personal Information maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been required to notify any Governmental Authority, and (iii) since January 1, 2016, no claims or other suits, actions or proceedings are pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ collection or use of Personal Information. The Company and its Subsidiaries have commercially reasonable security measures in place designed to protect Personal Information stored in their computer systems against unlawful access, disclosure or use by any Third Party. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not violate the Company’s posted privacy policies as they currently exist or as they existed at any time during which any Personal Information was collected or obtained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and, upon the Merger Closing Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries will own and continue to have the right to use all such Personal Information on substantially similar terms and conditions as the Company and its Subsidiaries enjoyed immediately prior to the Merger Closing Date.

 

(g)        To the Knowledge of the Company, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2016, all third-party software material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted: (i) performs in material conformance with its documentation, (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, (1) is free from any material software defect, and (2) does not contain any virus, software routine or hardware component designed to permit unauthorized access or to disable or otherwise harm any computer, systems or software.

 

Section 4.16     Environmental Matters.

 

(a)        Except for those matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) each of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is, and has for the past three (3) years been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written communication alleging that the Company is in violation of, or has any liability under, any Environmental Law, (B) each of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries possesses and is in compliance with all Authorizations required under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its business as presently conducted, (C) there are no Environmental Claims pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (D) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has Released, or exposed any person to, any Hazardous Materials and no Hazardous Materials generated or transported by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or by a Third Party on behalf of the Company) have been Released at any location and (E) to the knowledge of the Company, no Hazardous Materials have been Released at, on, under or from any of the Leased Real Property. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Section 4.16 sets forth the Company’s sole and exclusive representations and warranties with respect to Environmental Laws, Hazardous Materials and other environmental matters.

 

32

 

 

(b)        The term “Environmental Claims” means any administrative or judicial actions, suits, orders, claims, proceedings or written notices of noncompliance by or from any Governmental Authority or any other person alleging liability arising out of the Release of or exposure to any Hazardous Material or the failure to comply with any Environmental Law or any Authorization issued thereunder. The term “Environmental Law” means any Law relating to pollution or protection of the environment or natural resources or human exposure to Hazardous Materials. The term “Hazardous Materials” means any materials or wastes that are listed or defined as hazardous substances, medical waste, hazardous wastes, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous substances, toxic substances, pollutants, contaminants or terms of similar import or serve as the basis of liability under any applicable Environmental Law. The term “Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or migrating into or through the environment.

 

Section 4.17     Insurance. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) the Company and its Subsidiaries maintain insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is sufficient to comply with applicable Law, (b) all insurance policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries are in full force and effect, except for any expiration thereof in accordance with the terms thereof, (c) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in breach of, or default under, any such insurance policy, and (d) no written notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any such insurance policy, other than in connection with ordinary renewals.

 

Section 4.18     Regulatory Matters.

 

(a)        At all times since January 1, 2016, (i) the Company has developed, tested, manufactured, labeled, marketed, promoted and stored, as applicable, each of the Company Products, and, (ii) to the Company’s Knowledge, all Company vendors have marketed and promoted each of the Company Products, in compliance with the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as amended, and applicable regulations enforced by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), Public Health Service Act of 1944, as amended (“PHSA”), and, to the Knowledge of the Company, comparable applicable Laws outside of the United States, including those requirements relating to current good manufacturing practices, good laboratory practices and good clinical practices, as applicable, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. During the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice or other communication from the FDA or any other Governmental Authority alleging any violation of any Law with respect to such activities or any FDA “warning letters” with respect to any Company Product or any manufacturing, promotional, marketing or distribution processes or procedures. There are no existing conditions at the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, at any contract manufacturer with respect to any Company Product, that would result in a Governmental Authority shutdown or import or export prohibition, Form FDA 483 or other written notice of material inspectional observations, “warning letters,” “untitled letters” or written requests to make material changes with respect to any Company Product including the design, manufacture or distribution of Company Products, or the way in which the Company Products are marketed or promoted, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All deficiencies and non-conformities

 

33

 

 

discovered during internal and external audits and inspections have been corrected and resolved in all material respects.

 

(b)        Since January 1, 2016, the Company does not and has not marketed Company Products using verbiage prohibited by Law, outside of the scope of indications, or for indications other than those permitted by the Law or by policy or guidance of any Governmental Authority, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. During the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement, none of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, any contract manufacturer with respect to any Company Product, has received any notices, information request letters, correspondence, orders or other communications from the FDA or any other Governmental Authority issuing, requiring or causing any recall, seizure, detention, market withdrawal or replacement, safety alert, warning, “dear doctor” letter, investigator notice or other notice relating to an alleged lack of safety or efficacy of or manufacturing deficiencies of any Company Product, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, any contract manufacturer with respect to any Company Product, has taken any such action voluntarily. To the Company’s Knowledge, there have been no Serious Injuries or MDR Reportable Events associated with the use (including in clinical trials) of any Company Product that have not been reported to the FDA or any other applicable Governmental Authority in accordance with an applicable Law.

 

(c)         All preclinical studies and clinical trials conducted by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have been conducted in material compliance with all applicable material Laws, including submission of all required applications (e.g., Investigational New Drug Application). As of the date of this Agreement, no clinical trial conducted by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been terminated or suspended prior to completion primarily for safety or other non-business reasons. As of the date of this Agreement, neither the FDA nor any other applicable Governmental Authority, clinical investigator who has participated or is participating in, or institutional review board that has or has had jurisdiction over, a clinical trial conducted by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has commenced, or, to the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, threatened to initiate, any action to place a clinical hold order on, or otherwise terminate or suspend, any ongoing clinical investigation conducted by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, threatened actions or proceedings by the FDA or any other Governmental Authority seeking to (or that would reasonably be expected to) prohibit or impede the sale of any Company Product into any market. The Company has made available to Parent accurate and complete copies of the material reports and material correspondence with Governmental Authorities with respect to preclinical and clinical trials, studies or tests conducted by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to any Company Product, that are listed in Section 4.18(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter and as of the date of this Agreement, there are no other such reports or correspondence with Governmental Authorities that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

34

 

 

(d)        To the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, none of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or any contract manufacturer with respect to any Company Product, has committed any act, made any statement or failed to make any statement that would reasonably be expected to provide a basis for the FDA or any other Governmental Authority to invoke its policy with respect to “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery, and Illegal Gratuities”, or similar policies, set forth in any Laws. None of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, any of their respective officers or key employees, or any contract manufacturer with respect to any Company Product, has been convicted of any crime that has resulted, or would reasonably be expected to result, in debarment under 21 U.S.C. § 335a or any similar applicable Law. There is no pending legal proceeding (or to the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, threatened legal proceeding) against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective officers or key employees, or, to the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, any contract manufacturer with respect to any Company Product, that would reasonably be expected to result in such a material debarment.

 

(e)        None of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any corporate integrity agreement, monitoring agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, consent decree, settlement order, or other similar agreement, in each case, entered into with or imposed by any Governmental Authority, and, to the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, no such action is pending.

 

Section 4.19     Affiliate Transactions. During the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement, there have not been any transactions, Contracts, agreements, arrangements or understandings or series of related transactions, Contracts, agreements, arrangements or understandings, nor are there any of the foregoing currently proposed, that (if proposed but not having been consummated or executed, if consummated or executed) would be required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act that have not been disclosed in the Filed SEC Documents filed prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.20     Certain Business Practices. During the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement, (i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (nor to the Company’s Knowledge any of their respective officers, directors or employees) (a) has made, agreed to make, or authorized the making of any contribution, payment, gift or entertainment to, or accepted, agreed to accept, or authorized the acceptance of any contribution, payment, gift or entertainment from, any public official, political party, candidate for public office, or any other person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption Law; (ii) there has not been any Litigation, allegations, or inquiries pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge as of the date of this Agreement, overtly threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries concerning violations of any applicable anti-corruption Law; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has conducted any internal investigation or made any voluntary or involuntary disclosure concerning any alleged violation of any applicable anti-corruption Law. The Company and its Subsidiaries have instituted and maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with any applicable anti-corruption Law.

 

Section 4.21     Information Supplied. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of the Company for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Offer

 

35

 

 

Documents or the Schedule 14D-9 will, at the time such document is filed with the SEC, at any time such document is amended or supplemented or at the time such document is first published, sent or given to the Company’s stockholders, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

Section 4.22     Takeover Statute. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties in Section 5.08, no “fair price”, “moratorium”, “control share acquisition”, “business combination” or other similar anti-takeover statute or regulation (including Subtitle 6 of Title 3 of the MGCL and Subtitle 7 of Title 3 of the MGCL) enacted under any applicable Law (each, a “Takeover Statute”) is applicable to this Agreement, the Support Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Support Agreement.

 

Section 4.23     Sanction Laws. Since January 1, 2016, to the Company’s Knowledge, (i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been in violation of any applicable Sanctions; (ii) there has not been any Litigation or allegations pending or overtly threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries concerning any violation of any applicable Sanctions; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has conducted any internal investigation or has made any voluntary or involuntary disclosure concerning any alleged violation of Sanctions. Neither the Company, its Subsidiaries nor any director or officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries, is a Sanctioned Person. To the Company’s Knowledge as of the date of this Agreement, no Sanctioned Person or group of Sanctioned Persons beneficially owns more than five percent (5%) of the Company. To the Company’s Knowledge, since January 1, 2016, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, has had any transactions with or investments in any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Country in a manner that would violate applicable Sanctions. To the Company’s Knowledge, no set of facts exists that would constitute valid grounds for a Governmental Authority’s assertion of a material violation of Sanctions against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.24     Brokers and Other Advisors. With the exception of the engagement of Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective officers or directors has employed any broker, finder or financial or similar advisor or incurred any liability for any financial advisor’s or broker’s fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the Offer, the Merger or the related transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company has made available to Parent true and complete copies of all contracts, agreements and arrangements with respect to the engagement of Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. related to the Merger, the Offer and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.25     Opinion of Financial Advisor. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, the Company Board has received an opinion (which, if initially rendered verbally, has been or will be confirmed by a written opinion dated the same date, the “Fairness Opinion”) of Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion, and based upon and subject to the factors, assumptions, and limitations set forth therein, the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration (as applicable) to be received by the holders of shares of Company Common Stock in the Offer and the Merger pursuant to this Agreement is fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders. Such opinion has not been amended or rescinded as of the date of this Agreement.

 

36

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

Representations and Warranties of Parent and Sub

 

Parent and Sub jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

 

Section 5.01     Organization, Standing and Corporate Power. Each of Parent and Sub is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

Section 5.02     Authority. Each of Parent and Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Offer and the Merger.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Sub and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, and compliance with the provisions of, this Agreement, including the Offer and the Merger, by Parent and Sub have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of Parent and Sub, and no other corporate proceedings (including any stockholder action) on the part of Parent or Sub are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Offer and the Merger. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of Parent and Sub and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Parent and Sub, enforceable against each of Parent and Sub in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

Section 5.03     Non-Contravention. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Sub do not, and the consummation of the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and compliance with the provisions of this Agreement will not, conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to the loss of a benefit under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Parent or Sub under, any provision of (a) the organizational documents of Parent or the charter or bylaws of Sub or (b) subject to the filings and other matters referred to in the immediately following sentence, (i) any Contract to which Parent or Sub or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of their respective properties or assets are bound or (ii) any Law or Judgment, in each case applicable to Parent or Sub or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, other than, in the case of clause (b) above, any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, rights, losses or Liens that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, order, waiver or authorization of, action or nonaction by, registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to Parent or Sub or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Sub or the consummation by Parent and Sub of the Offer, the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for (A) the filing of a premerger notification and report

 

37

 

 

form by Parent and Sub under the HSR Act and the filings and receipt, termination or expiration, as applicable, of such other approvals or waiting periods as may be required under each Non-

U.S. Merger Control Law, (B) the filing with the SEC of the Offer Documents, the

Schedule 14D-9 and such reports under the Exchange Act as may be required in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (C) the filing of the Articles of Merger with the Department, (D) any filings or notices required under the rules and regulations of NASDAQ, the New York Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange and (E) such other consents, approvals, orders, waivers, authorizations, actions, nonactions, registrations, declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.04     Funding. Sub will have, as of the Offer Closing and the Effective Time, sufficient cash available, directly or through one or more Affiliates, to pay all amounts to be paid by Sub in connection with this Agreement, including the payment of the aggregate Merger Consideration.

 

Section 5.05     Litigation. There is no suit, action or proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent or Sub, threatened against Parent, Sub or any of their respective Affiliates that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. There is no Judgment outstanding against Parent, Sub or any of their respective Affiliates that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.06     Information Supplied. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of Parent or Sub or any of its Subsidiaries for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Offer Documents or the Schedule 14D-9 will, at the time such document is filed with the SEC, at any time such document is amended or supplemented or at the time such document is first published, sent or given to the Company’s stockholders, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

Section 5.07     Operation of Sub. Sub has been formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated hereby and, prior to the Effective Time, will not have engaged in any business activities, other than activities pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.08     Ownership of Company Common Stock. None of Parent or Sub beneficially owns (within the meaning of Section 13 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) as of the date of this Agreement, or will prior to the Merger Closing Date (other than pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby), beneficially own any shares of Company Common Stock.

 

Section 5.09     Brokers and Other Advisors. With the exception of the engagement of Lazard Freres & Co. LLC, none of Parent nor the Sub, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective officers or directors, has employed any broker, finder or financial or similar advisor or incurred any liability for any financial advisor’s or broker’s fees, commissions

 

38

 

 

or finder’s fees in connection with the Offer, the Merger or the related transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 5.10     Investigation by Parent. Parent has conducted its own independent review and analysis of the businesses, assets, condition, operations and prospects of the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses. Parent acknowledges that, except for the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Article IV (and other than in the case of fraud), neither the Company nor any of its Representatives makes any representation or warranty, either express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any of the information provided or made available to Parent or any of its Representatives. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except for the representations and warranties made by the Company in Article IV, neither the Company nor any of its Representatives or any other person has made a representation or warranty to Parent with respect to (i) any projections, estimates or budgets of future results or future financial condition relating to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses or (ii) any material, documents or information relating to the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses made available to Parent or its Representatives in any “data room” or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Covenants Relating to Conduct of Business

 

Section 6.01     Conduct of Business.

 

(a)        Except as set forth in Section 6.01 of the Company Disclosure Letter, as expressly provided by this Agreement, required by Law or consented to in writing by Parent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, the Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (x) carry on its business in the Ordinary Course of Business, (y) use reasonable best efforts to preserve substantially intact its current business organization and to preserve its relationships with key employees, customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, distributors, wholesalers, lessors and others having significant business dealings with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (z) comply in all material respects with applicable Law, in each case in a manner consistent with past practice. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as set forth in Section 6.01 of the Company Disclosure Letter, expressly required or permitted by this Agreement, required by Law or consented to in writing by Parent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

(i)         declare, set aside or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of, any of its capital stock or set any record date therefor, other than dividends or distributions by a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company to its parent;

 

39

 

 

(ii)        split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock;

 

(iii)       repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or any options, warrants or other rights to acquire any such shares, other than (A) the acquisition by the Company of shares of Company Common Stock in connection with the surrender of shares of Company Common Stock by holders of Company Stock Options in order to pay the exercise price of the Company Stock Options, (B) the withholding of shares of Company Common Stock to satisfy Tax obligations with respect to the Company Stock Options, and (C) the acquisition by the Company of Company Stock Options in connection with the forfeiture of such awards;

 

(iv)       issue, deliver or sell any shares of its capital stock or other voting securities or equity interests, any securities convertible or exchangeable into any such shares, voting securities or equity interests, any options, warrants or other rights to acquire any such shares, voting securities, equity interests or convertible or exchangeable securities, any stock-based performance units, any Voting Company Debt or any other rights that give any person the right to receive any economic interest of a nature accruing to the holders of Company Common Stock, other than (A) upon the exercise or settlement of awards under the Company Incentive Plan outstanding on the date of this Agreement in accordance with their present terms, and (B) as required to comply with any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement as in effect on the date of this Agreement and made available to Parent prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

(v)        amend the Company Charter or the Company Bylaws or the comparable organizational documents of any Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise;

 

(vi)       acquire, directly or indirectly, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise, any assets, real property, securities, properties, interests, or businesses or make any investment (whether by purchase of stock or securities, contributions to capital, loans to, or property transfers), in each case, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business (it being understood and agreed that the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of any person or of a business or division of any person is not in the Ordinary Course of Business);

 

(vii)      sell, lease, license, abandon or otherwise dispose of any of, or omit to take any action necessary to renew (in the case of a real property lease), its properties or assets (including capital stock of any Subsidiary of the Company), other than sales or other dispositions of (x) inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business or (y) assets that are no longer used or useful in the operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(viii)      (A) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money, issue or sell any debt securities or warrants or other rights to acquire any debt securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, guarantee any such indebtedness or any debt securities of another person or enter into any “keep well” or other agreement to maintain any financial statement

 

40

 

 

condition of another person (collectively, “Indebtedness”), other than (1) Indebtedness incurred, assumed or otherwise entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business (including any borrowings under the Company’s existing credit facilities and in respect of letters of credit) and in no event in excess of $150,000 in the aggregate and (2) intercompany Indebtedness, or (B) make any loans or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other person, other than to any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(ix)       except (A) as required by applicable Law, (B) as required pursuant to the terms of any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement in effect on the date of this Agreement and made available to Parent prior to the date of this Agreement, or (C) as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, (1) increase the compensation, severance or other benefits payable or that could become payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to directors, officers or employees, (2) establish, adopt, enter into, amend or modify in any way any collective bargaining agreement or Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement, (3) take any action to accelerate any rights or benefits under any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement, (4) grant, amend or modify any equity or equity-based awards, or (5) hire any officer, employee, independent contractor or consultant, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to any such person who (x) has annual base compensation of less than $125,000, (y) is not the Vice President of Operations, a Compliance Manager or a Senior IT Professional and (z) is not a member of the Company Executive Team;

 

(x)        settle any claim or Litigation, in each case made or pending against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than (A) the settlement of claims or Litigation in the Ordinary Course of Business that require payments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (net of insurance proceeds) in an amount not to exceed, individually or in the aggregate, $200,000 and (B) the settlement of claims or Litigation disclosed, reflected or reserved against in the most recent financial statements (or the notes thereto) of the Company included in the Filed SEC Documents for an amount not materially in excess of the amount so disclosed, reflected or reserved; provided,  however, that the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) shall not permit the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to settle any claim or Litigation (x) that would involve injunctive or equitable relief, impose any restrictions or changes on the business or operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, involve any admission of any wrongdoing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or involve any license, cross license or similar arrangement with respect to Intellectual Property or (y) for which such settlement is not permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(e).

 

(xi)       make any material change in accounting methods, principles or practices by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries materially affecting the consolidated assets, liabilities or results of operations of the Company, except as required (A) by GAAP, including pursuant to standards, guidelines and interpretations of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or any similar organization, or (B) by Law, including Regulation S- X under the Securities Act;

 

(xii)      adopt a plan of merger, consolidation, complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than reorganizations solely among wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company);

 

41

 

 

(xiii)     make, change, revoke or rescind any material election relating to Taxes (including any “check-the-box” election pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3), make any material amendment with respect to any material Tax Return, settle or compromise any material Tax liability, request any rulings from or enter into any closing agreement with any Governmental Authority, surrender any right to claim a material Tax refund, change an annual accounting period for Tax purposes, or change any material accounting method for Tax purposes;

 

(xiv)     make any capital expenditures, other than (x) in accordance with the capital expenditure budget set forth on Section 6.01(a)(xiv) of the Company Disclosure Letter or (y) in excess of $50,000 individually or $150,000 in the aggregate for all such capital expenditures;

 

(xv)      make any investments or material changes with respect to the Company’s manufacturing process;

 

(xvi)      (A) terminate, amend, modify, extend or fail to exercise any renewal option, or waive rights or claims under any Specified Contract, any Contract referred to in clause (y) below, or any Contract entered into on or after the date of this Agreement that would have been considered a Specified Contract, or a Contract referred to in clause (y) below if it had been entered into prior to the date of this Agreement (“New Specified Contracts”), in each case, in any material manner or in any manner that would reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Offer or the Merger, or (B) enter into (x) any New Specified Contract other than in the Ordinary Course of Business (provided that in no event shall the Company or its Subsidiaries enter into any Contracts containing Company Noncompete Restrictions or granting Exclusive Rights), (y) any Contract that provides for the lease, sublease or purchase of real property or (z) any Contract that contains a change in control or similar provision in favor of the other party or parties thereto that would require a material payment to or would give rise to any material rights (including termination rights) of such other party or parties in connection with the consummation of the Offer or the Merger (including in combination with any other event or circumstance) or any subsequent change in control of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(xvii)    enter into any Government Contract;

 

(xviii)   commence any new line of business; or

 

(xix)     authorize any of, or commit or agree to take any of, the foregoing actions in the preceding clause (i) – (xviii).

 

(b)        Control of the Company.  Nothing contained herein shall give to Parent or Sub, directly or indirectly, rights to control or direct the Company’s operations prior to the Effective Time in violation of applicable Law. Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, complete control and supervision of its operations.

 

42

 

 

Section 6.02     Solicitation; Takeover Proposals; Change of Recommendation.

 

(a)        No Solicitation.  From the date of this Agreement until the Effective Time, or, if earlier, the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.01, the Company shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and Representatives not to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, initiate, knowingly facilitate or knowingly encourage the submission or announcement of any inquiries, proposals or offers that constitute or would reasonably be expected to lead to any Takeover Proposal, (ii) provide any non-public information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any person or group (or any Representative thereof, in its capacity as such) who would reasonably be expected to make, any Takeover Proposal, (iii) engage in any discussions or negotiations with respect to any inquiry, proposal or offer that constitutes or would reasonably be expected to lead to a Takeover Proposal or (iv) approve, support, adopt, endorse or recommend any Takeover Proposal or any Acquisition Agreement relating thereto, (v) otherwise cooperate with or assist or participate in, or knowingly facilitate, any such inquiries, proposals, offers, discussions or negotiations or (vi) resolve or agree to do any of the foregoing; provided, however, that ministerial acts, such as answering unsolicited phone calls, shall not be deemed to “facilitate” for purposes of, or otherwise to constitute a breach of, this Section 6.02(a).  Subject to Section 6.02(c), the Company shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives to, (A) immediately cease and cause to be terminated all existing discussions or negotiations with any person or group conducted heretofore with respect to any Takeover Proposal, or any inquiry or proposal that would reasonably be expected to lead to a Takeover Proposal, (B) immediately terminate access by any Third Party to any physical or electronic data room relating to any Takeover Proposal or any inquiry, proposal or offer that constitutes or would reasonably be expected to lead to a Takeover Proposal and (C) promptly, and in any event within two (2) days following the date of this Agreement, request the prompt return or destruction of any non-public information provided to any Third Party within the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the date of this Agreement in connection with any Takeover Proposal or any inquiry, proposal or offer that constitutes or would reasonably be expected to lead to a Takeover Proposal to the extent that the Company is entitled to have such documents returned or destroyed. Any violations of the restrictions set forth in this Section 6.02 by any Representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be a breach of this Section 6.02 by the Company.

 

(b)        Certain Definitions.

 

(i)         The term “Takeover Proposal” means any offer or proposal, including any amendment or modification to any existing offer or proposal, whether or not in writing (other than, in each case, an offer or proposal made or submitted by or on behalf of Parent or Sub), relating to any transaction (including any single- or multi-step transaction) or series of related transactions, in each case other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, with a person or group relating to (x) the issuance to such person or group or acquisition by such person or group of at least fifteen percent (15%) of the equity interests in the Company or (y) the acquisition by such person or group of at least fifteen percent (15%) of the consolidated assets of the Company (including indirectly through ownership of equity in Subsidiaries of the Company) and the Subsidiaries of the Company, taken as a whole, pursuant to a merger, consolidation, share exchange, reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or

 

43

 

 

other business combination, sale of shares of capital stock, sale of assets, tender offer, exchange offer or other transaction.

 

(ii)        Wherever the term “group” is used in this Section 6.02, it is used as defined in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

 

(iii)       The term “Superior Proposal” means any bona fide, written Takeover Proposal that if consummated would result in a person or group (or the stockholders of any person) owning, directly or indirectly, (a) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock or (b) all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in either case which the Company Board determines in good faith (after consultation with its financial advisor and outside legal counsel), (x) is reasonably likely to be consummated in accordance with its terms, and (y) if consummated, would be more favorable to the stockholders of the Company from a financial point of view than the Offer and the Merger, in each case taking into account all financial, legal, financing, regulatory and other aspects of such Takeover Proposal (including the person or group making the Takeover Proposal) and of this Agreement (including any changes to the terms of this Agreement proposed by Parent pursuant to Section 6.02(g)).

 

(iv)       The term “Intervening Event” means a change, effect, event, occurrence or fact that materially affects the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (other than any change, effect, event, occurrence or fact resulting from a material breach of this Agreement by the Company) occurring or arising after the date of this Agreement that was not known or reasonably foreseeable to the Company Board as of the date of this Agreement, which change, effect, event, occurrence or fact becomes known to the Company Board prior to the consummation of the Offer.

 

(c)        Response to Takeover Proposals.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.02(a), if at any time following the date of this Agreement and prior to the Offer Closing the Company has received a bona fide, written Takeover Proposal from a Third Party that did not result from a material breach of this Section 6.02, (i) the Company and its Representatives may contact the person proposing such Takeover Proposal or the Representatives of such person solely to clarify the terms and conditions thereof and (ii) if the Company Board determines in good faith, after consultation with its financial advisor and outside legal counsel, that such Takeover Proposal constitutes or is reasonably likely to result in a Superior Proposal and the failure to take the following actions is reasonably likely to be inconsistent with the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Law, then the Company may (A)  enter into an Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement with the person making such Takeover Proposal and, after entering into such Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement, furnish information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries to such person pursuant to such Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement, provided, that the Company shall provide to Parent, prior to or concurrently with its provision to such person, any non-public information concerning the Company or its Subsidiaries to which any person is provided such access and which was not previously provided to Parent, or (B) engage in discussions or negotiations with the person making such Takeover Proposal and such person’s Representatives regarding such Takeover Proposal.

 

44

 

 

(d)        Notice to Parent of Takeover Proposals.  The Company shall promptly (and, in any event, within twenty-four (24) hours) notify Parent in the event that the Company or any of its Representatives receives any Takeover Proposal, or any initial request for non-public information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries related to, or from any person or group who would reasonably be expected to make any Takeover Proposal, or any initial request for discussions or negotiations related to any Takeover Proposal (including any material changes related to the foregoing), and in connection with such notice, provide the identity of the person or group making such Takeover Proposal or request and the material terms and conditions thereof (including copies of any written requests, proposals or offers, including proposed agreements, and a description of any material oral terms and conditions), and thereafter the Company shall keep Parent reasonably informed on a prompt (and, in any event, within twenty-four (24) hours) basis of the status, details and terms (other than immaterial details and terms) of any such Takeover Proposal or request (including all written proposals and a written summary of all material terms and conditions not made in writing and any amendments thereto).

 

(e)        Prohibited Activities.  Neither the Company Board nor any committee thereof shall (i) (A) withhold, withdraw or rescind (or modify in a manner adverse to Parent), or publicly propose to withhold, withdraw or rescind (or modify in a manner adverse to Parent), the Recommendation or the findings or conclusions of the Company Board, (B) approve or recommend the adoption of, or publicly propose to approve, declare the advisability of or recommend the adoption of, any Takeover Proposal or (C) publicly propose or announce an intention to take any of the foregoing actions (any action described in this clause (i) being referred to as an “Adverse Recommendation Change”) or (ii) cause or permit the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to execute or enter into, any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, agreement in principle, merger agreement, acquisition agreement or other agreement related to any Takeover Proposal, other than any Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement referred to in Section 6.02(c) (an “Acquisition Agreement”).

 

(f)         Intervening Event. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, at any time prior to the consummation of the Offer and subject to compliance with Section 6.02(h), the Company Board may make an Adverse Recommendation Change (but only with respect to clause (A) of the definition) in response to an Intervening Event if the Company Board determines in good faith, after consultation with its outside legal counsel, that the failure to do so would be reasonably likely to be inconsistent with the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Law.

 

(g)        Superior Proposal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, at any time prior to the consummation of the Offer if, (i) in response to a bona fide written Takeover Proposal made after the date of this Agreement and not withdrawn that did not result from a breach of this Section 6.02, the Company Board determines in good faith (after consultation with its outside counsel and financial advisors) that such Takeover Proposal constitutes a Superior Proposal and (ii) the failure to do so would reasonably be expected to be inconsistent with the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Law, (A) subject to compliance with Section 6.02(h), the Company Board may make an Adverse Recommendation Change or (B) the Company may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01(f) in order to enter into an Acquisition Agreement with respect to such Superior Proposal; provided,  however, that the Company shall not terminate this Agreement pursuant to

 

45

 

 

Section 9.01(f) unless the Company (x) has complied with its obligations under Section 6.02(h),

(y)  pays, or causes to be paid, to Parent the Termination Amount payable pursuant to

Section 9.03(b) prior to or concurrently with such termination and (z) immediately following or concurrently with such termination, enters into a definitive Acquisition Agreement that documents the terms and conditions of such Superior Proposal.

 

(h)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be entitled to make an Adverse Recommendation Change pursuant to Section 6.02(f) or Section 6.02(g) or terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01(f) unless (x) the Company shall have provided to Parent four (4) business days’ prior written notice (the “Match Right Notice”), advising Parent that the Company intends to take such action (and specifying, in reasonable detail, the reasons for such action and the

material terms and conditions of any such Superior Proposal or details of such Intervening Event, as applicable), and (y):

 

(i)         during such four (4) business day period, if requested by Parent, the Company and its Representatives shall have engaged in good faith negotiations with Parent regarding changes to the terms of this Agreement intended by Parent so that an Adverse Recommendation Change would no longer be necessary or to cause such Takeover Proposal to no longer constitute a Superior Proposal, as applicable; and

 

(ii)        the Company Board shall have considered any adjustments to this Agreement (including a change to the price terms hereof) and any other agreements that may be proposed in writing by Parent (the “Proposed Changed Terms”) no later than 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the fourth (4th) business day of such four (4) business day period and shall have determined in good faith (after consultation with its outside legal counsel and financial advisors) that, after giving effect to such Proposed Changed Terms, the failure to make the Adverse Recommendation Change or terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01(f), as applicable, would reasonably be expected to be inconsistent with the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Law.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, any (1) material changes in the changes, effects, events, occurrences or facts relating to an Intervening Event, (2) material revisions to the terms of a Superior Proposal or (3) material revisions to a Takeover Proposal that the Company Board had determined no longer constitutes a Superior Proposal shall constitute a new Intervening Event or Takeover Proposal, as applicable, and shall in each case require the Company to deliver to Parent a new Match Right Notice; provided that the time periods set forth in this Section 6.02(h) with respect to the new Match Right Notice shall be reduced to three (3) business days.

 

(i)         Standstills; Confidentiality Agreements.  Notwithstanding any provision of Section 6.02(e) to the contrary, the Company shall not grant any waiver or release under, or fail to enforce, any standstill or similar agreement; provided,  however, at any time prior to the Offer Closing, the Company may grant a waiver or release under any standstill agreement or an agreement containing a standstill provision if the Company Board determines in good faith (after consultation with its outside legal counsel) that the failure to take such action would be reasonably likely to be inconsistent with the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Law. The Company shall provide written notice to Parent of waiver or release of any standstill by the

46

 

 

Company, including disclosure of the identities of the parties thereto and circumstances relating thereto. Except for the waiver or release of standstill as contemplated by this Section 6.02(i), the Company shall enforce, and shall not release or permit the release of any person from, or amend, waive, terminate or modify, and shall not permit the amendment, waiver, termination or modification of, any provision of, any confidentiality or similar agreement or provision to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any rights. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Representatives to, enter into any confidentiality or similar agreement subsequent to the date of this Agreement that prohibits the Company from providing to Parent the information specifically required to be provided to Parent pursuant to this Section 6.02.

 

(j)         Communications With Stockholders.  Nothing contained in this Section 6.02 shall prohibit the Company from (i) complying with Rule 14d-9 or Rule 14e-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act or (ii) making any disclosure to its stockholders if, in the good faith determination of the Company Board, after consultation with its outside legal counsel, failure to so disclose would be inconsistent with its obligations under applicable Laws or

(iii)  making any “stop-look-and-listen” communication to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 14d-9(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any similar communications to the stockholders of the Company) in which the Company indicates that it has not changed the Recommendation; provided,  however, that clause (ii) shall not be deemed to permit the Company Board to make an Adverse Recommendation Change or take any of the actions referred to in Section 6.02(e),  Section 6.02(f) or Section 6.02(g) except, in each case, in accordance with Section 6.02(e),  Section 6.02(f) or Section 6.02(g), respectively.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Additional Agreements

 

Section 7.01    Access to Information; Confidentiality. The Company shall, and shall cause its officers, employees, accountants, counsel, consultants, financial advisors and other Representatives to, afford to Parent, and to Parent’s officers, employees, accountants, counsel, consultants, financial advisors and other Representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours during the period prior to the earlier of the Effective Time and the termination of this Agreement to all of its and its Subsidiaries’ properties, books and records and to those employees and Representatives of the Company to whom Parent requests access, and, during such period, the Company shall furnish to Parent, as promptly as reasonably practicable, all financial, operating and other data and information concerning its and its Subsidiaries’ business, properties and personnel as Parent through its officers, employees, accountants, counsel, consultants, financial advisors and other Representatives may reasonably request.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to provide access to or disclose information where the Company reasonably determines that such access or disclosure would jeopardize the attorney-client privilege of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or conflict with or violate any Law (including antitrust Laws) or any Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (provided that the Company shall in such event use reasonable best efforts to avoid such constraints on disclosure, including entering into a joint defense agreement in customary form). No investigation or access permitted, or knowledge obtained, pursuant to this Section 7.01 shall affect or be deemed to modify any

 

47

 

 

representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Company hereunder or otherwise prejudice in any way the rights and remedies of Parent or Sub hereunder, nor shall any such investigation, access or knowledge be deemed to affect or modify Parent’s or Sub’s reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made by the Company in this Agreement. Except for disclosures expressly permitted by the Confidentiality Agreement, Parent shall, in accordance with the Confidentiality Agreement, keep confidential and not disclose, and shall cause its officers, employees, accountants, counsel, consultants, financial advisors and other Representatives to keep confidential and not disclose, all Confidential Information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) directly or indirectly received from the Company or its Representatives.

 

Section 7.02    Reasonable Best Efforts; Approvals; Transaction Litigation.

 

(a)        Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Parties agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary, proper or advisable to consummate, as promptly as reasonably practicable, the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including using reasonable best efforts to: (i) obtain all necessary consents, approvals, orders, waivers and authorizations of, and actions or nonactions by, any Governmental Authority or any Third Party, and make all necessary registrations, declarations and filings with, and notices to, any Governmental Authorities (including pursuant to the HSR Act and each Non-U.S. Merger Control Law) and take all reasonable steps as may be necessary to avoid a suit, action, proceeding or investigation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by, any Governmental Authority and (ii) execute and deliver any additional instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)        With respect to the matters set forth in this Section 7.02, Parent Holdco, Parent, Sub and any of their Subsidiaries shall be required to, and the Company and its Subsidiaries will, only with the prior written consent of Parent, become subject to, consent to, or offer or agree to, or otherwise take any action with respect to, any requirement, condition, limitation, understanding, agreement or order to (i) sell, license, assign, transfer, divest, hold separate or otherwise dispose of any assets, business or portion of the assets or business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) conduct, restrict, operate or otherwise change the assets, business or portion of assets or business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any manner, or (iii) impose any restriction, requirement or limitation on the operation of the business or portion of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (all of the foregoing being referred to as “Remedy Actions”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (x) nothing contained in this Agreement shall require or obligate Parent HoldCo, Parent, Sub or any of their Subsidiaries to agree to or otherwise be required to commit to, execute or consummate any such Remedy Action or otherwise take or agree to take any other action if doing so would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the business, assets, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (y) none of Parent Holdco, Parent, Sub, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be required to take or agree to take any action to fulfill its obligations set forth in this Section 7.02, unless the effectiveness of such agreement or action is conditioned on the occurrence of the Merger Closing. If requested by Parent, subject to clause (y), the Company will become subject to,

 

48

 

 

consent to, or offer or agree to, or otherwise take any action with respect to, any such requirement, condition, limitation, understanding, agreement or order. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall require or obligate Parent Holdco, Parent, Sub or their Subsidiaries to take or agree to take any action or enter into any arrangement with respect to the assets, business or operations of Parent, Parent Holdco, Sub or their respective Affiliates (other than the Company and the Company Subsidiaries after the Closing, subject to the other limitations herein).

 

(c)        In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each Party agrees to (i) make an appropriate filing of a Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement and in any event no later than ten (10) business days after the date of this Agreement and make any filings as may be required under any Non-U.S. Merger Control Law as promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement, (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to supply as promptly as reasonably practicable any additional information and documentary material that may be requested pursuant to the HSR Act or any Non-U.S. Merger Control Law, and (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary, proper or advisable consistent with this Section 7.02 to cause the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods, or receipt of required authorizations, as applicable, under the HSR Act and any Non-U.S. Merger Control Law as promptly as practicable. Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties shall request and shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain early termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act.

 

(d)        Subject to applicable Laws and the instructions of any Governmental Authority, the Company and Parent each shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) cooperate in all respects with each other in connection with any filing or submission with a Governmental Authority in connection with the Offer, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby and in connection with any investigation or other inquiry by or before a Governmental Authority relating thereto and (ii) keep the other apprised on a reasonably timely basis of any material communications, and provide copies thereof in the case of any such written communications, received by Parent or any of its Representatives, or the Company or any of its Representatives, as the case may be, from any Third Party or any Governmental Authority with respect to the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby. Neither the Company nor Parent shall participate in any substantive meeting, telephone call or discussion with any Governmental Authority in respect of any submissions, filings, investigation (including any settlement of the investigation), litigation or other inquiry relating to the Offer, the Merger or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement unless it consults with the other Party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, gives the other Party the opportunity to attend and participate at such meeting, telephone call or discussion. Subject to reasonable limitations limiting access to outside counsel, the Company and Parent each shall, upon request by the other, consult with the other regarding all information concerning itself, its Subsidiaries, directors, officers and stockholders and such other matters as may be reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with any statement, filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries to any Third Party or any Governmental Authority in connection with the Offer, the Merger and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Parent shall, following consultation with the Company and after giving good faith consideration to its views,

 

49

 

 

direct and control all aspects of the Parties’ efforts to gain regulatory clearance either before any Governmental Authority or in any action brought to enjoin the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to the HSR Act or any Non-U.S. Merger Control Law.

 

(e)        The Company and Parent shall promptly advise the other Party orally and in writing of any developments (other than immaterial developments) regarding, and the Parties shall cooperate fully with each other in connection with, and shall consult with and permit the other Party and its Representatives to participate in, the defense, negotiation or settlement of any Transaction Litigation and the Company shall give reasonable and good faith consideration to Parent’s advice with respect to such Transaction Litigation. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries nor any of its or their Representatives to, discuss, negotiate, compromise, settle or agree to a settlement arrangement regarding any Transaction Litigation unless Parent shall otherwise consent in writing, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. “Transaction Litigation” means any Litigation commenced or threatened against any Party or any of its Affiliates by any Governmental Authority or any private party relating to, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Offer, the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(f)        Prior to the Merger Closing Date, the Company shall cooperate with Parent and use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and do or cause to be done all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable on its part under applicable Laws and rules and policies of NASDAQ to cause the delisting of the Company and of the Company Common Stock from NASDAQ as promptly as practicable after the Effective Time and the deregistration of the Company Common Stock under the Exchange Act as promptly as practicable after such delisting.

 

Section 7.03    State Takeover Statutes. If any Takeover Statutes becomes or is deemed to be applicable to the Company, Parent or Sub, the Offer or the Merger, or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the Support Agreement, then the Company and the Company Board shall grant all approvals and take all action necessary to ensure that the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby may be consummated as promptly as practicable on the terms contemplated herein and otherwise act to eliminate, or if not possible minimize to the maximum extent possible, the effects of such Takeover Statute on this Agreement, the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby. No Adverse Recommendation Change shall change the approval of the Company Board for purposes of causing any Takeover Statute to be inapplicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 7.04    Benefit Plans.

 

(a)        For the period commencing at the Effective Time and ending on December 31, 2019 (or, if shorter, during the period of continued employment of the relevant employee), Parent shall cause its Subsidiaries to provide to each individual who is employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries immediately before the Effective Time who continues employment with Subsidiaries of Parent immediately following the Effective Time (each, a “Company Employee”) (i) base compensation that is at least equal to what was provided to the Company Employee as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, (ii) cash incentive

 

50

 

 

opportunities that are consistent with those provided to similarly situated employees of Parent and (iii) all other compensation and employee benefits that are substantially comparable in the aggregate to those provided to the Company Employee as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding equity-based compensation). This Section 7.04(a) shall not apply to any Company Employee whose terms and conditions of employment are governed by a collective bargaining, works council or similar agreement.

 

(b)        Each Company Employee shall be given credit for all full or partial years of service with the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective predecessors performed prior to the Effective Time under any employee benefit plan of Parent, the Surviving Corporation, or any of their Subsidiaries, including any such plans providing vacation, sick pay, severance and retirement benefits maintained by Parent or its Subsidiaries in which such Company Employees participate for purposes of eligibility, vesting and entitlement to benefits, including for severance benefits and vacation entitlement (but not for benefit accruals or participation eligibility under any defined benefit pension plan or plan providing post-retirement medical or other similar benefits), to the extent past service was recognized for such Company Employees under the comparable Company Benefit Plans immediately prior to the Effective Time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7.04 shall be construed to require crediting of service that would result in (i) duplication of benefits or (ii) service credit for benefit accruals under a defined benefit pension plan.

 

(c)        In the event of any change in the welfare benefits provided to Company Employees following the Effective Time, Parent shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the waiver of all limitations as to pre-existing conditions, exclusions and waiting periods with respect to participation and coverage requirements applicable to the Company Employees (and their eligible dependents) under any welfare benefit plans in which Company Employees participate following the Effective Time, to the extent that such conditions, exclusions or waiting periods would not apply in the absence of such change, and (ii) for the plan year in which the Effective Time occurs, the crediting of each Company Employee (or his or her eligible dependents) with any co-payments and deductibles paid prior to any such change in satisfying any applicable deductible or out-of- pocket requirements after such change.

 

(d)        The Company, Parent and Sub acknowledge and agree that all provisions contained in this Section 7.04 are included for the sole benefit of the Parties, and that nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, (i) shall create any Third Party beneficiary or other rights (A) in any other person, including any employees or former employees of the Company, any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or any Affiliate of the Company, any Company Employee, or any dependent or beneficiary thereof, or (B) to continued employment with Parent or any of its Affiliates or to employment or continued employment or to a particular term or condition of employment with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective Affiliates, (ii) shall be treated as an amendment or other modification of any employee benefit plan, or (iii) shall limit the right of Parent or its Subsidiaries to (A) amend, terminate or otherwise modify any employee benefit plan of Parent or its Subsidiaries following the Effective Time or (B) terminate the employment or service of any employee or other service- provider following the Effective Time at any time and for any or no reason.

 

51

 

 

Section 7.05    Indemnification, Exculpation and Insurance.

 

(a)        Prior to the Merger Closing, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase a “tail” or “runoff” directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy in respect of acts or omissions occurring prior to the Effective Time covering each such person currently covered by the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy and each person who becomes covered by the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy prior to the consummation of the Merger on terms with respect to coverage, deductibles and amounts no less favorable than those of such policy in effect on the date of this Agreement for the six (6) year period following the Merger Closing and at a price not to exceed 250% of the amount per annum the Company paid in its last full fiscal year prior to the date of this Agreement, which the Company represents and warrants has been disclosed to Parent prior to the date of this Agreement (the “Current Premium”).  If the Company or Parent obtains prepaid “tail” or “runoff” policies prior to the Effective Time in accordance with this Section 7.05(a), the Surviving Corporation shall, and Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, maintain such policies in full force and effect for their full term, and continue to honor the obligations thereunder. If the Company fails to purchase such “tail” or “runoff” policy prior to the Merger Closing, then either (i) Parent may purchase such “tail” or “runoff” policy on behalf of the Company or the Surviving Corporation or (ii) the Surviving Corporation shall, and Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy in respect of acts or ommisions occuring prior to the Effective Time covering each such person currently covered by the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy on terms with respect to coverage and amount no less favorable than those of such policy in effect as of the date of this Agreement for a period of six (6) years after the Effective Time; provided further, that in satisfying its obligation under this Section 7.05(a)(ii), neither Parent nor the Surviving Corporation shall be obligated to pay annual premiums in excess of 250% of the Current Premium and if such premiums for such insurance would at any time exceed 250% of the Current Premium, then Parent or the Surviving Corporation shall cause to be maintained policies of insurance that, in Parent or the Surviving Corporation’s good faith judgment, provide the maximum coverage available at an annual premium equal to 250% of the Current Premium.

 

(b)        From and after the Effective Time, Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to fulfill and honor in all respects the obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant to (i) each indemnification agreement in effect between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any individual who at the Effective Time is, or at any time prior to the Effective Time was, a director or officer of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company (each, an “Indemnified Party”) made available to Parent; and (ii) any indemnification provision and any exculpation provision set forth in the charter or bylaws of the Company as in effect on the date of this Agreement, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law. From the Effective Time through the sixth (6th) anniversary of the date on which the Effective Time occurs, the charter and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall contain, and Parent shall cause the charter and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation to so contain, provisions no less favorable with respect to indemnification, advancement of expenses and exculpation of each Indemnified Party than are set forth in the charter and bylaws of the Company as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

 

52

 

 

(c)        If Parent or the Surviving Corporation or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any person, then, and in each such case proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Surviving Corporation shall assume the obligations set forth in this Section 7.05.

 

(d)        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if an Indemnified Party is or has been a party to or is or has been otherwise involved (including as a witness) in any Litigation (whether arising before, at or after the Effective Time) on or prior to the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Effective Time, the provisions of the last sentence of Section 7.05(b) shall continue in effect with respect to such Indemnified Party until the final disposition of such Litigation.

 

(e)        The provisions of this Section 7.05 are (i) intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Indemnified Party, his or her heirs and his or her representatives and (ii) in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any such individual may have under the articles of organization or bylaws, by Contract or otherwise.

 

Section 7.06    Public Announcements. Parent and the Company shall consult with each other before issuing, and give each other the opportunity to review and comment upon, any press release or other public statements with respect to the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation, except as may be required by applicable Law, court process or the rules and regulations of the London Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange or national securities quotation system and except for any matters referred to in, and made in compliance with, Section 6.02. Parent, Sub and the Company agree that the initial press release to be issued by each Party with respect to the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in the forms mutually agreed to by the Company and Parent. Prior to making any written or oral communications to the employees or independent contractors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pertaining to compensation or benefit matters that are affected by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Company shall provide Parent with a copy of the intended communication, Parent shall have a reasonable period of time to review and comment on the communication, and Parent and the Company shall cooperate in providing any such mutually agreeable communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 7.06 shall not apply to any press release or other public statement made by the Company or Parent (a) that is consistent with the initial press release and the terms of this Agreement and does not contain any information relating to the Company, Parent or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that has not been previously announced or made public in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.06 or

(b)  is made in the Ordinary Course of Business and does not relate to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 7.07    Rule 14d-10 Matters. Prior to the expiration of the Offer, the Company and the Compensation Committee will take all such steps as may be required to cause to be exempt under Rule 14d-10(d) under the Exchange Act any employment compensation,

 

53

 

 

severance or employee benefit arrangements that have been or will be entered into after the date of this Agreement by the Company or its Subsidiaries with current or future directors, officers or employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries and to ensure that any such arrangements fall within the safe harbor provisions of such rule.

 

Section 7.08    Rule 16b-3 Matters. The Company shall take all reasonable steps as may be required to cause any dispositions of Company equity securities (including derivative securities) in connection with this Agreement by each individual who is a director or officer of the Company subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Conditions Precedent

 

Section 8.01    Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Merger. The respective obligation of each Party to effect the Merger is subject to the satisfaction or (to the extent permitted by Law) waiver at or prior to the Effective Time of the following conditions:

 

(a)        No Injunctions or Restraints.  No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or Judgment issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or Law (collectively, “Restraints”) shall be in effect restraining, enjoining or otherwise preventing or prohibiting the consummation of the Merger.

 

(b)        Purchase of Company Common Stock in the Offer.  Sub shall have accepted for payment all shares of Company Common Stock validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer.

 

Section 8.02    Frustration of Closing Conditions. Neither Parent nor Sub may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in Section 8.01 to be satisfied if such failure was caused by the failure of Parent or Sub to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement. The Company may not rely on the failure of any condition set forth in Section 8.01 to be satisfied if such failure was caused by its failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Termination, Amendment and Waiver

 

Section 9.01    Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time:

 

(a)        by mutual written consent of Parent and the Company;

 

(b)        by either of Parent or the Company:

 

(i)         if the Merger shall not have been consummated on or before December 12, 2019 (the “Outside Date”); provided,  however, that the right to terminate

 

54

 

 

this Agreement under this Section 9.01(b)(i) shall not be available to any Party if (x) the Offer Closing shall have occurred or (y) the failure of such Party to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement has been a principal cause of the failure of the Merger to be consummated on or before such date (it being understood that Parent and Sub shall be deemed a single Party for purposes of this Section 9.01(b)(i)); or

 

(ii)        if any permanent Restraint in effect enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Merger shall have become final and nonappealable;

 

(c)        by Parent, if there shall be any breach or inaccuracy in any of the Company’s representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement or the Company has failed to perform any of its covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, which inaccuracy, breach or failure to perform (i) would cause any condition set forth in clauses (c)(iii) or (c)(iv) of Annex I to exist, and (ii) (A) is not capable of being cured prior to the Outside Date or (B) is not cured within thirty (30) calendar days following Parent’s delivery of written notice to the Company of such breach; provided that Parent shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.01(c) if (x) there shall be any material breach or inaccuracy in any of Parent’s representations, warranties, covenants or agreements hereunder or (y) the Offer Closing shall have occurred;

 

(d)        by the Company, if there shall be any breach or inaccuracy in any of Parent’s or Sub’s representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement or Parent or Sub has failed to perform any of its covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, which inaccuracy, breach or failure to perform (i) would reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Parent Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) (A) is not capable of being cured prior to the Outside Date or (B) is not cured within thirty (30) calendar days following the Company’s delivery of written notice to Parent of such breach; provided that the Company shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.01(d) if (x) there shall be any material breach or inaccuracy in any of the Company’s representations, warranties, covenants or agreements hereunder or (y) the Offer Closing shall have occurred;

 

(e)        by Parent, in the event that any of the following shall have occurred: (i) an Adverse Recommendation Change, (ii) the Company shall have failed to include in the Schedule 14D-9, when mailed, the Recommendation, (iii) if, following the public disclosure or announcement of a Takeover Proposal (other than a tender or exchange offer described in clause (iv) below), the Company Board shall have failed to reaffirm publicly the Recommendation within three (3) business days after Parent requests in writing that the Recommendation under such circumstances be reaffirmed publicly, or (iv) a tender or exchange offer relating to securities of the Company shall have been commenced (other than by Parent or an Affiliate of Parent) and the Company shall not have announced, within ten (10) business days after the commencement of such tender or exchange offer, a statement disclosing that the Company recommends rejection of such tender or exchange offer; provided that Parent shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.01(e) if the Offer Closing shall have occurred; or

 

(f)        by the Company, in accordance with Section 6.02(g) in order to accept a Superior Proposal and enter into the Acquisition Agreement providing for such Superior

 

55

 

 

Proposal immediately following or concurrently with such termination; provided,  however, that payment of the Termination Amount pursuant to Section 9.03(b) shall be a condition to the termination of this Agreement by the Company pursuant to this Section 9.01(f);  provided,  further, that the Company shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.01(f) if the Offer Closing shall have occurred.

 

Any proper termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.01 shall be effective immediately upon the delivery of written notice of the terminating Party to the other Parties.

 

Section 9.02    Effect of Termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 9.01, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and have no effect, without any liability or obligation on the part of Parent, Sub or the Company, other than the Confidentiality Agreement and the provisions of the last sentence of Section 1.02(b), the last sentence of Section 7.01,  Article XI and this Article IX, which shall survive such termination; provided,  however, that nothing herein shall relieve any Party from liability for any intentional and material breach by such Party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

Section 9.03    Payment of Termination Amount.

 

(a)        If this Agreement is terminated by Parent pursuant to

Section 9.01(e), then the Company shall pay to Parent (or its designee) the Termination Amount by wire transfer of same-day funds within two (2) business days following the date of such termination of this Agreement.

 

(b)        If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to Section 9.01(f), then the Company shall pay to Parent (or its designee) the Termination Amount by wire transfer of same-day funds, concurrently with, and as a condition to the effectiveness of, such termination of this Agreement.

 

(c)        If (i) after the date of this Agreement and prior to the termination of this Agreement, a Takeover Proposal shall have been made to the Company or the Company Board or become publicly known, (ii) this Agreement is terminated (A) by Parent or the Company pursuant to Section 9.01(b)(i) or (B) by Parent pursuant to Section 9.01(c), and

(iii) within twelve (12) months after such termination, the Company enters into a definitive agreement providing for any transaction contemplated by any Takeover Proposal (regardless of when made) or consummates any Takeover Proposal (regardless of when made), then, in any such case, the Company shall pay to Parent (or its designee) the Termination Amount by wire transfer of same-day funds on the date such transaction is entered into or consummated (whichever is earlier), in consideration for the disposition of Parent’s rights under this Agreement. Solely for purposes of clause (iii) of this Section 9.03(c), the term “Takeover Proposal” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02(a), except that all references to “at least fifteen percent (15%)” therein shall be deemed to be references to “more than fifty percent (50%)”.

 

(d)        Each of the Company and Parent acknowledges and agrees that the agreements contained in this Section 9.03 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by

 

56

 

 

this Agreement, and that, without these agreements, neither the Company nor Parent would have entered into this Agreement; accordingly, if the Company fails promptly to pay any amount due pursuant to Section 9.03, and, in order to obtain such payment, Parent commences a suit that results in an award against the Company for such amount, the Company shall pay to Parent (or its designee) Parent’s and Sub’s costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with such suit, together with interest on the applicable amount from the date such payment was required to be made until the date of payment at the prime lending rate as published in The Wall Street Journal in effect on the date such payment was required to be made. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any termination amount on more than one occasion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Parent (or its designee) receives the Termination Amount from the Company pursuant to Section 9.03, then any such payment shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Parent and Sub against the Company and its Subsidiaries and any of their respective former, current or future officers, directors, partners, equity holders, managers, members or Affiliates and none of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective former, current or future officers, directors, partners, stockholders, managers, members or Affiliates shall have any further liability or obligation relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 9.04    Amendment. This Agreement may be amended by the Parties at any time before or after the Offer Closing shall have occurred; provided,  however, that after the Offer Closing, there shall be no amendment that decreases the Offer Price or the Merger Consideration. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the Parties.

 

Section 9.05    Extension; Waiver. At any time prior to the Effective Time, Parent and the Company may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other Parties, (b) to the extent permitted by Law, waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, or

(c) subject to the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.04 and to the extent permitted by Law, waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a Party to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such Party. The failure of any Party to this Agreement to assert any of its rights under this Agreement or otherwise shall not constitute a waiver of such rights.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Interpretation

 

Section 10.01 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a)        an “Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement” means a confidentiality agreement with terms no less favorable to the Company in any substantive respect than those contained in the Confidentiality Agreement; provided that such confidentiality agreement shall expressly not prohibit, or adversely affect the rights of the Company thereunder upon, compliance by the Company with any provision of this Agreement; provided further that such confidentiality agreement may contain a less restrictive or no standstill restriction.

 

57

 

 

(b)        an “Affiliate” of any person means another person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first person.

 

(c)        “business day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the City of

New York.

 

(d)        “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)        “Company Disclosure Letter” means the letter dated as of the date of this Agreement delivered by the Company to Parent and Sub prior to or in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(f)        “Company Executive Team” means, collectively, all employees of the Company with a title of vice president or higher.

 

(g)        “Company Product” means each product or product candidate that is being (or, solely with respect to a post-investigational new drug product candidate, has been) researched, tested, developed, commercialized, manufactured, sold or distributed by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(h)        “Confidentiality Agreement” means that certain Letter Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2018, by and between Parent and the Company.

 

(i)         “Fully Diluted Shares” means, as of any particular time, all outstanding securities, together with all such securities that the Company would be required to issue assuming the conversion or exchange of any then-outstanding warrants, options, benefit plans or obligations, securities or instruments convertible or exchangeable into, or rights exercisable for, such securities, but only to the extent so exercisable, convertible or exchangeable prior to consummation of the Merger or exercisable, convertible or exchangeable as a result of the consummation of the Offer or the Merger.

 

(j)          “Government Contract” means any contract, subcontract or agreement entered into between the Company and a Governmental Authority, including any contract, subcontract or arrangement of any kind, between the Company and (1) any prime contractor or higher-tier subcontractor of a Governmental Authority in its capacity as a prime contractor or subcontractor or (2) any lower-tier subcontractor in the Company’s capacity as a prime contractor or subcontractor to any Governmental Authority, on the other hand; provided that a task, purchase or delivery order that is issued pursuant to a Government Contract will not constitute a separate Government Contract, for purposes of this definition, but will be part of the Government Contract to which it relates.

 

(k)        “Health Care Laws” shall mean any and all applicable Laws and governmental orders relating to the regulation of the health care industry, including, but not limited to, to the extent applicable any of the following: (i) Title XVIII of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1395-1395lll (the Medicare statute); (ii) any joint federal or state health care or

 

58

 

 

health insurance program, including, Title XIX of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1396- 1396w-5 (the Medicaid statute); (iii) TRICARE, 10 U.S.C. § 1071 et seq.; (iv) the Ethics in Patient Referrals Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn, the Federal Health Care Program Anti- Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the Federal False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729- 3733), the Federal Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3801-3812), the Federal Anti-Kickback Act of 1986 (41 U.S.C. §§ 8701-8707), the Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law (42 U.S.C. §§ 1320a-7a and 1320a-7b), the Exclusion Laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), the Physician Payments Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), and any similar state laws and regulations; (v) the HIPAA and Clinical Health Act of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and their implementing regulations (codified at 45 CFR Parts 160, 162 and 164)and similar applicable federal and state laws; (vi) the licensure, certification, qualification or authority to transact business in connection with the provision of, payment for, or arrangement of, health care services or supplies; (vii) the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148), as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152); (viii) state medical, nursing and other health care professional practice and/or corporate practice of medicine laws; (ix) United States Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq., and the rules, regulations and directives promulgated thereunder (including Quality System Regulations, CFR 21, Part 820); (x) the Drug Quality and Security Act, including the Drug Supply Chain Security Act, and the implementing rules, regulations, and guidance documents;

(xi) the federal Controlled Substances Act, its implementing regulations, guidance documents, and state level counterparts; (xii) the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. § 41 et seq. and the rules, regulations and directives promulgated thereunder; and (xiii) any other state or federal law, regulation, guidance document, manual provision, program memoranda, opinion letter, or other issuance of any Governmental Authority which regulates kickbacks, fee-splitting, patient or program charges, claims submissions, recordkeeping, referrals, the hiring of employees or acquisition of services or supplies from those who have been excluded or debarred from government health care programs, quality, safety, privacy, security, licensure or any other aspect of providing health care.

 

(l)         “HIPAA” means, collectively, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and its implementing regulations, as amended and supplemented by, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and its implementing regulations.

 

(m)       “Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property and other similar proprietary rights in any jurisdiction, whether registered or unregistered, including such rights in and to: (i) any patent, certificate of invention or other patent right (including all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part and extensions thereof) (collectively, “Patents”),

(ii) any trademark, service mark, trade name, business name, brand name, slogan, logo, trade dress, social media identifier and all other indicia of origin, together with all goodwill associated therewith, and (iii) any copyright, work of authorship (whether or not copyrightable), design, design registration and database rights (and including in all website content and software), (iv) Internet domain names, and (v) any trade secrets, know-how, formulae, recipes and other proprietary information and rights (in each case to the extent confidential and proprietary) (collectively, “Trade Secrets”).

 

59

 

 

(n)        “Knowledge” means (i) with respect to the Company, the actual knowledge of any of the persons set forth in Section 10.01(o) of the Company Disclosure Letter, after reasonable inquiry of those persons that are aware of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) with respect to Parent or Sub, the actual knowledge of any of the executive officers of Parent or Sub, after reasonable inquiry of those persons that are aware of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(o)        “Material Adverse Effect” means any change, effect, event, occurrence or fact that individually or in the aggregate with all other changes, effects, events, occurrences or facts (a) has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, liabilities or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that none of the following shall either alone or in combination constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a Material Adverse Effect for purposes of this clause (a): any change, effect, event, occurrence or fact that directly arises out of or directly results from (i) general economic, credit, capital or financial markets, regulatory, legislative or political conditions in the United States or elsewhere in the world, (ii) geopolitical conditions, any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, acts of war (whether or not declared), cyber-attacks, sabotage or terrorism, epidemics or pandemics (including any escalation or general worsening of any of the foregoing) or national or international emergency in the United States or any other country or region of the world occurring after the date of this Agreement; (iii) any action taken by the Company or its Subsidiaries that is required by this Agreement or at Parent’s written request; (iv) any change in supplier, employee, financing source, regulatory, partner, customer, client or similar relationships resulting from the announcement or pendency of this Agreement; (v) the occurrence of natural disasters or force majeure events adverse to the business being carried on by the Company and its Subsidiaries, including any hurricane, tornado, flood, volcano, earthquake or other natural or man-made disaster occurring after the date of this Agreement,

(vi) any change in applicable Law, regulation or GAAP (or authoritative interpretation or enforcement thereof) which is proposed, approved or enacted on or after the date of this Agreement; (vii) general conditions in the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries primarily operate; (viii) the failure, in and of itself, of the Company to meet any internal or published projections, budget, forecasts, estimates or predictions in respect of revenues, earnings or other financial or operating metrics after the date of this Agreement, or changes after the date of this Agreement in the market price or trading volume of the Company Common Stock or the credit rating of the Company (it being understood that the underlying facts giving rise to or contributing to such failure or change may constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a Material Adverse Effect to the extent not otherwise excluded by another exception herein); or (ix) the public announcement, execution or delivery of this Agreement or the pendency of the transactions contemplated hereby, except in the cases of clauses (i), (ii), (v), (vi) or (vii), to the extent that the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are disproportionately adversely affected thereby as compared with other participants in the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries primarily operate (in which case the incremental disproportionate impact or impacts may be taken into account in determining whether there has been, or is reasonably expected to be, a Material Adverse Effect), or (b) would reasonably be expected to prevent, materially impede or materially delay the consummation of the Offer, the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

60

 

 

(p)        “MDR Reportable Event” means (a) an event that user facilities become aware of that reasonably suggests that a device has or may have caused or contributed to a death or Serious Injury, or (b) an event that manufacturers or importers become aware of that reasonably suggests that one of their marketed devices: (i) may have caused or contributed to a death or Serious Injury, or (ii) has malfunctioned and that the device or a similar device marketed by the manufacturer or importer would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or Serious Injury if the malfunction were to recur.

 

(q)        “Ordinary Course of Business” means the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice.

 

(r)        “Parent Material Adverse Effect” means any change, effect, event, occurrence or fact that would reasonably be expected to prevent, materially impede or materially delay the consummation of the Merger, the Offer or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the ability of Parent to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(s)        “Permitted Liens” mean (i) mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s or other like Liens as to which there is no default on the part of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or which Liens are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with GAAP, (ii) Liens for Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges and levies that are not due and payable or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with GAAP,

(iii) defects or irregularities in title, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, restrictive covenants, and other, similar non-monetary matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impair the continued use and operation of the assets to which they relate, (iv) zoning, building and other similar codes and regulations, (v) in the case of any Leased Real Property, Liens that affect the fee estate of the owner of the Leased Real Property, (vi) any Real Property Leases and Real Property Subleases and the terms thereof and

(vii) Liens discharged at or prior to the Offer Closing.

 

(t)         “person” means an individual, corporation (including not-for-profit corporation), general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, estate, association, Governmental Authority, unincorporated organization or other entity of any kind or nature, including the media.

 

(u)        “Protected Health Information” has the meaning set forth at 45

C.F.R. §160.103.

 

(v)        “Representative” means, with respect to any person, any

Subsidiary of such person and such person’s and each of its respective Subsidiaries’ directors, officers, employees, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants or other advisors, agents or representatives.

 

(w)       “Sanctioned Country” means any country or territory that is the target of comprehensive Sanctions (as of the date of this Agreement, Iran, Cuba, Syria, North Korea, and Crimea).

 

61

 

 

(x)        “Sanctioned Person” means any person (i) any person appearing on any Sanctions list; (ii) any person located, organized, or resident in, or a government instrumentality of, any Sanctioned Country; and (iii) any person directly or indirectly owned or controlled, at a threshold of fifty percent (50%) or greater, by or acting for the benefit or on behalf of a person described in (i) or (ii).

 

(y)        “Sanctions” means all applicable embargoes and economic sanctions imposed or administered by Government Authorities of the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, the European Union, or the United Nations Security Council, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department and the

U.S. Department of State.

 

(z)        “Serious Injury” means, with respect to a medical device, an injury or illness that (i) is life-threatening, (ii) results in permanent impairment of a body function or permanent damage to a body structure, (iii) necessitates medical or surgical intervention to preclude permanent impairment of a body function or permanent damage to a body structure or

(iv) results in fetal distress, fetal death or any congenital abnormality or birth defect.

 

(aa)      a “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any person, any person of which an amount of voting securities, other voting rights or voting partnership interests sufficient to elect at least a majority of its board of directors or other governing body (or, if there are no such voting interests, more than 50% of the equity interests of which) is owned directly or indirectly by such first person.

 

(bb)      “Tax” or “Taxes” means (i) any and all taxes, duties, imposts, levies or other governmental assessments, tariffs, charges or obligations of the same or similar nature, however denominated, imposed, assessed or collected by any Governmental Authority, including all income, profits, capital gains, goods and services, branch, payroll, unemployment, windfall profits, franchise, gross receipts, capital, net worth, sales, escheat, use, withholding, value added, ad valorem, registration, employment, social security, disability, medical device excise, occupation, real property, personal property (tangible and intangible), stamp, transfer (including real property transfer or gains), conveyance, severance, production, excise, license, registration and other taxes (including, in each case, all penalties and additions to any such taxes and interest thereon) imposed by any Governmental Authority, whether disputed or not,

(ii)  liability for the payment of any amount imposed on any person of the type described in clause (i) as a result of being or having been before the Effective Time a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group and (iii) liability for the payment of any amount imposed on any person of a type described in clause (i) or clause (ii) as a transferor or successor or a result of any existing express or implied indemnification agreement or arrangement. The term “Tax Return” means any return, statement, report, form, election, designations, estimates, claims for refund, declarations or estimated Tax, information statements or filing, including in each case any amendments, schedules or attachments thereto, supplied, filed or required to be filed with any Governmental Authority. The term “Tax Sharing Agreements” means all existing agreements or arrangements (whether or not written) binding a Party or any of its Subsidiaries that provide for the allocation, apportionment, sharing or assignment of any Tax liability or benefit (excluding any indemnification agreement or arrangement pertaining to the sale or lease of assets or subsidiaries and any indemnity, sharing or similar agreements or arrangements where

 

62

 

 

the inclusion of a Tax indemnification or allocation provision is customary or incidental to an agreement the primary nature of which is not Tax sharing or indemnification).

 

(cc)      “Termination Amount” means $18,682,450.

 

(dd)      “Third Party” means any person or “group” (as defined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of persons, other than Parent, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives.

 

(ee)      “Treasury Regulations” means the Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.

 

Section 10.02 Index of Defined Terms. The following terms have the meanings ascribed to them, as indicated below:

 

 

Term

    

Section

2010 Health Care Law 

 

4.12(d)

Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement

 

10.01(a)

Acceptance Time

 

1.03(a)

Acquisition Agreement

 

6.02(e)

Adverse Recommendation Change

 

6.02(e)

Affiliate

 

10.01(b)

Agreement

 

Preamble

Articles of Merger

 

2.03 

Authorizations

 

4.10(a)

Board Actions

 

4.04(b)

business day

 

10.03(e)

Certificate

 

3.01(c)

Code

 

10.01(d)

Company

 

Preamble

Company Benefit Agreement

 

4.12(o)

Company Benefit Plan

 

4.12(o)

Company Bylaws

 

4.01 

Company Charter

 

4.01 

Company Common Stock

 

Recitals

Company Disclosure Letter

 

10.01(e)

Company Employee

 

7.04(a)

Company Executive Team

 

10.01(f)

Company Incentive Plan

 

4.03(a)

Company Intellectual Property

 

4.15(a)

Company Noncompete Restrictions

 

4.09(a)(v)

Company Owned Intellectual Property

 

4.15(b)

Company Preferred Stock

 

4.03(a)

Company Product

 

10.01(g)

Company Registered Intellectual Property

 

4.15(a)

Compensation Committee

 

4.12(g)

Confidentiality Agreement

 

10.01(h)

63

 

 

 

 

Term

    

Section

Contract

 

4.05 

Current Premium

 

7.05(a)

Department

 

2.03 

Effective Time

 

2.03 

Environmental Claims

 

4.16(b)

Environmental Law

 

4.16(b)

ERISA

 

4.12(a)

ERISA Affiliate

 

4.12(e)

Exchange Act

 

1.01(a)

Exchange Fund

 

3.03(a)

Exclusive Rights

 

4.09(a)(v)

Fairness Opinion

 

4.25 

FDA

 

4.18(a)

Filed SEC Documents

 

IV

Fully Diluted Shares

 

10.01(i)

GAAP

 

4.06(b)

Governmental Authority

 

4.05 

Guaranteed Obligations

 

11.12(a)

Hazardous Materials

 

4.16(b)

Health Care Laws

 

10.01(k)

HIPAA

 

10.01(l)

HSR Act

 

4.05 

Indebtedness

 

6.01(a)(viii)

Indemnified Party

 

7.05(b)

Independent Directors

 

1.03(a)

Initial Offer Expiration Date

 

1.01(d)

Intellectual Property

 

10.01(m)

Intervening Event

 

6.02(b)(iv)

Judgment

 

4.05 

Knowledge

 

10.01(n)

Law

 

4.05 

Leased Real Property

 

4.14(b)

Liens

 

4.02 

Litigation

 

4.08 

Match Right Notice

 

6.02(h)

Material Adverse Effect

 

10.01(o)

MDR Reportable Event

 

10.01(p)

Measurement Time

 

4.03(a)

Merger

 

Recitals

Merger Closing

 

2.02 

Merger Closing Date

 

2.02 

Merger Consideration

 

3.01(c)

MGCL

 

Recitals

Minimum Tender Condition

 

11.14 

NASDAQ

 

1.01(d)

 

64

 

 

 

 

Term

    

Section

New Specified Contracts

 

6.01(a)(xvi)

Non-U.S. Merger Control Laws

 

4.05 

Offer

 

Recitals

Offer Conditions

 

1.01(b)

Offer Price

 

Recitals

Option Amounts

 

3.04 

Ordinary Course of Business

 

10.01(q)

Outside Date

 

9.01(b)(i)

Parent

 

Preamble

Parent Holdco

 

Preamble

Parent Material Adverse Effect

 

10.01(r)

Parties

 

Preamble

Party

 

Preamble

Patents

 

10.01(m)

PBGC

 

4.12(e)

Permitted Liens

 

10.01(s)

person

 

10.01(t)

Personal Information

 

4.15(f)

Proposed Changed Terms

 

6.02(h)(ii)

Protected Health Information

 

10.01(u)

Real Property Leases

 

4.14(b)

Real Property Subleases

 

4.14(c)

Recommendation

 

4.04(b)

Release

 

4.16(b)

Representative

 

10.01(v)

Restraints

 

8.01(a)

Sanctioned Country

 

10.01(w)

Sanctioned Person

 

10.01(x)

Sanctions

 

10.01(y)

SEC

 

1.01(d)

SEC Documents

 

4.06(a)

Securities Act

 

4.06(a)

Serious Injury

 

10.01(z)

Specified Contract

 

4.09(a)(xi)

Sub

 

Preamble

Subsidiary

 

10.01(aa)

Superior Proposal

 

6.02(b)(iii)

Support Agreement

 

Recitals

Surviving Corporation

 

2.01 

Takeover Proposal

 

9.03(c)

Takeover Statute

 

4.22 

Tax

 

10.01(bb)

Tax Return

 

10.01(bb)

Tax Sharing Agreements

 

10.01(bb)

Termination Amount

 

10.01(cc)

 

65

 

 

 

 

Term

    

Section

Third Party

 

10.01(dd)

Trade Secrets

 

10.01(m)

Transaction Litigation

 

7.02(e)

Treasury Regulations

 

10.01(ee)

Voting Company Debt

 

4.03(b)

 

Section 10.03 Interpretation.

 

(a)        When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, a Section, Annex or Exhibit, such reference shall be to an Article or a Section of, or an Annex or Exhibit to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

 

(b)        The table of contents, headings and index of defined terms contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(c)        Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect of the word “shall.” The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.” The word “or” when used in this Agreement is not exclusive.

 

(d)        The phrase “made available,” when used in reference to anything made available to Parent, Sub or their Representatives shall be deemed to mean provided to Parent, Sub or their Representatives or uploaded to and made available to Parent, Sub and their Representatives in the on-line data room hosted on behalf of the Company in the on-line workspace captioned “Project Papyrus” and accessible without limitation to Parent and Sub no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on March 11, 2019.

 

(e)        For purposes of Section 2.02, references to “business day” shall mean any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the City of New York, United States or the City of London, United Kingdom.

 

(f)        The Parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the Party drafting or causing any instrument to be drafted.

 

(g)        References to a person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

66

 

(h)        All capitalized terms not defined in the Company Disclosure Letter shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Agreement. Any information set forth in one section or subsection of the Company Disclosure Letter shall be deemed to apply to and qualify the Section or subsection of this Agreement to which it corresponds in number and each other Section or subsection of this Agreement (other than Section 4.01,  Section 4.03,  Section 4.04, Section 4.21 Section 4.22,  Section 4.23,  Section 4.24 and Section 4.25, which matters shall only be disclosed by specific disclosure in the respective corresponding section of the Company Disclosure Letter) to the extent that it is reasonably apparent on its face that such information is relevant to such other Section or subsection. No disclosure in the Company Disclosure Letter relating to any possible breach or violation of any contract or Law shall be construed as an admission or indication that any such breach or violation exists or has actually occurred.

 

(i)         The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term.

 

(j)         Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

 

(k)        Whenever this Agreement requires a Subsidiary of the Company to take any action, such requirement shall be deemed to include an undertaking on the part of the Company to cause such Subsidiary to take such action and, after the Effective Time, on the part of Parent and the Surviving Corporation to cause such Subsidiary to take such action. Whenever this Agreement requires Sub to take any action, such requirement shall be deemed to include an undertaking on the part of Parent to cause Sub to take such action.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

General Provisions

 

Section 11.01 Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties. None of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Effective Time; provided, that this Section 11.01 shall not limit any obligation of any Party which by its terms contemplates performance after the Effective Time.

 

Section 11.02 Expenses. Except as provided in Section 9.03, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the Party incurring such fees or expenses, whether or not the Offer, the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated.

 

67

 

Section 11.03 Notices. Except for notices that are specifically required by the terms of this Agreement to be delivered orally, all notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing through electronic mail followed (if receipt is not sooner confirmed by return email) within one business day by transmission by facsimile (with written confirmation of transmission) or hand delivery by courier (providing proof of delivery) to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

if to Parent or Sub, to:

 

Smith & Nephew Consolidated, Inc. c/o Smith & Nephew plc

150 Minuteman Road

Andover, MA 01810

Fax No.: (978) 749-1599

E-mail: Company.Secretary@smith-nephew.com Attention: General Counsel

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP 1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064 Attention: Scott A. Barshay

David M. Klein

Facsimile No.: (212) 757-3990 Email: sbarshay@paulweiss.com dklein@paulweiss.com

 

if to Parent Holdco, to:

 

Smith & Nephew plc 150 Minuteman Road

Andover, MA 01810

Fax No.: (978) 749-1599

E-mail: Company.Secretary@smith-nephew.com Attention: General Counsel

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP 1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064 Attention: Scott A. Barshay

David M. Klein

Facsimile No.: (212) 757-3990

68

 

Email: sbarshay@paulweiss.com 

dklein@paulweiss.com

 

if to the Company, to:

 

Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. 7015 Albert Einstein Dr. Columbia, MD 21046

Fax No.: 443-276-6691

Email: jblack@osiris.com Attention: James Black

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: Hogan Lovells US LLP

555 Thirteenth Street, NW Washington, DC 20004 Attention: John Beckman Les Reese

Fax No.: (202) 637-5910

Email: john.beckman@hoganlovells.com leslie.reese@hoganlovells.com

 

Section 11.04 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Support Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement, constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

Section 11.05 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except for (a) the provisions of Section 7.05, (b) the rights, at and after the Effective Time, of the former holders of shares of Company Common Stock to receive the Merger Consideration in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (c) the right, at the end and after the Effective Time, of holders of the Company Stock Options to receive the payments contemplated by Section 3.04, neither this Agreement nor any other agreement contemplated hereby are intended to or shall confer upon any person other than the Parties hereto and thereto any legal or equitable rights or remedies. The representations and warranties in this Agreement are the product of negotiations among the Parties and are for the sole benefit of the Parties. Any inaccuracies in such representations and warranties are subject to waiver by the Parties in accordance with

Section 9.05 without notice or liability to any other person. The representations and warranties in this Agreement may represent an allocation among the Parties of risks associated with particular matters.

 

Section 11.06 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by any of the Parties without the prior written consent of the other Parties, and any

 

69

 

assignment without such consent shall be null and void. No assignment by any Party shall relieve such Party of any of its obligations hereunder. Subject to the immediately preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Section 11.07 GOVERNING LAW. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND ARE MANDATORILY APPLICABLE TO THE OFFER OR THE MERGER (INCLUDING THE EXERCISE OF THE FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF THE COMPANY BOARD), IN WHICH CASE MARYLAND LAW SHALL GOVERN, THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY LITIGATION (WHETHER AT LAW, IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT) RELATING TO ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, OR THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, REGARDLESS OF THE LAWS THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE GOVERN UNDER APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

 

Section 11.08 Jurisdiction; Service of Process.

 

(a)        Each of the Parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court sitting in New Castle County in the State of Delaware for the purpose of any Litigation directly or indirectly based upon, relating to arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or the negotiation, execution or performance hereof or thereof, and each of the Parties hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect to such action or proceeding shall be brought in, and may be heard and determined, exclusively in such state or federal courts. Each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue in, and any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of, any action or proceeding so brought. Each of the Parties agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

 

(b)        Each of the Parties irrevocably consents to the service of the summons and complaint and any other process in any other action or proceeding relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on behalf of itself or its property, by personal delivery of copies of such process to such Party at the addresses set forth in Section 11.03. Nothing in this Section 11.08 shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law.

 

Section 11.09  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON, RELATING TO ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE HEREOF OR

70

 

THEREOF. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER,

(II)  EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATION OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

Section 11.10 Specific Performance. The Parties acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached, and that monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy therefor and therefore fully intend for specific performance to be an available remedy for breaches of this Agreement. It is accordingly agreed that, prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01, each Party shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the performance of terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court referred to in Section 11.08, without proof of actual damages, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at Law or in equity. The Parties further agree not to assert that a remedy of specific enforcement is unenforceable, invalid, contrary to Law or inequitable for any reason, nor to object to a remedy of specific performance on the basis that a remedy of monetary damages would provide an adequate remedy for any such breach. Each Party further acknowledges and agrees that the agreements contained in this Section 11.10 are an integral part of the Merger, the Offer and the other transactions contemplated hereby and that, without these agreements, neither the Company nor Parent would have entered into this Agreement. Each Party further agrees that no other Party or any other person shall be required to obtain, furnish or post any bond or similar instrument in connection with or as a condition to obtaining any remedy referred to in this Section 11.10, and each Party hereto irrevocably waives any right it may have to require the obtaining, furnishing or posting of any such bond or similar instrument.

 

Section 11.11 Non-Recourse. Each Party agrees, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates and Representatives, that all proceedings, claims, obligations, liabilities or causes of action (whether in Contract or in tort, in Law or in equity or otherwise, or granted by statute or otherwise, whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company veil or any other theory or doctrine, including alter ego or otherwise) that may be based upon, in respect of, arise under, out or by reason of, be connected with, or relate to: (A) this Agreement or any other agreement referenced herein (other than the Support Agreement) or the transactions contemplated hereunder, (B) the negotiation, execution or performance this Agreement or any other agreement referenced herein (other than the Support Agreement) (including any representation or warranty made in, in connection with, or as an inducement to, this Agreement or such other agreement (other than the Support Agreement)), (C) any breach or violation of this Agreement or any other agreement referenced herein (other than the Support Agreement) and (D) any failure of the transactions contemplated hereunder or any other agreement referenced herein (other than the Support Agreement) to be consummated, in each case, may be made only against (and are those solely of) the persons that are expressly identified herein as the Parties to this Agreement and, in accordance with, and subject to the

71

 

terms and conditions of this Agreement.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other agreement referenced herein or otherwise to the contrary, each Party covenants, agrees and acknowledges, on behalf of itself and its respective Affiliates and Representatives, that no recourse under this Agreement or any other agreement referenced herein (other than the Support Agreement) or in connection with any transactions contemplated hereby shall be sought or had against any other person and no other person shall have any liabilities or obligations (whether in Contract or in tort, in Law or in equity or otherwise, or granted by statute or otherwise, whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company veil or any other theory or doctrine, including alter ego or otherwise) for any claims, causes of action, obligations or liabilities arising under, out of, in connection with or related to the items in the immediately preceding clauses (A) through (D), it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability or losses whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any of the aforementioned, as such, arising under, out of, in connection with or related to the items in the immediately preceding clauses (A) through (D), in each case, except for claims that any Party may assert against another Party solely in accordance with, and pursuant to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.11, nothing in this Section 11.11 shall in any way limit Parent’s or Sub’s rights under the Support Agreement.

 

Section 11.12 Guarantee.

 

(a)        Parent Holdco irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees the due and punctual performance of the obligations of Parent, Sub, the Surviving Corporation and their permitted assigns hereunder (the “Guaranteed Obligations”) subject to the conditions hereunder. If, for any reason whatsoever, Parent, Sub, the Surviving Corporation or any of their permitted assigns shall fail or be unable to duly, punctually and fully pay or perform the Guaranteed Obligations, Parent Holdco will forthwith pay or perform, or cause to be paid or performed, the Guaranteed Obligations. Parent Holdco hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing objections with a court, any right to require proceeding first against Parent, Sub, the Surviving Corporation or any such permitted assign, any right to require the prior disposition of the assets of Parent, Sub or any such permitted assign to meet their respective obligations, notice, protest and all demands whatsoever. This is a guarantee of payment and performance and not collectability.

 

(b)        Parent Holdco is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and (to the extent applicable) in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Parent Holdco has all requisite corporate power and authority and has taken all corporate action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly approved, executed and delivered by Parent Holdco and is a valid and binding agreement of Parent Holdco, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity). Parent Holdco owns directly one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Parent.

72

 

(c)        Parent Holdco shall not transfer or assign, in whole or in part, any of its obligations under this Section 11.12.

 

Section 11.13 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as none of the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to attempt to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law in a mutually acceptable manner.

 

Section 11.14 Counterparts; Facsimile and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Parties. This Agreement or any counterpart may be executed and delivered by facsimile copies or delivered by electronic communications by portable document format (.pdf), each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

 

73

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent, Sub, Parent Holdco and the Company have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

 

 

SMITH & NEPHEW CONSOLIDATED INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Zagger

 

 

Name:

Michael Zagger

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAPYRUS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Zagger

 

 

Name:

Michael Zagger

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

(solely for the purposes of Section 7.02 and Article XI)

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan M  Swabey

 

 

Name:

Susan Margaret Swabey

 

 

Title:

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OSIRIS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Samson Tom

 

 

Name:

Samson Tom

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to the Merger Agreement]

 

ANNEX I

Conditions to the Offer

 

Notwithstanding any other term of the Offer or this Agreement, Sub shall not be required to, and Parent shall not be required to cause Sub to, accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, including Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act (relating to Sub’s obligation to pay for or return tendered shares of Company Common Stock promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the Offer), pay for any shares of Company Common Stock tendered pursuant to the Offer if: (a) there shall have not been validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer that number of shares of Company Common Stock which, when added to the shares of Company Common Stock owned by Parent and its Affiliates, would represent at least a majority of the Fully Diluted Shares as of the expiration of the Offer (the “Minimum Tender Condition”); (b) the waiting period applicable to the purchase of shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to the Offer and the consummation of the Merger under the HSR Act (or any extension thereof) shall have neither expired nor terminated; or (c) any of the following conditions shall have occurred and be continuing as of the expiration of the Offer:

 

(i)         there shall be any Restraint in effect enjoining or otherwise preventing or prohibiting the making of the Offer or the consummation of the Merger or the Offer;

 

(ii)        the consummation of the Offer is unlawful under any Non-U.S. Merger Control Law;

 

(iii)      (A) the representation and warranty of the Company set forth in Section 4.07(a) shall not be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement, (B) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Sections

4.04 and 4.19 and the first sentence of Section 4.10(a) shall not be true and correct in all material respects as of the consummation of the Offer, as if made at such time, except to the extent such representation or warranty expressly relates to a specific date (in which case on and as of such specific date), (C) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 4.03 shall not be true and correct except for de minimis inaccuracies as of the consummation of the Offer, as if made at such time, except to the extent any such representation or warranty expressly relates to a specific date (in which case on and as of such specific date), and (D) each of the other representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall not be true and correct as of the consummation of the Offer, as if made at such time, except to the extent any such representation or warranty expressly relates to a specific date (in which case on and as of such specific date), other than in the case of clause (D) for such failures to be true and correct that (alone or in the aggregate with all such other failures of representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement to be true and correct) have not had a Material Adverse Effect (it being understood that for this purpose all references to the term “Material Adverse Effect” and other qualifications based on the word “material,” set forth in any such representations and warranties shall be disregarded);

 

Annex I-1

 

 

(iv)       the Company shall have failed to perform or comply in all material respects with its obligations required to be performed or complied with by it under this Agreement;

 

(v)        since the date of this Agreement, there shall have occurred any change, event or occurrence that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(vi)       this Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with its

terms; and

 

(vii)      the Company shall have failed to deliver to Parent a certificate

executed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company certifying that none of the conditions set forth in clauses (c)(iii), (c)(iv) and (c)(v) above shall have occurred and be continuing as of the expiration of the Offer.

 

For purposes of determining whether the Minimum Tender Condition has been satisfied, Parent and Sub shall exclude for purposes of its determination thereof shares tendered in the Offer pursuant to guaranteed delivery procedures that have not yet been received.

 

The foregoing conditions shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, the rights and obligations of Parent and Sub to extend, terminate or modify the Offer pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of Parent and Sub and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC or NASDAQ, may be waived by Parent and Sub in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in their sole discretion (other than the Minimum Tender Condition). The failure by Parent or Sub at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right that may be asserted at any time and from time to time.

 

The capitalized terms used in this Annex I and not defined in this Annex I shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2019, by and among Smith & Nephew Consolidated, Inc., Papyrus Acquisition Corp., Smith & Nephew plc and Osiris Therapeutics, Inc..

 

 

Annex I-2

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Tender and Support Agreement

 

 

A-1

 

 

FORM OF

 

TENDER AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT

 

This TENDER AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 12, 2019, is entered into by and among Smith & Nephew Consolidated, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”); Papyrus Acquisition Corp., a Maryland corporation and an indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Parent (“Sub”); and the undersigned stockholders of Osiris Therapeutics, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) set forth on Schedule A hereto (each, a “Stockholder”). All terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, each Stockholder is the record or beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of the number of shares of Company Common Stock set forth opposite the Stockholder’s name on Schedule A (all such shares of Company Common Stock set forth on Schedule A next to the Stockholder’s name, together with any shares of Company Common Stock that are hereafter issued to or that beneficial ownership of is otherwise directly or indirectly acquired by the Stockholder prior to the termination of this Agreement, including for the avoidance of doubt any shares of Company Common Stock acquired by the Stockholder upon the conversion of any securities convertible into shares of Company Common Stock after the date hereof, being referred to herein as “Subject Shares”);

 

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution hereof, Parent, Sub, the Company and Smith & Nephew plc, an English public limited liability company (“Parent Holdco”) are entering into the Agreement and Plan of Merger (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, (a) Sub will commence a tender offer to purchase all the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock and, (b) subject to the occurrence of the Offer Closing, Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation in the merger, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, as a condition to their willingness to enter into the Merger Agreement, and as an inducement and consideration for Parent and Sub to enter into the Merger Agreement, each Stockholder has agreed to enter into this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth below and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

AGREEMENT TO TENDER AND VOTE

 

1.1        Agreement to Tender.

 

(a)        Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Stockholder irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes and agrees to tender or cause to be tendered in the Offer (and not withdraw) all of its Subject Shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Offer, free and clear of all Share Liens (as defined below) except for Permitted Share Liens (as defined

 

 

 

 

 

below). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to the terms of this Agreement, as promptly as practicable after, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days after the date the Offer is commenced (or in the case of any shares of Company Common Stock directly or indirectly acquired subsequent to such second (2nd) Business Day, no later than the earlier of (x) two (2) Business Days after such acquisition and (y) the expiration of the Offer), each Stockholder shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the depositary designated in the Offer pursuant to the terms of the Offer (i) a letter of transmittal with respect to all of such Stockholder’s Subject Shares complying with the terms of the Offer, (ii) written instructions to such Stockholder’s broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee that such Subject Shares be tendered, including a reference to this Agreement, and requesting delivery of an “agent’s message” (or such other evidence, if any, of transfer as the depository for the Offer may reasonably request) and (iii) all other documents or instruments required to be delivered by other stockholders of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Offer. Each Stockholder undertakes and agrees that, once any of its Subject Shares are tendered, such tender is irrevocable and unconditional and such Stockholder will not withdraw and will cause not to be withdrawn such Subject Shares from the Offer unless and until the Merger Agreement shall have been validly terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)        If the Offer is terminated or withdrawn by Sub, or the Merger Agreement is validly terminated prior to the Acceptance Time in accordance with its terms, Sub shall promptly return and shall cause the depository for the Offer to promptly return all tendered shares of Company Common Stock to the registered holders of such tendered shares of Company Common Stock.

 

1.2        Voting of Subject Shares. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Stockholder hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes and agrees that, during the time this Agreement is in effect, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company, including any adjournment or postponement thereof, and in connection with any action proposed to be taken by written consent of the stockholders of the Company, such Stockholder shall, in each case to the fullest extent that its Subject Shares are entitled to vote thereon: (a) appear at each such meeting or otherwise cause all such Subject Shares to be counted as present thereat for purposes of determining a quorum, and (b) be present (in person or by proxy) and vote (or cause to be voted), or deliver (or cause to be delivered) a written consent with respect to, all of its Subject Shares (i) in favor of any proposal recommended by the Company Board that is intended to facilitate the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (ii) against any action or agreement that would reasonably be expected to (A) result in a breach of any covenant, representation or warranty or any other obligation or agreement of the Company contained in the Merger Agreement, or of such Stockholder contained in this Agreement, or

(B) result in any of the Offer Conditions not being satisfied on or before the Outside Date,

(iii) against any change in the Company Board, (iv) against any Takeover Proposal (or any proposal relating to or intended to facilitate a Takeover Proposal), (v) against (x) any extraordinary corporate transaction, such as a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving the Company (other than the Offer or the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement), (y) a sale, lease, license or transfer of a material amount of assets (including, for the avoidance of doubt, capital stock of Subsidiaries of the Company) of the Company or any reorganization, recapitalization or liquidation of the Company or (z) any change in the present authorized capitalization of the Company or any amendment or other change to the

 

2

 

 

 

Company Charter, the Company Bylaws or the comparable organizational documents of any of the Subsidiaries of the Company in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and (vi) against any other proposed action, agreement or transaction involving the Company that would reasonably be expected to impede, interfere with, materially delay, materially postpone, materially adversely affect or prevent the consummation of the Offer or the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Each Stockholder shall retain at all times the right to vote its Subject Shares in such Stockholder’s sole discretion, and without any other limitation, on any matters that are at any time or from time to time presented for consideration to the Company’s stockholders generally.

 

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDERS

 

Each Stockholder represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, to Parent and

Sub that:

 

2.1        Authorization; Binding Agreement. Such Stockholder is duly

organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Such Stockholder has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Stockholder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, and compliance with the provisions of, this Agreement by such Stockholder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Stockholder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Stockholder and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each of Parent and Sub, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable against such Stockholder in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

2.2        Non-Contravention. The execution and delivery by such Stockholder of this Agreement do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and compliance with the provisions of this Agreement will not, (a) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to the loss of a benefit under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of such Shareholder under, any provision of (i) the charter or bylaws (or other similar organizational documents) of such Stockholder, if such Stockholder is not a natural person or

(ii) (x) any Contract to which such Stockholder is a party or by which such Stockholder or any of its Subject Shares are bound or (y) any Law or any Judgment, in each case applicable to such Stockholder or by which any of its Subject Shares are bound, or (b) result (or, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or otherwise, would result) in the creation or imposition of any Share Lien (as defined below) of any kind on any asset of such Stockholder (other than one created by Parent or Sub or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement), other than, in the case of clause (a)(ii) or

(b) above, any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, rights, losses or Liens that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent, delay or impair the

ability of such Stockholder to perform such Stockholder’s obligations under this Agreement on a timely basis. No consent, approval, order, waiver or authorization of, action or nonaction by, registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required to be

3

 

 

 

obtained or made by or with respect to such Stockholder in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Stockholder or the consummation by such Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the filing with the SEC of such reports under the Exchange Act as may be required in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.3       Ownership of Subject Shares; Total Shares. Such Stockholder is the record or beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of all such

Stockholder’s Subject Shares and has good and marketable title to all such Subject Shares free and clear of any Liens, proxies, voting trusts or agreements, options or rights, understandings or arrangements inconsistent with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, or any other encumbrances or restrictions whatsoever on title, transfer or exercise of any rights in respect of such Subject Shares (collectively, “Share Liens”), except for any such Share Liens that may be imposed pursuant to (i) this Agreement and (ii) any applicable restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act or any state securities Law (collectively, “Permitted Share Liens”). The shares of Company Common Stock listed on Schedule A opposite such Stockholder’s name constitute all of the shares of Company Common Stock owned by such Stockholder, beneficially or of record, as of the date hereof, and such Stockholder and its Affiliates do not own, beneficially or of record, any rights to acquire shares of Company Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Company Common Stock.

 

2.4        Voting Power. Such Stockholder has sole voting power, and sole power to agree to all of the matters set forth in this Agreement, in each case with respect to all such Stockholder’s Subject Shares.

 

2.5        Reliance. Such Stockholder understands and acknowledges that Parent and Sub are entering into the Merger Agreement in reliance upon such Stockholder’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

 

2.6        Absence of Litigation. There is no Litigation pending or, to the knowledge of such Stockholder, threatened against such Stockholder or any of such

Stockholder’s properties or assets (including such Stockholder’s Subject Shares) that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to prevent, delay or impair the consummation by such Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise impair such Stockholder’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement. There is no Judgment outstanding against Parent or Sub that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to prevent, delay or impair the consummation by such Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise impair such Stockholder’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

2.7        Brokers. Neither such Stockholder nor any of its employees, officers or directors has employed any broker, finder or financial or similar advisor or incurred any liability for any financial advisor’s or broker’s fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND SUB

 

Parent and Sub jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Stockholders that:

 

3.1       Organization and Qualification. Each of Parent and Sub is duly

 

organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization.

 

3.2        Authority for this Agreement. Each of Parent and Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Sub and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, and compliance with the provisions of, this Agreement, by Parent and Sub have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of Parent and Sub, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Parent or Sub are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of Parent and Sub and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each of the Stockholders, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Parent and Sub, enforceable against each of Parent and Sub in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

ARTICLE IV

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS

 

Each Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that until the termination of this Agreement:

 

4.1        No Transfer; No Inconsistent Arrangements. Except as provided under

 

this Agreement, such Stockholder shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) create or permit to exist any Share Liens, other than Permitted Share Liens, on any of such Stockholder’s Subject Shares,

(b) transfer, sell, assign, gift, hedge, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by depositing, submitting or otherwise tendering any such Subject Shares into any tender or exchange offer (other than the Offer)), or enter into any derivative arrangement with respect to (collectively, “Transfer”), any of such Stockholder’s Subject Shares, or any right or interest therein (or consent to any of the foregoing), (c) enter into any Contract, option or other agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to any Transfer of such Stockholder’s Subject Shares or any interest therein, (d) grant or permit the grant of any proxy, power-of- attorney or other authorization or consent in or with respect to any such Stockholder’s Subject Shares, (e) deposit or permit the deposit of any of such Stockholder’s Subject Shares into a voting trust or enter into a voting agreement or arrangement with respect to any of such Stockholder’s Subject Shares or (f) take or permit any other action that would in any way prevent, delay or impair the ability of such Stockholder to perform its obligations under this Agreement or otherwise make any representation or warranty of such Stockholder herein untrue or incorrect. Any action taken in violation of the foregoing sentence shall be null and void ab

 

5

 

 

 

initio. If any involuntary Transfer of any of such Stockholder’s Subject Shares shall occur (including a sale by such Stockholder’s trustee in any bankruptcy, or a sale to a purchaser at any creditor’s or court sale), the transferee (which term, as used herein, shall include any and all transferees and subsequent transferees of the initial transferee) shall take and hold such Subject Shares subject to all of the restrictions, obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect until valid termination of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, until the termination of this Agreement, such Stockholder shall not, directly or indirectly, accept any tender offer or exchange offer that constitutes a Takeover Proposal and shall not tender any of such

Stockholder’s Subject Shares in any such tender offer or exchange offer.

 

4.2        Documentation and Information. Such Stockholder shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and Representatives not to, issue any such press release, make any such public statement issue any press release or make any public announcement or other communication to any Third Party regarding this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby without the prior written consent of Parent, except as may be required by applicable Law (provided that reasonable notice of any such disclosure will be provided to Parent). Such Stockholder (i) consents to and authorizes the publication and disclosure by Parent or Sub of such Stockholder’s identity and holdings of Subject Shares, the nature of such Stockholder’s commitments, arrangements and understandings under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the disclosure of this Agreement) and any other information that Parent reasonably determines is required to be disclosed by applicable Law in any press release, the Offer Documents (in each case, including all schedules and documents filed with the SEC) or any other disclosure document in connection with the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger agreement (provided that notice of any such disclosure will be provided to such Stockholder to the extent reasonably practicable), (ii) agrees to promptly give to Parent, Sub and the Company any information they may reasonably require for the preparation of any such disclosure documents and (iii) agrees to promptly notify Parent of any required corrections with respect to any information supplied by such Stockholder specifically for use in any such disclosure document, if and to the extent that any such information shall have become false or misleading in any material respect. Parent and Sub each agrees to promptly give to such Stockholder any information regarding Parent or Sub, as applicable, that such Stockholder reasonably requires for the preparation of any documents that such Stockholder is required to file with the SEC in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

4.3        Adjustments. In the event of a stock split, reverse stock split or stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Company Common Stock), or any change in the shares of Company Common Stock by reason of a stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other similar change with respect to Company Common Stock, the term “Subject Shares” shall be deemed to refer to and include such shares as well as all such stock dividends and distributions and any securities into which or for which any or all of such shares may be changed or exchanged or which are received in the transaction.

6

 

 

 

4.4        Waiver of Certain Actions. Such Stockholder hereby undertakes and agrees not to, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, commence or participate in, and to take all actions necessary to opt out of any class in any class action with respect to, any claim, derivative or otherwise, against Parent, Sub, the Company, the directors or officers of Parent, Sub, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates or any of their respective successors, in each case relating to the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Agreement or the Merger Agreement, or the consummation of the Offer, the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including (a) challenging the validity of, or seeking to enjoin or delay the operation of, any provision of this Agreement or the Merger Agreement (including any claim seeking to enjoin or delay the Closing), (b) alleging a breach of any duty of the Company Board in connection with the Merger Agreement or this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or this Agreement, (c) exercising any rights of appraisal, any dissenters’ rights or any similar rights, if any, relating to the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement that such Stockholder may have by virtue of, or with respect to, such Stockholder’s Subject Shares or (d) making any claim with respect to SEC disclosure (or other disclosure to the Company’s stockholders) in connection with the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4.5        No Solicitation. Such Stockholder shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and Representatives not to, and shall not publicly announce any intention to, directly or indirectly (a) solicit, initiate, facilitate or knowingly encourage (including by way of providing information) the submission or announcement of any inquiries, proposals or offers that constitute or may reasonably be expected to lead to any Takeover Proposal, (b) provide any non-public information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries related to, or to any person or group (or any Representative thereof) who may reasonably be expected to make, any Takeover Proposal or any inquiry or proposal relating thereto, (c) engage in any discussions or negotiations with respect to any inquiry, proposal or offer that constitutes or may reasonably be expected to lead to a Takeover Proposal, (d) approve, support, adopt, endorse or recommend any Takeover Proposal or any Acquisition Agreement relating thereto, (e) otherwise cooperate with or assist or participate in, or knowingly facilitate, any such inquiries, proposals, offers, discussions or negotiations or (f) resolve or agree to do any of the foregoing. Such Stockholder shall, and shall cause each of its Representative and Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers and employees to, immediately cease and cause to be terminated all existing discussions or negotiations with any person or group conducted heretofore with respect to any Takeover Proposal, or any inquiry or proposal that may reasonably be expected to lead to a Takeover Proposal.

 

4.6        Notice of Certain Events. Such Stockholder shall notify Parent of any development occurring after the date hereof that causes, or that would reasonably be expected to cause, any breach of any of the representations and warranties of such Stockholder set forth

in Article II. Such Stockholder shall promptly notify Parent of the number of any new Subject Shares acquired by such Stockholder, if any, after the date hereof; it being understood that any such shares shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement as though owned by such Stockholder on the date hereof. Parent or Sub, as applicable, shall notify such Stockholder of any development occurring after the date hereof that causes, or that would reasonably be expected to cause, any breach of any of the representations and warranties of Parent or Sub, as applicable, set forth in Article III.

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

 

5.1        Termination. This Agreement shall terminate automatically, without any notice or other action by any Person, upon the earliest to occur of (a) the valid termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms, (b) the consummation of all the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or (c) upon mutual written consent of the parties to terminate this Agreement; provided that (x) the provisions of Article VI shall survive any termination of this Agreement, (y) nothing set forth in this Section 5.1 shall relieve any party from liability for any breach of this Agreement prior to termination hereof and (z) the provisions of Section 4.4 shall survive any termination of this Agreement in the event the Transactions have been consummated.

 

5.2        Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties to this Agreement. The failure of any party to this Agreement to assert any of its rights under this Agreement or otherwise shall not constitute a waiver of such rights.

 

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

6.1        Capacity as Stockholder. Each Stockholder signs this Agreement solely in such Stockholder’s capacity as a stockholder of the Company, and not in such Stockholder’s capacity as a director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Nothing herein shall in any way restrict a director of the Company in the exercise of his or her fiduciary duties as a director of the Company or prevent any director of the Company from taking, or not taking, any action in his or her capacity as a director of the Company.

 

6.2        Interpretation. The provisions of Section 10.03(a), 10.03(b), 10.03(c), 10.03(f), 10.03(g), 10.03(i), and 10.03(j) of the Merger Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Agreement.

 

6.3        Further Assurances. Parent, Sub and each Stockholder will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all further documents and instruments and use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws and regulations, to perform their obligations under this Agreement.

 

6.4        Expenses. All fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such fees or expenses.

 

6.5        Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing through electronic mail followed (if receipt is not sooner confirmed by return email) within one business day by transmission by facsimile (with written confirmation of transmission) or hand delivery by courier (providing proof of delivery), (i) if to Parent or Sub, to the address or email address set forth in

8

 

 

 

Section 11.03 of the Merger Agreement and (ii) if to the Stockholder, to the Stockholder’s address or email address set forth on such Stockholder’s signature page hereto, or to such other address or email address as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to each other party hereto.

 

6.6        Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with Schedule A, and the other documents and certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

6.7        No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is not intended to and shall not confer upon any person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable rights or remedies.

 

6.8        Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by any of the parties to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement, and any assignment without such consent shall be null and void, except that each of Parent and Sub may assign, in its sole discretion, any or all of its rights, interests and obligations under this Agreement to one or more direct or indirect Affiliates of Parent. No assignment by any party to this Agreement shall relieve such party of any of its obligations hereunder. Subject to the immediately preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors and assigns

 

6.9        Governing Law. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND ARE MANDATORILY APPLICABLE TO THE MERGER (INCLUDING THE EXERCISE OF THE FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF THE COMPANY BOARD), IN WHICH CASE MARYLAND LAW SHALL GOVERN, THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY LITIGATION (WHETHER AT LAW, IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT) THAT MAY BE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON, RELATING TO ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, OR THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, REGARDLESS OF THE LAWS THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE GOVERN UNDER APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

 

6.10      Jurisdiction; Service of Process.

 

(a)        Each of the Parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court sitting in New Castle County in the State of Delaware for the purpose of any Litigation directly or indirectly based upon, relating to arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or the negotiation, execution or performance hereof or thereof, and each of the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes and agrees that all claims in respect to such action or proceeding shall be brought in, and may be heard and determined, exclusively in such state or federal courts. Each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue in, and any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of, any

9

 

 

action or proceeding so brought. Each of the Parties agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

 

(b)        Each of the Parties irrevocably consents to the service of the summons and complaint and any other process in any other action or proceeding relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on behalf of itself or its property, by personal delivery of copies of such process to such party at the addresses set forth (i) in the case of Parent or Sub, to the address or email address set forth in Section 11.03 of the Merger Agreement and (ii) in the case of the Stockholder, to the Stockholder’s address or email address set forth on such

Stockholder’s signature page hereto. Nothing in this Section 6.10(b) shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law.

 

6.11      Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON, RELATING TO ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATION OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

6.12      Specific Enforcement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached, and that monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy therefor and therefore fully intend for specific performance to be an available remedy for breaches of this Agreement. It is accordingly agreed that, prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1, each party to this Agreement shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the performance of terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court referred to in Section 6.10, without proof of actual damages, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at Law or in equity. The parties further agree not to assert that a remedy of specific enforcement is unenforceable, invalid, contrary to Law or inequitable for any reason, nor to object to a remedy of specific performance on the basis that a remedy of monetary damages would provide an adequate remedy for any such breach. Each party to this Agreement further acknowledges and agrees that the agreements contained in this Section 6.12 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and

10

 

 

that, without these agreements, none of the parties to this Agreement would have entered into this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement further agrees that no other party to this Agreement or any other person shall be required to obtain, furnish or post any bond or similar instrument in connection with or as a condition to obtaining any remedy referred to in this Section 6.12, and each Party hereto irrevocably waives any right it may have to require the obtaining, furnishing or posting of any such bond or similar instrument.

 

6.13      Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as none of the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is affected in any manner adverse to any party to this Agreement. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties to this Agreement shall negotiate in good faith to attempt to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law in a mutually acceptable manner.

 

6.14      Counterparts; Facsimile and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties. This Agreement or any counterpart may be executed and delivered by facsimile copies or delivered by electronic communications by portable document format (.pdf), each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

 

11

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties are executing this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

SMITH & NEPHEW CONSOLIDATED, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Zagger

 

 

Name:

Michael Zagger

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

PAPYRUS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Zagger

 

 

Name:

Michael Zagger

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Friedli

 

c/o Friedli Corporate Finance Inc.

 

Chollerstrasse 35

 

6200 Zug

 

Switzerland

 

Email: peter.friedli@friedlicorp.ch

 

 

Schedule A

 

 

 

Name of Stockholder

Number of Shares

   Peter Friedli

10,204,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Company Charter

 

B-1

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

EXHIBIT B

 

OSIRIS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CHARTER

 

FIRST:             Osiris Therapeutics, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), desires to and does hereby amend and restate in its entirety the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) as currently in effect.

 

SECOND: The following provisions are all the  provisions  of  the  Charter currently in effect, as amended and restated herein.

 

THIRD:           The name of the Corporation is:

 

Osiris Therapeutics, Inc.

 

FOURTH: The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

 

FIFTH:            The address of the principal office of the Corporation in this State is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 2405 York Road, Suite 201, Lutherville Timonium, Maryland 21093-2264.

 

SIXTH:            The name and address of the resident agent of the Corporation in Maryland are The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 2405 York Road, Suite 201, Lutherville Timonium, Maryland 21093-2264. The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

SEVENTH: The Corporation has authority to issue 1,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $10,000.00. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time into one or more classes or series of stock. If shares of one class or series of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class or series of stock pursuant to this Article SEVENTH, the number of authorized shares of the former class or series shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class or series shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board of Directors and without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. The rights of all

A-1

 

 

stockholders and the terms of all stock are subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”).

 

EIGHTH: The business and affairs of  the  Corporation  shall  be  managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The current number of directors of the Corporation is two, which number may be increased or decreased only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Bylaws, but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”). The names of each of the directors who shall serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is duly elected and qualifies are:

 

Michael Zagger

Scott Schaffner

 

The Board of Directors from time to time may increase or decrease the number of directors and may fill any vacancy, whether resulting from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, on the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

 

NINTH:           (a)        The Corporation reserves the right to make any amendment of the Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment which alters the contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock.

 

(b)        The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the MGCL, the Charter or the Bylaws.

 

(c)        Notwithstanding any provision of law requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

(d)        The determination as to any of the following matters, made by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, acquisition of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, cash flow, funds from operations, adjusted funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration

 

A-2

 

 

or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been set aside, paid or discharged); any interpretation or resolution of any ambiguity with respect to any provision of the Charter (including any of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation) or of the Bylaws; the number or value of shares of stock of any class or series of the Corporation; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or of any shares of stock of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; the compensation of directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

(e)        Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the holders of Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors may be taken without a meeting by consent, in writing or by electronic transmission, in any manner and by any vote permitted by the MGCL and set forth in the Bylaws.

 

(f)         The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who is or was made a party to, or witness in, or is threatened to be made a party to, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, manager, managing member, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made a party to, or witness in, or is threatened to be made a party to, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in such capacity.  The Corporation shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such indemnification and advance of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation. To the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law, the indemnification provided herein shall include expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any such expenses may be paid or reimbursed by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding and without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this paragraph (f), nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the

 

A-3

 

 

Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this paragraph (f), shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentences with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to any such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

TENTH:          Except as may be provided by a contract approved by the Board of Directors, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

ELEVENTH: To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages.  Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article ELEVENTH, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article ELEVENTH, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

A-4

Exhibit 4(a)(iv)

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of December 18, 2019

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

$140,000,000 2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027

 

$60,000,000 2.90% Series B Senior Notes due June 17, 2028

 

$100,000,000 2.97% Series C Senior Notes due June 17, 2029

 

$95,000,000 2.99% Series D Senior Notes due June 17, 2030

 

$155,000,000 3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032

 

 

PICTURE 1

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

Warwick Court

5 Paternoster Square

London EC4M 7DX

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

1.

AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES.

1

2.

SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES.

2

3.

CLOSING.

2

4.

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

3

 

4.1     Representations and Warranties.

3

 

4.2     Performance; No Default.

3

 

4.3     Compliance Certificates.

3

 

4.4      Opinions of Counsel.

3

 

4.5     Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc.

4

 

4.6     Sale of Other Notes.

4

 

4.7     Payment of Special Counsel Fees.

4

 

4.8     Private Placement Number.

4

 

4.9     Changes in Corporate Structure

4

 

4.10   Acceptance of Appointment to Receive Service of Process.

4

 

4.11   Funding Instructions.

4

 

4.12   Offeree Letter.

5

 

4.13   Proceedings and Documents.

5

5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

5

 

5.1     Organization; Power and Authority

5

 

5.2     Authorization, etc

5

 

5.3     Disclosure.

5

 

5.4     Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries.

6

 

5.5     Financial Statements; Material Liabilities.

7

 

5.6     Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, etc.

7

 

5.7     Governmental Authorizations, etc.

7

 

5.8     Litigation; Observance of Statutes and Orders.

7

 

5.9     Taxes.

8

 

5.10   Title to Property; Leases.

8

 

5.11   Licenses, Permits, etc.

8

 

5.12   U.S. Plan Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans.

9

 

5.13   Private Offering

10

 

5.14   Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.

10

 

5.15   Existing Financial Indebtedness; Future Security Interests.

10

 

5.16   Foreign Assets Control Regulations, etc.

11

 

5.17   Status under Certain Statutes

12

 

5.18   Ranking of Obligations

12

6.

REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.

12

 

6.1     Purchase for Investment

12

 

6.2     Confirmation of Tax Status

13

 

6.3     Source of Funds.

14

7.

INFORMATION AS TO THE COMPANY

15

 

7.1     Financial and Business Information.

15

 

7.2     Officer’s Certificate.

18

 

7.3     Visitation.

19

 

7.4     Electronic Delivery

19

 

7.5     Limitation on Disclosure Obligation.

20

 

-i-

 

 

 

 

 

8.

INTEREST AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES.

21

 

8.1     Interest; Payments at Maturity

21

 

8.2     Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount

21

 

8.3     Prepayment for Tax Reasons.

21

 

8.4     Prepayment in Connection with a Noteholder Sanctions Event.

23

 

8.5     Allocation of Partial Prepayments.

24

 

8.6     Maturity; Surrender, etc.

25

 

8.7     Purchase of Notes.

25

 

8.8     Make-Whole Amount.

25

 

8.9     Prepayment upon a Disposal

27

 

8.10   Change of Control Prepayment

27

9.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

28

 

9.1     Compliance with Law

28

 

9.2     Insurance.

28

 

9.3     Maintenance of Properties.

28

 

9.4     Payment of Taxes and Claims

28

 

9.5     Corporate Existence, etc.

29

 

9.6     Books and Records.

29

 

9.7     Priority of Obligations.

29

 

9.8     Subsidiary Guarantees.

29

10.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

31

 

10.1   Transactions with Affiliates.

31

 

10.2   Merger, Consolidation, etc.

31

 

10.3   Economic Sanctions, Etc.

32

 

10.4   Financial Condition.

32

 

10.5   Negative Pledge

39

 

10.6   Disposals.

41

 

10.7   Subsidiary Debt Test.

42

 

10.8   Line of Business

43

11.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

43

12.

REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

46

 

12.1   Acceleration

46

 

12.2   Other Remedies.

47

 

12.3   Rescission.

47

 

12.4   No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, etc.

47

13.

TAX GROSS-UP.

47

 

13.1   Tax Gross-up

47

 

13.2   HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

51

 

13.3   FATCA Information

52

 

13.4   Survival.

53

14.

REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES

53

 

14.1   Registration of Notes.

53

 

14.2   Transfer and Exchange of Notes.

53

 

14.3   Replacement of Notes.

54

15.

PAYMENTS ON NOTES

54

 

15.1   Place of Payment.

54

 

15.2   Home Office Payment

54

16.

EXPENSES, ETC.

55

 

16.1   Transaction Expenses.

55

 

16.2   Certain Taxes.

55

 

-ii-

 

 

 

16.3   Survival.

56

17.

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

56

18.

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

56

 

18.1   Requirements.

56

 

18.2   Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

56

 

18.3   Binding Effect, etc.

57

 

18.4   Notes Held by the Company, etc

57

19.

NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE.

58

20.

REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

58

21.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

59

22.

SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.

60

23.

MISCELLANEOUS

60

 

23.1   Successors and Assigns.

60

 

23.2   Payments Due on Non-Business Days

60

 

23.3   Accounting Terms.

61

 

23.4   Severability

61

 

23.5   Construction, etc.

61

 

23.6   Counterparts.

62

 

23.7   Governing Law.

62

 

23.8   Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial

62

 

23.9   Obligation to Make Payment in Dollars.

63

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

INFORMATION RELATING TO PURCHASERS

SCHEDULE A1

FORM OF QPP CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE B

DEFINED TERMS

SCHEDULE 5.3

Disclosure

SCHEDULE 5.4

Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries

SCHEDULE 5.5

Financial Statements

SCHEDULE 5.15

Existing Financial Indebtedness

 

 

EXHIBIT 1(a)

Form of 2.83% Series A Senior Note due June 17, 2027

EXHIBIT 1(b)

Form of 2.90% Series B Senior Note due June 17, 2028

EXHIBIT 1(c)

Form of 2.97% Series C Senior Note due June 17, 2029

EXHIBIT 1(d)

Form of 2.99% Series D Senior Note due June 17, 2030

EXHIBIT 1(e)

Form of 3.09% Series E Senior Note due June 17, 2032

EXHIBIT 4.4(a)(i)

Form of Opinion of Special Counsel to the Company (U.S.)

EXHIBIT 4.4(a)(ii)

Form of Opinion of Special Counsel to the Company (English)

EXHIBIT 9.8

Form of Subsidiary Guarantee

 

 

-iii-

 

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

Building 5

Croxley Park

Hatters Lane

Watford

Hertfordshire WD18 8YE

England

 

$140,000,000 2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027

 

$60,000,000 2.90% Series B Senior Notes due June 17, 2028

 

$100,000,000 2.97% Series C Senior Notes due June 17, 2029

 

$95,000,000 2.99% Series D Senior Notes due June 17, 2030

 

$155,000,000 3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032

 

As of December 18, 2019

 

TO EACH OF THE PURCHASERS LISTED IN

THE ATTACHED SCHEDULE A:

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 00324357 (together with any successor that becomes such in the manner prescribed in Section 10.2, the “Company”), agrees with each of the purchasers listed in Schedule A (the “Purchasers”) as follows:

 

1.          AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES.

 

The Company will authorize the issue and sale of $140,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027 (the “Series A Notes”), $60,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.90% Series B Senior Notes due June 17, 2028 (the “Series B Notes”), $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.97% Series C Senior Notes due June 17, 2029 (the “Series C Notes”), $95,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.99% Series D Senior Notes due June 17, 2030 (the “Series D Notes”), and $155,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032 (the “Series E Notes”, together with the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes, the Series C Notes and the Series D Notes, the “Notes”, such term to include any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement). The Notes shall be substantially in the forms set out in Exhibits 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d) and 1(e). Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B; references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.

 

-1-

 

2.          SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Section 3, Notes in the principal amount and Series specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. Each Purchaser’s obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations, and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser.

 

3.          CLOSING.

 

The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of O’Melveny & Myers LLP, Warwick Court, 5 Paternoster Square, London EC4M 7DX, at 2:00 p.m., London time, at a closing (the “Closing”) on June 17, 2020 or on such other Business Day thereafter on or prior to July 17, 2020 as may be agreed upon by the Company and each Purchaser. At the Closing the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes of each Series to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note for each Series (or such greater number of Notes of each Series in denominations of at least $500,000 as such Purchaser may request prior to the Closing) dated the date of the Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name or in the name of such Purchaser’s nominee (it being understood and agreed by such Purchaser that such Purchaser and nominee may not receive the benefit of any tax gross-up pursuant to Section 13 if under the law of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or any double taxation treaty to which the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction is party (or the current regulatory interpretation of such law or treaty) a nominee is disregarded (by reason of its holding securities as a nominee) for the purposes of an exemption from the Relevant Tax), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company to:

Beneficiary: Smith & Nephew PLC

Beneficiary Bank: HSBC Bank PLC, London

Account: 83951259

IBAN: GB75 MIDL 4005 1583 9512 59

SWIFT/BIC: MIDLGB22

Correspondent: HSBC Bank USA NA, New York

Correspondent SWIFT/BIC: MRMDUS33XXX

If at the Closing the Company shall fail to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.

 

-2-

 

4.          CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

 

Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to it at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or at the Closing, of the following conditions:

 

4.1        Representations and Warranties.

 

The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement shall be correct when made and at the time of the Closing.

 

4.2        Performance; No Default.

 

The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements contained in Sections 1, 2 and 3 and all conditions contained in Section 4 of this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing (and from the date of this Agreement to the Closing assuming Sections 9 and 10 are applicable from the date of this Agreement), before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14) at the Closing, no (a) Default or Event of Default (including any action that would otherwise be deemed a Default if Sections 9 and 10 were applicable prior to the Closing) shall have occurred and be continuing or (b) a Change of Control or Noteholder Sanctions Event shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

4.3        Compliance Certificates.

 

(a)         Officer’s Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to each Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.9 have been fulfilled.

 

(b)        Secretary’s or Director’s Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to each Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or a Director or other appropriate person, dated the date of the Closing, certifying as to (i) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, and (ii) the Company’s organizational documents as then in effect.

 

4.4        Opinions of Counsel.

 

Each Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance satisfactory to it, dated the date of the Closing (a) from (i) O’Melveny & Myers LLP, special U.S. counsel for the Company, and (ii) O’Melveny & Myers LLP, special English counsel for the Company, substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibits 4.4(a)(i) and 4.4(a)(ii) and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request (and the Company hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to each Purchaser), and (b) from Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, special U.S. counsel to the Purchasers in connection with such transactions, in the form agreed with the Purchasers, and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.

 

-3-

 

4.5        Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc.

 

On the date of the Closing such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law but excluding any “foreign basket” or equivalent provisions) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. If requested by any Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying as to such matters of fact as it may reasonably specify to enable it to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

 

4.6        Sale of Other Notes.

 

Contemporaneously with the Closing, the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing as specified in Schedule A.

 

4.7        Payment of Special Counsel Fees.

 

Without limiting the provisions of Section 16.1, the Company shall have paid on or before the Closing the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of the special counsel to the Purchasers referred to in Section 4.4(b) to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least two Business Days prior to the Closing.

 

4.8        Private Placement Number.

 

A Private Placement number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for each Series of the Notes.

 

4.9        Changes in Corporate Structure.

 

The Company shall not have changed its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, or been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Schedule 5.5.

 

4.10      Acceptance of Appointment to Receive Service of Process.

 

Such Purchaser shall have received evidence of the acceptance by CT Corporation System of the appointments and designations provided for by Section 23.8(e) of this Agreement for the period from the date of Closing through June 17, 2033 (and the payment in full of all fees in respect thereof).

 

4.11      Funding Instructions.

 

At least three Business Days prior to the date of the Closing, each Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer on letterhead of the Company confirming the information specified in Section 3, including (i) the name and address of the

 

-4-

 

transferee bank, (ii) such transferee bank’s IBAN number, (iii) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be transferred, and (iv) contact details of a representative of the Company and, if possible, of the bank, to verify such information.

 

4.12      Offeree Letter.

 

Mizuho Securities USA LLC and SG Americas Securities, LLC shall have delivered to the Company, its counsel and the Purchasers’ special counsel an offeree letter, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, confirming the manner of the offering of the Notes by Mizuho Securities USA LLC and SG Americas Securities, LLC.

 

4.13      Proceedings and Documents.

 

All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory to each Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.

 

5.          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of the Closing that:

 

5.1        Organization; Power and Authority.

 

The Company is a company duly organized, validly existing and, where legally applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and, where legally applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.

 

5.2        Authorization, etc.

 

This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and

(b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

5.3        Disclosure.

 

This Agreement and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and identified in Schedule 5.3, and the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5 (this Agreement

 

-5-

 

and such documents, certificates or other writings and financial statements delivered to each Purchaser prior to December 6, 2019 being referred to, collectively, as the “Disclosure Documents”), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since December 31, 2018 there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary except changes that individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any forecast or projection contained in the Disclosure Documents, except that such forecasts and projections were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Company to be reasonable as of the date of the applicable forecasts and projections.

 

5.4        Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries.

 

(a)         Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) complete and correct lists (i) of the Company’s Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, the correct name thereof, the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock, shares or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Company and each other Subsidiary.

 

(b)        Except where the inaccuracy of any of the warranties set out in sub-clauses (i)

– (iii) below (inclusive) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(i)         all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Company or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Security Interest (except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 5.4);

 

(ii)        each Subsidiary identified in Schedule 5.4 is a corporation or other legal entity duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and, where legally applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and, where legally applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact; and

 

(iii)       no Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any legal, regulatory, contractual or other restriction (other than this Agreement, the agreements listed on Schedule 5.4 and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Company or any of its

 

-6-

 

Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.

 

5.5        Financial Statements; Material Liabilities.

 

The Company has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries listed in Schedule 5.5. All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments). The Company and its Subsidiaries do not have any Material liabilities that are not disclosed on such financial statements or otherwise disclosed in the other Disclosure Documents.

 

5.6        Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, etc.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Security Interests in respect of any property of the Company or any Subsidiary under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter, memorandum of association, articles of association, regulations or by-laws, shareholders agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or by which the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (b) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or (c) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary.

5.7        Governmental Authorizations, etc.

 

No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes, including any thereof required in connection with obtaining Dollars to make payments under this Agreement or the Notes and the payment of such Dollars to Persons resident in the United States of America. It is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence in England of this Agreement or the Notes that any thereof or any other document be filed, recorded or enrolled with any Governmental Authority, or that any such agreement or document be stamped with any stamp, registration or similar transaction tax.

 

5.8        Litigation; Observance of Statutes and Orders.

 

(a)         There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or any property of the Company or any Subsidiary in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-7-

 

(b)        Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default under any term of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or is in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including Environmental Laws or the USA Patriot Act) of any Governmental Authority, which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.9        Taxes.

 

The Company and each Subsidiary have filed all material tax returns that are required to have been filed by them in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (a) the amount of which is not individually or in the aggregate Material or (b) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with IFRS. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes which are individually or in the aggregate Material for all fiscal periods are adequate.

 

No liability for any Tax, directly or indirectly, imposed, assessed, levied or collected by or for the account of any Governmental Authority of the United Kingdom or any political subdivision thereof will be incurred by the Company or any holder of a Note as a result of the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the Notes and no deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes imposed by or for the account of the United Kingdom or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other Taxing Jurisdiction, is required to be made from any payment by the Company under this Agreement or the Notes except for any such liability, withholding or deduction imposed, assessed, levied or collected by or for the account of any such Governmental Authority of the United Kingdom arising out of circumstances described in clause (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) of Section 13.1.

 

5.10      Title to Property; Leases.

 

The Company and each Subsidiary have good and sufficient title to their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Schedule 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary after said date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Security Interests prohibited by this Agreement, except for those defects in title and Security Interests that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all material respects.

 

5.11      Licenses, Permits, etc.

 

The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known conflict with the rights of others, except for those conflicts that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-8-

 

5.12      U.S. Plan Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans.

 

(a)        The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Security Interest on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to section 430(k) of the Code or to any such penalty or excise tax provisions under the Code or federal law or section 4068 of ERISA or by the granting of Security Interests in connection with the amendment of a Plan, other than such liabilities or Security Interests as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.

(b)        The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by more than $100,000,000 in the aggregate for all Plans. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non U.S. Plan that is funded, determined as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of reasonable actuarial assumptions, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by more than

£150,000,000 in the aggregate for all Non-U.S. Plans. The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “current value” and “present value” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

(c)        The Company and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred (i) withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate are Material or (ii) any obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Non U.S. Plan that individually or in the aggregate are Material.

(d)        The expected postretirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715 60, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries is not Material.

(e)         The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any non-exempt transaction that is subject to

 

-9-

 

the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A) (D) of the Code. The representation by the Company in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of each Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.3, and with respect to any transferee, the accuracy of any representation made by such transferee pursuant to Section 6.3, as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser or transferee, as applicable.

(f)         All Non U.S. Plans have been established, operated, administered and maintained in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders applicable thereto, except where failure so to comply would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All premiums, contributions and any other amounts required by applicable Non U.S. Plan documents or applicable laws to be paid or accrued by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been paid or accrued as required, except where failure so to pay or accrue would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.13      Private Offering.

 

Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any person other than the Purchasers and not more than 12 other Institutional Investors, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has, with respect to the Notes, engaged in any form of “general solicitation or general advertising,” as defined under Rule 502(c) of the Securities Act. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

5.14      Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.

 

The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Notes to the repayment of existing Financial Indebtedness and/or general corporate purposes, including for the avoidance of doubt for acquisitions. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock in violation of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 10% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Company does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 10% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

5.15      Existing Financial Indebtedness; Future Security Interests.

 

(a)         Except as described therein, Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Financial Indebtedness of the Company and its

 

-10-

 

Subsidiaries as of November 1, 2019 (including a description of the obligors and obligees, principal amount outstanding and whether secured or not), since which date, except as otherwise disclosed to the Purchasers in writing (including in an Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.3(a)), there has been no Material change in the amounts, interest rates, sinking funds, installment payments or maturities of the Financial Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Financial Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary and no event or condition exists with respect to any Financial Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds £10,000,000 (or its equivalent) that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Financial Indebtedness to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.

 

(b)        Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Financial Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including its charter or other organizational document) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Financial Indebtedness of the Company, except  as  disclosed  in Schedule 5.15.

 

5.16      Foreign Assets Control Regulations, etc.

 

(a)         Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity (i) is a Blocked Person, (ii) has been notified that its name appears or may in the future appear on a State Sanctions List, or (iii) is a target of sanctions that have been imposed by the United Nations or the European Union.

 

(b)        Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity within the past three (3) years

(i)  has violated, been found in violation of, or been charged or convicted under, any applicable U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Anti-Corruption Laws or (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for possible violation of any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Anti-Corruption Laws, in each case that, individually or in the aggregate are Material.

 

(c)         No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder:

 

(i)         constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used by the Company or any Controlled Entity, directly or indirectly, (A) in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person, (B) for any purpose that would cause any Purchaser to be in violation of any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws or (C) otherwise in violation of any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws;

 

-11-

 

(ii)        will be used, directly or indirectly, in violation of, or cause any Purchaser to be in violation of, any applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws; or

 

(iii)       will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of making any improper payments, including bribes, to any Governmental Official or commercial counterparty in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in each case which would be in violation of, or cause any Purchaser to be in violation of, any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(d)        The Company has established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Company and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

5.17      Status under Certain Statutes.

 

Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, the ICC Termination Act of 1995 or the Federal Power Act.

 

5.18      Ranking of Obligations

 

The Company’s payment obligations under this Agreement and the Notes will, upon issuance of the Notes, rank at least pari passu, without preference or priority, with all other unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness of the Company, other than Financial Indebtedness which is mandatorily preferred by law.

 

6.          REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.

 

6.1        Purchase for Investment.

 

Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by it or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of its or their property shall at all times be within its or their control. Each Purchaser further severally represents that it is a sophisticated institutional investor and an “accredited investor” as defined in paragraph (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501(a) of the Securities Act and has knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Notes and is able to bear the economic risk of holding the Notes for an indefinite period of time. Each Purchaser also severally represents that the Company has provided such Purchaser an opportunity to discuss with the Company’s management the consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.5, as well as the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Notes; provided, however, that the foregoing does not limit or modify the representations and warranties in Section 5 of this Agreement or the right of the Purchasers to rely thereon. Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances

 

-12-

 

where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes.

 

6.2        Confirmation of Tax Status.

 

(a)         Each Purchaser or holder shall confirm to the Company promptly upon becoming a party to this Agreement by providing the details in Schedule A or by written notice to the Company upon execution of any assignment or transfer agreement as to which of the following categories applies to such holder: (i) not a Qualifying Noteholder or Treaty Holder; (ii) a Qualifying Noteholder; or (iii) a Treaty Holder. Where a Purchaser or holder has indicated it is a Qualifying Noteholder it shall specify which of the categories set out in subsections (a) to (e) of the Qualifying Noteholder definition applies to such holder. Where subsection (c) of the definition of Qualifying Noteholder applies it shall give a reasonable level of detail as to the basis on which such subsection applies. Where a Purchaser or holder has indicated it is to be a QPP Holder within subsection (e) of the definition of Qualifying Noteholder, such holder shall provide a duly completed QPP Certificate to the Company upon purchase, transfer or assignment of the Notes as the case may be. Such Purchaser or holder also agrees to notify the Company as soon as practicable after becoming aware that the confirmation given in the QPP Certificate has ceased to apply (other than as a result of a transfer of a Note). The Company shall if notified by HMRC to do so, (i) provide the QPP Certificate to HMRC by the date stated in the notice by HMRC and (ii) notify a QPP Holder if HMRC has required the Company to produce the QPP Certificate relating to such holder and subsequently notifies the Company that the QPP Certificate is a “cancelled certificate” for the purposes of the QPP regulations.

(b)        Each holder which has indicated it is a Qualifying Noteholder (other than a QPP Holder) on a date when interest is payable under the Notes, represents to the Company that it is a Qualifying Noteholder, provided that no such representation will be made where a holder has notified the Company, in accordance with (c) below, that it is not or will not be a Qualifying Noteholder.

(c)         A holder which has indicated it is a Qualifying Noteholder (other than a QPP Holder) shall notify the Company as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware that it has ceased to be a Qualifying Noteholder.

(d)        Each Purchaser that has indicated it is a Treaty Holder, severally represents that it (i) is a Person resident (as such term is defined in the appropriate Treaty) in the United States of America or in another Treaty State; and (ii) that it does not carry on business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which the indebtedness under the Notes in respect of which the interest or premium is paid is effectively connected (for the avoidance of doubt, this does not include its United Kingdom-incorporated parent company, if any, provided that such parent company is not and does not become the beneficial owner of any interest payments made by the Company on the Notes and any interest payments on the Notes are not paid to or attributable to and do not arise in such parent company).

 

-13-

 

6.3        Source of Funds.

 

Each Purchaser severally represents as at the date of this Agreement and as at the date of the Closing that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “Source”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

 

(a)         the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption (“PTE”) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “NAIC Annual Statement”)) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

(b)        the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

(c)         the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

(d)        the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14 (the “QPAM Exemption”)) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Company that would cause the QPAM and the Company to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or

 

-14-

 

maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization, represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or

(e)         the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Part IV(h) of PTE 96-23 (the “INHAM Exemption”)) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Part IV(d)(3) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

(f)         the Source is a governmental plan and neither the purchase of, nor the subsequent holding of, the Notes will result in, arise from, constitute or involve a transaction that violates applicable state or local law; or

(g)        the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

(h)        the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

As used in this Section 6.3, the terms “employee benefit plan”, “governmental plan”, and “separate account”, shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

7.          INFORMATION AS TO THE COMPANY.

 

7.1        Financial and Business Information.

 

The Company shall deliver, prior to Closing only, to each Purchaser and, after Closing, to each holder of Notes, in each case that is an Institutional Investor:

 

(a)         Interim Statements -- promptly after the same are available and in any event within 120 days after the end of the first semi-annual financial period in each financial year of the Company, duplicate copies of,

 

(i)         a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such period, and

 

(ii)        consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries, for such period,

 

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with IFRS applicable to interim financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company as fairly

 

-15-

 

presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, provided that, delivery to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor, within the time period specified above, of the financial information that the Company is required to furnish to the regulatory information services in the United Kingdom pursuant to the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority for each such interim period shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(a) so long as such financial information includes the information specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (a) and is accompanied by a comparison to the corresponding period in the previous fiscal year and otherwise satisfies the requirements of this paragraph, provided further that, if the financial reporting requirements for companies listed on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority are altered, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor such alternative financial information as the Company shall be required to disclose to its shareholders pursuant to the requirements of the UK Listing Authority in force at such time, as well as such supplemental information as is reasonably necessary to provide such holder with the same substantive consolidated financial information as such holder would have received (including, without limitation, all such information necessary to verify compliance with the covenants in Sections 10.4 through 10.7, inclusive) had the form and detail of the accounts not been changed from the form and detail of the most recent interim accounts listed in Schedule 5.5;

(b)        Annual Statements -- promptly after the same are available and in any event within 180 days after the end of each financial year of the Company, duplicate copies of,

 

(i)         a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such year, and

 

(ii)        consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such year,

 

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with IFRS, and accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent chartered accountants of recognized international standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with IFRS, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances, provided that, delivery to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor, within the time period specified above, of the financial information that the Company is required to furnish to the UK Listing Authority for each such fiscal year shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b) so long as such financial information includes the information specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (b) and is accompanied by the opinion referred to above and a comparison to the corresponding period in the previous fiscal year and

 

-16-

 

otherwise satisfies the requirements of this paragraph, provided further that, if the financial reporting requirements for companies listed on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority are altered, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor such alternative financial information as the Company shall be required to disclose to its shareholders pursuant to the requirements of the UK Listing Authority in force at such time, as well as such supplemental information as is reasonably necessary to provide such holder with the same substantive consolidated financial information as such holder would have received (including, without limitation, all such information necessary to verify compliance with the covenants set forth in Sections 10.4 through 10.7, inclusive) had the form and detail of the accounts not been changed from the form and detail of the most recent audited accounts listed in Schedule 5.5;

(c)         Other Reports -- promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, circular, notice or proxy statement or similar statement sent by the Company or any Subsidiary (x) to its creditors under any Principal Credit Facility (excluding information sent to such banks in the ordinary course of administration of a bank facility, such as information relating to pricing and borrowing availability) or (y) to its public securities holders generally, (ii) each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such holder), and each prospectus or circular and all amendments thereto filed by the Company or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the UK Listing Authority or any similar Governmental Authority or securities exchange, and (iii) each press release or other statement made available generally by the Company or any Subsidiary to the public concerning developments that are Material; provided,  however, that it is acknowledged and agreed by the holders of Notes that any such report or document as contemplated by this clause (c) which has been posted to the Company’s official website with general access rights for the public shall be deemed to have been delivered to the holders of Notes as contemplated by this Section 7.1;

(d)        Notice of Default or Event of Default -- promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer of the Company becomes aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(e)         Employee Benefit Matters -- promptly and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Company or an ERISA Affiliate (or, in the case of clause (iv) below, any Subsidiary) proposes to take with respect thereto:

 

(i)         with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or

 

-17-

 

(ii)        the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or

 

(iii)       any event, transaction or condition that could result in the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in the imposition of any Security Interest on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Security Interest, taken together with any other such liabilities or Security Interests then existing, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(iv)       receipt of notice of the imposition of a Material financial penalty (which for this purpose shall mean any tax, penalty or other liability, whether by way of indemnity or otherwise) with respect to one or more Non-U.S. Plans;

 

(f)         Requested Information -- with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such Purchaser (prior to Closing only) or holder of Notes, including information readily available to the Company explaining the Company’s financial statements if such information has been requested by the SVO in order to assign or maintain a designation of the Notes.

 

7.2        Officer’s Certificate.

 

Each set of financial statements delivered to a Purchaser (prior to the Closing only) or a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Company setting forth:

 

(a)         Covenant Compliance -- the information (including detailed calculations) required in order to establish whether the Company was in compliance with the requirements of Sections 10.4 through 10.7 hereof, inclusive, during the interim or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such Section, where applicable, the calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Sections, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence). In the event that the Company or any Subsidiary has made an election to measure any financial liability using fair value (which election is being disregarded for purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 23.3) as to the period covered by any such financial statement, such Senior Financial

 

-18-

 

Officer’s certificate as to such period shall include a reconciliation from IFRS with respect to such election; and

 

(b)        Event of Default -- a statement that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Company and its Subsidiaries from the beginning of the half yearly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto; and

 

(c)         Material Subsidiaries – with the delivery of the annual financial statements pursuant to Section 7.1(b), a list of the then current Material Subsidiaries.

 

7.3        Visitation.

 

The Company shall permit the representatives of each Purchaser (prior to Closing only) and each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:

 

(a)        No Default -- if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such Purchaser or holder, during reasonable business hours and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to visit the principal executive office of the Company, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries with the Responsible Officers of the Company and (with the consent of the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Company and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and

 

(b)        Default -- if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the reasonable expense of the Company to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent chartered accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested.

 

7.4        Electronic Delivery

 

Financial statements, opinions of independent certified public accountants, other information and Officer’s Certificates that are required to be delivered by the Company pursuant to Sections 7.1 and Section 7.2 shall be deemed to have been delivered if the Company satisfies any of the following requirements with respect thereto:

 

-19-

 

(a)         such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or (b) and related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 and any other information required under Section 7.1 are delivered to each holder of a Note by e-mail at the e-mail address set forth in such holder’s Purchaser Schedule or as communicated from time to time in a separate writing delivered to the Company; or

 

(b)        such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) and related Officer’s Certificate(s) satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 and any other information required under Section 7.1 are timely posted by or on behalf of the Company on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each holder of Notes has free access or are made available on its home page on the internet, which is located at http://www.smith- nephew.com as of the date of this Agreement;

 

provided however, that in no case shall access to such financial statements, other information and Officer’s Certificates be conditioned upon any waiver or other agreement or consent (other than confidentiality provisions consistent with Section 21 of this Agreement); provided further, that in the case of clause (b), the Company shall have given each holder of a Note prior written notice, which may be by e-mail or in accordance with Section 19, of such posting or availability in connection with each delivery; and provided further, that upon request of any holder to receive paper copies of such forms, financial statements, other information and Officer’s Certificates or to receive them by e-mail, the Company will promptly e-mail them or deliver such paper copies, as the case may be, to such holder.

 

7.5        Limitation on Disclosure Obligation.

 

The Company shall not be required to disclose the following information pursuant to Sections 7.1(c), 7.1(f) or 7.3:

 

(a)         information that the Company determines after consultation with counsel qualified to advise on such matters that, notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of Section 21, it would reasonably be likely to be prohibited from disclosing by applicable law or regulations without making public disclosure thereof, or

 

(b)        information that, notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of Section 21, the Company is prohibited from disclosing by the terms of an obligation of confidentiality contained in any agreement with any non-Affiliate binding upon the Company or relevant Subsidiary and not entered into in contemplation of this clause (b), provided that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent from the party in whose favor the obligation of confidentiality was made to permit the disclosure of the relevant information.

 

Promptly after a request therefor from any holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor, the Company will provide such holder with a written opinion of counsel (which may be addressed to the Company) relied upon as to any requested information that the Company is prohibited from disclosing to such holder under circumstances described in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above of this Section 7.5. Under

 

-20-

 

no circumstances shall the Company be required to disclose any information whatsoever under the terms of this Agreement to any Person that is a Competitor.

 

8.          INTEREST AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES.

 

8.1        Interest; Payments at Maturity.

 

(a)         Interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) on each Note will accrue and be payable semi-annually on such Note in the amounts and at the times specified in the first paragraph of each such Note.

 

(b)        The outstanding principal amount, if any, of the Series A Notes shall be repaid in full at par and without payment of the Make-Whole Amount or any premium on June 17, 2027. The outstanding principal amount, if any, of the Series B Notes shall be repaid in full at par and without payment of the Make- Whole Amount or any premium on June 17, 2028. The outstanding principal amount, if any, of the Series C Notes shall be repaid in full at par and without payment of the Make-Whole Amount or any premium on June 17, 2029. The outstanding principal amount, if any, of the Series D Notes shall be repaid in full at par and without payment of the Make-Whole Amount or any premium on June 17, 2030. The outstanding principal amount, if any, of the Series E Notes shall be repaid in full at par and without payment of the Make-Whole Amount or any premium on June 17, 2032.

 

8.2        Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount.

 

The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes (in a minimum principal amount of $5,000,000 and otherwise in multiples of $1,000,000) at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, plus the Make-Whole Amount, if any, determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount. The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 10 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment unless the Company and the Required Holders agree to another time period pursuant to Section 18. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount and Series of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.5), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer (without personal liability, other than for fraud) as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer (without personal liability, other than for fraud) specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

 

8.3        Prepayment for Tax Reasons.

 

If at any time as a result of a Change in Tax Law (as defined below) the Company is or becomes obligated to make any Additional Payments (as defined below) in respect of any payment of interest on account of any of the Notes in an aggregate amount for all affected

 

-21-

 

Notes equal to 5% or more of the aggregate amount of such interest payment on account of all affected Notes, the Company may give the holders of all affected Notes irrevocable written notice (each, a “Tax Prepayment Notice”) of the prepayment of such affected Notes on a specified prepayment date (which shall be a Business Day not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days after the date of such notice) and the circumstances giving rise to the obligation of the Company to make any Additional Payments and the amount thereof and stating that all of the affected Notes shall be prepaid on the date of such prepayment at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such prepayment but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount for such Note, determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount, except in the case of any holder of an affected Note which shall, by written notice given to the Company no more than 20 days after receipt of the Tax Prepayment Notice, reject such prepayment of such Note (each, a “Rejection Notice”). The form of Rejection Notice shall also accompany the Tax Prepayment Notice and shall state with respect to each Note covered thereby that execution and delivery thereof by the holder of such Note shall operate as a permanent waiver of such holder’s right to receive the Additional Payments arising as a result of the circumstances described in the Tax Prepayment Notice in respect of all future payments of interest on such Note (but not of such holder’s right to receive any Additional Payments that arise out of circumstances not described in the Tax Prepayment Notice or which exceed the amount of the Additional Payment described in the Tax Prepayment Notice), which waiver shall be binding upon all subsequent transferees of such Note. The Tax Prepayment Notice having been given as aforesaid to each holder of the affected Notes, the principal amount of such Notes together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such prepayment but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount shall become due and payable on such prepayment date, except in the case of Notes the holders of which shall timely give a Rejection Notice as aforesaid.

 

No prepayment of the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall affect the obligation of the Company to pay Additional Payments in respect of any payment made on or prior to the date of such prepayment. For purposes of this Section 8.3, any holder of more than one affected Note may act separately with respect to each affected Note so held (with the effect that a holder of more than one affected Note may accept such offer with respect to one or more affected Notes so held and reject such offer with respect to one or more other affected Notes so held).

 

The Company may not prepay or offer to prepay Notes pursuant to this Section 8.3 (a) if a Default or Event of Default then exists, (b) until the Company shall have taken commercially reasonable steps to mitigate the requirement to make the related Additional Payments or (c) if the obligation to make such Additional Payments directly results or resulted from actions taken by the Company or any Subsidiary (other than actions required to be taken under applicable law), and any Tax Prepayment Notice given pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall certify to the foregoing and describe such mitigation steps, if any.

 

For purposes of this Section 8.3: “Additional Payments” means additional amounts required to be paid to a holder of any Note pursuant to Section 13 by reason of a Change in Tax Law; and a “Change in Tax Law” means (individually or collectively with one or more prior changes) (i) an amendment to, or change in, any law, treaty, rule or regulation of the United Kingdom after the date of the Closing, or an amendment to, or change in, an official interpretation or application of such law, treaty, rule, regulation published practice or concession after the date of the Closing, which amendment or change is in force and continuing and meets the opinion and certification requirements described below or (ii) in the

 

-22-

 

case of any other jurisdiction that becomes a Taxing Jurisdiction after the date of the Closing, an amendment to, or change in, any law, treaty, rule or regulation of such jurisdiction (or any published practice or concession of any relevant taxing authority), or an amendment to, or change in, an official interpretation or application of such law, treaty, rule, regulation, published practice or concession in any case after such jurisdiction shall have become a Taxing Jurisdiction, which amendment or change is in force and continuing and meets such opinion and certification requirements. No such amendment or change shall constitute a Change in Tax Law unless the same would in the opinion of the Company (which shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate of the Company and supported by a written opinion of counsel having recognized expertise in the field of taxation in the Taxing Jurisdiction, both of which shall be delivered to all holders of the Notes prior to or concurrently with the Tax Prepayment Notice in respect of such Change in Tax Law) affect the deduction or require the withholding of any Tax imposed by such Taxing Jurisdiction on any payment payable on the Notes.

 

8.4        Prepayment in Connection with a Noteholder Sanctions Event.

 

(a)         Upon the Company’s receipt of notice from any Affected Noteholder that a Noteholder Sanctions Event has occurred (which notice shall refer specifically to this Section 8.4(a) and describe in reasonable detail such Noteholder Sanctions Event), the Company shall promptly, and in any event within 10 Business Days, make an offer (the “Sanctions Prepayment Offer”) to prepay the entire unpaid principal amount of Notes held by such Affected Noteholder (the “Affected Notes”), together with interest thereon to the prepayment date selected by the Company with respect to each Affected Note but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount, which prepayment shall be on a Business Day not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days after the date of the Sanctions Prepayment Offer (the “Sanctions Prepayment Date”). Such Sanctions Prepayment Offer shall provide that such Affected Noteholder notify the Company in writing by a stated date (the “Sanctions Prepayment Response Date”), which date is not later than 10 Business Days prior to the stated Sanctions Prepayment Date, of its acceptance or rejection of such prepayment offer. If such Affected Noteholder does not notify the Company as provided above, then the holder shall be deemed to have accepted such offer.

(b)        Subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 8.4, the Company shall prepay on the Sanctions Prepayment Date the entire unpaid principal amount of the Affected Notes held by such Affected Noteholder who has accepted (or has been deemed to have accepted) such prepayment offer (in accordance with subparagraph (a)), together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Sanctions Prepayment Date with respect to each such Affected Note, but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount.

(c)         If a Noteholder Sanctions Event has occurred but the Company and/or its Controlled Entities have taken such action(s) in relation to their activities so as to remedy such Noteholder Sanctions Event (with the effect that a Noteholder Sanctions Event no longer exists, as reasonably determined by such Affected Noteholder) prior to the Sanctions Prepayment Date, then the Company shall no longer be obliged or permitted to prepay such Affected Notes in relation to

 

-23-

 

such Noteholder Sanctions Event. If the Company and/or its Controlled Entities shall undertake any actions to remedy any such Noteholder Sanctions Event, the Company shall keep the holders reasonably and timely informed of such actions and the results thereof.

 

(d)        If any Affected Noteholder that has given written notice to the Company of its acceptance of (or has been deemed to have accepted) the Company’s prepayment offer in accordance with subparagraph (a) also gives notice to the Company prior to the relevant Sanctions Prepayment Date that it has determined (in its sole discretion) that it requires clearance from any United States Governmental Authority in order to receive a prepayment pursuant to this Section 8.4, the principal amount of each Note held by such Affected Noteholder, together with interest accrued thereon to the date of prepayment, shall become due and payable on the later to occur of (but in no event later than the maturity date of the relevant Note) (i) such Sanctions Prepayment Date and (ii) the date that is 10 Business Days after such Affected Noteholder gives notice to the Company that it is entitled to receive a prepayment pursuant to this Section 8.4 (which may include payment to an escrow account designated by such Affected Noteholder to be held in escrow for the benefit of such Affected Noteholder until such Affected Noteholder obtains such clearance from such United States Governmental Authority), and in any event, any such delay in accordance with the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be deemed to give rise to any Default or Event of Default.

(e)         Promptly, and in any event within 5 Business Days, after the Company’s receipt of notice from any Affected Noteholder that a Noteholder Sanctions Event shall have occurred with respect to such Affected Noteholder, the Company shall forward a copy of such notice to each other holder of Notes.

(f)         The Company shall promptly, and in any event within 10 Business Days, give written notice to the holders after the Company or any Controlled Entity having been notified that (i) its name appears or may in the future appear on a State Sanctions List or (ii) it is in violation of, or is subject to the imposition of sanctions under, any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws, in each case which notice shall describe the facts and circumstances thereof and set forth the action, if any, that the Company or a Controlled Entity proposes to take with respect thereto.

(g)        The foregoing provisions of this Section 8.4 shall be in addition to any rights or remedies available to any holder of Notes that may arise under this Agreement as a result of the occurrence of a Noteholder Sanctions Event; provided, that, if the Notes shall have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1 as a result of the events, conditions or actions of the Company or its Controlled Entities that gave rise to a Noteholder Sanctions Event, the remedies set forth in Section 12 shall control.

 

8.5        Allocation of Partial Prepayments.

 

In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes (without regard

 

-24-

 

to Series) at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

 

8.6        Maturity; Surrender, etc.

 

In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

 

8.7        Purchase of Notes.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any Affiliate which it controls to, purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (a) upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes or (b) pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions (except to the extent necessary to reflect differences in the interest rates, currencies and maturities of the Notes of different series). Any such offer shall provide each holder with sufficient information to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to such offer, and shall remain open for at least 10 Business Days. If the holders of more than 50% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding accept such offer, the Company shall promptly notify the remaining holders of such fact and the expiration date for the acceptance by holders of Notes of such offer shall be extended by the number of days necessary to give each such remaining holder at least five Business Days from its receipt of such notice to accept such offer. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by the Company or any Affiliate which it controls pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

8.8        Make-Whole Amount.

 

The term “Make-Whole Amount” means, with respect to any Note of any Series, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note of such Series over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may not in any event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Applicable Percentage” means 50 basis points.

 

Called Principal” means, with respect to any Note of any Series, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

-25-

 

Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note of any Series, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on such Series of the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note of any Series, the sum of the (x) Applicable Percentage plus (y) the yield to maturity implied by the mid-point between the bid and ask-side yield(s) reported as of 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1 on Bloomberg Financial Markets (“Bloomberg”) or, if Page PX1 (or its successor screen on Bloomberg) is unavailable, the Telerate Access Service screen which corresponds most closely to Page PX1 for the most recently issued actively traded on the run U.S. Treasury securities (“Reported”) having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there are no such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the mid-point between the bid and ask-side yields Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Called Principal of any Note of any Series, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into

(ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30- day months and calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note of any Series, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or 12.1.

Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note of any Series, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid  pursuant  to  Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

-26-

 

8.9        Prepayment upon a Disposal.

 

(a)         If the Company makes an offer of prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 10.6(b)(vii)(B), the Company shall give written notice thereof (a “Sale of Assets Notice”) to each holder of the Notes, which shall (i) refer to this Section 8.9(a) and the rights of such holders hereunder, (ii) contain an offer by the Company to prepay such holder’s ratable portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes offered to be prepaid pursuant to Section 10.6(b)(vii)(B), plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the prepayment date selected by the Company (as provided below) but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount with respect thereto, which prepayment shall be on a date specified in the Sale of Assets Notice, which date (the “Sale of Assets Prepayment Date”) shall be a Business Day not more than 60 days after the date of such Sale of Assets Notice (and which date shall be, if no date is selected by the Company, the 60th day after the date of delivery of the Sale of Assets Notice), and (iii) request each such holder to notify the Company in writing by a stated date, which date is not less than 30 days after such holder’s receipt of the Sale of Assets Notice, of its acceptance or rejection of such offer. A holder’s failure to respond shall be deemed a rejection of such offer.

(b)        On the Sale of Assets Prepayment Date, the applicable unpaid principal amount of Notes held by each holder of Notes who has accepted the Company’s prepayment offer (in accordance with Section 8.9(a)(iii)), together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Sale of Assets Prepayment Date but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount with respect thereto shall become due and payable.

 

8.10      Change of Control Prepayment.

 

(a)         Promptly and in any event within five (5) Business Days upon becoming aware that a Change of Control has occurred, the Company shall give written notice of such fact (the “Company Notice”) to all holders of the Notes. The Company Notice shall (i) describe the facts and circumstances of such Change of Control in reasonable detail, (ii) refer to this Section 8.10 and the rights of the holders hereunder and state that a Change of Control has occurred, (iii) contain an offer by the Company to prepay the entire unpaid principal amount of Notes held by each holder, together with interest thereon to the prepayment date selected by the Company with respect to each Note but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount with respect thereto, which prepayment shall be on a date specified in the Company Notice, which date shall be a Business Day not less than 35 days and not more than 45 days after such Company Notice is given, and (iv) request each holder to notify the Company in writing by a stated date (the “Change of Control Response Date”), which date is not less than 30 days after such holder’s receipt of the Company Notice, of its acceptance or rejection of such prepayment offer. If a holder does not notify the Company as provided above, then the holder shall be deemed to have rejected such offer.

(b)        On the prepayment date specified in the Company Notice, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes held by each holder of Notes who has accepted such prepayment offer (in accordance with sub-clause (iv) of subparagraph

 

-27-

 

(a)), together with interest thereon to the prepayment date with respect to each such Note but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount with respect thereto shall become due and payable.

 

9.          AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

 

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

 

9.1        Compliance with Law.

 

Without limiting Section 10.3, the Company will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject (including ERISA, Environmental Laws, the USA Patriot Act and the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16), and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.2        Insurance.

 

The Company will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain (whether directly or through coverage obtained under umbrella policies taken out by other members of the Group), with institutions it reasonably believes to be financially sound and reputable (to the extent not self-insured as described below), insurance to the extent commercially available with respect to their respective properties and businesses (other than in relation to immaterial properties or businesses) against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto in the reasonable judgment of the Company) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated, except where the failure to maintain any such insurance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.3        Maintenance of Properties.

 

The Company will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of its properties if the Company or such Subsidiary has concluded that such discontinuance (i) is desirable in the conduct of its business and (ii) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.4        Payment of Taxes and Claims.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies payable by any

 

-28-

 

of them to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, provided that neither the Company nor any Subsidiary need file a tax return or pay any such tax, assessment, charge or levy if (a) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Company or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Company or a Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with IFRS on the books of the Company or such Subsidiary or (b) the non-filing of all such tax returns and the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges and levies in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.5        Corporate Existence, etc.

 

Subject to Section 10.2, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence. Subject to Sections 10.2 and 10.6, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence of each of its Subsidiaries (unless merged into the Company or a Subsidiary) and all rights and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company or Subsidiary, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.6        Books and Records.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain in all Material respects proper books of record and account in conformity with IFRS (or to the extent a Subsidiary applies local accounting principles in effect in its jurisdiction of organization, in conformity with such local accounting principles as in effect from time to time) and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

9.7        Priority of Obligations.

 

The Company will ensure that its payment obligations under this Agreement and the Notes and the payment obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee, will at all times rank at least pari passu, without preference or priority, with all other unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness of the Company and such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable.

 

9.8        Subsidiary Guarantees.

 

(a)         The Company shall cause each Additional Subsidiary Guarantor to execute and deliver, or otherwise accede to (concurrently upon becoming an Additional Subsidiary Guarantor), a Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit 9.8 hereto (with such modifications as may be required to reflect the legal requirements of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Subsidiary) or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders.

 

(b)        The Company may, from time to time at its discretion and upon written notice from the Company to the holders of Notes, cause any of its Subsidiaries which are not otherwise Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to Section 9.8(a) to enter

 

-29-

 

into or accede to a Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit 9.8 hereto (with such modifications as may be required to reflect the legal requirements of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Subsidiary) or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders (an “Optional Subsidiary Guarantee”). A Subsidiary that enters into an Optional Subsidiary Guarantee shall be referred to as an “Optional Subsidiary Guarantor”.

 

(c)         The delivery of a Subsidiary Guarantee by each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be accompanied by the following:

 

(i)         an officer’s certificate from such Subsidiary Guarantor confirming that the representations and warranties of such Subsidiary Guarantor contained in such Subsidiary Guarantee are true and correct;

 

(ii)        copies of the articles of association or certificate or articles of incorporation, and all other constitutive documents, of such Subsidiary Guarantor, resolutions of the board of directors of such Subsidiary Guarantor authorizing its execution and delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the transactions contemplated thereby and the performance of its obligations thereunder, and specimen signatures of authorized officers of such Subsidiary Guarantor (in each case, certified as correct and complete copies by the secretary or an assistant secretary (or an equivalent officer) of such Subsidiary Guarantor);

 

(iii)       a legal opinion, satisfactory in form, scope and substance to the Required Holders, of independent legal counsel to the effect that, subject to customary qualifications and assumptions, (1) such Subsidiary Guarantor is duly and validly organized and existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and (if applicable in such jurisdiction) is in good standing, (2) such Subsidiary Guarantee shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary Guarantor, and (3) such Subsidiary Guarantee is enforceable in accordance with its terms and covering such other matters relating to such Subsidiary Guarantor and such Subsidiary Guarantee as the Required Holders may reasonably request; and

(iv)       evidence of the appointment of CT Corporation System, as required by Section 3.9(e) of the Subsidiary Guarantee, as such Subsidiary Guarantor’s agent to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in the United States of America and the payment of fees for such service through June 17, 2033.

 

An original executed counterpart of each such Subsidiary Guarantee shall be delivered to each holder of Notes promptly after the execution thereof.

 

(d)        In the event that an Additional Subsidiary Guarantor at any time ceases to guarantee the obligations of the Company or other Group members under any Principal Credit Facility and is no longer a guarantor under any Principal Credit Facility, the Company may upon written notice to the holders of the Notes referring to this Section 9.8(d), which notices shall be accompanied by

 

-30-

 

an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to the matters set forth in clauses (i) and

(ii) below, terminate the Subsidiary Guarantee issued by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, with effect from the date of such notice so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing or shall result therefrom (including, without limitation, an Event of Default arising from a breach of Section 10.7 following the termination of such Subsidiary Guarantee), and (ii) no payment by such Subsidiary Guarantor is due under such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

(e)         The Company may further, from time to time at its discretion and upon written notice from the Company to the holders of the Notes referring to this Section 9.8(e), which shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to the matters set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) below, terminate an Optional Subsidiary Guarantee issued by an Optional Subsidiary Guarantor with effect from the date of such notice so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing or shall result therefrom (including, without limitation, an Event of Default arising from a breach of Section 10.7 following the termination of such Optional Subsidiary Guarantee), (ii) no payment by such Optional Subsidiary Guarantor is due under such Optional Subsidiary Guarantor’s Optional Subsidiary Guarantee, and (iii) such Optional Subsidiary Guarantor is not a guarantor under any Principal Credit Facility.

 

10.        NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

 

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

 

10.1      Transactions with Affiliates.

 

The Company will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or Material group of related transactions (including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company or another Subsidiary), except pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

 

10.2      Merger, Consolidation, etc.

 

The Company will not consolidate with or merge with any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person unless:

 

(a)         the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as an entirety shall be a solvent Person organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales, the United States or any State thereof (including the District of Columbia) or any other Permitted Jurisdiction, and, if the Company is not such Person: (i) such Person shall have executed and delivered to each holder of any Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition

 

-31-

 

of this Agreement and the Notes; (ii) such Person shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of any Notes an opinion of internationally recognized independent counsel, or other independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof and (iii) the successor formed by such consolidation or survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, as the case may be, shall have provided to the holders evidence of the acceptance by CT Corporation System of the appointment and designation provided for by Section 23.8(e) for the period of time from such merger to June 17, 2033 (and the payment in full of all fees in respect thereof);

(b)        each Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guarantee that is outstanding at the time such transaction or each transaction in such a series of transactions occurs reaffirms its obligations under such Subsidiary Guarantee in writing at such time pursuant to documentation that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders; and

(c)         immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or each transaction in any series of transactions, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

No such conveyance, transfer or lease of substantially all of the assets of the Company shall have the effect of releasing the Company or any successor Person that shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section 10.2, from its liability under this Agreement or the Notes.

 

10.3      Economic Sanctions, Etc.

 

The Company will not and will not permit any Controlled Entity to (a) become (including by virtue of being owned or controlled by a Blocked Person), own or control a Blocked Person or (b) directly or indirectly have any investment in or engage in any dealing or transaction (including any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Person if such investment, dealing or transaction would be in violation of, or could result in the imposition of sanctions under, any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws applicable to the Company or such Controlled Entity, except, in the case of this clause (b), to the extent that such violation or sanctions, if imposed, could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10.4      Financial Condition.

 

(a)        The Company shall ensure that:

 

(i)         subject to the remainder of this Section 10.4, the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Borrowings (as at each Testing Date) to Consolidated EBITDA (for the Measurement Period ending on that Testing Date) is not more than 3.5:1; and

 

-32-

 

(ii)        on each Testing Date the ratio of Consolidated EBITA to Consolidated Net Interest Payable for the Measurement Period ending on that Testing Date is not less than 3:1.

 

If any Officer’s Certificate delivered by the Company to the holders of Notes pursuant to Section 7.2 for the relevant accounting period shows that at the end of the relevant Measurement Period the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Borrowings to Consolidated EBITDA set forth in clause (i) above is more than 3:1 (or if, on the next interest payment date following the date such Officer’s Certificate is due, the Company has failed to deliver that Officer’s Certificate), then on the next interest payment date immediately following the date of such Officer’s Certificate (or the date such Officer’s Certificate was due), the interest payable by the Company with respect to each Note (for the full six- month period relating to such interest payment date) shall be increased by 0.25% (twenty-five basis points) per annum above the otherwise applicable interest rate for such Note (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include any prior increase in the interest rate either pursuant to this Section 10.4(a) or pursuant to Section 10.4(c)), provided, that if a prepayment or repayment (whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise) shall occur after the date of such Officer’s Certificate but prior to such interest payment date, the accrued interest payable in connection with such prepayment or repayment shall be calculated using such increased interest rate, provided further, however, that any payment of any Make-Whole Amount shall be calculated assuming that no increase in interest applies to any Notes.

(b)        The Company may on three separate occasions (each, a “Spike Election”) during the term of the Notes, solely as a result of increased Financial Indebtedness arising from or in relation to a Material Acquisition Event (defined below) and not, for the avoidance of doubt, because of any decline in operating performance or financial condition of the Group, taken as a whole, allow the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Borrowings to Consolidated EBITDA set forth in clause (a)(i) above at the end of any such Measurement Period to be more than 3.5:1 but not more than 4.25:1 (the “Higher Ratio”). On each Spike Election, such Higher Ratio may apply for no more than three consecutive Measurement Periods (the application of the Higher Ratio to either one, two or three consecutive Measurement Periods shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Higher Ratio Period”), provided, however, that a Higher Ratio of more than 4.0:1 may apply to no more than one Measurement Period within each Higher Ratio Period. After a Spike Election, at least one Testing Date must pass after the end of the Higher Ratio Period applying to such Spike Election whereby the Company does not allow the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Borrowings to Consolidated EBITDA set forth in clause (a)(i) above at the end of any such Measurement Period to be more than 3.5:1 before the Company may make a further Spike Election. For the avoidance of doubt, even if a Spike Election results in the Higher Ratio Period being only one Measurement Period, any subsequent Spike Election may only allow the Higher Ratio Period to be no more than three consecutive Measurement Periods.

 

-33-

 

(c)        The Company shall elect to apply the Higher Ratio to a Measurement Period as permitted by clause (b) above by making such election in the Officer’s Certificate delivered by the Company to the holders of Notes pursuant to Section 7.2 for such Measurement Period notifying the holders of Notes that the Higher Ratio shall apply to such Measurement Period and describing the circumstances giving rise to such application (each such Measurement Period, up to a maximum of three as permitted by clause (b) above, to which a Higher Ratio is applied shall be an “Applicable HR Measurement Period”, and the date of such notification by the Company shall be the “Applicable Election Date”). On the next interest payment date with respect to each Note immediately following each Applicable Election Date for each Applicable HR Measurement Period, the interest payable by the Company on each such interest payment date with respect to each Note (for the full six-month period relating to each such interest payment date) shall be increased as follows:

(i)         by 0.75% (seventy-five basis points) per annum if the Higher Ratio is more than 3.5:1 but no more than 4.0:1; or

(ii)        by 1.50% (one hundred and fifty basis points) per annum if the Higher Ratio is more than 4.0:1 but not more than 4.25:1,

and any increase in the interest rate payable on the Notes pursuant to this Section 10.4(c) will be in addition to the increased interest rate on the Notes contemplated by the last sentence of Section 10.4(a), provided, that if a prepayment or repayment (whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise) shall occur during any six month period when a higher interest rate is in effect but prior to the interest payment date at the end of such period, the accrued interest payable in connection with such prepayment or repayment shall be calculated using the applicable increased interest rate, provided further, however, that any payment of any Make-Whole Amount of Modified Make-Whole Amount shall be calculated assuming that no increase in interest applies to any Notes.

(d)        For purposes of this Agreement, a “Material Acquisition Event” means any single acquisition, or any number of separate acquisitions effected over a rolling twelve-month period, by any members of the Group which in total have a value exceeding £1,500,000,000.

(e)         For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meaning:

(i)         “Consolidated Cash and Cash Equivalents” means, at any time, the aggregate of the following:

(A)       cash in hand or on deposit with any Acceptable Bank, which, in either case, is not subject to any security interest and is readily remittable to the U.K or capable of being applied against Consolidated Total Borrowings;

(B)       certificates of deposit, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

-34-

 

(C)       any investment in marketable obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America or the U.K. or by an instrumentality or agency of the government of the United States of America or the U.K. having an equivalent credit rating;

 

(D)       any investment in debt instruments permitting cash withdrawals on not more than one month’s notice and which have a rating of A or higher by Standard and Poor’s or Fitch or A2 or higher by Moody’s;

 

(E)        open market commercial paper:

 

(1)        for which a recognized trading market exists;

 

(2)        issued in the United States of America or the U.K.;

 

(3)        which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

(4)        which has a credit rating of either A-1 by Standard & Poor’s or Fitch or P-1 by Moody’s, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper or indebtedness, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long term debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

(F)        debt securities eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank;

 

(G)       any cash deposited as collateral against any Consolidated Total Borrowings up to the maximum amount of those Consolidated Total Borrowings; or

 

(H)       any other instrument, security or investment approved by the Required Holders,

 

in each case, to which any member of the Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which is capable of being applied against Consolidated Total Borrowings.

 

Any amount outstanding in a currency other than U.S. Dollars is to be taken into account at its Dollar equivalent calculated on the basis of:

 

(I)         the Royal Bank of Scotland plc’s Dollar Rate of Exchange; or

 

(J)         if the amount is to be calculated on the last day of a financial period of the Company, the rate of exchange used by the Company in its financial statements for that last day of the financial period. However, if by using this rate the Company does not comply with any term of this Section 10.4, the Company may apply the average rate of exchange used by the Company in its financial statements for that period instead.

 

-35-

 

(ii)        “Consolidated EBITA” means Consolidated EBITDA for a Measurement Period adjusted by deducting depreciation.

 

(iii)       “Consolidated EBITDA” means the consolidated net pre-taxation profits of the Group for a Measurement Period, adjusted by:

 

(A)       adding back Consolidated Net Interest Payable;

 

(B)       adding back any other finance costs included in consolidated net pre-taxation profits;

 

(C)       taking no account of any exceptional or extraordinary item;

 

(D)       adding back the profit and loss effect of any adjustment to the carrying value of inventory or any other asset or liability arising from purchase accounting adjustments, to the extent that any such adjustment (in whole or part) is included in consolidated net pre-taxation profits;

 

(E)        adding back depreciation and amortization;

 

(F)        adding back any charges in respect of share based payments; and

 

(G)       including the EBITDA (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) of any member of the Group treated as held for sale.

 

(iv)       “Consolidated Interest Payable” means all interest and recurring financing charges including acceptance commission, commitment fees (but excluding for the avoidance of doubt any one-off or up-front fees), the interest element of rental payments on finance or capital leases (whether, in each case, paid or payable) and any other finance costs having the nature of interest included in consolidated pre-taxation profits, incurred by the Group in effecting, servicing or maintaining Consolidated Total Borrowings during a Measurement Period, after taking into account any amount relating to the current Measurement Period in respect of any interest rate hedging transactions in respect of the Consolidated Total Borrowings whether or not designated as IAS 39 hedges.

 

(v)        “Consolidated Net Interest Payable” means Consolidated Interest Payable less all interest and financing charges received or receivable by the Group during the relevant Measurement Period.

 

(vi)       “Consolidated Total Borrowings” means, in respect of the Group, at any time the aggregate of the following:

 

(A)       the outstanding principal amount of any moneys borrowed;

 

(B)       the outstanding principal amount of any acceptance under any acceptance credit;

 

-36-

 

(C)       the outstanding principal amount of any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;

 

(D)       the capitalized element of indebtedness under a finance or capital lease as defined in accordance with accounting principles applied in preparation of the Original Financial Statements;

 

(E)        the outstanding principal amount of all moneys owing in connection with the sale or discounting of receivables (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis);

 

(F)        the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness arising from any deferred payment agreements arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of an asset;

 

(G)       any fixed or minimum premium due and payable on the repayment or redemption of any instrument referred to in paragraph (C) above;

 

(H)       the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness arising in connection with any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

(I)         the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness of any person who is not a member of the Group of a type referred to in paragraphs (A) to (H) above which is the subject of a guarantee, indemnity or similar assurances against financial loss provided by a member of the Group; and

 

(J)         the value of any assets or liabilities arising from the mark-to- market valuation of any derivative financial instruments in respect of currency hedging on Consolidated Total Borrowings which gives rise to balance sheet assets or liabilities.

 

Any amount outstanding in a currency other than U.S. Dollars is to be taken into account at its Dollar equivalent calculated on the basis of:

 

(1)      the Royal Bank of Scotland plc’s Dollar Rate of Exchange; or

 

(2)      if the amount is to be calculated on the last day of a financial period of the Company, the rate of exchange used by the Company in its financial statements for that last day of the financial period. However, if by using this rate the Company does not comply with any term of this Section 10.4, the Company may apply the average rate of exchange used by the Company in its financial statements for that period instead.

 

-37-

 

(vii)      “Consolidated Total Net Borrowings” means at any time Consolidated Total Borrowings less Consolidated Cash and Cash Equivalents.

 

(viii)     “Measurement Period” means a period of 12 months ending on a Testing Date.

 

(ix)       “Testing Date” means the last day of a financial year or financial half year of the Company.

 

(f)         For the purpose of calculation of the covenant in Section 10.4(a)(i) only:

 

(i)         there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any Measurement Period (including that portion thereof occurring prior to the relevant acquisition) the EBITDA (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) of any material person, property, business or fixed asset acquired by any member of the Group during such Measurement Period as if they were acquired as of the first day of that Measurement Period; and

 

(ii)        there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any Measurement Period the EBITDA (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) of any material person, property, business or fixed asset sold by any member of the Group during such Measurement Period (including that portion thereof occurring prior to the relevant disposal) as if they were disposed of as of the first day of that Measurement Period.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no corresponding adjustments to Consolidated EBITA for the purposes of calculating the covenant in Section 10.4(a)(ii).

 

(g)        The financial covenants set out in this Section 10.4 shall be tested by reference to the most recent set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b). If the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or

(b) are not prepared using IFRS, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements, then the Company shall notify each holder of Notes that there has been a change in IFRS, accounting practices or reference periods and deliver to each holder of Notes:

 

(i)         a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the IFRS, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

(ii)        sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Required Holders, to enable the holders of Notes to determine whether this Section 10.4 has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

 

-38-

 

Any reference in this Agreement to the financial statements of the Company for purposes of testing the financial covenants set out in this Section 10.4 shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared, and compliance with such financial covenants shall be determined using the IFRS, the accounting principles and financial reference periods applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements.

 

(h)        If the Company notifies the holders of Notes of a change in accordance with paragraph (g)(i) above, then the Company and the holders of Notes shall enter into negotiations in good faith for a period of not more than 180 days with a view to agreeing:

 

(i)         whether or not the change might result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(ii)        if so, any amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the change does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of those terms,

 

and if any amendments are agreed by the Required Holders they shall take effect and be binding on the Company and all holders of Notes in accordance with their terms.

 

10.5      Negative Pledge.

 

(a)         Except as provided in clause (b) below, no member of the Group may create or allow to exist any Security Interest on any of its assets.

 

(b)        Clause (a) above does not apply to:

 

(i)         any Security Interest comprising a netting, set off or lien arrangement entered into by a member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(ii)        any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iii)       any Security Interest on an asset, or an asset of any person, acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement to the extent that the principal amount secured by that Security Interest has not been incurred or increased in contemplation of, or since, the acquisition;

 

(iv)       any Security Interest arising under any contract for the purchase of goods entered into in the normal course of trading;

 

(v)        any Security Interest over goods and products or over the documents of title or insurance policies relating to such goods and products, arising in the ordinary course of trading in connection with letters of credit and similar transactions, provided such Security Interest secures only so much of the acquisition cost or selling price (and amounts incidental

 

-39-

 

thereto) of these goods and products which is required to be paid within 6 months after the date upon which the same was first incurred;

 

(vi)       set-off rights on market standard terms contained in any hedging agreement;

 

(vii)      set-off rights in the ordinary course of trading;

 

(viii)     any Security Interest created in substitution for any of the above Security Interests but only:

 

(A)       if the Security Interest is over the same asset;

 

(B)       if the principal amount secured by that Security Interest does not exceed the principal amount secured by the Security Interest which is replaced; and

 

(C)       if the Security Interest which is replaced was only permitted to be outstanding for a certain period of time, to the extent the new Security Interest is not outstanding for any greater period; and

 

(ix)       any Security Interest securing indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary in addition to those described in paragraphs (i)-(viii) above; provided that the sum, without duplication of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Financial Indebtedness of Subsidiaries outstanding pursuant to Section 10.7(i), plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Financial Indebtedness secured by any Security Interest pursuant to this paragraph (ix) (when aggregated with the amount of assets or receivables sold, transferred or disposed of under paragraph (c) below) shall not at any time exceed 15% of Consolidated Gross Assets.

 

(c)         No member of the Group may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms, in circumstances where the transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset unless the amount of assets or receivables sold, transferred or disposed of under this paragraph (including any assets the subject of any such arrangement on the date of this Agreement), when aggregated with the amount of Financial Indebtedness secured under clause (b)(ix) above and the aggregate principal amount of all Financial Indebtedness of Subsidiaries outstanding pursuant to Section 10.7(i) does not exceed 15% of the Consolidated Gross Assets.

 

(d)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, permit the obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under or in respect of any Principal Credit Facility to be secured by any Security Interest pursuant to Section 10.5(b)(ix), unless and until the Notes (and any guaranty delivered in connection therewith including, without limitation, any Subsidiary Guarantee)

 

-40-

 

shall be concurrently secured equally and ratably pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.

 

10.6      Disposals.

 

(a)         The Company will not, and will procure that no other member of the Group will, either in a single transaction or in a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, transfer, grant or lease or otherwise dispose of its assets (each, a “Disposal”).

 

(b)        Paragraph (a) does not apply to:

 

(i)         Disposals made in the ordinary course of business of the disposing entity;

 

(ii)        Disposals of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality;

 

(iii)       Disposals (A) to the Company, (B) by the Company to a Wholly- Owned Subsidiary or (C) by one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary; provided that in the case of Disposals made pursuant to sub-clause (iii) (C), in the event the Company’s percentage ownership in the receiving Subsidiary is less than the Company’s percentage ownership in the disposing Subsidiary, then only such portion of such Disposal equal to the product of (x) the aggregate net book value of such Disposal multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the Company’s percentage ownership interest in the receiving Subsidiary and the denominator of which is the Company’s percentage ownership interest in the disposing Subsidiary shall be excluded from the application of paragraph (a) pursuant to this sub-clause (iii);

(iv)       Disposals on arm’s length terms of obsolete assets not required for the efficient operation of the business of the Group;

 

(v)        (A) Disposals by the Company of any of its own shares held in treasury and (B) Disposals of cash, including through cash distributions, share buybacks in cash or cash dividends made to shareholders of any Group member;

 

(vi)       Disposals pursuant to Section 10.2;

 

(vii)      Disposals for fair value to the extent that all or a portion of the net after-tax proceeds of such Disposal is applied within 12 months before or after the date of such Disposal, to

 

(A)       reinvestments in the business of the Group, including the acquisition of assets and companies; and/or

 

(B)       the repayment or prepayment of unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary (other than Financial Indebtedness owing to another Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary); provided that the Company

 

-41-

 

has, on or prior to the application of any such proceeds to the repayment or prepayment of any other unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness pursuant to this sub-clause (B), offered to prepay the Notes pro rata with all other unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness then being repaid or prepaid (which prepayment of the Notes shall be in accordance with the terms of Section 8.9 hereof);

 

provided that only the proportion of the net after-tax proceeds of such Disposal which is applied as described in sub-clauses (A) and (B) above will be exempted from the prohibition against Disposals provided in this Section 10.6; provided further that for the purposes of this Section 10.6, “net after-tax proceeds” shall mean net of any reasonable costs and expenses associated with such Disposal; or

 

(viii)     other Disposals (or portion thereof not otherwise excepted under sub- clause (b)(i) to (vii) above), provided that:

 

(A)       such Disposal is to a Person other than an Affiliate or, if to an Affiliate, the requirements of Section 10.1 have been satisfied;

 

(B)       immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(C)       immediately after giving effect thereto, the aggregate net book value of property or assets sold, leased or otherwise disposed of pursuant to this Section 10.6(b)(viii)(C) does not during the 365 day period ending on and including the date of such Disposal exceed 15% of Consolidated Gross Assets.

 

10.7      Subsidiary Debt Test.

 

The Company will not at any time permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume, guarantee, have outstanding, or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Financial Indebtedness other than:

 

(a)         for the avoidance of doubt, Financial Indebtedness of any Subsidiary (other than a Finance Subsidiary) owing to the Company or to any other member of the Group;

 

(b)        Financial Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor (so long as such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have complied with the requirements of Section 9.8 in respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee);

 

(c)         Finance Subsidiary Indebtedness;

 

(d)        any Financial Indebtedness of any person acquired by a member of the Group which is incurred under arrangements in existence at the date of acquisition, but only for a period of six months from the date of acquisition;

 

(e)         any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any rate or price entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

-42-

 

(f)         the capital element of any liability under finance or capital leases up to a maximum amount not exceeding $50,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) or any higher amount which is approved in writing by the Required Holders;

 

(g)        foreign exchange, interest rate or similar hedging arrangements entered into only for the purposes of managing the interest rate and foreign exchange rates of the Group and not for any speculative purpose or pursuant to any financial trading;

 

(h)        Financial Indebtedness incurred in favor of banks or other financial institutions as a result of netting or set off arrangements entered into by a member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances on accounts maintained with such banks or financial institutions but only to the extent that such Financial Indebtedness does not exceed the amount of such credit balances; and

 

(i)         Financial Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses (a) through (h), provided that the sum (without duplication) of: (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Financial Indebtedness secured by any Security Interests described in Section 10.5(b)(ix) (when aggregated with the amount of assets or receivables sold, transferred or disposed of under Section 10.5(c)); and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Financial Indebtedness of Subsidiaries outstanding pursuant to the provisions of this clause (i) shall not at any time exceed 15% of Consolidated Gross Assets.

 

10.8      Line of Business

 

The Company shall ensure that there are no substantial changes made to the general nature of the business of the Group, taken as a whole, as exists at the date of this Agreement such that the principal activities of the Group, taken as a whole, are no longer consistent with such business.

 

11.        EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

 

An “Event of Default” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

 

(a)         the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise, unless such default is the direct result of a technical failure by the transmitting bank in transmission of payment, in which case the Company shall have two Business Days to remedy such default; or

 

(b)        the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note or any amount payable pursuant to Section 13 for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

 

(c)         the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 7.1(d) or 10.4; or

 

-43-

 

(d)        the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 11) or in any Subsidiary Guarantee and, if capable of remedy, such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer of the Company obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this paragraph (d)  of Section 11); or

 

(e)         (i) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in this Agreement or in any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made, or (ii) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor or by any officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor in any Subsidiary Guarantee or any writing furnished in connection with such Subsidiary Guarantee proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

 

(f)         (i) the Company or any Subsidiary is in default (as  principal  or  as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Financial Indebtedness that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least $30,000,000 (or its equivalent in the relevant currency of payment) beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or

 

            (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any Financial Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $30,000,000 (or its equivalent in the relevant currency of payment) or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Financial Indebtedness has become, or has been declared, due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or

 

(g)        the Company or any Material Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction in each case other than in connection with a solvent liquidation of a Material Subsidiary or a solvent reorganization of the Company or any Material Subsidiary, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property (other than in connection with a solvent liquidation of a Material Subsidiary), (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for

 

-44-

 

 

the purpose of any of the foregoing (other than in connection with a solvent liquidation of a Material Subsidiary); or

 

(h)        a court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company or any Material Subsidiary, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Company or any Material Subsidiary, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company or any Material Subsidiary and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

 

(i)         any event occurs with respect to the Company or any Material Subsidiary which under the laws of any jurisdiction is analogous to any of the events described in Section 11(g) or (h), provided that the applicable grace period, if any, which shall apply shall be the one applicable to the relevant proceeding which most closely corresponds to the proceeding described in Section 11(g) or (h); or

 

(j)         a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $30,000,000 (or its equivalent in the relevant currency of payment), exclusive of judgment amounts covered by insurance where the insurer has acknowledged that it will pay such amounts, are rendered against one or more of the Company and its Subsidiaries and which judgments are not, within 90 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 90 days after the expiration of such stay; or

 

(k)        if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the sum of (x) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, plus (y) the amount (if any) by which the aggregate present value of accrued benefit liabilities under all funded Non-U.S. Plans exceeds the aggregate current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plans allocable to such liabilities, shall exceed £750,000,000, (iv) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, (vi) the Company or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Company or any Subsidiary thereunder, (vii) the Company or any Subsidiary fails to

 

-45-

 

administer or maintain any Plan or Non-U.S. Plan in compliance with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations or court orders or any Plan or Non-U.S. Plan is involuntarily terminated or wound up, or (viii) the Company or any Subsidiary becomes subject to the imposition of a financial penalty (which for this purpose shall mean any penalty tax or other penalty) with respect to one or more Plans or Non-U.S. Plans; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through and including (viii) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(l)         any Subsidiary Guarantee shall cease to be in full force and effect, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor shall contest in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any Subsidiary Guarantee, or the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guarantee are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

As used in Section 11(k), the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

12.        REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

 

12.1      Acceleration.

 

(a)         If an Event of Default with respect to the Company described in Section 11(g), (h) or (i) (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section 11(g) or described in clause (vi) of Section 11(g) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of Section 11(g)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

 

(b)        If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Required Holders may at any time at their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

 

(c)         If any Event of Default described in Section 11(a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

 

Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law) shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from

 

-46-

 

repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount, if any, by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

 

12.2      Other Remedies.

 

If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note or Subsidiary Guarantee, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

 

12.3      Rescission.

 

At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the Required Holders, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the applicable Default Rate for each Series of Notes, (b) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 18, and (c) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

12.4      No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, etc.

 

No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder's rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guarantee or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 16, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses and disbursements.

 

13.        TAX GROSS-UP.

 

13.1      Tax Gross-up

 

All payments whatsoever under this Agreement and the Notes will be made by the Company in Dollars free and clear of, and without liability for withholding or deduction for or on

 

-47-

 

account of, any present or future Taxes of whatever nature (hereinafter called “Relevant Tax”, which term shall, in any event, exclude any such Tax withheld or deducted under the law of (i) the jurisdiction in which the relevant holder of Notes is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the relevant holder of Notes is treated as resident for tax purposes or (ii) the jurisdiction to which any income arising on the Notes is attributable, in either case where the relevant Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the relevant holder of Notes) imposed or levied by the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or relevant taxing authority thereof or therein, or by the government of any other country or jurisdiction (or any authority therein or thereof) (A) in which the Company is incorporated, organized, managed or controlled or otherwise resident for tax purposes from time to time, (B) where a branch or office through which the Company is acting for purposes of this Agreement is located, or (C) from or through which payments under the Notes are actually made (hereinafter a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Relevant Tax is compelled by law.

If any deduction or withholding for any Relevant Tax of a Taxing Jurisdiction shall at any time be required in respect of any amounts to be paid by the Company under this Agreement or the Notes, the Company will notify the relevant holder and pay to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction the full amount required to be withheld, deducted or otherwise paid before penalties attach thereto or interest accrues thereon and pay to the relevant holder of Notes such additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the net amounts paid to such holder of Notes pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Notes after such deduction, withholding or payment (including, without limitation, any required deduction or withholding of Relevant Tax on or with respect to such additional amount), shall be not less than the amounts that would have been due and payable to such holder of Notes under the terms of this Agreement or the Notes, as the case may be, had no such withholding, deduction or payment of Relevant Tax been due, provided further that no payment of any additional amounts shall be required to be made for or on account of:

(a)        in the case of a payment to a Non-U.K. Holder, any Relevant Tax that would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Non-U.K. Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member of, shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Non-U.K. Holder, if such Non-U.K. Holder is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation or any Person other than the Non-U.K. Holder to whom the Notes or any amount payable thereon is attributable for the purposes of such Relevant Tax) and the Taxing Jurisdiction, other than the mere holding of the relevant Note or the receipt of payments thereunder or in respect thereof, or the exercise of remedies in respect thereof, including, without limitation, such Non-U.K. Holder (or such other Person described in the above parenthetical) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof, or being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having or having had an establishment, office, fixed base or branch therein, provided that this exclusion shall not apply with respect to a Relevant Tax that would not have been imposed but for the Company after the date of this Agreement, opening an office in, moving an office to, reincorporating in, or changing the Taxing Jurisdiction from or through which payments on account of this Agreement or the Notes are made to, the Taxing Jurisdiction imposing the Relevant Tax;

 

-48-

 

(b)        in the case of a payment to a holder which is a Treaty Holder, any Relevant Tax that would not have been imposed but for the delay or failure by the relevant holder (following a written request by the Company) in the filing with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of Forms (as defined below) that are required to be filed by such holder to avoid or reduce such Taxes (including for such purpose any refilings or renewals of filings that may from time to time be required by the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction), provided that the filing of such Forms would not (in such holder’s reasonable judgment) impose any unreasonable burden (in time, resources or otherwise) on such holder or result in any confidential or proprietary income tax return information being revealed, either directly or indirectly, to any Person, and such delay or failure could have been lawfully avoided by such holder, and provided further that such holder shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this clause

(b)   upon (i) the good faith completion and submission of such Forms (including refilings or renewals of filings) as may be specified in a written request of the Company no later than 60 days after receipt by such holder of such written request (accompanied by copies of such Forms and related instructions, if any, all in the English language or with an English translation thereof) or (ii) compliance by such holder with Section 13.2; or

(c)        in the case of a payment to a Non-U.K. Holder that has designated itself a QPP Holder, any Relevant Tax if, on the date on which the relevant payment falls due, the payment could have been made to such relevant holder of Notes without any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax but on that date such holder is not or has ceased to be a QPP Holder either as a consequence of a withdrawn or cancelled QPP Certificate or for any reason other than as a result of (i) any Change in Tax Law after the date of this Agreement or (ii) the Company having received notification from HMRC to provide the QPP Certificate to HMRC, failing to provide the QPP Certificate to HMRC by the date specified in the notice;

 

(d)        for any Tax imposed by FATCA; or

(e)         any combination of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above;

and provided further that in no event shall the Company be obligated to pay any additional amounts to any holder (i) that (A) is not a QPP Holder, and (B) is not resident in the United States of America or any other jurisdiction in which an original Purchaser was resident for tax purposes on the date of the relevant Closing in excess of the amounts that the Company would be obligated to pay if such holder had been a resident of the United States of America or such other jurisdiction, as applicable, for purposes of, and eligible for the benefits of, any Treaty from time to time in effect between the United States of America or such other jurisdiction and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or (ii) holding Notes registered in the name of a nominee if under the law of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (or the current regulatory interpretation of such law by the relevant taxing authority) securities held in the name of a nominee do not qualify for an exemption from the Relevant Tax.

By acceptance of any Note, any relevant holder which is a Treaty Holder agrees, subject to the limitations of clause (b) above, that it will from time to time with reasonable promptness either (i) comply with the requirements of Section 13.2 or (ii) (x) duly complete and deliver to or as reasonably directed by the Company all such forms, certificates, documents and

 

-49-

 

returns provided to such holder by the Company (collectively, together with instructions for completing the same, “Forms”) required to be filed by or on behalf of such holder in order to eliminate or reduce any such Relevant Tax pursuant to the provisions of an applicable statute, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or of a Treaty between the United States or any other jurisdiction of residence of the holder (as applicable) and such Taxing Jurisdiction and (y) provide the Company with such information with respect to such holder as the Company may reasonably request in order to complete any such Forms, provided that nothing in this Section 13.1 shall require any holder to provide information with respect to any such Forms or otherwise if in the reasonable opinion of such holder such Forms or disclosure of information would involve the disclosure of Tax return or other information that is confidential or proprietary to such holder, and provided further that each such holder shall be deemed to have complied with its obligation under this paragraph with respect to any Forms if such Forms shall have been duly completed and delivered by such holder to the Company or mailed to the appropriate taxing authority (which in the case of a United Kingdom HM Revenue & Customs Form US-Company 2002 or any similar Form shall be deemed to occur when such Form is submitted to the United States Internal Revenue Service in accordance with instructions contained in such Form), whichever is applicable, within 60 days following a written request of the Company (which request shall be accompanied by copies of such Form and English translations of any such Form not in the English language) and, in the case of a transfer of any Note, at least 90 days prior to the relevant interest payment date.

On or before the relevant Closing, the Company will furnish each Purchaser which has designated itself a Treaty Holder (other than a Purchaser which has provided its HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence as contemplated by Section 13.2) who is not resident in the United Kingdom with copies of the appropriate Forms currently required to be filed in the United Kingdom pursuant to clause (b) of the second paragraph of this Section 13.1, if any, and in connection with the transfer of any Note the Company will furnish the transferee of such Note and which has designated itself a Treaty Holder (other than a transferee which has provided its HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence as contemplated by Section 13.2) with copies of any Forms and English translation then required.

If any payment is made by the Company to or for the account of a holder of Notes after deduction or withholding for or on account of any Relevant Tax, and additional payments are made by the Company to the holder pursuant to this Section 13.1, then, if such holder of Notes at its sole discretion determines that it has received or been granted a credit or refund of such Relevant Tax, such holder of Notes shall, to the extent that it can do so without prejudice to the retention of the amount of such credit or refund, reimburse to the Company such amount as such holder of Notes shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be attributable to the Relevant Tax or deduction or withholding which such holder of Notes determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the increased payment not been required to be made by the Company. In this Section 13.1, a reference to “determines” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination. Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a holder of Notes to arrange its Tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit and, in particular, no holder of Notes shall be under any obligation to claim relief from its corporate profits or similar tax liability in respect of such Relevant Tax in priority to any other claims, reliefs, credits or deductions available to it or (other than as set forth in clause (b) above) oblige any

 

-50-

 

holder of Notes to disclose any information relating to its Tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof.

 

If the Company is required to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax, it shall make the relevant deduction or withholding and any payment required in connection with that deduction or withholding within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

The Company will furnish any relevant holders of Notes, promptly and in any event within 60 days after the date of any payment by the Company of any Relevant Tax in respect of any amounts paid under this Agreement or the Notes, the original tax receipt issued by the relevant taxation or other authorities involved for all amounts paid as aforesaid (or if such original tax receipt is not available or must legally be kept in the possession of the Company a duly certified copy of the original tax receipt or any other reasonably satisfactory evidence of payment), together with such other documentary evidence with respect to such payments as may be reasonably requested from time to time by any holder of Notes.

 

If the Company is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of the taxation or other authority of any relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, to make any deduction or withholding of any Relevant Tax in respect of which the Company would be required to pay any additional amount under this Section 13.1, but for any reason (other than the failure by a holder of any Note to furnish any documentation or assistance in accordance with the terms of this Section 13.1 which would cause the additional amount not to be payable) does not make such deduction or withholding with the result that a liability in respect of such Relevant Tax is assessed directly against a holder of Notes, and such holder of Notes pays such liability, then the Company will promptly reimburse such holder of Notes for such payment (including any related interest or penalties to the extent such interest or penalties arise by virtue of a default or delay by the Company) upon demand by such holder of Notes accompanied by an official receipt (or a duly certified copy thereof) issued by the taxation or other authority of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

 

If the Company makes payment to or for the account of any holder of Notes and such holder is entitled to a refund of the Relevant Tax to which such payment is attributable upon the making of a filing (other than a Form described above), then such holder of Notes shall, as soon as practicable after receiving a written request from the Company (which shall specify in reasonable detail and supply the refund forms to be filed) use reasonable efforts to complete and deliver such refund forms to or as directed by the Company, subject, however, to the same limitations with respect to Forms as are set forth above.

 

13.2      HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme.

 

Any Purchaser (or holder of a Note) who holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall include an indication to that effect by providing its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence as follows: (a) in the case of each Purchaser, providing such information in Schedule A at the date of this Agreement, and (b) in the case of any transferee of a Note, providing such information in the materials provided by the holder of a Note to the Company in writing at the time of transfer.

 

Where a Purchaser (or transferee of a Note) has provided its HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in Schedule A at the date of this

 

-51-

 

Agreement or in a written notice delivered to the Company prior to the relevant Closing (or in the information provided by the holder of a Note to the Company in writing upon transfer) as provided above, the Company shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Purchaser (or transferee of a Note) with HMRC 30 days prior to the date of the first payment of interest under this Agreement (or, in the case of any transferee of a Note, 30 days prior to the first payment of interest under this Agreement to that transferee) and shall provide such Purchaser (or, in the case of any transferee of a Note, such holder) with a copy of that filing if so requested by such Purchaser or transferee. The Company shall notify the holder if the Company becomes aware that the filing has been rejected by HMRC or that any authorization given by HMRC pursuant to that filing has lapsed or that HMRC has decided not to apply the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme to this Agreement or any Note in respect of that holder, and the relevant holder shall, after receiving such notification, co-operate in the filing of Forms in accordance with Section 13.1 of this Agreement. Where a holder of a Note has not included its HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number in Schedule A or in the information provided to the Company pursuant to Section 13.1, the Company shall not make a DTTP filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme unless the holder otherwise agrees.

Where a holder of Notes has not included its HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and/or jurisdiction of tax residence in Schedule A or in the information provided by the holder of a Note to the Company upon a transfer, but subsequently wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, such holder shall notify the Company (in accordance with Section 19) of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence and request specifically, by referring to this Section 13.2, that the Company file a duly completed Form DTTP2 in respect of such holder with HMRC within 30 days of such notification and provide the holder with a copy of that filing. The Company shall then file a duly completed Form DTTP2 in respect of such holder with HMRC within 30 days of such notification and provide the holder with a copy of that filing.

13.3      FATCA Information.

 

By acceptance of any Note, the holder of such Note agrees that such holder will from time to time with reasonable promptness duly complete and deliver to or as reasonably directed by the Company or its agent from time to time (i) in the case of any such holder that is a U.S. Person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986), such holder’s United States tax identification number or other Forms reasonably requested by the Company necessary to establish such holder’s status as a U.S. Person under FATCA and as may otherwise be necessary for the Company to comply with its obligations under FATCA and (ii) in the case of any such holder that is not a U.S. Person, such documentation prescribed by applicable treaty, law, regulation, intergovernmental agreement or official guidance relating to such treaty, law, regulation or intergovernmental agreement (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986) and such additional documentation as may be necessary for the Company to comply with its obligations under FATCA and to determine that such holder has complied with such holder’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount (if any) to deduct and withhold from any such payment made to such holder. Nothing in this Section 13.3 shall require any holder of Notes to provide information that is confidential or proprietary to such holder unless such information is prescribed by applicable treaty, law, regulation, intergovernmental agreement or official guidance relating to such treaty, law, regulation or intergovernmental agreement

 

-52-

 

for the Company to comply with its obligations under FATCA or other applicable withholding and, in such event, the Company shall treat such information as confidential.

 

13.4      Survival.

 

The obligations of the Company under this Section 13 shall survive the payment or transfer of any Note and the provisions of this Section 13 shall also apply to successive transferees of the Notes.

 

14.        REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES.

 

14.1      Registration of Notes.

 

The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. If any holder of one or more Notes is a nominee, then (a) the name and address of the beneficial holder of such Note or Notes shall also be registered in such register as an owner and holder thereof and (b) at any such beneficial owner’s option, either such beneficial owner or its nominee may execute any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to this Agreement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor, promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

 

14.2      Transfer and Exchange of Notes.

 

Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 19) for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder's attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other details for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within fifteen Business Days thereafter the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes of the same Series (as requested by the holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note; provided,  however, that the Company shall not be required to execute any new Note, or register the transfer of any Note, to a transferee who is a Competitor of the Group, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of surrender of such Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d) or 1(e), as the case may be. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $500,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than $500,000. Any

 

-53-

 

transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representation set forth in Sections 6.2 and 6.3.

 

14.3      Replacement of Notes.

 

Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 19(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

 

(a)         in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $100,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) or a Qualified Institutional Buyer such Person's own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

 

(b)        in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

 

within fifteen Business Days thereafter the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same Series, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

 

15.        PAYMENTS ON NOTES.

 

15.1      Place of Payment.

 

Subject to Section 15.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, Additional Payments, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in New York City at the principal office of JP Morgan Chase in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

 

15.2      Home Office Payment.

 

So long as a Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 15.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest (and all other amounts due under this Agreement or the Notes) by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A, or by such other reasonable method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section

 

-54-

 

15.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 14.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 15.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by any Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as such Purchaser has made in this Section 15.2.

 

16.        EXPENSES, ETC.

 

16.1      Transaction Expenses.

 

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company agrees to pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) reasonably incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including, without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, and (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantee. The Company agrees to pay, and to save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, (i) all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes) and (ii) any and all wire transfer fees that any bank deducts from any payment under such Note to such holder or otherwise charges to a holder of a Note with respect to a payment under such Note.

16.2      Certain Taxes.

 

The Company agrees to pay all stamp, documentary or similar taxes or fees which may be payable in respect of the execution and delivery or the enforcement of this Agreement or any Subsidiary Guarantee or the execution and delivery (but not the transfer) or the enforcement of any of the Notes in the United States or the United Kingdom or any other jurisdiction of organization of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or of any amendment of, or waiver or consent under or with respect to, this Agreement or any Subsidiary Guarantee or of any of the Notes, and to pay any value added tax due and payable in respect of reimbursement of costs and expenses by the Company pursuant to this Section 16, and will save each holder of a Note to the extent permitted by applicable law harmless against any loss or liability resulting from non-payment or delay in payment of any such tax or fee required to be paid by the Company hereunder.

 

-55-

 

16.3      Survival.

 

The obligations of the Company under this Section 16 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guarantee or the Notes and the termination of this Agreement.

 

17.        SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

 

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement, the Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantee embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

18.        AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

 

18.1      Requirements.

 

This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 22, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest or of the Make-Whole Amount on, the Notes, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or, prior to the Closing, the principal amount of the Notes that the Purchasers are to purchase pursuant to Section 2 upon the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing that appear in Section 4, or (iii) amend Section 8 (except as set forth in the second sentence of Section 8.2), 11(a), 11(b), 12, 13, 18, 21 or 23.9.

 

18.2      Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

 

(a)         Solicitation. The Company will provide each Purchaser (prior to the Closing only) and each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such Purchaser and such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the

 

-56-

 

provisions of this Section 18 or any Subsidiary Guarantee to each Purchaser and each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Purchasers or holders of Notes.

 

(b)        Payment. The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any Purchaser or holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any Purchaser or holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof or of any Subsidiary Guarantee unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security or guaranty is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Purchaser (prior to the Closing only) or each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such Purchaser or holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

(c)         Consent in Contemplation of Transfer. Any consent given pursuant to this Section 18 or any Subsidiary Guarantee by any Purchaser or holder of a Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Note to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company (or to any Person acquiring or merging with the Company) in connection with such consent shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such Purchaser or holder with respect to such Note, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other Purchasers and holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such Purchaser or transferring holder with respect to such Note.

18.3      Binding Effect, etc.

 

Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 18 or any Subsidiary Guarantee applies equally to all Purchasers and holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and any Purchaser or holder of a Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note or any Subsidiary Guarantee shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Purchaser or any holder of such Note.

 

18.4      Notes Held by the Company, etc.

 

Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement or the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or

 

-57-

 

indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

19.        NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE.

 

Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 7.4, all notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by email (if to a Purchaser or a holder that has designated an email address for purposes receiving notices), or (b) by facsimile if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized international commercial delivery service (charges prepaid), or (c) by a recognized international commercial delivery service (with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

 

(i)         if to a Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or its nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other address as such Purchaser or its nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,

 

(ii)        if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, and

 

(iii)       if to the Company, to the Company at the address set forth at the beginning of this Agreement (and if by facsimile, to the following facsimile number: +44-(0)1923-477-101, and if by email, to the following email address: Company.Secretary@smith-nephew.com), to the attention of the Company Secretary, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

 

Notices under this Section 19 will be deemed given only when actually received.

 

Each document, instrument, financial statement, report, notice or other communication delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be in English or accompanied by an English translation thereof.

 

20.        REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

 

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 20 shall not prohibit the Company or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

-58-

 

21.        CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

 

For the purposes of this Section 21, “Confidential Information” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Company or such Subsidiary, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company or any Subsidiary or any other Person that such Purchaser knows is under any obligation of confidentiality or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 21, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which such Purchaser sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 21), (v) any Person from which such Purchaser offers to purchase any security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 21), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate: (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, this Agreement or any Subsidiary Guarantee. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 21 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 21.

In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, any Purchaser or holder of a Note is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through IntraLinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from this Section 21, this Section 21 shall not be amended

 

-59-

 

thereby and, as between such Purchaser or such holder and the Company, this Section 21 shall supersede any such other confidentiality undertaking.

 

22.        SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.

 

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates or another Purchaser or any one of such other Purchaser’s Affiliates (a “Substitute Purchaser”) as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Substitute Purchaser, shall contain such Substitute Purchaser’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Substitute Purchaser of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 22), shall be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Substitute Purchaser is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Substitute Purchaser thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Substitute Purchaser, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Substitute Purchaser as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 22), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

23.        MISCELLANEOUS.

 

23.1      Successors and Assigns.

 

All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not, except that, subject to Section 10.2, the Company may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under the Notes without the prior written consent of each holder. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

23.2      Payments Due on Non-Business Days.

 

Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.5 that notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make- Whole Amount, if any, or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; provided that if the maturity date of any Note is a date other than a Business Day, the payment otherwise due on such maturity date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

-60-

 

 

23.3      Accounting Terms.

 

All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with IFRS. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein (including in Section 10.4), all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with IFRS, and all financial statements deliverable under Section 7.1 shall be prepared in accordance with IFRS. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants contained in this Agreement, any election by the Company to measure any portion of a non-derivative financial liability at fair value (as permitted by International Accounting Standard 39 or any similar accounting standard), other than to reflect a hedge of such non-derivative financial liability (including both interest rate and foreign currency hedges), shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made.

23.4      Severability.

 

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

23.5      Construction, etc.

 

Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

Defined terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein) and, for purposes of the Notes, shall also include any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 14, (b) subject to Section 23.1, any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Sections and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Schedules to, this Agreement, and (e) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

-61-

 

 

23.6      Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto. Delivery of an executed signature page hereto by facsimile or e-mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

23.7      Governing Law.

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

23.8      Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

(a)         The Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

(b)        The Company agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that a final judgment in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 23.8(a) brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon it subject to rights of appeal, as the case may be, and may be enforced in the courts of the United States of America or the State of New York (or any other courts to the jurisdiction of which it or any of its assets is or may be subject) by a suit upon such judgment.

 

(c)         The Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of a Note in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 23.8(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified or priority mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivering a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 19, to CT Corporation System, with offices at 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005, as its agent for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States. The Company agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it.

 

(d)        Nothing in this Section 23.8 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the

 

-62-

 

 

holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

 

(e)         The Company hereby irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, with offices at 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005, to receive for it, and on its behalf, service of process in the United States.

 

(f)         THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH.

 

23.9      Obligation to Make Payment in Dollars.

 

Any payment on account of an amount that is payable hereunder or under the Notes in Dollars which is made to or for the account of any holder of Notes in any other currency, whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of the Company, shall constitute a discharge of the obligation of the Company under this Agreement or the Notes only to the extent of the amount of Dollars which such holder could purchase in the foreign exchange markets in London, England, with the amount of such other currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the London Banking Day following receipt of the payment first referred to above. If the amount of Dollars that could be so purchased is less than the amount of Dollars originally due to such holder, the Company agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and save harmless such holder from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement and the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by such holder from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under the Notes or under any judgment or order. As used herein the term “London Banking Day” shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in London, England.

 

 

-63-

 

 

If each Purchaser is in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement between the Purchasers and the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ TIM ALLISON

 

Name:

TIM ALLISON

 

Title:

SUP TAX & TREASURY

 

 

[Signature page to Note Purchase Agreement - Smith & Nephew]

 

 

 

 

This Agreement is hereby

 

accepted and agreed to as of the

 

date thereof.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

Northwestern Mutual Investment Management Company,

 

 

LLC, its investment adviser

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel J. Julka

 

 

Name:

Daniel J. Julka

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE

 

COMPANY

 

for its Group Annuity Separate Account

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel J. Julka

 

Name:

Daniel J. Julka

 

Title:

Its Authorized Representative

 

 

[Signature page to Note Purchase Agreement - Smith & Nephew]

 

 

 

 

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Quackenbush

 

Name:

David Quackenbush

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRUDENTIAL LEGACY INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY

 

PRUDENTIAL ARIZONA REINSURANCE TERM COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

PGIM, Inc. (as Investment Manager)

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Quackenbush

 

 

Name:

David Quackenbush

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Quackenbush

 

Name:

David Quackenbush

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PICA HARTFORD LIFE & ANNUITY GUL TRUST

 

PICA HARTFORD LIFE & ACCIDENT COMFORT TRUST

 

 

 

By:

The Prudential Insurance Company of America,

 

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Quackenbush

 

 

Name:

David Quackenbush

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

[Signature page to Note Purchase Agreement - Smith & Nephew]

 

 

 

 

 

STATE FARM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Julie Hoyer

 

Name:

Julie Hoyer

 

Title:

Investment Executive

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebekah L. Holt

 

Name:

Rebekah L. Holt

 

Title:

Investment Professional

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE FARM LIFE AND ACCIDENT ASSURANCE

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Julie Hoyer

 

Name:

Julie Hoyer

 

Title:

Investment Executive

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebekah L. Holt

 

Name:

Rebekah L. Holt

 

Title:

Investment Professional

 

 

[Signature page to Note Purchase Agreement - Smith & Nephew]

 

 

 

 

 

 

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE

 

COMPANY

 

By:

Barings LLC as Investment Adviser

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jennie Rose

 

 

Name:

Jennie Rose

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

BANNER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

Barings LLC as Investment Adviser

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jennie Rose

 

 

Name:

Jennie Rose

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

[Signature page to Note Purchase Agreement - Smith & Nephew]

 

 

 

 

 

 

JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

PPM America, Inc., as attorney in fact,

 

 

on behalf of Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Elena Unger

 

 

Name:

Elena Unger

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

[Signature page to Note Purchase Agreement - Smith & Nephew]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

MetLife Investments Limited, Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ewan Macaulay

 

 

Name:

Ewan Macaulay

 

 

Title:

Authorised Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

MetLife Investment Management, LLC, Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frank Monfalcone

 

 

Name:

Frank Monfalcone

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSUI INDEMNITY COMPANY

 

By:

MetLife Investment Management, LLC, Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frank Monfalcone

 

 

Name:

Frank Monfalcone

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

[Signature page to Note Purchase Agreement - Smith & Nephew]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

MetLife Investments Limited, Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ewan Macaulay

 

 

Name:

Ewan Macaulay

 

 

Title:

Authorised Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

MetLife Investment Management, LLC, Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frank Monfalcone

 

 

Name:

Frank Monfalcone

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSUI INDEMNITY COMPANY

 

By:

MetLife Investment Management, LLC, Its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frank Monfalcone

 

 

Name:

Frank Monfalcone

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

[Signature page to Note Purchase Agreement - Smith & Nephew]

 

 

 

 

 

 

USAA CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

 

 

as investment manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Morsh Merriner

 

 

Name:

Morsh Merriner

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

USAA GENERAL INDEMNITY COMPANY

 

By:

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

 

 

as investment manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Morsh Merriner

 

 

Name:

Morsh Merriner

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNITED SERVICES AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION

 

By:

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

 

 

as investment manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Morsh Merriner

 

 

Name:

Morsh Merriner

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

GARRISON PROPERTY & CASUALTY INSURANCE

 

COMPANY

 

By:

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

 

 

as investment manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Morsh Merriner

 

 

Name:

Morsh Merriner

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

[Signature page to Note Purchase Agreement - Smith & Nephew]

 

 

 

 

 

CATASTROPHE REINSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

 

 

as investment manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Morsh Merriner

 

 

Name:

Morsh Merriner

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

 

 

as investment manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Morsh Merriner

 

 

Name:

Morsh Merriner

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USAA LIFE lNSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

 

By:

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

 

 

as investment manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Morsh Merriner

 

 

Name:

Morsh Merriner

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

[Signature page to Note Purchase Agreement - Smith & Nephew]

 

SCHEDULE A

 

INFORMATION RELATING TO PURCHASERS

 

Purchaser Name

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s);

Principal Amount(s)

RA-1; $45,000,000

 

RB-1; $45,000,000

 

RC-1; $30,000,000

 

RD-1; $33,450,000

Payment on Account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Please contact our Treasury & Investment Operations Department to securely obtain wire transfer instructions.

 

E-mail: payments@northwesternmutual.com
Phone: (414) 665-1679

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                                PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027                         G8228* AM4

2.90% Series B Senior Notes due June 17, 2028                          G8228* AN2

2.97% Series C Senior Notes due June 17, 2029                          G8228* AP7

2.99% Series D Senior Notes due June 17, 2030                          G8228* AQ5

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices
related to payments

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: Investment Operations

Email: payments@northwesternmutual.com
Phone: (414) 665-1679

Address / Fax # / Email for all other
notices

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI  53202
Attention: Securities Department

Email: privateinvest@northwesternmutual.com

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202
Attention: Myja Raghuvanshi

Signature Block Format

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:        Northwestern Mutual Investment Management Company, LLC, its investment adviser

 

By:                                                   

Name:

Title: Managing Director

 

-1-

 

 

Purchaser Name

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Tax Identification Number

39-0509570

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/N/80348/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-2-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
FOR ITS GROUP ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
FOR ITS GROUP ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Note Registration Number(s);

Principal Amount(s)

RD-2; $1,550,000

Payment on Account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Please contact our Treasury & Investment Operations Department to securely obtain wire transfer instructions.

 

E-mail: payments@northwesternmutual.com
Phone: (414) 665-1679

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                              PPN:

 

2.99% Series D Senior Notes due June 17, 2030       G8228* AQ5

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole
Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices
related to payments

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
for its Group Annuity Separate Account

720 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, WI  53202
Attention: Investment Operations

Email: payments@northwesternmutual.com
Phone: (414) 665-1679

Address / Fax # / Email for all other
notices

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
for its Group Annuity Separate Account

720 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, WI  53202
Attention: Securities Department

Email: privateinvest@northwesternmutual.com

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: Myja Raghuvanshi

Signature Block Format

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
FOR ITS GROUP ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

 

By:                                                           

Name:

Title:     Its Authorized Representative

Tax Identification Number

39-0509570

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/N/80348/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-3-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Name in which to register Note(s)

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Note Registration Number(s);

Principal Amount(s)

RE-1; $101,385,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA1
New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account Name: Prudential Managed Portfolio
Account No.: P86188 (please do not include spaces)

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                             PPN:

 

3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032       G8228* AR3

 

Security No.:                   INV11724

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
Notices Relating To Payments

The Prudential Insurance Company of America
c/o PGIM, Inc.

Prudential Tower
655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: PIM Private Accounting Processing Team

Email: Pim.Private.Accounting.Processing.Team@prudential.com

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
All Other Notices

The Prudential Insurance Company of America
c/o Pricoa Private Capital

Two Prudential Plaza

180 N. Stetson Ave., Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

with a copy to:

 

Pricoa Capital Group Limited
One London Bridge

8th Floor

London, SE1 9BG Fax: +44 207 621 8448

Attention: Managing Director

cc: Vice President and Corporate Counsel

 


1  If Borrower's account is with JPMorgan Chase, use the following wiring instructions:
JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account No.: 900-9000-168

Account Name: North American Insurance

FFC: P86188 Prudential Managed Portfolio

-4-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Instructions re: Delivery of Notes

PGIM, Inc.

655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Trade Management Manager

 

 

cc: mandeep.sidhu@pricoa.com and
Private.Disbursements@Prudential.com

Signature Block Format

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

By:                                                                

Name:

Title:      Vice President

Tax Identification Number

22-1211670

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/P/61325/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-5-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Name in which to register Note(s)

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RE-2; $29,300,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA2
New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account Name: Baxter Intl Inc Privates

Account No.: P20247 (please do not include spaces)

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                              PPN:

 

3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032       G8228* AR3

 

Security No.:                   INV11724

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
Notices Relating To Payments

The Prudential Insurance Company of America
c/o PGIM, Inc.

Prudential Tower
655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: PIM Private Accounting Processing Team

Email: Pim.Private.Accounting.Processing.Team@prudential.com

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
All Other Notices

The Prudential Insurance Company of America
c/o Pricoa Private Capital

Two Prudential Plaza

180 N. Stetson Ave., Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

with a copy to:

 

Pricoa Capital Group Limited
One London Bridge

8th Floor

London, SE1 9BG
Fax: +44 207 621 8448

Attention: Managing Director

cc: Vice President and Corporate Counsel

 


2  If Borrower's account is with JPMorgan Chase, use the following wiring instructions:
JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account No.: 900-9000-168

Account Name: North American Insurance
FFC: P20247 Baxter Intl Inc Privates

-6-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Instructions re: Delivery of Notes

PGIM, Inc.

655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Trade Management Manager

 

cc: mandeep.sidhu@pricoa.com and
Private.Disbursements@Prudential.com

Signature Block Format

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

By:                                                                   
Name:

Title:      Vice President

Tax Identification Number

22-1211670

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/P/61325/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-7-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PRUDENTIAL LEGACY INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY

Name in which to register Note(s)

PRUDENTIAL LEGACY INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RE-3; $11,400,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA3
New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account Name: Prudential Legacy Ins Co of NJ
Account No.: P30874 (please do not include spaces)

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                             PPN:

 

3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032       G8228* AR3

 

Security No.:                   INV11724

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
Notices Relating To Payments

Prudential Legacy Insurance Company of New Jersey
c/o PGIM, Inc.

Prudential Tower
655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: PIM Private Accounting Processing Team

Email: Pim.Private.Accounting.Processing.Team@prudential.com

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
All Other Notices

Prudential Legacy Insurance Company of New Jersey
c/o Pricoa Private Capital

Two Prudential Plaza

180 N. Stetson Ave., Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

with a copy to:

 

Pricoa Capital Group Limited
One London Bridge

8th Floor

London, SE1 9BG
Fax: +44 207 621 8448

Attention: Managing Director

cc: Vice President and Corporate Counsel


3  If Borrower's account is with JPMorgan Chase, use the following wiring instructions:
JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account No.: 900-9000-168

Account Name: North American Insurance
FFC: P30874 PCG RCB Custody

-8-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PRUDENTIAL LEGACY INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW
JERSEY

Instructions re: Delivery of Notes

PGIM, Inc.

655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Trade Management Manager

 

cc: mandeep.sidhu@pricoa.com and
Private.Disbursements@Prudential.com

Signature Block Format

PRUDENTIAL LEGACY INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY

 

By:         PGIM, Inc. (as Investment Manager)

 

By:                                                                                

Name:

Title:      Vice President

Tax Identification Number

27-2457213

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/P/366935/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-9-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PRUDENTIAL ARIZONA REINSURANCE TERM COMPANY

Name in which to register Note(s)

PRUDENTIAL ARIZONA REINSURANCE TERM COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RE-4; $1,600,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA4
New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account Name: PAR Term Ind Lif - Inv Seg Privates
Account No.: P30869 (please do not include spaces)

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                              PPN:

 

3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032       G8228* AR3

 

Security No.:                   INV11724

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole
Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
Notices Relating To Payments

Prudential Arizona Reinsurance Term Company
c/o PGIM, Inc.

Prudential Tower
655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: PIM Private Accounting Processing Team

Email: Pim.Private.Accounting.Processing.Team@prudential.com

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
All Other Notices

Prudential Arizona Reinsurance Term Company
c/o Pricoa Private Capital

Two Prudential Plaza

180 N. Stetson Ave.,
Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

with a copy to:

 

Pricoa Capital Group Limited One London Bridge

8th Floor

London, SE1 9BG Fax: +44 207 621 8448

Attention: Managing Director

cc: Vice President and Corporate Counsel

 


4  If Borrower's account is with JPMorgan Chase, use the following wiring instructions:
JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account No.: 900-9000-168

Account Name: North American Insurance

FFC: P30869 PAR Term Ind Lif - Inv Seg Privates

-10-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PRUDENTIAL ARIZONA REINSURANCE TERM COMPANY

Instructions re: Delivery of Notes

PGIM, Inc.

655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Trade Management Manager

 

cc: mandeep.sidhu@pricoa.com and
Private.Disbursements@Prudential.com

Signature Block Format

PRUDENTIAL ARIZONA REINSURANCE TERM COMPANY

 

By:         PGIM, Inc. (as Investment Manager)

 

By:                                                                         

Name:

Title:      Vice President

Tax Identification Number

27-2457213

United Kingdom Tax Status

Qualifying Noteholder/ QPP Holder

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-11-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in which to register Note(s)

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RE-5; $5,695,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA5
New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account Name: PRUCO Life Insurance Company
Account No.: P86192 (please do not include spaces)

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                             PPN:

 

3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032       G8228* AR3

 

Security No.:                   INV11724

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
Notices Relating To Payments

Pruco Life Insurance Company
c/o PGIM, Inc.

Prudential Tower
655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: PIM Private Accounting Processing Team

Email: Pim.Private.Accounting.Processing.Team@prudential.com

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
All Other Notices

Pruco Life Insurance Company
c/o Pricoa Private Capital

Two Prudential Plaza

180 N. Stetson Ave., Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

with a copy to:

 

Pricoa Capital Group Limited
One London Bridge

8th Floor

London, SE1 9BG Fax: +44 207 621 8448

Attention: Managing Director

cc: Vice President and Corporate Counsel

 


5  If Borrower's account is with JPMorgan Chase, use the following wiring instructions:
JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account No.: 900-9000-168

Account Name: North American Insurance
FFC: P86192 PRUCO Life Insurance Company

-12-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Instructions re: Delivery of Notes

PGIM, Inc.

655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Trade Management Manager

 

cc: mandeep.sidhu@pricoa.com and
Private.Disbursements@Prudential.com

Signature Block Format

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:                                                                 

Name:

Title:      Assistant Vice President

Tax Identification Number

22-1944557

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/P/296649/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-13-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY

Name in which to register Note(s)

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RE-6; $3,420,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA6
New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account Name: PRUCO Life Insurance Company
Account No.: P86192 (please do not include spaces)

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                             PPN:

 

3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032       G8228* AR3

 

Security No.:                   INV11724

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
Notices Relating To Payments

Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey
c/o PGIM, Inc.

Prudential Tower
655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: PIM Private Accounting Processing Team

Email: Pim.Private.Accounting.Processing.Team@prudential.com

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
All Other Notices

Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey
c/o Pricoa Private Capital

Two Prudential Plaza

180 N. Stetson Ave., Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

with a copy to:

 

Pricoa Capital Group Limited
One London Bridge

8th Floor

London, SE1 9BG Fax: +44 207 621 8448

Attention: Managing Director

cc: Vice President and Corporate Counsel

 


6  If Borrower's account is with JPMorgan Chase, use the following wiring instructions:
JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000021

Account No.: 900-9000-168

Account Name: North American Insurance

FFC: P86202 PRUCO Life of New Jersey Private Placement

 

-14-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY

Instructions re: Delivery of Notes

PGIM, Inc.

655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Trade Management Manager

 

cc: mandeep.sidhu@pricoa.com and
Private.Disbursements@Prudential.com

Signature Block Format

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY

 

By:                                                                                          

Name:

Title:      Assistant Vice President

Tax Identification Number

22-2426091

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/P/329685/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-15-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PICA HARTFORD LIFE & ANNUITY GUL TRUST

Name in which to register Note(s)

PICA HARTFORD LIFE & ANNUITY GUL TRUST

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RE-7; $1,140,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

The Bank Of New York Mellon
New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000018

Account Name: PICA HLAN GUL Trust Privates
Account No.: 2483728400

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                             PPN:

 

3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032       G8228* AR3

 

Security No.:                   INV11724

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
Notices Relating To Payments

PICA Hartford Life & Annuity Gul Trust
c/o PGIM, Inc.

Prudential Tower
655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: PIM Private Accounting Processing Team

Email: Pim.Private.Accounting.Processing.Team@prudential.com

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
All Other Notices

PICA Hartford Life & Annuity Gul Trust
c/o Pricoa Private Capital

Two Prudential Plaza

180 N. Stetson Ave., Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

with a copy to:

 

Pricoa Capital Group Limited
One London Bridge

8th Floor

London, SE1 9BG Fax: +44 207 621 8448

Attention: Managing Director

cc: Vice President and Corporate Counsel

Instructions re: Delivery of Notes

PGIM, Inc.

655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Trade Management Manager

 

cc: mandeep.sidhu@pricoa.com and
Private.Disbursements@Prudential.com

 

-16-

 

 

Purchaser Name

PICA HARTFORD LIFE & ANNUITY GUL TRUST

Signature Block Format

PICA HARTFORD LIFE & ANNUITY GUL TRUST

 

By:         The Prudential Insurance Company of America, as Grantor

 

              By:                                                                         

Name:

Title:      Vice President

Tax Identification Number

22-1211670

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/P/61325/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-17-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PICA HARTFORD LIFE & ACCIDENT COMFORT TRUST

Name in which to register Note(s)

PICA HARTFORD LIFE & ACCIDENT COMFORT TRUST

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RE-8; $1,060,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

Method

 

Account information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

The Bank Of New York Mellon
New York, NY

ABA No.: 021000018

Account Name: PICA HLA COMFORT TRUST PRIVATES

Account No.: 2483628400

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                             PPN:

 

3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032       G8228* AR3

 

Security No.:                   INV11724

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
Notices Relating To Payments

PICA Hartford Life & Accident Comfort Trust
c/o PGIM, Inc.

Prudential Tower
655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: PIM Private Accounting Processing Team

Email: Pim.Private.Accounting.Processing.Team@prudential.com

Address / Fax # and/or Email For
All Other Notices

PICA Hartford Life & Accident Comfort Trust
c/o Pricoa Private Capital

Two Prudential Plaza

180 N. Stetson Ave., Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

with a copy to:

 

Pricoa Capital Group Limited
One London Bridge

8th Floor

London, SE1 9BG
Fax: +44 207 621 8448

Attention: Managing Director

cc: Vice President and Corporate Counsel

Instructions re: Delivery of Notes

PGIM, Inc.

655 Broad Street

14th Floor - South Tower
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Trade Management Manager

 

cc: mandeep.sidhu@pricoa.com and
Private.Disbursements@Prudential.com

 

-18-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

PICA HARTFORD LIFE & ACCIDENT COMFORT TRUST

Signature Block Format

PICA HARTFORD LIFE & ACCIDENT COMFORT TRUST

 

By:         The Prudential Insurance Company of America, as Grantor

 

               By:                                                                                

Name:

Title:      Vice President

Tax Identification Number

22-1211670

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/P/61325/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-19-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

STATE FARM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

STATE FARM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RA-2; $14,000,000

 

RB-2; $14,000,000

 

RC-2; $19,000,000

 

RD-3; $25,000,000

Payment on account of Note

 

Method

 

Account information

 

Federal Wire Transfer

 

JPMorganChase

ABA#                                 021000021

Attn:                                   SSG Private Income Processing

A/C#                                  900 9 000200

For further credit to:          State Farm Life Insurance Company

Custody Account # G06893

RE:                                     See “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

Name of Issuer:                 SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                  PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027           G8228* AM4

2.90% Series B Senior Notes due June 17, 2028           G8228* AN2

2.97% Series C Senior Notes due June 17, 2029           G8228* AP7

2.99% Series D Senior Notes due June 17, 2030           G8228* AQ5

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices
related to payments

State Farm Life Insurance Company

Investment Dept. E-8

One State Farm Plaza

Bloomington, IL 61710

Email: privateplacements@statefarm.com 

 

and

 

State Farm Life Insurance Company
Investment Accounting Dept. D-3
One State Farm Plaza

Bloomington, IL 61710

Address / Fax # / Email for all other notices

State Farm Life Insurance Company

Investment Dept. E-8

One State Farm Plaza

Bloomington, IL 61710

Email: privateplacements@statefarm.com

Instructions re Delivery of Notes

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

4 Metrotech Center, 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

Attn: Physical Receive Department

Account: G06893

 

cc: chris.stoffer.htr4@statefarm.com

-20-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

STATE FARM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Signature Block

STATE FARM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:                                                     

Name:

Title:

 

By:                                                      

Name:

Title:

Tax identification number

37-0533090

United Kingdom Tax Status

Qualifying Noteholder/ QPP Holder

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-21-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

STATE FARM LIFE AND ACCIDENT ASSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

STATE FARM LIFE AND ACCIDENT ASSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RA-3; $1,000,000

 

RB-3; $1,000,000

 

RC-3; $1,000,000

Payment on account of Note

 

Method

 

Account information

 

 

Federal Wire Transfer

 

JPMorganChase

ABA# 021000021

Attn:      SSG Private Income Processing

A/C#      9009000200

For further credit to:        State Farm Life and Accident Assurance

Company

Custody Account # G06895

RE:          See “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

Name of Issuer:                 SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                 PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027           G8228* AM4

2.90% Series B Senior Notes due June 17, 2028           G8228* AN2

2.97% Series C Senior Notes due June 17, 2029           G8228* AP7

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices
related to payments

State Farm Life and Accident Assurance Company
Investment Dept. E-8

One State Farm Plaza
Bloomington, IL 61710

Email: privateplacements@statefarm.com 

 

and

 

State Farm Life and Accident Assurance Company

Investment Accounting Dept. D-3

One State Farm Plaza

Bloomington, IL 61710

Address / Fax # / Email for all other
notices

State Farm Life and Accident Assurance Company
Investment Dept. E-8

One State Farm Plaza
Bloomington, IL 61710

Email: privateplacements@statefarm.com

Instructions re Delivery of Notes

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

4 Metrotech Center, 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

Attn: Physical Receive Department

Account: G06895

 

cc: chris.stoffer.htr4@statefarm.com

 

-22-

 

 

Purchaser Name

STATE FARM LIFE AND ACCIDENT ASSURANCE COMPANY

Signature Block

STATE FARM LIFE AND ACCIDENT ASSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:                                                                      

Name:

Title:

 

By:                                                                          

Name:

Title:

Tax identification number

37-0805091

United Kingdom Tax Status

Qualifying Noteholder/ QPP Holder

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-23-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); Principal
Amount(s)

RC-4; $32,000,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

Federal Funds Wire Transfer MassMutual

Account Information

MassMutual

Citibank

New York, New York

ABA # 021000089

Acct # 30510685

RE: “Accompanying Information” below

 

With advice of payment to the Treasury Operations Liquidity

Management Department at Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance

Company at mmincometeam@massmutual.com or (413) 226-4295

(facsimile).

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:                SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                 PPN:

 

2.97% Series C Senior Notes due June 17, 2029          G8228* AP7

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make- Whole Amount) of the payment being made.

Address / Fax # / Email for notices
related to payments

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
Treasury Operations Securities Management
1295 State Street

Springfield, MA 01111
Attn: Janelle Tarantino

 

With a copy to:

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

c/o Barings LLC

300 South Tryon Street, Suite 2500

Charlotte, NC 28202

Address / Fax # / Email for all other
notices (Including electronic delivery of
financials)

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

c/o Barings LLC

300 South Tryon Street, Suite 2500

Charlotte, NC 28202

 

With notification to:     privateplacements@barings.com

pdgportfolioadmin@barings.com

James.Moore@barings.com

Mark.Ackerman@barings.com

Nick.Aveni@barings.com

 

-24-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

1295 State Street, MIP: E415

Springfield, MA 01111

Attn: Janelle Tarantino, Treasury Operations Securities

Management

Telephone: 413-744-1885

Cc:       Michelle.kearney@barings.com
Diane.murphy@barings.com
Owen.Zingraff@barings.com

Signature Block Format

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:        Barings LLC as Investment Adviser

 

By:                                                          

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

04-1590850

United Kingdom Tax Status

Qualifying Noteholder/QPP Holder

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-25-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RC-5; $15,000,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

Federal Funds Wire Transfer MassMutual

Account Information

MASSMUTUAL TRUST RPG (MMTRRPG)

Citibank, N.A

New York, New York

ABA # 021000089

Acct Name Concentration Account

Acct # 36112805

FCC: MassMutual Trust Account #240146

RE: “Accompanying Information” below

 

With advice of payment to the Treasury Operations Liquidity

Management Department at Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance

Company at mmincometeam@massmutual.com or (413) 226-4295 (facsimile).

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:                SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                  PPN:

 

2.97% Series C Senior Notes due June 17, 2029          G8228* AP7

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make- Whole Amount) of the payment being made.

Address / Fax # / Email for notices
related to payments

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

Treasury Operations Securities Management

1295 State Street

Springfield, MA 01111

Attn: Janelle Tarantino

 

With a copy to:

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company c/o Barings LLC

300 South Tryon Street, Suite 2500

Charlotte, NC 28202

Address / Fax # / Email for all other
notices (Including electronic delivery of
financials)

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

c/o Barings LLC

300 South Tryon Street, Suite 2500

Charlotte, NC 28202

 

With notification to:     privateplacements@barings.com

pdgportfolioadmin@barings.com
James.Moore@barings.com
Mark.Ackerman@barings.com
Nick.Aveni@barings.com

 

-26-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

Citibank NA

399 Park Avenue

Level B Vault

New York, NY 10022

Ref: Acct. #240146

Cc:       Michelle.kearney@barings.com
Diane.murphy@barings.com
Owen.Zingraff@barings.com
Meredith.Hunter@barings.com

Signature Block Format

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:        Barings LLC as Investment Adviser

 

By:                                                        

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

04-1590850

United Kingdom Tax Status

Qualifying Noteholder/QPP Holder

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-27-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

BANNER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

BANNER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RC-6; $3,000,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

Federal Funds Wire Transfer MassMutual

Account Information

BANNER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

U.S. Bank N.A.

Trust Dept Income Unit

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, MN 55107

ABA # 091000022

BIC:      USBKUS44IMT

A/C:      180183083765

FFC:     Account No. 8028492058

(CUSIP, FFC to Account Number, and P and I Breakdown) ATTN: Income

RE: “Accompanying Information” below

 

With advice of payment to the Treasury Operations Liquidity

Management Department at Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance

Company at mmincometeam@massmutual.com or (413) 226-4295

(facsimile).

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:                SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                PPN:

 

2.97% Series C Senior Notes due June 17, 2029          G8228* AP7

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make- Whole Amount) of the payment being made.

Address / Fax # / Email for notices
related to payments

Banner Life Insurance Company

c/o Barings LLC

300 South Tryon Street, Suite 2500

Charlotte, NC 28202

 

With notification to:     privateplacements@barings.com

pdgportfolioadmin@barings.com

James.Moore@barings.com
Mark.Ackerman@barings.com
Nick.Aveni@barings.com

Address / Fax # / Email for all other

notices (Including electronic delivery of

financials)

Banner Life Insurance Company

c/o Barings LLC

300 South Tryon Street, Suite 2500

Charlotte, NC 28202

 

With notification to:     privateplacements@barings.com

pdgportfolioadmin@barings.com

James.Moore@barings.com
Mark.Ackerman@barings.com
Nick.Aveni@barings.com

 

-28-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

BANNER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

U.S. Bank Trust Services

1555 N. River Center Drive – Suite 302

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212

Attention: Securities Processing

 

Cc:       Michelle.kearney@barings.com
Diane.murphy@barings.com
Owen.Zingraff@barings.com
Meredith.Hunter@barings.com

Signature Block Format

BANNER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:        Barings LLC as Investment Adviser

 

By:                                                         

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

52-1236145

United Kingdom Tax Status

Qualifying Noteholder/QPP Holder

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-29-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); Principal

Amount(s)

RA-4; 30,000,000

Payment on Account of Note

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

ABA # 021-000-018

Account #: IOC566

Ref: 187242 and “Accompanying information” below

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:                 SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                 PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027           G8228* AM4

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices
related to payments

Payment notices should be sent to:PPMAPrivateOps@ppmamerica.com

 

And to:

 

PPM America, Inc.

225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60606-1228

Attn: Private Placements – Elena Unger

Phone: (312) 634-7853, Fax: (312) 634-0054

Email: PPMAPrivateReporting@ppmamerica.com

Address / Fax # / Email for all other
notices

PPM America, Inc.

225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60606-1228

Attn: Private Placements – Elena Unger

Phone: (312) 634-7853,

Fax: (312) 634-0054

Email: elena.unger@ppmamerica.com

Email: PPMAPrivateReporting@ppmamerica.com

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

The Depository Trust Company

570 Washington Blvd - 5th floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attn: BNY Mellon/Branch Deposit Department

Ref: 187242 (very important)

Signature Block

JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:         PPM America, Inc., as attorney in fact,

on behalf of Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

By:                                                                   

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

38-1659835

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/J/216375/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-30-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); Principal

Amount(s)

RA-5; 20,000,000

Payment on Account of Note

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

ABA # 021-000-018

Account #: IOC566

Ref: 187244 and “Accompanying information” below

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer:                 SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                   PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027           G8228* AM4

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices

related to payments

Payment notices should be sent to:PPMAPrivateOps@ppmamerica.com

 

And to:

 

PPM America, Inc.

225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60606-1228

Attn: Private Placements – Elena Unger

Phone: (312) 634-7853, Fax: (312) 634-0054

Email: PPMAPrivateReporting@ppmamerica.com

Address / Fax # / Email for all other

notices

PPM America, Inc.

225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60606-1228

Attn: Private Placements – Elena Unger

Phone: (312) 634-7853,

Fax: (312) 634-0054

Email: elena.unger@ppmamerica.com

Email: PPMAPrivateReporting@ppmamerica.com

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

The Depository Trust Company

570 Washington Blvd - 5th floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attn: BNY Mellon/Branch Deposit Department

Ref: 187244 (very important)

Signature Block

JACKSON NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:        PPM America, Inc., as attorney in fact,

on behalf of Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

By:                                                                     

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

38-1659835

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/J/216375/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-31-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RD-4; $20,000,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Bank Name: JPMorgan Chase Bank

ABA Routing #: 021-000-021

Account No.: 002-2-410591

Account Name: Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Ref: BME3MA3U4 | Smith & Nephew 2.99% 17Jun2030

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including issuer, PPN#, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, interest, make whole amount or otherwise.

 

For all payments other than scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Company shall seek instructions from the holder, and in the absence of instructions to the contrary, will make such payments

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer: SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                               PPN:

 

2.99% Series D Senior Notes due June 17, 2030       G8228* AQ5

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.

Address / Fax # / Email for all notices

and communications

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

c/o MetLife Investments Limited

Level 34

One Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5AA, England

Attention: Investments, Private Placements

Attention: Cecile Michel, Associate Director

Emails: PPUCompliance@metlife.com; cecile.michel@metlife.com; OpsPvtPlacements@metlife.com

 

With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial statements to:

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

c/o MetLife Investment Advisors, LLC, Investments Law

One MetLife Way

Whippany, New Jersey 07981

Attention: Chief Counsel-Investments Law (PRIV) Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com

 

-32-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

c/o MetLife Investment Advisors, LLC, Investments Law

One MetLife Way

Whippany, New Jersey 07981

Attention: Sobara Simon-Hart, Senior Corporate Counsel

Signature Block Format

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:        MetLife Investments Limited, Its Investment Manager

 

By:                                                                     

Name:

Title:      Authorised Signatory

Tax Identification Number

13-5581829

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/M/61303/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-33-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RA-6; $10,000,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Bank Name:        JPMorgan Chase

ABA:                  021-000-021

Account No.:      9009000200

FFC:                    P79303, Symetra GUL 181 – Met Private

Ref:                     Smith & Nephew 2.83% 17Jun2027

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including issuer, PPN#, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, interest, make whole amount or otherwise.

 

For all payments other than scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Company shall seek instructions from the holder, and in the absence of instructions to the contrary, will make such payments

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer: SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                               PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027       G8228* AM4

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.

 

-34-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Address / Fax # / Email for all notices
and communications

Symetra Life Insurance Company

c/o MetLife Investments Limited

Level 34

One Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5AA, England

Attention: Investments, Private Placements

Attention: Cecile Michel, Associate Director

Emails: PPUCompliance@metlife.com; cecile.michel@metlife.com; OpsPvtPlacements@metlife.com

 

With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial

statements to:

 

Symetra Life Insurance Company

c/o MetLife Investment Advisors, LLC, Investments Law

One MetLife Way

Whippany, New Jersey 07981

Attention: Chief Counsel-Investments Law (PRIV) Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com

 

And

 

Symetra Life Insurance Company

Attn: Nate Zaientz

308 Farmington Ave, 3rd floor

Farmington, CT 06032

 

and

 

Resolution Re Ltd.

Wessex House

2nd Floor, 45 Reid Street

Hamilton HM12, Bermuda

Email: RLIM-Investments@resolutionlife.com

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

Symetra Life Insurance Company

Attn: Nate Zaientz

308 Farmington Ave, 3rd floor

Farmington, CT 06032

 

With COPIES OF THE NOTES emailed to:

sobara.simon-hart@metlife.com

Signature Block Format

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:        MetLife Investment Management, LLC,

              Its Investment Manager

 

By:                                                      

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

91-0742147

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/S/307814/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

-35-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

RSUI INDEMNITY COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

RSUI INDEMNITY COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RA-7; $5,000,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Bank Name:        The Bank of New York Mellon

SWIFT:               IRVTUS3N or

ABA:                  021 000 018

Account No.:      GLA 111566

Sort Code:

FFC:                    301476

Ref:                     Smith & Nephew 2.83% 17Jun2027

 

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including issuer, PPN#, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, interest, make whole amount or otherwise.

 

For all payments other than scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Company shall seek instructions from the holder, and in the absence of instructions to the contrary, will make such payments to the account and in the manner set forth above.

Accompanying Information

Name of Issuer: SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                               PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027       G8228* AM4

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.

Address / Fax # / Email for all notices

and communications

RSUI Indemnity Company

c/o MetLife Investments Limited

Level 34

One Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5AA, England

Attention: Investments, Private Placements

Attention: Cecile Michel, Associate Director

Emails: PPUCompliance@metlife.com; cecile.michel@metlife.com; OpsPvtPlacements@metlife.com

 

With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial

statements to:

 

Leonard C. Sjostrom, CPA, CPCU

Senior Vice President, CFO

RSUI Group, Inc.

945 East Paces Ferry Road, Suite 1800

Atlanta, GA 30326-1125

404 260-3880 Direct

 

-36-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

RSUI INDEMNITY COMPANY

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

The Depository Trust Company

570 Washington Blvd – 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attn: BNY Mellon/Branch Deposit Department

REF: RSUI Indemnity Company

Private Placements Trust A/C# 301476

 

With COPIES OF THE NOTES emailed to:

sobara.simon-hart@metlife.com

Signature Block Format

RSUI INDEMNITY COMPANY

By:        MetLife Investment Management, LLC,

Its Investment Manager

 

By:                                                       

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

16-0366830

United Kingdom Tax Status

Qualifying Noteholder/ QPP Holder

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-37-

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

USAA CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

USAA CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RA-8; $4,030,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Name of Bank                    The Northern Trust Company

ABA Number                     071000152

Receiving Bank BIC          CNORUS44XXX

A/C Number                      5186041000

FFC Account Name           USAA Casualty Insurance Co

FFC Account BIC              CNORGB22XXX

FFC Account Number       26-11038

Ref: “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

Name of Issuer:                 SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                  PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027           G8228* AM4

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make- Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices

related to payments

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com
Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com 

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com 

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com 

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

Address / Fax # / Email for all other

notices

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com
Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com 

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com 

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com 

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

-38-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

USAA CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

BlackRock

GLAS/ Attn: Kaidi Huang, Wendy Myers, Dale Fieffe, Hui Chen

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com 

Tel: 212-810-8358

Signature Block Format

USAA CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

By:         BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

as investment manager

 

By:                                                                 

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

59-3019540

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/U/356898/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-39-

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

USAA GENERAL INDEMNITY COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

USAA GENERAL INDEMNITY COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RA-9; $2,257,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Name of Bank                    The Northern Trust Company

ABA Number                     071000152

Receiving Bank BIC          CNORUS44XXX

A/C Number                      5186041000

FFC Account Name           USAA General Indemnity Company

FFC Account BIC             CNORGB22XXX

FFC Account Number       26-11039

Ref: “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

Name of Issuer:                 SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                  PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027           G8228* AM4

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make- Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices

related to payments

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

Address / Fax # / Email for all other

notices

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

-40-

 

 

Purchaser Name

USAA GENERAL INDEMNITY COMPANY

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

BlackRock

GLAS/ Attn: Kaidi Huang, Wendy Myers, Dale Fieffe, Hui Chen

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-8358

Signature Block Format

USAA GENERAL INDEMNITY COMPANY

By:         BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., as investment manager

 

 

By:                                                                        

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

74-1718283

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/U/362981/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-41-

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

UNITED SERVICES AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

UNITED SERVICES AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RA-10; $6,592,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Name of Bank                    The Northern Trust Company

ABA Number                     071000152

Receiving Bank BIC          CNORUS44XXX

A/C Number                      5186041000

FFC Account Name           United Services Automobile Asso

FFC Account BIC              CNORGB22XXX

FFC Account Number       26-11037

Ref: “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

Name of Issuer:                 SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                    PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027           G8228* AM4

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make- Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices

related to payments

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com 

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

Address / Fax # / Email for all other

notices

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

-42-

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

UNITED SERVICES AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

BlackRock

GLAS/ Attn: Kaidi Huang, Wendy Myers, Dale Fieffe, Hui Chen

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-8358

Signature Block Format

UNITED SERVICES AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION

By:         BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., as investment manager

 

 

By:                                                                 

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

74-0959140

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/U/351885/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

 

-43-

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

GARRISON PROPERTY & CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

GARRISON PROPERTY & CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s); 

Principal Amount(s)

RA-11; $1,080,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Name of Bank                    The Northern Trust Company

ABA Number                     071000152

Receiving Bank BIC          CNORUS44XXX

A/C Number                      5186041000

FFC Account Name           Garrison Property & Casualty Insurance Co

FFC Account BIC              CNORGB22XXX

FFC Account Number       26-11041

Ref: “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

Name of Issuer:                 SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                     PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027           G8228* AM4

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make- Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices

related to payments

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com 

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

Address / Fax # / Email for all other

notices

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com 

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

-44-

 

 

Purchaser Name

GARRISON PROPERTY & CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

BlackRock

GLAS/ Attn: Kaidi Huang, Wendy Myers, Dale Fieffe, Hui Chen

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-8358

Signature Block Format

GARRISON PROPERTY & CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

By:         BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., as investment manager

 

 

By:                                                                         

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

43-1803614

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/G/362980/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

-45-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

CATASTROPHE REINSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

CATASTROPHE REINSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s);

Principal Amount(s)

RA-12; $1,041,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Name of Bank                    The Northern Trust Company

ABA Number                     071000152

Receiving Bank BIC          CNORUS44XXX

A/C Number                      5186041000

FFC Account Name           Catastrophe Reinsurance Co

FFC Account BIC              CNORGB22XXX

FFC Account Number       26-35055

Ref: “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

Name of Issuer:                 SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

Description of Security:                                                    PPN:

 

2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027           G8228* AM4

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make- Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices

related to payments

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com 

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

Address / Fax # / Email for all other

notices

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com 

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

-46-

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

CATASTROPHE REINSURANCE COMPANY

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

BlackRock

GLAS/ Attn: Kaidi Huang, Wendy Myers, Dale Fieffe, Hui Chen

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com 

Tel: 212-810-8358

Signature Block Format

CATASTROPHE REINSURANCE COMPANY

By:        BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

as investment manager

 

By:

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

20-4729999

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/C/362982/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

 

-47-

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Note Registration Number(s);

Principal Amount(s)

RD-5; $14,523,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

Method

Account Information

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Name of Bank                  The Northern Trust Company

ABA Number                   071000152

Receiving Bank BIC        CNORUS44XXX

A/C Number                    5186041000

FFC Account Name         USAA Life Insurance Co

FFC Account BIC            CNORGB22XXX

FFC Account Number     26-11042

Ref: “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

Description of Security:                                                PPN:

 

2.99% Series D Senior Notes due June 17, 2030       G8228* AQ5

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-

Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices related to payments

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com 

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

Address / Fax # / Email for all other

notices

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com 

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

 

-48-

 

 

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

BlackRock

GLAS/ Attn: Kaidi Huang, Wendy Myers, Dale Fieffe, Hui Chen

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com 

Tel: 212-810-8358

Signature Block Format

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:        BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

as investment manager

 

By:                                                     

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

74-1472662

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/U/352594/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

 

-49-

 

 

 

Purchaser Name

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

Name in Which to Register Note(s)

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

Note Registration Number(s);

Principal Amount(s)

RD-6; $477,000

Payment on account of Note(s)

Method

Account Information

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

Name of Bank                  The Northern Trust Company

ABA Number                   071000152

Receiving Bank BIC        CNORUS44XXX

A/C Number                    5186041000

FFC Account Name         USAA Life Insurance Co of NY

FFC Account BIC            CNORGB22XXX

FFC Account Number     26-11044

Ref: “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

Name of Issuer:               SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

Description of Security:                                                   PPN:

 

2.99% Series D Senior Notes due June 17, 2030       G8228* AQ5

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-

Whole Amount) of the payment being made

Address / Fax # / Email for notices

related to payments

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com 

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

Address / Fax # / Email for all other

notices

Email: 18177171977@tls.ldsprod.com

Privatetransactionsteam@blackrock.com

 

Copy:

 

Marshall Merriman

Email: marshall.merriman@blackrock.com

Tel: 212-810-5854

 

AnnMarie Smith

Email: Annmarie.Smith@blackrock.com

Tel: 646-231-1598

 

Alternative Operations

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com

Tel: Group Line: 212-810-8358

 

-50-

 

 

   

 

Purchaser Name

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)

BlackRock

GLAS/ Attn: Kaidi Huang, Wendy Myers, Dale Fieffe, Hui Chen

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

Email: GroupPrivate-Closings@blackrock.com 

Tel: 212-810-8358

Signature Block Format

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By:        BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

as investment manager

 

By:                                                      

Name:

Title:

Tax Identification Number

16-1530706

United Kingdom Tax Status

Treaty Holder

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme

13/U/363658/DTTP

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence

United States of America

 

 

-51-

 

SCHEDULE A1

 

Form of  QPP Certificate

 

To:

The Company

 

 

 

From:

[Name of holder]

 

 

 

Dated:

[            ]

 

 

[Note Purchase Transfer or Assignment] Agreement in respect of the [insert description of the Notes] (the "Notes") dated [                                                   ] (the "Agreement")7

 

1.          This is a QPP Certificate as defined in the Agreement. Other defined terms used in this QPP Certificate shall have the same meaning as in the Agreement unless given a different meaning in this QPP Certificate.

 

2.          We confirm that:

 

(a)            we are beneficially entitled to all interest payable to us as a holder of the Notes;

 

(b)           we are a resident of a qualifying territory; and

 

(c)            we are beneficially entitled to the interest which is payable to us on the Notes for genuine commercial reasons and not as part of a tax advantage scheme.

 

These confirmations together form a creditor certificate.

 

3.          In this QPP Certificate the terms "resident", "qualifying territory", "scheme", "tax advantage scheme" and "creditor certificate" have the meaning given to them in the QPP Regulations. 8 9


7    A QPP Certificate is to be executed alongside any assignment/agreement/transfer if the assignee/transferee is a person eligible for the UK withholding tax exemption for qualifying private placements.

 

8    ‘resident’ and ‘qualifying territory’ actually defined in S167(5) and S173 TIOPA 2010 – essentially means the UK or any country which has a double tax treaty with the UK containing a non- discrimination article and not designated a non-qualifying territory by Treasury regulations.

 

9    “tax advantage scheme” defined in the QPP regs – in summary a scheme (widely construed) the main purpose, or one of the main purposes of which, is to obtain a tax advantage (other than a negligible one).

 

-1-

 

[Name of holder]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

[This QPP Certificate is required where a holder is a person eligible for the UK withholding tax exemption for qualifying private placements; a separate QPP Certificate should be provided by each such holder and any relevant transferee/assignee of Notes.]

 

 

 

-2-

 

SCHEDULE B

 

DEFINED TERMS

 

As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:

 

Acceptable Bank” means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A- or higher by Standard & Poor's or Fitch or A3 or higher by Moody's or a comparable rating from an internationally recognized credit rating agency.

 

Additional Payments” is defined in Section 8.3.

 

Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Company which guarantees the obligations of the Company under any Principal Credit Facility.

 

“Affected Noteholder” is defined within the definition of “Noteholder Sanctions Event.” “Affected Notes” is defined in Section 8.10(b).

Affiliate” means, at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. As used in this definition, “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Agreement” means this Note Purchase Agreement, including all Schedules attached to this Agreement.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws” means any law or regulation in a U.S. or any non-U.S. jurisdiction regarding bribery or any other corrupt activity, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means any law or regulation in a U.S. or any non-U.S. jurisdiction regarding money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes, including the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (otherwise known as the Bank Secrecy Act) and the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

Applicable Election Date” is defined in Section 10.4(c).

Applicable HR Measurement Period” is defined in Section 10.4(c).

 “Applicable Percentage” is defined in Section 8.8.

Blocked Person” means (i) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by OFAC, (ii) a Person, entity, organization, country or regime that is blocked or a target of sanctions that have been imposed under U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws or (iii) a Person that is an agent, department

 

-1-

 

or instrumentality of, or is otherwise beneficially majority-owned by, controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any Person, entity, organization, country or regime described in clause (i) or (ii).

 

Business Day” means (a) for the purposes of Section 8.8 only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to be closed and (b) for the purposes of any other provision of this Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or London, England are required or authorized to be closed.

 

Called Principal” is defined in Section 8.8.

Change in Tax Law” is defined in Section 8.3.

Change of Control” means if at any time any single person or group of persons acting in concert acquires control of the Company, where (x) “control” has the meaning given to it in section 450 and 451 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010; and (y) “acting in concert” has the meaning given to it in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers.

 

Change of Control Response Date” is defined in Section 8.10(a).

Closing” is defined in Section 3.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Company” is defined in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Company Notice” is defined in Section 8.10(a).

“Competitor” means any Person (other than a Purchaser) which is involved, directly or indirectly, to a material extent in the business of the sale or manufacture of medical equipment; provided that

 

(a)        in no event shall an Institutional Investor that maintains purely passive investments in any Person that is a Competitor be deemed a Competitor; and

 

(b)        the provision of investment advisory services by a Person to a Plan or Non-

U.S. Plan which is owned or controlled by a Person which would otherwise be a Competitor shall not of itself cause the Person providing such services to be deemed to be a Competitor if such Person has established procedures which will prevent confidential information supplied to such Person by any member of the Group from being transmitted or otherwise made available to such Plan or Non-U.S. Plan or Person owning or controlling such Plan or Non-U.S. Plan.

 

Confidential Information” is defined in Section 21.

 

Consolidated Cash and Cash Equivalents” is defined in Section 10.4(e).

Consolidated EBITA” is defined in Section 10.4(e).

Consolidated EBITDA” is defined in Section 10.4(e).

 

-2-

 

 

Consolidated Gross Assets” means the consolidated gross assets of the Group as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company delivered to the holders of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), as applicable, or if no balance sheet has been so delivered subsequent to the Closing, then as shown on the most recent balance sheet listed on Schedule 5.5.

 

Consolidated Interest Payable” is defined in Section 10.4(e).

Consolidated Net Interest Payable” is defined in Section 10.4(e).

Consolidated Total Borrowings” is defined in Section 10.4(e).

 “Consolidated Total Net Borrowings” is defined in Section 10.4(e).

Controlled Entity” means any of the Subsidiaries of the Company and any of their or the Company’s respective Controlled Affiliates. As used in this definition, “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Default” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate” means that rate of interest for the Notes of any Series that is the greater of

(i) 1% per annum above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of the Notes of such Series or (ii) 1% above the rate of interest publicly announced by The Royal Bank of Scotland plc from time to time at its principal office in London, England as its “base” or “prime” rate for Dollars.

 

Disclosure Documents” is defined in Section 5.3.

Discounted Value” is defined in Section 8.8.

Dollar” or “$” means the lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Environmental Laws” means any and all statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to Hazardous Materials.

 

ERISA” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Company under section 414 of the Code.

 

Event of Default” is defined in Section 11.

FATCA” means

 

-3-

 

 

(a)        sections 1471 to 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

(b)        any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c)        any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

Finance Subsidiary Indebtedness” means any Financial Indebtedness of a Subsidiary (a “Finance Subsidiary”) (a) whose primary activities are issuance of debt obligations to Persons other than Affiliates (which debt obligations are non-recourse to the assets of such Finance Subsidiary except for the assets constituting loans of the net proceeds of such debt issuance to the Company, or, subject as provided below, other members of the Group), and the lending of the net proceeds of such debt issuance to the Company and, subject as provided below, other members of the Group and activities incidentally related thereto, and

(b)  which has no significant assets other than promissory notes (or other instruments or evidence of such indebtedness) evidencing such loans to the Company, or (subject as provided below) to any other member of the Group; provided that where such Finance Subsidiary lends the net proceeds of such debt issuance to a member of the Group other than the Company, the Financial Indebtedness of such Finance Subsidiary which generated such net proceeds shall only be treated as Finance Subsidiary Indebtedness if and to the extent such member of the Group which borrows such net proceeds provides the holders with a guarantee of the Notes in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders and with opinions from counsel satisfactory to the Required Holders in all relevant jurisdictions, which opinions shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders as to the due authorization, execution and delivery of such guarantee and the valid, binding and enforceable nature of such guarantee (and shall otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 9.8 in respect of such guarantee) and, in addition, either (i) such opinion shall state that the obligations of such member of the Group under such guarantee would rank pari passu with other senior debt of such member of the Group in an insolvency proceeding of such member of the Group or (ii) the holders of the Notes are made parties to, or beneficiaries under, an intercreditor agreement with such Finance Subsidiary lending to such member of the Group and the lender(s) to such Finance Subsidiary, which intercreditor agreement is in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders.

Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness (without double counting) for or in respect of:

 

(a)        moneys borrowed;

 

(b)        any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility (or dematerialized equivalent);

 

(c)        any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;

 

(d)        any finance or capital lease as defined in accordance with the accounting principles applied in connection with the Original Financial Statements;

 

-4-

 

 

(e)        receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f)         the acquisition cost of any asset to the extent payable after its acquisition or possession by the party liable where the deferred payment is arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of that asset;

 

(g)        any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any rate or price (and at any time the then marked to market value of the derivative transaction will be used to calculate its amount, such marked to market value being determined by reference to the documentation of that transaction or, if there is no such provision in the documentation, determined by the Company acting reasonably and on the basis of quotations from the relevant counterparty);

 

(h)        any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

(i)         any counter indemnity obligation in respect of any guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; or

 

(j)         any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any item referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above,

 

provided that the definition of Financial Indebtedness does not include any indebtedness owing from a member of the Group to another member of the Group.

 

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Limited or Fitch Ratings Inc. (as appropriate), or any successor to its ratings business.

 

Forms” is defined in Section 13.

Governmental Authority” means

(a)        the government of

 

(i)         the United States of America or the United Kingdom or any state or other political subdivision of either thereof, or

 

(ii)        any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, or

 

(b)          any    entity    exercising     executive,    legislative,    judicial,     regulatory    or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

 

Governmental Official” means any governmental official or employee, employee of any government-owned or government-controlled entity, political party, any official of a political party, candidate for political office, official of any public international organization or anyone else acting in an official capacity.

 

-5-

 

 

Group” means the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time and “member of the Group” means any one of them.

 

Hazardous Material” means any and all pollutants, toxic or hazardous wastes or other substances that might pose a hazard to health and safety, the removal of which may be required or the generation, manufacture, refining, production, processing, treatment, storage, handling, transportation, transfer, use, disposal, release, discharge, spillage, seepage, or filtration of which is or shall be restricted, prohibited or penalized by any applicable law, including asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum, petroleum products, lead based paint, radon gas or similar restricted, prohibited or penalized substances.

 

Higher Ratio” is defined in Section 10.4(b).

Higher Ratio Period” is defined in Section 10.4(b).

HMRC” means HM Revenue & Customs, the United Kingdom taxing authority.

 

HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme” means the administrative scheme established by HMRC in 2010 to streamline the Treaty relief process for overseas companies which register as passport holders under the Scheme.

 

holder” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1; provided, however, that if such Person is a nominee, then for the purposes of Sections 7, 12, 18.2 and 19 and any related definitions in this Schedule A, “holder” shall mean the beneficial owner of such Note whose name and address appears in such register.

 

IFRS” means the international financial reporting standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board from time to time as approved for use by the European Commission.

 

INHAM Exemption” is defined in Section 6.3(e).

 

Institutional Investor” means (a) any Purchaser of a Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding (together with one or more of its affiliates) more than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.

 

London Banking Day” is defined in Section 23.9.

Make-Whole Amount” is defined in Section 8.8.

Material” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Group taken as a whole.

 

Material Acquisition Event” is defined in Section 10.4(d).

 

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as

 

-6-

 

 

a whole, or (b) the ability of the Company to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement or the Notes or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Notes.

 

Material Subsidiary” means, at any time, a Subsidiary of the Company:

 

(a)      whose gross assets (excluding intra Group items) then equal or exceed 15% of the gross assets of the Group; or

 

(b)      whose earnings before interest and tax (excluding intra Group items) then equal or exceed 15% of the earnings before interest and tax of the Group.

 

For this purpose:

 

(i)       the gross assets or earnings before interest and tax of a Subsidiary of the Company will be determined from its financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries) upon which the latest audited financial statements of the Group have been based;

 

(ii)      if a Subsidiary of the Company becomes a member of the Group after the date on which the latest audited financial statements of the Group have been prepared, the gross assets or earnings before interest and tax of that Subsidiary will be determined from its latest financial statements;

 

(iii)    the gross assets or earnings before interest and tax of the Group will be determined from its latest audited financial statements, adjusted (where appropriate) to reflect the gross assets or earnings before interest and tax of any company or business subsequently acquired or disposed of; and

 

(iv)     if a Material Subsidiary disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to another Subsidiary of the Company, it will immediately cease to be a Material Subsidiary and the other Subsidiary (if it is not already) will immediately become a Material Subsidiary; the subsequent financial statements of those Subsidiaries and the Group will be used to determine whether those Subsidiaries are Material Subsidiaries or not.

 

If there is a dispute as to whether or not a company is a Material Subsidiary, a certificate of the auditors of the Company will be, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive.

 

Measurement Period” is defined in Section 10.4(e).

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service Limited or any successor to its ratings business.

 

Multiemployer Plan” means any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

 

NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.

 

NAIC Annual Statement” is defined in Section 6.3(a).

 

Non-U.K. Holder” means a holder of Notes which is not a U.K. Holder.

 

-7-

 

 

Non-U.S. Plan” means any plan, fund or other similar program that (a) is established or maintained outside the United States of America by the Company or any Subsidiary primarily for the benefit of employees of the Company or one or more Subsidiaries residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and (b) is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

 

Noteholder Sanctions Event” means, with respect to any holder of a Note (an “Affected Noteholder”), such holder or any of its affiliates being in violation of or subject to sanctions

(a)  under any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws as a result of the Company or any Controlled Entity becoming a Blocked Person or, directly or indirectly, having any investment in or engaging in any dealing or transaction (including any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Blocked Person or (b) under any similar laws, regulations or orders adopted by any State within the United States as a result of the name of the Company or any Controlled Entity appearing on a State Sanctions List.

 

Notes” is defined in Section 1.

 

OFAC” means Office of Foreign Assets Control, United States Department of the Treasury.

 

“OFAC Sanctions Program” means any economic or trade sanction that OFAC is responsible for administering and enforcing. A list of OFAC Sanctions Programs may be found at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/Programs/Pages/Programs.aspx.

 

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Company whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

 

Optional Subsidiary Guarantee” is defined in Section 9.8(b).

Optional Subsidiary Guarantor” is defined in Section 9.8(b).

Original Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

Permitted Jurisdiction” means any of the United States, Switzerland, Canada, Australia and any country that on April 30, 2004 was a member of the European Union (other than Greece, Italy, Portugal or Spain).

 

Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, business entity or Governmental Authority.

 

Plan” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

 

Principal Credit Facility” means any bank agreement, instrument or facility or bond or note facility or note purchase agreement, and any renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement thereof, or any two or more of any of the foregoing forming part of a common

 

-8-

 

 

interrelated financing or other transaction (collectively, a “Facility Agreement”) providing for the incurrence of Financial Indebtedness by the Company in an aggregate principal amount equal to or in excess of $250,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any other currency), regardless of the principal amount outstanding thereunder from time to time, provided that such Facility Agreement shall immediately cease to be a Principal Credit Facility at such time as such aggregate principal amount permitted to be incurred thereunder shall be less than $250,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any other currency).

 

property” or “properties” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.

 

PTE” is defined in Section 6.3.

 

Purchaser” or “Purchasers” means each of the purchasers that has executed and delivered this Agreement to the Company and such Purchaser’s successors and assigns (so long as any such assignment complies with Section 14.2), provided, however, that any Purchaser of a Note that ceases to be the registered holder or a beneficial owner (through a nominee) of such Note as the result of a transfer thereof pursuant to Section 14.2 shall cease to be included within the meaning of “Purchaser” of such Note for the purposes of this Agreement upon such transfer.

 

“Purchaser Schedule” means the Schedule A to this Agreement listing the Purchasers of the Notes and including their notice and payment information.

 

QPAM Exemption” is defined in Section 6.3(d).

 

QPP Certificate” means a creditor certificate for the purposes of the QPP Regulations, given by a Purchaser or an assignee or transferee who becomes a holder of Notes, in the form set out in Schedule A1 or otherwise as required at the applicable time by the QPP Regulations.

 

“QPP Holder” means a holder of Notes which has delivered a QPP Certificate to the Company, provided that such QPP Certificate has not been withdrawn by the holder or cancelled by HMRC.

 

“QPP Regulations” means the Qualifying Private Placement Regulations 2015 (2015 No. 2002) or any regulations amending or replacing the same.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer” means any Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

Qualifying Noteholder” means any holder of Notes who is:

 

(a)        beneficially entitled to income in respect of the relevant Notes and is a company which is a resident of the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

 

(b)        beneficially entitled to income in respect of the relevant Notes and is a company not resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes but which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and the whole or any share of such income falls to be

 

-9-

 

 

brought into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the Corporation Tax Act 2009);

 

(c)        any other entity satisfying one or more of the conditions in sections 935 or 936 of the Income Tax Act 2007, including the scheme administrator of a registered pension scheme for the purposes of section 936(2)(g) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (other than those described in (a) and (b) above); or

 

(d)        a partnership each member of which is a person falling within (a) or (b) above or a person or body mentioned in section 936 of the Income Tax Act 2007,

 

and, in each case set out in (a) to (d), no direction has been given by an officer of HM Revenue & Customs pursuant to section 931 of the Income Tax Act 2007; or

 

(e)        a QPP Holder.

 

Reinvestment Yield” is defined in Section 8.8.

Rejection Notice” is defined in Section 8.3.

Related Fund” means, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (a) invests in securities or bank loans, and (b) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.

 

Relevant Tax” is defined in Section 13.

Remaining Average Life” is defined in Section 8.8.

Remaining Scheduled Payments” is defined in Section 8.8.

 

Required Holders” means, at any time, (i) prior to the Closing, the Purchasers and (ii) on or after the Closing, the holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes (without regard to Series) at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates).

 

Responsible Officer” means any Senior Financial Officer and any other officer of the Company with responsibility for the administration of the relevant portion of this Agreement.

 

Sanctions Prepayment Date” is defined in Section 8.4(a).

Sanctions Prepayment Offer” is defined in Section 8.4(a).

Sanctions Prepayment Response Date” is defined in Section 8.4(a).

Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

Security Interest” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest.

 

-10-

 

 

Senior Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Company.

 

Series” means any or all of the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes, the Series C Notes, the Series D Notes or the Series E Notes, as the context may require.

 

Series A Notes” is defined in Section 1.

Series B Notes” is defined in Section 1.

Series C Notes” is defined in Section 1.

Series D Notes” is defined in Section 1.

Series E Notes” is defined in Section 1.

Settlement Date” is defined in Section 8.8.

Source” is defined in Section 6.3.

Spike Election” is defined in Section 10.4(b).

 

Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc., or any successor to its ratings business.

 

State Sanctions List” means a list that is adopted by any state Governmental Authority within the United States of America pertaining to Persons that engage in investment or other commercial activities in Iran or any other country that is a target of economic sanctions imposed under U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws.

 

Sterling” or “£” means the lawful money of the United Kingdom.

 

Subsidiary” means (a) a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006; and (b) for the purposes of Section 10.4, unless the context otherwise requires, a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Subsidiary Guarantee” means an agreement substantially in the form of the subsidiary guarantee attached hereto as Exhibit 9.8.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Additional Subsidiary Guarantor or Optional Subsidiary Guarantor which executes and delivers, or accedes to, a Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to the terms hereof, which Subsidiary Guarantee remains outstanding in relation to such Subsidiary.

 

“Substitute Purchaser” is defined in Section 22.

 

SVO” means the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.

 

Tax” and collectively “Taxes” means any tax (whether income, documentary, sales, stamp, registration, issue, capital, property, excise or otherwise), duty, levy, impost, fee, charge or withholding.

 

-11-

 

 

Tax Prepayment Notice” is defined in Section 8.3.

Taxing Jurisdiction” is defined in Section 13.

Treaty” is defined in the definition of Treaty State.

Treaty Holder” means a holder which is not a QPP Holder and:

 

(i)         is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for purposes of the Treaty;

 

(ii)        does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that holder’s holding of the Notes is effectively connected; and

 

(iii)       fulfils any conditions applicable to the holder which must be fulfilled to obtain full exemption from withholding tax on interest imposed by the United Kingdom under the terms of the Treaty (subject to procedural formalities).

 

Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “Treaty”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from withholding tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

 

U.K. Holder” means a holder of Notes which is (a) resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes, (b) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom but which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment, (c) any other entity satisfying one or more of the conditions in section 935 or 936 of the Income Tax Act 2007, including the scheme administrator of a registered pension scheme for the purposes of section 936(2)(g) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (other than as described in (a) or (b) above), or (d) a partnership within section 937 Income Tax Act 2007 each partner in which is a company resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom.

 

UK Listing Authority” means the Financial Conduct Authority acting in its capacity as competent authority for the purposes of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 of the United Kingdom.

 

USA Patriot Act” means United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws” means those laws, executive orders, enabling legislation or regulations administered and enforced by the United States pursuant to which economic sanctions have been imposed on any Person, entity, organization, country or regime, including the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Iran Sanctions Act, the Sudan Accountability and Divestment Act and any other OFAC Sanctions Program.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary one hundred percent (100%) of all of the equity interests (except directors’ qualifying shares) and voting interests of which are owned by any one or more of the Company and the Company’s other Wholly- Owned Subsidiaries at such time.

 

 

-12-

 

 

SCHEDULE 5.3

 

Disclosure

 

Smith & Nephew Second Quarter and First Half 2019 Results, including Unaudited Half Year Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements for the period ending 29 June 2019

 

 

-1-

 

 

SCHEDULE 5.4

 

Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

-1-

 

PICTURE 2

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 11

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 10

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 9

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 8

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 7

 

 

 

 

 

Group Structure as at 19 November 2019

 

PICTURE 6

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 12

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5.5

 

Financial Statements

 

Audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the periods  ending December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018

 

 

-1-

 

 

SCHEDULE 5.15

 

Existing Financial Indebtedness

 

Existing Financial Indebtedness as at 01 November 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

Borrower

Lender

Facility

Ccy

Amt. (mln)

USD Equiv.
(mln)

Secured
(Y/N)

UK

Smith and Nephew plc

SMBC

Term Loan

EUR

534.3

595.6

N

UK

Smith and Nephew plc

Mizuho

Term Loan

EUR

223.0

248.6

N

UK

Smith and Nephew plc

Various

PP Notes

USD

1,125.0

1,125.0

N

USA

Smith and Nephew Inc

JP Morgan Chase

Overdraft

USD

3.3

3.3

N

Japan

Smith & Nephew KK

SMBC

Revolving Loan

JPY

1,189.0

11.0

N

Other1

Various

Various

Overdraft

 

 

5.9

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

1,989.4

 

 

Note: 1 ‘Other’ is represented by overdraft balances across various business units which individually are not more than USD 2.0m

 

 

-1-

 

 

EXHIBIT 1(a)

 

[FORM OF SERIES A NOTE]

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

2.83% SERIES A SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 17, 2027

 

 

 

No. RA-[        ]

[Date]

 

 

$[          ]

PPN G8228* AM4

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SMITH & NEPHEW PLC (herein called the “Company”), a company organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales, hereby promises to pay to [           ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [              ] DOLLARS ($          ) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on June 17, 2027 with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months)

(a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.83% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on June 17 and December 17 in each year, commencing with the June 17 or December 17 next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on  demand),  at a rate per  annum from time to  time equal to  the  greater of

(i) 3.83% or (ii) 1% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Citibank, N.A. from time to time at its principal office in New York City as its “base” or “prime” rate for Dollars. The interest rate set forth herein shall be increased, as applicable, by such amount as contemplated by Section 10.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount or with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America in New York City at JPMorgan Chase, New York Branch from time to time or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a Series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2019 (as from time to time amended, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Sections 6 of the Note Purchase Agreement (other than the third sentence of Section 6.1). Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer,

 

-1-

 

the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

 

 

 

 

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

-2-

 

EXHIBIT 1(b)

[FORM OF SERIES B NOTE]

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

2.90% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 17, 2028

 

No. RB-[        ]

[Date]

 

 

$[          ]

PPN G8228* AN2

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SMITH & NEPHEW PLC (herein called the “Company”), a company organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales, hereby promises to pay to [           ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [        ] DOLLARS ($       ) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on June 17, 2028 with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months)

(a)  on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.90% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on June 17 and December 17 in each year, commencing with the June 17 or December 17 next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on  demand),  at a rate per  annum from time to  time equal to  the  greater of

(i) 3.90% or (ii) 1% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Citibank, N.A. from time to time at its principal office in New York City as its “base” or “prime” rate for Dollars. The interest rate set forth herein shall be increased, as applicable, by such amount as contemplated by Section 10.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount or with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America in New York City at JPMorgan Chase, New York Branch from time to time or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a Series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2019 (as from time to time amended, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Sections 6 of the Note Purchase Agreement (other than the third sentence of Section 6.1). Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer,

 

-1-

 

the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

-2-

 

EXHIBIT 1(c)

 

[FORM OF SERIES C NOTE]

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

2.97% SERIES C SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 17, 2029

 

 

 

No. RC-[         ]

[Date]

 

 

$[          ]

PPN G8228* AP7

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SMITH & NEPHEW PLC (herein called the “Company”), a company organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales, hereby promises to pay to [           ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                   ]  DOLLARS ($     ) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on     June 17, 2029 with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.97% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on June 17 and December 17 in each year, commencing with the June 17 or December 17 next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 3.97% or (ii) 1% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Citibank, N.A. from time to time at its principal office in New York City as its “base” or “prime” rate for Dollars. The interest rate set forth herein shall be increased, as applicable, by such amount as contemplated by Section 10.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount or with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America in New York City at JPMorgan Chase, New York Branch from time to time or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a Series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2019 (as from time to time amended, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Sections 6 of the Note Purchase Agreement (other than the third sentence of Section 6.1). Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer,

 

-1-

 

the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

 

 

 

 

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

-2-

 

EXHIBIT 1(d)

 

[FORM OF SERIES D NOTE]

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

2.99% SERIES D SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 17, 2030

 

No. RD-[       ]

[Date]

 

 

$[          ]

PPN G8228* AQ5

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SMITH & NEPHEW PLC (herein called the “Company”), a company organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales, hereby promises to pay to [           ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [           ]  DOLLARS ($      ) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on     June 17, 2030 with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.99% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on June 17 and December 17 in each year, commencing with the June 17 or December 17 next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 3.99% or (ii) 1% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Citibank, N.A. from time to time at its principal office in New York City as its “base” or “prime” rate for Dollars. The interest rate set forth herein shall be increased, as applicable, by such amount as contemplated by Section 10.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount or with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America in New York City at JPMorgan Chase, New York Branch from time to time or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a Series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2019 (as from time to time amended, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Sections 6 of the Note Purchase Agreement (other than the third sentence of Section 6.1). Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer,

 

-1-

 

 

the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

 

 

 

 

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

-2-

 

EXHIBIT 1(e)

 

[FORM OF SERIES E NOTE]

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

3.09% SERIES E SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 17, 2032

 

 

 

No. RE-[        ]

[Date]

 

 

$[          ]

PPN G8228* AR3

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SMITH & NEPHEW PLC (herein called the “Company”), a company organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales, hereby promises to pay to [                     ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [             ]  DOLLARS ($       ) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on     June 17, 2032 with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 3.09% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on June 17 and December 17 in each year, commencing with the June 17 or December 17 next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 4.09% or (ii) 1% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Citibank, N.A. from time to time at its principal office in New York City as its “base” or “prime” rate for Dollars. The interest rate set forth herein shall be increased, as applicable, by such amount as contemplated by Section 10.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount or with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America in New York City at JPMorgan Chase, New York Branch from time to time or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a Series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2019 (as from time to time amended, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Sections 6 of the Note Purchase Agreement (other than the third sentence of Section 6.1). Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer,

 

-1-

 

the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

 

 

 

 

 

SMITH & NEPHEW PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

-2-

 

 

EXHIBIT 4.4(a)(i)

 

FORM OF OPINION OF SPECIAL COUNSEL

TO THE COMPANY (U.S.)

 

Subject to customary qualifications and assumptions:

 

1.          The Notes and the Note Purchase Agreement are legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms.

 

2.          The execution and delivery by the Company of the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes and the issuance by the Company of the Notes and the consummation and performance by the Company of the transactions contemplated do not violate any United States Federal or New York law, rule or regulation having the force of law and applicable to the Company.

 

3.          Neither the execution and delivery by the Company of the Notes or the Note Purchase Agreement or the issuance by the Company of the Notes nor the consummation and performance by the Company of any of the transactions contemplated thereby, requires the authorization, license, consent or approval of, the giving of notice to or the registration or filing with, or the taking of any other action in respect thereof by, any United States Federal or New York State governmental or regulatory authority or agency.

 

4.          It is not necessary in connection with the offering, issuance, execution, sale and delivery, as applicable, of the Notes under the circumstances contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement to register the Notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or to qualify an indenture in respect of the Notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

5.          None of the issuance of the Notes, the extension of credit represented by the Notes or the intended use of the proceeds of the Notes by the Company (as set forth in Section

5.14 of the Note Purchase Agreement) will violate or result in a violation of Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

6.          The Company is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

 

-1-

 

 

EXHIBIT 4.4(a)(ii)

 

FORM OF OPINION OF SPECIAL COUNSEL

TO THE COMPANY (ENGLAND AND WALES)

 

 

Subject to customary qualifications and assumptions:

 

1.          The Company is a company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of England and Wales with the corporate power to enter into and perform its obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes (the “Documents”).

 

2.          All corporate action required to authorise the Company’s entry into and performance of its obligations under the Documents has been duly taken and the Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Company.

 

3.          The entry into the Documents and the performance of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not violate any present law or regulation of or in England and Wales or the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.

 

4.          There is no requirement under English law for the consent or authorisation of, or the filing, recording, registration or enrolment of any documents with, any court or other authority in England and Wales, to be obtained or made in order to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Documents.

 

5.          No stamp duty or similar tax is payable in the United Kingdom in respect of the execution or delivery of the Documents.

 

6.          The choice of the law of the State of New York to govern the Documents would be upheld by the English courts provided that the choice of law is bona fide and there are no reasons for avoiding the choice of law on the grounds of public policy.

 

7.          (a)        It is not necessary under the laws of England:

 

(i)         in order to enable any Purchaser to enforce its rights under any Document; or

 

(ii)        by reason of the execution of any Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Document,

 

that any Purchaser should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in England; and

 

(b)        no Purchaser is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business or subject to taxation in England or Wales by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Document.

 

8.          The Company will not be required to, on account of any tax, withhold or deduct any amount from any payment of interest or principal due to any Purchasers under the Documents.

 

-1-

 

9.          The Company has the power to submit, and has taken all necessary corporate action to submit, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and to appoint CT Corporation as its authorised agent for the purposes and to the extent described in Section 23.8(c) of the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

10.        A judgment for money obtained against the Company in the Federal courts of the United States of America or in the courts of the State of New York is enforceable in England.

 

 

-2-

 

 

EXHIBIT 9.8

 

FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

 

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Guarantee Agreement” or this “Agreement”), dated [         ], entered into by [                 ] (together with its successors and assigns, each  a  “Guarantor”), a [        ] company incorporated or organized and registered under the laws of [                    ], in favor of each of the Noteholders (defined herein).

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

 

 

A.                     SMITH & NEPHEW PLC (together, with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, has authorized the issuance of $140,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.83% Series A Senior Notes due June 17, 2027, $60,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.90% Series B Senior Notes due June 17, 2028, $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.97% Series C Senior Notes due June 17, 2029, $95,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.99% Series D Senior Notes due June 17, 2030, and $155,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.09% Series E Senior Notes due June 17, 2032 (together, the “Notes”), pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), dated December 18, 2019, entered into by and between the Company and the purchasers named on Schedule A to such Note Purchase Agreement (the “Purchasers”).

 

B.                     In order to induce the Purchasers to purchase the Notes, the Company has agreed that certain Subsidiaries are required to, or may be asked to, guarantee unconditionally all of the obligations of the Company under and in respect of the Notes and the Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to the terms and provisions hereof. Accordingly, this Guarantee Agreement is issued in consideration of the purchase of the Notes by the Purchasers

 

C.                     Pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, the Guarantor is required to, or is being asked to, execute this Guarantee Agreement.

 

D.                     All acts and proceedings required by law and by the memorandum or articles of association, bylaws or other governing and charter documents of the Guarantor necessary to constitute this Guarantee Agreement a valid and binding agreement for the uses and purposes set forth herein in accordance with its terms, have been done and taken, and the execution and delivery hereof have been in all respects duly authorized.

 

E.                      The Guarantor and the Company are operated as part of one consolidated business entity and are directly dependent upon each other for and in connection with their respective business activities and their respective financial resources. The Guarantor will receive a direct economic and financial benefit from the indebtedness incurred under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes by the Company, and under this Guarantee Agreement by the Guarantor, and the incurrence of such indebtedness is or was in the best interests of the Guarantor.

 

-1-

 

F.                      The Company provides certain financial accommodations to the Guarantor as needed from time to time and is responsible for supplying the recurring working capital needs and other financial support of the Guarantor on an ongoing basis.

 

G.                     By agreeing to enter into this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantor will gain substantial financial and other benefits, both direct and indirect.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor does hereby covenant and agree, for the benefit of all present and future Noteholders, as follows:

 

AGREEMENT:

 

1.          GUARANTEE AND OTHER RIGHTS AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

1.1        Guaranteed Obligations

 

The Guarantor hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and absolutely guarantees to each Noteholder, as principal obligor and as and for the Guarantor’s own debt, until final and indefeasible payment has been made:

 

(a)        the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) and Make-Whole Amount on the Notes at any time outstanding and the due and punctual payment of all other amounts payable, and all other indebtedness owing, by the Company to any Noteholder under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes (all such obligations so guaranteed are herein collectively referred to as the “Guaranteed Obligations”), in each case when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, pursuant to mandatory or optional prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise, all in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof; it being the intent of the Guarantor that the guarantee set forth in this Section 1 shall be a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection; and

(b)        the punctual and faithful performance, keeping, observance and fulfillment by the Company of all duties, agreements, covenants and obligations of the Company contained in the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes.

 

1.2        Payments and Performance

 

In the event that the Company fails to make, on or before the due date thereof, any payment to be made of any principal amount of, or interest or Make-Whole Amount on, or in respect of, the Notes or of any other amounts due to any Noteholder under the Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes, or if the Company shall fail to perform, keep, observe, or fulfill any other obligation referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) of Section 1.1 in the manner provided in the Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes after in each case giving effect to any applicable grace periods or cure provisions or waivers or amendments, the Guarantor shall cause forthwith to be paid the moneys, or to be performed, kept, observed or fulfilled each of such obligations, in respect of which such failure has occurred in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes. In furtherance of the

 

-2-

 

foregoing, if an Event of Default pursuant to Section 11(g), (h) or (i) of the Note Purchase Agreement shall exist, all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall, in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Note Purchase Agreement for the acceleration of the Notes (including, without limitation, the provisions related to actions required by a requisite percentage of Noteholders) forthwith become due and payable without notice to the Guarantor, regardless of whether the acceleration of the Notes shall be stayed, enjoined, delayed or otherwise prevented.

 

Nothing shall discharge or satisfy the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder (so long as this Guarantee Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement) except the full and final performance and indefeasible payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; it being understood, however, that this Guarantee Agreement may be terminated by the Company in accordance with Sections 9.8(d) or (e) of the Note Purchase Agreement, in which case this Guarantee Agreement shall no longer be of any force or effect and the Guarantor shall no longer have any obligations or liabilities in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Any settlement or discharge between the Guarantor and the Noteholders or any of them shall be conditional upon no payment to the Noteholders or any of them by the Company or any other person on the Company’s behalf being avoided or reduced by virtue of any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or similar laws of general application for the time being in force and, in the event of any such payment being so avoided or reduced, the Noteholders shall be entitled to recover the amount by which such payment is so avoided or reduced from the Guarantor subsequently as if such settlement or discharge had not occurred.

 

1.3        Waivers

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Guarantor does hereby waive:

 

(a)        notice of acceptance of this Guarantee Agreement;

 

(b)        notice of any purchase or acceptance of the Notes under the Note Purchase Agreement, or the creation, existence or acquisition of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, subject to the Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of each Noteholder to ascertain the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations at any reasonable time;

 

(c)        notice of the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, subject to the Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of each Noteholder to ascertain the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations at any reasonable time;

 

(d)        notice of adverse change in the financial condition of the Company or any other guarantor or any other fact that might increase the Guarantor’s risk hereunder;

 

(e)        notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to the Notes or any other instrument;

 

(f)         notice of any Default or Event of Default;

 

-3-

 

(g)        all other notices and demands to which the Guarantor might otherwise be entitled (except if such notice or demand is specifically otherwise required to be given to the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement);

 

(h)        the right by statute or otherwise to require any or each Noteholder to institute suit against the Company, the Guarantor or any other guarantor or to exhaust the rights and remedies of any or each Noteholder against the Company, the Guarantor or any other guarantor, the Guarantor being bound to the payment of each and all Guaranteed Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter accruing, as fully as if such Guaranteed Obligations were directly owing to each Noteholder by the Guarantor;

 

(i)         any defense arising by reason of any disability or other similar defense (other than the defense that the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed and indefeasibly paid) of the Company or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of the Company in respect thereof;

 

(j)         any stay (except in connection with a pending appeal), valuation, appraisal, redemption or extension law now or at any time hereafter in force that, but for this waiver, might be applicable to any sale of property of the Guarantor made under any judgment, order or decree based on this Guarantee Agreement, and the Guarantor covenants that it will not at any time insist upon or plead, or in any manner claim or take the benefit or advantage of any such law; and

 

(k)        at all times prior to the full and final performance and indefeasible payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any claim of any nature arising out of any right of indemnity, contribution, reimbursement, indemnification or any similar right or any claim of subrogation (whether such right or claim arises under contract or by operation of law) arising in respect of any payment made under this Guarantee Agreement or in connection with this Guarantee Agreement, against the Company or any other guarantor or the estate of the Company or any other guarantor (including Security Interest on the property of the Company or any other guarantor or the estate of the Company or any other guarantor), in each case whether or not the Company or any such other guarantor at any time shall be the subject of any proceeding brought under any Bankruptcy Law, and the Guarantor further agrees that it will not file any claims against the Company or any other guarantor or the estate of the Company or any other guarantor in the course of any such proceeding or otherwise, and further agrees that each Noteholder may specifically enforce the provisions of this clause (k).

1.4        Releases

 

The Guarantor hereby consents and agrees that, without notice to or by the Guarantor and without affecting or impairing the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement, each Noteholder, by action or inaction, may:

 

(a)        compromise or settle, renew or extend the period of duration or the time for the payment, or discharge the performance of, or may refuse to, or otherwise not, enforce, or may, by action or inaction, release all or any one or more parties to, any one or more of the Notes or the Note Purchase Agreement;

 

-4-

 

(b)       assign, sell or transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any one or more of the Notes;

 

(c)        grant waivers, extensions, consents and other indulgences to the Company or any other guarantor in respect of any one or more of the Notes, the Note Purchase Agreement or any guarantee delivered in connection with either thereof;

 

(d)        agree to amend, modify or supplement in any manner and at any time (or from time to time) any one or more of the Notes, the Note Purchase Agreement or any guarantee delivered in connection with either thereof;

 

(e)        release or substitute any one or more of the endorsers or guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations whether parties hereto or not;

 

(f)         sell, exchange, release or surrender any property at any time pledged or granted as security in respect of the Guaranted Obligations, whether so pledged or granted by the Company, the Guarantor or another guarantor of the obligations of the Company under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes; and

 

(g)        exchange, enforce, waive, or release, by action or inactions, any security for the Guaranteed Obligations or any other guarantee of any of the Notes.

 

1.5        Immediate Liability

 

The Guarantor agrees that the liability of the Guarantor in respect of this Section 1 shall be immediate and shall not be contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by any Noteholder or any other Person of whatever remedies such Noteholder or other Person may have against the Company or any other guarantor or the enforcement of any security or realization upon any security such Person may at any time possess.

 

1.6        No Setoff, Counterclaim; Severability

 

(a)        Except as otherwise required by law, each payment by the Guarantor shall be made without setoff or counterclaim.

 

(b)        Each of the rights and remedies granted under this Section 1 to each Noteholder in respect of the Notes held by such Noteholder may be exercised by such Noteholder without notice to, or the consent of or any other action by, any other Noteholder.

 

1.7        Other Enforcement Rights

 

Each Noteholder may proceed to protect and enforce this Guarantee Agreement by suit or suits or proceedings in equity, at law or in bankruptcy, and whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained herein or in execution or aid of any power herein granted, or for the recovery of judgment for the obligations hereby guaranteed or for the enforcement of any other property, legal or equitable remedy available under applicable law.

 

-5-

 

1.8        Delay or Omission; No Waiver

 

No course of dealing on the part of any Noteholder or any other Person and no delay or failure on the part of any Noteholder to exercise any right under this Guarantee Agreement shall impair such right or operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice any Noteholder’s rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under the Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes. Every right and remedy given by this Guarantee Agreement or by law to any Noteholder or any other Person may be exercised from time to time as often as may be deemed expedient by such Person.

 

1.9        Cumulative Remedies

 

No remedy under this Guarantee Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, but each and every remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any and every other remedy given under this Guarantee Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes.

 

1.10      Survival

 

The obligations of the Guarantor herein contained shall constitute and be continuing obligations notwithstanding any settlement of account or other matter or thing whatsoever and shall not be considered satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of all or any of the Company’s obligations under or in respect of any Note or the Note Purchase Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect until all sums due from the Company in respect of the Notes and the Note Purchase Agreement have been indefeasibly paid, and all other actual or contingent obligations of the Company thereunder or in respect thereof have been satisfied, in full. So long as the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been fully and finally performed and indefeasibly paid, the obligations of the Guarantor under this Section 1 shall survive the transfer and payment of any Note and the payment in full of all the Notes.

 

1.11      Maintenance of Office

 

The Guarantor will maintain an office at the address of the Guarantor as provided in Section 3.3 hereof, where notices, presentations and demands in respect hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations may be made upon the Guarantor. Such office will be maintained at such address until such time as the Guarantor shall notify each Noteholder in writing of any change of location of such office.

 

1.12      Representations and Warranties

 

The Guarantor represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)        Organization; Power and Authority.  The Guarantor is a company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Guarantor has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it

 

-6-

 

transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Guarantee Agreement and to perform the provisions hereof;

 

(b)        Authorization, etc. This Guarantee Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Guarantor, and this Guarantee Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

(c)        Governmental Authorizations, etc. No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee Agreement;

 

(d)        Filings; Registration. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body in the United States or the jurisdiction of organization of the Guarantor is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Agreement or any other document or instrument to be delivered in connection herewith; and

 

(e)        Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Agreement will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Security or other security in respect of any property of the Guarantor under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, memorandum and articles of association, corporate charter or by-laws, or any other Material agreement or instrument to which the Guarantor is bound or by which the Guarantor or any of its properties may be bound or affected, (b) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Guarantor or (c) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Guarantor.

(f)         Ranking. The Guarantor’s payment obligations under this Guarantee Agreement will, upon the execution and delivery thereof, rank at least pari passu, without preference or priority, with all other unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness of such Guarantor, other than Financial Indebtedness which is mandatorily preferred by law.

 

(g)        Solvency.  After giving effect to the execution and delivery of this Guarantee Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the Guarantor will not be unable to pay its debts (within the meaning of Section 123(1)(e) of the UK Insolvency Act 1986).

 

1.13      Pari Passu Ranking

 

The Guarantor will ensure that its payment obligations under this Guarantee Agreement will at all times rank at least pari passu, without preference or priority, with all

 

-7-

 

other present or future unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness of the Guarantor, other than Financial Indebtedness which is mandatorily preferred by law.

 

1.14      Tax Gross-Up

 

All payments whatsoever under this Guarantee Agreement will be made by the Guarantor in Dollars free and clear of, and without liability or withholding or deduction for or on account of, any present or future Taxes of whatever nature (hereinafter called “Relevant Tax”, which term shall, in any event, exclude any of the foregoing withheld or deducted under the law of (i) the jurisdiction in which the relevant holder of Notes is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the relevant holder of Notes is treated as resident for tax purposes or (ii) the jurisdiction to which any income arising on the Notes is attributable, in either case where the relevant Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the relevant holder of Notes) imposed or levied by the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Guarantor (or any political subdivision or relevant taxing authority thereof or therein), or by the government of any other country or jurisdiction (or any authority therein or thereof) (A) in which the Guarantor is organized, managed or controlled or otherwise resident for tax purposes from time to time, (B) where a branch or office through which the Guarantor is acting for purposes of this Guarantee Agreement is located, or (C) from or through which payments to be made by the Guarantor in respect of the Notes under this Guarantee Agreement are actually made (hereinafter a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Relevant Tax is compelled by law.

If any deduction or withholding for any Relevant Tax of a Taxing Jurisdiction shall at any time be required in respect of any amounts to be paid by the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantor will pay to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction the full amount required to be withheld, deducted or otherwise paid before penalties attach thereto or interest accrues thereon and pay to the relevant holder of Notes such additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the net amounts paid to such holder of Notes pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement after such deduction, withholding or payment (including, without limitation, any required deduction or withholding of Relevant Tax on or with respect to such additional amount), shall be not less than the amounts that would have been due and payable to such holder of Notes under the terms of this Guarantee Agreement had no such withholding, deduction or payment of Tax been due, provided further that no payment of any additional amounts shall be required to be made for or on account of:

(a)  (i) in the case of a payment to a Non-U.K. Holder, any Relevant Tax that would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Non-U.K. Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member of, shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Non-

U.K. Holder, if such Non-U.K. Holder is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation or any Person other than the Non-U.K. Holder to whom the Notes or any amount payable thereon is attributable for the purposes of such Relevant Tax) and the Taxing Jurisdiction, other than the mere holding of the relevant Note or the receipt of payments thereunder or in respect thereof, including, without limitation, such Non-U.K. Holder (or such other Person described in the above parenthetical) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof, or being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having or having had an establishment, office, fixed base or branch therein, provided that this exclusion shall not apply with respect to a Relevant Tax that would not have been

 

-8-

 

imposed but for the Guarantor after the date of this Guarantee Agreement, opening an office in, moving an office to, reincorporating in, or changing the Taxing Jurisdiction from or through which payments on account of this Guarantee Agreement are made to, the Taxing Jurisdiction imposing the Relevant Tax; and (ii) where the relevant Tax Jurisdiction is not the United Kingdom, in the case of a payment to a UK Holder, where any Relevant Tax that would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant U.K. Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member of, shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such U.K. Holder, if such U.K. Holder is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation or any Person other than the

U.K. Holder to whom the Notes or any amount payable thereon is attributable for the purposes of such Relevant Tax) and the Taxing Jurisdiction, other than the mere holding of the relevant Note or the receipt of payments thereunder or in respect thereof, including, without limitation, such U.K. Holder (or such other Person described in the above parenthetical) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof, or being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having or having had an establishment, office, fixed base or branch therein, provided that this exclusion shall not apply with respect to a Relevant Tax that would not have been imposed but for the Guarantor after the date of this Guarantee Agreement, opening an office in, moving an office to, reincorporating in, or changing the Taxing Jurisdiction from or through which payments on account of this Guarantee Agreement are made to, the Taxing Jurisdiction imposing the Relevant Tax;

(b)      any Relevant Tax that would not have been imposed but for the delay or failure by the relevant holder, which does not include a UK Holder or a QPP Holder (in a situation where the QPP Regulations are applicable) where the Taxing Jurisdiction is the United Kingdom, (following a written request by the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable) in the filing with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of Forms (as defined below) that are required to be filed by such holder to avoid or reduce such Taxes (including for such purpose any refilings or renewals of filings that may from time to time be required by the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction), provided that the filing of such Forms would not (in such holder’s reasonable judgment) impose any unreasonable burden (in time, resources or otherwise) on such holder or result in any confidential or proprietary income tax return information being revealed, either directly or indirectly, to any Person, and such delay or failure could have been lawfully avoided by such holder, and provided further that such holder shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this clause (b) upon (i) the good faith completion and submission of such Forms (including refilings or renewals of filings) as may be specified in a written request of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, no later than 60 days after receipt by such holder of such written request (accompanied by copies of such Forms and related instructions, if any, all in the English language or with an English translation thereof) or (ii) if the Taxing Jurisdiction is the United Kingdom, compliance by such holder with the requirements of the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme applicable to it in connection with its election to apply the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme to the Note Purchase Agreement; or

(c)       in the case of a payment to a Non-U.K. Holder that has designated itself a QPP in a situation where the QPP Regulations are applicable,

 

-9-

 

any Relevant Tax if, on the date on which the relevant payment falls due, the payment could have been made to such relevant holder of Notes without any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax but on that date such holder is not or has ceased to be a QPP Holder either as a consequence of a withdrawn or cancelled QPP Certificate or for any reason), other than as a result of any Change in Tax Law after the date of the Note Purchase Agreement;

 

(d)      for any Tax imposed by FATCA; or

 

(e)       any combination of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above;

 

and provided further that in no event shall the Guarantor be obligated to pay any additional amounts to any holder (i) not resident in the United States of America or any other jurisdiction in which an original Purchaser was resident for tax purposes on the date of the relevant Closing in excess of the amounts that the Guarantor would be obligated to pay if such holder had been a resident of the United States of America or such other jurisdiction, as applicable, for purposes of, and eligible for the benefits of, any double taxation treaty from time to time in effect between the United States of America or such other jurisdiction and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or (ii) holding Notes registered in the name of a nominee if under the law of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (or the current regulatory interpretation of such law by the relevant taxing authority) securities held in the name of a nominee do not qualify for an exemption from the Relevant Tax.

 

By acceptance of any Note, any relevant holder (which does not include a UK Holder or a QPP Holder (in a situation where the QPP Regulations are applicable) where the Taxing Jurisdiction is the United Kingdom) agrees, subject to the limitations of clause (b) above, that it will from time to time with reasonable promptness either (i) if the Taxing Jurisdiction is the United Kingdom, comply with Section 13.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement and the requirements of the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme applicable to it in connection with its election to apply the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme to the Notes or (ii) (x) duly complete and deliver to or as reasonably directed by the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, all such forms, certificates, documents and returns provided to such holder by the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable (collectively, together with instructions for completing the same, “Forms”) required to be filed by or on behalf of such holder in order to avoid or reduce any such Relevant Tax pursuant to the provisions of an applicable statute, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or of a tax treaty between the United States or any other jurisdiction of residence of the holder (as applicable) and such Taxing Jurisdiction and (y) provide the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, with such information with respect to such holder as the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, may reasonably request in order to complete any such Forms, provided that nothing in this Section 1.14 shall require any holder to provide information with respect to any such Form or otherwise if in the reasonable opinion of such holder such Form or disclosure of information would involve the disclosure of Tax return or other information that is confidential or proprietary to such holder, and provided further that each such holder shall be deemed to have complied with its obligation under this paragraph with respect to any Form if such Form shall have been duly completed and delivered by such holder to the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, or mailed to the appropriate taxing authority (which in the case of a United Kingdom HM Revenue & Customs Form US-Company 2002 or any similar Form shall be deemed to occur when such Form is submitted to the United States Internal Revenue Service in accordance with instructions contained in such Form), whichever is applicable, within 60 days following a written request of the Company or the

 

-10-

 

Guarantor, as applicable (which request shall be accompanied by copies of such Form and English translations of any such Form not in the English language) and, in the case of a transfer of any Note, at least 90 days prior to the relevant interest payment date.

 

The Company or the Guarantor will furnish each Purchaser (other than a Purchaser which has provided its HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence to the Company as contemplated by Section 13.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement to the extent the Taxing Jurisdiction is the United Kingdom) who is not resident in the Taxing Jurisdiction with copies of the appropriate Form currently required to be filed in the Taxing Jurisdiction pursuant to clause (b) of the second paragraph of this Section 1.14, if any, and in connection with the transfer of any Note the Company or the Guarantor will furnish the transferee of such Note (other than a transferee which has provided its HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence as contemplated by Section 13.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement to the extent the Taxing Jurisdiction is the United Kingdom) with copies of any Form and English translation then required.

 

If any payment is made by the Guarantor to or for the account of a holder of Notes after deduction or withholding for or on account of any Relevant Tax, and additional payments are made by the Guarantor to the holder pursuant to this Section 1.14, then, if such holder of Notes at its sole discretion determines that it has received or been granted a credit of such Relevant Tax, such holder of Notes shall, to the extent that it can do so without prejudice to the retention of the amount of such credit, reimburse to the Guarantor such amount as such holder of Notes shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be attributable to the relevant Relevant Tax or deduction or withholding which such holder of Notes determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the increased payment not been required to be made by the Guarantor. In this Section 1.14, a reference to “determines” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination. Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a holder of Notes to arrange its Tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit and, in particular, no holder of Notes shall be under any obligation to claim relief from its corporate profits or similar tax liability in respect of such Relevant Tax in priority to any other claims, reliefs, credits or deductions available to it or (other than as set forth in clause (b) above) oblige any holder of Notes to disclose any information relating to its Tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof.

If the Guarantor is required to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax, it shall make the relevant deduction or withholding and any payment required in connection with that deduction or withholding within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

The Guarantor will furnish any relevant holders of Notes, promptly and in any event within 60 days after the date of any payment by the Guarantor of any Relevant Tax in respect of any amounts paid under this Guarantee Agreement, the original tax receipt issued by the relevant taxation or other authorities involved for all amounts paid as aforesaid (or if such original tax receipt is not available or must legally be kept in the possession of the Guarantor, a duly certified copy of the original tax receipt or any other reasonably satisfactory evidence of payment), together with such other documentary evidence with respect to such payments as may be reasonably requested from time to time by any holder of Notes.

 

If the Guarantor is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of the taxation or other authority of any relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, to make any deduction or withholding

 

-11-

 

of any Relevant Tax in respect of which the Guarantor would be required to pay any additional amount under this Section 1.14, but for any reason (other than the failure by a holder of any Note to furnish any documentation or assistance which would cause the additional amount not to be payable) does not make such deduction or withholding with the result that a liability in respect of such Relevant Tax is assessed directly against a holder of Notes, and such holder of Notes pays such liability, then the Guarantor will promptly reimburse such holder of Notes for such payment (including any related interest or penalties to the extent such interest or penalties arise by virtue of a default or delay by the Guarantor) upon demand by such holder of Notes accompanied by an official receipt (or a duly certified copy thereof) issued by the taxation or other authority of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

 

If the Guarantor makes payment to or for the account of any holder of Notes and such holder is entitled to a refund of the Relevant Tax to which such payment is attributable upon the making of a filing (other than a Form described above), then such holder of Notes shall, as soon as practicable after receiving a written request from the Guarantor (which shall specify in reasonable detail and supply the refund forms to be filed) use reasonable efforts to complete and deliver such refund forms to or as directed by the Guarantor subject, however, to the same limitations with respect to Forms as are set forth above.

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Section 1.14 shall survive the payment or transfer of any Note and the provisions of this Section 1.14 shall also apply to successive transferees of the Notes.

[1.15] [Other Limitations wording]10

 

 

 

2.          INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT

 

2.1        Terms Defined

 

As used in this Guarantee Agreement, the terms set forth below have the respective meanings specified below or set forth in the Section of this Guarantee Agreement referred to immediately following such term (such definitions, unless otherwise expressly provided, to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined); capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the respective meanings assigned to them by or pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

Agreement - has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

Bankruptcy Law - means any bankruptcy, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect.

 

Company - has the meaning assigned to such term in Preliminary Statement A.

 

Forms – has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.14.

 


10   Insert any limitations wording required by local law of jurisdiction of the Guarantor

 

-12-

 

Guarantee Agreement - has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

Guaranteed Obligations - has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.1.

 

Guarantor - has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

London Banking Day – has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.10.

 

Note Purchase Agreement – has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

Noteholder - means, at any time, each Person that is the registered holder of any Note at such time.

 

Notes - has the meaning assigned to such term in Preliminary Statement A.

Purchasers - has the meaning assigned to such term in Preliminary Statement A.

Relevant Tax – has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.14.

Taxing Jurisdiction – has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.14.

 

2.2        Directly or Indirectly

 

Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or that such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, including, without limitation, actions taken by or on behalf of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner.

 

2.3        Section Headings and Construction

 

(a)        Section Headings, etc. The titles of the Sections appear as a matter of convenience only, do not constitute a part hereof and shall not affect the construction hereof. The words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and “hereto” refer to this Guarantee Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

 

(b)        Construction.  Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent an express contrary provision herein) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, and compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with one or more other covenants.

 

3.          MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1        Successors and Assigns

 

Whenever the Guarantor or any of the parties to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, this Agreement or any other documents delivered in connection with any thereof is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and

 

-13-

 

assigns of such party, and all the covenants, promises and agreements contained in this Guarantee Agreement by or on behalf of the Guarantor shall bind its permitted successors and assigns of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of each of the Noteholders from time to time whether so expressed or not and whether or not an assignment of the rights hereunder shall have been delivered in connection with any assignment or other transfer of Notes.

 

3.2        Partial Invalidity

 

The unenforceability or invalidity of any provision or provisions hereof shall not render any other provision or provisions contained herein unenforceable or invalid.

 

3.3        Communications

 

All communications to the Guarantor in respect of this Guarantee Agreement shall be directed to the Guarantor at its address set out in Schedule A hereto or to such other address as the Guarantor shall have indicated to each Noteholder in writing. All communications to any Noteholder in respect of this Guarantee Agreement shall be directed to such Noteholder as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement. All such communications shall be delivered in the manner set forth in Section 19 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

3.4        Governing Law

 

This Guarantee Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

3.5        Amendment

 

This Guarantee Agreement may be amended or waived by written instrument executed and delivered by the Guarantor and the Required Holders, except that no such amendment or waiver may, without the consent of each holder of Notes affected thereby, amend Section 1.1, 1.2, 1.14, 3.10 or this Section 3.5.

 

3.6        Counterparts

 

This Guarantee Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, each of such counterparts constituting an original but altogether only one Guarantee Agreement.

 

3.7        Benefits of Guarantee Agreement Restricted to Noteholders

 

(a)        This Guarantee Agreement shall inure to the sole and exclusive benefit of each Noteholder and its (and any subsequent) successors and assigns, each of which shall be entitled severally to enforce this Guarantee Agreement against the Guarantor.

 

(b)        Nothing express or implied in this Guarantee Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Guarantor and the Noteholders any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect hereof or any covenant, condition or provision contained herein.

 

-14-

 

3.8        Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement

 

All representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by the Guarantor in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof, the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes. This Guarantee Agreement constitutes the final written expression of all of the terms hereof and is a complete and exclusive statement of those terms.

 

3.9        Jurisdiction; Service of Process

 

(a)        The Guarantor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

(b)        The Guarantor agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that a final judgment in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 3.9(a) brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon it subject to rights of appeal, as the case may be, and may be enforced in the courts of the United States of America or the State of New York (or any other courts to the jurisdiction of which it or any of its assets is or may be subject) by a suit upon such judgment.

 

(c)        The Guarantor consents to process being served by or on behalf of any Noteholder in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 3.9(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified or priority mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivering a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 19 of the Note Purchase Agreement, to CT Corporation System, with offices at 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005, as its agent for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States. The Guarantor agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it.

(d)        Nothing in this Section 3.9 shall affect the right of any Noteholder to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Guarantor in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

 

(e)        The Guarantor hereby irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, with offices at 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005, to receive for it, and on its behalf, service of process in the United States.

 

-15-

 

(f)         THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH.

 

3.10      Obligation to Make Payment in Dollars

 

Any payment on account of an amount that is payable hereunder in Dollars which is made to or for the account of any holder of Notes in any other currency, whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of the Guarantor, shall constitute a discharge of the obligation of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Deed only to the extent of the amount of Dollars which such holder could purchase in the foreign exchange markets in London, England, with the amount of such other currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the London Banking Day following receipt of the payment first referred to above. If the amount of Dollars that could be so purchased is less than the amount of Dollars originally due to such holder, the Guarantor agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and save harmless such holder from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Guarantee Deed, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by such holder from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under the Notes or under any judgment or order. As used herein the term “London Banking Day” shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in London, England.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; next page is signature page]

 

-16-

 

IN WITNESS whereof the Guarantee Agreement has been delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this Guarantee Agreement.

 

[                                          ]

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

-17-

Exhibit 4(c)(xxix)

 

Smith & Nephew plc

 

PICTURE 2

Building 5, Croxley Park

 

Hatters Lane

 

Watford

T: + 44 (0)1923 477 100

Hertforshire

F: + 44 (0)1923 477 101

WD18 8YE

www.smith-nephew.com

 

Marc Owen

C/o Smith & Nephew plc
Building 5, Croxley Park

Hatters Lane

Watford

Hertfordshire

WD18 8YE

 

18 February 2020

 

Dear Mr Owen,

 

SMITH & NEPHEW plc (THE "COMPANY") AND YOUR RE-APPOINTMENT

AS NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

 

Following the recommendation of the Nomination & Governance Committee, the board of the Company (the “Board”) confirms that you will remain on the Board as a Non-Executive Director of the Company and Chair of the Compliance & Culture Committee from 1 October 2020 for a further period of three years. This letter confirms the main terms of your appointment to this office.  It is agreed that this is a contract for services and not a contract of employment.  You should be aware that your re-appointment as a Director will have to be ratified by the Company's shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and is subject to the Company's articles of association as amended from time to time.  If there is a conflict between the terms of this letter and the Articles of Association then the Articles shall prevail.

 

DUTIES

 

1.          You are already aware of how the Board is structured and what authorities are delegated to the Chief Executive Officer and his colleagues.

 

2.          The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs. The Board’s role is to:

 

(a)       provide entrepreneurial leadership to the Company within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enable risk to be assessed and managed;

 

(b)       set the Company's strategic aims, ensure that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives, and review management performance; and

 

(c)       set the Company's values and standards and ensure that its obligations to its shareholders and stakeholders and others are understood and met.

 

PICTURE 1

 

3.          In your role as Non-Executive Director you are required (with the other Non-Executive Directors) to:

 

(a)       constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

(b)       scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

(c)       satisfy yourself that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

(d)       have a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning and where required by the relevant policy of the Company from time to time be responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors.

 

4.          You will be required to:

 

(a)       exercise relevant powers under the Company's Articles of Association;

 

(b)       perform your duties faithfully, efficiently and diligently and use all reasonable endeavours to promote the interests and reputation of the Company;

 

(c)       serve on the various committees of the Board and attend wherever possible all meetings of such committees.  You are currently a member of the Audit and Chair of the Compliance & Culture Committee. You will be provided with the terms of reference of a committee on your appointment to such committees, which are available from the Company Secretary;

 

(d)       attend all Annual General Meetings and Extraordinary General Meetings of the Company;

 

(e)       attend all meetings of the Board, which normally meets at least six times a year, normally at Croxley Business Park, Watford WD18 8YE or by telephone (at least one to two meetings per year are held at one of the major divisions, and additional Board calls are held between physical meetings);

 

(f)        attend the Annual Strategy Review, which is usually held in November;

 

(g)       consider all relevant papers in advance of each meeting in order to ensure that you can play a full part in the work of the Board and its committees;

 

(h)       bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, policy, resources, performance and standards of conduct;

 

PICTURE 1

 

(i)        make yourself available (on reasonable notice) to provide ad hoc advice to individual directors of the Company.  We do not envisage that this would take more than three days of your time a year;

 

(j)        provide guidance and direction in planning, developing and enhancing the future strategic direction of the Company;

 

(k)       share responsibility with the other directors for the effective control of the Company and with the other non-executive directors for the supervision of the executive directors;

 

(l)        comply with the EU Market Abuse Regulation (MAR) for securities transactions by directors of UK listed companies and with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees issued by the Company from time to time.

 

5.          Overall the Company anticipates that you will need to spend a minimum of 15 days per year fulfilling your duties.  This will include the board meetings, annual general meetings, one to two board away-day each year and board committee meetings.  In addition you will be expected to spend an appropriate period of time preparing for each meeting and be prepared to be available for additional meetings and business when required.  By accepting this appointment you confirm that you are able to commit sufficient time to the role to meet the Company's expectations.

 

6.          The Company seeks to adhere to the principles in The UK Corporate Governance Code. You will be expected to carry out your duties in accordance with the principles set out in this Code, copies of which are available from the Company Secretary.

 

7.          The performance of the Board and its committees, and of individual directors, is evaluated on a regular basis.

 

8.          You shall, in pursuance of your duties, be entitled to request such information from the Company, its subsidiary undertakings (as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006 as amended from time to time) or its or their employees, consultants or professional advisers as may be reasonably necessary to enable you to perform your role effectively.  The Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to provide such information promptly.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

During the course of your duties you will have access to confidential information belonging to the Company and its subsidiary undertakings (including, but not limited to, details of suppliers, customers, margins, know-how, marketing and other relevant business information).  Unauthorised disclosure of this information could seriously damage the Company. You therefore

PICTURE 1

 

undertake not to use or disclose such information save in pursuance of your duties or in accordance with any statutory obligation or court or similar order.

 

Your attention is drawn to the rules relating to the disclosure of price sensitive information.  You must not make any statement or do anything which may be a breach of these rules without prior clearance from the Company Secretary.

 

OUTSIDE INTERESTS

 

The agreement of the Chairman should be sought before you accept any new outside interests which might affect the time you are able to devote to this appointment.

 

In accordance with the principles set out in The UK Corporate Governance Code you must inform the Company Secretary of any interests which you have, or acquire, which might reasonably be thought to jeopardise your independence from the Company.

 

During your appointment you must not take up any office or employment with, or have any interest in, any firm or company which is or may be in direct or indirect competition with the Company.

 

The Board will determine you to be independent, according to the provisions of The UK Corporate Governance Code.

 

INSURANCE

 

During your appointment you will be covered by the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance on the terms in place from time to time.  Details of the policy are available from the Company Secretary.  The Company does not guarantee to maintain this insurance cover after the termination of your appointment, but you will continue to be covered by the policy or any replacement on the same basis as the rest of the Board.

 

A deed of indemnity is in place between you and the Company.

 

APPOINTMENT

 

Your appointment will be from 1 October 2020 and is terminable at the will of the parties, subject to an annual review taking into account the need for progressive refreshing of the Board.  The continuation of your appointment depends upon satisfactory performance and re-election at each Annual General Meeting.

 

All appointments and reappointments to the Board are, of course, subject to the Company's articles of association.  If you are not re-elected to your position as a director of the Company by the shareholders at any time and for any reason then this appointment shall terminate automatically and with immediate effect.

 

On termination of the appointment you shall only be entitled to such fees as may have accrued to the date of termination together with reimbursement in the normal way of any expenses properly incurred prior to that date and you will be expected to return all company property.

 

PICTURE 1

 

REMUNERATION

 

The fee is $120,000 per annum in cash and $9,780 delivered in shares in August each year (subject to income tax and other statutory deductions) and will be reviewed each year. In addition, you will received $35,000 per annum as Chair of the Compliance & Culture Committee. There is an additional allowance relating to inter-continental travel of $7,000 per trip.  The Company reserves the right to adjust fees up or down to reflect exchange rate movements in accordance with our Remuneration Policy.

 

EXPENSES

 

The Company will reimburse you for any expenses that you may incur properly and reasonably in performing your duties and which are properly documented. Such expenses would include reasonable legal fees if circumstances should arise in which it was necessary for you to seek separate legal advice about the performance of your duties. In such a situation, you are required to discuss the issue with the Senior Independent Director in advance.

 

INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

In some circumstances you may think that you need professional advice in the furtherance of your duties as a director. It may also be appropriate for you to seek advice from independent advisers at the Company's expense.  The Company will reimburse the full cost of any expenditure incurred.

 

DATA PROTECTION

 

DP Laws means all applicable data protection and privacy legislation, regulations and guidance as amended or replaced from time to time, including but not limited to the Data Protection Act 2018 (UK) and the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

 

The Company will process personal data (including sensitive personal data) about you, in order to manage the Company’s relationship with you and for the purposes of its business.  The Company’s  “Data Privacy” intranet page provides further detail about how and why your personal data will be used.  By entering into this agreement, you are deemed to have been notified about the purposes for, and manner in which, the Company will use your personal data.  You agree to keep the Company informed of any changes to your personal data.

 

Notwithstanding that you are appointed as a Non-Executive Director, you agree that you have read and understood the Company’s policies, rules and procedures relating to the processing of personal data or otherwise relating to DP Laws (“DP Policies”) available on the Company’s  “Data Privacy” intranet page, and that you will comply at all times with the DP Laws and DP Policies.

 

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this agreement. No person other than the parties to this agreement shall have any rights under it and it will not be enforceable by any person other than the parties to it.

 

 

 

 

PICTURE 1

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement relating to your re-appointment between you and the Company and shall be construed in accordance with English law.

 

Any previous agreement or arrangement between you and the Company or any Group company shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent as from the commencement of this re-appointment, including but not limited to the appointment letter dated 11 September 2017.

 

Please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter to confirm your agreement to your re-appointment on the above terms.

 

I look forward to continue working with you in the future.

 

Yours sincerely

 

Signature: /s/ Susan Swabey

Company Secretary

 

Date: February 18, 2020

 

Exhibit 4(c)(xxvii)

Dated          20 October 2019

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

(1)  SMITH & NEPHEW ORTHOPAEDICS  AG

and

(2) ROLAND DIGGELMANN

 

CONTENTS

CLAUSE

    

PAGE

 

SECTION ONE: YOUR  JOB

 

 

SECTION  TWO: YOUR REMUNERATION

 

 

SECTION  THREE:  YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES

 

 

SECTION  FOUR: DISCIPLINE AND GRIEVANCE

 

11 

 

SECTION FIVE: TERMINATION  OF EMPLOYMENT

 

11 

 

SECTION SIX: PROTECTING THE COMPANY AFTER YOUR EMPLOYMENT  HAS ENDED

 

15 

 

SECTION SEVEN: GENERAL  PROVISIONS

 

18 

 

 

 

[Date]

PARTIES

(1)        SMITH &  NEPHEW ORTHOPAEDICS AG whose registered office is at [Obemeuhofstrasse lOD, 6340 Baar, Switzerland] ("we") or ("us") or ("the Company")

(2)        ROLAND DIGGELMANN  of [INSERT ADDRESS]  ("you")

(A)       This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions that apply to your employment with us.  There are other provisions relevant to your employment which are available on our intranet, which we may change from time to time. If there is any conflict between them and this Agreement then this Agreement   prevails.

(B)       The final section of the Agreement sets out definitions and general provisions that apply throughout the Agreement.

 

SECTION ONE: YOUR  JOB

1.         THE APPOINTMENT

1.1       You are employed by us with effect on and from 1 November 2019 (the Start Date) and, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of Smith & Nephew plc, you are appointed to the role of Chief Executive Officer of Smith & Nephew plc from the Start Date.

1.2        Your period of continuous employment commenced on the Start  Date.

1.3        We can make reasonable changes to your job title, your duties and responsibilities provided always that such changes do not diminish your status and responsibilities or substantially alter the capacity and role in which you are employed.

1.4        You must:

(a)         comply with all of the Group's rules, policies and procedures, including but not limited to our Code of Conduct and our Group Finance  Manual;

(b)        carry out all of your duties and functions consistent with your role including accepting any directorship or other position  of responsibility in the Group;

(c)         exercise all the powers and comply with all our instructions m connection with the business that we reasonably require,  and

(d)         use your reasonable endeavours to promote our  interests.

1.5        If we ask you for any information or explanations about your employment or  our business or affairs, you must give it to us as soon as reasonably practicable (in writing if required).

1.6        You must comply with any restrictions that we may properly impose on  you.

2.          HOURS OF WORK

2.1        Our normal office hours are currently 9 am to 5 pm Monday to Friday but you are expected to work whatever hours we reasonably require of you with no additional remuneration.

3.          PLACE OF WORK

3.1        Your normal place of work is our offices in Switzerland and we will not move   it without your prior written agreement which shall not be unreasonably withheld if the new location is within reasonable commuting distance of your home at the time. However, we may require you to work elsewhere, including within the United Kingdom, on a temporary  basis.

3.2         You are required to travel to the United Kingdom and within Europe or worldwide as part of your duties.

 

4.          WARRANTIES

4.1       You represent and warrant that you have complied with all appropriate legal obligations and have not been charged or (to your knowledge) investigated with regard to any offence other than minor traffic violations or other, similar misdemeanours unrelated to your work. In particular, you warrant that you have not been prohibited from being a director or been charged with any offence involving dishonesty or violence.

4.2       You represent and warrant that, by entering this Agreement or performing any  of your obligations under it, you are not in breach of any obligation neither to any third party, including a restrictive covenant, nor of any court order or any other legal obligations.

SECTION  TWO: YOUR REMUNERATION

5.         SALARY

5.1       Your basic annual salary is CHFl,380,000. The salary accrues daily and is payable in equal monthly instalments in arrears on or before the last working day of each month.

5.2       Your salary will be reviewed not less than annually on or about 1 April. However, the first review date for you will be 1 April 2021. We are not under any obligation to increase your salary at each review.

5.3       There is no additional remuneration for any directorship, trusteeship or other position of responsibility that you may hold in the Group.

5.4       All remuneration arrangements set out in this Agreement are subject to the approval of the Remuneration Committee.

6.          EXECUTIVE  CASH AND SHARE INCENTIVE  PROGRAMS

6.1        Subject to clause 6.2, you will be eligible to participate in cash, share and performance incentive programmes and you will be given a brochure outlining the programme, the details of which may be changed from time to time. The grant of awards under these arrangements is entirely discretionary and the grant of a cash, share or performance award in one year is no guarantee of a grant being made to you in a subsequent  year.

6.2        You will not be eligible to participate in the annual cash incentive plan, Equity Incentive Plan or Group Performance Share Plan in respect of the 2019 financial year.

7.          EXECUTIVE  SHARE  OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES

7.1       One of the main objectives of the suite of incentive plans is to ensure that there is strong alignment between the interests of our senior executives with those of our shareholders. Therefore, in order to encourage executives to think like our shareholders, there is an expectation that our senior team members will build up and maintain an appropriate level of shareholding in Smith & Nephew. Upon starting  employment,  any  existing  shareholdings  will  count  towards meeting

 

your share ownership expectations as well as any shares held by (or in respect of) your spouse or partner. For you, this means an equivalent of 300% of your salary. This must be achieved within a period of five years from appointment. Until you have achieved this requirement, you are required to retain 50% of the net number of shares vesting from all Smith & Nephew incentive  plans.

7.2        You may also be required to retain a shareholding for a period following termination of your employment in accordance with any policy of the Group on post-employment shareholding in place from time to time. You agree that you will comply with any such policy and will enter into such arrangements as the Company may reasonably require to demonstrate your compliance with that policy.

8.          COMPANY CAR OR CAR  ALLOWANCE

8.1        You will be provided with benefits in accordance with the Smith & Nephew Company Car Scheme while such a scheme exists or, in lieu of a company car,  a taxable car allowance. Details of the scheme are available on the intranet, and may be changed from time to time.

9.          PENSIONS, LIFE ASSURANCE  AND INCOME  PROTECTION

9.1        Pensions, Life Assurance and Income Protection policy, including those described below, are subject to continuous review by the Board of Smith & Nephew plc and its Remuneration Committee and may be amended from time  to time at their discretion. However, you shall be eligible for cover under any such schemes or policies from time to time in force for the benefit of directors and senior executives.

9.2        Pension Plan

The Company will pay annual contributions to a pension plan in accordance with applicable law provided that such contributions will not exceed12%  of basic salary .

Please note that any pension contributions will not count as salary for the purposes of calculating any other benefits (including any annual   bonus).

9.3         Life Assurance

We will also provide you with life assurance cover under the Smith & Nephew Stakeholder Group Death in Service Plan (the Death in Service Plan). The cover is provided through an insurance company (the relevant insurer). The benefit provided on death in service is (subject to the terms of the relevant insurer) [7] x base salary.

9.4         Income Protection

In the event of inability to work as a result of sickness or accident, your income will be protected for continued pay in line with the Swiss local Staff Regulations.

 

10.        PRIVATE  MEDICAL INSURANCE

10.1      Private health cover and an annual medical examination is provided from the Start Date for yourself, and if applicable, your spouse and any of your unmarried children who are under age 21 (or under age 24 if in full-time education). Full details will be sent under separate  cover.

11.        HOLIDAYS

11.1      Our holiday year runs from 1 January to 31 December. In addition to bank holidays, you are entitled to 25 days' paid holiday in each holiday   year.

11.2      Holidays accrue pro-rata in each holiday  year.

11.3      It may be necessary to set aside a certain number of days each year to cover the closure of the office at the Christmas and New Year periods and you will be informed if this is the case.

12.        EXPENSES

12.1      We will reimburse you for all business expenses that are properly and  reasonably incurred and claimed by you in accordance with our expenses policy in force from time to time. If we make a company credit card available to you, you must:

(a)        take good care of it and immediately  report if it is lost or stolen;

(b)        only use the card for our business and in accordance with any applicable policy; and

(c)        surrender it immediately on our request.

 

SECTION  THREE:  YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES

13.        GENERAL DUTIES

13.1      During your employment (including any period of suspension or while on garden leave) you are subject to a duty of goodwill, trust and confidence, exclusive service and good faith towards us. Without limitation, these duties require that you must not:

(a)        compete with the Group;

(b)        make preparations (during hours when you are required to work) to compete with the Group after your employment has  terminated;

(c)        solicit business from customers or potential customers of the  Group;

(d)        encourage employees to leave employment with the Group against the Group's  wishes; and/or

(e)        copy information relating to the Group for a purpose other than for the benefit of the Group.

13.2      If you are appointed as a director of a board of any Group Company, you must notify that board immediately if you act (or omit to act) in a way that may amount to a breach of your obligations to the Group or if you become aware of or suspect any wrongdoing on the part of Group employees or contractors or  any acts (or omissions) of third parties which might reasonably be expected to  be harmful to the Group.

14.        OTHER INTERESTS

14.1       You must devote all of your working time to the Group. You must not undertake any activity or do anything that might reasonably be expected to affect the full and proper performance of your duties unless we agree first. Without limitation, you must not undertake any other employment or hold any other office without our prior formal agreement (such agreement  not to be unreasonably  withheld).

14.2      You may invest in publicly traded competitors or suppliers, provided the investment is minimal in relation to your net worth, and is formally pre­ authorised by the Chairman. Ownership of a substantial amount of stock, however, in a publicly traded competitor or ownership of an interest in a privately held company that competes with any member of the Group is prohibited.

14.3      You confirm that you have informed us (and will continue to keep us informed) of any conflict that may exist between your (or your immediate family's)  interests and those of the  Group.

14.4      You are not entitled to receive any discount, rebate, commission or other benefit in respect of business carried out by the Group (whether carried out by you or not) and you must immediately disclose to and account to us for any such benefit if you do receive  it.

14.5      You must comply with the Group's Code of Conduct at all times.

 

15.        MARKET ABUSE AND INSIDER DEALING

15.1     The freedom of Directors and certain employees to deal in  the  Company's shares and ADRs is restricted in a number of ways including by UK statute, requirements of the London and New York Stock Exchanges and US Federal Securities laws. As a result, the Company has adopted the Smith & Nephew Code of Dealing (the "Code of Dealing") which is based on the requirements of the UK Market Abuse Regulation.

15.2      The Dealing Code imposes restrictions to ensure that Directors, designated insiders and persons connected with them don't abuse,  or  place  themselves under suspicion of abusing, price sensitive and/or inside information especially in periods leading up to an announcement of results or potential acquisitions or disposals of part of the business.

15.3      In view of your position you are considered to be a designated insider and a copy of the Code of Dealing will be sent to you under separate cover. You will be required to confirm that you have read and understood the Code of   Dealing.

15.4     Any queries in relation to the Code of Dealing should be addressed to the Company Secretary, Smith & Nephew plc, 15 Adam Street, London WC2N 6LA.

16.        CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION

16.1      During the course of your employment, you will be exposed to information that is secret, confidential or commercially sensitive and which (if disclosed or used for purposes other than those of the Group) could cause significant harm to the Group. In this Agreement, that information is referred to as Confidential Information and includes without  limitation:

(a)        research and development carried out by the Group (whether or not that research is complete and including the outcome of any clinical or field trials) and potential areas of research and development identified by the Group;

(b)        details of any applications for regulatory approval or clearance for any products or services developed by the Group;

(c)        the Group's intellectual property (except where this is not protected by patent or equivalent protection);

(d)        the Group's manufacturing techniques and methods and ideas for manufacturing  techniques and methods;

(e)        the Group's marketing  and sales strategies and  plans;

(f)         potential acquisitions and disposals by the  Group;

(g)        the Group's financial  and sales performance;

(h)        information relating to the Group's employees and contractors including without limitation their perceived strengths and weaknesses, remuneration  and contact details.

 

16.2     You must not use, disclose or permit to be used or disclosed (other than in the performance of your duties or as required by law) any Confidential Information.  This restriction applies both during the course of your employment and following its termination except in relation to Confidential Information which has come into the public domain other than by virtue of a breach of duty by you.

16.3     You acknowledge that in the ordinary course of your employment, you will have access to price sensitive and/or inside information (as referred to in the Code of Dealing). You agree that all such information is confidential and must not be used, disclosed or permitted to be used or disclosed except as may be necessary for the proper performance of your duties to us and in accordance with the requirements of the Market Abuse Regulation or the  law.

16.4     We are conscious that you will have been provided with and had access to confidential information relating to your previous employment. You agree that you have not and will not use any information of a confidential nature that is the property of your previous employer (except where such information is already  in the public domain) for the benefit of us or our clients or customers. Such practice could expose us to legal action and could lead to your summary dismissal. If you have any concerns or questions about the appropriateness of  the use of any information which may be of a confidential nature, you should raise this with Human Resources or the Legal  Function.

16.5      The provisions of this Agreement are without prejudice to any duties and obligations of confidentiality to which you may be subject at common law or equity.

16.6      You must not make or issue any press statement or give any interview to a journalist or publish or submit for publication any article or opinion relating directly or indirectly to the Group without our prior  agreement.

16.7      You must not at any time make any untrue or misleading statement in relation to the Group.

17.        INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

17.1      Inventions and design

Inventions and designs produced by you alone or in collaboration with others in the course of your work for us and in performance of your contractual obligations belong to us irrespective of time and place of their creation as well as their protectability. We do not owe you any special remuneration.

We reserve the right to acquire inventions and designs,  which  you produce in  the course of your work for us but not in performance of your contractual obligations. In these cases,  you must notify us of such inventions and designs immediately and we will inform you within six month in writing whether we  will release the invention respectively the design. In case of non-release you are granted adequate remuneration.

17.2      Rights to works, in particular computer  programs

 

You grant to us the exclusive right without limitation in scope or time to use all work results you produce alone or in collaboration with others in the course of your work for us. Whether the work results are produced in performance of your contractual obligations is not deciding. Such right to use covers all rights (including the right to make amendments) and all known and future ways of utilization and fields of application regarding the work result in question and includes in particular all rights according to Art. 9 and 11 Copyrights Act. The transfer of the rights to use will not entitle you to any additional compensation but is fully compensated  by your salary.

Based on Art.17 Copyrights Act you transfer to us the exclusive right to use and all rights regarding computer programs which you produce alone or in collaboration with others in the course of your work for us and in performance of your contractual obligations. Thereby you grant to us as a minimum all rights according to the above paragraph. Regarding computer programs which you produce in the course of your work for us but not in performance of your contractual obligations the above paragraph  applies.

In case a work result protected by the Copyrights Act also meets the requirements of an invention or design Clause 17.1 above also  applies.

You guarantee that you do not use any works of third persons without informing us about the respective works and their  sources.

SECTION  FOUR: DISCIPLINE AND GRIEVANCE

18.        You must comply with our disciplinary policy and procedure which is available on the intranet. Failure to do so is a serious breach of this Agreement. The disciplinary policy and procedure does not form part of this Agreement nor does it give rise to any contractual rights as between you and the Group. If you are dissatisfied with any disciplinary decision taken against you, you may appeal to the Chairman of the Board of Smith & Nephew plc within 5 working   days.

19.        If you have any grievance relating to your employment, you should raise it in  the first instance with the Group HR Director in accordance with our grievance procedure.

20.        We have the right to suspend you with full pay and benefits at any time to allow us to conduct a disciplinary investigation or if your dismissal is being contemplated. Suspension may be for such period as is reasonably necessary in the circumstances.

SECTION FIVE: TERMINATION  OF EMPLOYMENT

21.         NOTICE

21.1      We have to give you not less than 12 months' notice in writing to terminate your employment.

21.2      If you want to resign, you must give us not less than six months' notice in writing.

 

21.3     We may terminate your employment immediately and without any entitlement to notice under clause 21.1 or compensation  if:

(a)        you are guilty of gross misconduct or gross  negligence;

(b)        you commit any significant or intentional violation of our Code of Conduct or similar applicable integrity policy within the Smith & Nephew Group;

(c)        without reasonable cause, you neglect, omit or refuse to perform all or any of your duties or obligations under this Agreement or you fail to any substantial or material extent to observe and perform the provisions of this Agreement to our reasonable satisfaction provided always that where such matters are capable of remedy, we shall not terminate pursuant to this clause unless and until we have given you 28 days' written notice of the relevant matter requiring you to remedy the same and you have failed to do so; or

(d)        you misconduct yourself whether during or outside the course of your duties under this Agreement in such a way that in our reasonable opinion our business, operation, interests or the reputation  of the Group are or are likely to be prejudicially affected, provided always that where such misconduct is capable of remedy so as to avoid such prejudicial effect, we shall not terminate pursuant to this clause unless and until we have given you 28 days' written notice of the misconduct requiring you to remedy the same and you have failed to do so;  or

(e)         you commit any criminal offence (including in particular any offence involving dishonesty or violence) other than an offence which does not in our reasonable opinion affect your position under this Agreement;   or

(f)         you commit an offence under any statutory enactment or regulation or any provision of this Agreement relating to insider dealing or market abuse  (whether  that  enactment  was  passed  in  the  United  Kingdom,

Switzerland or United States of America or elsewhere);  or

(g)        you become bankrupt or make or attempt to make any composition with your creditors; or

(h)        you become prohibited by law from being a director of a company or you cease to be a director of a Group Company without our consent or concurrence; or

(i)         you are guilty of any deliberate act of discrimination, harassment or victimisation on grounds of race, sex, disability, sexual orientation, religion/religious belief or age.

22.        PAYMENT IN LIEU OF NOTICE, GARDEN LEAVE

22.1     We may, in our absolute discretion, pay basic salary in lieu of notice (or any remaining part thereof) and pay to you an additional sum in lieu of any benefits (excluding bonus, if any) which you are contractually entitled to receive during the notice period (or part thereof), whether notice is given by us or by you.    We

 

may elect to pay this sum as one lump sum payment or in equal instalments on those days on which you would have received your basic salary had you continued in employment throughout your notice  period.

22.2     During all or part of any period of notice, and provided that we continue to pay your salary and provide the benefits (other than bonus) to which you are entitled under this Agreement (or to pay a sum in lieu of such benefits) until your employment terminates, then we are entitled at our absolute discretion during  the remaining period of your notice period (or any part of such period) to place you on garden leave. You will be deemed to have taken any accrued but untaken holiday during any period of garden leave. This means that we may require you:

(a)        not to carry out all or part of your duties or to exercise your powers or responsibilities under this Agreement or require you to carry out alternative duties;

(b)        to resign immediately from any offices you may hold with the   Group;

(c)        not to attend your place of work or any other Group  premises;

(d)        not to have contact (including socially) with any suppliers or customers of the Group or with employees (other than socially) except  as authorised  by us;

(e)        to return to us all documents, computer disks and other property (including summaries, extracts or copies) belonging to the Group or to  its or their customers;

(f)         to work from your home and/or to carry out exceptional duties or special projects outside the normal scope of your duties and responsibilities provided always that such special projects are appropriate to your status, skills and experience;  and/or

(g)        to take or not to take all or part of any outstanding holiday during your notice period.

22.3     You will have no entitlement to bonus in respect of any period of garden leave but the Remuneration Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine to pay you a sum in respect of bonus in respect of such  period.

22.4     You acknowledge that during any garden leave you remain employed by us and the terms of this Agreement  will apply.

22.5     In the event that it is agreed that any period of garden leave should come to an end and your employment terminate to allow you to commence employment elsewhere, all payments  to you would then cease and you would have no right  to compensation in respect of any outstanding  period of  notice.

22.6     In deciding whether to exercise any discretion under Clauses 22.1, 22.2 or 22.3, the Remuneration Committee will take into account all relevant circumstances including the Group's policy not to "reward for failure", the appropriateness of your obligation to mitigate for loss, and other relevant "corporate governance" guidelines.

 

22.7      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, you acknowledge and agree that the payment of any amount or provision of any benefit to you is conditional upon such payment or provision being consistent with Smith & Nephew plc's Remuneration Policy. Any provision of this Agreement which is not consistent with the Remuneration Policy shall be void and you shall have no entitlement to compensation or damages in respect of any loss suffered in consequence thereof. You acknowledge that the Remuneration Committee is currently consulting the shareholders on the terms of a revised Remuneration Policy and will be putting the new policy to the shareholders of Smith & Nephew plc at the AGM in 2020.

22.8      You acknowledge that in order to comply with UK corporate governance standards the discretionary bonus arrangements and share incentive plans operated by the Group from time to time (the "Plans") include, or may in the future include, provisions which in certain circumstances allow for the reduction of amounts payable to you and/or for you to repay all or part of any amounts received by you pursuant to those Plans. You hereby agree to be bound by such provisions of the Plans both during and following the employment and acknowledges the right of the Company or Smith & Nephew plc to deduct from any amount payable to you any amount you owe to the Group Companies pursuant to the Plans.

23.        OTHER TERMINATION  PROVISIONS

23.1      Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent us from terminating your employment on grounds of ill-health if you are unable through health reasons (in circumstances of at least 26 weeks' absence provided that such a termination is not an untimely termination in the context of article 336c xxxx Code of Obligations) to perform your duties even though at the time your employment terminates you have not exhausted your full sick pay entitlement or the consequence of the termination would be to end your entitlement to any further payments under the Income Protection  Plan.

23.2      On termination of your employment, your entitlement to accrued holiday pay will be calculated pro-rata. If you have untaken holiday due under the Working Time Regulations or any equivalent applicable national legislation on the date your employment terminates, you will be entitled to pay in lieu of that untaken holiday.

23.3      On termination of your employment (or earlier if requested), you will immediately return to us all Group property in your possession or control (without keeping any copies). This obligation extends to any copies, drafts, notes, extracts or summaries (however stored or made) of all documents and software that relate to the Group's business. If you have stored or copied any of the Group's data or information onto a computer, personal organiser or other electronic storage device which does not belong to the Group then you must immediately irretrievably delete that data or information and must allow us to have access to that device to verify that the data or information has been deleted.

23.4      You will immediately on termination of your employment or at any other time on request of the Board, resign immediately without claim for compensation   as

 

a director of any Group Company or from any trusteeship, office or appointment held by you on behalf of the Group.

24.        CHANGE OF CONTROL

24.1      In a change in control situation affecting Smith & Nephew plc the entitlements set out below would be payable where, within 12 months of that change, there   is a significant diminution of role or status, a reduction in salary or benefits, or   a mandatory relocation or where termination by employer or employee is a consequence of such a change in  control:

(a)        normal twelve months' base salary payable as a lump   sum;

(b)        the Remuneration Committee will consider to what extent an annual bonus award should be made in the change of control  circumstances;

(c)        lump sum in lieu of 12 months' car benefits and healthcare benefits  based on current provision costs;

(d)        lump sum in lieu of 12 months' pension contribution or salary supplement, as appropriate; and

(e)        reasonable executive outplacement  costs.

24.2      These change in control terms supersede the notice terms and entitlement  set  out in the Termination of Employment  section.

SECTION SIX: PROTECTING THE COMPANY AFTER YOUR EMPLOYMENT  HAS ENDED

25.        CONFIDENTIALITY

25.1      The confidentiality provisions set out in Clause 16 continue to apply to protect Confidential Information following the termination of your   employment.

26.        RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

26.1      At any time in the period set out in Column A below, you must not carry out the activities set out in Column B. The Column B activities, however, are subject to the provisos and limitations set out in Column  C.

 

 

 

 

A
(Restricted Period)

B
(Restricted Activity)

C
(Provisos and Limitations)

12 months from the date your employment with us ends

Accepting employment with or engaging, or assisting or being interested in any undertaking which carries out research, development or manufacturing of products or services in the fields ofbiologics, orthopaedics, endoscopy and/or wound management and treatment.

This restriction only applies where:

(a) you were materially concerned with research, development or manufacturing of that type during the last 12 months of your employment; and (b) that undertaking competes with the Group.

 

 

12 months from the date your employment with us ends

Accepting employment with or engaging, or assisting or being interested in any undertaking which carries out marketing and/or selling of products or services in the fields of biologies, orthopaedics,  endoscopy and/or wound management and treatment.

This restriction only applies where:

(a) you were materially concerned with marketing and selling of that type during the last 12 months of your employment; and (b) that undertaking competes with the Group;  and (c) that marketing or selling takes place in a Prohibited Territory.

12 months from the date your employment with us ends

Soliciting orders from or being concerned with the supply of orders to any person who is a customer of the Group.

This restriction only applies  where:

(a) the orders would be supplied in a Prohibited Territory; (b) the orders relate to the supply of products or services in the fields of biologies,  orthopaedics, endoscopy and/or wound management; (c) the orders are in competition with the Group;

(d) that person was someone with whom (during the last 12 months of your employment) you had personal contact or were materially concerned or about whom you possessed confidential information; and (e) that person had been a customer in the last 12 months of your employment. The  expression  "customer" includes a prospective customer.

12 months from the date your employment with us ends

Interfering or trying to interfere with the continuance of supplies to the Group or the terms on which those supplies are provided.

This restriction only applies if the supplier is a person with whom (during the last 12 months of your employment) you had personal contact or were materially concerned or about whom you possessed confidential  information.

12 months from the date your employment with us ends

Offering employment to an employee of the Group or persuading an employee to leave the Group.

This  restriction only applies if: (a) the employee is engaged in an executive, managerial, sales, research or development role; and (b) during the last 12 months of your employment,  you had personal contact or were materially concerned with or possessedconfidential information about the employee.

This restriction shall not apply if the employee respondsto a general and open job advertisement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The expression "employee" includes consultants, non-executive directors and contractors. It is immaterial whether or not the employee leaves the Group in breach of contract.

 

26.2      The Restricted Period in Column A above shall be reduced for any period  of time you are placed on garden leave pursuant to Clause  22.2.

26.3      None of the covenants above prevents you from holding up to 3% of the total issued share capital of any company whether listed or unlisted that competes with any member of the  Group.

26.4      These covenants prevent you from doing the restricted activities yourself or in any other way. You must not do them through others acting on your behalf or   on your instructions or with your encouragement. You must not do them  whether they are for your benefit or  not.

26.5      The duration of these restrictive covenants shall be reduced by an amount equal to the time that you may be placed on garden leave by us in accordance with Clause 22.

26.6      The expression "Prohibited Territory" means:

(a)         in North and South America - Canada, Mexico, Puerto Rico and the United States

(b)        in Europe - Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Eire, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania,  Netherlands,  Norway, Portugal,  Russian Federation,

Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland,  United  Kingdom

(c)         in Asia - Brunei, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Japan, Malaysia, Myanmar,  Pakistan,  Philippines,  Singapore,  South  Korea,  Sri Lanka,

Taiwan, Thailand

(d)        in Australasia - Australia,  New Zealand

(e)         in Middle East - United Arab Emirates

(f)         in Africa - South Africa,

as well as any other country in which (at the date your employment terminates) the Group markets or sells products or services directly or via a distributor or agent.

26.7      If the business of the Group expands beyond the fields of biologies,  orthopaedics, endoscopy and wound management/treatment then the restrictive covenants will also apply to protect those new fields of   activity.

26.8      If you apply for or are offered a new employment, appointment or engagement, you must immediately bring the terms of this Agreement to the attention of the person to whom you are applying or the person making that   offer.

 

SECTION SEVEN: GENERAL  PROVISIONS

27.        DEFINITIONS

27.1      In this Agreement, the following words have the following  meanings:

Board means our Board of Directors from time to time and any person or committee authorised by the Board to act as its representative for the purposes of this   Agreement

Chairman means the Chairman of Smith & Nephew plc

Group Company means Smith & Nephew plc and its subsidiaries and any holding company and the other subsidiaries of that holding company (as those expressions are defined in the UK Companies Act 2006) together with any associated company (which means any other company in which we or our holding company or any subsidiary of ours or our holding company beneficially holds not less than 20% of the equity share capital), and Group is all or any of the Group  Companies.

Remuneration Committee means the sub-committee of the board of Smith & Nephew plc comprising non-executive directors, responsible for setting (inter alia) the pay and benefits of the executive directors of Smith & Nephew plc and executive officers of the Group.

Remuneration Policy means the most recent directors' remuneration  policy of Smith & Nephew plc as approved by its  shareholders.

27.2      Any reference to a statutory provision includes all re-enactments and modifications of that provision and any regulations made under it or   them.

27.3      The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only. They do not form part of this Agreement and do not affect its interpretation.

27.4      Any reference in this Agreement to you, if appropriate, includes your personal representatives.

27.5      Any reference in this Agreement to we or us includes any Group Company if  the context requires or if we so decide.

28.        GENERAL  PROVISIONS

28.1      Any provision in this Agreement which confers any rights or powers means those rights or powers as exercised by us from time to time. Those rights or powers may be exercised by the Board or by any other person acting on our behalf and within the scope of their  authority.

28.2      Any reference to any rule, regulation, policy, procedure or scheme means the rule, regulation, policy, procedure or scheme that is in force and as amended from time to time.

28.3      Any rule, regulation, policy, procedure or scheme referred to in this Agreement may be varied (in whole or part) or cancelled or terminated by us at any time. We are not obliged to give any prior warning before making that variation, cancellation or termination nor are we under any obligation to compensate you for  that variation,  cancellation  or termination,  even if you are    disadvantaged

 

(financially or otherwise) as a result. We are not obliged to substitute a replacement  rule, regulation,  policy, procedure or scheme but, ifwe do provide a substitute, it may be on whatever terms we consider appropriate provided always that you shall be treated no less favourably than other senior executives of comparable status to yourself under those terms. The duty of trust and confidence shall not extend to any exercise by us of the rights and powers contained in this clause.

28.4     If any scheme provider (not limited to an insurance company) or other third party refuses for any reason to provide any benefit which is set out in this Agreement (or to provide any benefit on terms that We consider to be reasonable) in relation to you or if applicable to your spouse, partner or children then we are not liable to make any payment; provide any replacement benefit or pay compensation in lieu of that benefit. We may in our discretion  challenge any refusal (and shall not unreasonably refuse your request for such a challenge) by any scheme provider or other third party to provide benefits but, if we do, it is on condition that:

(a)        you take all proper measures to appeal against the refusal in accordance with any applicable scheme and meet all reasonable costs associated  with that appeal;

(b)        you co-operate fully with us and disclose all relevant personal information;

(c)        if required, you attend a medical examination with one or more medical practitioners  selected and instructed by us; and

(d)        you indemnify us fully against all reasonable costs, expenses and claims incurred by us in connection  with challenging  that refusal.

28.5     Any provision of this Agreement which says that you must not do something means that you must not do it yourself or in any other way. You must not do it through others acting on your behalf or on your instructions or with your encouragement.

28.6     Nothing in this Agreement confers any rights on your spouse, dependants, relatives or any third  party.

28.7     Any delay by the Group or you in exercising any of its rights under this Agreement  will not constitute a waiver of those rights.

28.8     You appoint us to be your attorney (in your name and on your behalf) to execute any instrument or do anything necessary for the purpose of giving to us or our nominee the full benefit of the provisions of Clauses 17 and 23.3 of this Agreement. You acknowledge in favour of any third party that a certificate in writing, which is signed by any director or secretary of the Board, or of the board of Smith & Nephew plc, stating that any instrument or act falls within the authority conferred shall be conclusive evidence that such is the   case.

 

 

29.      DEDUCTIONS

29.1     You authorise us at any time during your employment or following its termination (whether or not that termination is lawful) to deduct from your wages (as that expression is defined in the UK Employment Rights Act 1996) any monies due from you to the Group, including without limitation the outstanding balance of any loan account; the cost of repairing any damage or  loss to Group property caused by you; any overpayment of holiday pay; and any loss suffered by the Group as a result of any breach of contract, statutory  duty  or tort committed  by you.

30.       DATAPROTECTION

30.1     You will be provided with a copy of the Group's data privacy notice, which sets out how your personal data will be used and shared by the Company and other Group Companies. The data privacy notice does not form part of this Agreement and may be updated from time to  time.

30.2      You agree to comply with all of the Group's policies and procedures including without limitation the Group email and internet policy and data protection policy.

31.       COLLECTIVE  AGREEMENTS

31.1      There are no collective agreements with trade unions that directly affect your terms and conditions of  employment.

32.       NOTICES

32.1      Any notice to be given under this agreement shall be in writing. Notices may be delivered by hand; sent by first-class  post or email. In your case, a notice will  be deemed to have been validly served if it is sent to the last address that you have notified to us as being your address. In our case, any notice should be addressed to the Company Secretary of Smith & Nephew plc and should be sent to the registered office address or to their personal email   address.

32.2      Any notice served by post will be deemed to have been served 48 hours after it was posted or in the case of email, 1 hour after it was sent.

33.       TERMINATION  OF PREVIOUS  AGREEMENTS

33.1      This Agreement, together with your appointment letter with Smith & Nephew plc dated on or about the date of this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement  and understanding between the parties, and supersedes all other pre-existing agreements both oral and in writing between you and us and between you and Smith & Nephew plc which shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent as from the date of this  Agreement.

33.2      You acknowledge that you have not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set out in this Agreement or expressly referred to in it as forming part of your contract of employment.

 

34.        COUNTERPARTS

34.1     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts.  Each counterpart is an original, but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effe  tive mode of delivery.

35.        GOVERND!G LAW AND JURISDICTION

35.1      This Agreement is governed by and interpreted in accordance with Swiss law.

35.2     Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be exclusively submitted to and determined by the ordinary courts at the domicile of the defendant party or where you normally perform your duties .

35.3     Smith & Nephew pie, or any other member of the Group, shall be entitled to enforce the restrictive covenants, confidentiality, intellectual property clauses and any other clause of this Agreement that purports to confer rights on the Group (or any member of the Group) in relation to you.

IN WITNESS  of which the parties have executed  this Agreement on the date set  out

above.

EXECUTED as a DEED

 

 

 

 

 

on behalf of

 

 

 

 

 

SMITH AND NEPHEW ORTHOPAEDICS AG

 

 

/s/ Elga Lohler

 

/s/ Daniela Stoessel

Elga Lohler

 

Daniela Stoessel

 

 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by

 

 

/s/ Roland Diggelmann

 

 

 

 

 

ROLAND DIGGELMANN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the presence of

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ulrike Kaeppler

 

 

 

 

 

Ulrike Kaeppler

 

 

 

Exhibit 4(c) (xxvii) (a)

 

Smith & Nephew plc

 

PICTURE 1

Building 5, Croxley Park

 

 

Hatters Lane

 

 

Watford

T: + 44 (0)1923 477 100

 

Hertfordshire

F: + 44 (0)1923 477 101

 

WD18 8YE

www.smith-nephew.com

 

 

20 October 2019

 

Private & Confidential

Roland Diggelmann

Smith & Nephew plc

Building 5, Croxley Park,

Hatters Lane

Watford

Hertfordshire WD18 8YE

 

Dear Roland

 

Appointment as Chief Executive Officer Smith & Nephew plc

 

The purpose of this letter is to confirm certain matters relating to your directorship of Smith & Nephew plc (the "Company") following your appointment as Chief Executive Officer.

 

1.        You are not an employee of the Company. You will be employed by Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics AG with effect from 1 November 2019 (the "Employment"), the terms of which are recorded in your employment agreement dated 20 October 2019 (the "Employment").

 

2.        Your appointment as a director of the Company and as the Company's Chief  Executive Officer (the "Appointment")  is on the terms  set  out below:

 

(a)       The Appointment will be subject to the Company's articles of association (the "Company Articles") (a copy of which has been provided to you). All Directors offer themselves to shareholders for re-election annually, except those who are retiring immediately after the Annual General Meeting. Each Director may be removed at any time by the Board or the  shareholders.

 

(b)       You will not receive any additional remuneration for the Appointment. However, to reflect the performance of your duties in the UK under the Appointment, a portion of your total remuneration equal to the fees that would have been paid to you had you been a non-executive director of the Company shall be subject to income tax in the UK. This amount is subject to review by the board of directors from time to time. You will be paid your remuneration and benefits via payroll in Switzerland.

 

(c)       You represent and warrant that you have the right to work in the United Kingdom without any additional approvals. You are required to keep us updated with any change to your personal details and immigration status.  We may provide your data to the UK Border Agency to enable us to fulfil our legal obligations.

 

(d)       If, for any reason, you cease to be a director of the Company, you will not be entitled to receive any compensation from the Company in respect of such cessation.

 

(e)       Your duties as a director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company are set out in the Chief Executive Officer's Terms of Reference and include, but are not limited to:

 

(i)         Complying with all Company rules, regulations, policies and procedures;

PICTURE 3

 

(ii)       Developing and implementing Smith & Nephew Group strategy;

 

(iii)      Attending all regularly scheduled strategic decision making meetings,  including those regarding intellectual property, research and development, mergers, acquisitions and divestments; attendance at all strategic decision making meetings (whether by telephone or in person) must take account of the Group's tax position;

 

(iv)       Attending all Smith & Nephew plc Board Meetings in the UK and other locations;

 

(v)        Recommending to the Smith & Nephew plc Board an annual budget and long term strategic and financial plan at Board Meetings; and

 

(vi)       Maintaining relationships with shareholders and advising the Board accordingly.

 

(f)       You are required to comply with any rules which the Board of the Company adopts from time to time for the conduct of its proceedings and for the making of the key strategic, management and commercial decisions which are necessary for the conduct of the Company's business as a whole. In particular, you must not without written consent of the Board of the Company:

 

(i)        Incur any capital expenditure or liability on the Company's behalf in excess of the authorisation limits set for you by the Board; and

 

(ii)       Enter into any contract or obligation on behalf of the Company that is outside the normal course of the Company's business or your duties or is of an unusual, onerous or long-term nature.

 

(g)       Failure by you to comply with any such rules of the Board of the Company may result in the immediate termination of the Appointment if in the reasonable opinion of the Company such failure will prejudicially affect the business of the Company.

 

(h)       You will be reimbursed for all travelling, hotel and out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by you in or about the Company's business Including travel to and attendance at board and shareholders' meetings for which you provide proper  receipts valid, where appropriate, for  sales tax  purposes.

 

(i)        You are required to keep accurate and complete records of your travel and accommodation arrangements in relation to attendance at board and shareholders' meetings and you must provide these to the Company Secretary of the Company upon request.

 

(j)        Unless otherwise waived by the Company, you are required to give not less than six months' notice, and the Company is required to give you not less than 12 months' notice, to terminate the Appointment. Upon the termination of your Employment with Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics AG for whatever reason (and in breach of contract or otherwise) you will, at the request of the Company, immediately resign without compensation from the Appointment. Should you fail to do so you hereby irrevocably appoint the Company to be your attorney to sign any documents and do any thing  to give effect to your resignation from office.

 

3.         This letter is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of England to the exclusive jurisdiction of whose courts the parties agree to submit.

PICTURE 3

 

I should be grateful if you would indicate your acceptance of these terms by signing, dating and returning the enclosed copy of this letter where indicated below.

 

Yours sincerely

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Elga Lohler

 

Elga Lohler

 

For and on behalf of Smith & Nephew plc

 

 

I acknowledge that I have read and understood this letter and I hereby agree to the terms set out above.

 

 

 

SIGNED as a DEED by

 

 

 

 

 

Signed: 

 

/s/ Roland Diggelmann

 

Roland Diggelmann

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Mark Gladwell

 

Mark Gladwell

 

 

I confirm that the above named signatory has executed this document in my presence

 

Exhibit 4(c) (xxviii)

 

Smith & Nephew plc

 

PICTURE 1

Building 5, Croxley Park

 

 

Hatters Lane

 

 

Watford

T: + 44 (0)1923 477 100

 

Hertfordshire

F: + 44 (0)1923 477 101

 

WD18 8YE

www.smith-nephew.com

 

 

 

Angie Risley

C/o Smith & Nephew plc

Building 5, Croxley Park

Hatters Lane

Watford

Hertfordshire

WD18 8YE

18 February 2020

Dear Ms Risley,

SMITH & NEPHEW plc (THE "COMPANY") AND YOUR RE-APPOINTMENT

AS NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Following the recommendation of the Nomination & Governance Committee, the board of the Company (the “Board”) confirms that you will remain on the Board as a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee of the Company from 1 September 2020 for a further three years. This letter confirms the main terms of your appointment to this office.  It is agreed that this is a contract for services and not a contract of employment.  You should be aware that your re-appointment as a Director will have to be ratified by the Company's shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and is subject to the Company's articles of association as amended from time to time.  If there is a conflict between the terms of this letter and the Articles of Association then the Articles shall prevail.

DUTIES

1.          You are already aware of how the Board is structured and what authorities are delegated to the Chief Executive Officer and his colleagues.

2.          The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs. The Board’s role is to:

(a)       provide entrepreneurial leadership to the Company within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enable risk to be assessed and managed;

(b)       set the Company's strategic aims, ensure that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives, and review management performance; and

(c)       set the Company's values and standards and ensure that its obligations to its shareholders and stakeholders and others are understood and met.

 

PICTURE 3

3.          In your role as Non-Executive Director you are required (with the other Non-Executive Directors) to:

(a)       constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

(b)        scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

(c)        satisfy yourself that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

(d)        have a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning and where required by the relevant policy of the Company from time to time be responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors.

4.          You will be required to:

(a)       exercise relevant powers under the Company's Articles of Association;

(b)        perform your duties faithfully, efficiently and diligently and use all reasonable endeavours to promote the interests and reputation of the Company;

(c)        serve on the various committees of the Board and attend wherever possible all meetings of such committees. You are currently Chair of the Remuneration Committee. You will be provided with the terms of reference of a committee on your appointment to such committees, which are available from the Company Secretary;

(d)        attend all Annual General Meetings and Extraordinary General Meetings of the Company;

(e)        attend all meetings of the Board, which normally meets at least six times a year, normally at Croxley Business Park, Watford WD18 8YE or by telephone (at least one to two meetings per year are held at one of the major divisions, and additional Board calls are held between physical meetings);

(f)        attend the Annual Strategy Review, which is usually held in November;

(g)        consider all relevant papers in advance of each meeting in order to ensure that you can play a full part in the work of the Board and its committees;

(h)        bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, policy, resources, performance and standards of conduct;

 

PICTURE 3

(i)         make yourself available (on reasonable notice) to provide ad hoc advice to individual directors of the Company.  We do not envisage that this would take more than three days of your time a year;

(j)         provide guidance and direction in planning, developing and enhancing the future strategic direction of the Company;

(k)        share responsibility with the other directors for the effective control of the Company and with the other non-executive directors for the supervision of the executive directors;

(l)         comply with the EU Market Abuse Regulation (MAR) for securities transactions by directors of UK listed companies and with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees issued by the Company from time to time.

5.          Overall the Company anticipates that you will need to spend a minimum of 15 days per year fulfilling your duties.  This will include the board meetings, annual general meetings, one to two board away-days each year and board committee meetings.  In addition you will be expected to spend an appropriate period of time preparing for each meeting and be prepared to be available for additional meetings and business when required.  By accepting this appointment you confirm that you are able to commit sufficient time to the role to meet the Company's expectations.

6.         The Company seeks to adhere to the principles in The UK Corporate Governance Code. You will be expected to carry out your duties in accordance with the principles set out in this Code , copies of which are available from the Company Secretary.

7.         The performance of the Board and its committees, and of individual directors, is evaluated on a regular basis.

8.         You shall, in pursuance of your duties, be entitled to request such information from the Company, its subsidiary undertakings (as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006 as amended from time to time) or its or their employees, consultants or professional advisers as may be reasonably necessary to enable you to perform your role effectively.  The Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to provide such information promptly.

CONFIDENTIALITY

During the course of your duties you will have access to confidential information belonging to the Company and its subsidiary undertakings (including, but not limited to, details of suppliers, customers, margins, know-how, marketing and other relevant business information).  Unauthorised disclosure of this information could seriously damage the Company. You therefore undertake not to use or disclose such information save in pursuance of your duties or in

 

PICTURE 3

accordance with any statutory obligation or court or similar order.

Your attention is drawn to the rules relating to the disclosure of price sensitive information.  You must not make any statement or do anything which may be a breach of these rules without prior clearance from the Company Secretary.

OUTSIDE INTERESTS

The agreement of the Chairman should be sought before you accept any new outside interests which might affect the time you are able to devote to this appointment.

In accordance with the principles set out in The UK Corporate Governance Code you must inform the Company Secretary of any interests which you have, or acquire, which might reasonably be thought to jeopardise your independence from the Company.

During your appointment you must not take up any office or employment with, or have any interest in, any firm or company which is or may be in direct or indirect competition with the Company.

The Board will determine you to be independent, according to the provisions of the The UK Corporate Governance Code.

INSURANCE

During your appointment you will be covered by the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance on the terms in place from time to time.  Details of the policy are available from the Company Secretary.  The Company does not guarantee to maintain this insurance cover after the termination of your appointment, but you will continue to be covered by the policy or any replacement on the same basis as the rest of the Board.

A deed of indemnity is in place between you and the Company.

 

APPOINTMENT

Your appointment will be from 1 September 2020 and is terminable at the will of the parties, subject to an annual review taking into account the need for progressive refreshing of the Board.  The continuation of your appointment depends upon satisfactory performance and re-election at each Annual General Meeting.

All appointments and reappointments to the Board are, of course, subject to the Company's articles of association.  If you are not re-elected to your position as a director of the Company by the shareholders at any time and for any reason then this appointment shall terminate automatically and with immediate effect.

On termination of the appointment you shall only be entitled to such fees as may have accrued to the date of termination together with reimbursement in the normal way of any expenses properly incurred prior to that date and you will be expected to return all company property.

 

PICTURE 3

REMUNERATION

The fee is £63,000 per annum in cash and £6,500 delivered in shares in August each year (subject to income tax and other statutory deductions) and will be reviewed each year. In addition you will receive £20,000 per annum as Chair of the Remuneration Committee.  There is an additional allowance relating to inter-continental travel of £3,500 per trip.   These fees are reviewed on an annual basis.

EXPENSES

The Company will reimburse you for any expenses that you may incur properly and reasonably in performing your duties and which are properly documented. Such expenses would include reasonable legal fees if circumstances should arise in which it was necessary for you to seek separate legal advice about the performance of your duties. In such a situation, you are required to discuss the issue with the Senior Independent Director in advance.

INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

In some circumstances you may think that you need professional advice in the furtherance of your duties as a director. It may also be appropriate for you to seek advice from independent advisers at the Company's expense.  The Company will reimburse the full cost of any expenditure incurred.

DATA PROTECTION

DP Laws means all applicable data protection and privacy legislation, regulations and guidance as amended or replaced from time to time, including but not limited to the Data Protection Act 2018 (UK) and the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

The Company will process personal data (including sensitive personal data) about you, in order to manage the Company’s relationship with you and for the purposes of its business.  The Company’s  “Data Privacy” intranet page provides further detail about how and why your personal data will be used.  By entering into this agreement, you are deemed to have been notified about the purposes for, and manner in which, the Company will use your personal data.  You agree to keep the Company informed of any changes to your personal data.

Notwithstanding that you are appointed as a Non-Executive Director, you agree that you have read and understood the Company’s policies, rules and procedures relating to the processing of personal data or otherwise relating to DP Laws (“DP Policies”) available on the Company’s  “Data Privacy” intranet page, and that you will comply at all times with the DP Laws and DP Policies.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this agreement. No person other than the parties to this agreement shall have any rights under it and it will not be enforceable by any person other than the parties to it.

 

PICTURE 3

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement relating to your re-appointment between you and the Company and shall be construed in accordance with English law.

Any previous agreement or arrangement between you and the Company or any Group company shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent as from the commencement of this re-appointment, including but not limited to the appointment letter dated 3 July 2017.

Please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter to confirm your agreement to your re-appointment on the above terms.

I look forward to continue working with you in the future.

Yours sincerely

 

 

 

 

 

Signature: /s/ Susan Swabey

 

Company Secretary

 

Date: February 18, 2020

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4(c)(xxx)

 

PICTURE 2

18 February 2020

Mr Roberto Quarta

C/o Smith & Nephew plc

Building 5, Croxley Park

Hatters Lane

Watford

Hertfordshire

WD18 8YE

Dear Roberto,

SMITH & NEPHEW plc (THE "COMPANY") AND YOUR RE-APPOINTMENT AS CHAIR

Following the recommendation of the Nomination & Governance Committee, the Board of the Company (the "Board") confirms that you will remain on the Board as Chair of the Company from 10 April 2020 for a further period of one year. This letter confirms the main terms of your appointment to this office.  It is agreed that this is a contract for services and not a contract of employment.  You should be aware that your re-appointment as a Director will have to be ratified by the Company’s shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and is subject to the Company’s Articles of Association as amended from time to time.  If there is a conflict between the terms of this letter and the Articles of Association then the Articles shall prevail.

DUTIES

1.          You are already aware how the Board is structured and what authorities are delegated to the Chief Executive Officer and his colleagues.

2.          The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company's affairs.  The Board's role is to:

(a)         provide entrepreneurial leadership to the Company within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enable risk to be assessed and managed;

(b)        set the Company's strategic aims, ensure that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives, and review management performance; and

(c)       set the Company's values and standards and ensure that its obligations to its shareholders and others are understood and met.

3.            In your role as a Director you are required (with the other Non-Executive Directors) to:

(a)        constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

 

1

PICTURE 3

(b)        scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

(c)        satisfy yourself that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

(d)        have a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning and where required by the relevant policy of the Company from time to time be responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors.

4.            In your role as Chair, you are additionally required to:

(a)        provide coherent leadership of the Company, including, in conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, representing the Company to customers, suppliers, governments, shareholders, financial institutions, the media, the community and the public;

(b)        ensure the Board continues to maintain and build on the reputation of the Company;

(c)        provide leadership to the Board and interface with the Chief Executive Officer;

(d)        develop an active, challenging and committed Board and elicit its consensus view;

(e)        set the tone, values and ethics of the Board and thereby the Company by upholding the highest standards of integrity and probity;

(f)         ensure good communications between Board meetings and see that the Board receives full and proper information;

(g)        ensure that the Board takes responsibility for strategy and key decisions by:

(i)      making sure that it is engaged in setting objectives and assessing strategy; and

(ii)     ensuring that it focuses on key tasks;

(h)        keep up the pace and, where appropriate, the pressure by pushing for top corporate performance, taking an independent perspective on management’s performance and ensuring that there is a leadership and organisation;

(i)         guide and appraise the Chief Executive Officer by giving guidance and leadership, assisting in setting strategy and balancing the power and authority of the Chief Executive Officer; and

5.            You will be required to:

(a)        exercise relevant powers under the Company's Articles of Association;

 

2

PICTURE 3

(b)        perform your duties faithfully, efficiently and diligently and use all reasonable endeavours to promote the interests and reputation of the Company;

(c)        serve on various committees of the Board and attend wherever possible all meetings of such committees.  You will be provided with the terms of reference of a committee on your appointment to such a committee;

(d)        attend all Annual General Meetings and Extraordinary General Meetings of the Company;

(e)        attend wherever possible all meetings of the Board, which normally meets at least six times a year, normally at Croxley Business Park, Watford WD18 8YE or by telephone (at least one to two meetings per year are held at one of the major divisions, and additional Board calls are held between physical meetings);

(f)         attend the Annual Strategy Review, which is usually held in November;

(g)        consider all relevant papers in advance of each meeting in order to ensure that you can play a full part in the work of the Board and its committees;

(h)        bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, policy, resources, performance and standards of conduct;

(i)         make yourself available (on reasonable notice) to provide ad hoc advice to individual directors of the Company.  We do not envisage that this would take more than three days of your time a year;

(j)         provide guidance and direction in planning, developing and enhancing the future strategic direction of the Company;

(k)        share responsibility with the other directors for the effective control of the Company and with the other non-executive directors for the supervision of the executive directors;

(l)         comply with the EU Market Abuse Regulations (MAR) for securities transactions by directors of UK listed companies with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees issued by the Company from time to time; and

(m)       comply with the New York Stock Exchange. You will be advised by the Company Secretary where these differ from requirements in the UK.

6.           Overall the Company anticipates that you will need to spend a minimum of 15 days per year fulfilling your duties.  This will include the Board Meetings, Annual General Meetings, one Board away-day each year and Board committee meetings.  In addition you will be expected to spend an appropriate period of time preparing for each meeting and be prepared to be available for additional meetings and

3

PICTURE 3

business when required.  By accepting this appointment you confirm that you are able to commit sufficient time to the role to meet the Company's expectations.

7.            The Company seeks to adhere to the principles in the UK Corporate Governance Code.  You will be expected to carry out your duties in accordance with the principles set out in these reports, copies of which are available from the Company Secretary.

8.            The performance of the Board and its committees, and of individual directors, is evaluated annually.  At least every third year the performance will be reviewed by an external body.

9.            You shall, in pursuance of your duties hereunder, be entitled to request such information from the Company, its subsidiary undertakings (as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006 as amended from time to time) or its or their employees, consultants or professional advisers as may be reasonably necessary to enable you to perform your role effectively.  The Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to provide such information promptly.

CONFIDENTIALITY

During the course of your duties you will have access to confidential information belonging to the Company and its subsidiary undertakings (including, but not limited to, details of suppliers, customers, margins, know-how, marketing and other relevant business information).  Unauthorised disclosure of this information could seriously damage the Company. You therefore undertake not to use or disclose such information save in pursuance of your duties or in accordance with any statutory obligation or court or similar order.

Your attention is drawn to the rules relating to the disclosure of price sensitive information.  You must not make any statement or do anything which may be a breach of these rules without prior clearance from the Chairman or Company Secretary.

OUTSIDE INTERESTS

The agreement of the Senior Independent Director should be sought before you accept any new outside interests which might affect the time you are able to devote to this appointment.

In accordance with the principles set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code you must inform the Company Secretary of any interests which you have, or acquire, which might reasonably be thought to jeopardise your independence from the Company. You should also provide the Company Secretary with any change to your personal details.

During your appointment you must not take up any office or employment with, or have any interest in, any firm or company which is or may be in direct or indirect competition with the Company.

The Board has determined you to be independent, according to the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

 

 

 

4

PICTURE 3

INSURANCE

During your appointment you will be covered by the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance on the terms in place from time to time.  Details of the policy are available from the Company Secretary.  The Company does not guarantee to maintain this insurance cover after the termination of your appointment, but you will continue to be covered by the policy or any replacement on the same basis as the rest of the Board.

A deed of indemnity is in place between you and the Company.

APPOINTMENT

Your re-appointment will be from 10 April 2020 and is terminable at the will of the parties, subject to an annual review taking into account the need for progressive refreshing of the Board.  The continuation of your appointment depends upon satisfactory performance and re-election at each Annual General Meeting.

All appointments and re-appointments to the Board will be subject to the Company’s Articles of Association.  If you are not re-elected to your position as a director of the Company by the shareholders at any time and for any reason then this appointment shall terminate automatically and with immediate effect.

On termination of the appointment you shall only be entitled to such fees as may have accrued to the date of termination together with reimbursement in the normal way of any expenses properly incurred prior to that date and will be expected to return all company property.

REMUNERATION

The fees are currently £315,180 per annum in cash and £105,060 delivered in shares in August each year (subject to income tax and statutory deductions) and will be reviewed each year.  There is an additional allowance relating to inter-continental travel of £3,500 per trip.

EXPENSES

The Company will reimburse you for any expenses that you may incur properly and reasonably in performing your duties and which are properly documented.  Such expenses would include reasonable legal fees if circumstances should arise in which it was necessary for you to seek separate legal advice about the performance of your duties.  In such a situation, you are required to discuss the issue with the Senior Independent Director in advance.

INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

In some circumstances you may think that you need professional advice in the furtherance of your duties as a director.  It may also be appropriate for you to seek advice from independent advisers at the Company's expense.  The Company will reimburse the full cost of any expenditure incurred.

5

PICTURE 3

DATA PROTECTION

DP Laws means all applicable data protection and privacy legislation, regulations and guidance as amended or replaced from time to time, including but not limited to the Data Protection Act 2018 (UK) and the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

The Company will process personal data (including sensitive personal data) about you, in order to manage the Company’s relationship with you and for the purposes of its business.  The Company’s “Data Privacy” intranet page provides further detail about how and why your personal data will be used.  By entering into this agreement, you are deemed to have been notified about the purposes for, and manner in which, the Company will use your personal data.  You agree to keep the Company informed of any changes to your personal data.

Notwithstanding that you are appointed as a Non-Executive Director, you agree that you have read and understood the Company’s policies, rules and procedures relating to the processing of personal data or otherwise relating to DP Laws (“DP Policies”) available on the Company’s “Data Privacy” intranet page, and that you will comply at all times with the DP Laws and DP Policies.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this agreement. No person other than the parties to this agreement shall have any rights under it and it will not be enforceable by any person other than the parties to it.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement relating to your re-appointment between you and the Company and shall be construed in accordance with English law.

Any previous agreement or arrangement between you and the Company or any Group company shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent as from the commencement of this re-appointment, including but not limited to our appointment letter dated 8 February 2017.

Please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter to confirm your agreement to your re-appointment on the above terms.

I look forward to continue working with you in the future.

Yours sincerely

 

 

 

Signature: /s/ Susan Swabey

Company Secretary

Date: February 18, 2020

 

 

 

 

6

Exhibit 4(c)(xxxi)

 

 

 

 

Smith & Nephew plc

PICTURE 1

Building 5, Croxley Park

 

Hatters Lane

 

Watford

T: + 44 (0)1923 477 100

Hertfordshire

F: + 44 (0)1923 477 101

WD18 8YE

www.smith-nephew.com

 

 

The Rt. Hon. Baroness Virginia Bottomley of Nettlestone DL

C/o Smith & Nephew plc
Building 5, Croxley Park,

Hatters Lane

Watford

Hertfordshire
WD18 8YE

18 February 2020

Dear Virginia,

SMITH & NEPHEW plc (THE "COMPANY"): YOUR APPOINTMENT AS NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Following the recommendation of the Nomination & Governance Committee, the Board of the Company (“the Board”) confirms that you will remain on the Board as a Non-Executive Director from 11 April 2020 for a further period of one year period.

This letter confirms the main terms of your appointment to this office. It is agreed that this is a contract for services and not a contract of employment.  You should be aware that your re-appointment will be subject to your re-appointment as a Director at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 9 April 2020 and is subject to the Company's articles of association as amended from time to time.  If there is a conflict between the terms of this letter and the articles of association then the articles shall prevail.

DUTIES

You are already aware of how the Board is structured and what authorities are delegated to the Chief Executive Officer and his colleagues.

1.          The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company's affairs.  The Board's role is to:

(a)       provide entrepreneurial leadership to the Company within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enable risk to be assessed and managed;

(b)      set the Company's strategic aims, ensure that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives, and review management performance; and

PICTURE 3

 

(c)       set the Company's values and standards and ensure that its obligations to its shareholders and others are understood and met.

2.          In your role as Non-Executive Director you are required (with the other Non-Executive Directors) to:

(a)       constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

(b)       scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

(c)       satisfy yourself that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

(d)       have a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning and where required by the relevant policy of the Company from time to time be responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors.

(e)       exercise relevant powers under the Company's Articles of Association;

(f)        perform your duties faithfully, efficiently and diligently and use all reasonable endeavours to promote the interests and reputation of the Company;

(g)       serve on the various committees of the Board and attend wherever possible all meetings of such committees.  You are currently a member of the Remuneration Committee and the Compliance & Culture Committee. You will have been provided with the terms of reference of any committee you’re appointment to, which are available from the Company Secretary;

(h)       attend all Annual General Meetings and other General Meetings of the Company;

(i)        attend all meetings of the Board, which normally meets at least six times a year, normally at Croxley Business Park, Watford WD18 8YE or by telephone (at least one to two meetings per year are held at one of the major divisions, and additional Board calls are held between physical meetings);

(j)        attend the Annual Strategy Review, which is usually held off-site in November;

(k)       consider all relevant papers in advance of each meeting in order to ensure that you can play a full part in the work of the Board and its committees;

(l)        bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, policy, resources, performance and standards of conduct;

PICTURE 3

 

(m)      make yourself available (on reasonable notice) to provide ad hoc advice to individual directors of the Company.  We do not envisage that this would take more than three days of your time a year;

(n)       provide guidance and direction in planning, developing and enhancing the future strategic direction of the Company;

(o)       share responsibility with the other directors for the effective control of the Company and with the other non-executive directors for the supervision of the executive directors;

(p)       comply with the EU Market Abuse Regulations (MAR) for securities transactions by directors of UK listed companies and with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees issued by the Company from time to time.

CONFIDENTIALITY

During the course of your duties you will have access to confidential information belonging to the Company and its subsidiary undertakings (including, but not limited to, details of suppliers, customers, margins, know-how, marketing and other relevant business information).  Unauthorised disclosure of this information could seriously damage the Company. You therefore undertake not to use or disclose such information save in pursuance of your duties or in accordance with any statutory obligation or court or similar order.

Your attention is drawn to the rules relating to the disclosure of price sensitive information.  You must not make any statement or do anything which may be a breach of these rules without prior clearance from the Company Secretary.

OUTSIDE INTERESTS

The agreement of the Chair should be sought before you accept any new outside interests which might affect the time you are able to devote to this appointment.

In accordance with the principles set out in The UK Corporate Governance Code you must inform the Company Secretary of any interests which you have, or acquire, which might reasonably be thought to jeopardise your independence from the Company.

During your appointment you must not take up any office or employment with, or have any interest in, any firm or company which is or may be in direct or indirect competition with the Company.

The Board has determined you to be independent, according to the provisions of The UK Corporate Governance Code.

INSURANCE

During your appointment you will be covered by the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance on the terms in place from time to time.  Details of the policy are available from the Company Secretary.  The Company does not guarantee to maintain this insurance cover after the termination of your appointment, but you will continue to be covered by the policy or any replacement on the same basis as the rest of the Board.

A deed of indemnity will be put in place between you and the Company.

 

 

PICTURE 3

RE-APPOINTMENT

Your re-appointment will be from 11 April 2020 and is terminable at the will of the parties. However, it is envisaged that it will be for an initial period of 12 months from the date of appointment.  The continuation of your appointment depends upon satisfactory performance and re-election at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 9 April 2020.

All appointments and reappointments to the Board are, of course, subject to the Company's articles of association.  If you are not re-elected to your position as a director of the Company by the shareholders at any time and for any reason then this appointment shall terminate automatically and with immediate effect.

On termination of the appointment your only entitlement shall be to such fees as may have accrued to the date of termination together with reimbursement in the normal way of any expenses properly incurred prior to that date and you will be expected to return all company property. On termination of the appointment your only entitlement shall be to such fees as may have accrued to the date of termination together with reimbursement in the normal way of any expenses properly incurred prior to that date.

REMUNERATION

·

The fee is £69,500 per annum (subject to income tax and other statutory deductions) of which £6,500 will be delivered in shares. The shares will be purchased for you net of tax and statutory deductions in August each year. There is an additional allowance relating to inter-continental travel of £3,500 per trip and there would be an additional fee, should you take over as Chair of any of the Committees.

EXPENSES

The Company will reimburse you for any expenses that you may incur properly and reasonably in performing your duties and which are properly documented. Such expenses would include reasonable legal fees if circumstances should arise in which it was necessary for you to seek separate legal advice about the performance of your duties. In such a situation, you are required to discuss the issue with the Senior Independent Director in advance.

INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

In some circumstances you may think that you need professional advice in the furtherance of your duties as a director. It may also be appropriate for you to seek advice from independent advisers at the Company's expense.  The Company will reimburse the full cost of any expenditure incurred.

DATA PROTECTION

DP Laws means all applicable data protection and privacy legislation, regulations and guidance as amended or replaced from time to time, including but not limited to the Data Protection Act 2018 (UK) and the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

The Company will process personal data (including sensitive personal data) about you, in order to manage the Company’s relationship with you and for the purposes of its business.  The Company’s “Data Privacy” intranet page provides further detail about how and why your personal data will be used.  By entering into this agreement, you are deemed to have been notified about the purposes for, and manner in which, the Company will use your personal data.  You agree to keep the Company informed of any changes to your personal data.

Notwithstanding that you are appointed as a Non-Executive Director, you agree that you have read and understood the Company’s policies, rules and procedures relating to the processing of personal data or

PICTURE 3

otherwise relating to DP Laws (“DP Policies”) available on the Company’s “Data Privacy” intranet page, and that you will comply at all times with the DP Laws and DP Policies.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this agreement. No person other than the parties to this agreement shall have any rights under it and it will not be enforceable by any person other than the parties to it.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement between you and the Company and shall be construed in accordance with English law.

Any previous agreement or arrangement between you and the Company or any Group company shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent as from the commencement of this re-appointment.

Please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter to confirm your agreement to your re-appointment on the above terms.

I look forward to working with you in the future.

Yours sincerely

Signature: /s/ Susan Swabey

Company Secretary

Date: February 18, 2020

 

Exhibit 8

 

PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES

 

Smith & Nephew plc

Subsidiary Undertakings

 

 

 

Company

Country of Incorporation

Smith & Nephew ARTC Limited

England & Wales

Smith & Nephew (Overseas) Limited

England & Wales

Smith & Nephew USD Limited

England & Wales

T. J. Smith and Nephew,Limited

England & Wales

TP Limited

Scotland

Smith & Nephew Pte Limited

Singapore

Smith & Nephew AG

Switzerland

Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics AG

Switzerland

Smith & Nephew Consolidated, Inc.

United States

Smith & Nephew, Inc.

United States

 

All companies trade under the name of Smith & Nephew and deal with Medical Device products.

 

Exhibit 12(a) s302

 

CERTIFICATION OF ROLAND DIGGELMANN

302 CERTIFICATION

I, Roland Diggelmann, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Smith & Nephew plc;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.    The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)    Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)    Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.    The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 2, 2020

 

By:

/s/ Roland Diggelmann

 

Name:

Mr Roland Diggelmann

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 12(b) s302

 

CERTIFICATION OF GRAHAM BAKER

302 CERTIFICATION

I, Graham Baker, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Smith & Nephew plc;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.    The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)    Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)    Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.    The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 2, 2020

 

By:

/s/ Graham Baker

 

Name:

Mr Graham Baker

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 13(a) s906

 

CERTIFICATION OF ROLAND DIGGELMANN AND GRAHAM BAKER

906 CERTIFICATION

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

Roland Diggelmann, the Chief Executive Officer and Graham Baker, the Chief Financial Officer of Smith & Nephew plc, each certifies that, to the best of their knowledge:

1.the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

2.the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Smith & Nephew plc.

Date: March 2, 2020

 

By:

/s/ Roland Diggelmann

 

Name:

Mr Roland Diggelmann

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Graham Baker

 

Name:

Mr Graham Baker

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 15.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
Smith & Nephew plc

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-122801, No. 333-13694, No. 333-155173, No. 333-155172, No. 333-158239, No. 333-168544, No. 333-199117) on Form S-8 of Smith & Nephew plc of our report dated 20 February 2020, with respect to the Group balance sheets of Smith & Nephew plc and subsidiaries (the “Group”)  as of 31 December 2019 and 2018, the related Group income statements, Group statements of comprehensive income, Group cash flow statements and Group statement of changes in equity, for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2019, which report appears in the 31 December 2019 annual report on Form 20-F of Smith & Nephew plc.

Our report dated 20 February 2020, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2019, contains an explanatory paragraph that states the Group acquired Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. during 2019, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2019, Osiris Therapeutics, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting associated with 2% of the Group’s revenue and less than 1% of the Group’s total assets, included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group as of and for the year ended 31 December 2019. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Group also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Osiris Therapeutics, Inc..

Also, our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to a change to the method of accounting for leases as of 1 January 2019 due to the adoption of IFRS 16, Leases.

KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

2  March 2020